QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 8, 2006

Registration No. 333-138182



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 1
to

Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

BERMUDA
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  6331
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  NOT APPLICABLE
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

Crawford House, 23 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda 441-278-4319
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

CT Corporation System
111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor
New York, New York 10011
(212) 590-9331
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

Copies to:

ROBERT A. MCTAMANEY   TODD WHITE   MICHAEL GROLL



CARTER LEDYARD
& MILBURN LLP
2 WALL STREET
NEW YORK, NY 10005

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE
HOLDINGS LIMITED
CRAWFORD HOUSE
23 CHURCH STREET
HAMILTON HM 11,
BERMUDA

 


LEBOEUF, LAMB,
GREENE & MACRAE LLP
125 WEST 55TH STREET
NEW YORK, NY 10019


(212) 732-3200
(212) 732-3232 (FACSIMILE)

 

441-278-4319
441-295-4927 (FACSIMILE)

 

(212) 424-8616
(212) 649-0999 (FACSIMILE)

        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:     As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

        If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

        If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of
Securities to Be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee


Common Shares, $0.01 par value per share   $175,000,000   $18,725(3)

(1)
Includes shares to cover over-allotments, if any, pursuant to an over-allotment option granted to the underwriter.

(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(3)
Previously paid.

         The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated December 8, 2006

PROSPECTUS

         Shares

GRAPHIC

Common Shares


Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited is offering     common shares in an underwritten public offering. This is the initial public offering of our common shares, for which no public market currently exists.

We will apply to list our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "FSR." We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $     and     per share.

Investing in our common shares involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 15 of this prospectus.

 
  Per
Share

  Total
Price to the public   $     $  

Underwriting discounts and commissions

 

$

 

 

$

 

Proceeds to us (before expenses)

 

$

 

 

$

 

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional       common shares from us on the same terms and conditions as set forth above if the underwriters sell more than     common shares in this offering.

None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, state securities regulators, the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda nor the Bermuda Monetary Authority has approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares to purchasers on or about     , 2007.


Joint Book-Running Managers

LEHMAN BROTHERS

 

CITIGROUP


  JPMORGAN  

 

        CREDIT SUISSE

 

 

                WACHOVIA SECURITIES

 

  KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS  

 

DOWLING & PARTNERS SECURITIES

 

 

                FOX-PITT, KELTON

 

 

COCHRAN CARONIA WALLER

 

                         , 2007


         The Bermuda Monetary Authority, which is referred to as the "BMA," has pursuant to its statement of June 1, 2005 given its general permission under the Bermuda Exchange Control Act 1972 (and its related regulations) for the issue and transfer of our common shares to and between non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes, provided our common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or any other appointed stock exchange. This general permission would cease to apply if our common shares were to cease to be so listed and in such event specific permission would be required from the BMA for all issues and transfers of our common shares subject to certain exceptions set out in the BMA statement of June 1, 2005. Any person who becomes a holder of at least 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% of our common shares must notify the BMA in writing within 45 days of becoming such a holder or 30 days from the date they have knowledge of having such a holding, whichever is later. The BMA may, by written notice, object to a person holding 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% of our common shares if it appears to the BMA that the person is not fit and proper to be such a holder. The BMA may require the holder to reduce their shareholding in us and may direct, among other things, that the voting rights attaching to their shares shall not be exercisable. A person that does not comply with such a notice or direction from the BMA will be guilty of an offense. This prospectus will be filed with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda in accordance with Bermuda law. In granting such general permission and in accepting this prospectus for filing, neither the BMA nor the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda accepts any responsibility for our financial soundness or the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this prospectus.

2



TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Summary   4
Selected Summary Financial Data   12
Risk Factors   15
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements   37
Use of Proceeds   38
Dividend Policy   39
Capitalization   41
Dilution   42
Selected Summary Financial Data   43
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   45
Insurance Industry Background   70
Business   74
Regulation   94
Management   102
Principal Shareholders   112
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   114
Material Tax Considerations   118
Description of Share Capital   133
Shares Eligible for Future Sale   141
Underwriting   142
Legal Matters   148
Experts   148
Where You Can Find More Information   148
Enforceability of Civil Liabilities Under United States Federal Securities Laws and Other Matters   149
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-1
Glossary of Selected Insurance and Reinsurance Terms   G-1

        Until        , 2007, which is the 25th day after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell and seeking offers to buy these securities only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of common shares.

3



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and may not contain all of the information that may be important to you in making an investment decision. In this prospectus, references to the "Company," "we," "us" or "our" refer to Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited and/or its subsidiaries, including Flagstone Reinsurance Limited, its wholly-owned Bermuda reinsurance company, and any other direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, unless the context suggests otherwise. References to "Flagstone" refer to Flagstone Reinsurance Limited and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. References in this prospectus to "dollars" or "$" are to the lawful currency of the United States of America, unless the context otherwise requires. Unless otherwise stated, all figures assume no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. Although this summary contains important information about the Company and this offering, you should read it together with the more detailed information and our financial statements and the notes to those statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including "Risk Factors" and "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements," to determine how suitable an investment in the Company would be for you. For your convenience, we have provided a glossary, beginning on page G-1, of selected insurance and reinsurance terms and have printed these terms in boldfaced type the first time they are used in this prospectus.


OUR COMPANY

Overview

        We are a Bermuda-based global reinsurance holding company. Through our subsidiaries, we write primarily property , property catastrophe and short-tail specialty and casualty reinsurance . We diversify our risks across business lines by risk zones, each of which combines a geographic zone with one or more types of peril (for example, Texas Windstorm). To date, the majority of the risks we have reinsured are related to natural catastrophes, such as hurricanes and earthquakes, in North America and Europe, although we also have written a significant amount of catastrophe business in Japan, Australasia and the Caribbean. Substantially all of our reinsurance contracts contain loss limitation provisions such as fixed monetary limits to our exposure and per event caps. We specialize in underwriting low frequency, high severity risks, where sufficient data exists to analyze effectively the risk/return profile, and where we are subject to legal systems we deem fair and reliable.

        Our core business is providing property catastrophe reinsurance coverage to a broad range of select insurance companies and other reinsurers, primarily on an excess of loss basis. These policies provide coverage for claims arising from major natural catastrophes in excess of a specified loss. We also provide coverage for claims arising from other natural and man-made catastrophes such as winter storms, freezes, floods, fires and tornados. Our specialty lines , which represent a growing proportion of our business, cover risks such as aviation, energy, accident and health, satellite, marine and workers' compensation catastrophe.

        We were formed by Haverford (Bermuda) Ltd., which we refer to as Haverford, a company controlled and capitalized by Mark Byrne, the Executive Chairman of our Board of Directors, and David Brown, our Chief Executive Officer, and we commenced operations in December 2005. Since our formation, we have successfully assembled a seasoned senior management team with significant industry expertise and long-standing industry relationships. We have raised approximately $850 million through three closings of a private placement of our common shares and the issuance of our Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures, which we refer to as our Deferrable Interest Debentures. Through the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we had $276.0 million in gross premiums written , of which $201.5 million was property catastrophe reinsurance. Renewal dates for reinsurance business are generally concentrated at the beginning of calendar quarters, and the timing of premiums written varies by line of business . Most property catastrophe business is written in the January 1, April 1, June 1 and July 1 renewal periods, while the property lines and the short-tail specialty and casualty

4



lines are written throughout the year. Premiums written are generally lower during the fourth quarter of the year as compared to prior quarters.

        On December 20, 2005 A.M. Best Company Inc., or A.M. Best, assigned Flagstone a financial strength rating of "A-" (Excellent), the fourth highest of sixteen rating levels. This rating is a financial strength rating and is designed to reflect our ability to meet our financial obligations under our reinsurance policies. This rating does not refer to our ability to meet non-reinsurance obligations and is not a recommendation to purchase any reinsurance policy or contract issued by us or to buy, hold or sell our securities. A.M. Best reviews the ratings it assigns on an annual basis.

        Our goal is to achieve long term growth in book value per share by writing business which will generate attractive underwriting profits relative to the risk we bear and by employing a sophisticated investment strategy for our assets. Our guiding principles are to:

Our Operations

        The nucleus of our organization, including our primary underwriting team and senior management, is based in Hamilton, Bermuda. This central hub is supported by subsidiary operations in strategically located jurisdictions around the globe. Our Bermuda-based underwriters should soon be complemented with a separately licensed and staffed European underwriting platform, Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA, based in Martigny, in the canton of Valais, Switzerland. Our research and development effort and part of our catastrophe modeling and risk analysis team is based in Hyderabad, India, and our international reinsurance marketing operations are managed from London, England. Our computer data center is in our Halifax, Canada office, where we also run support services such as accounting, claims, application support and administration. This provides significant efficiencies in our operations and access to a large and highly qualified staff at a relatively low cost. We believe that we are positioned to perform and grow these functions outside of Bermuda to an extent that differentiates us among Bermuda-based reinsurance companies of comparable capital size. See "Business—Global Operating Platform."

Recent Industry Trends

        The 2005 season included several of the largest insured losses in history including Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma. Losses from Hurricane Katrina represented the largest insured catastrophe in the history of the insurance industry, surpassing the $20.7 billion in property losses from the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, and the $22.3 billion in losses from Hurricane Andrew in August 1992, previously the largest insured event in history. The events of 2005, particularly following the active storm year in 2004, led to a series of changes in the property reinsurance market. These changes led to both diminished underwriting capacity and increased demand for reinsurance, resulting in attractive pricing conditions, including increased premium levels and improved policy terms and conditions for

5



various catastrophe-exposed risks, particularly in the United States beginning in 2006. See "Insurance Industry Background—Current Market Environment." The benefit to the Company of these pricing conditions is partially offset to the extent that the Company cedes to, or contracts for reinsurance with, other reinsurers. This is referred to as retrocessional coverage , and, in those cases, it is the company to which we cede our risks which benefits from these pricing conditions.

Competitive Strengths

        We believe that the events of 2005 have resulted in fundamental and enduring changes in the property insurance and reinsurance markets. The principal changes are the increase in perceived exposure to catastrophe losses caused by changes to the third party risk models customarily used by the property insurance and reinsurance industry and the increase in required capital deemed necessary by the leading rating agencies in companies that are exposed to catastrophe risk. As a result, the ability to successfully select and price risks will be even more critical than in the past. We believe we are well positioned to take advantage of these opportunities because of the following strengths:

See "Business—Competitive Strengths."

6



Business Strategies

        We believe that prudent management of our underwriting risks, relative to our capital base, together with effective investment of our capital and premium income, will achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns for our shareholders. To achieve this objective, we intend to execute the following strategies:

7


        See "Business—Business Strategies."

Risk Factors

        The competitive strengths that we maintain, the implementation of our business strategy and our future results of operations and financial condition are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. The factors that could adversely affect our actual results and performance, as well as the successful implementation of our business strategy, are discussed elsewhere in this prospectus under "Risk Factors" and "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and include, but are not limited to, the following:

8


Recent Developments

Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA

        Flagstone has incorporated a subsidiary, Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA, which will serve as our European underwriting platform. Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA is headquartered in Martigny in the canton of Valais, Switzerland, with a representative office in Zurich. Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA is currently in the process of securing appropriate licensure from the Federal Office of Private Insurance in Switzerland. We believe that for many lines of business we can be more effective in marketing and attracting continental European business in Switzerland than in Bermuda, and that for many clients a Swiss counterparty will be preferred. Through this local presence, Flagstone intends to be in a position to closely follow and respond effectively to the changing needs of the various European insurance markets.

Island Heritage

        On October 23, 2006, Flagstone completed an offer to purchase common shares from a group of minority investors in Island Heritage Holdings Ltd., which we refer to as Island Heritage. The transaction increased Flagstone's interest in Island Heritage from 18.7% to 28.5% of the total outstanding share capital of Island Heritage. The aggregate cost to the Company of the shares of Island Heritage purchased in this transaction was $4.2 million. See "Business—Island Heritage."

Secured Letter of Credit and Loan Facility

        On November 7, 2006, the Company signed a term sheet for a $150.0 million secured letter of credit and loan facility for the issuance of secured standby letters of credit and/or short term loans with Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG. If we enter into the facility, and if drawn upon, the utilized

9



portion of the facility will be secured by an appropriate portion of securities from the Company's investment portfolio.


Corporate Information

        Our principal executive offices are located at 23 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda. Our telephone number is (441) 278-4300. Our Internet address is www.flagstonere.bm . Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus.

10



THE OFFERING

Common shares offered               common shares
Common shares to be outstanding after the offering               common shares
Over-allotment option               common shares
Use of proceeds   We estimate the net proceeds from the initial public offering of            of our common shares, after deducting the underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses (including legal fees and fees to our independent auditor) we will pay, will be approximately $            million. The net proceeds will be approximately $            million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. We presently intend to contribute substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering to Flagstone to increase the underwriting capacity of its reinsurance operations. See "Use of Proceeds."
Dividend policy   Subject to the approval of our Board of Directors, we currently expect to pay a quarterly cash dividend of approximately $0.04 per common share, beginning in the first full fiscal quarter following the completion of this offering. The declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will be dependent upon our results of operations and cash flows, our financial position and capital requirements, general business conditions, legal, tax, regulatory and any contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and any other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. See "Dividend Policy."
Voting rights   In general, and except as described herein with regard to voting rights adjustments for certain U.S. shareholders holding more than 9.9% of the voting power of our common shares, our shareholders have one vote for each common share held by them and are entitled to vote, on a non-cumulative basis, at all meetings of shareholders. See "Description of Share Capital — Voting Rights."
Risk factors   See "Risk Factors" and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common shares.
Proposed New York Stock Exchange trading symbol   We intend to apply to list our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "FSR."

        We issued all of our currently outstanding common shares in a private placement that had three closings: (i) 55,239,491 common shares issued in the first closing, on December 20, 2005, (ii) 14,798,400 common shares issued in the second closing, on February 1, 2006; and (iii) 1,510,000 common shares issued in the third closing, on February 23, 2006. The number of common shares shown to be outstanding after the offering excludes            common shares that may be issued pursuant to the over-allotment option; 8,585,747 common shares that may be issued pursuant to an outstanding founder's warrant, which we refer to as the Warrant; 5,600,000 common shares reserved for issuance pursuant to our Performance Share Unit or PSU Plan, of which 713,000 units were issued as at September 30, 2006; and the common shares reserved under the formula in our Restricted Share Unit Plan, or RSU Plan, of which 104,228 units were issued as at September 30, 2006. As set forth in the formula under the RSU Plan, we annually reserve 0.2% of our outstanding common shares for issuance under the RSU Plan (or as decided by the Compensation Committee), plus the amount required to satisfy director fees paid in common shares. The Warrant is not currently exercisable, and no common shares currently are due under the PSU Plan or RSU Plan. See "Capitalization."

11



SELECTED SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth our selected summary financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and for the period of October 4, 2005 through December 31, 2005. We were formed on October 4, 2005 and commenced operations on December 20, 2005. The summary statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the summary balance sheet data as at September 30, 2006 are derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("U.S. GAAP"). The summary statement of operations data for the period from October 4, 2005 through December 31, 2005 and the summary balance sheet data as at December 31, 2005 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected from any future period and the year to date results presented below are not necessarily indicative of our full-year performance. For further discussion of this risk see "Risk Factors." You should read the following selected summary financial data along with the information contained in this prospectus, including "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

12


 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
2006
(unaudited)

  Period
October 4, 2005 through
December 31, 2005

 
 
  ($ in thousands, except share amounts,
per share amounts and percentages)

 
Summary Statement of Operations Data:              

Gross premiums written

 

$

275,981

 

$


 
Reinsurance premiums ceded     (19,991 )    
   
 
 
Net premiums written     255,990      
   
 
 
Net premiums earned     119,728      
Net investment income     24,650     629  
Net realized gains     2,206      
Other income     3,225      
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     (19,550 )    
Acquisition costs     (19,044 )    
General and administrative expenses     (23,898 )   (13,013 )
Interest expense     (1,291 )    
Net foreign exchange gains     1,744      
Provision for income tax     (78 )    
Interest in earnings of equity investments     1,063      
   
 
 
NET INCOME (LOSS)   $ 88,755   $ (12,384 )
   
 
 
Earnings (loss) per common share (1)              
Weighted average common shares outstanding—Basic     69,530,742     55,239,491  
Weighted average common shares outstanding—Diluted     69,618,644     55,239,491  
Net income (loss) per common share outstanding—Basic   $ 1.28   $ (0.22 )
Net income (loss) per common share outstanding—Diluted   $ 1.27   $ (0.22 )

Selected ratios (based on U.S. GAAP statement of operations data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Loss ratio (2)     16.3 %   n/a  
Acquisition cost ratio (3)     15.9   n/a  
General and administrative expense ratio (4)     20.0   n/a  
   
 
 
Combined ratio (5)     52.2 %   n/a  
   
 
 

 

 

As at
September 30,
2006
(unaudited)


 

As at
December 31,
2005


 
 
  ($ in thousands, except share amounts,
per share amounts and percentages)

 
Summary Balance Sheet Data:              

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Total investments and cash and cash equivalents   $ 970,368   $ 548,255  
  Premiums receivable     106,168      
  Other assets     54,854     101  
   
 
 
Total assets   $ 1,131,390   $ 548,356  
   
 
 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves   $ 16,944   $  
  Unearned premiums     149,265      
  Long term debt     136,476      
  Other liabilities     24,742     688  
   
 
 
Total liabilities     327,427     688  
   
 
 
Temporary equity     1,547     34  
   
 
 
Total shareholders' equity     802,416     547,634  
   
 
 
Total liabilities, temporary equity and shareholders' equity   $ 1,131,390   $ 548,356  
   
 
 
Per share data              
Book value per common share (6)   $ 11.22   $ 9.91  
Diluted book value per common share (7)   $ 11.09   $ 9.86  

(1)
Earnings (loss) per common share is a measure based on our net income (loss) divided by our weighted average common shares outstanding. Basic earnings (loss) per common share is defined as net income (loss) divided by the weighted average common shares outstanding and weighted average vested RSUs for the period, giving no effect to dilutive securities. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is defined as net income (loss) divided by the weighted average common shares and common share

13


(2)
The loss ratio is calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses , which are the expenses of settling claims, by net premiums earned , which is the portion of net premiums written during or prior to a given period that was actually recognized as income during that period. Net premiums written are gross premiums written for a given period less premiums ceded to reinsurers and retrocessionaires during the period.

(3)
The acquisition cost ratio is calculated by dividing acquisition costs , which represent the aggregate expenses that relate directly to acquiring businesses, by net premiums earned.

(4)
The general and administrative expense ratio is calculated by dividing general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned.

(5)
The combined ratio is the sum of the loss ratio, the acquisition cost ratio and the general and administrative expense ratio.

(6)
Book value per common share is defined as total shareholders' equity divided by the number of common shares outstanding at the end of the period, giving no effect to dilutive securities.

(7)
Diluted book value per common share is defined as total shareholders' equity divided by the number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding at the end of the period, calculated using the treasury stock method for all potentially dilutive securities, including the Warrant, PSUs and RSUs. When the effect of securities would be anti-dilutive, these securities are excluded from the calculation of diluted book value per common share. The Warrant was anti-dilutive and was excluded from the calculation of diluted book value per common share for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and for the period ended December 31, 2005.

14



RISK FACTORS

        Investing in our common shares involves significant risk, including the potential loss of your entire investment. This section discusses risks related to the reinsurance business generally, and to the Company specifically. These risks could materially affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations and cause a decline in the market price of our common shares. You should carefully consider the following factors, in addition to the other information set forth in this prospectus, before you make an investment in our common shares.


Risks Related to the Reinsurance Business

         The reinsurance business is historically cyclical, and we expect to experience periods with excess underwriting capacity which may result in fewer contracts written, lower premium rates, increased expenses for customer acquisition and retention, and less favorable policy terms and conditions.

        The reinsurance industry has historically been a cyclical business. Reinsurers have experienced significant fluctuations in operating results due to competition, frequency of occurrence or severity of catastrophic events, levels of underwriting capacity, general economic conditions and other factors. The supply of reinsurance is related to prevailing prices, the level of insured losses and the level of industry surplus which, in turn, may fluctuate in response to changes in rates of return on investments being earned in the reinsurance industry.

        As a result, the reinsurance business historically has been characterized by periods of intense competition on price and policy terms due to excessive underwriting capacity as well as periods when shortages of capacity permit favorable premium rates and policy terms and conditions. These cycles have varied by line of business as the level of supply and demand for any particular class of reinsurance risk does not always coincide with that for other classes of risk. The current phase of this cycle for many of the classes of reinsurance offered by the Company, particularly property catastrophe reinsurance for the North American market, is favorable, following a period of rapid improvement that has slowed somewhat in the last few months. The period of these cycles can vary from a few years to several years, and it is often the occurrence of a catastrophic event or series of events which causes the cycle to change. Premium levels may be adversely affected by a number of factors which fluctuate and may contribute to price declines generally in the reinsurance industry. Currently, the Company believes the demand in the major U.S. markets caused by the changes in third-party risk models and rating agency capital requirements exceeds the supply of reinsurance.

        While premium levels for many products had been increasing over the past several years, the occurrence of a series of catastrophic events of 2005, following a difficult year for insurers in 2004, resulted in both decreased underwriting capacity and increased demand for coverage, with corresponding increases in premium rates. The Company believes that this favorable environment for reinsurers is continuing at present, but is now attracting capital from new entrants and the commitment of additional capital by existing reinsurers. Continued increases in the supply of reinsurance may have consequences for the reinsurance industry generally and for us, including fewer contracts written, lower premium rates, increased expenses for customer acquisition and retention , and less favorable policy terms and conditions. To date premium rates have continued to rise or hold steady as the demand for reinsurance has increased at a faster rate than the supply of reinsurance for many of the classes of reinsurance that the Company offers. The benefit to the Company of a period of favorable premium rates and policy terms and conditions will be partially offset to the extent that the Company must purchase retrocessional coverage for its own risks, since in these cases it is the companies from which the Company purchases retrocessional coverage which benefit from the favorable pricing environment.

15



Risks Related to the Company

         Claims arising from unpredictable and severe catastrophic events could reduce our earnings and shareholders' equity and limit our ability to write new insurance policies.

        Our reinsurance operations expose us to claims arising out of unpredictable natural and other catastrophic events, such as hurricanes, windstorms, tsunamis, severe winter weather, earthquakes, floods, fires and explosions. In recent years, the frequency of major weather-related catastrophes has increased.

        The extent of losses from catastrophes is a function of both the number and severity of the insured events and the total amount of insured exposure in the areas affected. Increases in the value and concentrations of insured property, the effects of inflation and changes in cyclical weather patterns may increase the severity of claims from catastrophic events in the future. Claims from catastrophic events could reduce our earnings and cause substantial volatility in our results of operations for any fiscal quarter or year, which could adversely affect our financial condition, possibly to the extent of eliminating our shareholders' equity. Our ability to write new reinsurance policies could also be impacted as a result of corresponding reductions in our capital.

        Underwriting is inherently a matter of judgment, involving important assumptions about matters that are unpredictable and beyond our control, and for which historical experience and probability analysis may not provide sufficient guidance. One or more catastrophic or other events could result in claims that substantially exceed our expectations.

         We may experience significant losses on short notice, which may require us to liquidate our investments rapidly and may limit our ability to write new insurance policies.

        Catastrophes such as hurricanes, windstorms, tsunamis, severe winter weather, earthquakes, floods, fires and explosions are difficult to predict. By reinsuring the damages resulting from these catastrophes, we subject ourselves to large potential claims that may arise on short notice. To meet our obligations with respect to those claims, we may be forced to liquidate some of our investments rapidly, which may involve selling a portion of our investments into a depressed market. Those sales would decrease our liquidity, our returns from our investments, and our underwriting capacity.

         If our risk management and loss limitation methods fail to adequately manage our exposure to losses from catastrophic events, the losses we incur from a catastrophic event could be materially higher than our expectations and our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

        We manage our exposure to catastrophic losses by analyzing the probability and severity of the occurrence of catastrophic events and the impact of such events on our overall reinsurance and investment portfolio. We use various tools to analyze and manage the reinsurance exposures we assume from ceding companies and risks from a catastrophic event that could impact our investment portfolio. Among the most important of these is proprietary risk modeling software which we have developed and currently utilize, on which we expect to rely to an increasing extent over time. Our proprietary risk modeling software enables us to assess the adequacy of risk pricing and to monitor our overall exposure to risk in correlated geographic zones. Our proprietary risk modeling software is new and relatively untested, and we cannot assure you the models and assumptions used by the software will accurately predict losses in all situations. Further, we cannot assure you that it is free of defects in the modeling logic or in the software code.

        In addition, much of the information that we enter into our risk modeling software is based on third-party data that we believe but cannot assure to be reliable, and estimates and assumptions that are dependent on many variables, such as assumptions about loss adjustment expenses, insurance-to-value, storm intensity in the aftermath of weather-related catastrophes and demand surge,

16



which is the temporary inflation of costs for building materials and labor resulting from increased demand for rebuilding services in the aftermath of a catastrophe. Accordingly, if the estimates and assumptions that we enter into our proprietary risk model are incorrect, or if our proprietary risk model proves to be an inaccurate forecasting tool, the losses we might incur from an actual catastrophe could be materially higher than our expectation of losses generated from modeled catastrophe scenarios, and our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

        We also seek to limit our loss exposure through loss limitation provisions in our policies, such as limitations on the amount of losses that can be claimed under a policy, limitations or exclusions from coverage and provisions relating to choice of forum, which are intended to assure that our policies are legally interpreted as we intend. We cannot assure you that these contractual provisions will be enforceable in the manner we expect or that disputes relating to coverage will be resolved in our favor. If the loss limitation provisions in our policies are not enforceable or disputes arise concerning the application of such provisions, the losses we might incur from a catastrophic event could be materially higher than our expectations, and our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

         If we underestimate our loss reserves, so that they are inadequate to cover our ultimate liability for losses, the underestimation could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        We are required to maintain adequate reserves to cover our estimated ultimate liabilities for loss and loss adjustment expenses. These reserves are estimates based on actuarial and statistical projections of what we believe the settlement and administration of claims will cost based on facts and circumstances then known to us. Our success depends on our ability to accurately assess the risks associated with the businesses and properties that we reinsure. If unpredictable catastrophic events occur, or if we fail to adequately manage our exposure to losses or fail to adequately estimate our future reserve requirements, our actual loss and loss adjustment expenses may deviate, perhaps substantially, from our future reserve estimates.

         Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves (or loss reserves ) are typically comprised of (1)  case reserves , which are established for specific, individual reported claims and (2) reserves for losses that have been incurred but for which claims have not yet been reported to us, referred to as incurred but not reported , or IBNR , reserves. Our IBNR reserves include a provision for unknown future development on loss and loss adjustment expenses which are known to us.

        As a matter of business planning, we estimate on a daily basis the risks associated with our outstanding obligations. However, under U.S. GAAP, we are not permitted to establish loss reserves with respect to our property catastrophe reinsurance until an event which gives rise to a claim occurs. As a result, only loss reserves applicable to losses incurred up to the reporting date may be set aside on our financial statements, with no allowance for the provision of loss reserves to account for possible other future losses with respect to our property catastrophe reinsurance. Our loss reserve estimates do not represent an exact calculation of liability. Rather, they are estimates of what we expect the ultimate settlement and administration of claims will cost. These estimates are based upon actuarial and statistical projections and on our assessment of currently available data, predictions of future developments and estimates of future trends and other variable factors such as inflation. Establishing an appropriate level of our loss reserve estimates is an inherently uncertain process. It is likely that the ultimate liability will be greater or less than these estimates and that, at times, this variance will be material. Our future reserve estimates are refined continually as experience develops and claims are reported and settled. In addition, as a broker market reinsurer, reserving for our business can involve added uncertainty because we depend on information from ceding companies, there is a time lag inherent in reporting information from the primary insurer to us, and ceding companies have differing reserving practices. Moreover, these uncertainties are greater for reinsurers like us than for reinsurers

17


with a longer operating history, because we do not yet have an established loss history. Because of this uncertainty, it is possible that our estimates for reserves at any given time could prove inadequate.

        To the extent we determine that actual losses and loss adjustment expenses from events which have occurred exceed our expectations and loss reserves reflected in our financial statements, we will be required to immediately reflect these changes. This could cause a sudden and material increase in our liabilities and a reduction in our profitability, including operating losses and reduction of capital, which could materially restrict our ability to write new business and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. The number and size of reported claims that we have received to date has been small, resulting in $16.9 million in loss and loss adjustment expense reserves on our balance sheet at September 30, 2006. In the future, the number of claims will increase, and one or more greater than expected claims, or the cumulative effect of a larger number of smaller claims than we have estimated, could exceed our loss and loss adjustment expense reserves.

         Our historical financial results may not accurately indicate our future performance due to our limited operating history and the low number of catastrophic storms experienced globally in 2006.

        We were formed in October 2005 and commenced operations in December 2005, and thus we have a limited operating and financial history. As a result, there is limited historical financial and operating information available to help you evaluate our past performance or to make a decision about an investment in our common shares. We are a developing company and face substantial business and financial risks and may suffer significant losses. We must successfully establish operating procedures, hire staff, install information management and other systems, establish facilities and obtain licenses, as well as take other steps necessary to conduct our intended business activities. As a result of these risks, it is possible that we may not be successful in implementing our business strategy or completing the development of the infrastructure necessary to run our business.

        The higher-than-average hurricane activity which had been forecast for 2006 has not in fact materialized, and 2006 to date has proven to be unusual in the low number of catastrophic storms experienced globally, especially in the Atlantic Basin, the Gulf of Mexico and Asia. Accordingly, we believe that our financial results for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 may not be indicative of our financial results for future periods when we expect major storm occurrences will be more frequent than those experienced in 2006. Further, while the Company believes the demand in the major U.S. markets exceeds the supply of reinsurance, we believe that the lower hurricane activity in 2006 will increase the available capacity of many reinsurers and thereby increase competition for new business, which could result in lower premium rates, increased customer acquisition expenses, and less favorable policy terms and conditions.

         A failure to attract and retain key personnel could impede the implementation of our business strategy, reduce our revenues and decrease our operational effectiveness.

        Our success substantially depends upon our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and upon the ability of our senior management and other key employees to implement our business strategy. We believe there are only a limited number of available qualified executives in the business lines in which we compete. We rely substantially upon the services of David Brown, our Chief Executive Officer; Mark Byrne, the Executive Chairman of our Board of Directors; James O'Shaughnessy, our Chief Financial Officer; Gary Prestia, our Chief Underwriting Officer—North America; Guy Swayne, our Chief Underwriting Officer—International; and David Flitman, our Chief Actuary, among other key employees. Although we are not aware of any planned departures, the loss of any of their services or the services of other members of our management team or difficulty in attracting and retaining other talented personnel could impede the further implementation of our business strategy, reduce our revenues and decrease our operational effectiveness. Although we have an employment agreement with each of the above named executives, there is a possibility that these

18



employment agreements may not be enforceable in the event any of these employees leave. The employment agreements for Messrs. Byrne and Brown provide that either party may terminate their agreement upon 365 days' advance written notice, and the employment agreements with Messrs. O'Shaughnessy, Prestia and Swayne provide that either party may terminate the agreement upon 180 days' advance written notice, and the employment agreement with Mr. Flitman provides that either party may terminate the agreement upon 90 days' advance written notice. We do not currently maintain key man life insurance policies with respect to them or any of our other employees.

         We are dependent on the policies, procedures and expertise of ceding companies; these companies may fail to accurately assess the risks they underwrite, which may lead us to inaccurately assess the risks we assume. As a result, we could face significant underwriting losses on these contracts.

        Because we participate in reinsurance markets, the success of our underwriting efforts depends, in part, upon the policies, procedures and expertise of the ceding companies making the original underwriting decisions. We face the risk that these ceding companies may fail to accurately assess the risks that they underwrite initially, which, in turn, may lead us to inaccurately assess the risks we assume. If we fail to establish and receive appropriate premium rates, we could face significant underwriting losses on these contracts.

         We depend on a small number of reinsurance brokers for a large portion of our revenues, and the loss of business from one of these reinsurance brokers could limit our ability to write new insurance policies and reduce our revenues.

        We market our reinsurance on a worldwide basis primarily through reinsurance brokers, and we depend on a small number of reinsurance brokers for a large portion of our revenues. Since we commenced operations in December 2005, 100% of our gross premiums written were sourced through brokers. The following brokers, Benfield Group Limited (26.1%), Willis Group Holdings Ltd. (23.6%), Aon Re Worldwide (21.3%) and Guy Carpenter & Company, Inc. (15.7%), provided a total of 86.7% of our gross premiums written for the first nine months of 2006. Affiliates of these and other brokers have historically co-sponsored the formation of Bermuda reinsurance companies that may compete with us, and these brokers may favor their own reinsurers over other companies. Loss of all or a substantial portion of the business provided by one or more of these brokers could limit our ability to write new insurance policies and reduce our revenues.

         Because payments are frequently made and received through reinsurance brokers, we could incur liabilities to ceding insurers regardless of fault and lose our recourse to collect payments from ceding insurers.

        In accordance with industry practice, we frequently pay amounts owed on claims under our policies to reinsurance brokers, and these brokers, in turn, pay these amounts to the ceding insurers that have reinsured a portion of their liabilities with us. In some jurisdictions, if a broker fails to make such a payment, we may remain liable to the ceding insurer for the deficiency. Conversely, in certain jurisdictions, when the ceding insurer pays premiums to reinsurance brokers for payment to us, these premiums are considered to have been paid and the ceding insurer will no longer be liable to us for those amounts, regardless of whether we have received the premiums. Consequently, consistent with industry practice, we assume a degree of credit risk associated with reinsurance brokers.

         The financial strength rating of Flagstone may be revised downward which could affect our standing among brokers and customers, result in a substantial loss of business and impede our ability to conduct business.

        Ratings have become an increasingly important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance and reinsurance companies. In December 2005, A.M. Best assigned to Flagstone a financial strength rating of "A-" (Excellent). This rating is a financial strength rating and is designed to reflect our ability to meet our financial obligations under our policies. This rating does not refer to our ability

19



to meet non-reinsurance obligations and is not a recommendation to purchase any policy or contract issued by us or to buy, hold or sell our securities. A.M. Best financial strength ratings currently range from "A++" (Superior) to "F" (In Liquidation), and include 16 separate ratings categories. Within these categories, "A++" (Superior) and "A+" (Superior) are the highest, followed by "A" (Excellent) and "A-" (Excellent). Publications of A.M. Best indicate that the "A" and "A-" financial strength ratings are assigned to those companies that, in A.M. Best's opinion, have demonstrated excellent overall performance when compared to the standards established by A.M. Best and have demonstrated a strong ability to meet their obligations to policyholders.

        Flagstone's financial strength rating is subject to periodic review by, and may be revised downward or revoked at the sole discretion of, A.M. Best in response to a variety of factors, including the risk factors described in this section.

        If Flagstone's financial strength rating is reduced from its current level by A.M. Best, our competitive position in the reinsurance industry would suffer, and it would be more difficult for us to market our products. A downgrade could result in a significant reduction in the number of reinsurance contracts we write and in a substantial loss of business as our customers, and brokers that place such business, move to other competitors with higher financial strength ratings.

        It is increasingly common for our reinsurance contracts to contain terms that would allow the ceding companies to cancel the contract for the remaining portion of our period of obligation if the financial strength ratings of our insurance subsidiaries are downgraded below A- by A.M. Best. Currently, approximately 70% of our contracts permit cancellation if Flagstone's financial strength rating is downgraded. Whether a ceding company would exercise this cancellation right would depend, among other factors, on the reason for such downgrade, the extent of the downgrade, the prevailing market conditions and the pricing and availability of replacement reinsurance coverage. Therefore, we cannot predict in advance the extent to which this cancellation right would be exercised, if at all, or what effect any such cancellations would have on our financial condition or future operations, but such effect could be material.

        The indenture governing our Deferrable Interest Debentures would restrict us from declaring or paying dividends on our common shares if Flagstone (1) is downgraded by A.M. Best to a financial strength rating below A- and fails to renew more than 51% of its net premiums written during any twelve-month period, (2) is downgraded to a financial strength rating below A- and sells more than 51% of its rights to renew net premiums written over the course of a twelve-month period, (3) is downgraded to a financial strength rating below B++ or (4) withdraws its financial strength rating by A.M. Best.

        We may seek additional financial strength ratings from other nationally recognized ratings agencies. We cannot assure you that Flagstone will be able to maintain any particular insurance rating.

         We are a new company and may encounter difficulties establishing the information technology systems necessary to run our business which could result in a loss or delay of revenues, higher than expected loss levels, diversion of management resources, harm to our reputation or an increase in costs.

        The performance of our information technology systems is critical to our business and reputation and our ability to process transactions and provide high quality customer service. Such systems are and will continue to be a very important part of our underwriting process. We license the catastrophe modeling software of AIR Worldwide, Eqecat and Risk Management Solutions Inc., which are the three major vendors of industry-standard catastrophe modeling software, and we enhance the output from these models with our proprietary software.

        We cannot be certain that we will be able to replace these service providers or consultants, if necessary, without slowing our underwriting response time, or that our proprietary technology, once

20



established, will operate as intended. Any defect or error in our information technology systems could result in a loss or delay of revenues, higher than expected loss levels, diversion of management resources, harm to our reputation or an increase in costs.

         We may be unable to purchase reinsurance for our own account on commercially acceptable terms or to collect under any reinsurance we have purchased.

        We may acquire reinsurance purchased for our own account to mitigate the effects of large or multiple losses on our financial condition. From time to time, market conditions have limited, and in some cases prevented, insurers and reinsurers from obtaining the types and amounts of reinsurance they consider adequate for their business needs. For example, following the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, terms and conditions in the reinsurance markets generally became less attractive to buyers of such coverage. Similar conditions occurred as a result of Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma in 2005, and may occur in the future, and we may not be able to purchase reinsurance in the areas and for the amounts required or desired. Even if reinsurance is generally available, we may not be able to negotiate terms that we deem appropriate or acceptable or to obtain coverage from entities with satisfactory financial resources.

        In addition, a reinsurer's insolvency, or inability or refusal to make payments under a reinsurance or retrocessional reinsurance agreement with us, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations because we remain liable to the insured under the corresponding coverages written by us.

         Our investment portfolio may suffer reduced returns or losses which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Any increase in interest rates or volatility in the equity and debt markets could result in significant losses in the fair value of our investment portfolio.

        We expect to derive a significant portion of our income from our invested assets. As a result, our operating results depend in part on the performance of our investment portfolio, which currently consists primarily of fixed maturity securities, as well as the ability of our investment manager to effectively implement our investment strategy.

        The investment income derived from our invested assets was $24.7 million or 27.8% of our net income, for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Our investment policies seek capital appreciation and thus will be subject to market-wide risks and fluctuations, as well as to risks inherent in particular securities.

        Our Investment Committee has approved a strategy for reallocating our assets, and after implementation, our portfolio will contain a mix of assets that may be more volatile than our current predominantly fixed income portfolio. We are currently in the process of implementing this investment strategy. Our investment performance may vary substantially over time, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve our investment objectives. Unlike more established reinsurance companies with longer operating histories, the Company has a limited performance record to which investors can refer. See "Business—Investments."

        Investment returns are an important part of our growth in book value, and fluctuations in the fixed income or equity markets could impair our financial condition and results of operations. A significant period of time normally elapses between the receipt of insurance premiums and the disbursement of insurance claims. We cannot assure you that we will successfully match the structure of our investments with Flagstone's liabilities under its reinsurance contracts. If our calculations with respect to these reinsurance liabilities are incorrect, or if we improperly structure our investments to match such liabilities, we could be forced to liquidate investments before maturity, potentially at a significant loss.

21



        Investment results will also be affected by general economic conditions, market volatility, interest rate fluctuations, liquidity and credit risks beyond our control. In addition, the need for liquidity may result in investment returns below our expectations. Also, with respect to certain of our investments, we are subject to pre-payment or reinvestment risk. In particular, our fixed income portfolio is subject to reinvestment risk and as at September 30, 2006, 37.1% of this portfolio is comprised of mortgage backed and asset backed securities which are subject to prepayment risk. Although we attempt to manage the risks of investing in a changing interest rate environment, a significant increase in interest rates could result in significant losses, realized or unrealized, in the fair value of our investment portfolio and, consequently, could have an adverse affect on our results of operations. In addition, we are exposed, and with our change in our investment strategy will be increasingly exposed, to changes in the level or volatility of equity prices that affect the value of securities or instruments that derive their value from a particular equity security, a basket of equity securities or a stock index. These conditions are outside of our control and could adversely affect the value of our investments and our financial condition and results of operations.

         The movement in foreign currency exchange rates could adversely affect our operating results because we enter into reinsurance contracts where the premiums receivable and losses payable are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and we maintain a portion of our investments and liabilities in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

        The U.S. dollar is our reporting currency. The functional currencies of the Company's subsidiaries are generally their national currencies, except for the Bermuda subsidiaries, whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar. We enter into reinsurance contracts where the premiums receivable and losses payable are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In addition, we maintain a portion of our investments and liabilities in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Premiums received in non-U.S. currencies are generally converted into U.S. dollars at the time of receipt. When we incur a liability in a non-U.S. currency, we carry such liability on our books in the original currency. These liabilities are converted from the non-U.S. currency to U.S. dollars at the time of payment. We will therefore realize foreign currency exchange gains or losses as we ultimately receive premiums and settle claims required to be paid in foreign currencies. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2006, 18.8% of our premiums, none of our investments and 13.8% of our liabilities were in foreign currencies.

        We may use currency hedges to alleviate our potential exposure to volatility in foreign exchange rates and intend to consider the use of additional hedges when we are advised of known or probable significant losses that will be paid in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. To the extent that we do not seek to hedge our foreign currency risk or our hedges prove ineffective, the impact of a movement in foreign currency exchange rates could adversely affect our operating results.

         We may need additional capital in the future, which may not be available to us or may not be available on favorable terms, may have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of our common shares, could dilute your ownership in the Company, and may cause the market price of our common shares to fall.

        In 2007, we anticipate expenditures of approximately $3.0 million for our information technology infrastructure and systems enhancements, and $11.0 million for the building costs associated with the construction of our office building in Hyderabad. We expect our operating cash flows, together with our existing capital base and the proceeds of this offering, to be sufficient to meet these requirements and to operate our business for at least the next twelve months.

        We may need to raise additional capital in the future, through public or private debt or equity financings, to repay the Deferable Interest Debentures, comply with the terms of our letter of credit facility, write new business successfully, cover loss and loss adjustment expense reserves following losses, respond to any changes in the capital requirements that rating agencies use to evaluate us, to acquire new businesses or invest in existing businesses, or otherwise respond to competitive pressures in our

22



industry. Due to the uncertainty relating to some of these items, we are not able to quantify our total future capital requirements. Any additional financing we may seek may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. Furthermore, the securities may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior or otherwise superior to those of our common shares. Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity will dilute your ownership percentage in our company and may decrease the market price of our common shares.

        We monitor our long term liquidity needs with regard to our annual aggregate probable maximum loss, which we sometimes refer to as annual aggregate PML. Our annual aggregate PML for a given number of years is our estimate of the maximum aggregate loss and loss adjustment expenses that we are likely to incur in any one year during that number of years. We intend to keep sufficient liquid assets to meet our 10-year annual aggregate PML, and to maintain standby letter of credit and other facilities that would supplement that liquidity to meet our 250-year annual aggregate PML.

         Our complex global operating platform increases our exposure to systems or human failures, which may limit our revenues, increase our costs and decrease our net income from operations.

        We are subject to operational risks including fraud, employee errors, failure to document transactions properly or to obtain proper internal authorization, failure to comply with regulatory requirements, information technology failures, or external events. Our reliance in large part on the integration of our operations in Bermuda, the United Kingdom, Switzerland, India and Canada increases the likelihood that losses from these risks, which may occur from time to time, could be significant. As our business and operations grow more complex we are exposed to a broader scope of risk in these areas. The occurence of these types of events may limit our revenues, increase our costs and decrease our net income from operations.

         We may fail at acquiring and integrating other reinsurance and insurance businesses in the future, and we may need to incur indebtedness or issue additional equity due to these future acquisition opportunities.

        Part of our business strategy may involve growing the Company in the future by acquiring other reinsurance and insurance companies or parts or all of their businesses. Our ability to make these acquisitions will depend upon many factors, including the availability of suitable financing and the ability to identify and acquire businesses on a cost-effective basis. Our ability to effectively integrate acquired personnel, operations, products and technologies, to retain and motivate key personnel, and to retain the goodwill and customers of acquired companies or businesses will also be important. There can be no assurance that we can or will successfully acquire and integrate such operations in the future. Furthermore, in connection with future acquisition opportunities, we may need to incur indebtedness or issue additional equity. If and when achieved, new acquisitions may adversely affect our near-term operating results due to increased capital requirements, transitional management and operating adjustments, interest costs associated with acquisition debt, and other factors.

         Some of our related parties have continuing agreements and business relationships with us and these persons could pursue business interests or exercise their voting power as shareholders in ways that are detrimental to us.

        Some or our executive officers, directors, underwriters and affiliates of our principal shareholders engage in transactions with our Company. In particular:

23


        These persons could pursue business interests or exercise their voting power as shareholders in ways that are detrimental to us, but beneficial to themselves or their affiliates or to other companies in which they invest or with whom they have a material relationship.

        Furthermore, affiliates of the underwriters may from time to time compete with us, including by assisting, investing in the formation of, or maintaining business relationships with other entities engaged in the insurance and reinsurance business. In general, these affiliates could pursue business interests in ways that are detrimental to us.

         Unexpected industry practices and conditions could extend coverage beyond our underwriting intent or increase the number or size of claims, causing us to incur significant losses.

        As industry practices and legal, judicial, social and other environmental conditions change, unexpected and unintended issues related to claims and coverage may emerge. These issues may adversely affect our business by either extending coverage beyond our underwriting intent or by increasing the number or size of claims. In some instances, these changes may not become apparent until some time after we have issued reinsurance contracts that are affected by the changes. As a result, the full extent of liability under our reinsurance contracts may not be known for many years after a contract is issued.

        One example involves coverage for losses arising from terrorist acts. Substantially all of the reinsurance contracts that we have written exclude coverage for losses arising from the peril of terrorism caused by nuclear, biological, chemical or radiological attack. We are unable to predict the extent to which our future insurance contracts will cover terrorist acts. We also are unsure how terrorist acts will be defined in our current and future contracts and cannot assure you that losses resulting from future terrorist attacks will not be incidentally or inadvertently covered. If there is a future terrorist attack, the possibility remains that losses resulting from such event could prove to be material to our financial condition and results of operations. Terrorist acts may also cause multiple claims, and there is no assurance that our policy limits will be effective.

        The effects of these and other unforeseen emerging claim and coverage issues are extremely difficult to predict. If we are required to cover losses that we did not anticipate having to cover under the terms of our reinsurance contracts, we could face significant losses and as a result, our financial condition and results of operation could be adversely affected.

24


         The expiration of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act may cause our customers and potential customers to seek reinsurers that write terrorism coverage, which may impair our ability to compete for those customers.

        The U.S. Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, or TRIA, as extended by the Terrorism Risk Insurance Extension Act of 2005, will expire by its terms on December 31, 2007. TRIA has provided a federal assistance program that helps the commercial property and casualty insurance industry cover claims related to future terrorism related losses and regulates the terms of insurance relating to terrorism coverage. If TRIA expires without further extension, our customers and potential customers who choose to continue to write terrorism related coverage will have an increased need to obtain reinsurance for that coverage. Since we currently exclude coverage for major categories of losses arising from the peril of terrorism, expiration of TRIA may cause us to be less able to compete for customers who seek a single source of reinsurance for a comprehensive range of risks.

         The reinsurance industry is highly competitive. Competitive pressures may result in fewer contracts written, lower premium rates, increased expense for customer acquisition and retention, and less favorable policy terms and conditions.

        The reinsurance industry is highly competitive. We compete with major global insurance and reinsurance companies and underwriting syndicates, many of which have extensive experience in reinsurance and may have greater financial resources available to them than us. Other financial institutions, such as banks and hedge funds, now offer products and services similar to our products and services. Alternative products, such as catastrophe-linked bonds or catastrophe bonds, which is a type of financial instrument that is tied to a specific catastrophic event, compete with our products. In the future, underwriting capacity will continue to enter the market from these identified competitors and perhaps other sources. After the September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks in the United States, and then again following the three major hurricanes of 2005 (Katrina, Rita and Wilma), new capital flowed into Bermuda, and much of these new proceeds went to a variety of Bermuda-based start-up companies. The full extent and effect of this additional capital on the reinsurance market will not be known for some time and current market conditions could reverse. These continued increases in the supply of reinsurance may have negative consequences for us, including fewer contracts written, lower premium rates, increased expenses for customer acquisition and retention, and less favorable policy terms and conditions. Insurance company customers of reinsurers may choose to retain larger shares of risk, thereby reducing overall demand for reinsurance.

        In addition, while we believe our global operating platform currently differentiates us among Bermuda-based reinsurance companies of comparable capital size and provides significant efficiencies in our operations, it is possible that our competitors will aim to employ a similar platform in the future, or implement their own platforms with equivalent or superior operational and cost structures to ours.

         The availability and cost of security arrangements for reinsurance transactions may impact our ability to provide reinsurance to ceding insurers.

        Flagstone is required to post collateral security with respect to reinsurance liabilities it assumes from many ceding insurers, especially those in many U.S. jurisdictions. The posting of collateral security is generally required in order for these ceding companies to obtain credit on their statutory financial statements with respect to reinsurance liabilities ceded to reinsurers who are not licensed or accredited in these jurisdictions. Under applicable statutory provisions, the security arrangements may be in the form of letters of credit, reinsurance trusts maintained by third-party trustees or "funds withheld" arrangements whereby the assets are held in trust by the ceding company.

        Flagstone currently has the ability to issue up to $200.0 million in letters of credit under the Company's letter of credit facility, the renewal of which is reviewed annually. The facility was not drawn upon as at September 30, 2006. Flagstone also has signed a nonbinding term sheet for a $150.0 million secured letter of credit and loan facility. If these facilities are not sufficient or if the

25



Company is unable to renew them or is unable to arrange for other types of security on commercially acceptable terms, the ability of Flagstone to provide reinsurance to some U.S.-based and international clients may be severely limited.

        In addition, the security arrangements may subject our assets to security interests or require that a portion of our assets be pledged to, or otherwise held by, third parties. Although the investment income derived from our assets while held in trust typically accrues to our benefit, the investment of these assets is governed by the investment regulations of the jurisdiction of domicile of the ceding insurer, which may be more restrictive than the investment regulations applicable to us under Bermuda law. These restrictions may result in lower investment yields on these assets, which could adversely affect our profitability.

         We are a holding company and we and our subsidiaries are subject to restrictions on paying dividends, repurchasing common shares or otherwise returning capital to shareholders.

        The Company is a holding company with no significant operations or assets other than its ownership of its subsidiaries, the most important of which is Flagstone. Dividends, distributions and other permitted payments from Flagstone, which are limited under Bermuda law and regulations, are expected to be the Company's primary source of funds to pay expenses and fund dividends, if any, or share repurchases.

        Under the Bermuda Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda, as amended, and related regulations, which we refer to as the Insurance Act, Flagstone will be required to maintain certain minimum solvency and paid-up share capital levels and will be prohibited from declaring or paying dividends that would result in noncompliance with such requirement. As a Bermuda Class 4 reinsurer, Flagstone may not pay dividends in any financial year which would exceed 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus unless at least seven days before payment of those dividends it files an affidavit with the BMA signed by at least two directors and Flagstone's principal representative, which states that in their opinion, declaration of those dividends will not cause Flagstone to fail to meet its prescribed solvency margin and liquidity ratio. Further, Flagstone may not reduce by 15% or more its total statutory capital as set out in its previous year's statements without the prior approval of the BMA. This may limit the amount of funds available for distribution to the Company, restricting the Company's ability to pay dividends, make distributions and repurchase any of its common shares.

        In addition, under the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, as amended, and related regulations, which we refer to as the Companies Act, the Company and Flagstone may only declare or pay a dividend or make a distribution if, among other matters, there are reasonable grounds for believing that each is, and will after the payment be, able to pay their respective liabilities as they become due and that the realizable value of their assets will not thereby be less than the sum of their liabilities and their issued share capital and share premium accounts. In connection with any share repurchase, as stipulated by the Companies Act, the Company may not repurchase any of its common shares if the repurchase would reduce its minimum share capital below the minimum share capital specified in the Company's memorandum of association or, if the Company is, or, as a result of such repurchase would be, rendered insolvent.

        Swiss law permits dividends to be declared only after profits have been allocated to the reserves required by law and to any reserves required by the articles of incorporation. The articles of incorporation of Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA do not require any specific reserves. Therefore, Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA must allocate any profits first to the reserve required by Swiss law generally, and may pay as dividends only the balance of the profits remaining after that allocation. In the case of Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA, Swiss law requires that 5% of the company's profits be allocated to a "general reserve" until the reserve reaches 20% of its paid-in share capital.

26



        In addition, a Swiss reinsurance company may pay a dividend only if, after payment of the dividend, it will continue to comply with regulatory requirements regarding minimum capital, special reserves and solvency margin requirements.


Risks Related to Laws and Regulations Applicable to Us

         Insurance statutes and regulations in various jurisdictions could restrict our ability to operate.

        The insurance laws of each state in the United States and many non-U.S. jurisdictions regulate the sale of insurance within that jurisdiction by alien insurers, such as Flagstone, which are not authorized or admitted to do business in that jurisdiction. We currently intend to conduct our business so that Flagstone will not be subject to insurance licensing requirements or insurance regulations in any jurisdiction other than Bermuda, the United Kingdom and Switzerland. Although we do not intend for Flagstone to engage in insurance underwriting activities which would require us to comply with insurance licensing requirements in the United States, a large portion of the gross premiums written by Flagstone are derived from reinsurance contracts entered into with entities domiciled in the United States. The laws and regulations applicable to direct insurers could indirectly affect us, such as collateral requirements in various U.S. states to enable such insurers to receive credit for reinsurance ceded to us.

        We expect that for so long as Flagstone follows its operating guidelines, it will conduct its activities in compliance with applicable insurance statutes and regulations. However, insurance regulators in the United States or other jurisdictions who review the activities of Flagstone may successfully take the position that Flagstone is subject to the jurisdiction's licensing requirements.

        The insurance and reinsurance regulatory framework of Bermuda recently has become subject to increased scrutiny in many jurisdictions, including the United States. In the past, there have been Congressional and other initiatives in the United States regarding increased supervision and regulation of the insurance industry, including proposals to supervise and regulate offshore reinsurers. Government regulators are generally concerned with the protection of policyholders rather than other constituencies, such as shareholders. Moreover, our exposure to potential regulatory initiatives could be heightened by the fact that our principal operating companies are domiciled in, and operate exclusively from, Bermuda. Bermuda is a small jurisdiction and may be disadvantaged when participating in global or cross border regulatory matters as compared with larger jurisdictions such as the U.S. or the leading European Union countries. This disadvantage could be amplified by the fact that Bermuda, which is currently an overseas territory of the United Kingdom, may consider changes to its relationship with the United Kingdom in the future, including potentially seeking independence. We are not able to predict the future impact on Flagstone's operations of changes in the laws and regulations to which we, or companies acquired by us, are or may become subject.

        Our Indian subsidiary, West End Capital Management BPO Services (India) Private Limited, which we refer to as West End (India) has been duly incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 in India and has specified as its main object the provision of business process outsourcing services, which permits it to provide us with back office information technology support services. West End (India) is not considered to be engaged in the insurance or reinsurance business and is not registered with India's Insurance Development & Regulatory Authority. In the future, however, it is possible that regulators in India will take the position that West End (India) is subject to the India's Insurance Development & Regulatory Authority or other insurance/reinsurance regulatory restrictions in India.

         We could lose the services of one or more of our key employees if we are unable to obtain or renew work permits required by Bermuda employment restrictions.

        We may need to hire additional employees to work in Bermuda. Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians (other than spouses of Bermudians) may not engage in any gainful occupation in

27



Bermuda without an appropriate governmental work permit. Work permits may be granted or extended by the Bermuda government upon showing that, after proper public advertisement in most cases, no Bermudian (or spouse of a Bermudian) who meets the minimum standard requirements for the advertised position is available. Bermuda government policy limits the duration of work permits to six years, with certain exemptions for key employees. All of our 18 Bermuda-based professional employees who require work permits, including Mr. Byrne, our Executive Chairman; Mr. Prestia, our Chief Underwriting Officer—North America; and Mr. Flitman, our Chief Actuary, have been granted permits by the Bermuda government. The terms of these permits range from three to five years depending on the individual.

        It is possible that we could lose the services of one or more of our key employees if we are unable to obtain or renew their work permits, which could have an adverse effect on our business.

         It may be difficult to enforce a judgment or effect service of process under Bermuda law on the Company, Flagstone or related persons.

        The Company and Flagstone are Bermuda exempted companies limited by shares, and it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against them or their directors and executive officers.

        We are incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda and our business is based in Bermuda. In addition, several of our directors and most of our officers reside outside the United States, and all or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of such persons are located in jurisdictions outside the United States. As such, it may be difficult or impossible to effect service of process within the United States upon us or those persons or to recover against us or them on judgments of U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Further, no claim may be brought in Bermuda against us or our directors and officers in the first instance for violation of U.S. federal securities laws because these laws have no extraterritorial jurisdiction under Bermuda law and do not have force of law in Bermuda. A Bermuda court may, however, impose civil liability, including the possibility of monetary damages, on us or our directors and officers if the facts alleged in a complaint constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law.

        We have been advised by Attride-Stirling & Woloniecki, our special Bermuda counsel, that there is doubt as to whether the courts of Bermuda would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or our directors and officers, as well as the experts named herein, predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws or original actions brought in Bermuda against us or such persons predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws. Further, we have been advised by Attride-Stirling & Woloniecki that there is no treaty in effect between the United States and Bermuda providing for the enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, and there are grounds upon which Bermuda courts may not enforce judgments of U.S. courts. Some remedies available under the laws of U.S. jurisdictions, including some remedies available under the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be allowed in Bermuda courts as contrary to that jurisdiction's public policy. Because judgments of U.S. courts are not automatically enforceable in Bermuda, it may be difficult for you to recover against us based upon such judgments.


Risks Related to Our Common Shares

         No public market currently exists for our common shares.

        Currently there is no public trading market for our common shares and, as a result, we cannot predict whether an active trading market will develop and continue upon completion of this offering or if the market price of our common shares will decline below the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price per common share will be determined by agreement among us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of our common shares after our initial public offering.

28



         Future sales may affect the market price of our common shares.

        We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our common shares, or the availability of common shares for future sale, will have on the market price of our common shares. Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market following our initial public offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common shares and may make it more difficult for you to sell your common shares at a time and price which you deem appropriate. See "Description of Share Capital—Shareholders' Agreement" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for further information regarding circumstances under which additional common shares may be sold.

        Our existing shareholders currently hold 71,547,891 common shares. Upon completion of our initial public offering and assuming the underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised, we will have      common shares outstanding. If the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised, an additional      common shares will be outstanding.

        In addition to the shares sold in this offering, common shares will be eligible for sale as follows:

29


         There are provisions in our charter documents that may reduce or increase the voting rights of our common shares.

        There are provisions in our bye-laws which may reduce or increase the voting rights of the common shares. In general, and except as provided below, shareholders have one vote for each common share held by them and are entitled to vote at all meetings of shareholders. However, if, and so long as, the common shares of a shareholder are treated as "controlled shares" (as generally determined under section 958 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and under section 957 of the Code) of any U.S. Person (as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) and such controlled shares constitute 9.9% or more of the votes conferred by the Company's issued shares, the voting rights with respect to the controlled shares of such U.S. Person (a "9.9% U.S. Shareholder") shall be limited, in the aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.9% under a formula specified in our bye-laws. The reduction in votes is generally to be applied proportionately among all the "controlled shares" of the 9.9% U.S. Shareholder. The formula is applied repeatedly until the voting power of each 9.9% U.S. Shareholder has been reduced below 9.9%. In addition, the Board of Directors may limit a shareholder's voting rights where it deems it appropriate to do so to (i) avoid the existence of any 9.9% U.S. Shareholder; and (ii) avoid certain adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the Company or any of the Company's subsidiaries or any shareholder or its affiliates. "Controlled shares" includes all shares that a U.S. Person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of Section 958 of the Code). The amount of any reduction of votes that occurs by operation of the above limitations will generally be reallocated proportionately among all other shareholders of the Company so long as the reallocation does not cause any U.S. shareholder to become a 9.9% U.S. Shareholder.

        Under these provisions, certain shareholders may have their voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, while other shareholders may have voting rights increased to in excess of one vote per share. Moreover, these provisions could have the effect of reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject to the 9.9% limitation by virtue of their direct share ownership. Our bye-laws provide that shareholders will be notified of their voting interests before each shareholder vote. See "Description of Share Capital—Voting Rights."

        The Company also has the authority to request information from any shareholder for the purpose of determining whether a shareholder's voting rights are to be reallocated pursuant to our bye-laws. If a shareholder fails to respond to a request for information from the Company or submits incomplete or inaccurate information in response to a request, the Company, in its reasonable discretion, may reduce or eliminate the shareholder's voting rights.

        As a result of any reallocation of votes, your voting rights might increase above 5% of the aggregate voting power of the outstanding common shares, thereby possibly resulting in your becoming a reporting person subject to Schedule 13D or 13G filing requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to as the Exchange Act. In addition, the reallocation of your votes could result in your becoming subject to filing requirements under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

         U.S. persons who own our common shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests than U.S. persons who are shareholders of a U.S. corporation.

        The Companies Act, which applies to the Company and Flagstone, differs in material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Generally, the rights of shareholders under Bermuda law are not as extensive as the rights of shareholders under legislation or judicial precedent in many United States jurisdictions. Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under the laws of Bermuda. In addition, the Company's bye-laws also provide that shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they may have, individually or in the Company's right, against any of the Company's directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the

30



performance of such director's or officer's duties, except with respect to any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. The cumulative effect of some of these differences between Bermuda law and the laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders may result in shareholders having greater difficulties in protecting their interests as a shareholder of our Company than as a shareholder of a U.S. corporation. In particular, this affects, among other things, the circumstances under which transactions involving an interested director are voidable, whether an interested director can be held accountable for any benefit realized in a transaction with our company, what approvals are required for business combinations by our company with a large shareholder or a wholly-owned subsidiary, what rights a shareholder may have to enforce specified provisions of the Companies Act or our bye-laws, and the circumstances under which we may indemnify our directors and officers.

        For more information on the differences between Bermuda and Delaware corporate laws, see "Description of Share Capital—Differences in Corporate Law."

         Anti-takeover provisions in our bye-laws could impede an attempt to replace or remove our directors, which could diminish the value of our common shares.

        Our bye-laws contain provisions that may entrench directors and make it more difficult for shareholders to replace directors even if the shareholders consider it beneficial to do so. In addition, these provisions could delay or prevent a change of control that a shareholder might consider favorable. For example, these provisions may prevent a shareholder from receiving the benefit from any premium over the market price of our common shares offered by a bidder in a potential takeover. Even in the absence of an attempt to effect a change in management or a takeover attempt, these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common shares if they are viewed as discouraging changes in management and takeover attempts in the future.

        Examples of provisions in our bye-laws that could have this effect include:

        For a description of these provisions, see "Description of Share Capital."

         There are regulatory limitations on the ownership and transfer of our common shares.

        Common shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda, as amended and the Bermuda Investment Business Act 2003, which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. In addition, the BMA must approve all issues and transfers of shares of a Bermuda exempted company. However, the BMA has pursuant to its statement of June 1, 2005 given its general permission under the Exchange Control Act 1972 (and related regulations) for the issue and free transfer of our common shares to and among persons who are non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes as long as the shares are listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes the New York Stock Exchange. This general permission would cease to apply if the Company were to cease to be so listed. Bermuda insurance law requires that any person who becomes a holder of at least 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% of the common shares of an insurance or reinsurance company or its parent company must notify the BMA in writing within 45 days of becoming such a holder or 30 days from the date they have knowledge of having such a holding, whichever is later. The BMA may, by written notice, object to a person holding 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% of our common shares if it appears to the BMA that the person is not fit and proper to

31


be such a holder. The BMA may require the holder to reduce their shareholding in us and may direct, among other things, that the voting rights attaching to their shares shall not be exercisable. A person that does not comply with such a notice or direction from the BMA will be guilty of an offense. In addition, we will deliver to and file a copy of this prospectus with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda in accordance with Bermuda law.

        Except in connection with the settlement of trades or transactions entered into through the facilities of the New York Stock Exchange, our Board of Directors may generally require any shareholder or any person proposing to acquire our shares to provide the information required under our bye-laws. If any such shareholder or proposed acquirer does not provide such information, or if the Board of Directors has reason to believe that any certification or other information provided pursuant to any such request is inaccurate or incomplete, the Board of Directors may decline to register any transfer or to effect any issuance or purchase of shares to which such request is related. Although these restrictions on transfer will not interfere with the settlement of trades on the New York Stock Exchange, we may decline to register transfers in accordance with our bye-laws and Board of Directors resolutions after a settlement has taken place.

         We may repurchase your common shares without your consent.

        Under our bye-laws and subject to Bermuda law, we have the option, but not the obligation, to require a shareholder to sell to us at fair market value the minimum number of common shares which is necessary to avoid or cure any adverse tax consequences or materially adverse legal or regulatory treatment to us, our subsidiaries or our shareholders if our Board of Directors reasonably determines, in good faith, that failure to exercise our option would result in such adverse consequences or treatment. See "Description of Share Capital—Acquisition of Common Shares by the Company."


Risks Related to Tax Matters

         U.S. persons who hold common shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation at ordinary income rates on undistributed earnings and profits.

        Controlled Foreign Corporation Rules.     If the Company or any of its subsidiaries is characterized as a controlled foreign corporation, or CFC, for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during a taxable year, then any United States person who owns, directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities, or under applicable constructive ownership rules, 10% or more of the shares of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (based on voting power) on the last day of our taxable year, whom we refer to as a "U.S. 10% shareholder," would be required to include in its U.S. federal gross income for the taxable year, as income subject to taxation at ordinary income tax rates, its pro rata share of the relevant company's undistributed earnings and profits characterized as "subpart F income." Subpart F income generally includes passive investment income, such as interest, dividends or certain rent or royalties and subpart F insurance income, which typically includes certain insurance underwriting income and related investment income. Additionally, a U.S. 10% shareholder may be taxable at the rates applicable to dividends on any gain realized on a sale or other disposition (including by way of repurchase or liquidation) of common shares to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits attributable to such common shares. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Shareholders—United States Taxation of Shareholders—United States Holders—Possible Classification of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries as Controlled Foreign Corporations."

        Because of the anticipated dispersion of the Company's share ownership, provisions in our bye-laws that limit voting power and other factors, no United States person who owns common shares of the Company directly or indirectly through one or more non-U.S. entities should be treated as a U.S. 10% shareholder. We cannot be certain, however, that the Internal Revenue Service or IRS will not challenge the effectiveness of these provisions or that a court would not sustain such a challenge, in which case an investor in common shares could be adversely affected.

32



        Related Person Insurance Income Rules.     If the gross "related person insurance income," or RPII, of any insurance subsidiary of the Company were to equal or exceed 20% of its gross insurance income in any taxable year and if direct or indirect insureds (and related persons) were to own 20% or more of either the voting power or value of the common shares either directly or indirectly through entities, a United States person owning any common shares directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities on the last day of the relevant subsidiary's taxable year could be required to include in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes such person's share of the subsidiary's RPII for up to the entire taxable year, determined as if all such RPII were distributed proportionately only to such United States persons at that date, but limited by such person's share of the subsidiary's current-year earnings and profits as reduced by the person's share, if any, of certain prior-year deficits in earnings and profits attributable to the subsidiary's insurance business. Upon the sale or other disposition of any common shares, such person may also be subject to United States federal income tax at the rates applicable to dividends to the extent of the holder's pro rata share of the subsidiary's undistributed earnings and profits, although we do not believe this should be the case since the Company will not be directly engaged in the insurance business.

        We do not expect the gross RPII of any subsidiary of the Company to equal or exceed 20% of its gross insurance income in any taxable year for the foreseeable future and do not expect direct or indirect insureds (and related persons) to directly or indirectly through entities own 20% or more of either the voting power or value of the common shares, but we can not be certain that this will be the case.

        The RPII provisions have never been interpreted by the courts or the U.S. Treasury Department in final regulations. Regulations interpreting the RPII provisions of the Code exist only in proposed form. It is not certain whether these regulations will be adopted in their proposed form or what changes or clarifications might ultimately be made thereto or whether any such changes, as well as any interpretation or application of RPII by the IRS, the courts, or otherwise, might have retroactive effect. The Treasury Department has authority to impose, among other things, additional reporting requirements with respect to RPII. Accordingly, the meaning of the RPII provisions and the application thereof is uncertain. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Shareholders—United States Taxation of Shareholders—United States Holders—The RPII CFC Provisions."

         U.S. holders of common shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation at the highest marginal income tax rates applicable to ordinary income and be required to pay an interest charge.

        Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.     If the Company were characterized as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for any taxable year, United States holders of common shares generally would be subject to adverse income tax consequences for such year and each subsequent year including (i) taxation of any gain attributable to the sale or other disposition (including by way of repurchase or liquidation) of their common shares or any "excess distribution" with respect to their common shares at the highest marginal income tax rates applicable to ordinary income in the holder's holding period for the common shares and (ii) an interest charge on the deemed deferral of income tax, unless the holder properly (a) elects to have us treated as a qualified electing fund and thus to include in gross income each year a pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain for any year in which we constitute a PFIC or (b) makes a PFIC mark to market election with respect to us. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Shareholders—United States Taxation Shareholders—United States Holders—Passive Foreign Investment Companies."

        The Company believes that it will not currently be a PFIC because it (through its insurance subsidiaries) will engage predominantly in the active conduct of an insurance business. We can not be certain, however, that the IRS or a court will concur that based on our activities and the composition of our income and assets that we are not a PFIC.

33



         U.S. tax-exempt organizations that own common shares may recognize unrelated business taxable income.

        A U.S. tax-exempt organization that owns any of our common shares will be required to treat certain subpart F insurance income, including RPII, as unrelated business taxable income. Although we do not believe that any United States holders, including U.S. tax-exempt organizations, should be allocated any subpart F insurance income, we cannot be certain that this will be the case. Potential U.S. tax-exempt investors are advised to consult their tax advisors. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Shareholders—United States Taxation of Shareholders—United States Holders—Tax-Exempt Shareholders."

         Changes in U.S. tax laws may be retroactive and could subject a U.S. holder of common shares to U.S. income taxation on the Company's undistributed earnings and to other adverse tax consequences.

        The tax laws and interpretations regarding whether a company is engaged in a U.S. trade or business, is a CFC, is a PFIC or has RPII are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. There are currently no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC provisions to an insurance company and the regulations regarding RPII are in proposed form. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming. We are not able to predict if, when or in what form such guidance will be provided or whether such guidance will have a retroactive effect. The tax treatment of non-U.S. insurance companies has been the subject of discussion in the U.S. Congress. We cannot assure you that future legislative action will not increase the amount of U.S. tax payable by us. If this happens, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

         We may be subject to taxation in the United States which would negatively affect our results.

        If any of the Company or its subsidiaries is considered to be engaged in a business in the United States, such company may be subject to current U.S. corporate income and branch profits taxes on the portion of such company's earnings effectively connected to its U.S. business, including premium income from U.S. sources (which represents a large portion of the reinsurance written by Flagstone) and certain related investment income. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of the Company and Subsidiaries—United States." The Company and its subsidiaries are incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and other non-U.S. jurisdictions and intend to conduct substantially all of their activities outside the United States and, except as described below, to limit their United States contacts so that each of them will not be subject to U.S. taxation on their income (other than excise taxes on reinsurance premium income attributable to reinsuring U.S. risks and U.S. withholding taxes on certain U.S. source investment income). See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of the Company and Subsidiaries—United States."

         We may be subject to taxation in the United Kingdom which would negatively affect our results.

        None of our companies, except for Flagstone Representatives Limited, are incorporated or managed in the United Kingdom. Accordingly, none of our other companies should be treated as being resident in the United Kingdom for corporation tax purposes unless the central management and control of any such company is exercised in the United Kingdom. The concept of central management and control is indicative of the highest level of control of a company, which is wholly a question of fact. Each of our companies currently intends to manage its affairs so that none of our companies, apart from Flagstone Representatives Limited, are resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes. Each of our companies, apart from Flagstone Representatives Limited, currently intends to operate in such a manner so that none of our companies, apart from Flagstone Representatives Limited, carry on a trade through a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom. If any of our companies were treated as being resident in the United Kingdom for U.K. corporation tax purposes, or if any of our companies, other than Flagstone Representatives Limited, were to be treated as carrying on a trade in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency or of having a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom,

34



our results of operations and your investments could be materially adversely affected. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of the Company and Subsidiaries—United Kingdom."

         We may be subject to taxation in Switzerland which would negatively affect our results.

        None of our companies, except for Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA, is incorporated or managed in Switzerland. Accordingly, none of our other companies should be liable for Swiss corporation taxation unless it carries on business through a permanent establishment in Switzerland. From a Swiss tax perspective, a permanent establishment is a fixed place of business through which a company performs business activities that are considered as being quantitatively and qualitatively significant by the tax authorities, and may include a branch, office, agency or place of management. Each of our companies currently intends to operate in such a manner so that none of our companies, apart from Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA, will carry on business through a permanent establishment in Switzerland. If any of our companies were to be treated as carrying on business in Switzerland through a branch or agency or of having a permanent establishment in Switzerland, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of the Company and Subsidiaries—Switzerland."

         We may be subject to taxation in Canada which would negatively affect our results.

        None of our companies, except for Flagstone Management Services (Halifax) Limited, or Flagstone Halifax, is resident in Canada for corporate tax purposes. Accordingly, none of our other companies should be liable for Canadian corporate tax unless it is determined to be carrying on business in Canada. Canada applies both a common law test and a statutory test to determine whether a non-resident is carrying on business in Canada. The common law test looks to where the contracts of the business are made, and the location of operations from which profits arise. The statutory test extends the concept of carrying on business to include a transaction by which a non-resident "solicits orders or offers anything for sale in Canada through an agent or servant, whether the contract or transaction is to be completed inside or outside Canada or partly inside or outside Canada." Each of our companies currently intends to operate in such a manner so that none of our companies, apart from Flagstone Halifax, will be deemed to be carrying on business in Canada. If any of our companies were to be treated as carrying on business in Canada, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of the Company and Subsidiaries—Canada."

         We may be subject to taxation in India which would negatively affect our results.

        None of our companies, except for West End (India), should be treated as being resident in India for corporate tax purposes. Accordingly, none of our other companies should be liable for corporate tax in India unless it receives or is deemed to receive income, from whatever source derived, in India or it has income that arises or accrues (or is deemed to arise or accrue) in India. Each of our companies currently intends to operate in such a manner so that none of our companies, apart from West End (India), receives or is deemed to receive income in India or has income that arises or accrues in India for purposes of corporate tax in India. If any of our companies were to be treated as receiving income in India or earning income that arises or accrues in India, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

        West End (India) is registered under the software technology park of India, or STPI, Scheme. Tax incentives associated with businesses which are registered under the STPI Scheme generally provide a complete exemption from Indian tax on business income generated through these operations, and West End (India) has been granted a complete tax holiday valid through March 31, 2009 subject to compliance with the applicable requirements of the Income Tax Act, 1961 of India. Under the STPI tax holiday, the entire income of the Indian operations from services provided to Flagstone and other companies based outside India is exempt from tax in India through the fiscal year ending March 31,

35



2009 subject to compliance with the applicable requirements of the Income Tax Act, 1961 of India. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of the Company and Subsidiaries—India."

         We may become subject to taxation in Bermuda which would negatively affect our results.

        We have received an assurance from the Bermuda Minister of Finance under The Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 of Bermuda to the effect that if there is enacted in Bermuda any legislation imposing tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, then the imposition of any such tax shall not be applicable to us or to any of our operations or common shares, debentures or other obligations until March 28, 2016, except in so far as such tax applies to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda or is payable by us in respect of real property owned or leased by us in Bermuda. We cannot assure you that a future Minister would honor that assurance, which is not legally binding, or that after such date we would not be subject to any such tax. If we were to become subject to taxation in Bermuda, our results of operations could be adversely affected. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of the Company and Subsidiaries—Bermuda."

         The impact of Bermuda's letter of commitment to the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development to eliminate harmful tax practices is uncertain and could adversely affect our tax status in Bermuda.

        The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, or the OECD, has published reports and launched a global dialogue among member and non-member countries on measures to limit "harmful" tax competition. These measures are largely directed at counteracting the effects of low-tax regimes in countries around the world. In the OECD's report dated April 18, 2002 and updated as at June 2004 and November 2005 via a "Global Forum," Bermuda was not listed as an uncooperative tax haven jurisdiction because it had previously signed a letter committing itself to eliminate harmful tax practices and to embrace international tax standards for transparency, exchange of information and the elimination of any aspects of the regimes for financial and other services that attract business with no substantial domestic activity. We are not able to predict what changes will arise from the commitment or whether such changes will subject us to additional taxes.

36



CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        Some of the statements under "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and elsewhere in this prospectus may include forward-looking statements which reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance. Statements which include the words "expect," "intend," "plan," "believe," "project," "anticipate," "will" and similar statements of a future or forward-looking nature identify forward-looking statements for purposes of the U.S. federal securities laws or otherwise.

        These statements include forward-looking statements both with respect to us specifically and our industry in general. These statements are based on certain assumptions and analyses made by us in light of our experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors believed to be appropriate in the circumstances. However, whether actual results and developments will conform to our expectations and predictions is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from expectations, including, but not limited to, the following:

        Accordingly, all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus are qualified by these cautionary statements, and there can be no assurance that the actual results or developments anticipated by us will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, us or our business or operations. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or individuals acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by this paragraph. You should specifically consider the factors identified in this prospectus which could cause actual results to differ before making an investment decision.

37



USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate the net proceeds from the initial public offering of our common shares, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $             million. The net proceeds will be approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. We presently intend to contribute substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering to Flagstone to increase the underwriting capacity of its reinsurance operations.

        We will pay specified fees and expenses related to this offering. The total fees and expenses, including underwriting discounts and commissions, to be paid by us are estimated to be $             million. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per common share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $             million, or $             million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, assuming no change in the number of common shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

38



DIVIDEND POLICY

        Subject to the approval of our Board of Directors, we currently expect to pay a quarterly cash dividend of approximately $0.04 per common share, beginning in the first full fiscal quarter following the completion of this offering. To date, the Company has never paid a dividend on the common shares. Any determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will be dependent upon our results of operations and cash flows, our financial position and capital requirements, general business conditions, rating agency guidelines, legal, tax, regulatory and any contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and any other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant.

        Our ability to pay dividends depends, in part, on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. Flagstone, our principal subsidiary, is subject to Bermuda laws and regulatory constraints which affect its ability to pay dividends. Under the Insurance Act, Flagstone must maintain a minimum solvency margin and minimum liquidity ratio and is prohibited from declaring or paying dividends if it does not comply or such action would result in noncompliance with the Insurance Act. If it fails to meet its required minimum solvency margin or liquidity ratio on the last day of any financial year, Flagstone will be prohibited, without the approval of the BMA, from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year.

        The Insurance Act provides that Flagstone may not declare or pay in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous year's balance sheet) unless it files an affidavit with the BMA at least seven days prior to the payment signed by at least two directors and Flagstone's principal representative, stating that in their opinion Flagstone will continue to satisfy the required margins following declaration of those dividends, though there is no additional requirement for BMA approval.

        The Insurance Act further provides that Flagstone may not, without prior BMA approval, reduce its total statutory capital by 15% or more as set out in its previous year's balance sheet.

        In addition, under the Companies Act, the Company and Flagstone may only declare or pay a dividend if, among other matters, there are reasonable grounds for believing that each of them is, or would after the payment be, able to pay their respective liabilities as they become due. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will declare or pay dividends in the future.

        Swiss law permits dividends to be declared only after profits have been allocated to the reserves required by law and to any reserves required by the articles of incorporation. The articles of incorporation of Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA do not require any specific reserves. Therefore, Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA must allocate any profits first to the reserve required by Swiss law generally, and may pay as dividends only the balance of the profits remaining after that allocation. In the case of Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA, Swiss law requires that 5% of the company's profits be allocated to a "general reserve" until the reserve reaches 20% of its paid-in share capital.

        In addition, a Swiss reinsurance company may pay a dividend only if, after payment of the dividend, it will continue to comply with regulatory requirements regarding minimum capital, special reserves and solvency margin requirements.

        As at September 30, 2006, the maximum amount of distributions that Flagstone could pay to us at any time under applicable laws and regulations without prior regulatory approval was approximately $772.9 million.

        See "Regulation—Bermuda Insurance Regulation—Minimum Solvency Margin and Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions," "Regulation—Certain Other Bermuda Law Considerations" and "Regulation—Other Jurisdictions—Swiss Regulation" for a discussion of these dividend restrictions.

39


        The indenture governing our Deferrable Interest Debentures would restrict us from declaring or paying dividends on our common shares if Flagstone:

40



CAPITALIZATION

        The table below sets forth our consolidated capitalization as at September 30, 2006 (i) on an actual basis and (ii) as adjusted to give effect to this offering of our common shares by us and the application of the net proceeds thereof.

        This table should be read in conjunction with "Selected Summary Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Actual as at
September 30, 2006

  As adjusted as at
September 30, 2006 (1)(2)

 
 
  ($ in thousands)

 
Long term debt   $ 136,476   $ 136,476  
Common shares (3)     715        
Additional paid-in capital     726,070        
Accumulated other comprehensive income     (740 )   (740 )
Retained earnings     76,371     76,371  
   
 
 

Total Capitalization

 

$

938,892

 

$

 

 
   
 
 

(1)
Reflects the issuance of            common shares issued upon completion of this offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of $             million.

(2)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per common share would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total shareholders' equity and total capitalization by $             million, assuming no change in the number of common shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)
Excludes: 8,585,747 common shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrant granted to Haverford, the founding shareholder, exercisable at any time during the period commencing December 1, 2010 and ending December 31, 2010 at an exercise price of $14.00 per common share; 5,600,000 common shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the PSU Plan, of which 713,000 units were issued as at September 30, 2006; the common shares reserved under the formula in the RSU Plan, of which 104,228 units were issued as at September 30, 2006 and             common shares that may be issued pursuant to the underwriters' over-allotment option. As set forth in the formula under the RSU Plan, we annually reserve 0.2% of our outstanding common shares for issuance under the RSU Plan (or as decided by the Compensation Committee), plus the amount required to satisfy director fees paid in common shares.

41



DILUTION

        The initial public offering price per common share is higher than our net book value per common share. Net book value per common share represents the amount of assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of common shares outstanding. Dilution in net book value per common share represents the difference between (i) the amount per common share paid by purchasers of our common shares in this offering and (ii) the net book value per common share immediately after this offering. As at September 30, 2006, our net book value was $802.4 million, or $11.22 per common share. After giving effect to the issuance in this initial public offering of            of our common shares (after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses and assuming that the underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised) and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom, our net book value as at September 30, 2006 would have been $            million, or $            per common share. This amount represents an immediate increase of $            per common share to the existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of $            per common share issued to the new investors purchasing shares offered hereby at the assumed public offering price. The following table illustrates this per common share dilution:

Initial public offering price per common share   $             
  Net book value per common share before the offering                 
  Increase attributable to the offering                 
Net book value per common share after the offering                 
Dilution per common share to new investors (1)   $             

(1)
If the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, dilution per share to new investors will be $            .

        The following table sets forth the number of our issued common shares, the total consideration paid and the average price per common share paid by all of our existing shareholders and new investors, after giving effect to the issuance of            common shares in this offering (before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses and assuming that the underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised).

 
  Common shares issued
  Total consideration
   
 
  Average price per
common share

 
  Number
  Percent
  Amount
  Percent
Existing shareholders   71,547,891                % $ 715,478,910                % $ 10.00
New investors                                                           
   
 
 
 
 
Total                  100.0 %                  100.0 % $             
   
 
 
 
 

42



SELECTED SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth our selected summary financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and for the period of October 4, 2005 through December 31, 2005. We were formed on October 4, 2005 and commenced operations on December 20, 2005. The summary statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the summary balance sheet data as at September 30, 2006 are derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The summary statement of operations data for the period from October 4, 2005 through December 31, 2005 and the summary balance sheet data as at December 31, 2005 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected from any future period and the year to date results presented below are not necessarily indicative of our full-year performance. For further discussion of this risk see "Risk Factors." You should read the following selected summary financial data along with the information contained in this prospectus, including "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Nine
months
ended
September 30, 2006
(unaudited)

  Period
October 4, 2005
through
December 31, 2005

 
 
  ($ in thousands, except share amounts,
per share amounts and percentages)

 
Summary Statement of Operations Data:              

Gross premiums written

 

$

275,981

 

$


 
Reinsurance premiums ceded     (19,991 )    
   
 
 
Net premiums written     255,990      
   
 
 
Net premiums earned     119,728      
Net investment income     24,650     629  
Net realized gains     2,206      
Other income     3,225      
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     (19,550 )    
Acquisition costs     (19,044 )    
General and administrative expenses     (23,898 )   (13,013 )
Interest expense     (1,291 )    
Net foreign exchange gains     1,744      
Provision for income tax     (78 )    
Interest in earnings of equity investments     1,063      
   
 
 
NET INCOME (LOSS)   $ 88,755   $ (12,384 )
   
 
 

Earnings (loss) per common share (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Weighted average common shares outstanding—Basic     69,530,742     55,239,491  
Weighted average common shares outstanding—Diluted     69,618,644     55,239,491  
Net income (loss) per common share outstanding—Basic   $ 1.28   $ (0.22 )
Net income (loss) per common share outstanding—Diluted   $ 1.27   $ (0.22 )

Selected ratios (based on U.S. GAAP statement of operations data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Loss ratio (2)     16.3 %   n/a  
Acquisition cost ratio (3)     15.9     n/a  
General and administrative expense ratio (4)     20.0     n/a  
   
 
 
Combined ratio (5)     52.2 %   n/a  
   
 
 

43


 
  As at September 30,
2006
(unaudited)

  As at December 31,
2005

 
  ($ in thousands, except share amounts,
per share amounts and percentages)

Summary Balance Sheet Data:            

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Total investments and cash and cash equivalents   $ 970,368   $ 548,255
  Premiums receivable     106,168    
  Other assets     54,854     101
   
 
Total assets   $ 1,131,190   $ 548,356
   
 
Liabilities            
  Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves   $ 16,944   $
  Unearned premiums     149,265    
  Long term debt     136,476    
  Other liabilities     24,742     688
   
 
Total liabilities     327,427     688
   
 
Temporary equity     1,547     34
   
 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

802,416

 

 

547,634
   
 
Total liabilities, temporary equity and shareholders' equity   $ 1,131,390   $ 548,356
   
 

Per share data

 

 

 

 

 

 
Book value per common share (6)   $ 11.22   $ 9.91
Diluted book value per common share (7)   $ 11.09   $ 9.86

(1)
Earnings (loss) per common share is a measure based on our net income (loss) divided by our weighted average common shares outstanding. Basic earnings (loss) per common share is defined as net income (loss) divided by the weighted average common shares outstanding and weighted average vested RSUs for the period, giving no effect to dilutive securities. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share is defined as net income (loss) divided by the weighted average common shares and common share equivalents outstanding calculated using the treasury stock method for all potentially dilutive securities, including the Warrant, PSUs and RSUs. When the effect of securities would be anti-dilutive, these securities are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings (loss) per common share. The Warrant and unvested RSUs were anti-dilutive and were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings (loss) per common share for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The Warrant and PSUs were anti-dilutive and were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings (loss) per common share for the period ended December 31, 2005.

(2)
The loss ratio is calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses by net premiums earned.

(3)
The acquisition cost ratio is calculated by dividing acquisition costs by net premiums earned.

(4)
The general and administrative expense ratio is calculated by dividing general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned.

(5)
The combined ratio is the sum of the loss ratio, the acquisition cost ratio and the general and administrative expense ratio.

(6)
Book value per common share is defined as total shareholders' equity divided by the number of common shares outstanding at the end of the period, giving no effect to dilutive securities.

(7)
Diluted book value per common share is defined as total shareholders' equity divided by the number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding at the end of the period, calculated using the treasury stock method for all potentially dilutive securities, including the Warrant, PSUs and RSUs. When the effect of securities would be anti-dilutive, these securities are excluded from the calculation of diluted book value per common share. The Warrant was anti-dilutive and was excluded from the calculation of diluted book value per common share for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and for the period ended December 31, 2005.

44



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following is a discussion and analysis of our financial condition at September 30, 2006 and at December 31, 2005 and our results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the period from October 4, 2005 to December 31, 2005. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis is included elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, and includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see the "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" for more information. You should review the "Risk Factors" for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements.


Executive Overview

        We are a Bermuda-based global reinsurance company. Through our subsidiaries, we write primarily property, property catastrophe and short-tail specialty and casualty reinsurance.

        We were formed by Haverford, a company controlled and capitalized by Mark Byrne, the Executive Chairman of our Board of Directors, and David Brown, our Chief Executive Officer, and we commenced operations in December 2005. Since our formation we have raised approximately $850 million through three closings of the private placement of our common shares and the issuance of our Deferrable Interest Debentures. Through the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we wrote $276.0 million in gross premiums, of which $201.5 million was property catastrophe reinsurance.

        The various components of our operating model are unified through our centralized management in Hamilton, Bermuda, and integrated through our use of advanced technology. Our Bermuda-based underwriters should soon be complemented with a separately licensed and staffed European underwriting platform, Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA, based in Martigny, in the canton of Valais, Switzerland. Our research and development effort and part of our catastrophe modeling and risk analysis team is based in Hyderabad, India, and our international reinsurance marketing operations are conducted from London, England. Our computer data center is in our Halifax, Canada office, where we also run support services such as accounting, claims, application support and administration. The result is an operating platform which we believe to be unique, and which provides significant efficiencies in our operations and access to a large and highly qualified staff at a relatively low cost.

        Because we have a limited operating history, period to period comparisons of our results of operations are not yet possible and may not be meaningful in the near future. Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and our fiscal year ends on December 31. Since a substantial portion of the reinsurance we write provides protection from damages relating to natural and man-made catastrophes, our results depend to a large extent on the frequency and severity of such catastrophic events, and the specific insurance coverages we offer to clients affected by these events. This may result in volatility in our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the amount of premiums written with respect to any particular line of business may vary from quarter to quarter and year to year as a result of changes in market conditions.

        Management views the operations and management of the Company as one operating segment and does not differentiate its lines of reinsurance business into separate reporting segments. We regularly review our financial results and assess our performance on the basis of our single operating segment.


Relevant Factors

Revenues

        We derive our revenues primarily from premiums from our reinsurance contracts, net of any retrocessional coverage purchased, income from our investment portfolio, and fees for services

45



provided. Reinsurance premiums are a function of the number and type of contracts we write, as well as prevailing market prices. Premiums are generally due in installments and earned over the contract term, which ordinarily is twelve months.

        Income from our investment portfolio is primarily comprised of interest on fixed maturity, short term investments and cash and cash equivalents, dividends and proportionate share of net income for those investments accounted for on an equity basis, and to a lesser extent from net realized gains on the sale of investments, net of investment expenses.

        A significant portion of our contracts provide short-tail reinsurance coverage for damages resulting mainly from natural and man-made catastrophes, which means that we could become liable for a significant amount of losses on short notice. Accordingly, we have structured our investment portfolio to preserve capital and provide us with a high level of liquidity, which means that the large majority of our investment portfolio consists of shorter-term fixed maturity investments with a modest allocation to equity investments. We are in the process of rebalancing our investment portfolio asset allocations. See "Business—Investments" for additional details.

        Our fee income is predominantly derived from our third-party asset management business conducted by West End Capital Management (Bermuda) Limited, which we refer to as West End, and fees earned from our sidecar facility Mont Fort.

Expenses

        Our expenses consist primarily of three types: loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition costs and general and administrative expenses.

        Loss and loss adjustment expenses are a function of the amount and type of reinsurance contracts we write and of the loss experience of the underlying risks. We estimate loss and loss adjustment expenses based on an actuarial analysis of the estimated losses we expect to be reported on contracts written. As described below, we will reserve for catastrophic losses that we anticipate will accrue to us as soon as a loss event is known to have occurred. The ultimate loss and loss adjustment expenses will depend on our actual costs to settle claims. We will increase or decrease our initial loss and loss adjustment estimates as actual claims are reported and settled.

        Acquisition costs are comprised of ceding commissions, brokerage, premium taxes, profit commissions and other expenses that relate directly to the writing of reinsurance contracts. Deferred acquisition costs are amortized over the related contract term, which is ordinarily 12 months.

        General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, benefits and related costs, including costs associated with awards under our PSU and RSU Plans, compensation expense based on the fair value of the Warrant, professional fees, travel and entertainment, information technology and other general operating expenses. In addition, general and administrative expenses include fees paid to West End in return for the provision of administrative services prior to its acquisition on March 31, 2006 and aircraft charter services provided by a related party.

        We have awarded, and will in the future award, PSUs and RSUs to some of our employees and directors. The PSU compensation expense is dependent upon the grant date fair value and our achievement of specified performance targets over the course of overlapping three-year periods. We estimate the projected value of these units on the date of grant and record the compensation expense in our consolidated statement of operations over the course of each three-year performance period. We recalculate our compensation expense as our financial results evolve, and reflect such adjustments in our consolidated statement of operations in the period in which they are determined. The expensed value of the RSUs is based on the grant date fair value. The RSUs granted to employees generally vest two years after the date of grant and RSUs granted to directors vest on the date of grant and have no performance target conditions. We calculate the fair value of these RSUs on the date of grant and

46



record the compensation expense in our consolidated statement of operations over the course of the two-year vesting period.

        In connection with the initial closing of the private placement for our common shares in December 2005, the Company issued a Warrant to Haverford for its role in these capital raising activities. The Warrant granted the holder the right, at any time during the period commencing on December 1, 2010 and ending December 31, 2010, to purchase from the Company up to 12.0% of the issued share capital of the Company at the consummation of the initial capital raising activities for the Company at an exercise price of $14.00 per common share. The compensation expense based on the fair value of the Warrant was $12.2 million at the initial closing of the private placement, and is included in general and administrative expenses and in additional paid-in capital in our consolidated financial statements as at and for the period ended December 31, 2005.

        Subsequently, in connection with the February 1 and February 23, 2006 additional closings of the private placement, the Warrant was amended such that the number of common shares that could be exercisable in connection with the Warrant would be 8,585,747, or 12.0% of the issued share capital as at February 23, 2006. The compensation expense based on the fair value of the Warrant from the increase in common shares issuable under the Warrant was $3.4 million and is included in general and administrative expenses and in additional paid-in capital in our consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. With the completion of our private placement in February 2006, there have been and will be no further additions to the number of common shares underlying the Warrant other than due to stock splits or otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.

Critical Accounting Policies

        It is important to understand our accounting policies in order to understand our financial position and results of operations. Our consolidated financial statements contain certain amounts that are inherently subjective in nature and have required management to make assumptions and best estimates to determine the reported values. If events or other factors, including those described in "Risk Factors," cause actual events or results to differ materially from management's underlying assumptions or estimates, there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

        The following are the accounting policies that, in management's judgment, are critical due to the judgments, assumptions and uncertainties underlying the application of those policies and the potential for results to differ from management's assumptions.

Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserves

        Because a significant amount of time can lapse between the assumption of a risk, the occurrence of a loss event, the reporting of the event to an insurance company (the primary company or the cedent), the subsequent reporting to the reinsurance company (the reinsurer) and the ultimate payment of the claim by the reinsurer, our liability for loss reserves is based largely upon estimates. We believe that the most significant accounting judgment we make is our estimate of loss reserves.

        Under U.S. GAAP, we are not permitted to establish loss reserves, which include case reserves and IBNR, until the occurrence of an event which may give rise to a claim. As a result, only loss reserves applicable to losses incurred up to the reporting date are established, with no allowance for the establishment of loss reserves to account for expected future losses. Claims arising from future catastrophic events can be expected to require the establishment of substantial loss reserves from time to time.

        Our loss reserve estimates do not represent an exact calculation of liability. Rather, they are estimates of what we expect the ultimate settlement and administration of claims will cost. These estimates are based upon actuarial and statistical projections and on our assessment of currently

47



available data, predictions of future developments and estimates of future trends and other variable factors such as inflation. Establishing an appropriate level of our loss reserve estimates is an inherently uncertain process. It is likely that the ultimate liability will be greater or less than these estimates and that, at times, this variance will be material.

        Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses as of September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 were comprised of the following:

 
  September 30, 2006
  December 31, 2005
 
  Case
  IBNR
  Total
  Case
  IBNR
  Total
 
  ($ in thousands)

Property catastrophe   $ 386   5,163   $ 5,549            
Property     29   7,754     7,783            
Short tail specialty and casualty       3,612     3,612            
   
 
 
 
 
 
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves   $ 415   16,529   $ 16,944   $   $   $
   
 
 
 
 
 

        As we are a broker market reinsurer, reserving for our business can involve added uncertainty because we depend on information from ceding companies. There is a time lag inherent in reporting information from the primary insurer to us and ceding companies have differing reserving practices. The information we receive varies by cedent and broker and may include paid losses and estimated case reserves. We may also receive an estimated provision for IBNR reserves, especially when the cedent is providing data in support of a request for collateral for loss reserves ceded. The information received from ceding companies is typically in the form of bordereaux , which are reports providing premium or loss data with respect to identified risks, broker notifications of loss and/or discussions with ceding companies or their brokers. This information can be received on a monthly, quarterly or transactional basis. As we are a reinsurer, our reserve estimates may be inherently less reliable than the reserve estimates of our primary insurer cedents.

        Because our business is generally characterized by loss events of low frequency and high severity, reporting of claims in general tends to be prompt (as compared to reporting of claims for casualty or other "long-tail" lines of business). However, the timing of claims reporting can vary depending on various factors, including: the nature of the event (e.g., hurricane, earthquake and hail); the quality of the cedent's claims management and reserving practices; the geographic area involved; and whether the claims arise under reinsurance contracts for primary companies, or reinsurance of other reinsurance companies. Because the events from which catastrophe claims arise are typically prominent, public occurrences, we are often able to use independent reports of such events to augment our loss reserve estimation process. Because of the degree of reliance that we place on ceding companies for claims reporting, the associated time lag, the low frequency/high severity nature of the business we underwrite and the varying reserving practices among ceding companies, our reserve estimates are highly dependent on management judgment and are therefore subject to significant variability from one quarter to another. During the loss settlement period, additional facts regarding individual claims and trends may become known, and current laws and case law may change.

        For reinsurance written on an excess of loss basis, which represents approximately 80.7% of the premiums we wrote for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, our exposure is limited by the fact that most treaties have a defined limit of liability arising from a single loss event. Once the limit has been reached, we have no further exposure to additional losses from that treaty for the same loss event. For reinsurance on a pro rata basis, we typically have event caps so these liabilities are contained.

        The Company's actuarial group performs a quarterly loss reserve analysis on a contract by contract basis. This analysis incorporates specific exposures, loss payment and reporting patterns and other relevant factors. This process involves the segregation of risks between catastrophic and non-catastrophic risks to ensure appropriate treatment.

48



        For our property catastrophe policies which comprise 73.0% of our gross premiums written for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, and other catastrophe policies, we initially establish our loss reserves based on loss payments and case reserves reported by ceding companies. We then add to these case reserves our estimates for IBNR. To establish our IBNR estimates, in addition to the loss information and estimates communicated by cedents, we use industry information, knowledge of the business written by us, management's judgment and general market trends observed from our underwriting activities.

        When a catastrophic event occurs, we first determine which treaties may be affected using our zonal monitoring of exposures. We may contact the respective brokers and ceding companies involved with those treaties, to determine their estimate of involvement and the extent to which the reinsurance program is affected. We may also use our computer-based vendor and proprietary modeling systems to measure and estimate loss exposure under the actual event scenario, if available. Although the loss modeling systems assist with the analysis of the underlying loss, and provide us with information and the ability to perform an enhanced analysis, the estimation of claims resulting from catastrophic events is inherently difficult because of the variability and uncertainty of property and other catastrophe claims and the unique characteristics of each loss.

        For non-catastrophe business, we utilize a variety of standard actuarial methods in our analysis. The selections from these various methods are based on the loss development characteristics of the specific line of business and specific contracts. The actuarial methods we use to perform our quarterly contract by contract loss reserve analysis include:

        Paid Loss Development Method.     We estimate ultimate losses by calculating past paid loss development factors and applying them to exposure periods with further expected paid loss development. The paid loss development method assumes that losses are paid at a consistent rate. It provides an objective test of reported loss projections because paid losses contain no reserve estimates. For many coverages, claim payments are made very slowly and it may take years for claims to be fully reported and settled. This method is a key input into the Bornheutter-Ferguson paid loss method discussed below.

        Reported Loss Development Method.     We estimate ultimate losses by calculating past reported loss development factors and applying them to exposure periods with further expected reported loss development. Since reported losses include payments and case reserves, changes in both of these amounts are incorporated in this method. This approach provides a larger volume of data to estimate ultimate losses than paid loss methods. Thus, reported loss patterns may be less varied than paid loss patterns, especially for coverages that have historically been paid out over a long period of time but for which claims are reported relatively early and case loss reserve estimates established. This method is a key input into the Bornheutter-Ferguson reported loss method discussed below.

        Expected Loss Ratio Method.     To estimate ultimate losses under the expected loss ratio method, we multiply earned premiums by an expected loss ratio. The expected loss ratio is selected utilizing industry data, historical company data and professional judgment. The Company uses this method for lines of business and contracts where there are no historical losses or where past loss experience is not credible.

        Bornheutter-Ferguson Paid Loss Method.     The Bornheutter-Ferguson paid loss method is a combination of the paid loss development method and the expected loss ratio method. The amount of losses yet to be paid is based upon the expected loss ratios. These expected loss ratios are modified to the extent paid losses to date differ from what would have been expected to have been paid based upon the selected paid loss development pattern. This method avoids some of the distortions that could result from a large development factor being applied to a small base of paid losses to calculate ultimate losses. This method will react slowly if actual loss ratio ratios develop differently because of major changes in rate levels, retentions or deductibles, the forms and conditions of reinsurance coverage, the

49



types of risks covered or a variety of other changes. The Company uses this method for lines of business and contracts where there are limited historical paid losses.

        Bornheutter-Ferguson Reported Loss Method.     The Bornheutter-Ferguson reported loss method is similar to the Bornheutter-Ferguson paid loss method with the exception that it uses reported losses and reported loss development factors. The Company uses this method for lines of business and contracts where there are limited historical paid and reported losses.

        We reaffirm the validity of the assumptions we use in the reserving process on a quarterly basis during our internal review process. During this process, the Company's actuaries verify that the assumptions continue to form a sound basis for projection of future liabilities.

        Our critical underlying assumptions are:

        All of our critical assumptions can be thought of as key assumptions in the sense that they can have a material impact on the adequacy of our reserves. In general, the various actuarial techniques we use assume that loss reporting and payment patterns in the future can be estimated from past experience. To the extent that any of the above assumptions is not valid, future payment and reporting patterns could differ from historical experience. In practice it is difficult to be precise on the effect of each assumption. However, due to a greater potential for estimation error, and thus greater volatility, our reserves may be more sensitive to the effects of deviations from assumptions (iv), (v) and (vi) than the other assumptions.

        Our reserving methodology, as discussed above, uses a loss reserving model that calculates a point estimate for the Company's ultimate losses, as opposed to a methodology that develops a range of estimates. The Company then uses this point estimate, deducting cumulative paid claims and current case reserves, to record its estimate of IBNR. The Company employs sensitivity analysis in selecting our point estimate, which involves varying industry loss estimates for catastrophe events and estimated loss ratio for non-catastrophe business.

        Our reserve estimates for catastrophe losses are based upon industry loss estimates and our modeled loss scenarios. Our philosophy is to make a conservative loss selection based on both the potential for adverse development and historical experience among industry participants.

        For our non-catastrophe business, the key factors used to arrive at our best estimate of loss and loss adjustment expense reserves are the expected loss ratios, rate of loss cost inflation, selection of benchmarks and reported and paid loss emergence patterns. Our reporting patterns and expected loss ratios were based on either benchmarks or historical reporting patterns. The benchmarks selected are those that we believe are most similar to our underwriting business.

        Because of our limited operating history, the factors that have changed during the nine month period ended September 30, 2006 are the expected loss ratios for non-catastrophe lines due to changes in reporting patterns and benchmark data for paid and reported losses. As we mature as a company we will supplement those benchmark patterns with our actual reported patterns as appropriate.

50



        Although we believe that we are prudent in our assumptions and methodologies, we cannot be certain that our ultimate payments will not vary, perhaps materially, from the estimates we have made. If we determine that adjustments to an earlier estimate are appropriate, such adjustments are recorded in the quarter in which they are identified. The establishment of new reserves, or the adjustment of reserves for reported claims, could result in significant upward or downward changes to our financial condition or results of operations in any particular period. We regularly review and update these estimates using the most current information available to us.

        To date given the benign catastrophe activity, the losses incurred on catastrophe business are approximately $6.5 million. Because we expect a small volume of large claims, we believe the variance of our catastrophe related loss ratio could be relatively wide. Claims from catastrophic events could reduce our earnings and cause substantial volatility in our results of operations for any fiscal quarter or year which could adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity position.

        The largest component of our loss ratio relates to non-catastrophe business for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. As we commonly write net lines of non-catastrophe business exceeding $10.0 million, we expect that the ultimate loss ratio for non-catastrophe business can vary significantly from our initial loss ratios. Thus, a 10% increase or decrease in loss ratios for non-catastrophe business is likely to occur and, for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, this would have resulted in an approximate increase or decrease in our net income or shareholders equity of approximately $1.3 million.

        Our estimates will be reviewed annually by an independent actuary in order to provide additional insight into the reasonableness of our loss reserves.

Premiums and Acquisition Costs

        We recognize premiums as revenue over the terms of the related contracts and policies. Our gross premiums written are based on policy and contract terms and include estimates based on information received from both insureds and ceding companies. The information received is typically in the form of bordereaux, broker notifications and/or discussions with ceding companies or their brokers. This information can be received on a monthly, quarterly or transactional basis and normally includes estimates of gross premiums written (including adjustment premiums and reinstatement premiums ), net premiums earned, acquisition costs and ceding commissions. Adjustment premiums are premiums due to either party when the contract subject premium is adjusted at expiration and subsequent periods, and reinstatement premiums are premiums charged for the restoration of a reinsurance limit of an excess of loss contract to its full amount after payment of losses as a result of an occurrence.

        We write treaty and facultative reinsurance on either a non-proportional (also referred to as excess of loss) basis or a proportional (also referred to as pro rata) basis.

        We book premiums on excess of loss contracts in accordance with the contract terms and earn them over the contract period. Since premiums for our excess of loss contracts are contractually driven and the reporting lag for such premiums is minimal, estimates for premiums written for these contracts are usually not significant. The minimum and deposit premiums on excess of loss contracts are usually set forth in the language of the contract and are used to record premiums on these contracts. Actual premiums are determined in subsequent periods based on actual exposures and any adjustments are recorded in the period in which they are identified.

        For pro rata contracts, gross premiums written and related acquisition costs are normally estimated based on discussions with ceding companies, together with historical experience and management's judgment. Premiums written on pro rata contracts are earned over the risk periods of the underlying policies issued and renewed. As a result, the earning pattern of pro rata contracts may extend up to 24 months. This is generally twice the contract period due to the fact that some of the underlying exposures may attach towards the end of our contracts (i.e. risks attaching basis), and such underlying exposures generally have a one year coverage period. Total premiums written and earned that are

51



estimated on our pro rata business for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 were $53.3 million (19.3%), and $22.9 million (19.1%), respectively. Total earned acquisition costs estimated for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, were $7.0 million (36.8%). Management tracks the actual premium received and acquisition costs incurred and compares this to the estimates previously booked. Such estimates are subject to adjustment in subsequent periods when actual figures are recorded.

        Acquisition costs, which are primarily comprised of ceding commissions, brokerage, premium taxes, profit commissions and other expenses that relate directly to the writing of reinsurance contracts are expensed over the underlying risk period of the related contracts. Acquisition costs relating to the unearned portion of premiums written are deferred and carried on the balance sheet as deferred acquisition costs. Deferred acquisition costs are amortized over the period of the related contract and are limited to their estimated realizable value based on the related unearned premiums , anticipated claims expenses and investment income.

        Reinstatement premiums are estimated after the occurrence of a significant loss and are recorded in accordance with the contract terms based upon the amount of loss reserves expected to be paid, including IBNR. Reinstatement premiums are earned when written.

Investments

        Investments are reviewed periodically to determine if they have sustained an impairment in value that is considered to be other-than-temporary. If we believe a decline in value of a particular investment is temporary, we record the decline as an unrealized loss and include it as a separate component of our shareholders' equity. If we believe the decline is other-than-temporary, we write down the cost basis of the investment to the market price as at the reporting date and record a realized loss in our statement of operations. The determination that a security has incurred an other-than-temporary decline in value requires the judgment of management, which includes the views of our investment managers and a regular review of our investments. Our assessment of a decline in value includes our current judgment as to the financial position and future prospects of the entity that issued the security, and our intent and ability to hold the security for a sufficient period of time to permit recovery, which could be until maturity for debt instruments. If that judgment changes in the future we may ultimately record an impairment loss, after having originally concluded that the decline in value was temporary.

        Generally, we review all securities that are trading at significantly less than amortized cost or cost for an extended period of time. We generally focus our attention on all securities whose market value is less than 90% of their cost or amortized cost, for a period of six months or more, and less than 95% of their cost or amortized cost, for a period of twelve months or more. The specific factors we consider in evaluating potential impairment include the following:

        As at September 30, 2006, the Company had net unrealized investment losses of $0.8 million, and we did not record any other-than-temporary impairment charges relating to our portfolio of investments securities during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the period ended December 31, 2005.

        Investments are recorded on a trade date basis. Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are determined on the first-in, first-out basis and are included in net realized gains when realized.

52



        Net investment income is stated net of investment management and custody fees. Investment income is recognized when earned and includes interest and dividend income together with the amortization of premiums and the accretion of discounts calculated under the interest method on fixed maturities purchased at amounts different from their par value.

Share Based Compensation

        The PSU Plan is the Company's Board of Director-approved primary executive long-term incentive scheme. Pursuant to the terms of the PSU Plan, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board of the Directors, PSUs may be granted to executive officers and certain other key employees. The current series of PSUs vests over a period of approximately three years and vesting is contingent upon the Company meeting certain fully diluted return-on-equity goals. Future series of PSUs may be granted with different terms and measures of performance.

        Upon vesting, the existing PSU holders will be entitled to receive a number of common shares of the Company (or the cash equivalent, at the election of the Company) equal to the product of the number of PSUs granted multiplied by a factor. The factor will range between zero and 200%, depending on the fully diluted return-on-equity achieved during the vesting period.

        The grant date fair value of the common shares underlying the PSUs was based on the following:

        We estimate the fair value of PSUs granted under the PSU Plan on the date of grant using the grant date fair value and the most probable fully diluted return-on-equity outcome and record the compensation expense in our consolidated statement of operations over the course of each three-year performance period. At the end of each quarter, we reassess the projected results for each three-year performance period as our financial results evolve. We recalculate the compensation expense under the PSU Plan and reflect any adjustments in the consolidated statements of operations in the period in which they are determined.

        The compensation expense for PSUs granted is recorded in temporary equity due to the redemption features in the PSU Plan that could occur in certain change of control of situations. On November 16, 2006, the redemption features in the PSU Plan that resulted in the temporary equity classification were amended. As a result, the cumulative compensation expense for PSUs granted will be reclassified as shareholders' equity on the date of modification, without effect to prior periods.

        The total number of PSUs outstanding under the PSU Plan at June 30, 2006 was 713,000 (or up to 1,426,000 common shares should the maximum factor for the performance period apply). Taking into account the results to date and the expected results for the remainder of the performance period, we have established the most probable factor at 100% and as such the expected number of common shares to be issued under the plan is 713,000 and the PSU expense to be earned over the three-year performance period is $7.2 million.

        The RSU Plan is the Company's incentive scheme for officers, employees and non-management directors. The Compensation Committee has the authority to grant RSUs. Upon vesting, the value of an RSU grant may be paid in common shares, in cash, or partly in cash and partly in common shares

53



at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. RSUs granted to employees generally vest two years after the date of grant and RSUs granted to directors vest on the date of grant. The Company estimates the fair value of RSUs on the date of grant and records the compensation expense in its consolidated statements of operations over the vesting period.

        The grant date fair value of the common shares underlying the RSUs granted during 2006 was determined by reference to the price to book value multiple of a group of comparable publicly traded reinsurers with a longer track record, more mature infrastructure and a more established franchise.

        The total number of RSUs outstanding under the RSU Plan as at September 30, 2006 was 104,228. As at September 30, 2006 there was a total of $0.5 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested RSUs, the cost of which is expected to be recognized over a period of approximately 1.8 years. A compensation expense of $0.6 million has been recorded in general and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 in relation to the RSU Plan.

New Accounting Pronouncements

        In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48 ("FIN 48"), "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes." FIN 48 prescribes detailed guidance for the financial statement recognition, measurement and disclosure of uncertain tax positions recognized in an enterprise's financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Tax positions must meet a "more likely than not" recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized upon the adoption of FIN 48 and in subsequent periods. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006 and the provisions of FIN 48 will be applied to all tax positions upon initial adoption. The cumulative effect of applying the provisions of FIN 48 will be reported as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings for that fiscal year. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of FIN 48 on its financial statements.

        In March 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 156 ("SFAS 156"), "Accounting for Servicing of Financing Assets," an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140, which permits an entity to choose either of the following measurement methods for each class of separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities:

        SFAS 156 is effective as of the beginning of an entity's first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. The Company is currently assessing the impact of SFAS 156 on its results of operations and financial position.

        In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157 ("SFAS 157"), "Fair Value Measurements." SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, the FASB having previously concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measurement attribute. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. SFAS 157 is required to be adopted by the Company for the period ended March 31, 2008. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of SFAS 157 on its results of operations and financial position.

54



        In October 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158 ("SFAS 158"), "Employers' Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132 (R)." SFAS 158 requires a calendar year company with publicly traded equity securities that sponsors a postretirement benefit plan to fully recognize, as an asset or liability, the overfunded or underfunded status of its benefit plan(s) in its balance sheet. The funded status is measured as the difference between the fair value of the plan's assets and its benefit obligation. SFAS 158 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006, for entities with publicly traded equity securities. This Statement is required to be adopted by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2006. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this Statement on its results of operations and financial position.

Recent Developments

Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA

        Flagstone has incorporated a subsidiary, Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA, which will serve as our European underwriting platform. Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA is headquartered in Martigny in the canton of Valais, Switzerland, with a representative office in Zurich. Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA is currently in the process of securing appropriate licensure from the Federal Office of Private Insurance in Switzerland. We believe that for many lines of business we can be more effective in marketing and attracting continental European business in Switzerland than in Bermuda, and that for many clients a Swiss counterparty will be preferred. Through this local presence, Flagstone intends to be in a position to closely follow and respond effectively to the changing needs of the various European insurance markets.

Island Heritage

        On October 23, 2006, Flagstone completed an offer to purchase common shares from a group of minority investors in Island Heritage. The transaction increased Flagstone's interest in Island Heritage from 18.7% to 28.5% of the total outstanding share capital of Island Heritage. The aggregate cost to the Company of the shares of Island Heritage purchased in this transaction was $4.2 million. See "Business—Island Heritage."

Secured Letter of Credit and Loan Facility

        On November 7, 2006, the Company signed a term sheet for a $150.0 million secured letter of credit and loan facility for the issuance of secured standby letters of credit and/or short term loans with Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG. If we enter into the facility, and if drawn upon, the utilized portion of the facility will be secured by an appropriate portion of securities from the Company's investment portfolio.

Amendment of PSU Plan

        At the Company's board meeting and the special general meeting of shareholders held on November 16, 2006, the PSU Plan was amended to increase the maximum number of PSUs that can be issued under the PSU Plan from 1,500,000 to 2,800,000 and to increase the maximum number of common shares that can be issued under the PSU Plan from 3,000,000 to 5,600,000.

Results of Operations

        As we were formed in October 2005 and commenced operations in December 2005, we have a short operating history. Accordingly, we have no comparable results from prior periods. Our fiscal year ends on December 31. Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

55


        The following table summarizes our consolidated financial results for the periods indicated:

 
  Nine
months
ended
September 30, 2006
(unaudited)

  Period
October 4, 2005
through
December 31, 2005

 
 
  ($ in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
REVENUES              
Gross premiums written   $ 275,981   $  
Reinsurance premiums ceded     (19,991 )    
   
 
 
Net premiums written     255,990      
Change in net unearned premiums     (136,262 )    
   
 
 
Net premiums earned     119,728      
Net investment income     24,650     629  
Net realized gains     2,206      
Other income     3,225      
   
 
 
Total revenues     149,809     629  
   
 
 

EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     19,550      
Acquisition costs     19,044      
General and administrative expenses     23,898     13,013  
Interest expense     1,291      
Net foreign exchange gains     (1,744 )    
   
 
 
Total expenses     62,039     13,013  
   
 
 

Income (loss) before income taxes and interest in earnings of equity investments

 

$

87,770

 

$

(12,384

)
Provision for income tax     (78 )    
Interest in earnings of equity investments     1,063      
   
 
 
NET INCOME (LOSS)   $ 88,755   $ (12,384 )
   
 
 
Change in net unrealized losses     (769 )    
Change in currency translation adjustment     29      
   
 
 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

$

88,015

 

$

(12,384

)
   
 
 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—Basic

 

 

69,530,742

 

 

55,239,491

 
   
 
 
Weighed average common shares outstanding—Diluted     69,618,644     55,239,491  
   
 
 
Net income (loss) per common share outstanding—Basic   $ 1.28   $ (0.22 )
   
 
 
Net income (loss) per common share outstanding—Diluted   $ 1.27   $ (0.22 )
   
 
 

56


Nine months ended September 30, 2006

Gross Premiums Written

        Details of gross premiums written by line of business and by geographic area of risk insured are provided below:

 
  Nine months ended September 30, 2006
 
 
  Gross premiums written
  Percentage of total
 
 
  ($ in thousands)

 
Line of business            
Property catastrophe   $ 201,522   73.0 %
Property     53,643   19.4  
Short-tail specialty and casualty     20,816   7.6  
   
 
 
Total   $ 275,981   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
  Nine months ended September 30, 2006
 
 
  Gross premiums written
  Percentage of total
 
 
  ($ in thousands)

 
Geographic area of risk insured (1)            
North America   $ 153,053   55.5 %
Worldwide risks (2)     35,056   12.7  
Europe     34,478   12.5  
Japan and Australasia     26,797   9.7  
Caribbean     13,491   4.9  
Other     13,106   4.7  
   
 
 
Total   $ 275,981   100.0 %
   
 
 

(1)
Except as otherwise noted, each of these categories includes contracts that cover risks located primarily in the designated geographic area.

(2)
This geographic area includes contracts that cover risks primarily in two or more geographic zones.

        Gross premiums written were primarily driven by excess of loss reinsurance contracts, generally with a twelve-month term, which accounted for $222.6 million, or 80.7% of gross premiums written. Renewal dates for reinsurance business tend to be concentrated at the beginning of quarters, and the timing of premium written varies by line of business. Most property catastrophe business is written in the January 1, April 1, June 1 and July 1 renewal periods, while the property lines and the short-tail specialty and casualty lines are written throughout the year. Premiums written are generally lower during the fourth quarter of the year as compared to prior quarters.

        Substantially all of our property catastrophe business is on an excess of loss basis. Our property business and our short-tail specialty and casualty business is on both an excess of loss and a pro rata basis. See "Business—Reinsurance Products."

Property Catastrophe Reinsurance

        Our property catastrophe reinsurance contracts provide protection for most catastrophic losses that are covered in the underlying insurance policies written by our ceding company clients. Property catastrophe reinsurance contracts are typically "all risk" in nature, meaning that they protect against losses from earthquakes and hurricanes, as well as other natural and man-made catastrophes such as tornados, fires, winter storms, and floods (where the contract specifically provides for coverage). Losses on these contracts typically stem from direct property damage and business interruption.

57



        For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, gross property catastrophe premiums written were $201.5 million comprising business written on the key renewal dates of January 1, April 1, June 1 and July 1. Premiums include $10.5 million of assumed premiums written specifically for Mont Fort.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, Flagstone recorded $0.5 million of gross reinstatement premiums, primarily due to low catastrophe activity during these periods. We expect to record additional reinstatement premiums if additional losses are notified.

Property Reinsurance

        Property reinsurance contracts in this category are written on a pro rata basis and a per risk excess of loss basis. Per risk excess of loss reinsurance protects insurance companies on their primary insurance risks on a single risk basis, for example covering a single large building. All property per risk and pro rata business is written with loss limitation provisions, such as per occurrence or per event caps, in place to limit exposure to catastrophic events.

        Premiums written during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 were $53.6 million, which was primarily driven by pro rata agreements in the amount of $39.5 million .

Short-tail Specialty and Casualty Reinsurance

        Short-tail specialty and casualty reinsurance is comprised of the reinsurance of a limited number of reinsurance programs such as aviation, energy, accident and health, workers compensation catastrophe, satellite and marine. Most short-tail specialty and casualty reinsurance is written with loss limitation provisions.

        Premiums written during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 were $20.8 million.

Premiums Ceded

        Reinsurance premiums ceded for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 were $20.0 million, which was attributable to reinsurance purchased under a pro rata arrangement of $3.8 million, an indemnity swap of $1.1 million and premiums ceded to Mont Fort of $15.1 million. An indemnity swap is an agreement which provides for the exchange between two parties of different portfolios of catastrophe exposure with similar expected loss characteristics (for example, U.S. earthquake exposure for Asian earthquake exposure) and is recorded as a reinsurance contract not as a derivative. Through Mont Fort, we can participate in reinsurance opportunities that otherwise would be outside of, or in excess of our own exposure limits, which provides additional capacity typically in time of market dislocations where capacity for a given risk is in short supply.

        We will continue to assess the need for retrocessional coverage and may purchase additional coverage in future periods.

Net Premiums Written

        Net premiums written for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 were $256.0 million which were primarily derived from excess of loss contracts, net of reinsurance.

Net Premiums Earned

        We write the majority of our business on a losses occurring basis. A "losses occurring contract" covers claims arising from loss events that occur during the term of the reinsurance contract, although not necessarily reported during the term of the contract. The premium from a losses occurring contract is earned over the term of the contract, usually twelve months. In contrast, a "risks attaching" contract covers claims arising on underlying insurance policies that incept during the term of the reinsurance

58



contract. The premium from a risks attaching contract generally is earned over a period longer than twelve months.

        Net premiums earned for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 were $119.7 million. The large difference between net premiums written and net premiums earned during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 reflects the fact that most of our contracts are written on an annual basis, with the premiums earned over the course of the contract period. The majority of our business is written at the January 1, April 1, June 1 and July 1 renewal periods and therefore it is reasonable to anticipate that the earned premiums would generally increase over the course of the fiscal year as premiums written in earlier months are increasingly earned.

Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses

        Loss and loss adjustment expenses are comprised of three main components:

    Losses paid, which are actual cash payments to insureds, net of recoveries from our own reinsurers

    movement in outstanding loss or case reserves, which represent the change in management's best estimate of the likely settlement amount for reported claims, less the portion that can be recovered from reinsurers and

    movement in IBNR reserves, which are reserves established by us for claims that are not yet reported but can reasonably be expected to have occurred based on industry information, management's experience and actuarial evaluation. The portion recoverable from our reinsurers is deducted from the gross estimated loss and loss adjustment expenses in the statement of operations.

        The components of loss and loss adjustment expenses of $19.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 include $2.6 million paid losses and our actuaries' estimate of case reserves and IBNR on premiums earned to date of $17.0 million. The change in the case reserves and IBNR of $17.0 million includes $1.5 million for losses from an Australian tropical cyclone, $1.2 million for losses from U.S. Midwest storms and $1.5 million for losses from a Japanese typhoon that occurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and IBNR reserves across each line of business.

        The underwriting results of a reinsurance company are often measured by reference to its loss ratio and expense ratio. The loss ratio is calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses (including estimates for IBNR losses) by net premiums earned. The expense ratio is calculated by dividing acquisition costs combined with general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned. The two components of the expense ratio may also be expressed as separate ratios, the acquisition cost ratio and the general and administrative expense ratio. The combined ratio is the sum of the loss and expense ratios.

        Our combined ratio and components thereof are set out below for the nine months ended September 30, 2006:

Loss ratio   16.3 %
Acquisition cost ratio   15.9  
General and administrative expense ratio   20.0  
   
 
Combined ratio   52.2 %
   
 

        We have benefited from a low level of catastrophe activity, which has resulted in a loss ratio of 16.3% for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

59



        The general and administrative expense ratio above includes $3.4 million related to the compensation expense based on the fair value of the Warrant after the February 2006 closings of the private placement.

        Because of our short operating history, our loss experience is limited and reliable evidence of changes in trends of numbers of claims incurred, average settlement amounts, numbers of claims outstanding and average losses per claim will necessarily take years to develop. A significant portion of our business is property catastrophe and other classes with high attachment points of coverage. Attachment points refer to the dollar amount of loss above which excess of loss reinsurance becomes operative. Reserving for losses in such programs is inherently complicated in that losses in excess of the attachment level of our policies are characterized by high severity and low frequency. In addition, as a broker market reinsurer, we must rely on loss information reported to such brokers by primary insurers who must estimate their own losses at the policy level, often based on incomplete and changing information. See "—Relevant Factors—Summary of Critical Accounting Policies—Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserves" and "Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Company." If we underestimate our loss reserves, so that they are inadequate to cover our ultimate liability for losses, the underestimation could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Acquisition Costs

        Acquisition costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 were $19.0 million, which consisted principally of ceding commissions, brokerage, premium taxes, profit commissions and other expenses that relate directly to the writing of reinsurance contracts. Acquisition costs are expensed over the period of their related contracts.

General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, benefits, and related costs, including costs associated with our PSU and RSU Plans professional fees, the compensation expense based on the fair value of the Warrant, travel and entertainment, information technology and other general operating expenses. General and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 were $23.9 million, which consisted principally of salaries, benefits and related costs of $14.4 million, including $1.5 million expense for the PSUs granted under our PSU Plan and $3.4 million for the compensation expense based on the fair value of the Warrant, $1.5 million for professional fees primarily related to legal fees, audit fees and consulting fees, travel expenses of $2.6 million incurred to develop our franchise and business relationships and information technology expenses of $2.3 million as we continue the build out our infrastructure.

        We anticipate increases in general and administrative expenses due to additional staff and professional services, including services required once we become subject to reporting requirements applicable to publicly held companies.

Net Investment Income

        Our primary investment objective is to earn attractive total returns over time, while maintaining the probability of a negative total return in any given year at acceptable levels.

        The Company's overall fixed income strategy, established by the Investment Committee of the Board and executed by a combination of internal employees and external investment managers, is to outperform appropriate indices after fees and trading costs, including taxes. Our investment managers generally manage the interest rate risk associated with holding fixed maturity investments by actively managing the average duration of the portfolio to achieve an adequate total return without subjecting the portfolio to an unreasonable level of interest rate risk. Our principal fixed income measurement

60



index is the Lehman Aggregate Index. Our principal index for inflation-protected securities is the Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities ("TIPS") Index.

        Investment income is principally derived from interest and dividends earned on investments, partially offset by investment management fees and fees paid to our custodian bank.

        Net investment income for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and period from October 4 to December 31, 2005 was $24.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively. The components are set forth below:

 
  Nine
months
ended
September 30, 2006

  Period
October 4, 2005
through
December 31, 2005

 
  ($ in thousands)

Interest and dividend income            
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 14,918   $ 629
Fixed maturities     6,859    
Short term investments     1,885    
Equity investments     381    
Other investments     305    
Amortization income            
Cash and cash equivalents     11    
Fixed maturities     1,065    
Other investments     27    
Investment expenses     (801 )  
   
 
Net investment income   $ 24,650   $ 629
   
 

        We continue to refine and develop our investment strategy. Substantially all of our fixed income and short term investments consisted of investment grade securities. As at September 30, 2006, the average credit rating, provided by a recognized national rating agency, of our fixed income portfolio is AA+ with an average duration of 2.7 years.

Net Realized Gains

        Net realized gains for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 were $2.2 million, which were primarily due to (i) net realized losses from the sale of fixed maturity investments executed in the normal course of our duration management program during a period of rising interest rates and movement from lower to higher yielding assets of 0.6 million (ii) realized gains on the sale of our exchange traded funds of $2.2 million (iii) net realized losses of $1.6 million arising on the sale of mortgages, interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts (iv) net unrealized gains of $2.1 million arising from the mark to market of currency swaps, TBAs, foreign exchange forward contracts and equity and interest rate futures and (v) $0.1 million of net realized gain on other investments and reinsurance derivatives. We did not record any other than temporary impairment charges relating to our portfolio of investment securities during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the period ended December 31, 2005.

Other Income

        Other income of $3.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 includes investment management fees earned by West End, fees earned by Mont Fort and earned revenue relating to upfront commitment fees on reinsurance contracts. Effective June 30, 2006, West End decided to terminate an investment management agreement with its most significant client. Included in other

61



income for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was an amount of $1.4 million relating to the terminated investment management agreement.

Net Income

        Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $88.8 million, which was principally due to net underwriting income of $57.2 million, primarily reflecting the relatively low level of reported losses, the compensation expense based on the fair value of the Warrant of $3.4 million, net investment income of $24.7 million and net realized gains of $2.2 million.

Comprehensive Income

        Comprehensive income for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $88.0 million, which includes the $88.8 million of net income described above, and $0.8 million of net unrealized losses for the period and change in the currency translation adjustment.

Period October 4, 2005 through December 31, 2005

        Since the Company only began operations on December 20, 2005, and the principal renewal periods for our ceding company clients commenced January 1, 2006, the Company did not write any policies in the period from October 4 to December 31, 2005. Net investment income resulting from the investment of the proceeds of our private placement contributed $0.6 million to our net income. This was offset, however, by general and administrative expenses of $0.8 million and the compensation expense based on the fair value of the Warrant of $12.2 million. See "—Relevant Factors—Expenses."


Liquidity and Capital Resources

General

        We are a holding company that conducts no operations of its own. We rely primarily on cash dividends and return of capital from Flagstone to pay our operating expenses. There are restrictions on the payment of dividends from Flagstone to the Company, which are described in more detail below. Subject to the approval of our Board of Directors, we currently expect to pay a quarterly cash dividend of approximately $0.04 per common share, beginning in the first full fiscal quarter following the completion of this offering. Our capital management strategy is to preserve sufficient capital to support Flagstone's financial strength ratings and our future growth while maintaining conservative financial leverage and earnings coverage ratios.

Sources and Uses of Funds

        Our sources of funds primarily consist of premium receipts net of commissions, investment income, capital raising activities including the issuance of Deferrable Interest Debentures and proceeds from sales and maturities of investments. Cash is used primarily to pay losses and loss adjustment expenses, reinsurance purchased, brokerage commissions, ceding commissions and profit commissions, excise taxes, general and administrative expenses, with the remainder made available to our investment manager for investment in accordance with our investment policy. In the future, we expect to use cash to pay dividends, and we also may use cash to fund any authorized share repurchases and acquisitions.

        In the period from October 4, 2005 to December 31, 2005, we received $552.4 million in cash from a private placement of our common shares, which was partially offset by issuance costs of $4.6 million. Substantially all of these funds were contributed to Flagstone on the December 20, 2005 funding date to provide capital for its underwriting operations, and were held by Flagstone in cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2005.

62



        In the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we received an additional $163.1 million in cash in February 2006, from two additional closings of the private placement of our common shares, which was partially offset by issuance costs of $0.3 million. In addition, on August 23, 2006 the Company raised net proceeds of $132.8 million through a private sale of Deferrable Interest Debentures. Substantially all of these funds were contributed to Flagstone to provide capital for its underwriting operations. During this period we transferred a percentage of the proceeds from the December 2005 and February 2006 private placements from cash and cash equivalents to fixed maturity investments and exchange traded equity funds.

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we generated an operating net cash inflow of $123.4 million, primarily relating to premiums received by Flagstone. We paid losses of $2.3 million on a satellite loss during the nine months ended September 30, 2006. We invested a net amount of $640.4 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2006, and had a cash and cash equivalents balance of $326.8 million as at September 30, 2006.

        Other investments as at September 30, 2006 amounted to $48.5 million, comprised mainly of our investment in Island Heritage of $5.4 million, our investment in Rockridge Re Holdings Limited, or Rockridge, of $10.8 million, our investment in Mont Fort of $1.4 million and our investment in catastrophe bonds of $30.8 million. Our investments in Island Heritage, Rockridge and Mont Fort are recorded under the equity method and our investment in the catastrophe bonds is recorded at fair value.

        Fixed maturities, short term investments, other investments and cash and cash equivalents were $970.4 million as at September 30, 2006, compared to $548.3 million as at December 31, 2005. The primary cause of this increase was the receipt of $162.8 million of net proceeds from the final closing of our initial capitalization in February 2006, the receipt of the net proceeds from the Deferrable Interest Debentures of $132.8 million, as well as the receipt of premiums net of acquisition costs, net investment income earnings and net unrealized losses.

        For the period from inception until September 30, 2006, we have had sufficient cash flow from operations to meet our liquidity requirements. We expect that our operational needs for liquidity for at least the next twelve months will be met by our balance of cash, funds generated from underwriting activities, investment income, proceeds from sales and maturities of our investment portfolio and proceeds of this offering. In August 2006, we received $132.8 million in net proceeds from the issuance of the Deferrable Interest Debentures. We may incur additional indebtedness in the future if we determine that it would be an efficient part of our capital structure. We monitor our long term liquidity needs with regard to our annual aggregate PML. Our annual aggregate PML for a given number of years is our estimate of the maximum aggregate loss and loss adjustment expenses that we are likely to incur in any one year during that number of years. We intend to keep sufficient liquid assets to meet our 10-year annual aggregate PML, and to maintain standby letter of credit and other facilities that would supplement that liquidity to meet our 250-year annual aggregate PML.

        We maintained a conservative investment strategy during the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Substantially all of our fixed maturity and short term investments consisted of investment grade securities. As at September 30, 2006, our fixed income portfolio had an average credit rating of AA+ and an average duration of 2.7 years. We continue to refine and develop our investment strategy. See "Business—Investments."

63



        The contractual maturity dates of fixed maturity and short term investments as at September 30, 2006 are as follows:

 
  Amortized cost
  Fair value
 
  ($ in thousands)

Due within one year   $ 232,711   $ 232,627
Due after 1 through 5 years     185,230     184,427
Due after 5 through 10 years     33,928     33,910
Due after 10 years     8,016     7,981
Mortgage and asset backed securities     135,981     136,152
   
 
    $ 595,866   $ 595,097
   
 

        We did not record any other-than-temporary impairment charges relating to our portfolio of investment securities during the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

        As at September 30, 2006, net unrealized losses were $0.8 million, reflecting the increase in interest rates from the end of 2005 through September 30, 2006.

        The Company attains exposure to the equity markets through the use of index futures positions in the 500 Index and Russell 2000 Index. These futures contracts seek investment results that generally correspond to the price and yield performance of the underlying index.

        In 2007, we anticipate expenditures of approximately $3.0 million for our information technology infrastructure and systems enhancements, including proprietary software expenditures and $11.0 million for the building costs associated with the construction of our office building in Hyderabad. We expect our operating cash flows, together with our existing capital base, to be sufficient to meet these requirements and to operate our business.

        The potential for a large claim under one of our reinsurance contracts means that substantial and unpredictable payments may need to be made within relatively short periods of time. We intend to manage these risks by using modeling techniques to structure our investments and liquidity facility in an effort to anticipate the payout patterns of our liabilities under reinsurance policies. No assurance can be given, however, that we will successfully match the structure of Flagstone's investments with its liabilities under reinsurance contracts. If our calculations with respect to these reinsurance liabilities are incorrect, or if we improperly structure our investments to match such liabilities, we could be forced to liquidate investments prior to maturity, potentially at a significant loss. We disregard the initial acquisition cost in determining which assets to sell, but will focus entirely on the future prospects of each asset as judged by us. Accordingly, the realized gains and losses that we recognize in any given quarter or year could be volatile.

        We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our consolidated results of operations. The potential exists, after a catastrophe loss, for the development of inflationary pressures in a local economy. The effects of inflation are considered implicitly in pricing through the modeled components such as demand surge. Loss reserves are established to recognize likely loss settlements at the date payment is made. Those reserves inherently recognize the effects of inflation. The actual effects of inflation on our results cannot be accurately known, however, until claims are ultimately resolved.

        In August 2006, the Company entered into a $200.0 million uncommitted letter of credit facility agreement with Citibank N.A. While we have not currently drawn upon this facility, if drawn upon, the utilized portion of the facility will be secured by an appropriate portion of our investment portfolio.

        On November 7, 2006, the Company signed a term sheet for a $150.0 million secured letter of credit and loan facility for the issuance of secured standby letter of credit and/or short term loans with

64



Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG. If we enter into the facility and if drawn upon, the utilized portion of the facility will be secured by an appropriate portion of securities from the Company's investment portfolio.

Restrictions and Specific Requirements

        The cash generated from the three closings of our private placement, the issuance of our Deferrable Interest Debentures and operating cash flows has provided us with sufficient liquidity to enable Flagstone to meet its Bermuda statutory requirements under the Insurance Act, as described below.

        The Insurance Act requires Flagstone to maintain a minimum solvency margin (being the minimum amount that the statutory assets must exceed the statutory liabilities as required by the Insurance Act) equal to the greatest of (i) $100 million, (ii) 50% of net premiums written or (iii) 15% of the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses. To satisfy these requirements, Flagstone was required to maintain a minimum level of statutory capital and surplus of $128.0 million as at September 30, 2006. In addition, Flagstone is required to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio. As at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, Flagstone was in compliance with all of the requirements of the Insurance Act.

        Bermuda law limits the maximum amount of annual dividends or distributions payable by Flagstone to us and in certain cases requires the prior notification to, or the approval of, the BMA. As a Bermuda Class 4 reinsurer, Flagstone may not pay dividends in any financial year which would exceed 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus unless at least seven days before payment of those dividends it files an affidavit with the BMA signed by at least two directors and Flagstone's principal representative, which states that in their opinion, declaration of those dividends will not cause Flagstone to fail to meet its prescribed solvency margin and liquidity ratio. Further, Flagstone may not reduce by 15% or more its total statutory capital as set out in its previous year's statements, without the prior approval of the BMA. Flagstone must also maintain, as a Class 4 Bermuda reinsurer, paid-up share capital of $1 million.

        Flagstone is not licensed or admitted as an insurer or reinsurer in any jurisdiction other than Bermuda. Because many jurisdictions do not permit insurance companies to take credit for reinsurance obtained from unlicensed or non-admitted insurers on their statutory financial statements unless appropriate security mechanisms are in place, we anticipate that our reinsurance clients will typically require Flagstone to post a letter of credit or other collateral.

        Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA has applied for a license to operate as a reinsurer in Switzerland. Swiss law permits dividends to be declared only after profits have been allocated to the reserves required by law and to any reserves required by the articles of incorporation. The articles of incorporation of Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA do not require any specific reserves. Therefore, Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA must allocate any profits first to the reserve required by Swiss law generally, and may pay as dividends only the balance of the profits remaining after that allocation. In the case of Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA, Swiss law requires that 5% of the company's profits be allocated to a "general reserve" until the reserve reaches 20% of its paid-in share capital.

        In addition, a Swiss reinsurance company may pay a dividend only if, after payment of the dividend, it will continue to comply with regulatory requirements regarding minimum capital, special reserves and solvency margin requirements. See "Regulation—Other Jurisdictions—Swiss Regulation."

65


Deferrable Interest Debentures

        On August 23, 2006, the Company raised gross and net proceeds of $136.7 million and $132.8 million through a private sale of Deferrable Interest Debentures. The Deferrable Interest Debentures have a floating rate of interest equal to (i) London Interbank Offering Rate (LIBOR) plus 354 basis points per annum, reset quarterly for the dollar-denominated principal amount and (ii) Euro Interbank Offered Rated (Euribor) plus 354 basis points per annum, reset quarterly for the euro-denominated principal amount. The Deferrable Interest Debentures mature on September 15, 2036, and may be called at par by the Company at any time after September 15, 2011. The Company may defer payment of the interest for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods, but no later than September 15, 2011. Any deferred interest payments would accrue interest quarterly on a compounded basis.

        The indenture governing our Deferrable Interest Debentures would restrict us from declaring or paying dividends on our common shares if Flagstone:

    Is downgraded by A.M. Best to a financial strength rating below A- and fails to renew more than 51% of its net premiums written during any twelve-month period

    is downgraded by A.M. Best to a financial strength rating below A- and sells more than 51% of its rights to renew net premiums written over the course of a twelve-month period

    is downgraded by A.M. Best to a financial strength rating below B++ or

    withdraws its financial strength rating by A.M. Best.

Capital

        As at September 30, 2006, total shareholders' equity was $802.4 million compared to $547.6 million at December 31, 2005. The increase in shareholders' equity is principally due to the net proceeds from the final two closings of our private placement of $162.8 million, net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 of $88.8 million and accumulated other comprehensive loss of $0.7 million. Other comprehensive loss consists of the net unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities and change in currency translation adjustment.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We have no obligations, assets or liabilities other than those disclosed in the financial statements; no trading activities involving non-exchange traded contracts accounted for at fair value; and no relationships and transactions with persons or entities that derive benefits from their non-independent relationship with us or our related parties.

66



Contractual Obligations

        The following table shows our aggregate contractual obligations by time period remaining to due date as at September 30, 2006:

 
  Less than 1 year
  1-3
years

  3-5
years

  More than
5 years

  Total
Deferrable Interest Debentures—Interest (1)   $ 11,838   $ 23,677   $ 47,353   $ 272,280   $ 355,148
Deferrable Interest Debentures—Principal (1)                 136,476     136,476
Lease obligations     739     681     162     263     1,845
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves (2)     4,989     10,219     1,318     418     16,944
   
 
 
 
 
Total Contractual Obligations   $ 17,566   $ 34,577   $ 48,833   $ 409,437   $ 510,413
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
The interest on this facility is based on a spread above LIBOR and Euribor. We have reflected interest due in the table based on the current interest rates on the facility. See Deferrable Interest Debentures above for further details. The Deferrable Interest Debentures mature on September 15, 2036 and may be called at par by the Company at any time after September 15, 2011.

(2)
The Company has based its estimate of future claim payments upon benchmark payment patterns constructed internally, drawing upon available relevant industry sources of loss and allocated loss adjustment expense development data which may include both internal and external data sources. We also supplement these benchmark payment patterns with information received from treaty submissions and periodically update them. We believe that it is likely that this benchmark data will not be predictive of our future claim payments and that material fluctuations can occur due to the nature of the losses which we insure and the coverages which we provide. Because of the nature of the coverages that we provide, the amount and timing of the cash flows associated with our policy liabilities will fluctuate, perhaps significantly, and therefore are highly uncertain. See "—Relevant Factors—Summary of Critical Accounting Policies—Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserves."


Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        We measure and manage market risks and other risks as part of an enterprise-wide risk management process. The market risks described in this section relate to financial instruments, primarily in our investment portfolio, that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, credit risk premiums or spreads, foreign exchange rates and equity prices.

        We believe that we are currently principally exposed to four types of market risk: interest rate risk, equity market risk, foreign currency risk and credit risk.

Interest Rate Risk

        Our primary market risk exposure is to changes in interest rates. Our fixed maturity portfolio is exposed to interest rate risk. Fluctuations in interest rates have a direct impact on the market valuation of these investments. As interest rates rise, the market value of our fixed maturity portfolio falls and we have the risk that cash outflows will have to be funded by selling assets, which will be trading at depreciated values. As interest rates decline, the market value of our fixed income portfolio increases and we have reinvestment risk, as funds reinvested will earn less than is necessary to match anticipated liabilities. We expect to manage interest rate risk by selecting investments with characteristics such as duration, yield, currency and liquidity tailored to the anticipated cash outflow characteristics of the reinsurance liabilities of Flagstone. In addition, the Company enters into interest rate swap contracts as protection against unexpected shifts in interest rates, which would affect the fair value of the fixed maturity portfolio. By using swaps in the portfolio, the overall duration or interest rate sensitivity of the portfolio can be altered.

67



        As at September 30, 2006, the impact on our fixed maturity and short term investments from an immediate 100 basis point increase in market interest rates would have resulted in an estimated decrease in market value of 2.7% or approximately $16.1 million. As at September 30, 2006, the impact on our fixed maturity portfolio from an immediate 100 basis point decrease in market interest rates would have resulted in an estimated increase in market value of 2.8% or approximately $16.7 million.

        As at September 30, 2006, we held $136.2 million, or 37.1%, of our fixed maturity portfolio in asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities. These assets are exposed to prepayment risk, which occurs when holders of underlying loans increase the frequency with which they prepay the outstanding principal before the maturity date and refinance at a lower interest rate cost. The adverse impact of prepayment is more evident in a declining interest rate environment. As a result, the Company will be exposed to reinvestment risk, as cash flows received by the Company will be accelerated and will be reinvested at the prevailing interest rates.

Equity Price Risk

        We gain exposure to the equity markets through the use of index-linked futures, which have exposure to price risk. This risk is defined as the potential loss in fair value resulting from adverse changes in stock prices. At September 30, 2006 our index-linked futures contracts are S&P 500 Futures and Russell 2000 Futures. Thus, changes in the S&P 500 and Russell 2000 indices would approximate the impact on our futures positions. The fair value of our future positions as at September 30, 2006 amounted to $1.2 million and was recorded in other assets and net realized gains in the consolidated statements of operations.

Credit Risk

        The Company has exposure to credit risk primarily as a holder of fixed income securities. Our risk management strategy and investment guidelines have been defined to ensure we invest in debt instruments of high credit quality issuers and to limit the amount of credit exposure with respect to particular ratings categories and any one issuer. As at September 30, 2006, substantially all of our fixed income investments consisted of investment grade securities. The Company believes this high-quality portfolio reduces its exposure to credit risk on fixed income investments to an acceptable level.

        To a lesser extent, the Company also has credit risk exposure as a party to foreign currency forward contracts and other derivative contracts. To mitigate this risk, we monitor our exposure by counterparty and ensure that counterparties to these contracts are high-credit-quality international banks or counterparties. These contracts are generally of short duration and settle on a net basis, which means that we are exposed to the movement of one currency against the other as opposed to the notional amount of the contracts. As at September 30, 2006, the contractual amount of the foreign exchange forward contracts was $11.6 million while the net value of those contracts was a payable of $0.2 million.

        The Company has exposure to credit risk as it relates to its trade balances receivable, namely reinsurance balances receivable. Reinsurance balances receivable from the Company's clients at September 30, 2006, were $106.2 million, including balances both currently due and accrued. The Company believes that credit risk exposure related to these balances is mitigated by several factors, including but not limited to credit checks performed as part of the underwriting process, monitoring of aged receivable balances our rights to cancel the cover for non-payment of premiums and right to offset premiums yet to be paid against losses due to the cedent.

        While the Company does not rely heavily on retrocessional reinsurance, we do require our reinsurers to have adequate financial strength. The Company evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors its concentration of credit risk on an ongoing basis. Provisions are made for

68



amounts considered potentially uncollectible. As at September 30, 2006, the Company did not have a provision for amounts considered potentially uncollectible.

        In addition, consistent with industry practice, we assume a degree of credit risk associated with reinsurance brokers. In accordance with industry practice, we frequently pay amounts owed on claims under our policies to reinsurance brokers, and these brokers, in turn, pay these amounts to the ceding insurers that have reinsured a portion of their liabilities with us. In some jurisdictions, if a broker fails to make such a payment, we may remain liable to the ceding insurer for the deficiency. Conversely, in certain jurisdictions, when the ceding insurer pays premiums to reinsurance brokers for payment to us, these premiums are considered to have been paid and the ceding insurer will no longer be liable to us for those amounts, regardless of whether we have received the premiums.

Foreign Currency Risk

        The U.S. dollar is our reporting currency and the functional currencies of our operating subsidiaries are generally their national currencies, except for Bermuda subsidiaries, whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar. We enter into reinsurance contracts where the premiums receivable and losses payable are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In addition, we expect to maintain a portion of our investments and liabilities in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the euro, the British pound sterling and the Japanese yen. Assets in non-U.S. currencies are generally converted into U.S. dollars at the time of receipt. When we incur a liability in a non-U.S. currency, we carry such liability on our books in the original currency. These liabilities are converted from the non-U.S. currency to U.S. dollars at the time of payment. As a result, we have an exposure to foreign currency risk resulting from fluctuations in exchange rates.

        We attempt to manage our foreign currency risk by seeking to match our incurred losses and expected attritional (noncatastrophic) losses that are payable in foreign currencies with investments that are denominated in such currencies. The Company periodically uses foreign currency forward contracts and currency swaps to minimize the effect of fluctuating foreign currencies. Foreign currency forward contracts and currency swaps purchased are not designated as a hedge for financial reporting purposes. The contractual amount of foreign currency forward contracts as at September 30, 2006 was $11.6 million and the fair value was $(0.2) million. The Company entered into a foreign currency swap in relation to the euro-denominated Deferrable Interest Debentures. Under the terms of the foreign currency swap the Company exchanged €13.0 million for $16.7 million, will receive Euribor plus 354 basis points and pay LIBOR plus 371 basis points. The swap expires on September 15, 2011 and had a fair value of $(0.3) million as at September 30, 2006.

        Foreign currency exchange contracts will not eliminate fluctuations in the value of our assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies but rather allow us to establish a rate of exchange for a future point in time.

        As at September 30, 2006, none of our available-for-sale securities were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Of our business written in the nine months ended September 30, 2006, approximately 18.8% was written in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we had net realized and unrealized foreign exchange gains of $1.7 million.

Effects of Inflation

        We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our combined results of operations, except insofar as inflation may affect interest rates.

69



INSURANCE INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

The Insurance And Reinsurance Markets

        Insurance.     The property and casualty insurance market is served by a number of primary insurers, including stock, mutual and captive insurance companies that write insurance policies directly for the public and for other corporations or businesses.

        The property and casualty insurance market covers a wide range of insurance classes, including: homeowners, automobile, property, catastrophe, accident, liability, workers' compensation, professional/medical malpractice, bankers, fidelity, marine, cargo, aviation, and credit/financial loss. Each of these insurance classes seeks to indemnify the insured against its own losses or its liability to a third party for loss or damage.

        Reinsurance and Retrocession.     Primary insurers spread the risks they assume by purchasing insurance, known as reinsurance, from other insurers, known as reinsurers. A reinsurer agrees to indemnify another insurance company, commonly referred to as the ceding company or cedent, for all or a portion of the insurance risks underwritten by the ceding company under one or more of its own insurance policies.

        While reinsurance does not legally discharge the primary insurer from its liability with respect to its obligations to the insured, it does benefit a ceding company in a number of ways, including:

    Reducing net liability on individual risks

    providing catastrophe protection from large or multiple losses

    stabilizing results and

    assisting in maintaining acceptable operating and leverage ratios.

        Reinsurance also provides a ceding insurer with additional underwriting capacity by permitting it to assume larger risks and underwrite a greater number of policies than it would otherwise be able to underwrite without being required to increase its capital and surplus.

        Traditional reinsurance principally consists of treaty reinsurance and facultative reinsurance. Under treaty reinsurance, the reinsurer is obliged to reinsure a range of risks or policies, as defined in a standing arrangement, referred to as a treaty, which is usually valid for a period of one year. Under facultative reinsurance, a separate reinsurance contract is negotiated in respect of each original insurance policy to be reinsured. Facultative reinsurance is normally purchased to cover unique or large individual risks or for amounts in excess of limits on risks already reinsured elsewhere.

        Both treaty and facultative reinsurance can be written on either a non-proportional, referred to as excess of loss basis, or a proportional, also known as a pro rata, basis. When a reinsurer writes an excess of loss contract, the reinsurer indemnifies the ceding insurer against that portion of losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred on the original policies in excess of a specified dollar or percentage loss ratio amount. When a reinsurer writes a pro rata contract, the reinsurer indemnifies the ceding insurer against a predetermined percentage or share of the losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred by the ceding insurer under policies it has issued and usually benefits from any third-party reinsurance protection purchased by the ceding insurer.

        Reinsurers may also purchase reinsurance to cover the risks which they have assumed by reinsuring the direct insurers or reinsurers. This is known as retrocessional reinsurance. Reinsurance companies enter into retrocessional agreements for reasons similar to those for which direct insurers purchase reinsurance, such as to spread risk and increase their underwriting capacity. As with reinsurance, retrocessions can be written on a treaty or facultative basis, and on a pro rata or excess of loss basis.

70



The Bermuda Insurance Industry

        The insurance industry in Bermuda has existed for over 50 years and experienced rapid expansion in the 1980s. We believe Bermuda is now one of the world's leading centers for reinsurance companies.

        There are a number of factors that have made Bermuda an attractive location from which to carry on insurance and reinsurance business, including:

    An established history as a highly reputable business center

    a well-developed insurance industry with the attendant insurance underwriting and managerial expertise

    an advanced regulatory system

    no taxes on premium or corporate income

    political and economic stability and

    a market that is well known by ceding insurers and brokers looking to place their reinsurance protection.

        Most Bermuda-domiciled insurance and reinsurance companies have also pursued business diversification and international expansion. Although most of the Bermuda-domiciled insurers were initially established as single-line specialist underwriters, in order to achieve long-term growth and better risk exposure virtually all of these companies have now diversified their operations, either across property and liability lines, into new international markets, or through a combination of both of these methods.

        Bermuda's strong industry position solidified after the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks in the United States, and then again following the three major hurricanes of 2005 (Katrina, Rita and Wilma) as approximately $18.5 billion of new capital flowed into Bermuda, according to data compiled by Benfield Group Limited. Much of these new proceeds went to a variety of Bermuda-based start-up companies.

Current Market Environment

        The property and casualty insurance and reinsurance industry historically has been a cyclical business. During periods of excess underwriting capacity, competition generally results in lower pricing and less favorable policy terms and conditions for both insurers and reinsurers. During periods of diminished underwriting capacity, industry-wide pricing and policy terms and conditions become more favorable for insurers and reinsurers.

        "Industry underwriting capacity," which is defined as capital available to the industry, is affected by a number of factors, including:

    Loss experience for the industry in general, and for specific lines of business or risks in particular

    insured losses resulting from natural and man-made disasters, such as hurricanes, windstorms, earthquakes, floods, fires and acts of terrorism

    insured losses resulting from court decisions expanding insurance coverage and granting of large awards

    investment results including realized and unrealized gains and losses on investment portfolios and annual investment yields and

    ratings and financial strength of competitors.

71


        During the 1980's and extending into the late 1990's, the worldwide insurance and reinsurance industry was characterized by highly competitive market conditions. Excess industry underwriting capacity, declining premium rates, less favorable policy terms and adverse reserve developments all contributed to poor underwriting results.

        The disasters resulting from the 2005 hurricane season have helped to create much more favorable market conditions for providers of reinsurance. That season included several of the largest insured losses in history:

    Hurricane Katrina, which struck Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama and surrounding areas in August 2005

    Hurricane Rita, which struck Texas and Louisiana in September 2005 and

    Hurricane Wilma, which struck Florida and the Yucatan Peninsula of Mexico in October 2005.

        Losses from Hurricane Katrina represented the largest insured catastrophe in the history of the insurance industry, surpassing the $20.7 billion in property losses from the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, and the $22.3 billion in losses from Hurricane Andrew in August 1992, previously the largest insured event in history. The following table shows the ten largest insured losses to date, three of which occurred in the latter half of 2005:


Largest Insured Losses: 2005 and Prior (1)

Event

  Year
  Insured damage (2)

Hurricane Katrina

 

2005

 

$

45.0 billion

Hurricane Andrew

 

1992

 

 

22.3 billion

Terrorist attacks on WTC, Pentagon (3)

 

2001

 

 

20.7 billion

Northridge Earthquake

 

1994

 

 

18.5 billion

Hurricane Ivan

 

2004

 

 

11.7 billion

Hurricane Rita

 

2005

 

 

10.0 billion

Hurricane Wilma

 

2005

 

 

10.0 billion

Hurricane Charley

 

2004

 

 

8.3 billion

Typhoon Mireille

 

1991

 

 

8.1 billion

Winter Storm Daria

 

1990

 

 

6.9 billion

 

 

 

 



Total

 

 

 

$

161.5 billion

 

 

 

 



(1)
Source: Swiss Re "Sigma" Report entitled "Natural catastrophes and man-made disasters 2005."

(2)
All figures in 2005 U.S. dollars.

(3)
Property losses only, including liability lines losses from the September 11, 2001 attacks, are estimated at $34.7 billion.

72


        The events of 2005, particularly following the active storm year in 2004, led to a series of changes in the reinsurance market:

    Losses sustained from these storms reduced the amount of risk capital of many insurers and reinsurers

    vendors of catastrophe-modeling software amplified the frequency and severity of natural catastrophe losses in their software and

    rating agencies that assess the financial strength ratings of insurers and reinsurers introduced more stringent tests for companies with catastrophe exposure, which had the effect of curtailing the amount of catastrophe risk that could be underwritten per dollar of capital.

        The combination of these events has prompted primary insurers to revise upwards their perceived exposure to loss from natural catastrophes and has resulted in a significant increase in their desire to buy reinsurance protection. At the same time, new rating agency requirements mean that reinsurers can now write less catastrophe risk per dollar of capital than they could in the past. The result has been an increase in demand for reinsurance in a market with a reduced amount of capital available for writing reinsurance protection.

        The consequences of these events have been most immediately felt in the North American market. The changes in the international market have been generally less severe, but in the North American market, which is dominated by the U.S., insurance and reinsurance has been more difficult to secure, particularly for windstorm coverage, and premiums have been higher for the coverage that is available. This was due to numerous factors, including:

    Many primary insurers are seeking to buy significantly more reinsurance than in previous years

    traditional retrocessional capacity has not been available, meaning that reinsurers are finding it more difficult to find other reinsurers willing to accept part of their risks and as a result reinsurers have reduced the amount of reinsurance offered to primary insurers

    final loss estimates from Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma have continued to increase and

    higher-than-average Atlantic Basin hurricane activity was forecast for 2006.

        As a result, primary insurers (and reinsurers in turn) have increased their interest in securing reinsurance against such natural catastrophes, which has translated into a level of demand that currently exceeds the available supply of catastrophe reinsurance for some perils and geographic zones, particularly for windstorm coverage in North America. The benefit to a reinsurer of these pricing conditions will be partially offset to the extent that the reinsurer must purchase retrocessional coverage for its own risks since in those cases it is the company to which we cede business which benefits from these pricing conditions. In addition, the higher-than-average Atlantic Basin hurricane activity which had been forecast for 2006 did in fact not materialize, and 2006 to date has proven to be unusual in the very low numbers of catastrophic storms experienced in the Atlantic basin and the Gulf of Mexico. While market conditions generally are still favorable for insurers, we believe that the lower hurricane activity in 2006 will make these geographic areas more attractive for insurance and reinsurance underwriting commitments, therefore increasing competition for new business.

73



BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a Bermuda-based global reinsurance holding company. Through our subsidiaries, we write primarily property, property catastrophe and short-tail specialty and casualty reinsurance. We diversify our risks across business lines by risk zones, each of which combines a geographic zone with one or more types of peril (for example, Texas Windstorm). Substantially all of our reinsurance contracts contain loss limitation provisions such as fixed monetary limits to our exposure and per event caps. We specialize in underwriting low frequency, high severity risks, where sufficient data exists to analyze effectively the risk/return profile, and where we are subject to legal systems we deem fair and reliable.

        Our core business is providing property catastrophe reinsurance coverage to a broad range of select insurance companies, primarily on an excess of loss basis. These policies provide coverage for claims arising from major natural catastrophes, such as hurricanes and earthquakes, in excess of a specified loss. We also provide coverage for claims arising from other natural and man-made catastrophes such as winter storms, freezes, floods, fires and tornados. Our specialty lines, which represent a growing proportion of our business, cover such risks as aviation, energy, accident and health, satellite, marine and workers' compensation catastrophe.

        We were formed by Haverford, a company controlled and capitalized by Mark Byrne, Executive Chairman of our Board of Directors, and David Brown, our Chief Executive Officer, and we commenced operations in December 2005. Since our formation we have successfully assembled a seasoned senior management team with significant industry expertise and long-standing industry relationships. We have raised approximately $850 million through three closings of a private placement of our common shares and the issuance of Deferrable Interest Debentures. Through the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we had $276.0 million in gross premiums written, of which $201.5 million was property catastrophe reinsurance. Renewal dates for reinsurance business are generally concentrated at the beginning of calendar quarters, and the timing of premiums written varies by line of business. Most property catastrophe business is written in the January 1, April 1, June 1 and July 1 renewal periods, while the property lines and the short-tail specialty and casualty lines are written throughout the year. Premiums written are generally lower during the fourth quarter of the year as compared to prior quarters.

        On December 20, 2005 A.M. Best assigned Flagstone a financial strength rating of "A-" (Excellent), the fourth highest of sixteen rating levels. This rating is a financial strength rating and is designed to reflect our ability to meet our financial obligations under our reinsurance policies. This rating does not refer to our ability to meet non-reinsurance obligations and is not a recommendation to purchase any policy or contract issued by us or to buy, hold or sell our securities. A.M. Best reviews the ratings it assigns on an annual basis.

        Our goal is to achieve long term growth in book value per share by writing business which will generate attractive underwriting profits relative to the risk we bear and by employing a sophisticated investment strategy for our assets. Our guiding principles are to:

    Build and maintain a balanced portfolio of property, property catastrophe, and short-tail specialty and casualty reinsurance, diversified by risk zone. This is designed to mitigate the risk that one or a related series of catastrophes could have a significant, negative effect on our consolidated financial position.

    Utilize leading-edge technology and data analysis in an innovative and proprietary manner in the assessment, pricing and monitoring of risks and in the operation and control of our business.

    Conduct business with clients who share our focus on using quality data, risk management tools and best market practices and to seek business in jurisdictions that we regard as having a fair and reliable legal environment.

74


    Be responsive to both the brokers who present business to us and to our customers, with the goal of building long-term relationships and developing additional business opportunities.

Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe that the events of 2005 have resulted in fundamental and enduring changes in the property insurance and reinsurance markets. The principal changes are the increase in perceived exposure to catastrophe losses caused by changes to the third-party risk models customarily used by the property insurance and reinsurance industry and the increase in required capital deemed necessary by the leading rating agencies for companies that are exposed to catastrophe risk. As a result, the ability to successfully select and price risks will be even more critical than in the past. We believe we are well positioned to take advantage of these opportunities because of the following strengths:

    Experienced and Highly Incentivized Team . Our senior management team has significant industry expertise, long-standing industry relationships, and the ability to utilize effectively the risk and investment analytical programs which we have both developed independently and acquired. Our Chief Executive Officer, David Brown, has been involved in the insurance industry for over 24 years. Our Executive Chairman, Mark Byrne, has over 20 years of insurance and capital markets experience. Our two senior underwriters have an average industry experience of 21 years with insurers and reinsurers in a variety of markets. We believe that the depth of our executive team gives us the ability to investigate and execute a broad range of growth opportunities. Each of our key executives either has a substantial financial investment in the Company, or has a substantial part of his long-term compensation on equity-like terms which aligns his interests with those of our shareholders. We believe this level of alignment also enables us to attract high level executive talent.

    Disciplined and Data-Driven Underwriting Management. We focus on underwriting risks for which sufficient data is available for us to build pricing models we believe to be reasonably predictive of the probabilities of loss, and determine the likely aggregation and correlation of those risks with our portfolio of risks. We make use of industry-standard catastrophe modeling software, licensing the software of all three major vendors, and we enhance the output from these models with our proprietary software. Relative to our capital base and that of our competitors, we have a large analytical team which is experienced both in the use of industry standard insurance models and in the development and use of sophisticated catastrophe and financial models. We strive to be a leader in this area and we believe our data-driven approach and strong analytics distinguish us and will allow us to be more selective in choosing and pricing risks and to be more sophisticated in managing our overall portfolio exposure.

    Efficient Global Operating Platform. We operate with a global platform that we believe affords us greater capabilities and operational efficiencies than, and distinguishes us from, other Bermuda-based reinsurance companies of comparable capital size. Our underwriting team and senior executives are located in Bermuda and will be supported by our strategically located subsidiaries in Switzerland (upon obtaining the appropriate licensure), India, the United Kingdom and Canada. We believe we have created an efficient and scalable infrastructure that complements the global, specialized nature of our business. Our team in India includes several experienced users of the major catastrophe models. During peak seasonal workflow, we can substantially increase the number of new business submissions we review, by using our proprietary workflow application to preprocess submissions in Bermuda and assign them for analysis to modelers in India. We generally have the capability to complete this analysis by the beginning of the next business day in Bermuda and to provide indications to brokers within twenty four hours rather than days or weeks, which is more typical in our industry. By having these resources, we are able to analyze a vast amount of data to select the risks that contain the best combination of risk and pricing relative to the other risks in our portfolio.

75


    Excellent Broker and Customer Relationships. The knowledge, experience and personal relationships of our senior management team provide us with global access to brokers and customers and to existing and new reinsurance programs. We believe that we have strong market relationships with the world's top reinsurance brokers, including Aon Re Worldwide, Benfield Group Limited, Guy Carpenter & Company, Inc. and Willis Group Holdings Ltd., as well as with the mid-tier and smaller specialty brokers. On the strength of these relationships and the depth of our experience, Flagstone has rapidly built a diversified portfolio of attractive business with high-quality clients. We believe that these relationships will facilitate strategic expansion into additional lines of business that we find attractive and consistent with our core strengths and expertise.

    Strong Financial Position . We are a recently formed company with a balance sheet unencumbered by any historical losses relating to Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma, the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, asbestos and other legacy exposures affecting our industry. As a result, we have no risk that deteriorating loss reserves related to legacy exposures prior to our formation will impact our future financial results. On December 20, 2005, A.M. Best assigned Flagstone a financial strength rating of "A-" (Excellent), the fourth highest of sixteen rating levels. As at September 30, 2006, the Company had shareholders' equity in excess of $802.4 million. Our conservative approach to managing our balance sheet reflects our commitment to maintaining our financial strength.

        The benefit to the Company of recent pricing conditions for reinsurance is partially offset to the extent that the Company purchases retrocessional coverage for its own risks, since in those cases it is the company to which we cede business which benefits from these pricing conditions. Investors should note that pricing, underwriting capacity and demand for reinsurance are cyclical and have in the past changed and varied over time.

Business Strategies

        We believe that prudent management of our underwriting risks, relative to our capital base, together with effective investment of our capital and premium income, will achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns for our shareholders. To achieve this objective, we intend to execute the following strategies:

    Maintain our Continued Commitment to Diversified and Disciplined Underwriting. We will continue to use our disciplined and data-driven underwriting approach to select a diversified portfolio of risks that we believe will generate an attractive return on capital over the long term. Neither our underwriting nor our investment strategies are designed to generate smooth or predictable quarterly earnings, but rather to optimize growth in book value per share over the long term.

    Continue Our Focus on Risk Management. We treat risk management as an integral part of our underwriting and business management processes. Substantially all of our reinsurance contracts contain loss limitation provisions, and we will continue to limit our net exposure under those contracts to any single event by risk zone to a percentage of the Company's total capitalization. The single event exposure limit is set by our Underwriting Committee and is currently set at 60%. This limits our absolute exposure to peak risk zones and produces what we believe to be a more balanced portfolio. Our strategy of limiting our exposure by risk zone means that we expect lower returns than some of our competitors in years where there are lower than average catastrophe losses but that our capital will be better protected in the event of large losses.

    Utilize Superior Risk Analysis. In addition to using the latest available analytical tools from third-party vendors, we will continue to develop and enhance our own proprietary pricing, risk management and underwriting support systems. Specifically, we have developed, and continue to refine, numerous proprietary software projects into an overall risk analysis system which we call "MOSAIC." Our experienced industry professionals combine these tools with their judgment and insight gleaned from years of experience to build an optimal portfolio of risks.

76


    Leverage and Expand Our Strong Broker and Customer Relationships . We will continue to strengthen our relationships with brokers and customers and build our franchise. We will seek to enhance our reputation with brokers by responding promptly to submissions, as quickly as within one business day, if necessary, and by providing a reasoned analysis to support our pricing. Members of our senior management team will continue to spend a significant amount of time meeting with brokers and potential new clients and strengthening existing relationships.

    Implement a Sophisticated Investment Approach. While our assets have been mostly invested in high-grade fixed income securities during our short operating history to date, we have developed and are in the process of implementing a more sophisticated investment strategy. This strategy has been designed to produce higher expected total returns while still maintaining sufficient liquidity to pay potential claims and preserving our excellent financial strength rating.

    Leverage Our Efficient Global Operating Platform. We will continue to integrate and grow our global operating platform. We believe that by accessing lower cost, yet highly educated and qualified talent, selected from certain of our locations outside of Bermuda, and integrating them into our operations through our technology platform, we will be able to achieve greater capabilities than other Bermuda-based reinsurance companies of comparable capital size.

    Expand into Attractive Markets . Our management team has considerable experience in evaluating various market opportunities in which our business may be strategically or financially expanded or enhanced. Such opportunities could take the form of quota share reinsurance contracts, joint ventures, renewal rights transactions, corporate acquisitions of another insurer or reinsurer, or the formation of insurance or reinsurance platforms in new markets. We believe the environment in the reinsurance and insurance markets will continue to produce opportunities for us, through organic expansion or through acquisitions, and that we are well qualified to evaluate and, as appropriate, take advantage of them.

    Certain areas of the reinsurance market do not currently provide the level of data and transparency to support our data-driven approach to underwriting, and therefore we limit our participation in those markets. However, as the quality of data and transparency improves in those markets, we will continuously review new types and areas of risk that meet our basic criteria. Thus, over time Flagstone plans to expand into other catastrophe exposures, such as energy, marine and aviation and into additional short-tail specialty and casualty lines. In most cases, we will hire underwriters specifically experienced in these risks.

    Employ Our Capital Markets Expertise. The capital markets experience of our senior management team will be leveraged to access capital markets in innovative ways. For example, we have created Mont Fort, an entity that raises capital from investors through offerings of its preferred shares, and uses the proceeds of those offerings to underwrite reinsurance ceded to it by Flagstone. Because we control both Mont Fort and Flagstone, and because Mont Fort benefits from Flagstone's underwriting expertise and writes reinsurance only for Flagstone, this type of arrangement is often referred to as a sidecar. Through sidecars we can optimize our retained risk profile while earning attractive fees for creating and managing these facilities.

    Preserve Our Financial Position . We will continue to manage our capital prudently relative to our risk exposures in order to maximize sustainable long term growth in our book value per common share. Our strategy of limiting our exposure by risk zone means that we may achieve lower returns than some of our competitors in years with lower than average catastrophe losses but that our capital will be better protected in the event of large losses. We are committed to maintaining our excellent capitalization, financial strength and ratings over the long term.

77


Reinsurance Products

        We write primarily property, property catastrophe, and short-tail specialty and casualty reinsurance.

        Substantially all of the reinsurance products we currently seek to write are in the form of treaty reinsurance contracts. When we write treaty reinsurance contracts, we do not evaluate separately each of the individual risks assumed under the contracts and are therefore largely dependent on the individual underwriting decisions made by the cedent. Accordingly, as part of our initial review and renewal process, we carefully review and analyze the cedent's risk management and underwriting practices in deciding whether to provide treaty reinsurance and in appropriately pricing the treaty.

        Our contracts can be written on either a pro rata or on an excess of loss basis, generally with a per-event cap. With respect to pro rata reinsurance, we share the premiums as well as the losses and expenses in an agreed proportion with the cedent and typically provide a ceding commission to the client in order to pay for part of their business origination expenses. In the case of reinsurance written on an excess of loss basis, we generally receive the premium for the risk assumed and indemnify the cedent against all or a specified portion of losses and expenses in excess of a specified dollar or percentage amount. To date, most of our reinsurance contracts have been written on an excess of loss basis.

        The bulk of our portfolio of risks are assumed pursuant to traditional reinsurance contracts. We may also from time to time take underwriting risk by purchasing a catastrophe-linked bond, or via a transaction booked as an industry loss warranty (as described below under "Property Catastrophe Reinsurance") or an indemnity swap. An indemnity swap is an agreement which provides for the exchange between two parties of different portfolios of catastrophe exposure with similar expected loss characteristics (for example, U.S. earthquake exposure for Asian earthquake exposure). We believe our internal capital markets experience is useful in being able to analyze and evaluate underwriting risks independently from their legal form. All underwriting risks, regardless of the form in which they are entered into, are managed by the underwriting team as part of our overall risk portfolio.

        Presently, we primarily focus on writing the following products:

    Property Catastrophe Reinsurance. We believe our most attractive near-term opportunity is in property catastrophe coverage for insurance companies. In addition to seeking profitable pricing, we manage our risks with contractual limits on our exposure.

    Property catastrophe reinsurance contracts are typically "all risk" in nature, meaning that they protect against losses from earthquakes and hurricanes, as well as other natural and man-made catastrophes such as tornados, fires, winter storms, and floods (where the contract specifically provides for coverage). Losses on these contracts typically stem from direct property damage and business interruption.

    We generally write property catastrophe reinsurance on an excess of loss basis. In the event of a loss, most contracts of this type require us to cover a subsequent event and generally provide for a premium to reinstate the coverage under the contract, which is referred to as a "reinstatement premium." These contracts typically cover only specific regions or geographical areas, but may be on a worldwide basis.

    We also provide industry loss warranty covers, which are triggered by loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred by the cedent and some pre-determined absolute level of industry-wide losses resulting from an insured event or by specific parameters of a defined event (such as a magnitude 8 earthquake or a category 4 hurricane).

    Property Reinsurance. We also provide reinsurance on a pro rata share basis and per risk excess of loss basis. Per risk reinsurance protects insurance companies on their primary insurance risks

78


      on a single risk basis, for example covering a single large building. All property per risk or pro rata share business is written with loss limitation provisions, such as per occurrence or event caps, in place to limit exposure to catastrophic events.

    Short-tail Specialty and Casualty Reinsurance. We also seek to write short-tail specialty and casualty risks such as aviation, energy, accident and health, satellite, marine and workers' compensation catastrophe. We expect to continue increasing our specialty writings based on our assessment of the market environment. Most short-tail specialty and casualty reinsurance is written with loss limitation provisions.

    Our short-tail casualty portfolio of risks focuses on selected classes, with an initial emphasis on workers' compensation, personal accident catastrophe and "casualty clash" excess of loss reinsurance business. Under a casualty clash reinsurance agreement, the ceding insurer retains an amount which is generally higher than the limit on any one reinsured policy. Thus, two or more coverages, policies or lives must be involved in the same event for coverage to apply under the reinsurance agreement. For example, coverage under an automobile casualty clash reinsurance agreement would apply in the case of a multi-car accident in which several of the individuals involved have their own policies. Likewise, casualty clash coverage would be applicable in the case of an accident involving an insured commercial vehicle which resulted in a workers' compensation claim against the insured party by one of its employees.

        A very high percentage of the reinsurance contracts that we write across all products exclude coverage for losses arising from the peril of terrorism caused by nuclear, biological, chemical or radiological attack. With respect to personal lines risks, losses arising from the peril of terrorism occasioned by causes other than nuclear, biological, chemical or radiological attack may be covered by our reinsurance contracts. Such losses relating to commercial lines risks are generally covered on a limited basis, for example, where the covered risks fall below a stated insured value or into classes or categories we deem less likely to be affected by terrorism than others.

        To date, the majority of the risks we have reinsured are related to natural catastrophes, such as hurricanes and earthquakes, in North America and Europe, although we also have written a significant amount of catastrophe business in Japan, Australasia and the Caribbean. Details of gross premiums written by line of business and by geographic area of risk insured are provided below:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2006

 
Line of business

  Gross premiums
written

  Percentage
of total

 
 
  ($ in thousands)


 
Property catastrophe   $ 201,522   73.0 %
Property     53,643   19.4  
Short-tail specialty and casualty     20,816   7.6  
   
 
 
Total   $ 275,981   100.0 %
   
 
 

79


 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2006

 
Geographic area of risk insured (1)

  Gross premiums
written

  Percentage
of total

 
 
  ($ in thousands)


 
North America   $ 153,053   55.5 %
Worldwide risks (2)     35,056   12.7  
Europe     34,478   12.5  
Japan and Australasia     26,797   9.7  
Caribbean     13,491   4.9  
Other     13,106   4.7  
   
 
 
Total   $ 275,981   100.0 %
   
 
 

(1)
Except as otherwise noted, each of these categories includes contracts that cover risks located primarily in the designated geographic area.

(2)
This geographic area includes contracts that cover risks primarily in two or more geographic zones.

Global Operating Platform

        We have offices in Bermuda, Switzerland, India, the United Kingdom and Canada. Our senior management, primary underwriting and risk management functions are located in Bermuda and use the support services from the other offices, with lower operating costs or specialized functions, to deliver products and services to brokers and customers. This provides significant efficiencies in our operations and provides us with access to a large and highly qualified staff at a relatively low cost. We believe that we are positioned to perform and grow these functions outside of Bermuda to an extent that distinguishes us among Bermuda-based reinsurance companies of comparable capital size.

        Our Bermuda-based underwriters should soon be complemented with a separately licensed and staffed European underwriting platform, Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA, based in Martigny in the canton of Valais, Switzerland. We believe that for many lines of business we can be more effective in marketing and attracting continental European business in Switzerland than in Bermuda, and that for many clients a Swiss counterparty will be preferred. Through this local presence, we will be in a position to closely follow and respond effectively to the changing needs of the various European insurance markets. Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA is currently in the process of securing appropriate licensure from the Federal Office of Private Insurance in Switzerland.

        Our research and development effort and part of our catastrophe modeling and risk analysis team are based in Hyderabad, India. Our office is located in the state of Andhra Pradesh, a region with many highly educated and talented financial analysis professionals, and the operating costs are substantially below those in Bermuda and Halifax. Our team in India includes several experienced users of the major catastrophe models. During peak seasonal workflow, we can approximately double the number of new business submissions we review, by using our proprietary workflow application to preprocess submissions in Bermuda and assign them for analysis to modelers in India. Our team in India has the capability to complete the analysis and provide the results to our underwriters at the beginning of the next business day in Bermuda. A further business advantage of this resource is that as we search for a globally diversified book of business, we need to evaluate many potential opportunities in order to select a few. Were we dependent only on Bermuda modelers, we would not have the resources for this exploratory work.

        In London, England, we have a one-person international reinsurance marketing operation to promote Flagstone to international and multinational clients. Our U.K. operations work alongside our underwriters to develop global business opportunities and maintain relationships with existing clients.

80



        In Halifax, Canada we have a computer hardware center where we also run support services such as accounting, claims, application support, administration, and software development. Halifax has a concentration of university graduates with professional backgrounds and credentials in such areas as finance, information technology and science which are appropriate for our back-office functions. In general, the cost of employing a highly skilled work force in Halifax is lower than in Bermuda. In addition, Halifax is in the same time zone as Bermuda, which facilitates communications between our offices.

        We believe our operating platform affords us the capability and flexibility to deploy our capital and expertise strategically, efficiently and tactically throughout the global markets. For example, compared to our competitors we believe these capabilities allow us to process new business submissions quickly and thoroughly, to review relatively more risks in the search for attractive opportunities and to explore new markets where the accumulation and analysis of data is a time-consuming activity.

Underwriting and Risk Management

        We view underwriting and risk management as an integrated process. We commence work underwriting a risk only after we have an initial understanding of how its addition to our existing portfolio would impact our total single event loss potential by risk zone. After completing our detailed underwriting analysis and before we provide an indication of terms and price, we ensure that we understand the change this risk will make in the overall risk of our insurance portfolio. We constantly review our global exposures as new opportunities are shown to us, as we bind new business, and as policies mature to ensure that we are continuously aware of our overall underwriting risk.

        A principal focus of Flagstone is to develop and effectively utilize sophisticated computer models and other analytical tools to assess the risks that we underwrite and to optimize our portfolio of underwriting and investment risks.

        We have developed proprietary computer-based pricing and exposure management systems which we call Multiple Operational Sourced and Integrated Control Database, or MOSAIC, and MOSAIC Dynamic Risk Model, or MDRM. As described in more detail below, we believe that MOSAIC/MDRM will be industry-leading underwriting and risk management systems. They are global in scope, comprehensive of all lines of business, and integrate underwriting risk and investment risk.

Underwriting

        Our principal underwriting objective is to create a balanced portfolio of risks, diversified by risk zone. Underwriting and pricing controls are exercised through our two chief underwriting officers, Gary Prestia, who is responsible for North American risks, and Guy Swayne, who is responsible for International risks (which we define as outside North America), and our chief actuary, David Flitman. Underwriting is supported by a team of three additional underwriters, nine catastrophe risk analysts, three additional actuaries, and three catastrophe modeling researchers.

        We underwrite to specific disciplines as set out in our underwriting guidelines developed by our senior executives and approved by the Underwriting Committee of our Board of Directors. In general our underwriting and risk management approach is to:

81


Risk Management

        Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma demonstrated that careful risk management is critical to the long term success of any reinsurer of property catastrophe risks. We have developed several risk management tools to enable us to identify our exposure to losses and to manage the risk of catastrophic losses. We use each of these risk management tools in connection with each risk that we write. These tools, which include vendor models and our proprietary models, are a key part of our core controls. Zonal limits, PMLs, Best's Capital Adequacy Ratio (or BCAR), ceded reinsurance and program limits are significant secondary controls that we also employ. Each of these risk controls is discussed below.

Core Risk Controls

        Vendor Models.     Like most companies in the industry, Flagstone uses vendor models to assess the adequacy of risk pricing and to monitor our overall exposure to risk in correlated geographic zones. These vendor models remain essential tools. However, recent events have shown that they have significant limitations. Like all models, they are simplified descriptions of reality, and cannot accurately predict losses in all situations. For example, certain of the most serious losses from Hurricane Katrina were not predicted by the models, which have since been recalibrated by the vendors in an attempt to improve the forecasting. We believe that, on average, the impact of factors not included in a particular model tends to be adverse—that is, there are many more negative surprises than positive ones.

        To address this issue, known as "model risk," we have licensed all three major vendor models and we have invested in the personnel and resources to operate them in an innovative manner. Since each of the models uses different scientific assumptions and algorithms to predict losses from the same type of peril, the results produced by each model will vary. Flagstone's underwriters use their informed judgment to determine which of the predictions they believe to be the most accurate. We believe this approach helps to reduce, although it can not entirely eliminate, our exposure to model risk.

        The vendor models enable us to aggregate exposures by correlated event loss scenarios, which are probability-weighted, which then enables us to generate PMLs for the portfolio.

        This process is useful at identifying the Company's range of probable exposures to a single event loss. However, evaluating single event loss without taking into account other loss events is limiting since it fails to define our overall risk position. As a result, we focus on generating, and we manage our business using, annual aggregate exposure analysis. Annual aggregate exposure analysis is the use of models such as our MDRM to generate hypothetical scenarios in which a series or sequence of events

82



could occur in any one year. This is superior to the single event analysis for two reasons. First, annual aggregate exposure analysis allows for the possibility of multiple losses occurring in a given year (for example, four hurricanes in Florida in 2004 or Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma in 2005). Second, it allows for the addition of other types of risk like attritional losses or investment risk. This allows us to evaluate a variety of risks, such as underwriting, investment, currency, interest rate and credit risks, on a collective basis.

        In addition, many risks, such as second-event covers (which are risks which are only covered when they occur a second time during the term of a single treaty), aggregate excess of loss or the total risk of loss in a particular layer , or attritional loss components, cannot be fully evaluated using the vendor models. Flagstone has developed proprietary analytical tools, such as MDRM, that employ aggregate loss distributions and simulation to better evaluate these risks.

        Proprietary Models.     MOSAIC and MDRM are proprietary tools we have developed to perform our sophisticated underwriting and risk management processes.

        MOSAIC is a sophisticated data warehouse with a suite of data gathering and data management tools. MOSAIC accepts and houses complete and detailed data sets from our new business submission tracking, underwriting, accounting, loss portfolio, and investment systems. This provides a comprehensive platform for an integrated management information system as well as a data source for our integrated MDRM model.

        Catastrophe modeled losses and exposures are loaded into our loss portfolio tool, which we refer to as MOSAIC loss portfolio, or MLP. MLP accepts data from multiple sources such as the leading vendor models, as well as our modeling team's assumptions for each specific contract, and stores this data in MOSAIC. MLP provides modeled loss data on a detailed basis for the entire ceding company's risk (and not just the risk that we are covering), such that varying assumptions can then be applied directly to the analysis. This detailed data provides us with greater flexibility in our analysis and supports the application of a greater variety of risk management and information management tools. The data which MLP gives us access to is particularly useful in that it enables us to measure the impact that an increase or decrease in losses to a ceding company would have on Flagstone. MLP also stores, organizes, and reports relevant statistics about this data, including marginal per occurrence PMLs, for use in the more comprehensive annual aggregate loss modeling performed by MDRM.

        MDRM uses the comprehensive information from the MOSAIC data warehouse to create a fully integrated dynamic risk model. MDRM models, on a contract by contract basis, operating cash flows including premiums, losses, expenses, and loss sensitive features, such as reinstatement premiums and profit commissions. MDRM combines these cash flows with other variable data such as the potential returns and volatility of our investment portfolio and the impact of retrocessional coverage we may have purchased to protect our own portfolio. We use MDRM to run all of these variables through several thousand simulations to develop a probabilistic profile of overall expected results across Flagstone's portfolio.

        We use MDRM to optimize our returns, subject to our corporate risk preferences and our other constraints, including, for example, the capital adequacy ratios as calculated by rating agencies or regulators. MDRM allows us to compare, both before and after we write business, exposures and classes of business and the impact on our results in the event of losses under various scenarios. MDRM also allows us to assess the benefit of purchasing a variety of possible retrocessional coverage options and their overall impact on expected returns and reduction of risk. We also use the system to rank and select among competing risks in order to optimize capital efficiency.

83



Secondary Risk Controls

        Zonal Limits.     Although Flagstone makes extensive use of models in pricing and portfolio management, we also manage the risk of estimation error by applying limits in each of our risk zones, which we refer to as zonal limits. Substantially all of our contracts include loss limitation provisions, and we limit absolutely the amount of exposure to a single event loss for a particular peril that we can take on or retain from those contracts in any one risk zone.

        We establish risk zones through a combination of market conventions or risk independence. Currently, we have divided the United States into 14 risk zones and our other markets, including Europe and Japan, into a total of 12 risk zones. The risk zones may vary in size, level of population density and commercial development in a particular area.

        We recognize that risks may span more than one risk zone, and to the extent we have accepted reinsurance from a ceding insurer with a potential loss exposure in more than one risk zone, we allocate the full limit of the treaty against each risk zone. This results in a very conservative view of exposed limits by risk zone.

        For our business with loss limitation provisions, we limit our net exposure to any single event by risk zone to a percentage of the Company's total capitalization. This percentage, currently 60%, is set by the Underwriting Committee and may be revised from time to time. For example, we will write a contract to cover earthquake losses in Japan only if, after writing the contract, our total loss and loss adjustment expenses from an earthquake in Japan would not, by the terms of our contracts with loss limitation provisions, exceed 60% of the Company's total capitalization. The Underwriting Committee has the authority to make exceptions to this limit in certain cases.

        As compared against relying solely on PMLs, our approach to risk control imposes an absolute limit on our net maximum potential loss for any single event in any one risk zone, which reduces the risk to Flagstone of model error or inaccuracy.

        This conservative approach means that in years without major insured losses, Flagstone will most likely generate returns below those companies that expose a higher percentage or multiple of their capital in any one risk zone. However, if significant loss events do occur, we expect Flagstone to suffer lower losses than these companies. We believe that less volatile, yet attractive, returns are in the longer-term interest of our shareholders and clients. We believe our risk-controlled business model also appeals to brokers and clients and significantly helps us to obtain meaningful participations on targeted reinsurance programs.

        We monitor our zonal limits and exposures relative to those limits on a daily basis, and those exposures are integrated into our new business submission tracking and underwriting systems. The following table sets forth Flagstone's net zonal limits in the five risk zones in which most of its significant risks are written:


Net Zonal Limits in Top Five Risk Zones

 
  As at November 1, 2006
($ in thousands)

United Kingdom and Ireland   $ 470,000
Northeast U.S. Windstorm     423,000
Gulf U.S. Windstorm (excluding Texas)     418,000
Texas Windstorm     406,000
Florida Windstorm     390,000

84


        Probable Maximum Loss and BCAR Monitoring.     We monitor our PML to comply with our required minimum Best's Capital Adequacy Ratio, or BCAR. BCAR is the ratio of actual capital, net of certain adjustments, divided by the required capital calculated using various assumptions and conventions promulgated by A.M. Best. This calculation includes a stress scenario in which an insurer is deemed to experience two losses in a single year, each of which has the magnitude of an event estimated to have a probability of occurring once every 100 years. Maintaining an adequate BCAR is an important component of Flagstone's financial strength rating from A.M. Best. We manage our exposures relative to this metric by utilizing MLP, which includes catastrophe modeled loss results on all existing and new business submissions. This includes bound risks and risks we have authorized but not yet bound. This is a crucial factor in managing our portfolio and capital efficiency.

        Ceded Reinsurance.     In addition to managing the risks in our portfolio by monitoring the zonal exposures resulting from each underwriting decision, we also may choose to protect our results and capital through the use of retrocessional coverage. This coverage may be purchased on an indemnity basis as well as on an industry basis (for example, industry loss warranties).

        When we buy retrocessional coverage on an indemnity basis, we are paid for an agreed-upon portion of the losses we actually suffer. In contrast, when we buy an industry loss warranty cover, we are paid only if both Flagstone and the industry suffer a loss (as reported by one of a number of independent agencies) in excess of specified threshold amounts. With an industry loss warranty, we bear the risk that we may suffer a loss and yet receive no payment because the industry loss was less than the specified threshold amount.

        We will only purchase retrocessional coverage from reinsurers with a minimum financial strength rating of "A-" from A.M. Best or S&P, or "A3" from Moody's, from affiliates with whom we are able to control credit risk, or on a collateralized basis.

        We also currently cede business to our sidecar, Mont Fort. Mont Fort raises capital from third-party investors through offerings of its preferred shares, and uses the proceeds of those offerings to underwrite reinsurance which will be ceded to Mont Fort by Flagstone. Because Mont Fort and Flagstone each are controlled by us, this type of arrangement is often referred to as a sidecar. Mont Fort is organized to establish segregated accounts, referred to as cells. Each cell of Mont Fort has a distinct business strategy, underwriting strategy and underwriting risk management program. We expect each cell of Mont Fort to enter into a reinsurance agreement with Flagstone for the account of that cell, pursuant to which Flagstone will cede business to the cell. Flagstone may also cede business to reinsurance companies other than Mont Fort.

        We also use, or may use in the future, capital markets instruments for risk management (e.g. catastrophe bonds and other forms of risk securitization) where the pricing and capacity is attractive and the structures provide a high degree of security and clear loss settlement procedures.

        Program Limits.     We also seek to control our overall exposure to risk by limiting the amount of reinsurance we will supply in accordance with a particular program or contract. This helps us to diversify within and across risk zones. Our Underwriting Committee sets an absolute dollar limit on our maximum exposure to any one program or contract, which may be exceeded for specific situations at the discretion of the Underwriting Committee.

85


Marketing

        Our customers generally are sophisticated, long-established insurers who seek the assurance not only that claims will be paid but that reinsurance will continue to be available after claims are paid. Catastrophic losses can be expected to adversely affect our clients' financial results from time to time, and we believe that our financial stability, ratings and growth of capital (as well as service and innovation) are essential for creating long-term relationships. We believe that such relationships are critical to creating long-term value for the Company and for our shareholders.

        The majority of our business is produced through brokers and reinsurance intermediaries who receive a brokerage commission on industry standard terms, usually equal to a percentage of gross premiums. We seek to become the first choice of brokers and clients by providing:


        Our objective is to build long-term relationships with key reinsurance brokers, such as Aon Re Worldwide, Benfield Group Limited, Guy Carpenter & Company, Inc. and Willis Group Holdings Ltd., and with many ceding companies.

        The following table sets forth the Company's gross premiums written by broker:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2006

 
Name of broker

  Gross premiums
written

  Percentage
of total

 
 
  ($ in thousands)

 
Benfield   $ 71,942   26.1 %
Willis Group     65,135   23.6  
Aon Re Worldwide     58,713   21.3  
Guy Carpenter     43,347   15.7  
Other brokers     36,844   13.3  
   
 
 
Total   $ 275,981   100.0 %
   
 
 

        Our brokers perform data collection, contract preparation and other administrative tasks, enabling us to market efficiently our reinsurance products by maintaining a small marketing staff.

        We believe that by maintaining close relationships with brokers, we are able to obtain access to a broad range of potential reinsureds. We meet frequently in Bermuda and elsewhere with brokers and senior representatives of clients and prospective clients. All contract submissions are approved in our executive offices in Bermuda.

Claims Management

        We are a newly formed company and have not experienced a high volume of claims. Flagstone's claims management process initiates upon receipt of reports from ceding companies.

86


        Our claims management process enables us to track losses incurred by our clients at a detailed level, whether or not those losses reach the attachment level in our specific treaties at risk, which is critical for predictions and sensitivity analysis. An initial review is conducted by a claims analyst who uses our proprietary claims validation tools to ensure correct loss and reinstatement premium calculations prior to approval/entry into our underwriting/claims/accounting system. For example, for property catastrophe losses, we use our catastrophe loss template. This template includes the appropriate application of underlying third-party reinsurance structures, where applicable, such as the Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund. This is crucial for accurate monitoring of loss activity, for example identifying the likelihood and timing of losses developing through underlying third-party reinsurance into layers that we have reinsured.

        Underwriters and underwriting managers review claims submissions for authorization prior to entry/settlement. These authorizations, additional management approvals, and claims statuses are governed through our custom claims workflow system. This is a key control in our claims process.

        On occasions where legal contract review is necessary, claims are subject to internal legal review from counsel. Once the validity of the given claim is established, responsibility for management of the claim is transferred to our claims department. As the claim develops, the claims department is empowered to draw on those resources, both internal and external, it deems appropriate to settle the claim appropriately.

        Where necessary Flagstone will conduct or contract for on-site audits periodically, particularly for large accounts and for those whose performance differs from our expectations. Through these audits, we will be able to evaluate ceding companies' claims-handling practices, including the organization of their claims departments, their fact-finding and investigation techniques, their loss notifications, the adequacy of their reserves, their negotiation and settlement practices, and their adherence to claims-handling guidelines.

        We recognize that fair interpretation of our reinsurance agreements with our customers and timely payment of covered claims is a valuable service to our clients and enhances our reputation.

Information Technology

        Our research, development, and information technology infrastructure is an integral part of our business. We employ 3 catastrophe modeling researchers, 5 quantitative analysts, 17 application developers and integration specialists, and 5 network engineers, as well as using third party consultants from time to time. This group is led by our Chief Information Officer who has a Ph.D in computer science and has more than 20 years experience in quantitative analytics and information technology, 15 of which is focused on the financial services fields.

        Because of the high costs and relatively weak service capability of hardware vendors in Bermuda, we have built our core data center in our Halifax office. We have a dedicated data center with biometric access control, standby power, standby air conditioning, and fire suppression. We currently operate approximately 250 processors in the data center, dedicated to the vendor models, MOSAIC, MDRM, and database servers. The infrastructure of the data center will accommodate considerable expansion.

        Flagstone runs a comprehensive backup procedure to ensure that data on critical systems are backed up on a daily basis and that the data can quickly be restored if required. To ensure business continuity, data is first backed up to the Company's storage area network using an automated scheduled backup process. This data can be easily and quickly be restored if needed.

87



Loss Reserves

        Loss reserves represent estimates, including actuarial and statistical projections at a given point in time, of the ultimate settlement and administration costs of claims incurred (including IBNR). Our estimates are not precise in that, among other things, they are based on predictions of future developments and estimates of future trends in claims severity and frequency and other variable factors such as inflation. It is likely that the ultimate liability will be greater or less than such estimates and that, at times, this variance will be material.

        Flagstone's actuarial group performs a quarterly loss reserve analysis on a contract by contract basis. This analysis incorporates specific exposures, loss payment and reporting patterns, as well as additional loss-sensitive contractual features such as reinstatement premiums, profit commissions, and other relevant factors. This process involves the segregation of risks between catastrophic and non-catastrophic risks to ensure appropriate treatment.

        For our property and other catastrophe policies, we initially establish our loss reserves based on loss payments and case reserves reported by ceding companies. We then add to these case reserves our estimates for IBNR. To establish our IBNR estimates, in addition to the loss information and estimates communicated by cedents, we also use industry information, knowledge of the business written by us, management's judgment and general market trends observed from our underwriting activities. We may also use our computer-based vendor and proprietary modeling systems to measure and estimate loss exposure under the actual event scenario, if available. Although the loss modeling systems assist with the analysis of the underlying loss, and provide us with information and the ability to perform an enhanced analysis, the estimation of claims resulting from catastrophic events is inherently difficult because of the variability and uncertainty of property catastrophe claims and the unique characteristics of each loss.

        For non-catastrophe business, we utilize a variety of standard actuarial methods in our analysis. The selections from these various methods are based on the loss development characteristics of the specific line of business and specific contracts. The actuarial methods we use to perform our quarterly contract by contract loss reserve analysis include: Paid Loss Development Method, Reported Loss Development Method, Expected Loss Ratio Method, Bornheutter-Ferguson Paid Loss Method and Bornheutter-Ferguson Reported Loss Method. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Relevant Factors—Critical Accounting Policies—Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserves."

        We reaffirm the validity of the assumptions we use in the reserving process on a quarterly basis during an internal review process. During this process the actuaries verify that the assumptions continue to form a sound basis for projection of future liabilities.

        Although we believe that we are prudent in our assumptions and methodologies, we cannot be certain that our ultimate payments will not vary, perhaps materially, from the estimates we have made. If we determine that adjustments to an earlier estimate are appropriate, such adjustments are recorded in the quarter in which they are identified. The establishment of new reserves, or the adjustment of reserves for reported claims, could result in significant upward or downward changes to our financial condition or results of operations in any particular period. We regularly review and update these estimates, using the most current information available to us.

        Our estimates will be reviewed annually by an independent actuary in order to provide additional insight into the reasonableness of our loss reserves.

88



Investments

        The investment management guidelines of the Company are set by the Investment Committee of our Board of Directors. The Investment Committee establishes investment policies and guidelines for both internal and external investment managers.

        When the Company was formed the Investment Committee decided to invest initially in a conventional portfolio consisting of mainly high grade bonds and a 10% component of passive U.S. equity. This was decided in order to simplify our initial credit rating process and to allow Company management to focus on underwriting the insurance risks rather than managing the investment portfolio. The Company subcontracted discretionary authority over the bulk of the portfolio to an external investment manager. In the nine months ended September 30, 2006, our fixed income portfolio (including cash and cash equivalents) earned a total return of $22.6 million, net of investment management fees, as the U.S. dollar bond markets performed poorly during the period. Our investment manager performed satisfactorily.

        While we believe this portfolio was an appropriate component of our initial strategy to accomplish our first year's business objectives, we believe it is not the optimum portfolio to achieve our long term primary financial objective of growth in book value per share.

        Accordingly, in the summer of 2006 the Investment Committee conducted a comprehensive asset allocation study, using a combination of in-house investment expertise and consulting resources. This study was aimed at developing a sophisticated program which will produce higher expected total returns while maintaining adequate liquidity to pay potential claims and preserving our financial strength rating.

        In developing our strategy, the Investment Committee measured or estimated a number of considerations with respect to each asset class, including:

        Assets were graded into Highly Liquid, Semi-Liquid and Illiquid categories using internally developed criteria regarding the time it would take to liquidate the assets, and the percentage of value that would be lost during the liquidation process. The Investment Committee has used internal and third-party models to develop an investment strategy consistent with modern practice in portfolio optimization and has considered numerous available asset classes. We expect to continue to refine our asset allocation from time to time by considering other asset classes and criteria as our business needs evolve.

        We will implement the results of our asset allocation review process in three parts:

89


        We expect to implement the revised investment strategy in the fourth quarter of 2006 and first quarter of 2007, and to have substantially completed the asset reallocation by March 31, 2007. We will seek to implement and manage this portfolio in a low cost and efficient way, using a mixture of passive assets and outside managers to complement our in-house capability for overall portfolio management, liquidity management and hedging. As continued rating agency comfort with our investment strategy is essential to our business, we are involving relevant agencies in the discussions and reallocation of assets. The final allocation will therefore be influenced to a degree by the external input of the rating agencies.

Competition

        The reinsurance industry is highly competitive. We compete with major and mid-sized U.S., Bermuda and other international reinsurers, some of which have greater financial, marketing and management resources than we do. We also compete with new companies which continue to be formed to enter the reinsurance market. In addition, established competitors have completed or may be planning to complete additional capital raising transactions.

        In particular, we compete with reinsurers that provide property-based lines of reinsurance, such as ACE Tempest Reinsurance Ltd., AXIS Capital Holdings Ltd., Lloyd's of London, Montpelier Re Holdings Ltd., RenaissanceRe Holdings Ltd., XL Re Ltd., and similar companies.

        Competition in the types of business that we underwrite is based on many factors, including:

    Premiums charged and contractual terms and conditions offered

    services provided, products offered and scope of business (both by size and geographic location)

    strength of client relationships

    financial strength ratings assigned by independent rating agencies

    speed of claims payment

    reputation

    perceived financial strength and

    experience of the reinsurer in the line of reinsurance to be written.

        Increased competition could result in fewer submissions, lower premium rates, and less favorable policy terms, which could adversely impact our growth and profitability. In addition, capital market participants have recently created alternative products, such as catastrophe bonds, that are intended to compete with reinsurance products.

        We believe that we are well positioned in terms of client services and underwriting expertise. We also believe that our capitalization and strong financial ratios provide us with a competitive advantage in the marketplace.

Financial Strength Ratings

        Financial strength ratings have become an increasingly important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance and reinsurance companies. Rating organizations continually review the financial positions of insurers and reinsurers, including Flagstone. A.M. Best maintains a letter scale financial strength rating system ranging from "A++" (Superior) to "F" (in liquidation). Flagstone has received a financial strength rating of "A-" (Excellent) from A.M. Best, which is the fourth highest of sixteen rating levels. This rating is not a recommendation to buy, hold or sell our common shares.

90



Other Subsidiaries

West End

        Our wholly-owned subsidiary West End is an investment management and insurance management company which provides services to a small number of managed accounts and to members of the Flagstone group of companies. Generally, for its services to each of these accounts, West End earns a management fee and sometimes an incentive payment. The management fee generally is set as a percentage of the assets of the account, and the incentive payment is calculated based on the appreciation, if any, in the net asset value of the account over a period of time, typically each calendar year.

        West End previously was owned by its employees, including our Executive Chairman and our Chief Executive Officer. We acquired West End on March 31, 2006 for $16.1 million in cash. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

        We acquired West End primarily to be self-supporting and not reliant on outsourcing for our administrative functions and investment activities. We do not currently expect West End to grow its third-party investment management business.

Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA

        Flagstone has incorporated a subsidiary, Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA, which will serve as our European underwriting platform. Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA is headquartered in Martigny in the canton of Valais, Switzerland, with a representative office in Zurich. Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA is currently in the process of securing appropriate licensure from the Federal Office of Private Insurance in Switzerland. We believe that, for many lines of business, we can be more effective in marketing and attracting continental European business in Switzerland than in Bermuda, and that, for many clients, a Swiss counterparty will be preferred. Through this local presence, Flagstone intends to be in a position to closely follow and respond effectively to the changing needs of the various European insurance markets.

Mont Fort

        We own all of the outstanding common shares of Mont Fort. Mont Fort is organized under the laws of Bermuda as an exempted company which is registered as a general business Class 3 insurer and is also registered as a "segregated accounts" company under the Bermuda Segregated Accounts Companies Act 2000 (as amended), or SAC Act. The SAC Act enables Mont Fort to establish segregated accounts, referred to as cells. Each cell of Mont Fort has a distinct business strategy, underwriting strategy and underwriting risk management program. Each cell of Mont Fort raises its own capital by issuing preferred shares, underwrites its own risks and, to the fullest extent provided by the SAC Act, is solely responsible for liabilities arising from those risks. Each cell uses the proceeds of those offerings to underwrite reinsurance which will be ceded to Mont Fort by Flagstone. Because we control Mont Fort, and because it benefits from Flagstone's underwriting expertise and writes reinsurance only for Flagstone, this type of arrangement is often referred to as a sidecar. In accordance with FIN 46(R), "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities," the Company has determined that Mont Fort is a variable interest entity. The Company is not considered to be the primary beneficiary of Mont Fort and is therefore not required to consolidate Mont Fort. In addition, we do not count Mont Fort's contracts against our zonal limits or otherwise consider Mont Fort as a subsidiary for our underwriting and risk management procedures .

        Our Executive Chairman and our Chief Executive Officer serve as directors of Mont Fort. The holders of preferred shares of Mont Fort have no right to elect directors, but the board of directors of

91



Mont Fort may create an advisory committee with respect to each cell. The holders of preferred shares with respect to a cell of Mont Fort are entitled to receive all dividends issued by that cell.

        We expect each cell of Mont Fort to enter into a reinsurance agreement with Flagstone for the account of that cell, pursuant to which Flagstone will cede business to the cell. While Flagstone will also cede business to reinsurance companies other than Mont Fort, each Mont Fort cell will only reinsure risks ceded to it by Flagstone. Generally the holders of preferred shares of a cell will have an annual right to redeem their shares, and Mont Fort will have the ability to wind up each cell in its discretion.

        We view Mont Fort as a flexible, dynamic entity that can raise capital rapidly from institutional investors so that both we and Mont Fort can participate in reinsurance opportunities that otherwise would be outside of, or in excess of, our own exposure appetite. We see this as a service to our brokers and clients as we are able to provide additional capacity typically in time of market dislocations where capacity for a given risk is in short supply. In addition, through Flagstone, we will earn a commission for each reinsurance contract that is ceded to Mont Fort, and through West End we will earn an asset-based fee and generally a performance-based fee for serving as the investment adviser of each cell of Mont Fort. Thus, for limited additional effort on our part we are able to generate attractive fee revenue and, in some cases, obtain retrocession coverage for Flagstone on attractive terms and with excellent credit quality.

        No employee of Flagstone or West End will have an incentive, financial or otherwise, to enter into a transaction between the companies on terms less favorable to Flagstone than open market terms.

        On June 6, 2006, Mont Fort closed an offering of preferred shares relating to a cell, Mont Fort ILW, which yielded gross proceeds of $60.0 million. The primary investor in the Mont Fort ILW cell is LB I, which invested $50 million in preferred shares of Mont Fort ILW, or 83.3% of the initial funding, and is also an investor in the Company. LB I is an affiliate of Lehman Brothers, which is an underwriter of this offering. The Company also initially invested $5.0 million in Mont Fort ILW preferred shares.

        On June 6, 2006, Flagstone entered into a facultative reinsurance agreement with Mont Fort ILW. Under this agreement, Mont Fort ILW will assume a share of Flagstone's industry loss warranty exposure. During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, premiums ceded to Mont Fort were $15.1 million, and, in accordance with the reinsurance agreement, Flagstone earned a ceding commission of $0.2 million from Mont Fort ILW.

        At June 30, 2006, the Company beneficially owned 100% of the common shares of Mont Fort and 8.3% of the preferred shares of the Mont Fort ILW cell, or 5.0 million of the 60.0 million then outstanding preferred shares. On August 28, 2006, Mont Fort repurchased the preferred shares held by Flagstone for $5.1 million, and Mont Fort ILW entered into a quota share reinsurance contract whereby Flagstone assumed 8.3% of the business ceded to Mont Fort ILW. The quota share reinsurance agreement replicates for all economic purposes Flagstone's repurchased preferred share interest in the Mont Fort ILW cell. Giving effect to the repurchase of Flagstone's shares, there are currently 55.0 million preferred shares of Mont Fort ILW outstanding and LB I stake has increased from 83.3% to 90.9%.

Island Heritage

        Island Heritage is a property insurer based in the Cayman Islands which primarily is in the business of insuring homes, condominiums and office buildings in the Caribbean region. Flagstone acquired 63,783 common shares of Island Heritage, representing 18.7% of the total outstanding share capital of Island Heritage, from Haverford on March 31, 2006 for $7.3 million. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

92



        On October 23, 2006, Flagstone completed an offer to purchase common shares from a group of minority investors in Island Heritage. The transaction increased Flagstone's interest in Island Heritage from 18.7% to 28.5% of the total outstanding share capital of Island Heritage. The aggregate cost to the Company of the shares purchased in this transaction was $4.2 million.

        Through our investment in Island Heritage, we participate in the insurance business in the Caribbean region. We believe there are advantages to having an investment in an insurance company combined with a quoting or lead role on its reinsurance program. Our representation on Island Heritage's board and close working relationship with management allows us to promote and support best practices in the underwriting of its underlying business. This in turn helps to ensure that the quality of the data available for us to underwrite the reinsurance is better than normally would be the case. Because of our minority shareholder position in Island Heritage, we do not count its contracts against our zonal limits or otherwise consider it as a subsidiary for our underwriting and risk management procedures.

Properties

        We currently occupy office space in Hamilton, Bermuda that West End leases under a lease expiring on September 30, 2015. The office space is in a building owned by Eye Patch Holdings Limited, a company in which Haverford has a 40.0% stake.

        In Halifax, Canada, we lease office space in a major office complex. We benefit from a newly-created data center designed to protect our data and operations from power failure, fire and security risks. We believe that for the foreseeable future this office space is sufficient for us to conduct our operations in Canada.

        In Hyderabad, India, we lease office space in a small commercial building. We are engaged in the planning stages to construct a more suitable building in India, and have paid for and been allotted a one-acre lot for this purpose in a new government-promoted office park development. Under the terms of the land allotment agreement, we will be entitled to an executed and registered sale deed for the one acre of land upon the substantial completion of the construction project. We believe that for the foreseeable future this new building will be sufficient for us to conduct our operations in India.

        In Martigny, Switzerland, we lease office space and in Zurich, Switzerland, we sublease office space for our small representative office. We believe that for the foreseeable future the office space in both Martigny and Zurich will be sufficient for us to conduct our operations in Switzerland.

Employees

        As at November 30, 2006, we had 92 employees. We believe our relations with our employees are generally good.

Legal Proceedings

        We are not currently involved in any litigation or arbitration. We anticipate that, similar to the rest of the insurance and reinsurance industry, we will be subject to litigation and arbitration in the ordinary course of business.

93



REGULATION

Bermuda Insurance Regulation

        The Insurance Act.     As a holding company, we are not subject to Bermuda insurance law and regulations. However, as discussed in detail below, the Insurance Act and related regulations thereof regulate the insurance business of Flagstone. The Insurance Act provides that no person shall carry on any insurance business in or from within Bermuda unless registered as an insurer under the Insurance Act by the BMA, which is responsible for the day-to-day supervision of insurers. The BMA, in deciding whether to grant registration, has broad discretion to act as it thinks fit in the public interest. The BMA is required by the Insurance Act to determine whether the applicant is a fit and proper body to be engaged in the insurance business and, in particular, whether it has, or has available to it, adequate knowledge and expertise to operate an insurance business. Under the Insurance Act, insurance business includes reinsurance business. The continued registration of a company as an insurer under the Insurance Act is subject to its complying with the terms of its registration and such other conditions as the BMA may impose from time to time.

        An Insurance Advisory Committee appointed by the Bermuda Minister of Finance advises the BMA on matters connected with the discharge of the BMA's functions and sub-committees thereof supervise and review the law and practice of insurance in Bermuda, including reviews of accounting and administrative procedures.

        The Insurance Act imposes solvency and liquidity standards and auditing and reporting requirements on Bermuda insurance companies and grants to the BMA powers to supervise, investigate and intervene in the affairs of insurance companies. Certain significant aspects of the Bermuda insurance regulatory framework are set forth below.

        Classification of Insurers.     The Insurance Act distinguishes between insurers carrying on long-term business and insurers carrying on general business. There are four classifications of insurers carrying on general business, with Class 4 insurers subject to the most onerous regulation with the strictest limits on their types of business. Flagstone is registered to carry on general business as a Class 4 insurer in Bermuda and is regulated as such under the Insurance Act. As such, Flagstone will not be permitted to carry on long-term business. In general, long-term business includes life and long-term disability insurance.

        Cancellation of Insurer's Registration.     An insurer's registration may be canceled by the BMA on certain grounds specified in the Insurance Act, including failure of the insurer to comply with its obligations under the Insurance Act or if, in the opinion of the BMA, the insurer has not been carrying on business in accordance with sound insurance principles.

        Principal Representative.     An insurer is required to maintain a principal office in Bermuda and to appoint and maintain a principal representative in Bermuda. For the purpose of the Insurance Act, the principal office of Flagstone is at the Company's principal executive offices in Hamilton, Bermuda, and Flagstone's principal representative is David Brown. Without a reason acceptable to the BMA, an insurer may not terminate the appointment of its principal representative, and the principal representative may not cease to act as such, unless 30 days' notice in writing to the BMA is given of the intention to do so. It is the duty of the principal representative to immediately provide notification, and thereafter to make a written report to the BMA, where the principal representative believes there is a likelihood of the insurer for which the principal representative acts becoming insolvent, or that a reportable "event" has, or is believed to have, occurred. Examples of such a reportable "event" include failure by the insurer to comply substantially with a condition imposed upon the insurer by the BMA relating to a solvency margin or a liquidity or other ratio. The written report must set out all the

94



particulars of the case that are available to the principal representative and must be submitted within 14 days of the principal representative's prior notification to the BMA.

        Independent Approved Auditor.     Every registered insurer must appoint an independent auditor who will annually audit and report on the statutory financial statements and the statutory financial return of the insurer, both of which, in the case of Flagstone, are required to be filed annually with the BMA. The independent auditor of Flagstone must be approved by the BMA and may be the same person or firm which audits Flagstone's financial statements and reports for presentation to its shareholders. Flagstone's independent auditor is Deloitte & Touche, Bermuda.

        Loss Reserve Specialist.     As a registered Class 4 insurer, Flagstone is required to submit an opinion of its approved loss reserve specialist with its statutory financial return in respect of its loss and loss expense provisions. The loss reserve specialist, who will normally be a qualified property casualty actuary, must be approved by the BMA.

        Statutory Financial Statements.     Flagstone must prepare annual statutory financial statements. The Insurance Act prescribes rules for the preparation and substance of such statutory financial statements (which include, in statutory form, a balance sheet, an income statement, a statement of capital and surplus and notes thereto). Flagstone is required to give detailed information and analyses regarding premiums, claims, reinsurance and investments. The statutory financial statements are not prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and are distinct from the financial statements prepared for presentation to the shareholder of Flagstone (which is the Company) under the Companies Act, which financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Flagstone, as a general business insurer, is required to submit the annual statutory financial statements as part of the annual statutory financial return. The statutory financial statements and the statutory financial return do not form part of the public records maintained by the BMA.

        Since Flagstone existed for only a fifty-two day period during the calendar year ended December 31, 2005, we obtained approval from the BMA to adopt a thirteen-month financial year for statutory reporting purposes for our first year. Accordingly, Flagstone's first official insurance filing with the Bermuda insurance regulators will be for the period beginning November 10, 2005 and ending December 31, 2006, and therefore, Flagstone did not close its books for insurance regulatory purposes on December 31, 2005.

        Annual Statutory Financial Return.     Flagstone is required to file with the BMA a statutory financial return no later than four months after its financial year end (unless specifically extended upon application to the BMA). The statutory financial return for a Class 4 insurer includes, among other matters, a report of the approved independent auditor on the statutory financial statements of such insurer, solvency certificates, the statutory financial statements themselves, the opinion of the loss reserve specialist and a schedule of reinsurance ceded. The solvency certificates must be signed by the principal representative and at least two directors of the insurer who are required to certify, among other matters, whether the minimum solvency margin has been met and whether the insurer complied with the conditions attached to its certificate of registration. The independent approved auditor is required to state whether in its opinion it was reasonable for the directors to so certify. Where an insurer's accounts have been audited for any purpose other than compliance with the Insurance Act, a statement to that effect must be filed with the statutory financial return.

95



        Minimum Solvency Margin and Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions.     Under the Insurance Act, the value of the general business assets of a Class 4 insurer, such as Flagstone, must exceed the amount of its general business liabilities by a prescribed amount. Flagstone:

    Is required, with respect to its general business, to maintain a minimum solvency margin equal to the greatest of:

    100 million Bermuda dollars or

    50% of net premiums written (being gross premiums written less any premiums ceded by Flagstone but Flagstone may not deduct more than 25% of ceded premiums when computing net premiums written) or

    15% of net losses and loss adjustment expense reserves

    is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during any financial year if it is in breach of its minimum solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio or if the declaration or payment of such dividends would cause it to fail to meet such margin or ratio (if it has failed to meet its minimum solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio on the last day of any financial year, Flagstone will be prohibited, without the approval of the BMA, from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year)

    is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year's statutory balance sheet) unless it files (at least 7 days before payment of such dividends) with the BMA an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required margins

    is prohibited, without the approval of the BMA, from reducing by 15% or more its total statutory capital as set out in its previous year's financial statements and any application for such approval must include an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required margins and

    is required, at any time it fails to meet its solvency margin, within 30 days (45 days where total statutory capital and surplus falls to 75 million Bermuda dollars or less) after becoming aware of that failure or having reason to believe that such failure has occurred, to file with the BMA a written report containing certain information.

        Additionally, under the Companies Act, neither the Company nor Flagstone may declare or pay a dividend, or make a distribution from contributed surplus, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that it is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due, or if the realizable value of its assets would be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts. See "—Certain Other Bermuda Law Considerations."

        Minimum Liquidity Ratio.     The Insurance Act provides a minimum liquidity ratio for general business insurers, such as Flagstone. An insurer engaged in general business is required to maintain the value of its relevant assets at not less than 75% of the amount of its relevant liabilities. Relevant assets include cash and time deposits, quoted investments, unquoted bonds and debentures, first liens on real estate, investment income due and accrued, accounts and premiums receivable and reinsurance balances receivable. There are certain categories of assets which, unless specifically permitted by the BMA, do not automatically qualify as relevant assets, such as unquoted equity securities, investments in and advances to affiliates and real estate and collateral loans. Relevant liabilities are total general business insurance reserves and total other liabilities less deferred income tax, sundry liabilities (by interpretation, those not specifically defined), letters of credit and guarantees.

96


        Supervision, Investigation and Intervention.     The BMA may appoint an inspector with extensive powers to investigate the affairs of an insurer if the BMA believes that an investigation is required in the interest of the insurer's policyholders or persons who may become policyholders. In order to verify or supplement information otherwise provided to the BMA, the BMA may direct an insurer to produce documents or information relating to matters connected with the insurer's business.

        If it appears to the BMA that there is a risk of Flagstone becoming insolvent, or that it is in breach of the Insurance Act or any conditions imposed upon its registration, the BMA may, among other things, direct the insurer (1) not to take on any new insurance business, (2) not to vary any insurance contract if the effect would be to increase the insurer's liabilities, (3) not to make certain investments, (4) to realize certain investments, (5) to maintain in, or transfer to the custody of a specified bank, certain assets, (6) not to declare or pay any dividends or other distributions or to restrict the making of such payments, (7) to limit its premium income, (8) to remove a controller or officer and/or (9) to file a petition for the winding up of the Company.

        Disclosure of Information.     In addition to powers under the Insurance Act to investigate the affairs of an insurer, the BMA may require certain information from an insurer (or certain other persons) to be produced to them. The BMA also may assist other regulatory authorities, including foreign insurance regulatory authorities with their investigations involving insurance and reinsurance companies in Bermuda, subject to restrictions. For example, the BMA must be satisfied that the assistance being requested is in connection with the discharge of regulatory responsibilities of the foreign regulatory authority, and the BMA must consider whether to co-operate is in the public interest. The grounds for disclosure are limited and the Insurance Act provides sanctions for breach of the statutory duty of confidentiality.

        Under the Companies Act, the Minister of Finance has been given powers to assist a foreign regulatory authority which has requested assistance in connection with enquires being carried out by it in the performance of its regulatory functions. The Minister's powers include requiring a person to furnish him with information, to produce documents to him, to attend and answer questions and to give assistance in connection with enquiries. The Minister must be satisfied that the assistance requested by the foreign regulatory authority is for the purpose of its regulatory functions and that the request is in relation to information in Bermuda which a person has in his possession or under his control. The Minister must consider, among other things, whether it is in the public interest to give the information sought.

Certain Other Bermuda Law Considerations

        Each of the Company and Flagstone is incorporated as an exempted company limited by shares under the Companies Act. Under Bermuda law, exempted companies are companies formed for the purpose of conducting business outside Bermuda from a principal place in Bermuda. As a result, we are exempt from Bermuda laws restricting the percentage of share capital that may be held by non-Bermudians, but we may not, without the express authorization of the Bermuda legislature or under a license granted by the Minister of Finance, participate in certain business transactions, including:

    The acquisition or holding of land in Bermuda, except land held by way of lease or tenancy agreement which is required for our business and held for a term not exceeding 50 years, or which is used to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for our officers and employees and held with the consent of the Bermuda Minister of Finance for a term not exceeding 21 years

    the taking of mortgages on land in Bermuda in excess of 50,000 Bermuda dollars

    the acquisition of any bonds or debentures secured by any land in Bermuda, other than certain types of Bermuda government securities or

97


    subject to some exceptions, the carrying on of business of any kind in Bermuda for which we are not licensed in Bermuda.

        While an insurer is permitted to reinsure risks undertaken by any company incorporated in Bermuda and permitted to engage in the insurance and reinsurance business, generally it is not permitted without a special license granted by the Minister of Finance to insure Bermuda domestic risks or risks of persons of, in or based in Bermuda.

        The Company and Flagstone will each also need to comply with the provisions of the Companies Act regulating the payment of dividends and making distributions from contributed surplus. Under the Companies Act, a company may not declare or pay a dividend, or make a distribution out of contributed surplus, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due or that the realizable value of the company's assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts. Issued share capital is the aggregate par value of a company's issued shares, and the share premium account is the aggregate amount paid for issued shares over and above their par value. Share premium accounts may be reduced in certain limited circumstances. The Companies Act also regulates return of capital, reduction of capital and any repurchase or redemption of shares by the Company. In addition, as discussed above under "—Bermuda Insurance Regulation," certain provisions of the Insurance Act will limit Flagstone's ability to pay dividends to us.

        Although we are incorporated in Bermuda, both the Company and Flagstone have been designated as non-resident for exchange control purposes by the BMA. Both the Company and Flagstone are required to obtain the permission of the BMA for the issue and free transferability of all of their common shares. However, the BMA has pursuant to its statement of June 1, 2005 given its general permission under the Exchange Control Act 1972 (and its related regulations) for the issue and transfer of the common shares of the Company to persons not resident in Bermuda for exchange control purposes, subject to the condition that our common shares shall be listed on an appointed stock exchange (as designated by the Bermuda Minister of Finance under Section 2(9) of the Companies Act), which includes the New York Stock Exchange. This general permission would cease to apply if the Company's shares were to cease to be so listed. Any person who becomes a holder of at least 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% of the common shares of the Company must notify the BMA in writing within 45 days of becoming such a holder or 30 days from the date they have knowledge of having become such a holder, whichever is later. The BMA may, by written notice, object to a person holding 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% of our common shares if it appears to the BMA that the person is not fit and proper to be such a holder. The BMA may require the holder to reduce their shareholding in us and may direct, among other things, that the voting rights attaching to their common shares shall not be exercisable. A person that does not comply with such a notice or direction from the BMA will be guilty of an offense.

        The transfer and issuance of our common shares to any resident in Bermuda for exchange control purposes require specific prior approval under the Exchange Control Act 1972. Because the Company and Flagstone are designated as non-resident for Bermuda exchange control purposes, they are allowed to engage in transactions, and to pay dividends to Bermuda non-residents who are holders of our common shares, in currencies other than the Bermuda dollar.

        In accordance with Bermuda law, share certificates are issued only in the names of corporations, other separate legal entities or individuals. In the case of an applicant acting in a special capacity (for example, as an executor or trustee), certificates may, at the request of the applicant, record the capacity in which the applicant is acting. Notwithstanding the recording of any such special capacity, we are not bound to investigate or incur any responsibility in respect of the proper administration of any such estate or trust. We will take no notice of any trust applicable to any of our common shares whether or not we have notice of such trust.

98



        Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians (other than spouses of Bermudians and holders of a permanent resident's certificate) may not engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without an appropriate governmental work permit. Work permits may be granted or extended by the Bermuda government upon showing that, after proper public advertisement in most cases, no Bermudian (or spouse of a Bermudian or holder of a permanent resident's certificate) is available who meets the minimum standard requirements for the advertised position. In 2001, the Bermuda government announced a policy limiting the duration of work permits to six years, with certain exemptions for key employees. We may not be able to use the services of one or more of our key employees in Bermuda if we are not able to obtain work permits for them, which could have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, exempted companies, such as the Company and Flagstone, must comply with Bermuda resident representation provisions under the Companies Act, which require that a minimum number of offices must be filled by persons who are ordinarily resident in Bermuda. We do not believe that such compliance will result in any material expense to us.

        The Bermuda government actively encourages foreign investment in "exempted" entities like the Company and Flagstone that are based in Bermuda, but do not operate in competition with local businesses. As well as having no restrictions on the degree of foreign ownership, the Company and Flagstone will not be subject to taxes computed on profits or income or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax or to any foreign exchange controls in Bermuda until March 28, 2016. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of the Company and Subsidiaries—Bermuda."

Other Jurisdictions

Overview

        Flagstone is not currently licensed or admitted as an insurer in any jurisdiction except Bermuda. The insurance laws of each state in the United States and of many other jurisdictions regulate the sale of reinsurance and insurance within their jurisdiction by insurers, such as Flagstone, which are not licensed or admitted to do business within such jurisdiction. With some exceptions, the sale of insurance within a jurisdiction where an insurer is not licensed or admitted to do business is prohibited. Flagstone conducts its business through its Bermuda office, with our research and development effort and part of our catastrophe modeling and risk analysis team in Hyderabad, India, underwriting in our Martigny, Switzerland office (subject to being granted the appropriate licensure), global marketing and business development in our London, England office and back office and operational support in our Halifax, Canada office. We do not intend to conduct any activities which may constitute the actual transaction of the business of insurance in any jurisdiction in which Flagstone or any other subsidiary of the Company is not licensed or otherwise authorized to engage in such activities. However, the definition of such activities is in some jurisdictions ambiguous and susceptible to judicial interpretation. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that inquiries or challenges to our insurance activities in such jurisdictions will not be raised in the future or that our location or regulatory status, or restrictions on its activities resulting therefrom, will not adversely affect us.

        In addition to the regulatory requirements imposed by the jurisdictions in which a reinsurer is licensed, a reinsurer's business operations are affected by regulatory requirements governing "credit for reinsurance" in other jurisdictions in which its ceding companies are located. In general, a ceding company which obtains reinsurance from a reinsurer that is licensed, accredited or approved by the jurisdiction in which the ceding company files statutory financial statements is permitted to reflect in its statutory financial statements a credit in an aggregate amount equal to the liability for unearned premiums and loss reserves and loss expense reserves ceded to the reinsurer. Many jurisdictions also permit ceding companies to take credit on their statutory financial statements for reinsurance obtained from unlicensed or non-admitted reinsurers if certain prescribed security arrangements are made. Because Flagstone will not be licensed, accredited or approved in any jurisdiction except Bermuda,

99



Flagstone expects that in certain instances its reinsurance clients will require it to post a letter of credit or enter into other security arrangements.

Canadian Regulation

        The Company believes that it has all licenses and authorizations required to conduct the business of its offices in Halifax, Canada.

        In Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada the Company's indirect subsidiary Flagstone Halifax provides certain back office support services to the Company. Flagstone Halifax is registered to carry on business under the Corporations Registration Act (Nova Scotia). Flagstone Halifax is not registered to carry on business in any other province of Canada.

        Flagstone Halifax proposes to provide securities advisory and trading services for the bond portfolios of the Company and other non-Canadian insurers and reinsurers. These services are to be conducted from Nova Scotia indirectly through West End under a series of operational support agreements with West End and other affiliates. The Securities Act (Nova Scotia) requires that Flagstone Halifax be registered as a securities advisor and dealer to carry out theses services from Nova Scotia unless it qualifies under an exemption from the registration requirements or it obtains a ruling from the Nova Scotia Securities Commission that it does not need to be registered to conduct these activities. Flagstone Halifax is not registered as a securities advisor or dealer in Nova Scotia and does not qualify under an existing exemption from the registration requirements. On the basis that these activities are subject to securities regulation in Bermuda, Flagstone Halifax has received a ruling from the Nova Scotia Securities Commission that it does not need to be registered to conduct these activities provided that there is compliance with the applicable laws of Bermuda and the applicable laws governing the bond portfolios.

Indian Regulation

        Our subsidiary in India, West End (India), solely performs back office information technology support services such as research and development and catastrophe analysis and, therefore, is neither considered to be engaged in the insurance/reinsurance business in India nor required to be registered with India's Insurance Development & Regulatory Authority. It is registered to do business under the Companies Act, 1956 of India and has made the registrations with the Indian Income Tax Department and Ministry of Commerce which are necessary for it to conduct its operations.

United Kingdom Regulation

        For the purposes of United Kingdom regulation, Flagstone Representatives Limited is considered an insurance intermediary and carries out its business in the United Kingdom pursuant to an authorization from the Financial Services Authority of the United Kingdom permitting it to carry out the following regulated activities:

    Dealing in investments as an agent

    arranging (bringing about) deals in investments

    making arrangements with a view to transactions in investments

    advising on investments

    assisting in the administration and performance of contracts of insurance and

    agreeing to carry on a regulated activity.

        As an authorized intermediary Flagstone Representatives Limited must comply with certain regulatory requirements, including obligations to maintain professional indemnity insurance and to

100



meet certain minimum capital requirements on an ongoing basis. We are currently in compliance with all of these requirements.

Swiss Regulation

        We recently incorporated a subsidiary, Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA, which is headquartered in Martigny in the canton of Valais, Switzerland and has a representative office in Zurich. Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA has applied for a permit from the Federal Office of Private Insurance, or FOPI, in Switzerland to conduct reinsurance business in accordance with the Federal Insurance Supervisory Law, or ISL.

        The conduct of reinsurance business by a company headquartered Switzerland requires a permit granted by FOPI. In addition, various regulatory requirements must be satisfied, as set forth primarily by the three following sets of rules and regulations:

    The ISL

    the Federal Insurance Supervision Ordinance and

    the FOPI Supervision Decree.

        Under Swiss rules and regulations, Swiss reinsurance companies are generally subject to the same provisions that apply to direct insurers, and include the following obligations:

    Sound corporate governance

    minimum capital and capital resource requirements

    internal risk management and control procedures

    appointment of an independent and properly qualified actuary responsible for ensuring that solvency margins are calculated correctly, proper accounting principles are used, and adequate technical reserves are established and

    compliance with the Swiss Solvency Test (SST) requirements.

        The SST requires that a company have adequate and unencumbered capital of its own at its disposal for all of its activities (solvency margin requirements), as determined under two methods of calculation: first, based on the volume of business (Solvency I); and second, based on the risks to which the insurance company is exposed (Solvency II).

        Once licensed and operational, Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA will be required to comply with each of the requirements above, as well as various reporting requirements which include the following: first, Flagstone Réassuance Suisse SA will be required to prepare an annual report at the end of each financial year on the solvency margins available, as well as an annual report on the calculation of target capital and on risk bearing capital. Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA will also be required to prepare a corporate report and a report on supervision. The report on supervision is to be submitted to FOPI by June 30 of each year in electronic form together with the annual report.

101



MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

        The table below sets forth the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers as at the date of this offering.

Name

  Age
  Position(s)
Mark J. Byrne (1)   44   Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors
David A. Brown (3)   49   Chief Executive Officer, Deputy Chairman and Director
James O'Shaughnessy   42   Chief Financial Officer
Gary Prestia   44   Chief Underwriting Officer—North America
Guy Swayne   42   Chief Underwriting Officer—International
Gary Black (2)   61   Director
Nick Brumm (3)   39   Director
Stephen Coley (3)   61   Director
Thomas Dickson (2)   44   Director
Stewart Gross (1)   47   Director
E. Daniel James (1)   41   Director
Tony Knap (3)   57   Director
Marc Roston (1)   37   Director
Jan Spiering (2)   55   Director
Wray T. Thorn (2)   41   Director

(1)
Denotes Class A Director with term expiring in 2009.

(2)
Denotes Class B Director with term expiring in 2008.

(3)
Denotes Class C Director with term expiring in 2007.

        Set forth below is certain information concerning our directors and executive officers as at the date of this prospectus.

         Mark Byrne has been our Executive Chairman since our inception. Mr. Byrne also serves as Chairman of Haverford and Vice Chairman of Island Heritage. He founded West End in 1998. Prior to starting West End, Mr. Byrne served as Managing Director at Credit Suisse First Boston responsible for Global Fixed Income Arbitrage in London and Tokyo. Mr. Byrne also held management positions at PIMCO and Salomon Brothers and has 20 years experience in the fixed income and derivative business. He has invested at early stages in several insurance companies and has served on the boards of several insurance companies, including three public companies: White Mountains Insurance Group Ltd., Terra Nova Bermuda Holding Ltd. and Markel Corp. He holds a Bachelors degree from Dartmouth College and an MBA from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth.

         David Brown has served as Chief Executive Officer of Flagstone since its inception. Mr. Brown is also a director of Island Heritage. From September 2003 until our inception, Mr. Brown served as the Chief Executive Officer of Haverford and as the Chief Operating Officer of West End. Mr. Brown joined Centre Solutions (Bermuda) Limited in 1993, and was its President and Chief Executive Officer at the time of his retirement in 1998. Prior to joining Centre, Mr. Brown was a Partner with Ernst & Young in Bermuda. Mr. Brown is the non-executive Chairman of the Bermuda Stock Exchange and a Director and Trustee for the Schroder Family Trusts. Mr. Brown led the team which analyzed, structured and negotiated the acquisition of Merastar Insurance Company in 2004. As Chairman of Merastar, he led the board's oversight of the successful turn-around strategy. At Centre, Mr. Brown

102



was responsible for the global operations of a group with over $7 billion in assets and offices in several countries. During his ten years with Ernst & Young, he specialized in insurance and was involved in the liquidation of numerous insurance companies in Bermuda, the U.K. and the U.S. Mr. Brown is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England & Wales and a Member of both the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Bermuda and the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants.

         James O'Shaughnessy joined the Company as Chief Financial Officer in May 2006. Previous to Flagstone he was the Chief Accounting Officer and Senior Vice President at Scottish Reinsurance Group Limited where he was responsible for group internal and external reporting as well as various finance functions and research into accounting issues. Prior to joining Scottish Re in 2005, Mr. O'Shaughnessy was Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President at XL Re Ltd., and before that he served for four years at Centre Solutions as Controller and Vice President. Before joining Centre Solutions, he spent 4 years at ACE Tempest Reinsurance Ltd. where his last position was Vice President of Finance. He began his career in Ireland at PricewaterhouseCoopers before moving to KPMG Peat Marwick in Bermuda. Mr. O'Shaughnessy holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from University College, Cork, Ireland and is both a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Ireland and an Associate Member of the Chartered Insurance Institute of the U.K.

         Gary Prestia has served as our Chief Underwriting Officer—North America since December 2005. Mr. Prestia has more than twenty one years experience in the insurance and reinsurance industry in senior underwriting and executive management positions successfully navigating across the underwriting cycles. From 1998 through 2004 Mr. Prestia served as an executive officer of Converium AG, becoming President of Converium North America, with responsibility for all legal entities and staff in the United States and Canada. As Senior Vice President and Chief Underwriting Officer, he was responsible for property catastrophe, property non-catastrophe, motor, marine and third-party liability (excluding professional liability and workers' compensation). In early 2005 Mr. Prestia joined Alea North America as Chief Executive Officer of the North American Reinsurance Division. Prior to 1998, Mr. Prestia held senior underwriting positions at Transatlantic Re. Mr. Prestia received his CPCU and ARe professional designations from the American Institute for Chartered Property and Casualty Underwriters and Bachelor of Business Administration undergraduate degree and graduate work at St. Johns University School of Risk Management and Insurance in New York.

         Guy Swayne has been our Chief Underwriting Officer—International since December 2005. Mr. Swayne has extensive experience in the industry worldwide and brings a depth of expertise in underwriting, business development, and leadership to the Company. Prior to joining the Company, he was Chief Underwriting Officer—International with ACE Tempest Reinsurance Ltd. where he managed the International Catastrophe underwriting unit. Mr. Swayne joined Ace in January 2000 and has held senior positions including Executive Vice President, ACE Financial Solutions International (AFSI)—Bermuda where he managed AFSI offices in London, Dublin, and Melbourne. In London he became President of ACE Financial Solutions Europe (AFSE) whereby he established and developed the European office reporting directly to the President and Chief Executive Officer in Bermuda. Mr. Swayne was instrumental in many key elements associated with a start up operation including business plan and budget development, hiring underwriting team, business production and program completion.

         Gary Black has been a director since June 2006. He is Chief Claims Executive and Senior Vice President of OneBeacon Insurance Company, a part of the White Mountains Insurance Group. Prior to joining OneBeacon in January of 2004, Mr. Black spent 35 years with Fireman's Fund Insurance Companies where he was an Executive Vice President and President of the Claims Division. At Fireman's Fund his responsibilities included claims, corporate administration, general counsel, staff counsel and systems. He received his B.A. degree from Southwest Baptist University and is a Chartered Property Casualty Underwriter.

103



         Nick Brumm has been a director since December 2005. Mr. Brumm is one of the four Managing Members of QVT Financial GP LLC, the general partner of QVT Financial LP in November 2003. QVT Financial LP is a New York-based hedge fund manager with approximately $4.2 billion in assets under management. Mr. Brumm's primary portfolio management focus at QVT is on private equity, distressed and high-yield investing and other special situations. Mr. Brumm served as a Director of DB Advisors, a subsidiary of Deutsche Bank AG. He joined Deutsche Bank AG in 2000 as a member of the QVT group and remained there until 2004. From 1992 to 2000, Mr. Brumm practiced law at Cravath, Swaine & Moore and Hengeler Mueller Weitzel Wirtz where he worked in the areas of domestic and international securities offerings, mergers and acquisitions, and bank and high yield lending. He is fluent in French and German. Mr. Brumm earned an A.B. in History and Literature, summa cum laude, from Harvard College in 1988 where he was elected to Phi Beta Kappa. Mr. Brumm was an exchange fellow at the Ecole Normale Superieure in Paris and graduated from the University of Paris in 1989 with a master's in history avec mention tres bien. He received a B.A. from Oxford University in Law with First Class Honours in 1991 and an L.L.M. from Columbia University in 1992.

         Stephen Coley has been a director since January 2006. Mr. Coley is Director Emeritus of McKinsey & Company. During his 28+ years of active client service with McKinsey, Mr. Coley led a wide variety of successful business strategy and organization efforts, principally serving technology and basic industrial clients, and led the Firm's corporate growth practice. In addition, Mr. Coley served for 10 years on McKinsey's Investment Committee, which oversees employee profit sharing investments and partner alternative investment vehicles, and served as the committee's chairman from 2000 to 2004. Mr. Coley received an M.B.A., with distinction, from Harvard Business School, where he was named a Loeb Fellow in finance. He has a B.S. in electrical engineering from Duke University. Mr. Coley currently serves on the Boards of Directors of Dycom Industries and Underwriters Laboratories. He also serves on the Duke University Pratt School of Engineering Board of Visitors and as a Board Advisor to Havell Capital Management, a money management firm in New York, New York.

         Thomas Dickson has been a director since December 2005. Mr. Dickson is Chief Executive Officer and Founder of Meetinghouse LLC a private firm that provides investment advisory and management services and advice and support to management for underwriting, ratings, capital management and actuarial functions. Mr. Dickson currently serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of Haverford Capital Partners (Cayman) Limited, a private equity fund specializing in investments in (re)insurance and specialty finance started in August 2005. Mr. Dickson served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Centre Group and as its Chief Underwriting Officer. At the time, the Centre Group held assets in excess of $9 billion and capital in excess of $1 billion. He joined The Centre Group at the time of its establishment in 1988 and, prior to assuming responsibilities as Chief Underwriting Officer, served in a variety of business production and underwriting capacities in Bermuda and New York. Mr. Dickson holds a bachelor's degree with honors from Stanford University and a Masters Degree from the Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies.

         Stewart Gross has been a director since January 2006. Mr. Gross is a Managing Director and member of the Investment Committee of Lightyear Capital, a private equity firm investing in companies in the financial services industry. Prior to joining Lightyear in April 2005, Mr. Gross spent 17 years at Warburg Pincus where he was a Managing Director and member of the Executive Management Group. Mr. Gross has been a primary investor in many highly successful companies, including RenaissanceRe Holdings Ltd. Mr. Gross is currently a Director of BEA Systems, Inc., SkillSoft Corporation, Aldabra Acquisition Corporation and several private companies. Mr. Gross received an A.B., magna cum laude from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School where he was elected to Beta Gamma Sigma.

         E. Daniel James has been a director since December 2005. Mr. James is a principal of the Merchant Banking Group and a managing director of Lehman Brothers. He joined the Lehman

104



Brothers Merchant Banking Group in 1995. Prior to joining the Merchant Banking Group, he was a member of the M&A Group, based in London and New York. In 1988, Mr. James joined Lehman Brothers' Financial Institutions Group. He is currently a director of Blount International, Inc. and Phoenix Brands LLC. He holds a B.A. in chemistry, with honors, from the College of the Holy Cross.

         Tony Knap, Ph.D. has been a director since December 2005. Dr. Knap serves as President, Director and Senior Research Scientist of Bermuda Biological Station for Research, Inc., which he joined in 1978. In 1994, he founded the Risk Prediction Initiative, a partnership between the science community and the reinsurance industry providing essential information between natural disasters and changing climate. Dr. Knap's principal research interests are climate change, environmental science, atmosphere/ocean interactions, effects of chemicals on the marine environment as well as relationships between ocean health and human health. Dr. Knap holds a number of professorships, and serves on numerous expert panels and committees in his field. Dr. Knap received his Ph.D. in oceanography in 1978 from the University of Southampton, U.K.

         Marc Roston, Ph.D. has been a director since December 2005. Mr. Roston has been a Senior Portfolio Manager, Chair of the Investment Committee and head of the New York office at Silver Creek Capital Management since 2004. His responsibilities include portfolio strategy, investment research and due diligence. From 2000 to 2004 Mr. Roston was an investment manager with McKinsey & Company in New York and, prior to that, an equity portfolio manager at J.P. Morgan Investment Management. Mr. Roston holds a Ph.D. in economics from the University of Chicago and a B.S. from Carnegie Mellon University.

         Jan Spiering has been a director since December 2005. From February 1979 to June 2002, Mr. Spiering served as an officer of Ernst & Young, becoming the Chairman and Managing Partner of Ernst & Young Bermuda. During his tenure at Ernst & Young, Mr. Spiering was a member of the firm's Global Advisory Counsel, founding member of the International Investment Committee, and was Chairman of the firm's Offshore Fund's Group. He retired from Ernst & Young in 2002, and currently serves on the board of directors for WP Stewart & Co Ltd., Montpellier Resources, Corona Capital Ltd., and the Mid Ocean Club. Mr. Spiering is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Bermuda and is a Member of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants.

         Wray T. Thorn has been a director since October 2006. Mr. Thorn is the Managing Director of Private Equity at Marathon Asset Management, LLC, a global alternative investment and asset management company with over $7.5 billion in capital, where he has worked since June 2005. In his current role, Mr. Thorn provides private equity capital to companies to support management buyout transactions, acquisition and expansion strategies, growth programs, shareholder transitions and financial restructurings. Prior to joining Marathon, Mr. Thorn spent a total of 12 years working sponsoring and financing private equity transactions, acquisitions and capital markets transactions at Fox Paine & Company, Dubilier & Company, where he was a principal and founding member, and the Acquisition Finance Group of Chemical Bank. He is a graduate of Harvard University with an A.B. in Government, cum laude.

Board of Directors

        Our bye-laws provide for a Board of Directors of no less than ten and no more than twelve directors. Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes: four Class A directors whose initial term will expire at the 2009 annual general meeting of our shareholders, four Class B directors whose initial term will expire at the 2008 annual general meeting of our shareholders and four Class C directors whose initial term will expire at the 2007 annual general meeting of our shareholders. Thereafter, directors will hold office until the next annual general meeting at which the term of that class of

105



directors expires or until their successors are duly elected or appointed or their office is otherwise vacated. See "Description of Share Capital—Bye-laws—Our Board of Directors and Corporate Action."

        Our Board of Directors has established corporate governance measures substantially in compliance with the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. These include a set of Corporate Governance Guidelines, charters for each of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Governance Committee and a Code of Business Conduct for directors, officers and employees. Our Board of Directors has also adopted a Code of Business Practices for the Company's principal executive, financial and accounting officers. These documents will be published on the Company's website, www.flagstonere.bm, and will be provided upon written request to the Company's Secretary at its registered office address, Crawford House, 23 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda.

        Our Board of Directors has reviewed the materiality of any relationship that each of the twelve directors of the Company has with the Company either directly or indirectly through another organization. The criteria applied included the director independence requirements set forth in the Company's Corporate Governance Guidelines, any other managerial, familial, professional, commercial or affiliated relationship between a director and the Company, a subsidiary or another director and, with respect to the Company's Audit Committee, the SEC's independence rules. Based on this review, the Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Brumm, Coley, Dickson, Gross, James, Knap, Roston and Spiering are independent directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

        The standing committees of the Board of Directors are:

        Audit Committee.     The Audit Committee is comprised of Messrs. Coley, Dickson, Gross, and Spiering. The Audit Committee has general responsibility for the oversight and surveillance of our accounting, reporting and financial control practices. Among its functions, the Audit Committee:


        Mr. Spiering, who is an independent director, is the Chairman of the Audit Committee, and the Board of Directors has designated him as the Audit Committee financial expert as defined by SEC rules.

        Compensation Committee.     The Compensation Committee is comprised of Messrs. Gross, James and Knap, and Mr. James serves as Chairman. The Compensation Committee oversees our compensation and benefit plans, including administration of annual bonus awards and long term incentive plans and reports their findings and opinions to the Board of Directors.

        Governance Committee.     The Governance Committee is comprised of Messrs. Black, Brumm, Coley, James and Spiering, and Mr. Coley serves as Chairman. The Governance Committee has responsibility for identifying individuals qualified to become board members consistent with the criteria approved by the Board of Directors, recommending director nominees to the Board of Directors, recommending Corporate Governance Guidelines to the Board of Directors and overseeing an evaluation of the Board of Directors and management.

106


        Underwriting Committee.     The Underwriting Committee is comprised of Messrs. Black, Brumm, Byrne, Dickson, Gross, Knap and Roston, and Mr. Roston serves as Chairman. The Underwriting Committee oversees the Company's underwriting policies and approves any exceptions thereto.

        Investment Committee.     The Investment Committee is comprised of Messrs. Brown, Brumm, Byrne, Spiering and Roston, and Mr. Byrne serves as Chairman. The Investment Committee formulates the Company's investment policy and oversees all of the Company's significant investing activities.

Director Compensation

        Directors who are also employees are not paid any fees or other compensation for services as members of the Board of Directors or any Committee of the Board of Directors. Directors who are not employees of the Company are paid an annual fee of $65,000. The Company pays $15,000 of the annual fee in RSUs under the Company's RSU Plan. For this purpose, prior to this offering each RSU has been valued at the book value per common share as at the most recent available quarter-end balance sheet of the Company, and after this offering each RSU will be valued at the market price of the common shares as at the date of payment. Directors receive the remaining $50,000 of the annual fee in cash, or may, at their election, receive RSUs instead of cash for any amount of their annual fee. For a description of the RSU Plan, see "Management Compensation—Long Term Incentive Plan Awards."

        Each director receives cash in the amount of $1,000 for each Board or Committee meeting attended in person, and $500 for each meeting attended by telephone. Each director receives cash in the amount of $3,000 per year for each Committee the Director serves upon. In addition, Committee Chairs (other than the Audit Committee Chair) receive an annual fee of $2,000 for each Committee chaired. The Audit Committee Chair receives an annual fee of $100,000. This fee is greater than that received by the other Committee Chairs due to the substantially greater demands made upon the Audit Committee Chair.

Management Compensation

        The Company was formed on October 4, 2005 and commenced insurance operations on December 20, 2005. It had no prior operating history. The current executive officers, Messrs. Brown, Byrne, O'Shaughnessy, Prestia and Swayne, are compensated according to the terms of their employment contracts, which are described below. These five persons are hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Named Executive Officers."

        Other than $19,000 in salary paid to Mr. Brown, $57,000 in salary paid to Mr. Prestia and $34,000 in salary and mortgage subsidy paid to Mr. Swayne, the issue of the Warrant as discussed below, and grants under the PSU Plan, we did not pay compensation to any of the Named Executive Officers during the period ended December 31, 2005.

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we paid the following amounts in base salary and other compensation to the Named Executive Officers:

Named Executive Officer

  Base
salary

  Mortgage
subsidy
received

  Housing
allowance
received

  Other
compensation (1)

Mark Byrne   $ 329,167   $ 45,293   $ n/a  
David Brown     375,000     35,219     n/a  
Gary Prestia     318,750     n/a     43,387  
Guy Swayne     281,250     26,038     n/a  
James O'Shaughnessy     120,769         n/a  

(1)
The Company did not provide other compensation to the Named Executive Officers during this period.

107


Warrant

        In connection with the private placement of our common shares that we completed in February 2006, we issued the Warrant to Haverford to purchase 8,585,747 common shares of the Company (which equaled 12.0% of the issued share capital of the Company through the completion of the private placement) at an exercise price of $14.00 per share (subject to adjustment for share splits and similar events). The Warrant will be exercisable during the month of December 2010. Haverford is controlled by our Executive Chairman, Mark Byrne, and our Chief Executive Officer, David Brown.

        The fair value of the Warrant at the time of its initial issuance in December 2005 was $12.2 million and is included as compensation expense for the period ended December 31, 2005. We amended the Warrant in connection with the additional closings of the private placement in February 2006. The increase in the fair value of the Warrant as a result of this amendment was $3.4 million and is included as compensation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Relevant Factors—Expenses."

Annual Bonus Plan

        Each year, employees that participate in the annual bonus plan will be eligible to receive a bonus based upon the employees' achievement of annual performance targets that have been established by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee will establish a bonus pool in the first quarter of each year. The pool will then be allocated to non-officer employees by the Chief Executive Officer with the approval of the Executive Chairman based upon their individual performance with respect to their performance targets.

        The bonus allocation to officer employees except the Chief Executive Officer and Executive Chairman will be set by the Executive Chairman in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer. The bonus paid to the Chief Executive Officer will be decided by the Compensation Committee in consultation with the Executive Chairman. The bonus paid to the Executive Chairman will be decided by the Compensation Committee.

        From the inception of the Company through September 30, 2006, none of the Named Executive Officers had received a bonus.

Long Term Incentive Plan Awards

        PSU Plan.     The Company has adopted a PSU Plan to provide PSUs as incentive compensation to certain key employees of the Company, as well as, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, employees of companies that provide operational support or other services to the Company. Mr. Byrne does not benefit from the PSU Plan, but is responsible for recommending grants under the PSU Plan to the Compensation Committee.

        The Compensation Committee has exclusive authority to select the persons to be awarded PSUs. At the time of each award, the Compensation Committee determines the terms of the award, including the performance period (or periods) and the performance objectives relating to the award. Following the final performance period of a PSU, the Compensation Committee determines whether the related performance objectives were met in whole or in part, and the payment due on the PSU as a result. PSUs generally may be cancelled by the Company if the participant's continuous employment terminates prior to the end of the award period.

        Settlement on a PSU may be made in cash or by issuance of common shares or both, in the discretion of the Compensation Committee. The Company expects generally to settle the PSUs in common shares. The maximum number of common shares that may be issued under the PSU Plan is 5,600,000 common shares, subject to adjustment for share subdivisions, splits and similar events.

108



However, if the Company undergoes a change of control and the participant is terminated or constructively terminated or the PSU Plan is changed adversely, a participant may receive all or a portion of the participant's award. If the change of control is "hostile," meaning that it was opposed by our Executive Chairman and our Chief Executive Officer, all PSUs held by a participant will become payable in full immediately upon any termination of the employment of the participant by the Company.

        Our long term expectation is that PSU grants equal in number to approximately 1% of outstanding common shares will be made each year. Thus, an increase in the maximum number of common shares that may be issued under the PSU Plan will need to be authorized in due course.

        The following table summarizes the awards made to the Named Executive Officers during 2005 and the first nine months of 2006 under the PSU Plan:

 
   
   
  Estimated future payouts
(in common shares)

Name

  Number of
PSUs

  Performance
period for
payout

  Threshold
(#)

  Target
(#)

  Maximum
(#)

Mark Byrne     n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a
David Brown   240,000   12/31/08     240,000   480,000
Guy Swayne   105,000   12/31/08     105,000   210,000
Gary Prestia   70,000   12/31/08     70,000   140,000
James O'Shaughnessy   40,000   12/31/08     40,000   80,000

        There is no minimum or "threshold," number of common shares of the Company (or their cash value) payable under a PSU Plan award. "Target" means number of shares (or their cash value) payable if the performance objectives of the award were met in full. "Maximum" means the maximum number of shares (or their cash value) payable under the award.

        RSU Plan.     The RSU Plan is the Company's incentive scheme for officers, employees and non-management directors. The Compensation Committee has the authority to grant RSUs. Each RSU represents the right to receive, upon vesting, without payment to the Company, one newly-issued, fully paid and non-assessable common share of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the RSU Plan and the grant certificate evidencing each grant. In the discretion of the Compensation Committee, upon vesting the value of an RSU grant alternatively may be paid in cash, or partly in cash and partly in common shares.

        The vesting period of each RSU is set out in the grant certificate. Unvested RSUs held by employees or officers generally shall be cancelled without payment to the participant upon termination of employment.

        Between July 1, 2006 and September 30, 2006, the Company granted 56,050 RSUs to certain employees of which 250 have been forfeited, and 48,428 RSUs to directors of the Company.

Compensation Policies

        Our Compensation Committee approves all compensation policies. Our policies are designed to align the interests of employees and management with shareholders and to foster sustained value creation with particular emphasis on total compensation management, pay for performance and the use of equity-based compensation.

        Through our performance management and rewards processes and programs, we endeavor to create an environment that fosters and rewards:

109


        We are committed to providing superior compensation in return for superior performance and to developing the measurement systems and decision processes necessary to support the best compensation decision making. Annual incentive bonus awards are determined annually on a discretionary basis. They are correlated with the performance of the Company and the individual and can therefore be highly variable from year to year.

        Performance assessments consider the given individual's scope of responsibility or sphere of influence. Performance assessments incorporate quantitative and qualitative elements and include a balanced assessment of financial results, operational results and leading indicators of future performance, to the extent feasible.

        Other than Mr. Byrne, substantially all of our employees receive a portion of their annual performance-based compensation in the form of either PSUs or RSUs.

        We believe that broad-based employee stock ownership enhances our ability to deliver superior shareholder returns by increasing the alignment between the interests of employees and shareholders. The goal of these programs is to engage all employees as partners in the Company's success and to help the Company realize the maximum gain from its strategy.

Employment-Related Agreements

        The following paragraphs summarize the employment-related agreements for our Named Executive Officers. The employment agreements for Messrs. O'Shaughnessy, Prestia and Swayne provide that either party may terminate upon 180 days' advanced written notice to the other party and do not otherwise specify a termination date. The employment agreements for Messrs. Byrne and Brown provide that either party may terminate the agreement upon 365 days' advanced written notice to the other party and do not otherwise specify a termination date. The employment agreements for each Named Executive Officer provide for a discretionary annual bonus to paid to each Named Executive Officer. The employment agreements for Messrs. O'Shaughnessy, Prestia and Swayne specify that the annual bonus shall not exceed 75% of such Named Executive Officer's annual salary. The employments agreements for Messrs. Byrne and Brown do not limit the amount of each Named Executive Officer's annual bonus.

        The employment agreements for each of the Named Executive Officers specify that each Named Executive Officer shall have the right to personal use of the Company aircraft, provided that each Named Executive Officer shall reimburse the marginal cost to the Company for this personal use. This amount does not include fixed costs which do not change based on usage, such as pilot salaries, the lease costs of the Company aircraft, and the cost of maintenance not related to trips.

        Mark Byrne.     We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Byrne, dated October 18, 2006, under which he has agreed to continue to serve as our Executive Chairman. The agreement provides that Mr. Byrne shall be paid an annual salary of $500,000 for the year ending December 31, 2006 and $600,000 for the year ending December 31, 2007. The agreement further provides that Mr. Byrne shall receive a housing allowance through a mortgage subsidy, which will lower the effective cost of financing on his Bermuda residence to 3%. The maximum financing to which this applies is an amount equal to five times Mr. Byrne's annual salary as amended from time to time.

        David Brown.     We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Brown, dated October 15, 2006, under which he has agreed to continue to serve as our Chief Executive Officer. The agreement provides that Mr. Brown shall be paid an annual salary of $500,000 for the year ending December 31, 2006 and $600,000 for the year ending December 31, 2007. The agreement further

110



provides that Mr. Brown shall receive a housing allowance through a mortgage subsidy, which will lower the effective cost of financing on his Bermuda residence to 3%. The maximum financing to which this applies is an amount equal to five times Mr. Brown's annual salary as amended from time to time.

        James O'Shaughnessy.     We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. O'Shaughnessy, dated October 18, 2006 under which he has agreed to continue to serve as our Chief Financial Officer. The agreement provides that Mr. O'Shaughnessy shall be paid an annual salary of $300,000 for the year ending December 31, 2006 and $315,000 for the year ending December 31, 2007. The agreement further provides that Mr. O'Shaughnessy shall receive a housing allowance through a mortgage subsidy, which will lower the effective cost of financing on his Bermuda residence to 3%. The maximum financing to which this applies is an amount equal to five times Mr. O'Shaughnessy's annual salary as amended from time to time.

        Gary Prestia.     Flagstone entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Prestia, dated October 18, 2006, under which he has agreed to continue to serve as Flagstone's Chief Underwriting Officer-North America. The agreement provides that Mr. Prestia shall be paid an annual salary of $425,000 for the year ending December 31, 2006 and $460,000 for the year ending December 31, 2007. The agreement further provides that Mr. Prestia shall receive a housing allowance of up to $10,000 per month.

        Guy Swayne.     Flagstone entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Swayne, dated October 18, 2006, under which he has agreed to continue to serve as Flagstone's Chief Underwriting Officer—International. The agreement provides that Mr. Swayne shall be paid an annual salary of $375,000 per year for the year ending December 31, 2006 and $430,000 for the year ending December 31, 2007. The agreement further provides that Mr. Swayne shall receive a housing allowance through a mortgage subsidy, which will lower the effective cost of financing on his Bermuda residence to 3%. The maximum financing to which this applies is $1.5 million.

Severance

        The Named Executive Officers' employment agreements entitle each to termination compensation if the Named Executive Officer's employment is terminated without cause. Severance payments include: a cash payment equal to one year's annual salary and a bonus calculated by averaging the sum of the most recent three bonuses paid to the Named Executive Officer. In the event a Named Executive Officer has been employed with the Company for less than three years and is terminated without cause, the bonus will be calculated by averaging the sum of such lesser number of bonuses paid to Named Executive Officers. Each employment agreement includes a covenant by the officer not to solicit employees of the Company during a period following notice of termination, and provides for severance payments only after the officer shall have complied with that non-solicitation requirement.

        David Brown's employment agreement provides that, in the event Mr. Brown is terminated without cause, Mr. Brown generally shall be entitled to the greater of: (i) a cash payment equal to one year's annual salary and a bonus calculated by averaging the sum of the most recent three (or such lesser number) bonuses paid to him, or (ii) the cash value mark-to-market, as at the Company's books and records for the most recently ended quarter, of the PSUs he lost due to termination, pro-rated for the portion of the performance period served under the PSUs. However, if he is terminated without cause following a change of control of the Company, Mr. Brown will be entitled to a cash payment equal to one year's annual salary and a bonus calculated by averaging the sum of the most recent three (or such lesser number) bonuses paid to him.

        Severance payments for each Named Executive Officer are in addition to the Company's obligation to pay such Named Executive Officer's salary during the requisite notice period.

111



PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information as at September 30, 2006 regarding beneficial ownership of common shares and the applicable voting rights attached to such share ownership in accordance with our bye-laws by:


Name of beneficial owner

  Beneficial ownership of
principal shareholders
prior to the offering (1)

  Beneficial ownership of
principal shareholders
after the offering (1)

 
  Number
  Percentage
  Percentage
Lehman entities (2)   15,830,000   22.1 %  
Haverford (Bermuda) Ltd.   10,000,000   13.9    
Silver Creek entities (3)   9,811,986   13.7    
Lightyear entities (4)   6,001,446   8.4    
Marathon Special Opportunity Master Fund, Ltd. (5)   5,504,997   7.7    
QVT Fund L.P. (6)   5,004,901   7.0    
Mark J. Byrne (7)   10,000,000   13.9    
David A. Brown (8)   10,000,000   13.9    
James O'Shaughnessy        
Gary Prestia        
Guy Swayne          
Gary Black   5,174   *    
Nick Brumm        
Stephen Coley   5,302   *    
Thomas Dickson (9)   2,504,772   3.5 %  
Stewart Gross        
E. Daniel James   5,833   *    
Tony Knap   4,338   *    
Marc Roston        
Jan Spiering   11,649   *    
Wray T. Thorn        
All directors and executive officers as a group (15 persons)   12,537,068   17.5 %  

*
Represents less than 0.1% of the outstanding common shares.

(1)
Our bye-laws reduce the total voting power of any shareholder who is a U.S. person controlling more than 9.9% of our common shares to less than 9.9% of the voting power of our common shares. See "Description of Share Capital—Voting Rights." Under this provision, the voting power of the Lehman entities and the Silver Creek entities, each of which is a U.S. person which controls more than 9.9% of our common shares, has been reduced to less than 9.9% of the voting power of our common shares. Following the offering, the voting power of the Lehman entities and the Silver Creek entities will, to the extent necessary, be adjusted so that such entities possess less than 9.9% of the voting power of our common shares.

(2)
Of the common shares beneficially owned by the Lehman entities, 5,117,509 are held by Lehman Brothers Merchant Banking Partners III L.P.; 1,127,932 are held by Lehman Brothers Merchant

112


(3)
Of the common shares beneficially owned by the Silver Creek entities, 4,002,209 are held by Silver Creek Low Vol Strategies Holdings, LLC; 3,808,673 are held by Silver Creek Low Vol Strategies Holdings II, LLC; and 2,001,104 are held by Silver Creek Special Opportunities Holdings I, LLC. Silver Creek Capital Management LLC serves as the managing member of the Silver Creek entities and as such exercises all management and control of the business affairs of the Silver Creek entities. The managing members of Silver Creek Capital Management LLC are Eric Dillon and Timothy Flaherty. The address of the Silver Creek entities is 1301 Fifth Avenue, 40th Floor, Seattle, WA 98101.

(4)
Of the common shares beneficially owned by the Lightyear entities, 5,982,000 are held by Lightyear Fund II (Cayman), L.P., 18,000 are held by Lightyear Co-Invest Partnership II (Cayman), L.P., and 1,446 are held by Lightyear Capital II, LLC. As the sole general partner of each of Lightyear Fund II (Cayman), L.P. and Lightyear Co-Invest Partnership II (Cayman), L.P. Lightyear Fund II (Cayman) GP, L.P. may be deemed to have voting and/or investment power over such securities. As the sole general partner of Lightyear Fund II (Cayman) GP, L.P., Lightyear Fund II (Cayman) GP, Ltd. may also be deemed to have voting and/or investment power over such securities. As the sole director and shareholder of Lightyear Fund II (Cayman) GP, Ltd., Donald B. Marron may also be deemed to have voting and/or investment power over such securities. However, each of Lightyear Fund II (Cayman) GP, L.P., Lightyear Fund II (Cayman) GP, Ltd. and Mr. Marron disclaims beneficial ownership of the common shares held by Lightyear Fund II (Cayman), L.P. and Lightyear Co-Invest Partnership II (Cayman), L.P., except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest in such common shares. The address of the Lightyear entities and of Mr. Marron is 375 Park Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10152.

(5)
Marathon Asset Management, LLC ("Marathon") serves as the investment manager of Marathon Special Opportunity Master Fund, Ltd. (the "Fund") pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement between Marathon and the Fund. Marathon, in its capacity as the investment manager of the Fund, has sole power to vote and direct the disposition of all common shares held by the Fund. Bruce Richards and Louis Hanover are the managing members of Marathon. As managing members of Marathon, Messrs. Richards and Hanover may also be deemed to have voting and/or investment power over the common shares held by the Fund. However, each of Mr. Richards and Mr. Hanover disclaims beneficial ownership of the common shares held by the Fund, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in such common shares. The address of Marathon Special Opportunity Master Fund, Ltd. is 461 Fifth Avenue, 10th Floor, New York, NY 10017.

(6)
Management of QVT Fund LP is vested in its general partner, QVT Associates GP LLC. QVT Financial LP is the investment manager for QVT Fund LP and shares voting and investment control over the Company securities held by QVT Fund LP. QVT Financial GP LLC is the general partner of QVT Financial LP and as such has complete discretion in the management and control of the business affairs of QVT Financial LP. The managing members of QVT Financial GP LLC are Daniel Gold, Lars Bader, Tracy Fu and Nicholas Brumm. Each of QVT Financial LP, QVT Financial GP LLC, Daniel Gold, Lars Bader, Tracy Fu and Nicholas Brumm disclaims beneficial ownership of the Company's securities held by QVT Fund LP. The address of QVT Fund L.P. is c/o QVT Financial LP, 527 Madison Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(7)
Includes 10,000,000 shares held of record by Haverford. These shares are held through a trust for the benefit of others and Mr. Byrne therefore disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares.

(8)
Includes 10,000,000 shares held of record by Haverford. These shares are held through a trust for the benefit of others and Mr. Brown therefore disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares.

(9)
Includes 2,504,772 shares held of record by Haverford Capital Partners (Cayman) Limited. Mr. Dickson disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Haverford Capital Partners (Cayman) Limited.

113



CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

        We describe below the transactions we have entered into with parties that are related to our Company. We believe that each of the transactions described below was on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unrelated parties.

Transactions and Relationships with Initial Investors

        Haverford sponsored our formation and invested $100.0 million in our initial private placement at which time it purchased 10,000,000 of our common shares or 18.1% of the common shares then outstanding. Haverford is a Bermuda limited liability investment company, Bermuda Class 3 insurer and long term insurer which enables Haverford to invite all classes of property and casualty reinsurance and long term reinsurance. Haverford's 10,000,000 common shares currently represent 13.9%, of our outstanding common shares. It is also the holder of the Warrant which will entitle it to purchase up to an additional 8,585,747 common shares of the Company in December 2010. The impact of the conversion of the warrant would increase Haverford's ownership interest to 23.2% of the outstanding voting common shares as at September 30, 2006. See "Principal Shareholders" and "Description of Share Capital—Warrant." Our Executive Chairman, Mark Byrne, and our Chief Executive Officer, David Brown, may be deemed to have investment or voting control over all of the equity of Haverford.

        Haverford also owns all of the share capital of Haverford Investment Holdings Ltd., which owns 6.0% of the share capital of Haverford Capital Partners (Cayman) Ltd., which we refer to as HCP. HCP purchased 2,500,000 of our common shares in our initial private placement, which at the time represented 4.5% and currently represent 3.5% of the outstanding common shares of the Company.

        The Company paid $1.0 million to Haverford during the period from October 4, 2005 to December 31, 2005 in relation to services performed in respect of the private placement of the common shares of the Company, including capital raising support, and legal, accounting and risk modeling services. The Company paid $0.2 million to HCP during the period from October 4, 2005 to December 31, 2005 in relation to services performed in respect of the private placement, including capital raising support and business model development.

        Thomas Dickson, the Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors of HCP, is also a director of the Company. The Company entered into a consultancy arrangement with Meetinghouse LLC, a company for which Mr. Dickson serves as Chief Executive Officer. The consultancy arrangement provided for the provision of 150 hours of actuarial services at a rate of $500 per hour, for the period from December 2005 through March 2006. During the period from October 4, 2005 through December 31 , 2005, the Company incurred $21,000 for services relating to the development of financial and business models. During the nine months ended September 30 , 2006, additional expenses of $54,000 were incurred for services relating to business model development.

        The Company entered into a charter agreement with Longtail Aviation Ltd., which we refer to as Longtail, a Bermuda aircraft operator in which our Executive Chairman, Mark Byrne, has a 90% stake. The Company incurred an expense of $20,000 in relation to this agreement in 2005, and $1.4 million through September 30, 2006.

        The Company entered into a purchase and sale agreement with IAL Leasing Limited for the purchase of a private aircraft. Mark Byrne, our Executive Chairman, has a 95.6% interest in IAL Leasing. The Company paid IAL Leasing $1.8 million for the private aircraft. The purchase price of the aircraft was determined by averaging two independent appraisals from qualified aircraft valuation experts, Midwest Aircraft Appraisal and the Bermuda National Aircraft Appraisers Association, and was reviewed by the chairman of the Audit Committee. The transaction closed on July 31, 2006. IAL

114



Leasing previously purchased the aircraft on December 2, 2004 from General Electric Capital Corporation for $2.4 million.

        On August 1, 2006 our subsidiary, Flagstone Westwind Holdings Limited, which we refer to as Flagstone Westwind, entered into a twenty-four month management and joint use agreement with Longtail for the management and charter of its Westwind 1124A aircraft. Pursuant to the agreement, Flagstone Westwind pays Longtail a management fee of $6,000 per month and receives a fee from Longtail of $2,000 per charter hour flown. Flagstone Westwind bears the costs of maintaining the aircraft. As at September 30, 2006, Flagstone Westwind had an amount of $0.1 million due to Longtail which was included in amounts due to related parties.

        Lightyear Fund II (Cayman), L.P., which currently owns 5,982,000, or 8.4%, of our outstanding common shares, is a party to a letter agreement dated February 23, 2006 with the Company under which Lightyear has rights to information regarding the Company. These rights principally include a right to visit and inspect the offices of the Company and a right to designate one non-voting observer to the Board of Directors (which Lightyear presently does not exercise because it has a representative, Stewart Gross, as a full member of the Board of Directors). Under the letter agreement, Lightyear has agreed not to use or disclose any confidential information that it obtains in connection these rights, subject to customary exceptions. These rights are designed to enable Lightyear to qualify its investment in the Company as a venture capital investment under U.S. Department of Labor regulations.

Relationships with Strategic Investors and Underwriters

        Certain affiliates of Lehman Brothers Inc., which is acting as an underwriter in this offering, have invested a total of $158.3 million in the Company and own an aggregate of 15,830,000, or 22.1%, of our common shares. See "Principal Shareholders."

        LB I, an affiliate of Lehman Brothers Inc., has also invested $50.0 million in Mont Fort ILW, a segregated account of Mont Fort, and owns 50,000,000, or 90.9%, of Mont Fort ILW's preferred shares. We own all of the common shares of Mont Fort and have 100% control of its board of directors. See "Business—Mont Fort."

        E. Daniel James, who is a director of the Company, is also a principal of the Merchant Banking Group and a managing director of Lehman Brothers Inc. As discussed above, Lehman Brothers Inc. is acting as an underwriter in this offering. In addition, Lehman Brothers Inc. provided additional investment banking services to the Company in connection with our initial private placement for which it received fees of $2.0 million.

        In August 2006, we entered into a $200.0 million uncommitted letter of credit facility agreement with Citibank N.A., an affiliate of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., which is acting as an underwriter in this offering. As at December 8, 2006, we had not utilized this facility.

        Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, which is acting as an underwriter in this offering, also served as placement agent in connection with the sale of our Deferrable Interest Debentures.

        On September 5, 2006, the Company entered into a foreign currency swap agreement with Lehman Brothers Inc., which is acting as an underwriter in this offering, in relation to the issuance of the euro-denominated Deferrable Interest Debentures. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company exchanged €13.0 million for $16.7 million, will receive Euribor plus 354 basis points and will pay LIBOR plus 371 basis points. The agreement will terminate on September 15, 2011 and had a fair value of $(0.3) million as at September 30, 2006. Affiliates of Lehman Brothers Inc. are shareholders of the Company and preferred shareholders of Mort Fort.

115



Transactions with Management

        On December 20, 2005, Flagstone entered into a 24-month operational support agreement with West End. The Company's Executive Chairman, Mark Byrne, and Chief Executive Officer, David Brown, had ownership interests in West End of 70.6% and 16.6%, respectively. West End provided Flagstone with certain insurance management and related support services for a fee pursuant to the operational support agreement. Flagstone incurred $1.0 million and $25,000 in expenses under the operational support agreement for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the period ended December 31, 2005, respectively. Fees charged under the operational support agreement are based on an hourly fee rate for certain individuals.

        On March 31, 2006, the Company purchased all of the common shares of West End for a purchase price of $16.1 million. The Company purchased 12,000 shares of West End (representing a 70.6% interest) from the Company's Executive Chairman and shares of 2,829 West End shares (representing a 16.6% interest) from the Company's Chief Executive Officer. See "Business—Other Subsidiaries—West End." West End provides investment management services to Island Heritage, Mont Fort, and Rockridge.

        Prior to its acquisition by the Company, West End's core business was serving as investment advisor to an investment fund, Value Capital L.P. The investment objective of Value Capital L.P. was to achieve income growth and capital growth primarily by investment in and arbitrage of fixed-income instruments. Following the Company's acquisition of West End, the investment management agreement with Value Capital L.P. was terminated on June 30, 2006. The Value Capital L.P. fund structure was liquidated on November 24, 2006.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, the Company earned investment advisory fees of $1.4 million from Value Capital L.P. through its West End subsidiary. A subsidiary of the Company was the General Partner of Value Capital L.P. Through West End, the Company also earned advisory fees from Rockridge, Island Heritage and Mont Fort of $430,700, $24,100 and $93,700, respectively, during the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

        West End holds an 11.6% equity investment in the common equity of, and 29.6% voting interest in, Rockridge. West End serves as an investment adviser to Rockridge of which the Company's Chief Executive Officer serves as Chairman of the Board. Rockridge was founded by Montpelier Reinsurance Ltd and West End. Affiliates of the Silver Creek entities, which hold 10.9% of the outstanding common shares of the Company, also hold 58.2% of the outstanding securities of Rockridge.

        West End leases its office space in Hamilton, Bermuda from Eye Patch Holdings Limited, a company in which Haverford has a 40.0% stake, pursuant to a ten-year lease dated as at October 1, 2005. Through their ownership of Haverford, Messrs. Byrne and Brown collectively may be deemed to have indirect voting or investment control over 40% of Eye Patch Holdings Limited. West End currently pays $24,780 per month in rent and an additional $5,869 per month in maintenance fees under the lease. Rent is subject to review and adjustment every three years and maintenance fees are subject to review and adjustment on both an annual and a quarterly basis. During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, the Company made lease payments of $0.2 million to Eye Patch Holdings Limited.

        On March 6, 2006, the Company purchased all of the outstanding common shares of Mont Fort for consideration of $0.1 million from Haverford. As at the date of purchase, Mont Fort had assets of $0.1 million and no liabilities. Mr. Byrne and Mr. Brown serve as directors of Mont Fort. Mr. Byrne and Mr. Brown collectively may be deemed to have investment or voting control over all of the equity of Haverford, and therefore collectively a 100% interest in the consideration paid for the common shares of Mont Fort in this transaction. See "Business—Mont Fort."

116



        Flagstone entered into a facultative reinsurance agreement with Mont Fort ILW on June 6, 2006. Under this agreement Mont Fort ILW will assume a share of the Flagstone's Industry Loss Warranty exposure. Written premiums ceded to Mont Fort ILW during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 amounted to $15.1 million and $0.4 million was included in amounts due to related parties as at September 30, 2006. In accordance with the reinsurance agreement, Flagstone received a ceding commission of $0.2 million from Mont Fort ILW during the nine months ended September 30, 2006. On August 28, 2006, Mont Fort repurchased the preferred shares held by Flagstone for $5.1 million, and Mont Fort ILW entered into a quota share reinsurance contract with Flagstone under which Flagstone assumes 8.3% of the business written by Mont Fort ILW.

        On March 31, 2006, Flagstone acquired from Haverford 63,783 common shares, representing 18.7% of the common shares and 22.5% of the voting interest, of Island Heritage for consideration of $7.3 million. The purchase price was determined by reference to a recent arm's length purchase by an unrelated shareholder. Mr. Byrne and Mr. Brown collectively may be deemed to have investment or voting control over all of the equity of Haverford, and therefore collectively a 100% interest in the consideration paid for the common shares of Island Heritage in this transaction. See "Business—Island Heritage."

        Flagstone entered into an excess of loss reinsurance agreement with Island Heritage during 2006 under which Flagstone will assume a share of Island Heritage's residential and commercial property risks. Premiums written under the agreement during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 amounted to $1.4 million and $0.7 million was due from Island Heritage at September 30, 2006. Mr. Byrne and Mr. Brown serve as directors of Island Heritage.

        The March 2006 acquisitions of shares of West End, Island Heritage and Mont Fort were recommended by a committee of the Company's disinterested directors and approved unanimously by the full Board of Directors (with Messrs. Byrne and Brown recusing themselves).

117



MATERIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        The following discussion summarizes the material Bermuda, Canadian, U.K., Swiss, Indian, and United States federal income tax considerations applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries and the material Bermuda and United States federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of common shares. Except as otherwise indicated, the discussion of the material tax considerations under (i) "Taxation of the Company and Subsidiaries—Bermuda" and "Taxation of Shareholders—Bermuda Taxation of Shareholders" is based upon the advice of Attride-Stirling & Woloniecki, our Bermuda counsel, (ii) "Taxation of the Company and Subsidiaries—United States" and "Taxation of Shareholders—United States Taxation of Shareholders" is the opinion of Carter Ledyard & Milburn LLP, our U.S. counsel, (iii) "Taxation of the Company and Subsidiaries—Canada" is the opinion of Stewart McKelvey, our Canadian counsel, (iv) "Taxation of the Company and Subsidiaries—United Kingdom" is the opinion of Kendall Freeman, our U.K. counsel, (v) "Taxation of the Company and Subsidiaries—India" is the opinion of Fox Mandal, our Indian counsel, and (vi) "Taxation of the Company and Subsidiaries—Switzerland" is the opinion of Lenz & Staehelin, our Swiss counsel. The opinions of these firms do not include any factual or accounting matters, determinations or conclusions with respect to RPII, amounts and computations (for example, amounts or computations of income or expense items or reserves entering into RPII computations) or facts relating to the business or activities of the Company and its subsidiaries. The opinion of Carter Ledyard & Milburn LLP relies upon and is premised on the accuracy of factual statements and representations made by the Company concerning the business and properties, ownership, organization, source of income and manner of operation of the Company. The statements as to our beliefs, expectations and views do not represent our legal opinion or that of our counsel. This discussion is based upon current law. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may be forthcoming that could be retroactive and could affect the tax consequences to holders of common shares. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF COMMON SHARES.

Taxation of the Company and Subsidiaries

        Bermuda.     Under current Bermuda law, there is no income, corporate or profits tax or withholding tax, capital gains tax or capital transfer tax payable by the Company or its subsidiaries. The Company and its Bermuda incorporated subsidiaries have each obtained from the Bermuda Minister of Finance under The Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act, 1966, as amended, an assurance that, in the event that Bermuda enacts legislation imposing tax computed on profits, income, any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance, then the imposition of any such tax shall not be applicable to the Company or its Bermuda incorporated subsidiaries or to any of our operations or our common shares, debentures or other obligations, until March 28, 2016. The Company and its Bermuda incorporated subsidiaries could become subject to taxes in Bermuda after that date. This assurance is subject to the proviso that it is not to be construed so as to prevent the application of any tax or duty to such persons as are ordinarily resident in Bermuda (the Company and its Bermuda incorporated subsidiaries are not so currently affected) or to prevent the application of any tax payable in accordance with the provisions of the Land Tax Act 1967, as amended, or otherwise payable in relation to any property leased to the Company or its Bermuda incorporated subsidiaries. The Company and its Bermuda incorporated subsidiaries will each pay annual Bermuda government fees based on their respective capital structures and Flagstone will pay annual insurance license fees. In addition, all entities employing individuals in Bermuda are required to pay a payroll tax and there are other sundry taxes payable, directly or indirectly, to the Bermuda government.

        Canada.     Flagstone Halifax is subject to Canadian income tax at a rate of approximately 40% on its taxable income. Taxable income consists generally of income earned from providing services to the

118



Company, less deductible expenses incurred by Flagstone Halifax. The services are provided indirectly, through a sub-contracting arrangement with an indirect Bermuda subsidiary of West End, West End Capital Securities Traders Limited, which we refer to as WECST.

        The amount of income earned by Flagstone Halifax depends on the "transfer price" charged by Flagstone Halifax to the Bermuda entities. Canada's tax authorities may review such transfer prices from time to time, to ensure an appropriate transfer price has been set in accordance with Canada's transfer pricing tax rules. The tax authorities will impose penalties on Flagstone Halifax if it does not maintain and update detailed documentation and working papers in support of the transfer prices it uses.

        Any after-tax income of Flagstone Halifax paid to West End as a dividend will be subject to a 25% Canadian withholding tax. As Bermuda is a tax-free jurisdiction this will in effect be a final tax, raising the effective Canadian tax rate on income repatriated to Bermuda to approximately 55%.

        As more fully described below, the activities of Flagstone Halifax do not result in the Company (excluding Flagstone Halifax) being subject to income tax in Canada, as the Company is not considered to carry on business in Canada by virtue of its indirect ownership of Flagstone Halifax, or its indirect contracting relationship with Flagstone Halifax.

        Canada imposes income tax on the basis of residency. Generally, non-residents such as the Company are only subject to tax in Canada to the extent they carry on business in Canada, as set forth in section 2(3)(b) of the Income Tax Act (Canada).

        Canada applies both a common law test and a statutory test to determine whether a non-resident is carrying on business in Canada. The common law test looks to where the contracts of the business are made, and the location of operations from which profits arise. In the context of a non-resident contracting for services from a Canadian resident, as is the case between WECST and Flagstone Halifax, it is well accepted that such activity in and of itself does not create sufficient nexus to Canada to cause the activity to be construed as the non-resident customer carrying on business in Canada. A non-resident may at times be considered to carry on business in Canada where its Canadian subsidiary is a mere agent for the non-resident. However, Flagstone Halifax currently conducts itself, and intends to conduct itself, with sufficient independence from West End so that it will not be considered a mere agent of its parent West End.

        Section 253 of the Income Tax Act (Canada) extends the concept of carrying on business to include a transaction by which a non-resident "solicits orders or offers anything for sale in Canada through an agent or servant , whether the contract or transaction is to be completed inside or outside Canada or partly inside or outside Canada." Certain aspects of Flagstone Halifax's operations could be construed as soliciting offers for sale, but as these activities are not being carried on by Flagstone Halifax as agent for West End, this deeming provision should have no application.

        Should Flagstone, West End or WECST be found to be subject to Canadian tax on its income as a result of the operations of Flagstone Halifax, this would negatively affect their results. Specifically, Flagstone, West End or WECST would be subject to Canadian income tax at the same rates as Flagstone Halifax as described above, such rates being applied to that portion of the income of Flagstone, West End or WECST that is considered by Canada Revenue Agency to be earned in Canada.

        United Kingdom.     Flagstone Representatives Limited is a company incorporated and managed in the United Kingdom and is, by virtue of its place of incorporation, resident in the United Kingdom and will be subject to U.K. corporation tax on its worldwide profits (including revenue profits and capital gains). The main rate of United Kingdom corporation tax is currently 30% on profits of whatever description, and no U.K. withholding tax applies to dividend distributions paid by Flagstone Representatives Limited.

119



        None of our other companies, except for Flagstone Representatives Limited are incorporated in the United Kingdom. Accordingly, none of our other companies should be treated as being resident in the United Kingdom for corporation tax purposes unless the central management and control of any such company is exercised in the United Kingdom. The concept of central management and control is indicative of the highest level of control of a company, which is wholly a question of fact. Each of our companies currently intends to manage its affairs so that none of our companies, other than Flagstone Representatives Limited, are resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes.

        The rules governing the taxation of foreign companies operating in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency were amended by the Finance Act 2003. The current rules apply to the accounting periods of non-U.K. resident companies which start on or after January 1, 2003. Accordingly, a non-U.K. resident company should only be subject to U.K. corporation tax if it carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom. In that case, the company is, in broad terms, taxable on the profits and gains attributable to the permanent establishment in the United Kingdom. Broadly, a company will have a permanent establishment if it has a fixed place of business in the United Kingdom through which the business of the company is wholly or partly carried on or if an agent acting on behalf of the company habitually exercises authority in the United Kingdom to do business on behalf of the company.

        Each of our companies, apart from Flagstone Representatives Limited, currently intend to operate in such a manner so that none of our companies, apart from Flagstone Representatives Limited, carry on a trade through a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom.

        The United Kingdom has no income tax treaty with Bermuda. There are circumstances in which companies that are not resident in the United Kingdom and are not entitled to the protection afforded by a double tax treaty between the United Kingdom and the jurisdiction in which they are resident may be exposed to income tax in the United Kingdom (other than by deduction or withholding) on the profits of a trade carried on there even if that trade is not carried on through a branch or agency. Each of our companies, other than Flagstone Representatives Limited, currently intends to operate in such a manner that none of our companies will fall within the charge to income tax in the United Kingdom (other than by deduction or withholding) in this respect.

        If any of our companies were treated as being resident in the United Kingdom for U.K. corporation tax purposes, or if any of our companies, other than Flagstone Representatives Limited, were to be treated as carrying on a trade in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency or of having a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom, our results of operations and your investments could be materially adversely affected.

        Switzerland.     Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA is a company incorporated and managed in the canton of Valais, Switzerland, and is subject to ordinary corporate income tax at the federal, cantonal and municipal levels. Absent the grant of a tax holiday, corporate income taxes in the municipality of Martigny (canton of Valais) generally apply at an effective rate of 21.57% to net taxable profits, and a net equity corporate capital tax applies at a statutory rate of 0.05% to net equity. Both net taxable profits and net equity are derived from the company's statutory accounts, as established under Swiss GAAP. For reinsurance companies, net taxable profits generally consists of premiums received less operational costs and a proper allocation to technical reserves (so-called provisions). A reinsurance company's taxable net equity consists of paid-in capital, legal reserves, and reported earnings as well as any paid-in surplus.

        Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA has applied for preferential tax treatment from the cantonal tax administration of the canton of Valais, and has secured an indication that, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions (including the success of the ongoing licensing application process with the Federal Office of Private Insurance and the establishment of sufficient presence in Martigny), Flagstone

120



Réassurance Suisse SA may be granted a partial tax holiday providing an exemption from cantonal and municipal corporate income taxes for a period of 5 years.

        In addition, since Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA expects to perform only limited underwriting activity on the Swiss market with local counterparties, it may also be granted for cantonal and municipal corporate income tax purposes, and upon formal request, the benefits of the auxiliary company tax regime. Under said regime, the foreign source income realized by Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA would be subject to an effective after-tax rate of 1.72% for both cantonal and municipal income tax purposes and an effective after-tax rate of 7.83% for federal income tax purposes, resulting in an overall effective income tax rate of 9.55%. Furthermore, its net equity would be subject to capital tax at 0.02%.

        Any after-tax income of Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA paid to its shareholders as a dividend will be subject to a 35% Swiss withholding tax. Since Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA is wholly-owned by a Luxembourg intermediate holding company, the withholding tax may be reduced to 15% (non refundable) or even reduced to 0% in the case of qualifying ownership if the conditions set forth under the Luxembourg-Switzerland tax treaty with respect to the beneficial ownership requirements are met. Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA intends to approach the Swiss Federal Tax Administration to obtain a formal advanced ruling on the application of withholding taxes.

        Reinsurance activities are generally considered as being exempted activities (i.e. out of scope) for Swiss value added tax purposes.

        None of our companies, other than Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA, are incorporated or managed in Switzerland. Accordingly, none of our other companies should be liable for Swiss corporation taxation unless they carry on business through a permanent establishment in Switzerland. From a Swiss tax perspective, a permanent establishment is a fixed place of business through which a company performs business activities that are considered as being quantitatively and qualitatively significant by the tax authorities, and may include a branch, office, agency or place of management. Each of our companies, other than Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA, currently intends to operate in such a manner so that none of our companies, apart from Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA, will carry on business through a permanent establishment in Switzerland.

        India.     West End (India) is a company incorporated in the state of Andhra Pradesh, India, and is by virtue of its place of incorporation resident in India for Indian tax purposes. West End (India) is located in the city of Hyderabad and is registered under the software technology park of India, or STPI, Scheme. Tax incentives associated with businesses which are registered under the STPI Scheme generally provide a complete exemption from Indian tax on business income generated through these operations, and West End (India) has been granted a complete tax holiday valid through March 31, 2009.

        Under the STPI tax holiday, the entire income of the Indian operations from services provided to Flagstone and other companies based outside India is exempt from tax in India through the fiscal year ending March 31, 2009. The tax authorities have the powers to examine the eligibility of claiming the tax holiday benefit. Flagstone believes that it has satisfied all conditions for claiming the tax holiday benefit and therefore does not view this as a potential risk area.

        None of our other companies, apart from West End (India), should be treated as being resident in India for corporate tax purposes. Companies not resident in India may be subject to Indian taxation on income, from whatever source derived, that is received or deemed to be received in India, or that arises or accrues (or is deemed to arise or accrue) in India. We believe that we will not have any other taxable income arising, accruing, or received in India. We have complied with the India transfer pricing legislation and obtained an independent transfer pricing study, and we believe that all of our transactions with West End (India) are entered into at an arms length and revenues have been

121



appropriately attributed to the Indian operations. The Company therefore does not view this as a potential risk area.

        United States.     In general, under current United States tax rules and regulations, a non-U.S. corporation is subject to United States federal income tax on its taxable income that is treated as effectively connected to its conduct of a trade or business within the United States and to the United States branch profits tax on its effectively connected earnings and profits (with certain adjustments) deemed repatriated out of the United States unless entitled to the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty. Neither the Code, nor the applicable regulations provide a definition of what constitutes being engaged in a trade or business within the United States. The limited case law considering the issue does not provide definitive guidance and generally holds that a non-U.S. corporation will be considered to be engaged in a United States trade or business if it regularly and continuously carries out business activities in the United States. All facts and circumstances must be examined annually in determining whether a non-U.S. corporation is engaged in a United States trade or business for a taxable year.

        The Company and each of its subsidiaries intend to conduct substantially all of their activities outside the United States and to limit their United States contacts so as not to be engaged in the conduct of a trade or business in the United States. Accordingly, none of the Company or its subsidiaries should be subject to United States federal income tax imposed on business income. However, we cannot be certain that the IRS will not contend, perhaps successfully, that the Company and/or its subsidiaries are engaged in a trade or business in the United States because the Code, regulations and court decisions do not provide definitive standards as to the specific type of activities that constitute being engaged in the conduct of a trade or business within the United States. In addition, the determination of whether a non-U.S. corporation is engaged in a United States trade or business is essentially factual in nature. If any of the Company or its subsidiaries were deemed to be so engaged, such company would be subject to United States income tax, as well as the branch profits tax, on some or all of its income.

        If any of the Company or its subsidiaries were subject to United States federal income tax, such company would be taxed at regular corporate rates on all of its income that is effectively connected with the conduct of our United States business. In addition, such company may be subject to the branch profits tax. United States federal income tax, if imposed, would be based on effectively connected income computed in a manner generally analogous to that applied to the income of a United States corporation, except that the Code provides that a non-U.S. corporation is allowed deductions and credits only if it files a United States income tax return. Penalties also may be assessed for failure to file tax returns. The highest marginal federal income tax rates currently are 35% for a corporation's effectively connected income and 30% for the branch profits tax.

        Under the income tax treaty between Bermuda and the United States (the "Treaty"), a Bermuda reinsurance company that is eligible for benefits under the Treaty will be subject to U.S. income tax on any income found to be effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business only if that trade or business is conducted through a permanent establishment in the United States. No regulations interpreting the Treaty have been issued. The Company and each of its Bermuda insurance subsidiaries intend to conduct substantially all of their activities outside the United States so as not to have a permanent establishment in the United States.

        Flagstone and any other Bermuda insurance subsidiary of the Company would not be entitled to the benefits of the Treaty if (i) 50% or less of its shares were beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by individual residents of the U.S. or Bermuda or U.S. citizens, or (ii) its income were used in substantial part to make certain distributions to, or to meet certain liabilities to, persons who are not Bermuda residents or U.S. citizens or residents. We cannot be certain that Flagstone or any other Bermuda insurance subsidiary of the Company will be eligible for Treaty benefits immediately following

122



the offering or in the future because of factual and legal uncertainties regarding the residency and citizenship of the Company's shareholders.

        Section 842 of the Code sets forth a formula for determining the minimum amount of effectively connected net investment income of a foreign insurance company carrying on an insurance business within the United States. The formula depends, in part, on the amount of U.S. risk insured or reinsured by such companies. If Flagstone or any other insurance subsidiary of the Company were considered to be engaged in the conduct of an insurance business in the United States and it is not entitled to the benefits of the Treaty in general (because it fails to satisfy one of the limitations on treaty benefits discussed above) or another relevant U.S. income tax treaty, then section 842 could subject a significant portion of such company's investment income to U.S. income tax. In addition, although the Treaty clearly applies to premium income, it is uncertain whether the Treaty applies to other income such as investment income. If Flagstone or any other Bermuda insurance subsidiary of the Company is considered to be engaged in the conduct of an insurance business in the United States and is entitled to the benefits of the Treaty in general, but the Treaty is interpreted to not apply to investment income, section 842 could subject a significant portion of such company's investment income to U.S. income tax.

        Non-U.S. corporations not engaged in a trade or business in the United States are nonetheless subject to United States income tax on certain fixed or determinable annual or periodical gains, profits and income (such as dividends and certain interest on investments) derived from sources within the United States. Such tax generally is imposed by withholding at a rate of 30% on the gross income subject to the tax subject to reduction or elimination under the Code or an applicable income tax treaty. For example, the tax is not imposed with respect to certain types of United States source income, such as "portfolio interest."

        The United States also imposes an excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premiums paid to non-U.S. insurers or reinsurers with respect to risks of a U.S. entity or individual located wholly or partly within the United States and with respect to risks of a non-U.S. entity or individual engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. located within the United States. The rates of tax applicable to such premiums are 4% for direct casualty insurance and indemnity bonds or 1% for reinsurance premiums.

Taxation of Shareholders

        Bermuda Taxation of Shareholders.     Under current Bermuda law, payments of dividends and the return of capital in respect of the common shares will not be subject to taxation in Bermuda and no withholding will be required on the payment of dividends or return of capital to any holder of common shares, nor will gains derived from the disposal of common shares be subject to Bermuda income or corporation tax. For shareholders who are designated as non-resident for exchange control purposes, Bermuda currently has no income, corporation or capital gains tax and no estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax; and, for these shareholders, no stamp duty is payable in respect of the issue or transfer of the common shares.

        United States Taxation of Shareholders.     The following discussion summarizes the material United States federal income tax considerations applicable to the purchase, ownership and disposition of common shares. Unless otherwise stated, this summary deals only with shareholders who purchase their common shares in this offering and who hold their common shares as capital assets. The following discussion is only a discussion of the material United States federal income tax matters as described herein and does not purport to address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular shareholder in light of such shareholder's specific circumstances. For example, the following summary does not describe the U.S. federal income tax consequences to certain holders who are subject to special treatment under the Code, such as financial institutions, tax-exempt organizations, expatriates, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment

123



trusts, partnerships and other pass-through entities, dealers in securities or currencies, persons who are considered to be "United States shareholders" with respect to the Company for purposes of the CFC rules of the Code (generally, a United States holder, as defined below, who owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of the Company's shares), investors that hold common shares as a position in a "straddle" or "appreciated financial position" or as part of a hedging, "conversion" or other integrated transaction for United States federal income tax purposes or investors that have a "functional currency" other than the U.S. dollar.

        If a partnership or an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes owns common shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in such a partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partnership that owns common shares and the partners in such partnership should consult their tax advisors about the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of common shares.

        In this summary, the term "United States person" means:

        As used in this discussion, the term "United States holder" means a United States person that holds the common shares as "capital assets" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. The term "Non-United States holder" means a non-resident alien individual, or a corporation, estate or trust that is not a United States holder.

         All investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the particular tax consequences of this offering to them, including the effect and applicability of United States federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax laws.

        Taxation of Distributions.     Subject to the discussion below relating to the potential application of the PFIC, CFC and RPII rules, cash distributions made with respect to common shares will constitute dividends for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of the current or accumulated earnings and profits of the Company, as determined for United States federal income tax purposes. United States holders generally will be subject to United States federal income tax on the receipt of such dividends. If you are a non-corporate United States holder, dividends paid to you in taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010 that constitute qualified dividend income (which will not be the case if we are classified as a PFIC) will be taxable to you at a maximum tax rate of 15% provided that you hold the common shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements. Dividends we pay with respect to the common shares generally will be qualified dividend income provided that, in the year that you receive the dividend, the common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. However, those dividends generally will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction.

124


        To the extent that a distribution exceeds earnings and profits, it will be treated first as a return of the United States holder's basis to the extent of such basis, and then as gain from the sale of a capital asset. The character of such gain is described below under "Dispositions of Common Shares."

        Passive Foreign Investment Companies.     In general, a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC if:

        The PFIC statutory provisions contain a look-through rule that states that, for purposes of determining whether a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC, such non-U.S. corporation shall be treated as if it "received directly its proportionate share of the income" and as if it "held its proportionate share of the assets" of any other corporation in which it owns at least 25% of the value of the stock. Under the look-through rule, the Company would be deemed to own its proportionate share of the assets and to have received its proportionate share of the income of Flagstone and other 25% owned subsidiaries for purposes of the PFIC tests described above. If the Company is not a PFIC, the PFIC statutory provisions state that a U.S. shareholder of the Company will not be treated as a shareholder of a subsidiary that meets the definition of a PFIC for federal income tax purposes as long as the shareholder does not own 50% or more of the value of the Company's shares. If the Company is a PFIC, United States holders of common shares will be treated as shareholders in any lower tier PFICs.

        For the above purposes, "passive income" generally includes interest, dividends, annuities and other investment income. The PFIC statutory provisions, however, contain an express exception for income "derived in the active conduct of an insurance business by a corporation which is predominantly engaged in an insurance business" (the "insurance company exception"). This insurance company exception is intended to ensure that income, including investment income, derived by a bona fide insurance company is not treated as passive income, except to the extent such income is attributable to financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of the insurance business.

        The Company currently expects, for purposes of the PFIC rules, that Flagstone will be predominantly engaged in the active conduct of an insurance business and will not have financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of its insurance business in each year of operations. Accordingly, the Company currently expects that none of the income or assets of Flagstone should be treated as passive. Further, the Company currently expects that the passive income and assets of each other direct and indirect subsidiary of the Company will, for PFIC purposes, be de minimis in each year of operations relative to the overall income and assets of the Company. Under the look-through rule, the Company should be deemed to own its proportionate share of the assets and to have received its proportionate share of the income of its direct and indirect subsidiaries for purposes of the 75% test and the 50% test. Assuming that the Company's expectations are in fact correct currently and in the future, Carter Ledyard & Milburn LLP is of the opinion that the Company should not be treated as a PFIC in 2006 or in the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance, however, that the IRS will not challenge this position and that a court will not sustain such challenge. The IRS may issue regulatory or other guidance that applies on either a prospective or retroactive basis under which Flagstone may fail to qualify for the insurance company exception and the Company may, consequently, be deemed a PFIC.

        If the Company were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a United States holder held common shares directly or through a pass through entity, the Company would always be treated as a PFIC (unless certain elections are made) with respect to such holder and certain adverse consequences could apply upon a sale or exchange of common shares or the receipt of a distribution that is more than 125% of the average distribution with respect to the common shares (i.e., an "excess distribution"), including a material increase in the amount of tax that the United States holder would

125



owe, an imposition of tax earlier than it would otherwise be imposed, an interest charge and additional tax form filing requirements. In addition, upon the death of a U.S. individual, such individual's heirs or estate would not be entitled to a "step-up" in the basis of the common shares. Further, a distribution paid by a PFIC to United States holders that are individuals that is characterized as a dividend and is not characterized as an excess distribution would not be eligible for a reduced rate of tax as "qualified dividend income." Some of these adverse consequences could be mitigated if either a timely "qualified electing fund" election ("QEF election") to currently include a pro rata share of our income or a "mark to market" election is made. You would not be eligible to make a QEF election unless we comply with certain applicable information reporting requirements. We intend to provide United States holders with the information needed to report income and gain under a QEF election if we are classified as a PFIC. Each United States holder who is considering an investment in common shares should consult their own tax advisor as to the effects of the PFIC rules and the availability of the "qualified electing fund" and "mark to market" elections.

        During a taxable year that an investor is deemed to be a U.S. 10% shareholder (defined below) and the Company is a CFC, see the discussion below, the rules relating to PFICs generally would not apply to that investor.

         Possible Classification of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries as Controlled Foreign Corporations. U.S. 10% shareholders (as defined below) that own, directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities, on the last day of the taxable year, shares of a non-U.S. corporation that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during the taxable year, are required to include in their gross income for United States federal income tax purposes their pro rata share of the CFC's subpart F income, as defined below, for such year. The subpart F income inclusion is required even if the subpart F income is not distributed. In addition, U.S. 10% shareholders of a CFC may be deemed to receive taxable distributions to the extent the CFC increases the amount of its earnings that are invested in certain specified types of United States property.

        Substantially all of the income of the Company and Flagstone is expected to be subpart F income. Subpart F income generally includes passive investment income, such as interest, dividends or certain rent or royalties and subpart F insurance income, which typically includes underwriting and investment income that is attributable to the issuing (or reinsuring) of any insurance or annuity contract, insuring risks situated outside the CFC's country of incorporation, and that (subject to certain modifications) would be taxed under the insurance company provisions of the Code if such income were the income of a United States insurance company. However, subpart F income does not include any income from sources within the United States which is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States and not exempted or subject to a reduced rate of tax by applicable treaty.

        A "U.S. 10% shareholder" is any United States person who owns, directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities, or is considered to own (i.e., constructively, generally through attribution rules applying to family members, partnerships, estates, trusts or 10% controlled corporations) 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a non-U.S. corporation. In general, a non-U.S. corporation is treated as a CFC if its U.S. 10% shareholders collectively own, directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities, or constructively more than 50% of the total combined voting power or total value of the corporation's stock on any day during the taxable year of the non-U.S. corporation. However, only for purposes of taking into account subpart F insurance income, a non-U.S. corporation such as Flagstone generally will be treated as a CFC if more than 25% of the total combined voting power or total value of its stock is owned directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities, or constructively by U.S. 10% shareholders.

        Because of the anticipated dispersion of the Company's share ownership, provisions in the bye-laws that limit voting power and other factors, no United States person who owns common shares of the Company directly or indirectly through one or more non-U.S. entities should be treated as a U.S. 10%

126



shareholder. However, because of the complexity of the attribution rules and the uncertainty of the effectiveness of the voting limitations, we cannot be certain that no United States person who owns common shares directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities will not be deemed a U.S. 10% shareholder and that we will not be characterized as a CFC. United States holders should therefore consult their own tax advisors to consider whether their ownership interest in the Company would cause them to become a U.S. 10% shareholder of the Company and/or its subsidiaries and to determine the impact of such a classification on them.

        The RPII CFC Provisions.     The following discussion generally is applicable only if the RPII of one of the Company's insurance subsidiaries, determined on a gross basis, is 20% or more of such subsidiary's gross insurance income for the taxable year and the RPII 20% ownership exception discussed below does not apply. The following discussion generally would not apply for any taxable year in which such subsidiary's RPII falls below the 20% threshold or the RPII 20% ownership exception is met. While we cannot be certain, the Company believes that each insurance subsidiary's gross RPII as a percentage of its gross insurance income will be below the 20% threshold for the foreseeable future and that each insurance subsidiary should meet the ownership exception.

        RPII Companies.     A different definition of CFC is applicable in the case of a non-U.S. corporation which earns RPII. RPII is any subpart F insurance income attributable to policies of insurance or reinsurance with respect to which the person (directly or indirectly) insured or reinsured is a RPII shareholder of the non-U.S. corporation or a related person (as defined below) to such a shareholder. A RPII shareholder is a United States person who owns, directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities, any amount (rather than 10% or more) of common shares. Generally, for purposes of the RPII rules, a related person is someone who controls or is controlled by the RPII shareholder or someone who is controlled by the same person or persons which control the RPII shareholder. Control is measured by either more than 50% in value or more than 50% in voting power of stock after applying certain constructive ownership rules.

        For purposes of taking into account RPII, and subject to the exceptions described below, an insurance subsidiary will be treated as a CFC if its RPII shareholders collectively own, directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively, 25% or more of the total combined voting power or value of the subsidiary's stock on any day during a taxable year. If such subsidiary is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of at least 30 days during any taxable year under the special RPII rules, a United States person who owns, directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities, common shares of such subsidiary on the last day of any such taxable year must include in its gross income for United States federal income tax purposes its allocable share of the RPII earned by such subsidiary for the entire taxable year. The amount includible will be determined as if all such RPII were distributed proportionately only to such United States persons at that date, but limited by the subsidiary's current-year earnings and profits and generally reduced by the United States person's share, if any, of prior-year deficits in earnings and profits

        RPII Exceptions.     The special RPII rules do not apply to a subsidiary if:

        Computation of RPII.     In order to determine how much RPII each insurance subsidiary has earned in each taxable year, the Company intends to obtain and rely upon information from each insurance subsidiary's insureds to determine whether any of the insureds or persons related to such

127



insureds own shares of the Company directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities, and are United States persons. However, the Company may not be able to determine whether any of the underlying insureds of the insurance companies to which its subsidiaries provide insurance or reinsurance are RPII shareholders or related persons to such shareholders. Consequently, the Company may not be able to determine accurately the gross amount of RPII earned by a subsidiary in a given taxable year. Each insurance subsidiary will take reasonable steps to secure such additional information relevant to determining the amount of its insurance income that is RPII as it believes advisable, but the Company cannot assure investors that such information will be sufficient to enable each insurance subsidiary to make such determination accurately.

        If the Company determines that neither the RPII 20% ownership exception nor the RPII 20% gross income exception is applicable for any taxable year, the Company may seek information from the Company's shareholders as to whether direct or indirect owners of common shares at the end of the year are United States persons. Such information is necessary in order to allow the Company to determine and apportion RPII among United States persons. In any such year, the Company will inform United States persons, to the extent possible, of the amount of RPII per share. To the extent the Company is unable to determine whether a direct or indirect owner of common shares is a United States person, the Company may assume that such owner is not a United States person for the purpose of allocating RPII, thereby increasing the amount of RPII per share for all such United States holders.

        If, as expected, the insurance subsidiaries satisfy either the RPII 20% gross income exception or the RPII 20% ownership exception, United States holders will not be required to include RPII in their taxable income.

        Apportionment of RPII to United States Holders.     If the Company determines that neither the RPII 20% ownership exception nor the RPII 20% gross income exception is applicable for any taxable year, every United States person who owns, directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities, common shares on the last day of such taxable year will be required to include in gross income its share of each insurance subsidiary's RPII for the entire year. The amount of RPII includible in the income of a direct or indirect United States shareholder is based upon the net RPII for the year after deducting related expenses such as losses, loss reserves and operating expenses. Such gross income inclusion is applicable whether or not RPII is distributed and regardless of whether the United States person has owned common shares for the entire year. A United States person who owns common shares during such taxable year but not on the last day of the taxable year, which would normally be December 31, is not required to include in gross income any part of an insurance subsidiary's RPII.

        If a subsidiary has RPII and the Company makes a distribution of such RPII to a United States holder with respect to common shares, such distribution will not be taxable to the extent any such RPII that has been allocated to and included in the gross income of such United States holder for the taxable year in which the distribution was paid or for any prior year.

        Uncertainty as to Application of RPII.     The RPII provisions of the Code have never been interpreted by the courts. Regulations interpreting the RPII provisions of the Code have existed only in proposed form since 1991. It is not certain whether these regulations will be adopted in their proposed form or what changes or clarifications might ultimately be made to such regulations. It is also uncertain whether any such changes, as well as any interpretation or application of the RPII rules by the IRS, the courts or otherwise, might have retroactive effect. The description of the RPII rules herein is therefore qualified. Accordingly, the meaning of the RPII provisions and the application thereof to the Company's insurance subsidiaries are uncertain. The statutory provisions include the grant of authority to the United States Treasury Department to prescribe "such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purpose of this subsection including . . . regulations preventing the avoidance of this subsection through cross insurance arrangements or otherwise." In addition, the Company cannot assure investors that any amounts of RPII inclusions reported by the Company to direct or indirect United States

128



holders will not be subject to adjustment based upon subsequent IRS examination. Each United States holder who is considering an investment in common shares should consult their own tax advisor as to the effects of these uncertainties.

        Basis Adjustments.     A United States holder's tax basis in its common shares will be increased by the amount of any CFC income, including RPII that the United States holder includes in income. Upon actual distribution of amounts previously included in income under the CFC and RPII CFC rules, the United States holder's tax basis in its common shares will be reduced by the amount of distributions that are excluded from income. In general, a United States holder will not be able to exclude from income distributions with respect to CFC income that a prior United States holder included in income.

        Information Reporting.     Under certain circumstances, United States persons who own (directly or indirectly) shares in a non-U.S. corporation are required to file IRS Form 5471 with their U.S. federal income tax returns. Generally, information reporting on IRS Form 5471 is required by (i) every United States person who "controls" a non-U.S. corporation by owning directly or by attribution more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote, or more than 50% of the total value of shares of all classes of stock, of such corporation, for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during a taxable year of that non-U.S. corporation, (ii) United States persons treated as U.S. 10% shareholders or RPII shareholders of a CFC that own shares directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities on the last day of the taxable year, and (iii) United States persons (under certain circumstances) that directly or indirectly acquire 10% or more of the value of shares of a non-U.S. corporation, even if the entity is not a CFC.

        If an insurance subsidiary's gross RPII for a taxable year constitutes 20% or more of such subsidiary's gross insurance income for such period and the 20% ownership exception does not apply, any United States person treated as owning any common shares of such subsidiary directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities on the last day of such taxable year will be subject to the RPII rules and will be required to file a Form 5471. For any taxable year, if the Company determines that an insurance subsidiary does not meet either the RPII 20% gross income exception or the RPII 20% ownership exception, the Company intends to mail to all shareholders of record, and will make available at the transfer agent with respect to common shares, Form 5471 (completed with Company information) for attachment to the returns of shareholders. However, the Company's determination of the amount of a subsidiary's gross RPII for a given taxable year may not be accurate because of the Company's inability to gather the information necessary to make such determination. A tax-exempt organization that is treated as a U.S. 10% shareholder or a RPII shareholder will be required to file a Form 5471 in the circumstances described above. Failure to file Form 5471 may result in penalties.

        Tax-Exempt Shareholders.     Under Code section 512(b)(17), a tax-exempt entity that owns common shares directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities is required to treat as unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) the portion of any subpart F insurance income allocable to such tax-exempt entity if such insurance income would be treated as UBTI if derived directly by such tax-exempt entity, subject to certain exceptions. Prospective investors that are tax-exempt entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the potential impact of Code section 512(b)(17) and the UBTI provisions of the Code.

        Dispositions of Common Shares.     Subject to the discussion elsewhere relating to the potential application of the CFC and PFIC rules, the gain or loss realized by a United States holder on the sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares will be includible in gross income as capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition and such United States holder's basis in its common shares. If a United States holder's holding period for common shares is more than one year, any gain will be subject to United States

129



federal income tax as long-term capital gain. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors regarding the applications of these capital gain provisions.

        Under Code section 1248, if a United States person sells or exchanges stock in a non-U.S. corporation and such person was a U.S. 10% shareholder of such corporation at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition when the corporation was a CFC, any gain from the sale or exchange of the shares will be treated as a dividend to the extent of the CFC's earnings and profits (to the extent not previously included in the holder's income under an anti-deferral regime, such as the CFC or PFIC regime) during the period that the shareholder held the shares and while the corporation was a CFC (with certain adjustments). The Company believes that because the voting limitations provisions in our organizational documents and other factors, no United States person should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) 10% or more of the total voting power of the Company. To the extent this is the case, the application of Code section 1248 under the regular CFC rules should not apply to dispositions of our common shares. It is possible, however, that the IRS could challenge the effectiveness of these provisions and that a court could sustain such a challenge. A U.S. 10% shareholder may in certain circumstances be required to report a disposition of shares of a CFC by attaching IRS Form 5471 to the U.S. federal income tax or information return that it would normally file for the taxable year in which the disposition occurs. In the event this is determined necessary, the Company will provide a completed IRS Form 5471 or the relevant information necessary to complete the Form.

        Code section 953(c)(7) generally provides that Code section 1248 also will apply to the sale or exchange of shares by a United States person in a non-U.S. corporation that is characterized as a CFC under the RPII rules if the non-U.S. corporation would be taxed as an insurance company if it were a United States corporation. The dividend treatment applies to a United States person subject to the RPII rules regardless of whether the United States person is a U.S. 10% shareholder or the RPII exceptions described above (i.e., the 20% ownership exception and the RPII 20% gross income exception) apply. Existing proposed regulations do not specifically address whether Code section 1248 would apply when a non-U.S. corporation (such as the Company) is not a CFC but the non-U.S. corporation has an insurance company subsidiary that is a CFC (such as Flagstone). We believe, however, that this application of Code section 1248 under the RPII rules should not apply to dispositions of our common shares because the Company will not be directly engaged in the insurance business. We cannot be certain, however, that the IRS will not interpret the proposed regulations under section 953 of the Code in a contrary manner, or that the U.S. Treasury Department will not amend the regulations under section 953 of the Code, to provide that section 1248 will apply to dispositions of common shares. All investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the applicability of Code section 1248 to a disposition of common shares.

        Foreign Tax Credit.     In the event that United States holders own at least 50% of the common shares, only a portion of the dividends paid by the Company and current income inclusions, if any, under the CFC, RPII and PFIC rules (including sales of common shares treated as a dividend under section 1248 of the Code) will be treated as foreign source income for purposes of computing a shareholder's United State foreign tax credit limitation. It is likely that substantially all of any such income that is foreign source income will constitute either "passive" or "financial services" income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes (and for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006 will constitute either "passive" or "general" income). The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for the United States foreign tax credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. Thus, it may not be possible for most United States holders to utilize excess foreign tax credits to reduce United States tax on such income unless such credits can be applied against tax due on other foreign source income in the appropriate class. We will consider providing shareholders with information regarding the portion of such amounts constituting foreign source income to the extent such information is reasonably available.

130



        Taxation of Distributions.     A Non-United States holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on distributions received with respect to common shares, unless such income is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by such Non-United States holder. If the Non-United States holder is entitled to the benefits of a United States income tax treaty with respect to such distributions, such income is generally taxable only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-United States holder in the United States.

        Dispositions of Common Shares.     Gain realized on the sale or other disposition of common shares by a Non-United States holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, including withholding tax, unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-United States holder of a trade or business within the United States or (ii) in the case of an individual Non-United States holder, such holder is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of sale or disposition and does not qualify for an exemption.

        If the Non-United States holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States for federal income tax purposes, the income from the common shares, including distributions and the gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common shares that is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business (or that is attributable to a permanent establishment in the case of a Non-United States holder entitled to the benefits of a United States income tax treaty) will generally be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as discussed in the previous sections relating to the taxation of United States holders. In addition, in the case of a corporate Non-United States holder, its earnings and profits that are attributable to the effectively connected income, which are subject to certain adjustments, may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

        Payments in respect of common shares may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and to U.S. backup withholding tax at a rate equal to the fourth lowest income tax rate applicable to individuals (which, under current law, is 28%) unless an exemption is established from these rules. Backup withholding will not apply if a United States holder (i) is a corporation or comes within certain exempt categories, and demonstrates the fact when so required, or (ii) furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification.

        Non-United States holders generally are not subject to information reporting to the IRS or U.S. backup withholding tax with respect to dividends paid on, or upon the disposition of, common shares, provided that such Non-United States holders establish their non-United States status (or other exemption) in the manner required by United States Treasury regulations.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against a United States holder's U.S. tax liability, and a United States holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible applicability of the backup withholding provisions to payments in respect of common shares.

Possible Changes in U.S. Tax Law

        The tax laws and interpretations regarding whether a company is engaged in a U.S. trade or business, is a CFC, is a PFIC or has RPII are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. There are currently no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC provisions to an insurance company

131



and the regulations regarding RPII are in proposed form. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming. We are not able to predict if, when or in what form such guidance will be provided or whether such guidance will have a retroactive effect. The tax treatment of non-U.S. insurance companies has been the subject of discussion in the U.S. Congress. We cannot assure you that future legislative action will not increase the amount of U.S. tax payable by us. If this happens, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

        The foregoing discussion (including and subject to the matters and qualifications set forth in such summary) is based upon current law and is for general information only. The tax treatment of a holder of common shares, or of a person treated as a holder of common shares for United States federal income, state, local or non-U.S. tax purposes, may vary depending on the holder's particular tax situation. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may be forthcoming that could be retroactive and could affect the tax consequences to holders of common shares.

         PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF COMMON SHARES.

132



DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

General

        Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized share capital will consist of 150,000,000 common shares, par value $0.01 per common share, of which       common shares will be issued and outstanding following the offering (or      common shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). Under certain circumstances, we have the right but not the obligation to purchase all or a portion of our common shares held by a shareholder. See "—Acquisition of Common Shares by the Company" below. When issued and paid for, all of the common shares sold pursuant to this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable. As at September 30, 2006, there were approximately 55 holders of record of our common shares. The following summary of our share capital is qualified in its entirety by reference to our memorandum of association and bye-laws, the Shareholders' Agreement and the Warrant, copies of which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. All references in this section to "bye-laws" refer to the amended bye-laws of the Company to be adopted prior to (and conditioned upon) completion of this offering. The Shareholders' Agreement described below will become effective at the time of (and is conditioned upon) the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        Holders of our common shares have no pre-emptive, redemption, conversion or sinking fund rights. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common shares are entitled to share equally and ratably in our assets, if any remain after the payment of all our debts and liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred shares.

Voting Rights

        In general, and except as provided below, shareholders have one vote for each common share held by them and are entitled to vote at all meetings of shareholders. However, if, and so long as, the common shares of a shareholder are treated as "controlled shares" (generally, common shares held directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively through certain relationships) of any U.S. Person and such controlled shares constitute 9.9% or more of the votes conferred by the Company's issued shares, the voting rights with respect to the controlled shares of that U.S. Person (a "9.9% U.S. Shareholder") shall be limited to a voting power of less than 9.9% under a formula specified in the bye-laws. The reduction in votes is generally to be applied proportionately among all the "controlled shares" of the 9.9% U.S. Shareholder, provided, however, that the reduction shall first be effected by reducing the votes conferred on the common shares held directly by such 9.9% U.S. Shareholder. The reduction in the votes of the common shares held by a 9.9% U.S. Shareholder effected by the foregoing shall be allocated proportionately among the common shares held by the other shareholders so long as the allocation does not cause any U.S. Person to become a 9.9% U.S. Shareholder. The formula is applied repeatedly until the voting power of all 9.9% U.S. Shareholders has been reduced to 9.9%. In addition, the Board of Directors may limit a shareholder's voting rights where it deems it appropriate to do so to (i) avoid the existence of any 9.9% U.S. Shareholder; and (ii) avoid certain adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the Company or any of the Company's subsidiaries or any shareholder or its affiliates. "Controlled shares" includes all shares that a U.S. Person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of Section 958 of the Code).

        Under these provisions, certain shareholders, such as the Lehman entities and the Silver Creek entities, may have their voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, while other shareholders may have their voting rights increased to in excess of one vote per share. Moreover, these provisions could have the effect of reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject to the 9.9% limitation by virtue of their direct share ownership. Our bye-laws provide that shareholders will be notified of their voting interests prior to any vote to be taken by the shareholders.

133



        We are authorized to require any shareholder to provide information as to that shareholder's beneficial share ownership, the names of persons having beneficial ownership of the shareholder's shares, relationships with other shareholders or any other facts the directors may deem relevant to a determination of whether a shareholder's voting rights are to be reallocated pursuant to the bye-laws. We may, in our reasonable discretion, reduce or disregard the votes attached to shares of any holder failing to respond to such a request or submitting incomplete or inaccurate information.

        Under our bye-laws, the boards of directors of our direct and indirect non-U.S. subsidiaries that are not treated as pass-through or disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes are to consist of persons who have been elected by our shareholders (subject to the limitations on voting rights discussed above) by resolution in a general shareholder meeting.

Restrictions on Transfer of Common Shares or Warrants

        Although our Board of Directors may decline to register certain transfers of shares, pursuant to our bye-laws, our Board of Directors is required to register in the Company's register of members any transfer settled on a stock exchange or automated quotation system on which shares are listed or traded from time to time. Except in connection with the settlement of trades or transactions entered into through the facilities of a stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the shares are listed or traded from time to time, our Board of Directors may generally require any shareholder or any person proposing to acquire our shares or warrants to provide the information required under our bye-laws relating to the identity of the direct beneficial owner (as defined under Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act). If any such shareholder or proposed acquirer does not provide such information, or if the Board of Directors has reason to believe that any certification or other information provided pursuant to any such request is inaccurate or incomplete, the Board of Directors may decline to register any transfer or to effect any issuance or purchase of shares or warrants to which such request is related. Although these restrictions on transfer will not interfere with the settlement of trades on the New York Stock Exchange, we may decline to register transfers in accordance with our bye-laws and Board of Directors resolutions after a settlement has taken place.

        The restrictions on transfer and voting restrictions described above may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our Company.

Acquisition of Common Shares by the Company

        Under our bye-laws and subject to Bermuda law, we have the option, but not the obligation, to require a shareholder to sell to us at fair market value the minimum number of common shares which is necessary to avoid or cure any adverse tax consequences or materially adverse legal or regulatory treatment to us, our subsidiaries or our shareholders if our Board of Directors reasonably determines, in good faith, that failure to exercise our option would result in such adverse consequences or treatment. Upon notice from the Company, a shareholder will have 75 days to remedy such adverse consequences or treatment, including by selling the common shares to a third party, subject to any other restrictions on transfer. If the shareholder does not remedy the adverse consequences or treatment, we will have the option, but not the obligation to purchase the common shares at fair market value, as determined by an independent valuation and approved by the Board of Directors.

Issuance of Shares

        Subject to our bye-laws and Bermuda law, our Board of Directors has the power to issue any of our shares as it determines, including the issuance of any shares with preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions.

134



Shareholders' Agreement

        The Company and all of the investors in our private placement are parties to an Amended and Restated Shareholders' Agreement. The Shareholders' Agreement provides that, on or after the last day of the Lock-Up Period, as defined below, persons who hold at least 10 million (or, for subsequent demand registrations, at least 5 million) of the common shares which were issued in our private placement will have the right to request registration for a public offering of common shares. We agree to use our best efforts to cause the prompt registration of such common shares, but may postpone the filing of a registration statement in connection with such public offering for up to three months from the date of the request if we determine in good faith that the registration would reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on any proposal or plan by us or any of our subsidiaries to engage in any acquisition of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any stock purchase, amalgamation, merger, consolidation, tender offer, reorganization, or similar transaction or if an underwritten public offering is contemplated in which the common shares proposed to be registered would be included. If the number of common shares to be sold in the requested offering is limited by the managing underwriter, then the number of common shares requested to be registered will be allocated, pro rata, among the requesting shareholders. The shareholders who are parties to the Shareholders' Agreement will be entitled to request no more than five registrations, up to three of which may be requested within the period beginning the day after the last day of the Lock-Up Period and ending twenty-four months thereafter.

        "Piggyback" Registrations.     Additionally, the Shareholders' Agreement provides that, if at any time no less than three months following this offering, we propose to register any of our common shares under the Securities Act, we will offer the shareholders who are party to the Shareholders' Agreement the opportunity, subject to certain conditions, to include their common shares in such registration statement. We are generally required to pay all expenses associated with any demand or "piggyback" registrations.

        "Lock-Up".     The Shareholders' Agreement includes a covenant by the shareholders to execute and deliver a "lock-up" letter agreement, whereby they will not offer, sell, or otherwise dispose of any common shares during the 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the "Lock-up Period"). See "Underwriting—Lock-Up Agreements".

Bye-Laws

        The following is a summary of some of the other important provisions of our bye-laws:

        Our bye-laws provide that the Board of Directors shall consist at all times of no less than 10 and no more than 12 directors, divided into 3 classes as nearly equal as possible, each of whom shall hold office for a term determined by the shareholders or, in the absence of such determination, for a three year term. Shareholders may remove a director at a special general meeting prior to the expiration of such director's term but without prejudice to any right such director may have to compensation or damages from the Company, in respect of such removal. The reappointment of a director requires the affirmative vote of shareholders holding at least a majority of the total combined voting power of all of our issued and outstanding shares at a special meeting of shareholders and such reappointment must leave the composition of the Board of Directors in compliance with the requirements regarding the nomination of Board of Directors members. A special meeting of shareholders may be convened by the Executive Chairman, any two directors, any director and the Secretary, or the Board of Directors. Our bye-laws also provide that the Board of Directors shall convene a special general meeting at the requisition of shareholders holding at the date of the deposit of the requisition not less than 10% of

135


the total combined voting power of all of our issued and outstanding shares carrying the right to vote at our general meetings.

        Generally, the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be required to authorize corporate action. Corporate action may also be taken by a unanimous written resolution of the Board of Directors without a meeting. A quorum shall be no less than 2 directors.

        Our bye-laws require the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the directors then in office to approve any of the following:

        Shareholder Action.     At any general meeting, two or more persons present in person and representing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all of our issued and outstanding shares throughout the meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In general, any action that we may take by resolution in a general meeting may, without a meeting, be taken by a resolution in writing signed by all of the shareholders entitled to attend such meeting and vote on the resolution. In general, any question proposed for the consideration of the shareholders at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast in accordance with the bye-laws.

Warrant

        The Company has granted to Haverford a Warrant to purchase common shares. The Warrant will be exercisable during the month of December 2010. The Warrant entitles the holder to purchase 8,585,747 common shares of the Company, (which equaled 12.0% of the issued share capital of the Company through the completion of the private placement) at an exercise price of $14.00 per share (subject to adjustment for share splits and similar events). Haverford may transfer the Warrant only to certain of its affiliates.

Differences in Corporate Law

        The Companies Act, which applies to us, differs in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain significant provisions of the Companies Act (including modifications adopted pursuant to our bye-laws) applicable to us which differ in certain respects from provisions of the State of Delaware

136



corporate law. Because the following statements are summaries, they do not address all aspects of Bermuda law that may be relevant to us and our shareholders.

        Duties of Directors.     Under Bermuda law, at common law, members of a board of directors owe a fiduciary due to the company to act in good faith and in the best interests of the company in their dealings with or on behalf of the company and exercise their powers and fulfill the duties of their office honestly. This duty has four essential elements:

        The Companies Act imposes a duty on directors and officers of a Bermuda company:

        In addition, the Companies Act imposes various duties on officers of a company with respect to certain matters of management and administration of the company.

        The Companies Act provides that in any proceedings for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust against any officer, if it appears to a court that such officer is or may be liable in respect of the negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, but that he has acted honestly and reasonably, and that, having regard to all the circumstances of the case, including those connected with his appointment, he ought fairly to be excused for the negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, that court may relieve him, either wholly or partly, from any liability on such terms as the court may think fit. This provision has been interpreted to apply only to actions brought by or on behalf of the company against such officers. Our bye-laws, however, provide that shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in our right, against any of our directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director's or officer's duties, except with respect to any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer.

        Under Delaware law, the business and affairs of a corporation are managed by or under the direction of its board of directors. In exercising their powers, directors are charged with a fiduciary duty of care to protect the interests of the corporation and a fiduciary duty of loyalty to act in the best interests of its shareholders.

        The duty of care requires that directors act in an informed and deliberative manner and inform themselves, prior to making a business decision, of all material information reasonably available to them. The duty of care also requires that directors exercise care in overseeing and investigating the conduct of corporate employees. The duty of loyalty may be summarized as the duty to act in good faith, not out of self-interest, and in a manner which the director reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the shareholders.

        A party challenging the propriety of a decision of a board of directors bears the burden of rebutting the applicability of the presumptions afforded to directors by the "business judgment rule." If the presumption is not rebutted, the business judgment rule attaches to protect the directors and their decisions, and their business judgments will not be second guessed. Where, however, the presumption is rebutted, the directors bear the burden of demonstrating the entire fairness of the relevant transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Delaware courts subject directors' conduct to enhanced scrutiny in

137



respect of defensive actions taken in response to a threat to corporate control and approval of a transaction resulting in a sale of control of the corporation.

        Interested Directors.     Bermuda law provides that any transaction entered into by us in which a director has an interest is not voidable by us nor can such director be liable to us for any profit realized pursuant to such transaction provided the nature of the interest is disclosed at the first opportunity at a meeting of directors, or in writing to the directors. Under Delaware law, such transaction would not be voidable if (1) the material facts as to such interested director's relationship or interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors and the board in good faith authorizes the transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, (2) such material facts are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote on such transaction and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the majority of shares entitled to vote thereon or (3) the transaction is fair as to the corporation as at the time it is authorized, approved or ratified. Under Delaware law, such interested director could be held liable for a transaction in which such director derived an improper personal benefit.

        Voting Rights and Quorum Requirements.     Under Bermuda law, the voting rights of our shareholders are regulated by our bye-laws and, in certain circumstances, the Companies Act. Our bye-laws specify that (except when there is only one shareholder), two or more persons, present in person and representing in person or by proxy a majority of the total combined voting power of all the issued and outstanding shares of the Company are required to form a quorum for the transaction of business. Generally, any action or resolution requiring approval of the shareholders may be passed by a simple majority (subject to the limitation on voting rights described above under "—Voting Rights").

        Any individual who is a shareholder of the Company and who is present at a meeting may vote in person, as may any corporate shareholder which is present by a duly authorized representative. Our bye-laws also permit votes by proxy, provided the instrument appointing the proxy, together with evidence of its due execution, is satisfactory to our Board of Directors.

        Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in the company's certificate of incorporation, each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by the stockholder. Delaware law provides that a majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, constitutes a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. In matters other than the election of directors, with the exception of special voting requirements related to extraordinary transactions, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote is required for stockholder action, and the affirmative vote of a plurality of shares is required for the election of directors.

        Dividends.     Bermuda law does not permit payment of dividends or distributions of contributed surplus by a company if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company is or would be, after the payment of dividends or distribution of contributed surplus is made, would be unable to pay its liabilities as they become due, or the realizable value of the company's assets would be less, as a result of the payment or distribution, than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts. The excess of the consideration paid on issue of shares over the aggregate par value of such shares must (except in certain limited circumstances) be credited to a share premium account. Share premium may be distributed in certain limited circumstances, for example to pay unissued shares which may be distributed to shareholders in proportion to their holdings, but is otherwise subject to limitation under Bermuda law. In addition, the ability of Flagstone, a licensed Class 4 Bermuda reinsurer, to pay dividends is subject to Bermuda insurance laws and regulatory constraints. See "Regulation—Bermuda Insurance Regulation—Minimum Solvency Margin and Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions."

138



        Under Delaware law, subject to any restrictions contained in the company's certificate of incorporation, a company may pay dividends out of surplus or, if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and for the preceding fiscal year. Delaware law also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, capital is less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.

        Mergers and Similar Arrangements.     We may acquire the business of another Bermuda exempted company or a company incorporated outside Bermuda when the business purpose of such acquisition is consistent with the purposes for which our Company was formed , as set forth in our memorandum of association. We may, with the approval of 75% of votes cast at a general meeting of our shareholders at which a quorum is present, amalgamate with another Bermuda company or with a body incorporated outside Bermuda. In the case of an amalgamation, a shareholder may apply to a Bermuda court for a proper valuation of such shareholder's shares if such shareholder is not satisfied that fair value has been paid for such shares. The court ordinarily would not disapprove the transaction on that ground absent evidence of fraud or bad faith. Under Delaware law, with certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation must be approved by the board of directors and a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon. Under Delaware law, a stockholder of a corporation participating in certain major corporate transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights pursuant to which such stockholder may receive cash in the amount of the fair value of the shares held by such stockholder (as determined by a court) in lieu of the consideration such stockholder would otherwise receive in the transaction.

        Takeovers.     Bermuda law provides that where an offer is made for shares of a company and, within four months of the offer, the holders of not less than 90% of the shares which are the subject of the offer accept such offer, the offeror may by notice require the non-accepting shareholders to transfer their shares on the terms of the offer. Dissenting shareholders may apply to the court within one month of the notice objecting to the transfer. The test is one of fairness to the body of shareholders and not to individual shareholders, and the burden is on the dissenting shareholders to prove unfairness, not merely that the scheme is open to criticism. Delaware law provides that a parent corporation, by resolution of its board of directors and without any stockholder vote, may merge with any subsidiary of which it owns at least 90% of each class of capital stock. Upon any such merger, dissenting stockholders of the subsidiary would have appraisal rights.

        Shareholders' Suits.     The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law are not as extensive as the rights of shareholders under legislation or judicial precedent in many United States jurisdictions. Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under the laws of Bermuda. However, the Bermuda courts ordinarily would be expected to follow English case law precedent, which would permit a shareholder to commence an action in our name to remedy a wrong done to us where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond our corporate power or is illegal or would result in the violation of our memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by the court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of our shareholders than actually approved it. The winning party in such an action generally would be able to recover a portion of attorneys' fees incurred in connection with such action. Our bye-laws provide that shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in our right, against any of our directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director's or officer's duties, except with respect to any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to stockholders under Delaware law for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court generally has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys' fees incurred in connection with such action.

139



        Indemnification of Directors.     Under the Companies Act and our bye-laws, we may indemnify our directors, officers or any other person appointed to a board committee in their capacity as such in respect of any loss arising or liability attaching to them by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any action, damages or expenses brought against or incurred by such person in or about the execution of such person's duty or supposed duty, or in such person's respective office, other than in respect of such person's own fraud or dishonesty. Under Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in defense of an action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position if (i) such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

        Inspection of Corporate Records.     Members of the general public have the right to inspect our public documents available at the office of the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda and our registered office in Bermuda, which will include our memorandum of association (including its objects and powers) and any alteration to our memorandum of association and documents relating to any increase or reduction of authorized capital. Our shareholders have the additional right to inspect our bye-laws, minutes of general meetings and financial statements, which must be presented to the annual general meeting of shareholders. The register of our shareholders is also open to inspection by shareholders without charge, and to members of the public for a fee. We are required to maintain our share register in Bermuda but may establish a branch register outside of Bermuda. We are required to keep at our registered office a register of its directors and officers which is open for inspection by members of the public without charge. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records. Delaware law permits any shareholder to inspect or obtain copies of a corporation's shareholder list and its other books and records for any purpose reasonably related to such person's interest as a shareholder.

        Shareholder Proposals.     Under Bermuda law, the Companies Act provides that shareholders may, as set forth below and at their own expense (unless a company otherwise resolves), require a company to give notice of any resolution that the shareholders can properly propose at the next annual general meeting and/or to circulate a statement prepared by the requesting shareholders in respect of any matter referred to in a proposed resolution or any business to be conducted at a general meeting. The number of shareholders necessary for such a requisition is either that number of shareholders representing at least 10% of the total voting rights of all shareholders having a right to vote at the meeting to which the requisition relates. Delaware law does not include a provision restricting the manner in which nominations for directors may be made by shareholders or the manner in which business may be brought before a meeting.

        Approval of Corporate Matters by Written Consent.     The Companies Act and our bye-laws provide that shareholders may take action by written consent with 100% shareholders consent required. Delaware law permits shareholders to take action by the consent in writing by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting of stockholders.

        Calling of Special Shareholders' Meetings.     Our bye-laws provide that a special general meeting may be called by the Chairman, any two directors, any director and the secretary, the Board of Directors, or by the shareholders when requisitioned by the holders of at least 10% of the paid up voting share capital of the company as provided by the Companies Act. Delaware law permits the board of directors or any person who is authorized under a corporation's certificate of incorporation or by-laws to call a special meeting of shareholders.

140



SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Upon completion of the offering we will have a total of      common shares outstanding. All of the      common shares      common shares if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full) sold in the offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than our "affiliates." Under the Securities Act, an "affiliate" of a company is a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is in common control with that company.

        The remaining 71,547,891 common shares outstanding will be "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemptions contained in Rule 144.

        In general, under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated), including any person who may be deemed our affiliate, is entitled to sell within any three-month period, a number of restricted securities that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of common stock and the average weekly trading volume in the over-the-counter market during the four calendar weeks preceding each such sale, provided that at least one year has elapsed since such shares were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours and certain manner of sale, notice requirements and requirements as to availability of current public information about us are satisfied. Any person who is deemed to be our affiliate must comply with the provisions of Rule 144 (other than the one-year holding period requirement) in order to sell shares of common stock which are not restricted securities (such as shares acquired by affiliates either in the offering or through purchases in the open market following the offering). In addition, under Rule 144(k), a person who is not our affiliate, and who has not been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding any sale, is entitled to sell such shares without regard to the foregoing limitations, provided that at least two years have elapsed since the shares were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours.

        Pursuant to the Shareholders' Agreement, our initial investors have certain demand registration rights with respect to our common shares. At any time starting 180 days after the date of this prospectus subject to exceptions, such shareholders may request that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering their shares. Upon receipt of any such request, we generally will be required to use our best efforts to effect such underwritten registration. The initial investors will be entitled to request no more than three demand registrations. See "Description of Share Capital—Shareholders' Agreement".

        Pursuant to the Shareholders' Agreement, our initial investors also have certain "piggyback" registration rights with respect to our common shares. Accordingly, if, at any time no less than three months following this offering, we propose to register any of our common shares under the Securities Act, we are required to notify such shareholders and to include in such registration all the common shares requested to be included by them, subject to rejection of such shares under certain circumstances by an underwriter. We are generally obligated to pay all the expenses associated with any demand or "piggyback" registrations. See "Description of Share Capital—Shareholders' Agreement".

        No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sales, will have on the market price of our common shares prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of our common shares. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Common Shares—Future sales may affect the market price of our common shares."

141



UNDERWRITING

        Lehman Brothers Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., joint book-running managers, are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below. Under the terms of an underwriting agreement, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us the respective number of common shares shown opposite its name below:

Underwriters

  Number of
shares

Lehman Brothers Inc.    
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.    
JP Morgan Securities Inc.    
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC    
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC    
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.    
Dowling & Partners Securities, LLC    
Fox-Pitt, Kelton Incorporated    
Cochran Caronia Waller Securities LLC    
   
  Total    
   

        The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters' obligation to purchase common shares depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:

Commissions and Expenses

        The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional common shares. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial price to the public and the amount the underwriters pay to us for the common shares.

 
  No exercise

  Full exercise
Per common share        
Total        

        The expenses of the offering that are payable by us are estimated to be $        (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions).

        The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $        per common share. After the offering, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms.

142



        We have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of        common shares at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. This option may be exercised if the underwriters sell more than         common shares in connection with this offering. To the extent that this option is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its pro rata portion of these additional common shares based on the underwriter's underwriting commitment in the offering as indicated in the table at the beginning of this Underwriting section.

Lock-Up Agreements

        We, all of our directors and executive officers, and shareholders holding an aggregate of approximately    % of our currently outstanding common shares have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions without the prior written consent of each of Lehman Brothers Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., we and they will not directly or indirectly, (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any common shares (including, without limitation, common shares that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by us or them in accordance with the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and common shares that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares, (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common shares, (3) make any demand for or exercise any right or file or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any common shares or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into common shares or any of our other securities, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

        The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or occurrence of a material event, unless such extension is waived in writing by Lehman Brothers Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

        Lehman Brothers Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., in their sole discretion, may release the common shares and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release common shares and other securities from lock-up agreements, Lehman Brothers Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. will consider, among other factors, the holder's reasons for requesting the release, the number of common shares and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.

        As described below under "Directed Share Program," any participants in the Directed Share Program shall be subject to a 180-day lock-up with respect to any shares sold to them pursuant to that program. This lock-up will have similar restrictions and an identical extension provision as the lock-up

143



agreement described above. Any shares sold in the Directed Share Program to our directors or officers shall be subject to the lock-up agreement described above.

        Certain shareholders holding an aggregate of approximately    % of our currently outstanding common shares have signed a lock-up agreement with us pursuant to which they have agreed to extend the restricted period set forth in the lock-up agreement with Lehman Brothers Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. by an additional 90 days.

Offering Price Determination

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common shares, the representatives will consider:

Indemnification

        We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities incurred in connection with the directed share program referred to below, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Directed Share Program

        At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to five percent of the common shares offered hereby for officers, directors, employees and certain other persons associated with us and with whom we do business. The number of common shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved common shares. Any reserved common shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other common shares offered hereby. Any participants in this program shall be prohibited from selling, pledging or assigning any shares sold to them pursuant to this program for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. This 180-day lock up period shall be extended with respect to our issuance of an earnings release or if a material news or a material event relating to us occurs, in the same manner as described above under "Lock-Up Agreements."

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

        The representatives may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common shares, in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act:

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

    A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of common shares in excess of the number of common shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the

144


      syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of common shares involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of common shares they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of common shares that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional common shares. In a naked short position, the number of common shares involved is greater than the number of common shares in their option to purchase additional common shares. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional common shares and/or purchasing common shares in the open market. In determining the source of common shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of common shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase common shares through their option to purchase additional common shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.

    Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common shares originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

    These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common shares. As a result, the price of the common shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

    Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common shares. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make representation that the representatives will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations.

        Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter's or selling group member's web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.

145



New York Stock Exchange

        We intend to apply to have our common shares listed for quotation on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "FSR." In connection with that listing, the underwriters have undertaken to sell the minimum number of common shares to the minimum number of beneficial owners necessary to meet the New York Stock Exchange listing requirements.

Discretionary Sales

        The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the customers.

Stamp Taxes

        If you purchase common shares offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Relationships/NASD Conduct Rules

        The underwriters may in the future perform investment banking and advisory services for us from time to time for which they may in the future receive customary fees and expenses.

        As described elsewhere in this prospectus under "Principal Shareholders", certain affiliates of Lehman Brothers Inc. own 22.1% of the common shares of the Company outstanding prior to this offering. As described elsewhere in this prospectus under "Business—Mont Fort", an affiliate of Lehman Brothers Inc., has invested $50.0 million in the MFR ILW Cell, a segregated account of Mont Fort, a subsidiary of the Company.

        Because of the relationships discussed above, Lehman Brothers Inc. may be deemed to be an "affiliate" of us and to have a "conflict of interest" with us under Rule 2720 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. When an NASD member that is an affiliate of an issuer or with a conflict of interest participates as an underwriter in a public offering of that issuer, that rule requires that the initial public offering price may be no higher than that recommended by a "qualified independent underwriter," as defined by the NASD. In accordance with this rule, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. has assumed the responsibilities of acting as a qualified independent underwriter. In its role as a qualified independent underwriter, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. has performed a due diligence investigation and participated in the preparation of this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Citigroup Global Markets Inc. will not receive any additional fees for serving as qualified independent underwriter in connection with this offering. We have agreed to indemnify Citigroup Global Markets Inc. against liabilities incurred in connection with acting as a qualified independent underwriter, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Foreign Selling Restrictions

United Kingdom

        This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the "Order") or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (e) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). The common shares are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such common shares will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

146



European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State") an offer to the public of any common shares that are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any common shares at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive may be made:

    To legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

    to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of common shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by the Company or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

        Each purchaser of common shares described in this prospectus located within a relevant member state will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a "qualified investor" within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any common shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any common shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

        The Company has not authorized and does not authorize the making of any offer of common shares through any financial intermediary on its behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of any common shares as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of common shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of any common shares on behalf of the Company or the underwriters.

147



LEGAL MATTERS

        Certain matters as to U.S. law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Carter Ledyard & Milburn LLP, New York, New York. Certain matters as to Canadian law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Stewart McKelvey, Halifax, Canada. Certain matters as to U.K. law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Kendall Freeman, London, United Kingdom. Certain matters as to Indian law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Fox Mandal, Hyderabad, India. Certain matters as to Swiss law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Lenz & Staehelin, Geneva, Switzerland. The validity of the issuance of common shares under Bermuda law will be passed upon for us by Attride-Stirling & Woloniecki, Hamilton, Bermuda. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae LLP, New York, New York and by Conyers Dill & Pearman, Hamilton, Bermuda.


EXPERTS

        The financial statements as at December 31, 2005 and for the period from October 4, 2005 (date of incorporation) through December 31, 2005 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common shares offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common shares, we refer you to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules. Statements in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and, in each instance, we refer you to the copy of such contract, agreement or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, with each such statement being qualified in all respects by reference to the document to which it refers. Anyone may inspect the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules without charge at the public reference facilities the SEC maintains at Judiciary Plaza, 100 F Street, N.E., in Washington D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of these materials from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC. You may obtain further information about the operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may also inspect these reports and other information without charge at a website maintained by the SEC. The address of this site is http://www.sec.gov.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will be required to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the address noted above. You also will be able to obtain copies of this material from the Public Reference Room of the SEC as described above, or inspect them without charge at the SEC's website. We intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing combined financial statements audited by an independent accounting firm.

148




ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES UNDER UNITED STATES FEDERAL
SECURITIES LAWS AND OTHER MATTERS

        We are organized under the laws of Bermuda. In addition, some of our directors and officers reside outside the United States, and all or a substantial portion of their assets and our assets are or may be located in jurisdictions outside the United States. Therefore, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our non-U.S. directors and officers or to recover against our company, or our non-U.S. directors and officers on judgments of U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. However, we may be served with process in the United States with respect to actions against us arising out of or in connection with violations of U.S. federal securities laws relating to offers and sales of common shares made hereby by serving CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011, our U.S. agent irrevocably appointed for that purpose.

        We have been advised by Attride-Stirling & Woloniecki, our Bermuda counsel, that there is doubt as to whether the courts of Bermuda would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or our directors and officers, as well as the experts named herein, who reside outside the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws or original actions brought in Bermuda against us or such persons predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws. We have also been advised by Attride-Stirling & Woloniecki that there is no treaty in effect between the United States and Bermuda providing for such enforcement, and there are grounds upon which Bermuda courts may not enforce judgments of U.S. courts. Some remedies available under the laws of U.S. jurisdictions, including some remedies available under the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be allowed in Bermuda courts as contrary to that jurisdiction's public policy.

        The BMA has given its general permission for exchange control purposes for the issue and transfer of the common shares to and between non-residents of Bermuda, subject to the condition that the common shares shall be listed on the Nasdaq National Market System or any other appointed stock exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange. In addition, we will deliver a copy of this prospectus to the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda for filing pursuant to the Companies Act. However, the BMA and Registrar of Companies in Bermuda accept no responsibility for the financial soundness of any proposal or for the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this prospectus.

149



INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  PAGE
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as at September 30, 2006 (unaudited) and December 31, 2005

 

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited) and period from October 4, 2005 to December 31, 2005

 

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited) and period from October 4, 2005 to December 31, 2005

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited) and period from October 4, 2005 to December 31, 2005

 

F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited) and period from October 4, 2005 to December 31, 2005

 

F-7

F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited
Hamilton, Bermuda

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Flagstone Holdings Reinsurance Limited and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the period from October 4, 2005 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited and subsidiaries as at December 31, 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from October 4, 2005 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Deloitte & Touche
Hamilton, Bermuda
October 24, 2006

F-2



FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  As at September 30,
2006
(unaudited)

  As at December 31,
2005

 
 
  ($ in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
ASSETS              
Investments:              
Fixed maturities, available for sale, at fair value (Amortized cost (unaudited): $368,082)   $ 367,399   $  
Short term investments, available for sale, at fair value (Amortized cost (unaudited): $227,784)     227,698      
Other investments     48,513      
   
 
 
  Total Investments     643,610      
   
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents     326,758     548,255  
Reinsurance premium balances receivable     106,168      
Unearned premiums ceded     13,003      
Accrued interest receivable     4,779      
Deferred acquisition costs     17,184      
Goodwill     4,264      
Other assets     14,819     101  
Due from related parties     805      
   
 
 
Total Assets   $ 1,131,390   $ 548,356  
   
 
 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves   $ 16,944   $  
Unearned premiums     149,265      
Payable for investments purchased     10,989      
Long term debt     136,476      
Other liabilities     12,479     396  
Due to related parties     1,274     292  
   
 
 
Total Liabilities     327,427     688  
   
 
 

Temporary Equity

 

 

1,547

 

 

34

 
   
 
 

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Common voting shares, 150,000,000 authorized, $0.01 par value, issued and outstanding (2006 (unaudited) - 71,547,891; 2005 - 55,239,491)     715     552  
Additional paid-in capital     726,070     559,466  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (740 )    
Retained earnings (deficit)     76,371     (12,384 )
   
 
 
Total Shareholders' Equity     802,416     547,634  
   
 
 
Total Liabilities, Temporary Equity and Shareholders' Equity   $ 1,131,390   $ 548,356  
   
 
 

The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-3



FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2006
(unaudited)

  Period October 4,
2005 through
December 31, 2005

 
 
  ($ in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
REVENUES              
Gross premiums written   $ 275,981   $  
Reinsurance premiums ceded (related party: 2006 (unaudited), $15,095; 2005, $nil.)     (19,991 )    
   
 
 
Net premiums written     255,990      
Change in net unearned premiums     (136,262 )    
   
 
 
Net premiums earned     119,728      
Net investment income     24,650     629  
Net realized gains     2,206      
Other income (related party: 2006 (unaudited), $2,408; 2005, $nil.)     3,225      
   
 
 
Total revenues     149,809     629  
   
 
 

EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     19,550      
Acquisition costs     19,044      
General and administrative expenses     23,898     13,013  
Interest expense     1,291      
Net foreign exchange gains     (1,744 )    
   
 
 
Total expenses     62,039     13,013  
   
 
 

Income (loss) before income taxes and interest in earnings of equity investments

 

 

87,770

 

 

(12,384

)
Provision for income tax     (78 )    
Interest in earnings of equity investments     1,063      
   
 
 
NET INCOME (LOSS)   $ 88,755   $ (12,384 )
   
 
 

Change in net unrealized losses

 

 

(769

)

 


 
Change in currency translation adjustment     29      
   
 
 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

$

88,015

 

$

(12,384

)
   
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding—Basic     69,530,742     55,239,491  
   
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding—Diluted     69,618,644     55,239,491  
   
 
 
Net income (loss) per common share outstanding—Basic   $ 1.28   $ (0.22 )
   
 
 
Net income (loss) per common share outstanding—Diluted   $ 1.27   $ (0.22 )
   
 
 

The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-4



FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2006
(unaudited)

  Period October 4,
2005 through
December 31, 2005

 
 
  ($ in thousands, except share data)

 
Common voting shares:              
Balance at beginning of period     55,239,491      
Issued during the period     16,308,400     55,239,491  
   
 
 
Balance at end of period     71,547,891     55,239,491  
   
 
 

Share capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Common voting shares              
Balance at beginning of period   $ 552   $  
Issued during period     163     552  
   
 
 
Balance at end of period     715     552  
   
 
 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Balance at beginning of period     559,466      
Issue of shares     162,921     551,843  
Issuance costs (related party: 2006 (unaudited), $nil; 2005, $972)     (251 )   (4,590 )
Fair value of issued warrant     3,372     12,213  
Compensation expense     562      
   
 
 
Balance at end of period     726,070     559,466  
   
 
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Balance at beginning of period          
Change in net unrealized losses     (769 )    
Change in currency translation adjustment     29      
   
 
 
Balance at end of period     (740 )    
   
 
 

Retained earnings (deficit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Balance at beginning of period     (12,384 )    
Net income (loss) for period     88,755     (12,384 )
   
 
 
Balance at end of period     76,371     (12,384 )
   
 
 
Total Shareholders' Equity   $ 802,416   $ 547,634  
   
 
 

The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-5



FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2006
(unaudited)

  Period October 4, 2005
through
December 31, 2005

 
 
  ($ in thousands)

 
Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:              
Net income (loss)   $ 88,755   $ (12,384 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:              
Net realized gains     (2,206 )    
Depreciation expense     622      
Share based compensation expense     5,447     12,247  
Amortization of debt offering expenses     65      
Interest in earnings of equity investments     (1,063 )    
Amortization/accretion on fixed maturities     (1,103 )    
Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding net assets acquired:              
  Accrued interest receivable     (4,779 )    
  Reinsurance premium balances receivable     (106,168 )    
  Unearned premiums ceded     (13,003 )    
  Deferred acquisition costs     (17,184 )    
  Other assets     (2,026 )   (101 )
  Due from related parties     (805 )    
  Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves     16,944      
  Unearned premiums     149,265      
  Other liabilities     9,693     396  
  Due to related parties     982     292  
   
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities     123,436     450  
   
 
 

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net cash paid in acquisitions of subsidiaries     (12,702 )    
Purchases of available-for-sale securities     (859,754 )    
Sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities     277,386      
Other investments     (40,815 )    
Purchases of fixed assets     (4,475 )    
   
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities     (640,360 )    
   
 
 

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Issue of common shares, net of issuance costs     162,833     547,805  
Issue of debentures, net of issuance costs     132,810      
Other     (216 )    
   
 
 
Net cash provided by financing activities     295,427     547,805  
   
 
 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     (221,497 )   548,255  
Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period     548,255      
   
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents—end of period   $ 326,758   $ 548,255  
   
 
 

Supplemental cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Payable for investments purchased   $ 10,989   $  
   
 
 
Interest paid   $ 685   $  
   
 
 

The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-6



FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(expressed in U.S. dollars)

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

        Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited ("the Company") is a holding company organized under the laws of Bermuda. The Company, through its principal operating, wholly owned subsidiary, Flagstone Reinsurance Limited ("Flagstone"), is a provider of global property, property catastrophe, and short-tail specialty and casualty reinsurance. Flagstone was incorporated in Bermuda on November 10, 2005 and licensed as a Class 4 insurer under The Insurance Act 1978, as amended, and related Regulations (the "Insurance Act"). The Company was originally incorporated as Windstorm Holding Limited on October 4, 2005 and the change of name was effective on November 14, 2005.

        On March 31, 2006, the Company acquired West End Capital Management (Bermuda) Limited and its subsidiaries ("West End"), a company engaged in the business of investment and insurance management in Bermuda. West End subsidiaries include (a) Flagstone Management Services (Halifax) Limited which provides accounting, claims, information technology support, risk modeling, actuarial and legal services and (b) West End Capital Management BPO Services (India) Private Limited which provides back office information technology support services. On March 31, 2006, Flagstone acquired an equity interest in Island Heritage Holdings Limited ("Island Heritage"), a Caribbean property insurer based in the Cayman Islands.

        Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA ("Flagstone Suisse") was formed in Switzerland on September 7, 2006 and is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Flagstone. Flagstone Suisse was formed to serve as the Company's European underwriting platform. Flagstone Suisse is currently in the process of securing appropriate licensure from the Federal Office of Private Insurance in Switzerland.

        Flagstone Finance SARL was formed in Luxembourg on August 22, 2006 and is a wholly owned subsidiary of Flagstone. Flagstone Finance SARL was formed to serve as a holding company for Flagstone Suisse and act as a group financing entity.

        Flagstone Representatives Limited ("Representatives") was formed on June 1, 2005 as West End Capital Management (UK) Limited, a wholly owned, dormant subsidiary of West End. Representatives has been approved by the Financial Services Authority to perform the following Controlled Functions: (i) arranging deals in investments; (ii) assisting in the administration and performance of contracts of insurance; (iii) dealing in investments as agent; and (iv) making arrangements with a view to transactions in investments.

        Flagstone Leasing Services Limited ("Flagstone Leasing"), a Bermuda company, was formed on July 3, 2006 and is a wholly owned subsidiary of Flagstone. It was formed as a holding company for Flagstone Westwind Holdings Limited ("Flagstone Westwind").

        Flagstone Westwind was formed on July 3, 2006 for the sole purpose of acquiring, owning and operating a Westwind II aircraft for use by the Company and its affiliates.

        Flagstone (Mauritius) Limited ("Mauritius") was formed in May 2006 and is a wholly owned subsidiary of West End. Mauritius was formed as a holding company and financing vehicle for the Company's India operations.

F-7



2.    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

        The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP"). All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated on consolidation.

        These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries including Flagstone, and all variable interest entities for which the Company is the primary beneficiary as defined in Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Interpretation No. 46(R) ("FIN 46"), "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities—An Interpretation of ARB No. 51." FIN 46 requires a variable interest entity to be consolidated if a party with an ownership, contractual or other financial interest in the variable interest entity is obligated to absorb a majority of the risk of loss from the variable interest entity's activities, is entitled to receive a majority of the variable interest entity's residual returns, or both. A variable interest holder that consolidates the variable interest entity is called the primary beneficiary. Investments in preferred or voting common shares in which the Company has a significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee are accounted for under the equity method of accounting.

        The accompanying financial statements as at September 30, 2006, include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary to present fairly the financial position as at September 30, 2006 and the results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for the full year.

Use of Estimates in Financial Statements

        The preparation of these consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported disclosed amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The Company's principal estimates are for loss and loss adjustment expenses and estimates of premiums written, premiums earned, acquisition costs, other than temporary impairments and share based compensation. The Company reviews and revises these estimates as appropriate. Any adjustments made to these estimates are reflected in the period the estimates are revised.

Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserves

        Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, including losses incurred but not reported and provisions for settlement expenses, include amounts determined from loss reports on individual cases, independent actuarial determinations and management estimates. Flagstone's limited historical experience and resultant lack of reported losses means that industry data must be relied upon in the reserving process.

        A significant portion of Flagstone's business is property catastrophe and programs with high attachment points of coverage. Reserving for losses in such programs is inherently judgmental in that losses in excess of the attachment level of Flagstone's policies are characterized as high severity and low frequency and other factors which could vary significantly as claims are settled. This limits the

F-8



volume of relevant industry claims experience available from which to reliably predict ultimate losses following a loss event. In addition, the Company has limited past loss experience due to its short operating history, which increases the inherent uncertainty in estimating ultimate loss levels.

        Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves include a component for outstanding case reserves for which claims have been reported and a component for losses incurred but not reported ("IBNR"). Case reserve estimates are initially set on the basis of loss reports received from ceding companies. Estimated IBNR reserves consist of a provision for additional development in excess of the case reserves reported by ceding companies as well as a provision for claims which have occurred but which have not yet been reported to the Company by ceding companies. IBNR reserves are estimated by management using various actuarial methods as well as a combination of the Company's loss experience, insurance industry loss experience, underwriters' experience, general market trends, and management's judgment. The Company's internal actuaries review the reserving assumptions and methodologies on a quarterly basis.

        The uncertainties inherent in the reserving process, delays in ceding companies reporting losses to the Company together with the potential for unforeseen adverse developments, may result in loss and loss adjustment expense reserves significantly greater or less than the reserve provided at the time of the loss event. Loss and loss adjustment expense reserve estimates are regularly reviewed and updated as new information becomes known. Any resulting adjustments are reflected in the period in which they become known.

Premiums and Acquisition Costs

        Premiums are first recognized as written as at the date that the contract is bound. The Company writes both excess of loss and pro rata contracts.

        For excess of loss contracts, premiums written are based on the deposit premium as defined in the contract. At the end of the policy term, assumed premiums are calculated based on the underlying exposure during the contract period and an adjustment to the deposit premium, if any, is recognized in the period in which it is determined. For pro rata contracts where no deposit premium is specified in the contract, premiums written are based on estimates of ultimate premiums provided by the ceding companies. Initial estimates of premiums written are reflected quarterly from the period in which the underlying risks incept. Subsequent adjustments, based on reports of actual premiums written by the ceding companies, or revisions in estimates, are recorded in the period in which they are determined.

        The Company has entered into industry loss warranty transactions that are structured as reinsurance or derivatives. The Company evaluates each contract in accordance with Derivatives Implementation Group B26, "Dual Trigger Property and Casualty Contracts," to determine if the amounts received from these contracts should be recorded as reinsurance transactions or as derivatives. When the transactions are determined to be reinsurance, the consideration received is recorded as premiums written and earned over the contract period.

        In the normal course of its operations, the Company has received commitment fees to provide future reinsurance capacity. These contracts are accounted for as deferred revenue as they relate to upfront commitment fees and are included in other liabilities. The commitment fees are recognized

F-9



ratably over the commitment period and are non-refundable in the event that the counterparty does not utilize the reinsurance capacity.

        Premiums are earned over the contract period. The portion of the premium related to the unexpired portion of the risk period is reflected in unearned premiums.

        Premiums receivable are recorded at amounts due less any required provision for doubtful accounts. As at September 30, 2006 (unaudited), the provision for doubtful accounts was $nil.

        Where contract terms require the reinstatement of coverage after a ceding company's loss, the mandatory reinstatement premiums are recorded as written and are recognized as premiums earned when the loss event occurs.

        Reinsurance premiums ceded are expensed over the period the reinsurance coverage is provided. Unearned ceded premiums represent the portion of premiums ceded related to the unexpired portion of the risk period.

        Acquisition costs are comprised of ceding commissions, brokerage, premium taxes, profit commissions and other expenses that relate directly to the writing of reinsurance contracts. Deferred acquisition costs are amortized over the underlying term of the related contracts and are limited to their estimated realizable value based on the related unearned premiums, anticipated loss and loss adjustment expenses and investment income.

Investments

        Fixed maturity and publicly traded equity securities are classified as "available for sale" as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," and are carried at fair value as at the balance sheet date. Fixed maturity investments are stated at fair value as determined by the quoted market price of these securities as provided either by independent pricing services or, when such prices are not available, by reference to broker or underwriter bid indications. Short term investments comprise securities with a maturity greater than three months but less than one year from the date of purchase. Equity securities are stated at fair value as determined by the most recently traded price. The net unrealized gains and losses on fixed maturities and equity investments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income.

        Investments are reviewed periodically to determine if they have sustained an impairment in value that is considered to be other-than-temporary. This review involves consideration of several factors including (i) the issuer's overall financial condition, (ii) the issuer's credit and financial strength ratings, (iii) the general market conditions in the industry or geographic region in which the issuer operates, (iv) the length of time the fair value of an issuer's securities remains below cost (v) the Company's ability and intent to hold the security and (vi) any other factors that may raise doubt about the issuer's ability to continue as a going concern. The identification of potentially impaired investments involves significant management judgment, which includes the determination of their fair value and the assessment of whether any decline in value is other-than-temporary. Unrealized losses in the value of individual investments, considered by management to be other-than-temporary, are charged to income in the period they are determined. Other-than-temporary impairment is recorded as a realized loss

F-10



which serves to reduce net income and earnings per share. Temporary losses are recorded as unrealized losses which do not impact net income and earnings per share but reduce other comprehensive income.

        Investments are recorded on a trade date basis. Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are determined on the first-in, first-out basis and are included in net realized gains and losses.

        Investments in Catastrophe Bonds are recorded at fair value as at the balance sheet date. Unrealized gains and losses on catastrophe bonds are included in net realized gains and losses.

        Investments in preferred or voting common shares in which the Company has significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee are classified as other investments and are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Under this method, the Company records its proportionate share of income or loss from such investments in interest in earnings of equity investments for the period. Any decline in value of the equity method investments considered by management to be other-than-temporary is charged to income in the period in which it is determined.

        Net investment income is stated net of investment management and custody fees. Investment income is recognized when earned and includes interest and dividend income together with the amortization of premiums and the accretion of discounts calculated under the interest method on fixed maturities purchased at amounts different from their par value.

Share Based Compensation

        The Company accounts for share based compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), "Share-Based Payment." SFAS 123(R) requires entities to measure the cost of services received from employees and directors in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant date fair value of the award. The cost of such services will be recognized as compensation expense over the period during which an employee or director is required to provide service in exchange for the award.

        The Company's share based compensation plans consists of performance share units ("PSUs") and restricted share units ("RSUs"). The PSUs are designed to maximize shareholder value over long periods of time by aligning the financial interests of its management with those of its shareholders. The Company estimates the fair value of PSUs granted under the PSU Plan on the date of grant using the grant date fair value and the most probable fully diluted return-on-equity outcome and records the compensation expense in its consolidated statements of operations over the course of each three-year performance period. At the end of each quarter, the Company reassesses the projected results for each three-year performance period as its financial results evolve. The Company recalculates the compensation expense under the PSU Plan and reflects any adjustments in the consolidated statements of operations in the period in which they are determined.

        The compensation expense for PSUs granted is recorded in temporary equity due to the redemption features in the PSU plan that could occur in certain change of control situations in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force D-98 "Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities." On November 16, 2006, the redemption features in the PSU plan that resulted in the temporary equity classification were amended. As a result, the cumulative compensation expense for PSUs granted will be reclassified as shareholders' equity on the date of modification, without effect to prior periods.

F-11



        The RSUs are granted to employees and directors of the Company. RSUs granted to employees generally vest two years after the date of grant and RSUs granted to directors vest on the date of grant. The company estimates the fair value of RSUs on the date of grant and records the compensation expense in its consolidated statements of operations over the vesting period.

Warrant

        The Company accounts for the warrant granted to Haverford (Bermuda) Ltd. ("Haverford"), a related party due to common ownership, as stock compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). Compensation expense for the warrant was measured at fair value at the date of issuance of the warrant and recorded as compensation expense in the issuance period as there was no required service period. See Note 11 for additional details.

Derivative Instruments

        The Company accounts for its derivative instruments using SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS 133 requires an entity to recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value with movements in fair value reflected in earnings. None of these derivatives are designated as hedges, and accordingly, these instruments are carried at fair value, with the fair value recorded in other assets or liabilities with the corresponding realized and unrealized gains and losses included in net realized gains and losses in the consolidated financial statements.

Investments related derivative instruments

        The Company generally uses interest rate and currency swaps and foreign currency forward contracts to manage duration and currency exposure. The Company may acquire "to be announced" mortgage-backed securities ("TBA") and for the period between the purchase of the TBA and the issuance of the underlying security, the Company's position is accounted for as a derivative. The Company also uses futures contracts for the purpose of replicating investment positions, managing market exposure and enhancing investment performance.

Reinsurance derivative contracts

        The Company has entered into industry loss warranty transactions that are structured as reinsurance or derivatives. When those transactions are determined to be derivatives, they are recorded at fair value in other assets or liabilities with the changes in fair value reported in realized gains and losses in the consolidated financial statements. The Company uses internal valuation models to estimate the fair value of these derivatives.

Goodwill

        In connection with its purchase of West End and its equity interest in Island Heritage, the Company recorded goodwill in the amount of $2.0 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

        For acquisitions under the purchase method, in accordance with SFAS 142, the Company will perform, at a minimum, an annual valuation of its goodwill asset to test it for impairment. If, as a

F-12



result of the assessment, the Company determines that the value of its goodwill asset is impaired, the Company will record an impairment charge in the period in which the determination is made.

        Goodwill recorded for equity method investments will be reviewed annually, at a minimum, for potential impairment in accordance with Accounting Policies Board Opinion 18 ("APB 18"), "The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock". If it is determined the Company would be unable to recover the carrying amount of its equity investment or if its equity investment would be unable to sustain an earning capacity to justify its carrying amount, the Company would record an impairment charge in the period the determination is made.

        The Company conducted its annual reviews as at June 30, 2006 and determined that the recorded goodwill was not impaired.

Foreign Currency Translation

        The reporting currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar. The functional currencies of the Company's subsidiaries are generally their national currencies, except for the Bermuda subsidiaries, whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar. In translating the financial statements of those subsidiaries whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar, assets and liabilities are converted into U.S. dollars using the rates of exchange in effect at the balance sheet dates, and revenues and expenses are converted using the weighted average foreign exchange rates for the period. The cumulative translation adjustment is reported in the consolidated balance sheets as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

        In recording foreign currency transactions, revenues and expense items are converted at the prevailing exchange rate at the transaction date. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, which may result in the recognition of exchange gains or losses. The exchange gains and losses are reported in the consolidated statements of operations as net foreign exchange gains.

Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share

        The calculation of basic earnings (loss) per common share is based on weighted average common shares and weighted average vested RSUs outstanding and excludes any dilutive effects of warrants and share equivalents. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share assume the exercise of all dilutive warrants and share equivalents. Warrants and share equivalents are dilutive when the fair value of the Company's common shares exceeds the strike price of the warrants and share equivalents.

        The issuance of shares with respect to the PSUs is contingent upon the attainment of a certain level of fully diluted return-on-equity. The number of PSUs considered outstanding and included in the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per common share at the end of a reporting period is equal to the number of shares, if any, that would be issuable based on the fully diluted return-on-equity of such reporting period, should the end of the reporting period be the end of the contingency period.

F-13



Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents include amounts held in banks, money market funds and time deposits with maturities of less than three months at the date of purchase.

Taxation

        Certain subsidiaries of the Company operate in jurisdictions where they are subject to taxation. Current and deferred income taxes are charged or credited to net income based upon enacted tax laws and rates applicable in the relevant jurisdiction in the period in which the tax becomes accruable or realizable. Deferred income taxes are provided for all temporary differences between the bases of assets and liabilities used in the consolidated balance sheets and those used in the various jurisdictional tax returns. When management's assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that deferred income tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recorded against the deferred tax assets.

New Accounting Pronouncements

        In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48 ("FIN 48"), "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes." FIN 48 prescribes detailed guidance for the financial statement recognition, measurement and disclosure of uncertain tax positions recognized in an enterprise's financial statements in accordance with SFAS Statement No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Tax positions must meet a "more likely than not" recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized upon the adoption of FIN 48 and in subsequent periods. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006 and the provisions of FIN 48 will be applied to all tax positions upon initial adoption. The cumulative effect of applying the provisions of FIN 48 will be reported as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings for that fiscal year. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of FIN 48 on its results and financial position.

        In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156 ("SFAS 156"), "Accounting for Servicing of Financing Assets," an amendment of SFAS No. 140, which permits an entity to choose either of the following measurement methods for each class of separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities:

    Amortization method —amortize servicing assets or servicing liabilities in proportion to and over the period of net servicing income or net servicing loss and assess the servicing assets or liabilities for impairment or increased obligation based on fair value at each reporting date. This method is consistent with current subsequent measurement guidance for servicing rights.

    Fair value measurement method —measure servicing assets or servicing liabilities at fair value at each reporting date and report changes in fair value in earnings in the period in which the change occurs.

        SFAS 156 is effective as at the beginning of an entity's first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. The Company is currently assessing the impact of SFAS 156 on its results and financial position.

        In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements" ("SFAS 157"). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This Statement applies

F-14



under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, the FASB having previously concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measurement attribute. Accordingly, this Statement does not require any new fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. This Statement is required to be adopted by the Company for the quarter ended March 31, 2008. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this Statement on its results and financial position.

        In October 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158 ("SFAS 158"), "Employers' Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132 (R)." SFAS 158 requires a calendar year company with publicly traded equity securities that sponsors a postretirement benefit plan to fully recognize, as an asset or liability, the overfunded or underfunded status of its benefit plan(s) in its balance sheet. The funded status is measured as the difference between the fair value of the plan's assets and its benefit obligation. SFAS 158 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006, for entities with publicly traded equity securities. This Statement is required to be adopted by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2006. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this Statement on its results and financial position.

3.    BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

        On March 31, 2006, the Company purchased all of the common shares of West End for a purchase price of $16.1 million. The Company purchased 12,000 West End shares (representing a 70.6% interest) from the current Executive Chairman of the Company and 2,829 West End shares (representing a 16.6% interest) from the current Chief Executive Officer of Flagstone. The results of operations of West End are included in the consolidated statement of operations from April 1, 2006.

        The primary reason for the transaction was for the Company to be self-supporting and not reliant on outsourcing for its administrative functions and investment activities.

F-15


        The Company paid an amount of $15.4 million on March 31, 2006 and the final settlement was made on August 16, 2006 in the amount of $0.7 million. Goodwill of $2.0 million was recognized on the acquisition date. The fair value of the net assets acquired is summarized as follows:

 
  As at
March 31, 2006

 
  ($ in thousands)

Cash   $ 3,394
Investments in Rockridge Re Holdings Limited ("Rockridge") (1)     10,171
Fixed assets     2,236
Other assets     684
   
Assets acquired   $ 16,485
   

Long term liabilities

 

$

183
Accruals and other liabilities     2,206
   
Liabilities acquired     2,389
   
Net assets acquired   $ 14,096
   

(1)
Rockridge, a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, was established to assume high-layer, short-tail risks principally from Montpelier Reinsurance Ltd. West End holds 11.6% of the common share equity interests, which represent 29.6% of the total voting rights of all shares. West End is deemed to have significant influence over Rockridge due to its 29.6% voting interest and board representation. As such, the Rockridge investment is recorded as an equity method investment and is included in other investments in the consolidated balance sheet.

        The following unaudited pro-forma information related to the Company's acquisition of West End for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the period from October 4, 2005 through December 31, 2005 illustrates the effects of the acquisition as if it had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented. The pro-forma information is not intended to be indicative of the consolidated results of operations that would have been reported if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2006 and October 4, 2005 nor does it purport to be indicative of combined results of operations which may be reported in the future.

 
  Nine months
ended
September 30, 2006
(unaudited)

  Period October 4,
2005 through
December 31,
2005
(unaudited)

 
 
  ($ in thousands, except per share data)

 
Revenue   $ 152,741   $ 4,864  
Net income (loss)     87,825     (11,440 )
Net income (loss) per common share—Basic   $ 1.26   $ (0.20 )
Net income (loss) per common share—Diluted   $ 1.26   $ (0.20 )

F-16


        Included in the pro-forma revenue and net income (loss) amounts above for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the period from October 4, 2005 through December 31, 2005 is revenue of $4.0 million and $3.4 million and net (loss) income of $(1.7) million and $0.6 million, respectively, primarily relating to an investment management agreement that was terminated by West End effective June 30, 2006.

4.    MONT FORT RE LIMITED

        On March 6, 2006, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement to purchase 370,000 common shares, representing 100% of the outstanding common shares, of Mont Fort Re Limited ("Mont Fort"), a segregated accounts or "cell" company registered under the Bermuda Segregated Accounts Companies Act 2000 (as amended), for consideration of $0.1 million. The assets and liabilities acquired at the date of purchase were $0.1 million and $nil, respectively. In May 2006, the Company invested an additional $1.3 million in Mont Fort.

        Prior to the acquisition, the purpose of Mont Fort was to facilitate third-party transactions in credit insurance and reinsurance through its segregated accounts on a 100% matched, fully offset basis so that it would bear no net retained insurance risk. Each policy written by a segregated account would be entirely reinsured at the closing of the transaction with high-credit quality counterparties.

        Mont Fort raises capital from third-party investors through offerings of its preferred shares, and uses the proceeds of those offerings to underwrite reinsurance, which will be ceded to Mont Fort solely by Flagstone pursuant to a reinsurance agreement. On June 6, 2006, Mont Fort closed an offering of preferred shares relating to its first cell, Mont Fort ILW, which yielded gross proceeds of $60.0 million including investments by Flagstone of $5.0 million (8.3%) and LBI Group Inc. ("LBI") of $50.0 million (83.3%). LBI is also a shareholder of the Company. On August 28, 2006, Mont Fort repurchased the preferred shares held by Flagstone for $5.1 million, and Mont Fort ILW entered into a quota share reinsurance contract with Flagstone under which Flagstone assumes 8.3% of the business written by Mont Fort ILW. As at September 30, 2006 (unaudited), the Company's maximum exposure to loss as a result of its participation in Mont Fort was $66.1 million. This amount represents the sum of the Company's investment in the common shares of Mont Fort plus the maximum aggregate losses that could be incurred by Mont Fort in excess of its net assets.

        In accordance with FIN 46 the Company has determined that Mont Fort is a variable interest entity. The Company is not considered to be the primary beneficiary and is therefore not required to consolidate Mont Fort into these financial statements.

        The Company is deemed to have significant influence over the operating and financial policies of Mont Fort due to its board representation and 100% voting interests and Mont Fort is accounted for under the equity method of accounting.

F-17



5.    INVESTMENTS

        The cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and carrying values of the Company's fixed maturity investments and short term investments as at September 30, 2006 (unaudited) were as follows:

 
  Amortized
cost or cost

  Gross
unrealized
losses

  Gross
unrealized
gains

  Fair value
 
  ($ in thousands)

Fixed maturities                        
U.S. government and government agency   $ 78,769   $ (764 ) $ 15   $ 78,020
Non U.S. government and government agencies     9,951     (75 )   29     9,905
Corporates     114,450     (267 )   144     114,327
Mortgage-backed securities     47,217     (7 )   191     47,401
Asset-backed securities     88,764     (17 )   4     88,751
U.S. states and political subdivisions of U.S. states     19,499         83     19,582
Other debt securities     9,432     (22 )   3     9,413
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 368,082   $ (1,152 ) $ 469   $ 367,399
   
 
 
 
Short term investments   $ 227,784   $ (86 ) $   $ 227,698
   
 
 
 

        The Company did not hold fixed maturity or short term investments as at December 31, 2005 as it commenced operations on December 20, 2005 and the initial funds raised through the first closing of the private placement are included in cash and cash equivalents of $548.3 million. Proceeds from the sale of fixed maturity and equity investments during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited) amounted to $277.4 million.

        The contractual maturity dates of fixed maturity and short term investments as at September 30, 2006 (unaudited) are as follows:

 
  Amortized
cost

  Fair value
 
  ($ in thousands)


 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Due within one year   $ 232,711   $ 232,627
Due after 1 through 5 years     185,230     184,427
Due after 5 through 10 years     33,928     33,910
Due after 10 years     8,016     7,981
Mortgage and asset backed securities     135,981     136,152
   
 
Total   $ 595,866   $ 595,097
   
 

        Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because certain borrowers have the right to prepay certain obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

        As at September 30, 2006 (unaudited), 100% of the Company's fixed maturity and short term investment portfolio was invested in securities which were investment grade.

F-18



        Net investment income for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $24.7 million. The components are set out below:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2006
(unaudited)

  Period October 4,
2005 through
December 31, 2005

 
  ($ in thousands)

Interest and dividend income            
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 14,918   $ 629
  Fixed maturities     6,859    
  Short term investments     1,885    
  Equity investments     381    
  Other investments     305    

Amortization income

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Cash and cash equivalents     11    
  Fixed maturities     1,065    
  Other investments     27    
Investment expenses     (801 )  
   
 
Net investment income   $ 24,650   $ 629
   
 

        The analysis of the change in net unrealized losses on investments reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the periods ended September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 is as follows:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2006
(unaudited)

  Period October 4,
2005 through
December 31, 2005

 
  ($ in thousands)

             

Fixed maturities

 

$

(683

)

$

Short term investments     (86 )  
   
 
Net change in unrealized losses   $ (769 ) $
   
 

        Realized investment gains and losses on securities classified as available for sale for the periods ended September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 were as follows:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2006
(unaudited)

  Period October 4,
2005 through
December 31, 2005

 
  ($ in thousands)

Fixed maturities            
  Gross realized gains   $ 948   $
  Gross realized losses     (1,579 )  
Equities            
  Gross realized gains     2,207    
   
 
Net realized gains on available for sale securities   $ 1,576   $
   
 

F-19


        The following table is a reconciliation of the net realized gains on securities classified as available for sale to the net realized gains in the consolidated statements of operations:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2006
(unaudited)

  Period October 4,
2005 through
December 31, 2005

 
  ($ in thousands)

             

Net realized gains on available for sale securities

 

$

1,576

 

$

Net realized and unrealized gains on derivative instruments     744    
Net realized and unrealized losses on other investments     (114 )  
   
 
Total net realized gains   $ 2,206   $
   
 

        Net realized gains for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited) were $2.2 million, which were largely due to net realized losses from the sale of fixed maturity investments due to duration management and movement into higher yielding fixed maturity investments, realized gains from the sale of equities, and realized and unrealized losses on derivative instruments and other investments.

        The following table presents an analysis of the fixed maturity and short term investment positions which were carried at an unrealized loss as at September 30, 2006 (unaudited):

 
  Amortized cost
  Gross
unrealized
Losses

  Fair
value

 
  ($ in thousands)

Fixed maturities                  
U.S. government and government agency   $ 75,700   $ (764 ) $ 74,936
Non U.S. government and government agencies     7,243     (75 )   7,168
Corporates     46,863     (267 )   46,596
Mortgage-backed securities     6,954     (7 )   6,947
Asset-backed securities     46,589     (17 )   46,572
Other debt securities     3,732     (22 )   3,710
   
 
 
Total fixed maturities   $ 187,081   $ (1,152 ) $ 185,929
   
 
 
Short term investments   $ 33,962   $ (86 ) $ 33,876
   
 
 

        There were 89 fixed maturity and short term investment securities that were in an unrealized loss position as at September 30, 2006.

        The Company did not record any other-than-temporary impairment charges relating to its portfolio of investment securities during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and period ended December 31, 2005. In the determination of other-than-temporary impairment, the Company considers

F-20



several factors and circumstances including the issuer's overall financial condition, the issuer's credit and financial strength ratings, the general market conditions in the industry or geographic region in which the issuer operates, the length of time the fair value of an issuer's securities remains below cost, ability and intent to hold the security and any other factors that may raise doubt about the issuer's ability to continue as a going concern. Other-than-temporary impairment is recorded as a realized loss which serves to reduce net income and earnings per share. Temporary losses are recorded as unrealized losses which do not impact net income and earnings per share but reduce other comprehensive income.

        Other investments include:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2006
(unaudited)

 
  ($ in thousands)


 

 

 

 
Rockridge   $ 10,796
Island Heritage     5,439
Mont Fort     1,427
Catastrophe Bonds     30,813
Other     38
   
  Total other investments   $ 48,513
   

        Rockridge is recorded under the equity method of accounting.

        Island Heritage is a Caribbean property insurer based in the Cayman Islands which exclusively targets the property insurance market. On March 31, 2006, Flagstone acquired 63,783 common shares from Haverford, representing 18.7% of the common shares and 22.5% of the votes of Island Heritage for a purchase price of $7.3 million.

        Under the terms of the purchase agreement, upon completion of the March 31, 2007 audited financial statements, to the extent that there is a change in the amount of incurred insurance losses prior to the closing date, Flagstone or Haverford will make the appropriate payment as an adjustment to the purchase price, provided that no adjustment to the purchase price will be required if the payment required would be less than or equal to $0.3 million.

        The Company is deemed to have significant influence over the operating and financial policies of Island Heritage due to its voting interests and board representation. Island Heritage is recorded as an equity method investment and is included in other investments in the consolidated balance sheet.

        See note 4 for a discussion of Mont Fort.

        In August 2006, the Company purchased two catastrophe bonds for $31.0 million. Catastrophe bonds held pay a variable interest coupon and their return is contingent upon climatological and geological events. During the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited), the Company earned $0.3 million of interest income on catastrophe bonds and this amount is included in net investment income and accrued interest receivable as at September 30, 2006. The catastrophe bonds are recorded at fair value and as at September 30, 2006 (unaudited) they had net unrealized losses of $0.2 million which are included in net realized gains for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

F-21



6.    LOSS AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE RESERVES

        Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves are comprised of:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2006
(unaudited)

 
 
  ($ in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 
Beginning balance   $  
Incurred for the current period     19,550  
Paid losses for the current period     (2,606 )
   
 
Ending balance   $ 16,944  
   
 

        Certain business written by the Company has loss experience generally characterized as low frequency and high severity in nature. This may result in volatility in the Company's financial results. Actuarial assumptions used to establish the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses are periodically adjusted to reflect comparisons to actual losses and loss adjustment expenses development, inflation and other considerations.

        The Company was incorporated on October 4, 2005, commenced operations on December 20, 2005 and did not write any reinsurance contracts during the period ended December 31, 2005. The balance on loss and loss adjustment expense reserves at December 31, 2005 was $ nil.

7.    REINSURANCE

        The Company purchases reinsurance to reduce its net exposure to losses. Reinsurance provides for recovery by the Company of a portion of gross losses and loss adjustment expenses from its reinsurers. The Company remains liable to the extent that its reinsurers do not meet their obligations under these agreements and the Company therefore regularly evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentration of credit risk. There were no reinsurance claims recoverable as at September 30, 2006.

        Assumed and ceded net premiums written and earned and loss and loss adjustment expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited) are as follows:

 
  Premiums written
  Premiums earned
  Loss and loss
adjustment
expenses

 
  ($ in thousands)


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Assumed   $ 275,981   $ 126,716   $ 19,550
Ceded     (19,991 )   (6,988 )  
   
 
 
Net   $ 255,990   $ 119,728   $ 19,550
   
 
 

        For the period ended December 31, 2005, the Company recorded no premiums written or premiums earned.

F-22



8.    DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

        The Company writes certain contracts that are classified as derivatives under SFAS 133. In addition, the Company may enter into derivative instruments such as interest rate swaps, foreign currency forward contracts and swaps and interest rate futures in order to manage duration and foreign currency exposure. The Company may enter into index futures to gain or reduce its exposure to the underlying index. The Company may also purchase TBAs as part of its investing activities. The Company manages the exposure to these instruments based on guidelines established by management and approved by the Board of Directors.

        None of these derivatives are designated as hedges, and accordingly, these instruments are carried at fair value, with the fair value recorded in other assets or liabilities with the corresponding realized and unrealized gains and losses included in net realized gains and losses in the consolidated financial statements.

Interest rate swaps

        The Company uses interest rate swaps contracts in the portfolio as protection against unexpected shifts in interest rates, which would affect the fair value of the fixed maturity portfolio. By using interest rate swaps, the overall duration or interest rate sensitivity of the portfolio can be altered. As at September 30, 2006 (unaudited), the notional principal amount of interest rate swaps was $41.1 million and the fair value was $16,000. During the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited), the Company recorded $0.7 million of realized and unrealized gains on interest rate swaps.

Foreign currency contracts and swaps

        The Company periodically uses foreign currency forward contracts and currency swaps to minimize the effect of fluctuating foreign currencies or to gain exposure to interest rate differentials between differing market rates. In September 2006, the Company entered into a foreign currency swap in relation to the euro-denominated Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures ("Deferrable Interest Debentures"). Under the terms of the foreign currency swap the Company exchanged €13.0 million for $16.7 million, will receive Euro Interbank Offered Rate ("Euribor") plus 354 basis points and pay London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 371 basis points. The swap expires on September 15, 2011 and had a fair value of $(0.3) million as at September 30, 2006 (unaudited). The contractual amount of foreign currency forward contracts at September 30, 2006 (unaudited) was $11.6 million and the fair value was $(0.2) million. During the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited), the Company recorded $0.9 million of realized and unrealized losses on foreign currency forward contracts.

To be announced mortgage backed securities

        By acquiring a TBA, the Company makes a commitment to purchase a future issuance of mortgage-backed securities. For the period between purchase of the TBA and issuance of the underlying security, the Company's position is accounted for as a derivative in the consolidated financial statements. At September 30, 2006 (unaudited), the notional principal amount of TBAs was $334.2 million and the fair value was $1.2 million. During the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited), the Company recorded $0.3 million of realized and unrealized losses on TBAs.

F-23



Futures

        The Company has entered into index and interest rate futures. At September 30, 2006 (unaudited) the notional amount of index and interest rate futures were $103.5 million and $19.7 million respectively. The net fair value of futures contracts was $1.2 million as at September 30, 2006 (unaudited). During the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited), the Company recorded $1.2 million of unrealized gains on futures.

Industry loss warranties

        The Company has entered into industry loss warranty ("ILW") transactions that are structured as reinsurance or derivatives. For those transactions determined to be derivatives, the fair value was $(0.4) million at September 30, 2006 (unaudited). During the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited), the Company recorded $0.2 million of realized gains on ILWs determined to be derivatives.

        As at December 31, 2005, the Company did not have any derivative instruments.

9.    TAXATION

        Under current Bermuda law, the Company is not required to pay taxes in Bermuda on either income or capital gains. The Company has received an assurance from the Bermuda government that, in the event of income or capital gains taxes being imposed, the Company will be exempted from such taxes until March 28, 2016. Income from the Company's foreign based subsidiaries is generally subject to taxation in the relevant jurisdictions. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited), the Company recorded a provision for income tax in the amount of $78,000.

10.    DEBT AND FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

Deferrable interest debentures

        On August 23, 2006, the Company raised gross and net proceeds of $136.7 million and $132.8 million, respectively, through a private sale of Deferrable Interest Debentures. The amount raised consisted of $120.0 million and €13.0 million. The Deferrable Interest Debentures have a floating rate of interest equal to (i) LIBOR plus 354 basis points per annum, reset quarterly for the dollar denominated principal amount and (ii) Euribor plus 354 basis points per annum, reset quarterly for the euro-denominated principal amount. The Deferrable Interest Debentures mature on September 15, 2036, and may be called at par by the Company at any time after September 15, 2011. The Company may defer payment of the interest for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods, but no later than September 15, 2011. Any deferred interest payments would accrue interest quarterly on a compounded basis.

        Interest expense includes interest payable and amortization of debt offering expenses. The debt offering expenses are amortized over the period from the issuance of the Deferrable Interest Debentures to September 15, 2011, the earliest they may be called by the Company. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited), the Company incurred interest expense and amortization of debt offering expenses of $1.3 million on the Deferrable Interest Debentures, of which

F-24


$0.5 million was payable as at September 30, 2006 (unaudited) and included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

        Future payments (unaudited) on Deferrable Interest Debentures are expected to be as follows ($ in thousands):

October 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006   $ 2,960
2007     11,838
2008     11,838
2009     11,838
2010     11,838
Later years     441,312
   
Total minimum future Deferrable Interest Debenture commitments   $ 491,624
   

Letter of credit facility

        As at September 30, 2006 (unaudited), the Company had a $200.0 million uncommitted letter of credit facility agreement with Citibank N.A. While the Company has not drawn upon the facility as at September 30, 2006, if drawn upon, the utilized portion of the facility will be secured by an appropriate portion of securities from the Company's investment portfolio.

11.    SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Common shares

        The authorized share capital of the Company is 150,000,000 common shares, par value of $0.01 per common share.

        On December 20, 2005, the Company issued 55,239,491 common shares for gross proceeds of $552.4 million and incurred issuance costs of $4.6 million.

        On February 1 and February 23, 2006, the Company had two additional share subscriptions from which it raised $148.0 million and $15.1 million, respectively, raising the total number of issued common shares to 71,547,891. Issuance costs related to February 2006 subscriptions were $0.3 million.

        Holders of common shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per common share, subject to certain restrictions. Voting rights of all shares may be amended under the voting adjustment provisions in the Company's bye-laws designed to preserve certain U.S. shareholders' tax positions with respect to their shares to ensure their voting interest is less than 9.9% to comply with certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Warrant

        In connection with the initial closing of the private placement for the Company's common shares in December 2005, the Company issued a warrant to Haverford for its role in these capital raising activities (the "Warrant"). The Company has determined the warrant to be compensatory and has

F-25



recorded its fair value as compensation in the issuance period as there is no required service period. The Warrant granted the holder the right, at any time during the period commencing on December 1, 2010 and ending December 31, 2010, to purchase from the Company up to 12.0% of the issued share capital of the Company at the consummation of the initial private placements of the Company at an exercise price of $14.00 per common share.

        The Warrant has been classified as an equity instrument, in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-19, "Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company's Own Stock." The compensation expense based on the fair value at the date of grant was $12.2 million for the initial closing of the private placement, and is included in general and administrative expense and in additional paid-in capital in the consolidated financial statements for the period ended and as at December 31, 2005. This value has been calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The assumptions used were: risk-free interest rate 4.4%; expected life 4.95 years; volatility 26.0%; dividend yield nil. The volatility assumption was based on the average historical volatility of a group of comparable companies over a period equal to the expected life of the Warrant. As at December 31, 2005, 6,628,739 common shares would be issuable pursuant to the Warrant.

        Subsequently, in connection with the February 1 and February 23, 2006 additional closings of the private placement of 1,957,008 common shares, the Warrant was amended such that the number of common shares that could be issuable upon exercise of the Warrant would be 8,585,747, being 12.0% of the issued share capital as at February 23, 2006. The additional compensation expense based on the fair value on the date of grant was $3.4 million and is included in general and administrative expenses and in additional paid-in capital in the consolidated financial statements as at and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. This value has been calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The assumptions used were: risk-free interest rate 4.6%, expected life 4.8 years, volatility 25.0%, dividend yield nil. The volatility assumption was based on the average historical volatility of a group of comparable companies over a period equal to the expected life of the Warrant. With the completion of the Company's private placement in February 2006, there have been and will be no further additions to the number of common shares underlying the Warrant other than due to stock splits or otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.

12.    SHARE BASED COMPENSATION

        The Company accounts for share based compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). SFAS 123(R) requires entities to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant date fair value of the award. The cost of such services will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award.

F-26


Performance Share Units

        The Performance Share Unit Plan ( " PSU Plan") is the Company's shareholder approved primary executive long-term incentive scheme. Pursuant to the terms of the PSU Plan, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board of the Directors (the "Committee"), PSUs may be granted to executive officers and certain other key employees and vesting is contingent upon the Company meeting certain fully diluted return-on-equity ("FDROE") goals.

        Upon vesting, the PSU holder shall be entitled to receive a number of common shares of the Company (or the cash equivalent, at the election of the Company) equal to the product of the number of PSUs granted multiplied by a factor based on the Company's FDROE during the vesting period. The factor will range between zero and two, depending on the FDROE achieved during the vesting period. PSUs vest over a period of approximately three years. The number of shares subject to issuance under the PSU Plan cannot exceed 5.6 million. The fair value of PSUs granted under the PSU Plan is estimated on the date of grant using the fair value on the grant date and the most probable FDROE outcome. If certain FDROE goals are not met, no compensation cost is recognized. A summary of the activity under the PSU Plan as at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 and changes during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the period from October 4, 2005 through December 31, 2005, are as follows:

Grant date

  Number
  Weighted average
grant date
fair value

  Weighted average remaining contractual term
Outstanding at October 4, 2005            
Granted   321,000   $ 10.00    
   
 
   
Outstanding at December 31, 2005   321,000     10.00   3.0
Granted (unaudited)   392,000     10.06    
   
 
   
Outstanding at September 30, 2006 (unaudited)   713,000   $ 10.03   2.3
   
 
   

        As at September 30, 2006 (unaudited) and December 31, 2005 there was a total of $5.6 million and $3.2 million, respectively, of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested PSUs; that cost is expected to be recognized over a period of approximately 2.3 and 3 years, respectively. A compensation expense of $1.5 million and $34,000 has been recorded in general and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited) and the period from October 4, 2005 through December 31, 2005 in relation to the PSU Plan.

        No PSUs have vested, been cancelled or forfeited since the inception of the plan.

        At the Company's board meeting and the special general meeting of shareholders held on November 16, 2006, the PSU Plan was amended to increase the maximum number of PSUs that can be issued under the PSU Plan from 1,500,000 to 2,800,000 and to increase the maximum number of common shares that can be issued under the PSU Plan from 3,000,000 to 5,600,000.

F-27



Restricted Share Units

        Beginning July 1, 2006, the Company granted Restricted Share Units ("RSUs") to certain employees and directors of the Company. The RSU grants to employees vest over a period of approximately two years while RSUs granted to directors vest on the grant date.

        A summary of the activity under the RSU Plan as at September 30, 2006 and for the period ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited) are as follows:

Grant date

  Number
  Weighted average
grant date
fair value

  Weighted average
remaining
contractual term

Outstanding at January 1, 2006            
Granted   104,478   $ 10.37   1.1
Forfeited   (250 )   10.37    
   
 
   
Outstanding at September 30, 2006   104,228   $ 10.37   0.9
   
 
   

        As at September 30, 2006 (unaudited) there was a total of $0.5 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested RSUs; that cost is expected to be recognized over a period of approximately 1.8 years. A compensation expense of $0.6 million has been recorded in general and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited) in relation to the RSU Plan.

F-28



13.    EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE

        The computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the period from October 4, 2005 through December 2005 is as follows:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2006
(unaudited)

  Period October 4,
2005 through
December 31, 2005

 
 
  ($ in thousands, except share
and per share amounts)

 
Basic earnings (loss) per common share              
Net income (loss)   $ 88,755   $ (12,384 )
  Weighted average common shares outstanding     69,514,599     55,239,491  
  Weighted average vested restricted share units     16,143      
   
 
 
  Weighted average common shares outstanding—Basic     69,530,742     55,239,491  
   
 
 
Basic earnings (loss) per common share   $ 1.28   $ (0.22 )
   
 
 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net income (loss)   $ 88,755   $ (12,384 )
  Weighted average common shares outstanding     69,514,599     55,239,491  
  Weighted average vested restricted share units outstanding     16,143      
   
 
 
      69,530,742     55,239,491  
  Share equivalents:              
  Performance share units     87,902      
   
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding—Diluted     69,618,644     55,239,491  
   
 
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share   $ 1.27   $ (0.22 )
   
 
 

        As at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, there were securities which would result in the issuance of common shares that were excluded in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect would be anti-dilutive. These securities were as follows:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2006
(unaudited)

  Period October 4,
2005 through
December 31, 2005

Warrant   8,585,747   6,628,739
Performance share units     321,000
Unvested restricted share units   55,800  
   
 
    8,641,547   6,949,739
   
 

14.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        Haverford sponsored the Company's formation in October 2005 and invested $100.0 million in its initial private placement. The Company's Executive Chairman, Mark Byrne, and the Company's Chief Executive Officer, David Brown, serve as directors of Haverford.

F-29



        As at September 30, 2006 (unaudited), Haverford directly owns 10,000,000 common shares, or 13.9%, of the Company's outstanding common shares and is the holder of the Warrant which will entitle it to purchase up to an additional 8,585,747 common shares of the Company in December 2010. The impact of the conversion of the warrant would increase Haverford's ownership interest to 23.2% of the outstanding voting common shares at September 30, 2006 (unaudited). The Company paid $1.0 million to Haverford in relation to services performed in respect of the initial private placement, of which $0.3 million was payable as at December 31, 2005.

        Haverford also owns all of the share capital of Haverford Investment Holdings Ltd., which owns 6.0% of the voting common shares of HCP. The Chief Executive Officer of HCP is also a director of the Company. HCP currently directly owns 2,500,000 common shares, or 3.5%, of the outstanding common shares of the Company.

        During the period ended December 31, 2005, the Company paid $0.2 million to HCP in relation to services performed in respect of the initial capital subscription. The Company entered into a consultancy arrangement with Meetinghouse LLC, a company controlled by the Chief Executive Officer of HCP. The consultancy arrangement provided for 150 hours of actuarial services at a rate of $500 per hour, for the period from December 2005 through March 2006. During the period from October 4, 2005 through December 31, 2005, the Company incurred $21,000 for services relating to the development of financial and business models. During the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited), additional expenses of $54,000 were incurred for services relating to business model development. These expenses have been recorded in general and administrative expenses.

        The Company entered into a charter agreement with Longtail Aviation Ltd., an entity controlled by the Company's Executive Chairman, which permits the Company to charter private aircraft. The Company incurred an expense of $1.4 million and $20,000 in relation to this agreement during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited) and period ended December 31, 2005, respectively, which was included within general and administrative expenses, and $0.5 million and $20,000 was included in due to related parties as at September 30, 2006 (unaudited) and December 31, 2005, respectively.

        On December 20, 2005 Flagstone entered into a 24-month Operational Support Agreement ("OSA") with West End. The Company's Executive Chairman, Mark Byrne, and Chief Executive Officer, David Brown, had ownership interests in West End, of 70.6% and 16.6%, respectively. West End provided Flagstone with certain insurance management and related support services for a fee pursuant to an OSA. Flagstone incurred $1.0 million and $25,000 in expenses under the OSA for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited) and period ended December 31, 2005, respectively. Fees charged under the OSA are based on an hourly fee rate for certain individuals.

        On March 6, 2006, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement to purchase 370,000 common shares, representing 100% of the outstanding common shares, of Mont Fort, for consideration of $0.1 million from Haverford. The assets and liabilities acquired at the date of purchase were $0.1 million and $nil, respectively. Mr. Byrne and Mr. Brown serve as directors of Mont Fort.

        Flagstone entered into a reinsurance agreement with Mont Fort ILW on June 6, 2006 under which Mont Fort ILW will assume a share of Flagstone's Industry Loss Warranty exposure. Premiums ceded to Mont Fort ILW during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited) amounted to

F-30



$15.1 million and $0.4 million was included in amounts due to related parties as at September 30, 2006 (unaudited). In accordance with the reinsurance agreement, Flagstone earned a ceding commission of $0.2 million from Mont Fort ILW during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited). On August 28, 2006, Mont Fort repurchased the preferred shares held by Flagstone for $5.1 million, and Mont Fort ILW entered into a quota share reinsurance contract with Flagstone under which Flagstone assumes 8.3% of the business written by Mont Fort ILW.

        On March 31, 2006, the Company purchased all of the common shares of West End for a purchase price of $16.1 million. The Company purchased 12,000 shares of West End, (representing a 70.6% interest) from the Company's Executive Chairman and 2,829 shares of West End (representing a 16.6% interest) from the Company's Chief Executive Officer.

        On March 31, 2006, Flagstone acquired 63,783 common shares of Island Heritage from Haverford, representing 18.7% of the common shares and 22.5% of the votes for a purchase price of $7.3 million.

        Flagstone entered into an excess of loss reinsurance agreement with Island Heritage during 2006 under which Flagstone will assume a share of Island Heritage's residential and commercial property risks. Premiums written under the agreement during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited) amounted to $1.4 million and $0.7 million was due from Island Heritage at September 30, 2006 (unaudited). Mr. Byrne and Mr. Brown serve as directors of Island Heritage.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited), the Company earned investment advisory fees of $1.4 million from Value Capital L.P. A subsidiary of the Company is the General Partner of Value Capital L.P. The Company also earned advisory fees from Rockridge, Island Heritage and Mont Fort of $430,700, $24,100 and $93,700 respectively during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited). On June 30, 2006, the Company terminated its investment advisory agreement with Value Capital L.P.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited), the Company made lease payments of $0.2 million to Eye Patch Holdings Limited, a company in which Haverford has a 40.0% stake and from which the Company leases office space.

        In July 2006, the Company entered into a sale agreement with IAL, an entity controlled by the Company's Executive Chairman for the purchase of a Westwind 1124A aircraft. The Company paid IAL $1.8 million for the private aircraft. The value for the transaction was determined by the average of two independent appraisals from qualified aircraft valuation experts. The transaction closed on July 31, 2006.

        On August 1, 2006 Flagstone Westwind entered into a 24-month management and joint use agreement with Longtail for the management and charter of its Westwind 1124A aircraft. Pursuant to the agreement, Flagstone Westwind pays Longtail a management fee of $6,000 per month and receives a fee from Longtail of $2,000 per charter hour flown. Flagstone Westwind bears the costs of maintaining the aircraft. As at September 30, 2006 (unaudited), Flagstone Westwind had an amount of $0.1 million due to Longtail which was included in amounts due to related parties.

        On September 5, 2006, the Company entered into a foreign currency swap agreement with Lehman Brothers Inc., which is acting as an underwriter in this offering, in relation to the issuance of the Deferrable Interest Debentures. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company exchanged €

F-31



13.0 million for $16.7 million, will receive Euribor plus 354 basis points and will pay LIBOR plus 371 basis points. The agreement will terminate on September 15, 2011 and had a fair value of $(0.3) million as at September 30, 2006 (unaudited). Affiliates of Lehman Brothers Inc. are shareholders of the Company and preferred shareholders of Mont Fort.

15.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Concentrations of credit risk

        Credit risk arises out of the failure of a counter-party to perform according to the terms of the contract. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance by the counterparties to the Company's foreign exchange forward contracts, currency swaps and interest rate swaps. However, because the counterparties to these agreements are high credit quality international banks, the Company does not anticipate any non-performance. The difference between the contract amounts and the related fair market values in excess of the contract amount is the Company's maximum credit exposure.

        As at September 30, 2006 (unaudited) and December 31, 2005, substantially all of the Company's cash and investments were held with one custodian.

        The Company's investment portfolio is managed by external advisors in accordance with prudent standards of diversification. Specific provisions limit the allowable holdings of a single issue or issuer. The Company believes that there are no significant concentrations of credit risk associated with its investments.

Brokers

        The Company also underwrites the majority of its reinsurance business through brokers and a credit risk exists should any of these brokers be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations with respect to the payments of reinsurance balances to the Company. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to reinsurance balances are as described in Note 17.

        For the period ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited), four brokers accounted for approximately 87% of gross premiums written, each of which individually accounted for 10% or more of the total gross premiums written.

Lease commitments

        The Company and its subsidiaries lease office space and guest accommodations in the countries in which they operate under operating leases which expire at various dates. The Company renews and enters into new leases in the ordinary course of business as required. Total rent expense with respect to these operating leases for the period ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited) was approximately $0.4 million.

F-32



        Future minimum lease payments under the leases are expected to be as follows ($ in thousands):

October 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006   $ 185
2007     739
2008     408
2009     108
2010     81
Later years     324
   
Total minimum future lease commitments   $ 1,845
   

Legal proceedings

        In the normal course of business, the Company may become involved in various claims litigation and legal proceedings. As at September 30, 2006 (unaudited), the Company was not a party to any litigation or arbitration proceedings.

16.    DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS AND STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS

        The Company's ability to pay dividends is subject to certain regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends by its subsidiaries.

        The Insurance Act 1978 and Related Regulations ("the Act") requires Flagstone to maintain minimum levels of solvency and liquidity. The Act requires Flagstone to maintain a minimum statutory capital and surplus equal to the greater of $100.0 million, 50% of net premiums written (being gross premiums written less ceded premiums, with a maximum of 25% of gross premiums considered as ceded premiums for the purpose of this calculation) or 15% of the loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. To satisfy these requirements, Flagstone was required to maintain a minimum level of statutory capital and surplus of $128.0 million, as at September 30, 2006 (unaudited). Actual statutory capital and surplus as at September 30, 2006 (unaudited) and December 31, 2005 were $900.9 million and $529.8 million. Actual statutory net income (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited) and period ended December 31, 2005 were $78.0 million and ($0.1) million. In addition, Flagstone is required to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio.

        Under the Act, Flagstone is required to prepare annual statutory financial statements and to file a statutory financial return. Flagstone has received permission to file its first statutory financial return covering the period from November 10, 2005 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2006.

        As at September 30, 2006 (unaudited) and December 31, 2005, Flagstone was in compliance with all of the requirements of the Act.

17.    SEGMENT REPORTING

        The Company's management views the operations and management of the Company as one operating segment. The Company is primarily focused on writing global property, property catastrophe and short tail specialty and casualty reinsurance. The Company regularly reviews the financial results and assesses its performance on a single segment basis. As the Company commenced operations on December 20, 2005, the Company did not underwrite any risks for the period ended December 31, 2005.

F-33


        The following tables set forth a breakdown of the Company's gross premiums written by line of business and geographic area of risks insured for the period indicated:

 
  Nine months ended September 30, 2006
(unaudited)

 
 
  Gross premiums written
  Percentage of total
 
 
  ($ in thousands)

 
Line of business            
Property catastrophe   $ 201,522   73.0 %
Property     53,643   19.4  
Short-tail specialty and casualty     20,816   7.6  
   
 
 
Total   $ 275,981   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
  Nine months ended September 30, 2006
(unaudited)

 
 
  Gross premiums written
  Percentage of total
 
 
  ($ in thousands)

 
Geographic area of risk insured (1)            
North America   $ 153,053   55.5 %
Worldwide risks (2)     35,056   12.7  
Europe     34,478   12.5  
Japan and Australasia     26,797   9.7  
Caribbean     13,491   4.9  
Other     13,106   4.7  
   
 
 
Total   $ 275,981   100.0 %
   
 
 

(1)
Except as otherwise noted, each of these categories includes contracts that cover risks located primarily in the designated geographic area.

(2)
This geographic area includes contracts that cover risks primarily in two or more geographic zones.

F-34


        In the nine months ended September 30, 2006, premiums produced by brokers were as follows:

 
  Nine months ended September 30, 2006
(unaudited)

 
 
  Gross premiums written
  Percentage of total
 
 
  ($ in thousands)

 
Name of broker            
Benfield   $ 71,942   26.1 %
Willis Group     65,135   23.6  
Aon Re Worldwide     58,713   21.3  
Guy Carpenter     43,347   15.7  
Other brokers     36,844   13.3  
   
 
 
Total   $ 275,981   100.0 %
   
 
 

18.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Island Heritage shares

        On October 23, 2006, Flagstone completed an offer to purchase common shares from a group of minority investors in Island Heritage. The transaction increased Flagstone's interest in Island Heritage from 18.7% to 28.5% of the total outstanding share capital of Island Heritage. The aggregate cost to the Company of the shares purchased in this transaction was $4.2 million.

Secured Letter of Credit and Loan Facility (Unaudited)

        On November 7, 2006, the Company signed a term sheet for a $150.0 million secured letter of credit and loan facility for the issuance of secured standby letters of credit and/or short term loans with Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG. If the Company enters into the facility and if drawn upon, the utilized portion of the facility will be secured by an appropriate portion of securities from the Company's investment portfolio.

F-35



GLOSSARY OF SELECTED INSURANCE AND REINSURANCE TERMS

Acquisition costs   The aggregate expenses incurred by a company that relate directly to acquiring business, including commissions and underwriting expenses.

Attachment point

 

The dollar amount of loss (per occurrence or in the aggregate, as the case may be) above which excess of loss reinsurance becomes operative.

Adjustment premiums

 

Premium due to either party when the contract subject premium is adjusted at expiry and subsequent periods.

Bordereau

 

A report providing premium or loss data with respect to identified specific risks. This report is periodically furnished to a reinsurer by the ceding insurers or reinsurers.

Broker

 

An intermediary who negotiates contracts of insurance or reinsurance, receiving a commission for placement and other services rendered, between (1) a policyholder and a primary insurer, on behalf of the insured party, (2) a primary insurer and reinsurer, on behalf of the primary insurer, or (3) a reinsurer and a retrocessionaire, on behalf of the reinsurer.

Capacity

 

The percentage of surplus, or the dollar amount of exposure, that an insurer or reinsurer is willing or able to place at risk. Capacity may apply to a single risk, a program, a line of business or an entire book of business. Capacity may be constrained by legal restrictions, corporate restrictions, or indirect financial restrictions such as capital adequacy requirements.

Case reserves

 

Loss reserves, established with respect to specific, individual reported claims.

Casualty reinsurance

 

Reinsurance that is primarily concerned with the losses caused by injuries to third persons and their property (in other words, persons other than the policyholder) and the legal liability imposed on the policyholder resulting therefrom. Also referred to as liability reinsurance. It includes, but is not limited to workers' compensation, automobile liability and general liability.

Catastrophe

 

A severe loss, typically involving multiple claimants. Common perils include earthquakes, hurricanes, tsunamis, hailstorms, severe winter weather, floods, fires, tornados, explosions, and other natural or man-made disasters. Catastrophe losses may also arise from acts of war, acts of terrorism and political instability.

Catastrophe-linked bond

 

A financial instrument that is tied to a specific event such as a hurricane or earthquake.

Cede; cedent; ceding company

 

When a party reinsures some or all of its liability with another, it "cedes" business and is referred to as the "ceding company" or "cedent."

Claim

 

Request by an insured or reinsured for indemnification by an insurance or reinsurance company for loss incurred from an insured peril or event.

Commercial lines

 

The various kinds of insurance that are written for businesses.
     

G-1



Demand surge

 

The temporary inflation of costs for building materials and labor resulting from increased demand for rebuilding services in the aftermath of a catastrophe.

Deposit premiums/adjustment premiums

 

The deposit premium is the premium that the reinsurer usually requires paid initially under a reinsurance agreement when the terms of a treaty provide that the final premium is to be determined at some time after the treaty has been written. This deposit premium is adjusted when the actual earned premium has been determined—this is known as an adjustment premium.

Excess of loss reinsurance

 

Reinsurance which indemnifies the reinsured against that portion of losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred on the underlying policies in excess of a specified dollar or percentage loss ratio amount. Also known as non-proportional reinsurance.

Exclusions

 

A listing of specific types of coverage or loss that are not covered by a given treaty contract.

Facultative reinsurance

 

Under facultative reinsurance, a separate reinsurance contract is negotiated in respect of each original insurance policy to be reinsured. Facultative reinsurance is normally purchased to cover unique or large individual risks or for amounts in excess of limits on risks already reinsured elsewhere.

Financial strength rating

 

The opinions of rating agencies regarding the financial ability of an insurance or reinsurance company to meet its financial obligations under its policies.

Gross premiums written

 

Total premiums for assumed reinsurance during a given period.

Incurred but not reported (IBNR)

 

Reserves for estimated loss and loss adjustment expenses that have been incurred by insureds and reinsureds but not yet reported to the insurer or reinsurer, including unknown future developments on loss and loss adjustment expenses which are known to the insurer or reinsurer.

Industry loss warranty

 

A reinsurance contract in which the payout is dependent on two triggers. The first trigger is the insured loss of the purchaser and the second is the industry wide loss or by specific parameters of a defined event. Both triggers need to be impacted for a payout to occur.

Layer

 

Description in sequential numerical order of a given contract position within a program.

Line of business

 

Insurance line of business such as fire, auto, liability, and workers' compensation.

Loss adjustment expenses

 

The expenses of settling claims, including legal and other fees and the portion of general expenses allocated to claim settlement costs. Also known as claim adjustment expenses.

Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves/loss reserves

 

Liabilities established by insurers and reinsurers to reflect the estimated costs of claim payments and the related expenses that the insurer or reinsurer will ultimately be required to pay in respect of insurance or reinsurance policies it has issued. Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves consist of "case reserves," or reserves established with respect to individual reported claims, and "IBNR reserves."
     

G-2



Losses occurring

 

Contracts that cover claims arising from loss events that occur during the term of the reinsurance contract, although not necessarily reported during the term of the contract.

Net premiums earned

 

The portion of net premiums written during or prior to a given period that was actually recognized as income during such period.

Net premiums written

 

Gross premiums written for a given period less premiums ceded to reinsurers and retrocessionaires during such period.

Non-proportional reinsurance

 

See "Excess of loss reinsurance."

Perils

 

The causes of possible loss in the property field, such as fire, windstorm, collision, hail, etc. In the casualty field, the term "hazard" is more frequently used.

Personal lines

 

Types of insurance or reinsurance written for individuals or families, rather than for businesses.

Premiums; written, earned and unearned

 

Premiums represent the cost of insurance that is paid by the cedent or insurer to the insurer or the reinsurer. Written represents the complete amount of premiums received, and earned represents the amount recognized as income. Unearned is the difference between written and earned premiums.

Property catastrophe reinsurance

 

Property catastrophe reinsurance contracts are typically "all risk" in nature, meaning that they protect against losses from earthquakes and hurricanes, as well as other natural and man-made catastrophes such as tornados, fires, winter storms, and floods (where the contract specifically provides for coverage). Losses on these contracts typically stem from direct property damage and business interruption.

Property lines

 

Types of insurance or reinsurance which provide coverage to a person with an insurable interest in tangible property for that person's property loss, damage or loss of use caused by an insured peril.

Property per risk reinsurance

 

A form of excess of loss reinsurance whereby each risk is covered by a specific limit and attachment point.

Property reinsurance

 

Reinsurance that is primarily concerned with financial loss arising out of property loss, damage or loss of use caused by an insured peril.

Proportional reinsurance/Pro rata reinsurance

 

All forms of reinsurance in which the reinsurer shares a proportional part of the original premiums and losses of the reinsured. In proportional reinsurance the reinsurer generally pays the ceding company a ceding commission. The ceding commission generally is based on the ceding company's cost of acquiring the business being reinsured (including commissions, premium taxes, assessments and miscellaneous administrative expense) and also may include a profit component. See also "Quota Share Reinsurance."

Quota share reinsurance

 

A form of proportional reinsurance in which the reinsurer assumes an agreed percentage of each insurance being reinsured

 

 

 

G-3



 

 

and shares all premiums and losses according to the reinsured. See also "Proportional Reinsurance."

Reinstatement premiums

 

The premium charged for the restoration of the reinsurance limit of an excess of loss contract to its full amount after payment by the reinsurer of losses as a result of an occurrence.

Reinsurance

 

An arrangement in which an insurance company, the reinsurer, agrees to indemnify another insurance or reinsurance company, commonly referred to as the ceding company or cedent, for all or a portion of the insurance or reinsurance risks underwritten by the ceding company under one or more policies. Reinsurance does not legally discharge the primary insurer from its liability with respect to its obligations to the insured.

Retention

 

Specific amount of loss that the ceding company retains above which the reinsurance limit applies.

Retrocession; retrocessional coverage

 

A transaction whereby a reinsurer cedes to another reinsurer, commonly referred to as the retrocessionaire, all or part of the reinsurance that the first reinsurer has assumed. Retrocessional reinsurance does not legally discharge the ceding reinsurer from its liability with respect to its obligations to the reinsured.

Risks attaching

 

Contracts that cover claims that arise on underlying insurance policies that incept during the term of the reinsurance contract.

Short-tail

 

Insurance product where the ultimate losses are typically known and settled quickly, usually within a few years.

Specialty lines

 

Lines of insurance and reinsurance that provide coverage for risks that are often unusual or difficult to place and do not fit the underwriting criteria of standard commercial products carriers.

Submission

 

An unprocessed application for (i) reinsurance coverage forwarded to a reinsurer by a prospective ceding insurer or by a broker or intermediary on behalf of such prospective ceding insurer or (ii) retrocessional coverage forwarded to a retrocessionaire by a prospective ceding reinsurer or by a broker or intermediary on behalf of such prospective ceding reinsurer.

Treaty reinsurance

 

The reinsurance of a specified type or category of risks defined in a reinsurance agreement (a "treaty") between the primary insurer or other reinsured and a reinsurer. Typically, in treaty reinsurance, the primary insurer or reinsured is obligated to offer and the reinsurer is obligated to accept a specified portion of all of that type or category of risk originally written by the primary insurer or reinsured. A treaty is generally valid for a period of one year and contains common contract terms along with a specific risk definition, data on limit and retention, and provisions for premium and duration.

Underwriter

 

An employee of an insurance or reinsurance company who examines, accepts or rejects risks and classifies accepted risks in order to charge an appropriate premium for each accepted risk.

Underwriting

 

The insurer's or reinsurer's process of reviewing applications submitted for insurance or reinsurance coverage, deciding whether to accept all or part of the coverage requested and determining the applicable premiums.

G-4


          Shares

GRAPHIC

Common Shares



PROSPECTUS
              , 2007


Joint Book-Running Managers

LEHMAN BROTHERS

CITIGROUP


JPMORGAN
CREDIT SUISSE
WACHOVIA SECURITIES


KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS
DOWLING & PARTNERS SECURITIES
FOX-PITT, KELTON
COCHRAN CARONIA WALLER



PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth the various expenses payable by the Registrant in connection with this offering of the common shares being registered hereby. All of the fees set forth below are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the NASD fee and the NYSE listing fee.

SEC registration fee   $ 18,725
NYSE listing fee     [*]
NASD fee   $ 18,000
Blue Sky fees and expenses     [*]
Printing and engraving expenses     [*]
Legal fees and expenses     [*]
Accounting fees and expenses     [*]
Transfer agent and registrar fees     [*]
Federal taxes     [*]
State taxes     [*]
Premium on director and officer indemnification policy     [*]
Miscellaneous fees and expenses     [*]
Total     [*]

*
To be provided by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        We are a Bermuda exempted company. Section 98 of the Companies Act provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to section 281 of the Companies Act.

        We have adopted provisions in our Bye-laws that provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty. Our Bye-laws provide that the shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in right of the company, against any of the company's directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director's or officer's duties, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Section 98A of the Companies Act permits us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not we may otherwise indemnify such officer or director. We have purchased and maintain a directors' and officers' liability policy for such a purpose.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        Since its formation, the Registrant has issued unregistered securities as described below. None of the transactions involved any public offering and the Registrant believes that each transaction, if deemed to be a sale of a security, was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof, Regulation D promulgated thereunder, Rule 701 pursuant to

II-1



compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701 or Regulation S for offerings of securities outside of the United States. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, such securities were restricted as to transfers and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments issued in such transactions.

        (1)   On December 20, 2005, the Registrant sold 55,239,491 common shares to certain accredited investors for an aggregate price of $552.4 million. The sale of such shares was made in reliance on Regulation D.

        (2)   On February 1, 2006, the Registrant sold 14,798,400 common shares to certain accredited investors for an aggregate price of $148.0 million. The sale of such shares was made in reliance on Regulation D.

        (3)   On February 23, 2006, the Registrant sold 1,510,000 common shares to certain accredited investors for an aggregate price of $15.1 million. The sale of such shares was made in reliance on Regulation D.

        In connection with these transactions, the Registrant paid a fee of $2.0 million to Lehman Brothers Inc. for serving as its placement agent, a fee of $1.0 million to Haverford (Bermuda) Limited in payment of deal fees and expenses, a fee of $0.8 million to Banc of America Securities LLC for serving as its financial advisor, and a fee of $0.2 million to Haverford Capital Partners to compensate it for developing the business plan and model and for its out of pocket expenses in presenting the business plan and model.

        Also in connection with these transactions, the Registrant issued to Haverford (Bermuda) a warrant (the "Warrant") to purchase common shares. The Warrant will be exercisable during the month of December 2010. The Warrant entitles the holder to purchase 8,585,747 common shares of the Company, (which equals 12% of the issued share capital of the Registrant through the completion of these transactions) at an exercise price of $14.00 per share (subject to adjustment for share splits and similar events). The issuance of the Warrant was made in reliance on Regulation S.

        On August 23, 2006, the Registrant sold $136.7 million in aggregate principal amount of its Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures to certain accredited investors. In connection with that transaction, the Registrant paid $3.4 million in commissions and discounts to five parties who are not related to the Registrant (including a commission of €325,000 at the rate of €1= $1.2794).

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

    (a)
    Exhibits

Exhibit No.

  Description of Document

1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement*
3.1   Memorandum of Association
3.2   Amended and Restated Bye-laws
4.1   Specimen Common Share Certificate*
4.2   Warrant dated February 23, 2006
4.3   Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of August 23, 2006 between Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as trustee
5.1   Opinion of Attride-Stirling & Woloniecki*
8.1   Opinion of Carter Ledyard & Milburn LLP*
8.2   Opinion of Stewart McKelvey*
     

II-2


8.3   Opinion of Kendall Freeman*
8.4   Opinion of Fox Mandal*
8.5   Opinion of Lenz & Staehelin*
10.1   Amended and Restated Shareholders' Agreement dated as of November 15, 2006 among Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited and the shareholders listed therein
10.2   Investment Management Agreement dated January 6, 2006 between Flagstone Reinsurance Limited and Pacific Investment Management Company LLC
10.3 ** Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited Performance Share Unit Plan
10.4 ** Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited Restricted Share Unit Plan
10.5   Pledge Agreement dated as of August 28, 2006 between Flagstone Reinsurance Limited and Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc
10.6   Account Control Agreement dated as of August 28, 2006 among Flagstone Reinsurance Limited and Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc
10.7   Insurance Letters of Credit—Master Agreement dated as of August 28, 2006 among Flagstone Reinsurance Limited and Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc
10.8 ** Employment Agreement dated October 18, 2006 between Mark Byrne and Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited***
10.9 ** Employment Agreement dated October 15, 2006 between David Brown and Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited***
10.10 ** Employment Agreement dated October 18, 2006 between James O'Shaughnessy and Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited***
10.11 ** Employment Agreement dated October 18, 2006 between Gary Prestia and Flagstone Reinsurance Limited***
10.12 ** Employment Agreement dated October 18, 2006 between Guy Swayne and Flagstone Reinsurance Limited***
10.13   Consultancy arrangement dated December 21, 2005 between Flagstone Reinsurance Limited and Meetinghouse LLC
10.14   Charter agreement dated December 20, 2005 with Longtail Aviation Ltd.
10.15   Aircraft Purchase Agreement dated as of July 24, 2006 with between Flagstone Westwind Holdings Limited and IAL Leasing Ltd.
10.16   Quota ShareReinsurance Treaty dated August 28, 2006 between Flagstone Reinsurance Limited and Mont Fort Re Limited in respect of its segregated account, designated as ILW Cell
10.17   Lease dated October 1, 2005 among West End Capital Management, Eye Patch Holdings Limited and Gibbons Management Services Limited
10.18   Operational support agreement dated as of December 20, 2005 between Flagstone Reinsurance Limited and West End Capital Management (Bermuda) Limited
10.19   Letter agreement dated February 23, 2006 between Lightyear Fund II (Cayman) L.P. and Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited
10.20   Share Purchase Agreement dated as of March 15, 2006 between Flagstone Reinsurance Bermuda Limited and Haverford (Bermuda) Limited relating to the purchase of common shares in Island Heritage Insurance Company
10.21   Security Purchase agreement dated as of March 14, 2006 among Flagstone Reinsurance Bermuda Limited, Mark Byrne, David Brown, Tim Calveley, Simon Biggs, and John Goodridge relating to the purchase of all of the common shares of West End Capital Management (Bermuda) Limited
     

II-3


10.22   Purchase agreement dated March 6, 2006 between Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited and Haverford (Bermuda) Ltd. for the purchase of all of the common shares of Mont Fort Re Ltd.
10.23   Management and Joint Use Agreement dated as of August 1, 2006 between Westwind Holdings Limited and Longtail Aviation Ltd.
10.24   2006 Residential Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement between Flagstone Reinsurance Limited and Island Heritage Insurance Company Limited
10.25   2006 Umbrella Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement between Flagstone Reinsurance Limited and Island Heritage Insurance Company Limited
10.26   Tenancy Agreement dated September 29, 2006 between Flagstone Réassurance Suisse AG and MARTIVAL Sàrl for property located in Martigny, Switzerland
10.27   Lease of Office Space dated July 26, 2005 between Crombie Developments Limited and West End Capital Services (Halifax) Limited as amended on August 16, 2005, March 20, 2006 and May 1, 2006
10.28   Facultative Obligatory Surplus Reinsurance Contract effective June 5, 2006 between Flagstone Reinsurance Limited and Mont Fort Re Ltd. in respect of its segregated account, designated as ILW Cell.
10.29   Foreign Currency Swap Agreement effective September 5, 2006 between Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited and Lehman Brothers Special Financing Inc.
21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1   Consents of Deloitte & Touche, an independent registered public accounting firm
23.2   Consent of Attride-Stirling & Woloniecki (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
23.3   Consent of Carter Ledyard & Milburn LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)*
23.4   Consent of Stewart McKelvey (included in Exhibit 8.2)*
23.5   Consent of Kendall Freeman (included in Exhibit 8.3)*
23.6   Consent of Fox Mandal (included in Exhibit 8.4)*
23.7   Consent of Lenz & Staehelin (included in Exhibit 8.5)*
24.1   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page of Part II of this registration statement)***

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

***
Previously filed.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

        (a)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        (b)   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 14 above, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being

II-4



registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        (c)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

            (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

            (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Hamilton, Bermuda, on the 8th day of December, 2006.

    FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

By:

/s/  
MARK J. BYRNE       
Name: Mark J. Byrne
Title:
Executive Chairman

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature
  Title
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/   MARK J. BYRNE       
Name: Mark J. Byrne
  Executive Chairman and Director   December 8, 2006

*

Name: David A. Brown

 

Director and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

 

December 8, 2006

*

Name: James O'Shaughnessy

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

December 8, 2006

*

Name: Gary Black

 

Director

 

December 8, 2006

*

Name: Nick Brumm

 

Director

 

December 8, 2006

*

Name: Stephen Coley

 

Director

 

December 8, 2006

*

Name: Thomas Dickson

 

Director

 

December 8, 2006
         

II-6



*

Name: Stewart Gross

 

Director

 

December 8, 2006

*

Name: E. Daniel James

 

Director

 

December 8, 2006

*

Name: Tony Knap

 

Director

 

December 8, 2006

*

Name: Marc Roston

 

Director

 

December 8, 2006

*

Name: Jan Spiering

 

Director

 

December 8, 2006

*

Name: Wray Thorn

 

Director

 

December 8, 2006

PUGLISI & ASSOCIATES

 

Authorized Representative in the United States

 

 

By:

 

*

Name: Donald J. Puglisi
Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

December 8, 2006

*By:

 

/s/  
MARK J. BYRNE       
Name: Mark J. Byrne
Title: Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

December 8, 2006

II-7




QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
OUR COMPANY
THE OFFERING
SELECTED SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
RISK FACTORS
Risks Related to the Reinsurance Business
Risks Related to the Company
Risks Related to Laws and Regulations Applicable to Us
Risks Related to Our Common Shares
Risks Related to Tax Matters
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Executive Overview
Relevant Factors
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
INSURANCE INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
Largest Insured Losses: 2005 and Prior (1)
BUSINESS
Net Zonal Limits in Top Five Risk Zones
REGULATION
MANAGEMENT
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
MATERIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
UNDERWRITING
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES UNDER UNITED STATES FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS AND OTHER MATTERS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (expressed in U.S. dollars)
GLOSSARY OF SELECTED INSURANCE AND REINSURANCE TERMS
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
SIGNATURES

Exhibit 3.1

 

Registration No. 37395

 

 

BERMUDA

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
ON CHANGE OF NAME

 

I HEREBY CERTIFY that in accordance with section 10 of the Companies Act 1981 Flagstone Holdings Limited by resolution and with the approval of the Registrar of Companies has changed its name and was registered as Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited on the 14th day of November, 2005.

 

 

 

Given under my hand and the Seal of
the REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES
this 17th day of November, 2005






 

/s/

 

 

for Registrar of Companies

 



 

FORM NO. 3a

 

Registration No. 37395

 

 

BERMUDA

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
ON CHANGE OF NAME

 

 

I HEREBY CERTIFY that in accordance with section 10 of the Companies Act 1981 Windstorm Holdings Limited by resolution and with the approval of the Registrar of Companies has changed its name and was registered as Flagstone Holdings Limited on the 3rd day of November, 2005.

 

 

 

Given under my hand and the Seal of the
REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES this 10th day
of November, 2005








 

/s/

 

 

for Registrar of Companies

 



 

Registration No. 37395

 

 

BERMUDA

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

 

I hereby in accordance with section 14 of the Companies Act 1981 issue this Certificate of Incorporation and do certify that on the 4th day of October, 2005

 

Windstorm Holdings Limited

 

was registered by me in the Register maintained by me under the provisions of the said section and that the status of the said company is that of an exempted company.

 

 

Given under my hand and the Seal of
the REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES
this 6th day of October, 2005








 

/s/

 

 

for Registrar of Companies

 



 

FORM NO. 2

 

 

BERMUDA

THE COMPANIES ACT 1981

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF
COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

(Section 7(1) and (2))

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
OF

 

 

Windstorm Holdings Limited

(hereinafter referred to as “the Company”)

 

1.                                        The liability of the members of the Company is limited to the amount (if any) for the time being unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.

 

2.                                        We, the undersigned, namely,

 

 

 

 

 

BERMUDIAN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATUS

 

 

 

NUMBER OF SHARES

 

NAME

 

ADDRESS

 

(Yes/No)

 

NATIONALITY

 

SUBSCRIBED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alison R. Guilfoyle

 

Clarendon House

 

No

 

British

 

One

 

 

 

2 Church Street
Hamilton HM 11
Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David W.J. Astwood

 

 

Yes

 

British

 

One

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christopher G. Garrod

 

 

Yes

 

British

 

One

 

 

do hereby respectively agree to take such number of shares of the Company as may be allotted to us respectively by the provisional directors of the Company, not exceeding the number of shares for which we have respectively subscribed, and to satisfy such calls as may be made by the directors, provisional directors or promoters of the Company in respect of the shares allotted to us respectively.

 



 

3.                                        The Company is to be an exempted Company as defined by the Companies Act 1981.

 

4.                                        The Company, with the consent of the Minister of Finance, has power to hold land situate in Bermuda not exceeding          in all, including the following parcels:-

 

N/A

 

5.                                        The authorised share capital of the Company is US$12,000 divided into shares of US$1.00 each. The minimum subscribed share capital of the Company is US$12,000 .

 

6.                                        The objects for which the Company is formed and incorporated are -

 

(1)                                  To acquire by purchase or otherwise, buy, own, hold, create, market, design, assemble, manufacture, repair, lease, hire, let, sell, dispose of (with or without consideration or benefit), maintain, improve, develop, manage, invent, build, construct, operate, package and otherwise trade, invest or deal in and with products, financial instruments, goods, and real and personal property of all kinds whatsoever and wheresoever situated, and enter into arrangements for or with respect to any of the foregoing;

 

(2)                                  To perform, provide, procure, market and deal in services and undertakings of all kinds;

 

(3)                                  To advise and act as consultants and managers of all kinds and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to provide investment and financial advice, consultation and management services;

 

(4)                                  To research, create, develop, invent, improve, discover, design, collate and draft original works, software, inventions, designs, concepts, formulas, processes, strategies, methodologies and the like, and acquire, build, own, hold, sell, lease, license, dispose of (with or without consideration or benefit), market, franchise, and otherwise exploit and deal in or with all intellectual and intangible property rights pertaining thereto whether registered or not, including but not limited to trade and service marks, trade names, copyrights, computer software, inventions, designs, patents, provisional patents, utility models, trade secrets, confidential information, know how, get-up and any other rights and privileges vesting in or attaching thereto;

 

(5)                                  To explore for, drill for, mine for, quarry for, move, transport, and refine metals, minerals, fossil fuel, petroleum, hydrocarbon products including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, oil and oil products, and precious stones of all kinds and to prepare the same for sale or use;

 

(6)                                  To enter into any guarantee, contract of indemnity or suretyship and to assure, support or secure with or without consideration or benefit the performance of any obligations of any person or persons and to guarantee the fidelity of individuals filling or about to fill situations of trust or confidence;

 

(7)                                  To own, manage, operate, act as agents with respect to, build, repair, acquire, own, sell, charter, or deal in ships and aircraft;

 



 

(8)                                  To lend to or deposit with any person funds, property or assets and to provide collateral or credit enhancement for loans, leasing or other forms of financing, with or without consideration, or benefit;

 

(9)                                  To create, enter into, undertake, procure, arrange for, acquire by purchase or otherwise, buy, own, hold, sell or otherwise dispose of (with or without consideration or benefit), trade, invest and or otherwise deal in, whether on a speculative basis or otherwise, all and or any kind of (including without limitation all and or any combinations of and all and or any rights or interests under) instrument, agreement, contract, covenant and undertaking, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, derivative instrument, agreement or contract, option, swap option contract, bond, warrant, debenture, equity, forward exchange contract, forward rate contract, future, hedge, security, note, certificate of deposit, unit, guarantee and or financial instrument; and

 

(10)                           To carry on any trade or business which can, in the opinion of the board of directors, be advantageously carried on by the Company.

 

7.                                        Powers of the Company

 

1.                                       The Company shall, pursuant to Section 42 of the Companies Act 1981, have the power to issue preference shares which are, at the option of the holder, liable to be redeemed.

 

2.                                       The Company shall, pursuant to Section 42A of the Companies Act 1981, have the power to purchase its own shares.

 



 

Signed by each subscriber in the presence of at least one witness attesting the signature thereof

 

 

/s/ 

 

 

/s/ 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ 

 

 

/s/ 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ 

 

 

/s/ 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Subscribers)

 

 

(Witnesses)

 

 

 

SUBSCRIBED this 3 rd day of October, 2005.

 



 

THE COMPANIES ACT 1981

FIRST SCHEDULE

 

A company limited by shares, or other company having a share capital, may exercise all or any of the following powers subject to any provision of the law or its memorandum:

 

1.                                        [Deleted]

 

2.                                        to acquire or undertake the whole or any part of the business, property and liabilities of any person carrying on any business that the company is authorised to carry on;

 

3.                                        to apply for register, purchase, lease, acquire, hold, use, control, licence, sell, assign or dispose of patents, patent rights, copyrights, trade makers, formulae, licences, inventions, processes, distinctive makers and similar rights;

 

4.                                        to enter into partnership or into any arrangement for sharing of profits, union of interests, co-operation, joint venture, reciprocal concession or otherwise with any person carrying on or engaged in or about to carry on or engage in any business or transaction that the company is authorised to carry on or engage in or any business or transaction capable of being conducted so as to benefit the company;

 

5.                                        to take or otherwise acquire and hold securities in any other body corporate having objects altogether or in part similar to those of the company or carrying on any business capable of being conducted so as to benefit the company;

 

6.                                        subject to section 96 to lend money to any employee or to any person having dealings with the company or with whom the company proposes to have dealings or to any other body corporate any of those shares are held by the company;

 

7.                                        to apply for, secure or acquire by grant, legislative enactment, assignment, transfer, purchase or otherwise and to exercise, carry out and enjoy any charter, licence, power, authority, franchise, concession, right or privilege, that any government or authority or any body corporation or other public body may be empowered to grant, and to pay for, aid in and contribute toward carrying it into effect and to assume any liabilities or obligations incidental thereto;

 

8.                                        to establish and support or aid in the establishment and support of associations, institutions, funds or trusts for the benefit of employees or former employees of the company or its predecessors, or the dependants or connections of such employees or former employees, and grant pensions and allowances, and make payments towards insurance or for any object similar to those set forth in this paragraph, and to subscribe or guarantee money for charitable, benevolent, educational and religious objects or for any exhibition or for any public, general or useful objects;

 



 

9.                                        to promote any company for the purpose of acquiring or taking over any of the property and liabilities of the company or for any other purpose that may benefit the company;

 

10.                                  to purchase, lease, take in exchange, hire or otherwise acquire any personal property and any rights or privileges that the company considers necessary or convenient for the purposes of its business;

 

11.                                  to construct, maintain, alter, renovate and demolish any buildings or works necessary or convenient for its objects;

 

12.                                  to take land in Bermuda by way of lease or leasing agreement for a term not exceeding fifty years, being land “bona fide” required for the purposes of the business of the company and with the consent of the Minister granted in his discretion to take land in Bermuda by way of lease or leasing agreement for a term not exceeding twenty-one years in order to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for its officers and employees and when no longer necessary for any of the above purposes to terminate or transfer the lease or letting agreement;

 

13.                                  except to the extent, if any, as may be otherwise expressly provided in its incorporating Act or memorandum and subject to the provisions of this Act every company shall have power to invest the moneys of the Company by way of mortgage of real or personal property of every description in Bermuda or elsewhere and to sell, exchange, vary, or dispose of such mortgage as the company shall from time to time determine;

 

14.                                  to construct, improve, maintain, work, manage, carry out or control any roads, ways, tramways, branches or sidings, bridges, reservoirs, watercourses, wharves, factories, warehouses, electric works, shops, stores and other works and conveniences that may advance the interests of the company and contribute to, subsidise or otherwise assist or take part in the construction, improvement, maintenance, working, management, carrying out or control thereof;

 

15.                                  to raise and assist in raising money for, and aid by way of bonus, loan, promise, endorsement, guarantee or otherwise, any person and guarantee the performance or fulfilment of any contracts or obligations of any person, and in particular guarantee the payment of the principal of and interest on the debt obligations of any such person;

 

16.                                  to borrow or raise or secure the payment of money in such manner as the company may think fit;

 

17.                                  to draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue bills of exchange, promissory notes, bills of lading, warrants and other negotiable or transferable instruments;

 

18.                                  when properly authorised to do so, to sell, lease, exchange or otherwise dispose of the undertaking of the company or any part thereof as an entirety or substantially as an entirety for such consideration as the company thinks fit;

 

2



 

19.                                  to sell, improve, manage, develop, exchange, lease, dispose of, turn to account or otherwise deal with the property of the company in the ordinary course of its business;

 

20.                                  to adopt such means of making known the products of the company as may seem expedient, and in particular by advertising, by purchase and exhibition of works of art or interest, by publication of books and periodicals and by granting prizes and rewards and making donations;

 

21.                                  to cause the company to be registered and recognised in any foreign jurisdiction, and designate persons therein according to the laws of that foreign jurisdiction or to represent the company and to accept service for and on behalf of the company of any process or suit;

 

22.                                  to allot and issue fully-paid shares of the company in payment or part payment of any property purchase or otherwise acquired by the company or for any past services performed for the company;

 

23.                                  to distribute among the members of the company in cash, kind, specie or otherwise as may be resolved, by way of dividend, bonus or in any other manner considered advisable, any property of the company, but not so as to decrease the capital of the company unless the distribution is made for the purpose of enabling the company to be dissolved or the distribution, apart from this paragraph, would be otherwise lawful;

 

24.                                  to establish agencies and branches;

 

25.                                  to take or hold mortgages, hypothecs, liens and charges to secure payment of the purchase price, or of any unpaid balance of the purchase price, of any part of the property of the company of whatsoever kind sold by the company, or for any money due to the company from purchasers and others and to sell or otherwise dispose of any such mortgage, hypothec, lien or charge;

 

26.                                  to pay all costs and expenses of or incidental to the incorporation and organisation of the company;

 

27.                                  to invest and deal with the moneys of the company not immediately required for the objects of the company in such manner as may be determined;

 

28.                                  to do any of the things authorised by this subsection and all things authorised by its memorandum as principals, agents, contractors, trustees or otherwise, and either alone or in conjunction with others;

 

29.                                  to do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the attainment of the objects and the exercise of the powers of the company.

 

Every company may exercise its powers beyond the boundaries of Bermuda to the extent to which the laws in force where the powers are sought to be exercised permit.

 

3




Exhibit 3.2

 

As Amended 16 November 2006

 

 

BYE-LAWS

OF

Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

INTERPRETATION

 

 

 

 

1.

Definitions

 

 

 

 

 

SHARES

 

 

 

 

2.

Power to Issue Shares

 

3.

Power of the Company to Purchase its Shares

 

4.

Rights Attaching to Shares

 

5.

Calls on Shares

 

6.

Prohibition on Financial Assistance

 

7.

Forfeiture of Shares

 

8.

Share Certificates

 

9.

Fractional Shares

 

 

 

 

 

REGISTRATION OF SHARES

 

 

 

 

10.

Register of Members

 

11.

Registered Holder Absolute Owner

 

12.

Transfer of Registered Shares and the Warrant and restrictions on transfer

 

13.

Transmission of Registered Shares

 

 

 

 

 

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

 

 

 

14.

Power to Alter Capital

 

15.

Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares

 

 

 

 

 

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITALISATION

 

 

 

 

16.

Dividends

 

17.

Power to Set Aside Profits

 

18.

Method of Payment

 

19.

Capitalisation

 

 

 

 

 

MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

 

 

 

 

20.

Annual General Meetings

 

21.

Special General Meetings

 

22.

Requisitioned General Meetings

 

23.

Notice

 

24.

Giving Notice

 

25.

Postponement of General Meeting

 

26.

Attendance at Meetings

 

27.

Quorum at General Meetings

 

28.

Chairman to Preside

 

29.

Voting on Resolutions

 

30.

Limitation on Voting Rights of Controlled Shares

 

30A

Requirement to provide Information and Notice

 

31.

Certain Subsidiaries

 

32.

Power to Demand a Vote on a Poll

 

33.

Voting by Joint Holders of Shares

 

34.

Instrument of Proxy

 

35.

Representation of Corporate Member

 

36.

Adjournment of General Meeting

 

37.

Written Resolutions

 

38.

Directors Attendance at General Meetings

 

 

 

 

 

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

 

 

 

39.

Election of Directors

 

40.

Classification of Directors

 

41.

Term of Office of Directors

 

42.

Removal of Directors

 

43.

Vacancy in the Office of Director and appointment of alternate Directors

 

44.

Remuneration of Directors

 

45.

Defect in Appointment of Director

 

46.

Directors to Manage Business

 

47.

Powers of the Board of Directors

 

48.

Register of Directors and Officers

 

49.

Officers

 

50.

Appointment of Officers

 

51.

Duties of Officers

 

52.

Remuneration of Officers

 

53.

Conflicts of Interest

 

54.

Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers

 

 

 

 

 

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF
DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

55.

Board Meetings

 

56.

Notice of Board Meetings

 

57.

Participation in Meetings by Telephone

 

58.

Quorum at Board Meetings

 

59.

Special Business

 

60.

Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy

 

61.

Chairman to Preside

 

62.

Written Resolutions

 

63.

Validity of Prior Acts of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

CORPORATE RECORDS

 

 

 

 

64.

Minutes

 

65.

Place Where Corporate Records Kept

 

66.

Form and Use of Seal

 

 

 

 

 

ACCOUNTS

 

 

 

 

67.

Books of Account

 

68.

Financial Year End

 

 

 

 

 

AUDITS

 

 

 

 

69.

Annual Audit

 

70.

Appointment of Auditor

 

71.

Remuneration of Auditor

 

72.

Duties of Auditor

 

73.

Access to Records

 

74.

Financial Statements

 

75.

Distribution of Auditor’s Report

 

76.

Vacancy in the Office of Auditor

 

 

 

 

 

VOLUNTARY WINDING-UP
AND DISSOLUTION

 

 

 

 

77.

Winding-Up

 

 

 

 

 

CHANGES TO CONSTITUTION

 

 

 

 

78.

Changes to Bye-laws

 

79.

Changes to the Memorandum of Association

 

80.

Discontinuance

 

 



 

INTERPRETATION

 

1.                                       Definitions

 

1.1                                In these Bye-laws, the following words and expressions shall, where not inconsistent with the context, have the following meanings, respectively:

 

 

Act

 

the Companies Act 1981 as amended from time to time;

 

 

 

 

 

Affiliate

 

means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with such Person;

 

 

 

 

 

Auditor

 

includes an individual or partnership appointed as the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company in accordance with Bye-Law 70;

 

 

 

 

 

Board

 

the board of Directors appointed or elected pursuant to these Bye-laws and acting by resolution in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws or the directors present at a meeting of directors at which there is a quorum;

 

 

 

 

 

Book Value

 

the book value of the shares of the Company determined in accordance with GAAP as set forth in the Company’s most recent audited consolidated balance sheet;

 

 

 

 

 

Bye-laws

 

means the bye-laws of the Company as from time to time altered or amended;

 

 

 

 

 

Business Plan

 

means the business plan of Flagstone submitted to the Insurers’ Admission Committee on November 7, 2005;

 

 

 

 

 

Cause

 

shall be deemed to exist only if (i) the Director whose removal is proposed has been charged with or convicted of an indictable offence or a felony by a court of competent jurisdiction or has been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable for fraud or dishonesty in the performance of such Director’s duty to the Company or (ii) the Director whose removal is proposed suffers from any physical or mental disability that substantially impairs the ability of such Director to function in that capacity;

 

 

 

 

 

Code

 

means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

 

1



 

 

Company

 

means the company named Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited, incorporated in Bermuda on October 4, 2005 for which these Bye-laws are approved and confirmed;

 

 

 

 

 

Confidential Information

 

has the meaning attributed thereto in Bye-law 30A(2);

 

 

 

 

 

Common Share

 

means the common shares of the Company of US$0.01 par value per share;

 

 

 

 

 

Control

 

“Control” of a Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing;

 

 

 

 

 

Controlled Shares

 

in reference to any Person means all shares of the Company directly, indirectly or constructively owned by such Person within the meaning of Section 958 of the Code;

 

 

 

 

 

Designated Company

 

has the meaning attributed thereto in Bye-law 31.1;

 

 

 

 

 

Designated Company Director

 

means the person elected to the office of Designated Company Director in accordance with Bye-law 31;

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

a director of the Company;

 

 

 

 

 

Equity Securities

 

means any shares of the share capital of the Company, any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of the share capital of the Company, and any options, warrants, and other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire from the Company shares of such share capital, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of such share capital;

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange Act

 

means the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Market Value

 

means, with respect to a repurchase of any shares of the Company in accordance with these Bye-laws (a) if such shares are listed on a securities exchange (or quoted in a securities quotation system), the average closing sale price of such shares on such exchange (or in such quotation system), or, if such shares are listed on (or

 

2



 

 

 

 

quoted in) more than one exchange (or quotation system), the average closing sale price of the shares on the principal securities exchange (or quotation system) on which such shares are then traded, or, if such shares are not then listed on a securities exchange (or quotation system) but are traded in the over-the-counter market, the average of the latest bid and asked quotation for such shares in such market, in each case for the last five trading days immediately preceding the day on which notice of the repurchase of such shares is sent pursuant to these Bye-laws, or (b) (i) with respect to a repurchase, if no such closing sales or prices are available because such shares are not publicly traded, the value per Common Share as determined by an independent valuation and approved by the Board;

 

 

 

 

 

Flagstone

 

means Flagstone Reinsurance Limited, a Bermuda exempted company licensed as a Class 4 reinsurer under the Insurance Act 1978 as amended from time to time and its related regulations;

 

 

 

 

 

GAAP

 

means United States generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect from time to time, applied on a consistent basis;

 

 

 

 

 

Haverford

 

means Haverford (Bermuda) Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company;

 

 

 

 

 

Initial Public Offering

 

means the initial public offering of the shares pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to the Securities Act (Registration No. 333-138182);

 

 

 

 

 

Member

 

the person registered in the Register of Members as the holder of shares in the Company and, when two or more persons are so registered as joint holders of shares, means the person whose name stands first in the Register of Members as one of such joint holders or all of such persons, as the context so requires;

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum of Association

 

means the memorandum of association of the Company as from time to time altered or amended;

 

 

 

 

 

9.9% U.S. Shareholder

 

of the Company means a U.S. Person that owns shares (within the meaning of Section 958(a) of the Code) and is considered a “United States shareholder” of the Company (as defined in Section 951(b) of the Code);

 

3



 

 

 

 

provided, that for these purposes, “more than 9.9 percent” shall be substituted for “10 percent” wherever such term appears in Section 951(b) of the Code;

 

 

 

 

 

Notice

 

written notice as further provided in these Bye-laws unless otherwise specifically stated;

 

 

 

 

 

Officer

 

any person appointed by the Board to hold an office in the Company;

 

 

 

 

 

Person

 

means an individual, company, corporation, limited liability company, firm, partnership, trust, estate, unincorporated association, other entity or body of Persons;

 

 

 

 

 

PSU Plan

 

means the Company’s performance share unit plan as from time to time altered or amended;

 

 

 

 

 

PSU Shares

 

means the common shares of the Company issuable pursuant to the PSU Plan;

 

 

 

 

 

RSU Plan

 

means the Company’s employee restricted share unit plan as from time to time altered or amended;

 

 

 

 

 

Register of Directors and Officers

 

the register of directors and officers referred to in these Bye-laws;

 

 

 

 

 

Register of Members

 

the register of Members referred to in these Bye-laws;

 

 

 

 

 

Removed Company Director

 

has the meaning attributed thereto at Bye-law 31.1;

 

 

 

 

 

Resident Representative

 

any person appointed to act as resident representative and includes any deputy or assistant resident representative;

 

 

 

 

 

Rule 144

 

means Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or any successor rule thereto;

 

 

 

 

 

Secretary

 

the person appointed to perform any or all of the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any deputy or assistant secretary and any person appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of the Secretary;

 

 

 

 

 

Securities Act

 

means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any U.S. federal statute then in effect which has replaced such statute, and a reference to a particular section thereof shall be deemed to include a reference to the

 

4



 

 

 

 

comparable section, if any, of any such replacement U.S. federal statute;

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders Agreement

 

means the agreement dated as of December 19, 2005 as amended from time to time by and among the Company and the Members listed therein;

 

 

 

 

 

share

 

means a share in the share capital of the Company and includes the Common Shares;

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary

 

means any entity of which a majority of the Voting Power (under ordinary circumstances) in electing the board of directors or equivalent body are, at the time as of which any determination is being made, owned by the Company, either directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries;

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Person

 

means (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity treated as a corporation or partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes that is created in, or organised under the laws of, the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate that is subject to U.S. federal income tax on its income regardless of its source, (iv) any trust if (A)(1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and (2) one or more US Persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) such trust validly elects to be treated as a U.S. Person or (v) any entity treated as one of the foregoing under any provision of the Code (e.g., a Bermuda insurance company that elects under Section 953(d) of the Code to be treated as a domestic corporation);

 

 

 

 

 

United States or U.S.

 

means the United States of America including the states thereof, its territories and possessions and the District of Columbia;

 

 

 

 

 

Voting Power

 

of any Person means the total number of votes which may be cast by the Members or shareholders of the total number of issued and outstanding shares of such Person carrying the right to vote; and

 

5



 

 

Warrant

 

means the warrant dated as of December 19, 2005 to purchase Common Shares issued to Haverford, as amended from time to time.

 

1.2                                In these Bye-laws, where not inconsistent with the context:

 

(a)                                   words denoting the plural number include the singular number and vice versa;

 

(b)                                  words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter genders;

 

(c)                                   words importing persons include companies, associations or bodies of persons whether corporate or not;

 

(d)                                  the words:

 

(i)                                      “may” shall be construed as permissive; and

 

(ii)                                   “shall” shall be construed as imperative; and

 

(e)                                   unless otherwise provided herein, words or expressions defined in the Act shall bear the same meaning in these Bye-laws.

 

1.3                                In these Bye-laws expressions referring to writing or written shall, unless the contrary intention appears, include facsimile, printing, lithography, photography, electronic mail and other modes of representing words in visible form.

 

1.4                                Headings used in these Bye-laws are for convenience only and are not to be used or relied upon in the construction hereof.

 

1.5                                The incorporation or application of provisions of the Shareholders Agreement in or to these Bye-laws shall terminate upon the termination of the Shareholders Agreement in accordance with its terms. For this purpose, a certificate from the secretary and any director of the Company stating that the Shareholders Agreement has terminated shall be conclusive evidence of such termination. Upon delivery of such certificate to the Company, a copy of such certificate shall be appended to these Bye-laws by the Secretary and included in every copy of these Bye-laws published by the Company and these Bye-laws shall thenceforth not include any provision of the Shareholders Agreement.

 

SHARES

 

2.                                       Power to Issue Shares

 

2.1                                Subject to these Bye-laws and to any resolution of the Members to the contrary, and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares, the Board shall have the power to issue any unissued shares of the Company

 

6



 

on such terms and conditions as it may determine and any shares or class of shares may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital, or otherwise.

 

2.2                                Subject to the provisions of the Act, any preference shares may be issued or converted into shares that (at a determinable date or at the option of the Company or the holder) are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by the Board (before the issue or conversion).

 

3.                                       Power of the Company to Purchase its Shares

 

3.1                                Subject to these Bye-laws, the Company may purchase its own shares in accordance with the provisions of the Act on such terms as the Board shall think fit. Subject to these Bye-laws, the Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to purchase all or any part of its own shares in accordance with the Act.

 

3.2                                Without limiting Bye-law 3.1, subject to Section 42A of the Act and the approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority or other applicable governmental or regulatory body (such approval restriction being applicable to all this Bye-law 3.2), if the Board reasonably determines in good faith based on an opinion of counsel that share ownership, directly, indirectly or constructively, by any Member is likely to result in adverse tax consequences or materially adverse legal or regulatory treatment to the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of its Members, the Company will have the option, but not the obligation, to purchase the minimum number of shares which is necessary to avoid or cure such adverse consequences or treatment (but only to the extent the Board reasonably determines in good faith that such action would avoid or cure such adverse consequences or treatment) with immediately available funds in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such shares on the date the Company repurchases such shares (the “Purchase Price”), subject to the provisions of this Bye-law 3.2.

 

The Board shall notify such Member promptly that it has determined that the provisions of this Bye-law 3.2 may apply to such Member, and shall provide such Member with seventy-five (75) days (subject to any extension reasonably necessary to obtain regulatory approvals necessary in connection with any proposed sale by the Member, if being diligently pursued, but in any event not more than an additional ninety (90) days), prior to and in lieu of such repurchase, to remedy the circumstances pursuant to which the ownership of shares by such Member may result in adverse tax consequences or materially adverse legal or regulatory treatment to the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of its Members (including by such Member selling such shares to a third party, subject to Bye-law 12 and any other relevant provisions of these Bye-laws); provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, this Bye-law 3.2 does not release such Member from any contractual restriction on transfer to which such Member is subject and, if applicable, to select an investment bank to determine the Fair Market Value of such shares.

 

7



 

If a Member subject to application of this Bye-law 3 does not remedy the consequences or treatment described in the preceding two paragraphs within the period referred to above, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase such shares at the Fair Market Value thereof. If the Company shall determine not to purchase such shares at the Fair Market Value pursuant to this Bye-law 3, the Company shall notify each other Member thereof, and shall permit the other Members to purchase such shares at the Fair Market Value in its stead, pro rata, to the number of shares then held by each such Member, and then, to the extent that any Members shall fail to accept such offer, to the other Members who have elected to purchase their portion of such shares. After offering the shares to be repurchased to the other Members in accordance with the preceding sentence, the Company will also be entitled to assign its purchase right to a third party which may purchase such shares at the Fair Market Value. Each Member shall be bound by the determination by the Company to purchase or assign its right to purchase such Member’s shares and, if so required by the Company, shall sell the number of shares that the Company requires it to sell.

 

The Board will use all reasonable efforts to exercise this option equitably and, to the extent possible, equally among similarly situated Members (to the extent possible under the circumstances).

 

In the event that the Member(s) or the Company or its assignee(s) determine to purchase any such shares, the Company shall provide each Member concerned with written notice of such determination (a “Purchase Notice”) at least five (5) calendar days prior to such purchase or such shorter period as each such Member may authorise, specifying the date on which any such shares are to be purchased and the Purchase Price. The Company may revoke the Purchase Notice at any time before the Member(s), the Company or its assignee(s) pay for the shares. The Board may authorise any person to sign, on behalf of any Member who is the subject of a Purchase Notice, an instrument of transfer relating to any of such Member’s shares which the Company has an option to purchase. Payment of the Purchase Price by the Member(s), the Company or its assignee(s) shall be by wire transfer or certified check and made at a closing to be held no less than five (5) calendar days after receipt of the Purchase Notice by the selling Member.

 

4.                                       Rights Attaching to Shares

 

Subject to any resolution of the Members to the contrary (and without prejudice to any special rights conferred thereby on the holders of any other shares or class of shares), the share capital of the Company shall be divided into Common Shares the holders of which shall, subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws:

 

(a)                                   be generally entitled to one vote per share, (but the exercise of any voting right shall be subject to the provisions of Bye-law 30 hereof);

 

(b)                                  be entitled to such dividends as the Board may from time to time declare;

 

8



 

(c)                                   in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganisation or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to the surplus assets of the Company; and

 

(d)                                  generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to shares.

 

5.                                       Calls on Shares

 

5.1                                The Board may make such calls as it thinks fit upon the Members in respect of any monies (whether in respect of nominal value or premium) unpaid on the shares allotted to or held by such Members and, if a call is not paid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the Member may at the discretion of the Board be liable to pay the Company interest on the amount of such call at such rate as the Board may determine, from the date when such call was payable up to the actual date of payment. The Board may differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment of such calls.

 

5.2                                The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

5.3                                The Company may accept from any Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on any shares held by him, although no part of that amount has been called up.

 

6.                                       Prohibition on Financial Assistance

 

The Company shall not give, whether directly or indirectly, whether by means of loan, guarantee, provision of security or otherwise, any financial assistance for the purpose of the acquisition or proposed acquisition by any person of any shares in the Company, but nothing in this Bye-law shall prohibit transactions permitted under the Act.

 

7.                                       Forfeiture of Shares

 

7.1                                If any Member fails to pay, on the day appointed for payment thereof, any call in respect of any share allotted to or held by such Member, the Board may, at any time thereafter during such time as the call remains unpaid, direct the Secretary to forward such Member a notice in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of the following:

 

Notice of Liability to Forfeiture for Non-Payment of Call
Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited (the “Company”)

 

You have failed to pay the call of [amount of call] made on the [ ] day of [ ], 200[ ], in respect of the [number] share(s) [number in figures] standing in your name in the Register of Members of the Company, on the [ ] day of [ ], 200[ ],

 

9



 

the day appointed for payment of such call. You are hereby notified that unless you pay such call together with interest thereon at the rate of [ ] per annum computed from the said [ ]  day of [ ], 200[ ] at the registered office of the Company the share(s) will be liable to be forfeited.

 

Dated this [ ] day of [ ], 200[ ]

 


[Signature of Secretary] By Order of the Board

 

7.2                                If the requirements of such notice are not complied with, any such share may at any time thereafter before the payment of such call and the interest due in respect thereof be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such share shall thereupon become the property of the Company and may be disposed of as the Board shall determine. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the disposal may take place by sale, repurchase, redemption or any other method of disposal permitted by and consistent with these Bye-laws and the Act.

 

7.3                                A Member whose share or shares have been forfeited as aforesaid shall, notwithstanding such forfeiture, be liable to pay to the Company all calls owing on such share or shares at the time of the forfeiture and all interest due thereon.

 

7.4                                The Board may accept the surrender of any shares which it is in a position to forfeit on such terms and conditions as may be agreed. Subject to those terms and conditions, a surrendered share shall be treated as if it had been forfeited.

 

8.                                       Share Certificates

 

8.1                                Every Member shall be entitled to a certificate under the seal of the Company (or a facsimile thereof) specifying the number and, where appropriate, the class of shares held by such Member and whether the same are fully paid up and, if not, specifying the amount paid on such shares. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in a particular case, that any or all signatures on certificates may be printed thereon or affixed by mechanical means.

 

8.2                                The Company shall be under no obligation to complete and deliver a share certificate unless specifically called upon to do so by the person to whom the shares have been allotted.

 

8.3                                If any share certificate shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Board to have been worn out, lost, mislaid, or destroyed the Board may cause a new certificate to be issued and request an indemnity for the lost certificate if it sees fit.

 

10



 

9.                                       Fractional Shares

 

The Company may issue its shares in fractional denominations and deal with such fractions to the same extent as its whole shares and shares in fractional denominations shall have in proportion to the respective fractions represented thereby all of the rights of whole shares including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) the right to vote, to receive dividends and distributions and to participate in a winding-up.

 

REGISTRATION OF SHARES

 

10.                                Register of Members

 

10.1                         The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books a Register of Members and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

 

10.2                         The Register of Members shall be open to inspection at the registered office of the Company on every business day, subject to such reasonable restrictions as the Board may impose, so that not less than two hours in each business day be allowed for inspection. The Register of Members may, after notice has been given in accordance with the Act, be closed for any time or times not exceeding in the whole thirty days in each year.

 

11.                                Registered Holder Absolute Owner

 

The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognise any equitable claim or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other person.

 

12.                                Transfer of Registered Shares and Warrants and Restrictions on Transfer

 

12.1                         Subject to the Act and to such of the restrictions contained in these Bye-laws as may be applicable, any Member may transfer all or any part of his shares or warrants by an instrument of transfer as specified herein.

 

12.2                         An instrument of transfer shall be in writing in the form of the following, or as near thereto as  circumstances admit, or in such other form as the Board may accept:

 

Transfer of a Share or Shares
Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited (the “Company”)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED                           [amount], I, [name of transferor] hereby sell, assign and transfer unto [transferee] of [address], [number] of shares of the Company.

 

DATED this [ ] day of [ ], 200[ ]

 

11



 

 

Signed by:

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transferor

Witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transferee

Witness

 

12.3                         Such instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and transferee, provided that, in the case of a fully paid share, the Board may accept the instrument signed by or on behalf of the transferor alone. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of such share until the same has been transferred to the transferee in the Register of Members.

 

12.4                         The Board may refuse to recognise any instrument of transfer unless it is accompanied by the certificate in respect of the shares to which it relates and by such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer.

 

12.5                         The restrictions on transfer authorised or imposed by these Bye-laws shall not be imposed in any circumstances in any way that would interfere with the settlement of trades or transactions entered into through the facilities of a stock exchange or automatic quotation system on which the shares are listed or traded from time to time; provided, that the Company may decline to register transfers in accordance with these Bye-laws and resolutions of the Board after a settlement has taken place.

 

12.6                         The joint holders of any share may transfer such share to one or more of such joint holders, and the surviving holder or holders of any share previously held by them jointly with a deceased Member may transfer any such share to the executors or administrators of such deceased Member.

 

12.7                         The Board may in its absolute discretion and without assigning any reason therefor refuse to register the transfer of a share. The Board shall refuse to register a transfer unless all applicable consents, authorisations and permissions of any governmental or regulatory body or agency in Bermuda, the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction required to be obtained shall have been obtained. For the avoidance of doubt, the Directors may decline to register the transfer of a share if the Board has determined in good faith that such transfer would result in adverse tax or regulatory treatment to the Company and its subsidiaries or any of its shareholders.

 

12.8                         The Board may decline to register the transfer of any shares or warrants if the Board reasonably determines in good faith that, based on an opinion of counsel, (i) in the case of a transfer other than (a) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (b) after an Initial Public Offering of shares pursuant to such a registration statement, in a sale by a Member in accordance with Rule 144 or (c) in connection with the settlement of

 

12



 

trades or transactions entered into through the facilities of a stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the shares are listed or traded from time to time, such transfer is likely to expose the Company, any subsidiary thereof, any Member or any subsidiary of the Company, any Member or Person ceding insurance to the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to adverse tax consequences or materially adverse legal or regulatory treatment in any jurisdiction or (ii) registration of such transfer under the Securities Act or under any blue sky or other U.S. state securities laws or under the laws of any jurisdiction is required and such registration has not been duly effected; provided, however, that in this case (ii) the Board shall be entitled to request and rely on an opinion of counsel (such counsel to be reasonably satisfactory to the Board) to the transferor or the transferee (and the Company shall not be obliged to pay any expenses of such counsel), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Board, that no such registration is required, and the Board shall be obliged to register such transfer upon the receipt of such an opinion. A proposed transferee will be permitted to dispose of any shares or warrants purchased that violate these restrictions and as to which registration of the transfer is refused. The transferor of such shares or warrants shall be deemed to own such shares or warrants for dividend, voting and reporting purposes until a transfer of such shares has been registered on the Register of Members or such warrants have been registered in the applicable register of warrants.

 

12.9                         Except in connection  with an effective registration statement, a sale in accordance with Rule 144 of the shares of the Company after an Initial Public Offering or in connection with the settlement of trades or transactions entered into through the facilities of a stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the shares are listed or traded from time to time, the Board may require any Member, or any Person proposing to acquire shares or warrants of the Company, to provide the information required by Bye-law 30A. If any such Member or proposed acquiror does not provide such information, or if the Company has reason to believe that any certification or other information provided pursuant to any such request is inaccurate or incomplete, the Board may decline to register any transfer or to effect any issue or purchase of shares or warrants to which such request related

 

12.10                  If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share the Secretary shall, within three months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.

 

12.11                  Any purported transfer (except by operation of law) of any shares in contravention of any of the restrictions on transfer contained in the Shareholders Agreement or these Bye-laws shall be void and of no effect.

 

13.                                Transmission of Registered Shares

 

13.1                         In the case of the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased Member was a joint holder, and the legal personal representatives of the deceased Member where the deceased Member was a sole holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Member’s interest in the shares. Nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any share

 

13



 

which had been jointly held by such deceased Member with other persons. Subject to the provisions of the Act, for the purpose of this Bye-law, legal personal representative means the executor or administrator of a deceased Member or such other person as the Board may, in its absolute discretion, decide as being properly authorised to deal with the shares of a deceased Member.

 

13.2                         Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of any Member may be registered as a Member upon such evidence as the Board may deem sufficient or may elect to nominate some person to be registered as a transferee of such share, and in such case the person becoming entitled shall execute in favour of such nominee an instrument of transfer in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of the following:

 

Transfer by a Person Becoming Entitled on Death/Bankruptcy of a Member
Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited (the “Company”)

 

I/We, having become entitled in consequence of the [death/bankruptcy] of [name and address of deceased/bankrupt Member] to [number] share(s) standing in the Register of Members of the Company in the name of the said [name of deceased/bankrupt Member] instead of being registered myself/ourselves, elect to have [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”) registered as a transferee of such share(s) and I/we do hereby accordingly transfer the said share(s) to the Transferee to hold the same unto the Transferee, his or her executors, administrators and assigns, subject to the conditions on which the same were held at the time of the execution hereof; and the Transferee does hereby agree to take the said share(s) subject to the same conditions.

 

 

DATED this [ ] day of [ ], 200[ ]

 

 

 

Signed by:

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transferor

Witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transferee

Witness

 

13.3                         On the presentation of the foregoing materials to the Board, accompanied by such evidence as the Board may require to prove the title of the transferor, the transferee shall be registered as a Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall, in any case, have the same

 

14



 

right to decline or suspend registration as it would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by that Member before such Member’s death or bankruptcy, as the case may be.

 

13.4                         Where two or more persons are registered as joint holders of a share or shares, then in the event of the death of any joint holder or holders the remaining joint holder or holders shall be absolutely entitled to the said share or shares and the Company shall recognise no claim in respect of the estate of any joint holder except in the case of the last survivor of such joint holders.

 

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

14.                                Power to Alter Capital

 

14.1                         The Company may, subject to these Bye-laws, increase, divide, consolidate, subdivide, change the currency denomination of, diminish or otherwise alter or reduce its share capital in any manner permitted by the Act.

 

14.2                         Where, on any alteration or reduction of share capital, fractions of shares or some other difficulty would arise, the Board may deal with or resolve the same in such manner as it thinks fit.

 

15.                                Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares

 

Subject to Bye-law 59, if, at any time, the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound-up, be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class at which meeting the necessary quorum shall be two persons at least holding or representing by proxy one-third of the issued shares of the class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITALISATION

 

16.                                Dividends

 

16.1                         The Board may, subject to these Bye-laws and in accordance with the Act, declare a dividend to be paid to the Members, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, and such dividend may be paid in cash or wholly or partly in specie in which case the Board may fix

 

15



 

the value for distribution in specie of any assets. No unpaid dividend shall bear interest as against the Company.

 

16.2                         The Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive any dividend.

 

16.3                         The Company may pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid up on each share where a larger amount is paid up on some shares than on others.

 

16.4                         The Board may declare and make such other distributions (in cash or in specie) to the Members as may be lawfully made out of the assets of the Company. No unpaid distribution shall bear interest as against the Company.

 

17.                                Power to Set Aside Profits

 

The Board may, before declaring a dividend, set aside out of the surplus or profits of the Company, such sum as it thinks proper as a reserve to be used to meet contingencies or for equalising dividends or for any other purpose.

 

18.                                Method of Payment

 

18.1                         Any dividend, interest, or other monies payable in cash in respect of the shares may be paid by cheque or draft sent through the post directed to the Member at such Member’s address in the Register of Members, or to such person and to such address as the holder may in writing direct.

 

18.2                         In the case of joint holders of shares, any dividend, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by cheque or draft sent through the post directed to the address of the holder first named in the Register of Members, or to such person and to such address as the joint holders may in writing direct. If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any shares any one can give an effectual receipt for any dividend paid in respect of such shares.

 

18.3                         The Board may deduct from the dividends or distributions payable to any Member all monies due from such Member to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

19.                                Capitalisation

 

19.1                         The Board may resolve to capitalise any sum for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s share premium or other reserve accounts or to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution by applying such sum in paying up unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid bonus shares pro rata to the Members.

 

19.2                         The Board may resolve to capitalise any sum for the time being standing to the credit of a reserve account or sums otherwise available for dividend or distribution by applying such

 

16



 

amounts in paying up in full partly paid or nil paid shares of those Members who would have been entitled to such sums if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution.

 

MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

 

20.                                Annual General Meetings

 

The annual general meeting of the Company shall be held in each year at such time and place as the Chairman or any two Directors or any Director and the Secretary or the Board shall appoint. No annual general meeting shall take place in the United States.

 

21.                                Special General Meetings

 

The Chairman or any two Directors or the Board may convene a special general meeting of the Company whenever in their judgment such a meeting is necessary. No special general meeting shall take place in the United States.

 

22.                                Requisitioned General Meetings

 

The Board shall, on the requisition of Members holding at the date of the deposit of the requisition not less than one-tenth of such of the paid-up share capital of the Company as at the date of the deposit carries the right to vote at general meetings of the Company, forthwith proceed to convene a special general meeting of the Company and the provisions of the Act shall apply.

 

23.                                Notice

 

23.1                         At least ten days’ notice of an annual general meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, place and time at which the meeting is to be held, that the election of Directors will take place thereat, and as far as practicable, the other business to be conducted at the meeting.

 

23.2                         At least ten days’ notice of a special general meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, time, place and the general nature of the business to be considered at the meeting.

 

23.3                         The Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive notice of and to vote at any general meeting of the Company.

 

23.4                         A general meeting of the Company shall, notwithstanding that it is called on shorter notice than that specified in these Bye-laws, be deemed to have been properly called if it is so agreed by (i) all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat in the case of an annual

 

17



 

general meeting; and (ii) by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares giving a right to attend and vote thereat in the case of a special general meeting.

 

23.5                         The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of a notice of a general meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

 

24.                                Giving Notice

 

24.1                         A notice may be given by the Company to any Member either by delivering it to such Member in person or by sending it to such Member’s address in the Register of Members or to such other address given for the purpose. For the purposes of this Bye-law, a notice may be sent by letter mail, courier service, cable, telex, telecopier, facsimile, electronic mail or other mode of representing words in a legible form.

 

24.2                         Any notice required to be given to a Member shall, with respect to any shares held jointly by two or more persons, be given to whichever of such persons is named first in the Register of Members and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the holders of such shares.

 

24.3                         Any notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time when the same would be delivered in the ordinary course of transmission and, in proving such service, it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice was properly addressed and prepaid, if posted, and the time when it was posted, delivered to the courier or to the cable company or transmitted by telex, facsimile, electronic mail or such other method as the case may be.

 

25.                                Postponement of General Meeting

 

The Secretary may postpone any general meeting called in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws (other than a meeting requisitioned under these Bye-laws) provided that notice of postponement is given to each Member before the time for such meeting. Fresh notice of the date, time and place for the postponed meeting shall be given to each Member in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws.

 

26.                                Attendance at Meetings

 

Members may participate in any general meeting solely by means of their physical attendance at the meeting, and participation by telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities shall not be permitted.

 

18



 

27.                                Quorum at General Meetings

 

27.1                         At any general meeting of the Company two or more persons present in person and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of the total issued voting shares in the Company throughout the meeting shall form a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

27.2                         If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, then, in the case of a meeting convened on a requisition, the meeting shall be deemed cancelled and, in any other case, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day one week later, at the same time and place or to such other day, time or place as the Secretary may determine. If the meeting shall be adjourned to the same day one week later or the Secretary shall determine that the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, time and place, it is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the meeting being adjourned. If the Secretary shall determine that the meeting be adjourned to an unspecified date, time or place, fresh notice of the resumption of the meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws.

 

28.                                Chairman to Preside

 

Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of those attending and entitled to vote thereat, the Chairman shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Members at which such person is present. In their absence, the Deputy Chairman, if present, shall act as chairman and in the absence of all of them a chairman shall be appointed or elected by those present at the meeting and entitled to vote.

 

29.                                Voting on Resolutions

 

29.1                         Subject to the provisions of the Act and these Bye-laws, any question proposed for the consideration of the Members at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.

 

29.2                         No Member shall be entitled to vote at a general meeting unless such Member has paid all the calls on all shares held by such Member.

 

29.3                         At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall, in the first instance, be voted upon by a show of hands and, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares and subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws, every Member present in person and every person holding a valid proxy at such meeting shall be entitled to one vote and shall cast such vote by raising his or her hand.

 

29.4                         At any general meeting if an amendment shall be proposed to any resolution under consideration and the chairman of the meeting shall rule on whether the proposed amendment is out of order, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling.

 

29.5                         At any general meeting a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a question proposed for consideration has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously,

 

19



 

or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in a book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company shall, subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws, be conclusive evidence of that fact.

 

30.                                Limitation on Voting Rights of Controlled Shares

 

30.1                         Each share shall entitle or limit the holder thereof to such voting rights attributable to that class (or series) of share, but the exercise of any voting right shall be subject to the provisions of Bye-laws 30.2 through 30.7 below.

 

30.2                         If, as a result of giving effect to the provisions of Bye-law 30.1 or otherwise, the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares of any Person would otherwise cause such Person or any other Person to be treated as a 9.9% U.S. Shareholder (as defined in Section 951(b) of the Code), the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares of such U.S. Person are hereby reduced (and shall be automatically reduced in the future) by whatever amount is necessary so that after any such reduction the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares of such Person shall not result in such Person or any other Person being treated as a 9.9% Shareholder with respect to the vote on the matter in question.

 

30.3                         In determining the reduction in votes conferred by Controlled Shares pursuant to Bye-law 30.2, the reduction in the vote conferred by the Controlled Shares of any Person shall be effected proportionately among all the Controlled Shares of such Person; provided, however, that if a Member owns, or is treated as owning by the application of Section 958 of the Code, interests in another Member, the reduction in votes conferred by Controlled Shares of such Member (determined solely on the basis of shares held directly by such Member and shares attributed from such other Member) shall first be effected by reducing the votes conferred on the shares held directly by the Member. The reduction in the votes of the shares held by such Member effected by the foregoing proviso shall be conferred on the shares held by such Member (and not otherwise reduced by the operation of this Bye-law 30) to the extent that so doing does not cause any Person to be treated as a 9.9% U.S. Shareholder and any remaining reduction in votes shall then be conferred proportionately among the shares held by the other Members; provided, however, that no shares shall be conferred votes to the extent that so doing shall cause any Person to be treated as a 9.9% U.S. Shareholder.

 

30.4                         In the event that the aggregate reductions required by Bye-laws 30.2 and 30.3 result in less than 100 percent of the voting power of the shares being entitled to be cast, the excess of 100 percent of the voting power over the votes entitled to be cast shall be conferred on the shares held by the Members, proportionately, based on the number of shares held by each Member; provided, however, that the shares of a Member shall not be conferred votes to the extent that any U.S. Person would be considered a 9.9% U.S. Shareholder. The maximum votes that shall be conferred pursuant to this paragraph of Bye-law 30 on a corporation organised under the laws of the United Kingdom shall be 24.9%.

 

30.5                         Upon written notification by a Member to the Board, the number of votes conferred by the

 

20



 

total number of shares held by such Member shall be reduced to that percentage of the total voting power of the Company, as so designated by such Member (subject to acceptance of such reduction by the Board in its sole discretion) so that (and to the extent that) such Member may meet any applicable insurance or other regulatory requirement (other than tax regulatory) or voting threshold or limitation that may be applicable to such Member or to evidence that such Person’s voting power is no greater than such threshold.

 

30.6                         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Bye-law 30 , the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares of any Person shall not exceed such amount as would result in any U.S. Person that owns shares of the Company (within the meaning of Section 958(a) of the Code) being treated as owning (within the meaning of Section 958 of the Code) more than 9.9% (or the lower percentage designated by a Member pursuant to Bye-law 30.5 hereof) of the aggregate voting power of the votes conferred by all the shares of the Company entitled to vote generally at any election of Directors.

 

30.7                         The Board shall implement the foregoing in the manner set forth in this Bye-law. In addition to any other provision of this Bye-law 30 , any shares shall not carry rights to vote or shall have reduced voting rights to the extent that the Board reasonably determines in good faith that it is necessary that such shares should not carry the right to vote or should have reduced voting rights in order to avoid adverse tax consequences or materially adverse legal or regulatory treatment to the Company, any subsidiary of the Company or any Member or its affiliates; provided, however, that the Board will use reasonable efforts to exercise such discretion equally among similarly situated Members (to the extent possible under the circumstances).

 

30A.       Requirement to Provide Information and Notice

 

(1)      The Company shall have the authority to request from any holder of shares, and such holder of shares shall provide, (a) a statement setting forth that the holder is the direct beneficial owner as defined under Rule 13d-3 under the  Exchange Act of the shares or, if not, the identity of such direct beneficial owner (and, in the case of more than one beneficial owner, the shares owned by each such beneficial owner), the place of organisation of a direct beneficial owner that is other than a natural person and whether such direct beneficial owner has made an election to be treated as a U.S. Person for any purpose or whether such direct beneficial owner has elected to be treated as a Subchapter S corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the citizenship and residency of any person who is a natural person and whether such Person can be treated as a U.S. resident for U.S. tax purposes, a statement regarding whether the spouse or minor children of any such beneficial owner are also acquiring shares, and the names of the great grandparents, grandparents, parents, siblings, and lineal descendants (if living) of any such beneficial owner, and a statement as to whether such direct beneficial owner holds the power to vote the shares held by such holder and, if not, the identity of the Person empowered to vote those shares, (b) a list setting out the name of every Person holding a direct interest in such beneficial owner, the percentage interest held by such Person therein (including, if applicable, the minimum and maximum percentage interest in the case of a direct beneficial owner the interests in which can vary),

 

21



 

and whether such Person has a right to vote to determine the manner in which the direct beneficial owner is to vote the shares owned by such beneficial owner, (c) a list setting out the name of any Person having an option or other right to acquire an interest in any direct beneficial owner of shares and the percentage of interests in such beneficial owner subject  to such option or other right and (d) a list of any partnership or limited liability company in which the direct beneficial owner holds a direct interest and the percentage interest held therein (including, if applicable, the minimum and maximum percentage interest in the case of an interest in which can vary); provided, however, that for purposes of clause (b) of this Bye-law 30A(1), if the beneficial owner of the shares is a publicly traded company, such beneficial owner shall be required to provide information only with respect to a Person having a 5% or greater ownership interest in the “beneficial owner”. For the purposes of this Bye-law, a person shall be treated as a “beneficial owner” if such Person is so treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes (without giving effect to any attribution or constructive ownership rules). In addition, the Company shall have the authority to request from any holder of shares, and such holder shall provide, to the extent that it is reasonably practicable for it to do so in such holder’s reasonable discretion, such additional information as the Company may reasonably request to determine the relationship of a holder with other holders.

 

(2)     Any information provided by each Member to the Company pursuant to this Bye-law or other information provided pursuant to this Bye-law or for purposes of making the analysis required by Bye-laws 3, 12 or 30, shall be deemed “confidential information” (the “Confidential Information”) and shall be used by the Company solely for the purposes contemplated by those Bye-laws (except as may be required otherwise by applicable law or regulation). The Company shall hold such Confidential Information in strict confidence and shall not disclose any Confidential Information that it receives, except (i) to the Internal Revenue Service (the “Service”) if and to the extent the Confidential Information is required by the Service, (ii) to any outside legal counsel or accounting firm engaged by the Company to make determinations regarding the relevant Bye-laws, (iii) to officers and employees of the Company, as set forth in Bye-laws 30A(3) or (iv) as otherwise required by law or regulation.

 

(3)   The Company shall take all measures practicable to ensure the continued confidentiality of the Confidential Information and shall grant the Persons referred to in Bye-law 30A(2) (ii) above access to the Confidential Information only to the extent necessary to allow them to assist the Company in any analysis required by Bye-laws 3, 12 or 30, or to determine whether the Company would realise any income that would be included in the income of any Member (or any interest holder, whether direct or indirect, of any Member) by operation of Section 953 (c) of the Code. Prior to granting access to the Confidential Information to such Persons or to any officer or employee as set out below, the Company shall inform them of its confidential nature and of the provisions of this Bye-law and shall require them to abide by all the provisions thereof. The Company shall not disclose the Confidential Information to any Director (other than a Director that is also Chief Executive Officer, Chairman or Deputy Chairman, except as required  by law or regulation, upon request to the Company). The Company shall be permitted to disclose the Confidential Information to an officer (who is not also a Director) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, but only if

 

22



 

such officer requires the Confidential Information to determine whether the Company would realise any income that would be included in the income of any Member by operation of section 953 (c) of the Code or to implement Bye-laws 3, 12 or 30. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall be permitted to disclose to the Members and others the relative voting percentages of the Members after application of Bye-law 30. At the written request of a Member, the Confidential Information of such Member shall be destroyed or returned to such Member after the later to occur of (i) such Member no longer being a Member or (ii) the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations with respect to any Confidential Information obtained for purposes of engaging in any tax-related analysis.

 

(4)   The Company shall (i) notify a Member as soon as reasonably practicable of the existence, terms and circumstances surrounding any request made to the Company to disclose any Confidential Information provided by or with respect to such Member and, prior to such disclosure, shall permit such Member a reasonable period of time to seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the provisions of this Bye-law, and (ii) if, in the absence of a protective order, such disclosure is required in the opinion of counsel to the Company, the Company shall make such disclosure without liability hereunder, provided that the Company shall furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information which is legally required, shall give such Member notice of the information to be disclosed as far in advance of its disclosure as practicable and, upon the request of such Member and at its expense, shall use best efforts to ensure that confidential treatment will be accorded to all such disclosed information.

 

(5)       If a Member fails to respond to a request for information from the Company pursuant to this Bye-law, or submits incomplete or inaccurate information in response to such a request, the Company may in its reasonable discretion determine that such Member’s shares shall carry no or reduced voting rights, as the case may be, until otherwise determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion.

 

(6)      The Board may rely exclusively on the analysis, deliberation, reports and other communications of those Persons specified in (i)-(iii) of Bye-law 30A(2) above with respect to the collection, disclosure or use of the Confidential Information, including, but not limited to, determining whether the Company would realise any income that would be included in the income of any Member (or any interest holder, whether direct or indirect) or implementing Bye-laws  3, 12 or 30.

 

31.                                Certain Subsidiaries

 

31.1                         With respect to any Subsidiary of the Company that is not a U.S. corporation and  that is not treated as a pass-through or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (together the “Designated Companies”), (i) the board of directors of each such Designated Company shall consist of the persons who have been elected by the Members of the Company by resolution in a general meeting as Designated Company Directors and (ii) the Members of the Company by resolution in a general meeting may designate the persons to

 

23



 

be removed as directors of such Designated Company (the “Removed Company Directors”).

 

31.2                         Notwithstanding the general authority set out in Bye-law 47, the Board shall vote all shares owned by the Company in each Designated Company (i) to elect the Designated Company Directors as the directors of such Designated Company and to remove the Removed Company Directors as directors of such Designated Company, and (ii) to ensure that the constitutional documents of such Designated Company require such Designated Company Directors to be elected and such Removed Company Directors to be removed as provided in this Bye-law. The Board and the Company shall ensure that the constitutional documents of each such Designated Company shall effectuate or implement this Bye-law. The Company shall also enter into agreements with each such Designated Company and take such other actions as are necessary to effectuate or implement this Bye-law.

 

32.                                Power to Demand a Vote on a Poll

 

32.1                         At any general or special meeting of the Members, a poll may be demanded by any of the following persons:

 

(a)                                   the chairman of such meeting; or

 

(b)                                  at least three Members present in person or represented by proxy; or

 

(c)                                   any Member or Members present in person or represented by proxy and holding between them not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the Members having the right to vote at such meeting; or

 

(d)                                  any Member or Members present in person or represented by proxy holding shares in the Company conferring the right to vote at such meeting, being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all such shares conferring such right.

 

32.2                         Where a poll is demanded, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares, every person present at such meeting shall have one vote for each share of which such person is the holder or for which such person holds a proxy and such vote shall be counted by ballot as described herein, or in the case of a general meeting at which one or more Members are present by telephone, in such manner as the chairman of the meeting may direct and the result of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded and shall replace any previous resolution upon the same matter which has been the subject of a show of hands. A person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

 

32.3                         A poll demanded for the purpose of electing a chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith and a poll demanded on any other question shall be taken in such manner and at such time and place at such meeting as the chairman (or acting

 

24



 

chairman) of the meeting may direct and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded may be proceeded with pending the taking of the poll.

 

32.4                         Where a vote is taken by poll, each person present and entitled to vote shall be furnished with a ballot paper on which such person shall record his vote in such manner as shall be determined at the meeting having regard to the nature of the question on which the vote is taken, and each ballot paper shall be signed or initialed or otherwise marked so as to identify the voter and the registered holder in the case of a proxy. At the conclusion of the poll, the ballot papers shall be examined and counted by a committee of not less than two Members or proxy holders appointed by the chairman for the purpose and the result of the poll shall be declared by the chairman.

 

33.                                Voting by Joint Holders of Shares

 

In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote (whether in person or by proxy) shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.

 

34.                                Instrument of Proxy

 

34.1                         An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing or transmitted by electronic mail in substantially the following form or such other form as the chairman of the meeting shall accept:

 

Proxy
Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited (the “Company”)

 

I/We, [insert names here], being a Member of the Company with [number] shares, HEREBY APPOINT [name] of [address] or failing him, [name] of [address] to be my/our proxy to vote for me/us at the meeting of the Members to be held on the [ ] day of [ ], 200[ ] and at any adjournment thereof. (Any restrictions on voting to be inserted here.)

 

 

Signed this [ ] day of [ ], 200[ ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Member(s)

 

34.2                         The instrument of proxy shall be signed or, in the case of a transmission by electronic mail, electronically signed in a manner acceptable to the chairman, by the appointor or by the appointor’s attorney duly authorised in writing, or if the appointor is a corporation, either

 

25



 

under its seal or signed or, in the case of a transmission by electronic mail, electronically signed in a manner acceptable to the chairman, by a duly authorised officer or attorney.

 

34.3                         A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf.

 

34.4                         The decision of the chairman of any general meeting as to the validity of any appointment of a proxy shall be final.

 

35.                                Representation of Corporate Member

 

35.1                         A corporation which is a Member may, by written instrument, authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Members and any person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which such person represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member, and that Member shall be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting attended by its authorised representative or representatives.

 

35.2                         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chairman of the meeting may accept such assurances as he thinks fit as to the right of any person to attend and vote at general meetings on behalf of a corporation which is a Member.

 

36.                                Adjournment of General Meeting

 

The chairman of a general meeting may, with the consent of the Members at any general meeting at which a quorum is present, and shall if so directed, adjourn the meeting. Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, place and time announced at the meeting being adjourned, fresh notice of the date, place and time for the resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws.

 

37.                                Written Resolutions

 

37.1                         Subject to the following, anything which may be done by resolution of the Company in general meeting or by resolution of a meeting of any class of the Members may, without a meeting and without any previous notice being required, be done by resolution in writing signed by, or in the case of a Member that is a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act, on behalf of, all the Members who at the date of the resolution would be entitled to attend the meeting and vote on the resolution.

 

37.2                         A resolution in writing may be signed by, or in the case of a Member that is a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act, on behalf of, all the Members, or all the Members of the relevant class thereof, in as many counterparts as may be necessary.

 

26



 

37.3                         A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law is as valid as if it had been passed by the Company in general meeting or by a meeting of the relevant class of Members, as the case may be, and any reference in any Bye-law to a meeting at which a resolution is passed or to Members voting in favour of a resolution shall be construed accordingly.

 

37.4                         A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law shall constitute minutes for the purposes of the Act.

 

37.5                         This Bye-law shall not apply to:

 

(a)                                   a resolution passed to remove an auditor from office before the expiration of his term of office; or

 

(b)                                  a resolution passed for the purpose of removing a Director before the expiration of his term of office.

 

37.6                         For the purposes of this Bye-law, the date of the resolution is the date when the resolution is signed by, or in the case of a Member that is a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act, on behalf of, the last Member to sign and any reference in any Bye-law to the date of passing of a resolution is, in relation to a resolution made in accordance with this Bye-law, a reference to such date.

 

38.                                Directors Attendance at General Meetings

 

The Directors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and be heard at any general meeting.

 

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

39.                                Election of Directors

 

39.1                         The Board shall consist of no less than ten (10) Directors or such number in excess thereof up to a maximum of twelve (12) Directors as the Board may from time to time determine, who shall be elected, except in a case of a vacancy, by the Members holding a plurality of the votes cast in person or by proxy for a resolution approving such Director, in accordance with and subject to the limitations in these Bye-Laws including but not limited to Bye-Law 30. Except in the case of a casual vacancy, Directors shall be elected at the annual general meeting of the Members or at any special general meeting of the Members called for that purpose.

 

39.2                         At any general meeting, the Members may authorise the Board to fill any vacancy in their number left unfilled at a general meeting.

 

27



 

39.3                         The only persons who shall be eligible for appointment or election as a Director in accordance with Bye-law 39.1 at any meeting of the Company shall be persons for whom a written notice of nomination signed by Members holding in the aggregate not less than fifteen percent (15%) of the issued and outstanding paid up share capital of the Company eligible to vote at the meeting at that time has been delivered to the registered office of the Company for the attention of the Secretary not later than five days after notice or public disclosure of the date of such meeting is given or made available to Members.

 

40.                                Classification of Directors

 

The Directors shall be divided into three (3) classes as nearly equal as possible (Class A, Class B and Class C). The initial Class A Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual general meeting of Members to be held in 2009; the initial Class B directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual general meeting of Members to be held in 2008 and the initial Class C Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual general meeting of Members to be held in 2007.

 

41.                                Term of Office of Directors

 

At each annual general meeting of Members held after the classification and election referred to at Bye-law 40 above, Directors shall be elected or appointed for a full three-year term, as the case may be, to succeed those whose terms expire at such meeting. Each Director shall hold office for the term for which he is elected or until his successor is elected or appointed or until his office is otherwise vacated.

 

42.                                Removal of Directors

 

42.1                         Subject to any provision to the contrary in these Bye-laws, the Members entitled to vote for the election of Directors may, at any special general meeting convened and held in accordance with these Bye-laws, remove any Director, but only for Cause, provided that the notice of any such meeting convened for the purpose of removing a Director shall contain a statement of the intention so to do and be served on such Director not less than 14 days before the meeting and at such meeting the Director shall be entitled to be heard on the motion for such Director’s removal.

 

42.2                         If a Director is removed from the Board under the provisions of this Bye-law the Members may fill the vacancy at the meeting at which such Director is removed.

 

43.                                Vacancy in the Office of Director and appointment of alternate Directors

 

43.1                         The office of Director shall be vacated if the Director:

 

(a)                                   is removed from office pursuant to these Bye-laws or is prohibited from being a Director by law;

 

28



 

(b)                                  is or becomes bankrupt, or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally;

 

(c)                                   is or becomes of unsound mind or dies; or

 

(d)                                  resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company.

 

43.2                         The Board shall have the power to appoint any person as a Director to fill a vacancy on the Board occurring as a result of the death, disability, disqualification or resignation of any Director.

 

43.3                         No Director shall appoint an alternate Director, and notwithstanding any provisions of the Companies Act, no director may appoint another Director to represent him or vote on his behalf at any meeting of the Board of Directors or at any Committee meeting.

 

44.                                Remuneration of Directors

 

The remuneration (if any) of the Directors shall be determined by the Company in general meeting and shall be deemed to accrue from day to day. The Directors may also be paid all travel, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending and returning from the meetings of the Board, any committee appointed by the Board, general meetings of the Company, or in connection with the business of the Company or their duties as Directors generally.

 

45.                                Defect in Appointment of Director

 

All acts done in good faith by the Board or by a committee of the Board or by any person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

 

46.                                Directors to Manage Business

 

The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board. In managing the business of the Company, the Board may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by statute or by these Bye-laws, required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting subject, nevertheless, to these Bye-laws, the provisions of any statute and to such directions as may be prescribed by the Company in general meeting.

 

47.                                Powers of the Board of Directors

 

47.1                            Subject to any provision to the contrary in these Bye-laws, the Board may:

 

(a)                                   appoint, suspend, or remove any manager, secretary, clerk, agent or employee of the Company and may fix their remuneration and determine their duties;

 

29



 

(b)                                  exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and may issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or any third party;

 

(c)                                   appoint one or more Directors to the office of managing director or chief executive officer of the Company, who shall, subject to the control of the Board, supervise and administer all of the general business and affairs of the Company;

 

(d)                                  appoint a person to act as manager of the Company’s day-to-day business and may entrust to and confer upon such manager such powers and duties as it deems appropriate for the transaction or conduct of such business;

 

(e)                                   by power of attorney, appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be an attorney of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions so vested in the attorney. Such attorney may, if so authorised under the seal of the Company, execute any deed or instrument under such attorney’s personal seal with the same effect as the affixation of the seal of the Company;

 

(f)                                     procure that the Company pays all expenses incurred in promoting and incorporating the Company;

 

(g)                                  delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to a committee of one or more persons appointed by the Board which may consist partly or entirely of non-Directors, provided that every such committee shall conform to such directions as the Board shall impose on them and provided further that the meetings and proceedings of any such committee shall be governed by the provisions of these Bye-laws regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board, so far as the same are applicable and are not superceded by directions imposed by the Board;

 

(h)                                  delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to any person on such terms and in such manner as the Board may see fit;

 

(i)                                      present any petition and make any application in connection with the liquidation or reorganisation of the Company;

 

(j)                                      in connection with the issue of any share, pay such commission and brokerage as may be permitted by law; and

 

30



 

(k)                                   authorise any company, firm, person or body of persons to act on behalf of the Company for any specific purpose and in connection therewith to execute any agreement, document or instrument on behalf of the Company.

 

47.2                         The Board shall constitute, appoint and maintain:

 

(a)                                   an Underwriting Committee;

 

(b)                                  an Audit Committee;

 

(c)                                   a Compensation Committee;

 

(d)                                  an Investment Committee; and

 

(e)                                   a Governance Committee.

 

48.                                Register of Directors and Officers

 

The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books at the registered office of the Company a Register of Directors and Officers and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

 

49.                                Officers

 

The Officers shall consist of a Chairman and a Deputy Chairman, a Secretary and such additional Officers as the Board may determine all of whom shall be deemed to be Officers for the purposes of these Bye-laws.

 

50.                                Appointment of Officers

 

The Board shall, as soon as possible after the statutory meeting of Members and after each annual general meeting, appoint a Chairman and Deputy Chairman who shall be Directors. The Secretary (and additional Officers, if any) shall be appointed by the Board from time to time.

 

51.                                Duties of Officers

 

The Officers shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Board from time to time.

 

52.                                Remuneration of Officers

 

The Officers shall receive such remuneration as the Board or a committee thereof may determine.

 

31



 

53.                                Conflicts of Interest

 

53.1                         Any Director, or any Director’s firm, partner or any company with whom any Director is associated, may act in any capacity for, be employed by or render services to the Company and such Director or such Director’s firm, partner or company shall be entitled to remuneration as if such Director were not a Director. Nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or Director’s firm, partner or company to act as Auditor to the Company.

 

53.2                         A Director who is directly or indirectly interested in a contract or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of such interest as required by the Act.

 

53.3                         Following a declaration being made pursuant to this Bye-law, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant Board meeting, a Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such Director is interested and may be counted in the quorum for such meeting.

 

54.                                Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers

 

54.1                         The Directors, Secretary and other Officers (such term to include any person appointed to any committee by the Board) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company, any subsidiary thereof, and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any subsidiary thereof and every one of them, and their heirs, executors and administrators, shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, or in their respective offices or trusts, and none of them shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, PROVIDED THAT this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of the said persons. Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action such Member might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director or Officer on account of any action taken by such Director or Officer, or the failure of such Director or Officer to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company or any subsidiary thereof, PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such Director or Officer.

 

54.2                         The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or Officer of the Company against any liability incurred by him under the Act in his capacity as a Director or Officer of the Company or indemnifying such Director or Officer in respect of any loss arising or

 

32



 

liability attaching to him by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which the Director or Officer may be guilty in relation to the Company or any subsidiary thereof.

 

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

55.                                Board Meetings

 

The Board may meet for the transaction of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it sees fit. A resolution put to the vote at a meeting of the Board shall be carried by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.

 

56.                                Notice of Board Meetings

 

(1)                                   The Chairman, Deputy Chairman or any two (2) Directors may, and the Secretary on the requisition of the Chairman, Deputy Chairman or any two (2) Directors shall at any time summon a meeting of the Board by at least three (3) days notice to each Director, unless such director consents to shorter notice. Attendance at a meeting of the Board shall constitute consent to short notice.

 

(2)                                   Notice of a meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to such Director verbally in person or by telephone or otherwise communicated or sent to such Director by registered mail, electronic mail, courier service, facsimile or other mode of representing words in a legible and non-transitory form at such Director’s last known address or any other address given by such Director to the Company for this purpose. If such notice is sent by electronic mail, next-day courier or facsimile, it shall be deemed to have been given the day following the sending thereof and, if by registered mail, five (5) days following the sending thereof.

 

57.                                Participation in Meetings by Telephone

 

Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

58.                                Quorum at Board Meetings

 

The quorum necessary for the transaction of business at a meeting of the Board shall be a majority of the Directors then in office, present in person or represented by a duly authorized representative appointed in accordance with the Act, provided that at least two Directors are present in person.

 

33



 

59.                                Special Business

 

59.1                         In addition to any vote of the Members required by the Act or these Bye-laws, none of the actions listed below shall be taken by the Company without approval by the Board and the holders of a majority in interest of the affected classes of shares of the Company then in issue:

 

(a)                                   amending the voting rights of the Common Shares or of any other class of shares with such rights; or

 

(b)                                  amending the dividend rights of the Common Shares or of any other class of shares with such rights.

 

59.2                         In addition to any vote of the Members required by the Act or these Bye-laws, none of the actions listed below shall be taken by the Company without the prior approval by at least seventy five percent (75%) of the Directors in office;

 

(a)                                   any amendment to the Bye-laws or alteration to the Memorandum of Association;

 

(b)                                  the consolidation, sub-division, conversion, reduction or cancellation of any share capital of the Company;

 

(c)                                   any merger, consolidation, amalgamation, continuation or similar transaction involving the Company, or any acquisition or disposition of a subsidiary greater then 10 percent (10%) of the Company’s Book Value;

 

(d)                                  except for the rights created under the PSU Plan or the RSU Plan, the creation of any option or right to subscribe or acquire, or convert any security into, any share capital of the Company;

 

(e)                                   any increase in the maximum number of PSU Shares which can be issued under the PSU Plan or any material amendment or modification of the PSU Plan, the RSU Plan or the Warrant;

 

(f)                                     any transaction or series of transactions with Haverford or its Affiliates in excess of US$10 Million in the aggregate, or any material modification or amendment of the terms thereof

 

(g)                                  any resolution to voluntarily wind up or liquidate the Company,

 

60.                                Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy

 

The Board may act notwithstanding any vacancy in its number but, if and so long as its number is reduced below the number fixed by these Bye-laws as the quorum necessary for the transaction of business at meetings of the Board, the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of (i) summoning a general meeting of the Company; or (ii) preserving the assets of the Company.

 

34



 

61.                                Chairman to Preside

 

Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of the Directors attending, the Chairman shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Board at which such person is present. In their absence the Deputy Chairman, if present, shall act as chairman and in the absence of all of them a chairman shall be appointed or elected by the Directors present at the meeting.

 

62.                                Written Resolutions

 

A resolution signed by all the Directors, which may be in counterparts, shall be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Board duly called and constituted, such resolution to be effective on the date on which the last Director signs the resolution.

 

63.                                Validity of Prior Acts of the Board

 

No regulation or alteration to these Bye-laws made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if that regulation or alteration had not been made.

 

CORPORATE RECORDS

 

64.                                Minutes

 

The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:

 

(a)                                   of all elections and appointments of Officers;

 

(b)                                  of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Board and of any committee appointed by the Board; and

 

(c)                                   of all resolutions and proceedings of general meetings of the Members, meetings of the Board, meetings of managers and meetings of committees appointed by the Board.

 

65.                                Place Where Corporate Records Kept

 

Minutes prepared in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws shall be kept by the Secretary at the registered office of the Company.

 

66.                                Form and Use of Seal

 

66.1                         The seal of the Company shall be in such form as the Board may determine. The Board may adopt one or more duplicate seals for use in or outside Bermuda.

 

66.2                         The seal of the Company shall not be affixed to any instrument except attested by the signature of (i) a Director and the Secretary; or (ii) any two Directors; or (iii) any person

 

35



 

appointed by the Board for that purpose, provided that any Director, Officer or Resident Representative, may affix the seal of the Company attested by such Director, Officer or Resident Representative’s signature to any authenticated copies of these Bye-laws, the incorporating documents of the Company, the minutes of any meetings or any other documents required to be authenticated by such Director, Officer or Resident Representative.

 

ACCOUNTS

 

67.                                Books of Account

 

67.1                         The Board shall cause to be kept proper records of account with respect to all transactions of the Company and in particular with respect to:

 

(a)                                   all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure relates;

 

(b)                                  all sales and purchases of goods by the Company; and

 

(c)                                   all assets and liabilities of the Company.

 

67.2                         Such records of account shall be kept at the registered office of the Company, or subject to the provisions of the Act, at such other place as the Board thinks fit and shall be available for inspection by the Directors during normal business hours.

 

68.                                Financial Year End

 

The financial year end of the Company may be determined by resolution of the Board and failing such resolution shall be 31 st December in each year.

 

AUDITS

 

69.                                Annual Audit

 

Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts or appointment of an Auditor pursuant to the Act, the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.

 

70.                                Appointment of Auditor

 

70.1                         Subject to the provisions of the Act, at the annual general meeting or at a subsequent special general meeting in each year, an independent representative of the Members shall be appointed by them as Auditor of the accounts of the Company.

 

70.2                         Any Auditor appointed by the Members shall, prior to such appointment, have been nominated by the Audit Committee.

 

36



 

70.3                         The Auditor may be a Member but no Director, Officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an Auditor of the Company.

 

71.                                Remuneration of Auditor

 

The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Audit Committee.

 

72.                                Duties of Auditor

 

72.1                         The financial statements provided for by these Bye-laws shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.

 

72.2                         The generally accepted auditing standards referred to in this Bye-law may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than Bermuda or such other generally accepted auditing standards as may be provided for in the Act. If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor shall identify the generally accepted auditing standards used.

 

73.                                Access to Records

 

The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto, and the Auditor may call on the Directors or Officers of the Company for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.

 

74.                                Financial Statements

 

Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts pursuant to the provisions of the Act, financial statements as required by the Act shall be laid before the Members in general meeting.

 

75.                                Distribution of Auditor’s Report

 

The report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Members in general meeting.

 

76.                                Vacancy in the Office of Auditor

 

If the office of Auditor becomes vacant by the resignation or death of the Auditor, or by the Auditor becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when the Auditor’s services are required, the Board shall, as soon as practicable, convene a special general meeting to fill the vacancy thereby created.

 

37



 

VOLUNTARY WINDING-UP AND DISSOLUTION

 

77.                                Winding-Up

 

If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a resolution of the Members, divide amongst the Members in specie or in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in the trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities or assets whereon there is any liability.

 

CHANGES TO CONSTITUTION

 

78.                                Changes to Bye-laws

 

No Bye-law shall be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Bye-law shall be made save in accordance with the provisions of the Act and until the same has been approved in accordance with the provisions of Bye-law 59 hereof.

 

79.                                Changes to the Memorandum of Association

 

No alteration or amendment to the Memorandum of Association shall be made save in accordance with the provisions of the Act and until same has been approved in accordance with the provisions of Bye-law 59 hereof.

 

80.                                Discontinuance

 

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to discontinue the Company to a jurisdiction outside Bermuda pursuant to the Act.

 

38




Exhibit 4.2

 

Execution Copy

 

NEITHER THIS WARRANT NOR THE COMMON SHARES OF FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED (THE “COMPANY”) ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES. THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS WARRANT HAS AGREED THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS WARRANT EXCEPT TO AFFILIATES AND THAT NO SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER OF THE COMMON SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF MAY BE MADE WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, UNLESS THE HOLDER SHALL DELIVER TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT TO THE EFFECT THAT NO SUCH REGISTRATION IS REQUIRED.

 

IN ADDITION, ANY SALE, ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS WARRANT AND THE COMMON SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF IS RESTRICTED BY, AND THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO, THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED HEREIN AND IN THE MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION AND BYELAWS OF THE COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT, AS THEY MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, WHICH ARE AVAILABLE FOR EXAMINATION AT THE REGISTERED OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED

AMENDED AND RESTATED

COMMON SHARE PURCHASE WARRANT

 

Warrant No. 001

 

This certifies that, for value received,

 

Haverford (Bermuda) Ltd.

 

or its permitted assigns, are entitled, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to purchase the number of common shares, par value $0.01 per share (the “Shares”), of Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited, an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda (the

 

1



 

“Company”), set forth herein for the purchase price per Share equal to the Exercise Price (as defined herein).

 

Upon delivery of this amended and restated warrant (this “Warrant”) with the Purchase Form attached hereto duly executed, together with payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares thereby purchased, at the registered office of the Company or at such other address as the Company may designate by notice in writing to the registered holder hereof (the “Holder”), the Holder shall be entitled to be registered on the Register of Members of the Company as the holder of the Shares so purchased and to receive a Share certificate or Share certificates for the Shares so purchased. All Shares issued upon the exercise of this Warrant will, upon issuance, be fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect thereto.

 

This Warrant is subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

Section 1. Underlying Shares; Exercise Price

 

1.1                                  Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 hereof, this Warrant shall be exercisable for 8,585,747 Common Shares .

 

1.2                                  Exercise Price . Subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 hereof, this Warrant shall be exercisable for a price of $14.00 per Share.

 

1.3                                  Legend . The Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant shall be in such form, and shall include such legends and restrictions on transfer, as the Company shall deem necessary or appropriate at the time of exercise in order to comply with the Company’s Memorandum of Association and Bye-Laws, the Shareholders’ Agreement of the Company dated as of December 20, 2005 as amended from time to time (the “Shareholders’ Agreement”), and applicable law and regulation.

 

Section 2. Term of Warrant; Conditions on Exercise

 

2.1 Term . Subject to the terms of this Warrant and particularly section 2.2 below, the Holder shall have the right, at any time during the period (such period, the “Term”) commencing on December 1, 2010 and ending at 5:00 p.m., New York time, on 31 December 2010 (the “Termination Date”), to purchase from the Company the number of fully paid and nonassessable Shares to which the Holder may at the time be entitled to purchase pursuant to this Warrant, upon surrender, to the Company at its registered office, of this Warrant certificate, together with the Purchase Form attached hereto duly completed and signed, and upon payment to the Company of the Exercise Price for the number of Shares in respect of which this Warrant is then being exercised. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be made on the date of exercise in cash, or by certified or cashier’s

 

2



 

check, or a combination thereof. This Warrant shall terminate and expire to the extent not fully exercised on or prior to the Termination Date.

 

Section 3. Exercise of Warrant

 

3.1 Exercise . Upon surrender of this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price, and (if the Holder shall not already be a party thereto) execution by the Holder of the Shareholders’ Agreement, the Company shall cause the issue of the Shares to be registered in the Register of Members of the Company and shall issue and cause to be delivered with all reasonable dispatch, to or upon the written order of the Holder and (subject to the restrictive legends on the first page of this Warrant) in such name or names as the Holder may designate, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Shares so purchased upon the exercise of this Warrant, together with cash, as provided in Section 10 hereof, in respect of any fractional Shares otherwise issuable upon such surrender. The rights of purchase represented by this Warrant shall be exercisable, at the election of the Holder, either in full or from time to time in part and, in the event that this Warrant is exercised in respect of fewer than all of the Shares at any time prior to the date of expiration of this Warrant, a new Warrant certificate to purchase the remaining Shares will be issued.

 

Section 4. Transferability and Form of Warrant

 

4.1. Registration . This Warrant is numbered and registered in the books of the Company. The Company shall be entitled to treat the Holder as the sole owner of this Warrant for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in this Warrant on the part of any other person, and shall not be liable for any registration of transfer of this Warrant which is to be registered in the name of a fiduciary or the nominee of a fiduciary unless made with actual knowledge that a fiduciary or nominee is committing a breach of trust in requesting such registration of transfer.

 

4.2. Transfer . This Warrant shall not be transferable by the Holder other than to an Affiliate (as such term is defined in the Company’s Bye-laws). In addition, this Warrant shall be transferable only in the books of the Company maintained at its registered office and subject to the restrictive legends on the first page of this Warrant and to the Memorandum of Association and Bye-Laws of the Company, upon delivery of this Warrant either duly endorsed by the Holder or by the Holder’s duly authorized attorney or representative, or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment, or authority to transfer. In all cases of transfer by an attorney, the original letter of attorney, duly approved, or an official copy thereof, duly certified, shall be deposited and remain with the Company. In case of transfer by executors, administrators, guardians or other legal representatives, duly authenticated evidence of their authority shall be produced, and may be required to be deposited and remain with the Company in its discretion. Upon any registration of transfer, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant to the person entitled thereto.

 

3



 

Section 5. Payment of Taxes

 

The Company will pay all documentary stamp duties and taxes, if any, attributable to the initial issuance of Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant; provided that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax or taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in such issuance.

 

Section 6. Mutilated or Missing Warrant

 

In case the certificate evidencing this Warrant shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company may, in its discretion, issue and deliver in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation of this certificate if it is mutilated, or in lieu of and substitution for this certificate if it is lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Warrant certificate of like tenor and representing an equivalent right or interest, but only upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of such loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant and indemnity, if requested, also satisfactory to the Company. Applicants for such substitute Warrant certificate shall also comply with such other reasonable regulations and pay such other reasonable charges as the Company may prescribe.

 

Section 7. Purchase by the Company

 

The Company shall have the right, except as limited by law, other agreements or herein, to purchase or otherwise acquire this Warrant at such times, in such manner and for such consideration as it may deem appropriate and as shall be agreed with the Holder of this Warrant in its sole discretion.

 

Section 8. Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Shares

 

8.1 Adjustments. The Exercise Price and the number and kind of Shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the happening of certain events, as follows:

 

(a) In case the Company shall (i) pay a dividend in Shares or make a distribution in Shares, (ii) subdivide its issued Shares, (iii) consolidate its issued Shares into a smaller number of Shares or (iv) issue by reclassification of its Shares other securities of the Company, the number of Shares or other securities of the Company purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted so that upon exercise of this Warrant the Holder of this Warrant shall be entitled to receive the kind and number of Shares or other securities of the Company which he would have owned or have been entitled to receive immediately following any such event had he fully exercised this Warrant immediately prior to any such event or any record date with respect thereto. An adjustment made

 

4



 

pursuant to this paragraph (a) shall become effective immediately after the effective date of such event retroactive to the record date, if any, for such event.

 

(b) In case the Company shall issue rights, options or warrants to all or substantially all holders of its Shares, without any charge to such holders, entitling them to subscribe for or purchase Shares at a price per share which is lower at the record date mentioned below than the then current book value of the Company as determined in accordance with the Company’s Memorandum of Association and Bye-Laws (“Book Value”) per Common Share, the number of Shares thereafter purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior thereto shall be adjusted so that upon exercise of this Warrant the Holder of this Warrant shall be entitled to receive the number of Shares determined by multiplying the number of Shares theretofore purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant by a fraction, of which the numerator shall be the number of Shares outstanding on the date of issuance of such rights, options or warrants plus the number of additional Shares offered for subscription or purchase, and of which the denominator shall be the number of Shares outstanding on the date of issuance of such rights, options or warrants plus the number of Shares which the aggregate offering price of the total number of Shares so offered would purchase at such Book Value. Such adjustment shall be made whenever such rights, options or warrants are issued, and shall become effective retroactively immediately after the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such rights, options or warrants.

 

(c) In case the Company shall distribute to all or substantially all holders of its Shares evidences of its indebtedness or assets (excluding cash dividends or distributions out of earnings) or rights, options or warrants or convertible securities containing the right to subscribe for or purchase Shares (excluding those referred to in paragraph (b) above), then in each such case the number of Shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior thereto shall be adjusted so that upon exercise of this Warrant the Holder of this Warrant shall be entitled to receive, for the same aggregate exercise price, the number of Shares determined by multiplying the number of Shares theretofore purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant by a fraction, of which the numerator shall be the then current Book Value of the Company on the date of such distribution, and of which the denominator shall be such current Book Value of the Company, less the then fair value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive) of the assets or evidences of indebtedness so distributed or of such subscription rights, options or warrants, or of such convertible securities applicable. Such adjustment shall be made whenever any such distribution is made, and shall become effective on the date of distribution retroactive to the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such distribution.

 

(d) No adjustment in the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1 percent in the number of Shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant; provided that any adjustments which by reason of this paragraph (d) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.

 

5



 

(e) Whenever the number of Shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant is adjusted as herein provided, the Exercise Price per Share payable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted by multiplying such Exercise Price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction, of which the numerator shall be the number of Shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment, and of which the denominator shall be the number of Shares so purchasable immediately thereafter.

 

(f) When the number of Shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant or the Exercise Price is adjusted as herein provided, the Company shall promptly mail to the Holder by first class mail, postage prepaid, notice of such adjustment or adjustments setting forth the number of Shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price of such Shares after such adjustment, a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment and the computation by which such adjustment was made.

 

(g) For the purpose of this subsection 8.1, the term “Shares” shall mean (i) the class of shares designated as the Shares of the Company on the date of this Warrant, or (ii) any other class of shares resulting from successive changes or reclassifications of such shares consisting solely of changes in par value. In the event that at any time, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this subsection 8.1, the Holder shall become entitled to purchase any shares of the Company other than Shares, thereafter the number of such other shares so purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant, and the Exercise Price of such shares, shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Shares contained in paragraphs (a) through (f), inclusive, above, and the provisions of Sections 2 and 3 and subsections 8.2 through 8.4, inclusive, with respect to the shares shall apply on like terms to any such other shares.

 

(h) Upon the expiration of any rights, options, warrants or conversion privileges, if any thereof shall not have been exercised, the number of shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price, to the extent this Warrant shall not then have been exercised, shall, upon such expiration, be readjusted and shall thereafter be such as they would have been had it been originally adjusted (or had the original adjustment not been required, as the case may be) on the basis of (1) the only Shares so issued were the Shares, if any, actually issued or sold upon the exercise of such rights, options, warrants or conversion rights and (2) such Shares, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Company for the issuance, sale or grant of all of such rights, options, warrants or conversion rights, whether or not exercised; provided that no such readjustment shall have the effect of increasing the Exercise Price by an amount in excess of the amount of the adjustment initially made in respect of the issuance, sale or grant of such rights, options, warrants or convertible rights.

 

6



 

8.2 . No Adjustment for Dividends. Except as provided in subsection 8.1, no adjustment in respect of any dividends shall be made during the Term or upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

8.3 . No Adjustment in Certain Cases. No adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section 8, in connection with the issuance of any Shares (or securities convertible into Shares) as consideration for the acquisition by the Company of assets or equity interests in any business entity.

 

8.4 . Preservation of Purchase Rights upon Reclassification, Consolidation, etc. In case of any consolidation of the Company with or amalgamation or merger of the Company into another legal entity or in case of any sale or conveyance to another legal entity of the property, assets or business of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, the Company or such successor or purchasing entity, as the case may be, shall execute an agreement with the Holder that the Holder shall have the right thereafter upon payment of the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such action to purchase upon exercise of this Warrant the kind and amount of Shares and other securities and property which he would have owned or have been entitled to receive after the happening of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale or conveyance had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to such action. Such agreement shall provide for adjustments, which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 8. The Company shall mail an executed copy of any such agreement by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holder. The provisions of this subsection 8.4 shall similarly apply to successive consolidations, mergers, sales, or conveyances.

 

Section 9. Fractional Interests

 

The Company shall not be required to issue fractional Shares on the exercise of this Warrant. If any fraction of a Share would, except for the provisions of this Section 9, be issuable on the exercise of this Warrant (or specified portion thereof), the Company shall pay an amount in cash equal to the then current net asset value per Share multiplied by such fraction.

 

Section 10. No Right to Vote as Shareholders; Notices to Holder

 

Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as conferring upon the Holder or the Holder’s transferees the right to vote or to consent or to receive notice as shareholders in respect of any meeting of shareholders for the election of directors of the Company or any other matter, or any rights whatsoever as shareholders of the Company. If, however, at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant and prior to its exercise, any of the following events shall occur:

 

(a)                                   any action which would require an adjustment pursuant to subsections 8.1 or 8.4, or

 

7



 

(b)                                  a dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Company (other than in connection with a consolidation, amalgamation, merger, or sale of all or substantially all of its property, assets, and business as an entirety) shall be proposed;

 

the Company shall in each such case give notice in writing of such event to the Holder as provided in Section 11 hereof. Failure to publish or mail such notice or any defect therein or in the publication or mailing thereof shall not affect the validity of any such action.

 

Section 11. Notices

 

(a) Any notice to the Company pursuant to this Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered or mailed certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Company at 12 Church Street Suite 224 Hamilton, Bermuda HM11, and to Haverford (Bermuda) Ltd., Suite 224, 12 Church Street, Hamilton, Bermuda, Attn: Anthony Philip. The Company may from time to time change the address to which such notices are to be delivered or mailed hereunder by notice to the Holder in accordance with paragraph (b) below.

 

(b) Any notice pursuant to this Warrant by the Company to the Holder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt by the Holder, if mailed, or upon confirmation of delivery at the Holder’s address, in the books of the Company if sent by courier.

 

Section 12. Supplements and Amendments

 

The Company may from time to time supplement or amend this Warrant, without the approval of the Holder, in order to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising hereunder which the Company may deem necessary or desirable and which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Warrant and which shall not adversely affect the interest of the Holder. Any other amendment to this Warrant may be made only by a written instrument executed by the Company and the Holder.

 

Section 13. Successors

 

All the covenants and provisions of this Warrant by or for the benefit of the Company or the Holder shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and permitted assigns hereunder.

 

8



 

Section 14. Applicable Law

 

This Warrant shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of Bermuda and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with the laws thereof.

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed as a deed by its Director.

 

Date: 23 February, 2006

 

 

Executed as a deed by

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS
LIMITED

 

 

[Affix Seal]

 

 

 

 

By:

   /s/ TODD WHITE

 

 

Name: Todd White

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

   /s/ MARK BYRNE

 

Name:

Mark Byrne

Title:

Director

 

10



 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED

AMENDED AND RESTATED

COMMON SHARE PURCHASE WARRANT

 

PURCHASE FORM

 

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right of purchase represented by the within Warrant Certificate for, and to purchase thereunder,                          shares (the “Shares”) provided for therein, and requests that certificates for the Shares be issued in the name of:

 

 

 

(Please Print or Type Name, Address and Social Security Number)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and, if said number of Shares shall not be all the Shares purchasable hereunder, that a new Warrant Certificate for the balance of the unpurchased Shares be registered in the name of the undersigned Warrantholder as below indicated and delivered to the address stated below:

 

(Please Print)

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Warrantholder:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 



 

Note:                    The above signature must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this Warrant Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

 

 

Signature Guaranteed:

 

 

 

 

(Signature must be guaranteed by a bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or by a member firm of a registered securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.)

 




Exhibit 4.3

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

JUNIOR SUBORDINATED INDENTURE

 

between

 

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

and

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

 


 

Dated as of August 23, 2006

 


 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE I.      DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

1

 

 

SECTION 1.1

Definitions

1

 

 

 

SECTION 1.2

Compliance Certificate and Opinions

9

 

 

 

SECTION 1.3

Forms of Documents Delivered to Trustee

10

 

 

 

SECTION 1.4

Acts of Holders

11

 

 

 

SECTION 1.5

Notices, Etc. to Trustee and Company

12

 

 

 

SECTION 1.6

Notice to Holders; Waiver

13

 

 

 

SECTION 1.7

Effect of Headings and Table of Contents

13

 

 

 

SECTION 1.8

Successors and Assigns

13

 

 

 

SECTION 1.9

Separability Clause

13

 

 

 

SECTION 1.10

Benefits of Indenture

14

 

 

 

SECTION 1.11

Governing Law

14

 

 

 

SECTION 1.12

Submission to Jurisdiction

14

 

 

 

SECTION 1.13

Non-Business Days

14

 

 

 

SECTION 1.14

Agent for Service of Process

14

 

 

 

SECTION 1.15

Currency Indemnity

15

 

 

 

SECTION 1.16

No Recourse Against Others

15

 

 

 

ARTICLE II.      SECURITY FORMS

16

 

 

 

SECTION 2.1

Form of Security

16

 

 

 

SECTION 2.2

Restricted Legend

21

 

 

 

SECTION 2.3

Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

27

 

 

 

SECTION 2.4

Temporary Securities

27

 

 

 

SECTION 2.5

Definitive Securities

27

 

 

 

ARTICLE III.      THE SECURITIES

28

 

 

 

SECTION 3.1

Payment of Principal and Interest

28

 

 

 

SECTION 3.2

Denominations

29

 

 

 

SECTION 3.3

Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating

29

 

 

 

SECTION 3.4

Global Securities

30

 

 

 

SECTION 3.5

Registration, Transfer and Exchange Generally

39

 

 

 

SECTION 3.6

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities

40

 

 

 

SECTION 3.7

Persons Deemed Owners

41

 

 

 

SECTION 3.8

Cancellation

41

 

 

 



 

SECTION 3.9

Deferrals of Interest Payment Dates

41

 

 

 

SECTION 3.10

[Reserved]

42

 

 

 

SECTION 3.11

Agreed Tax Treatment

42

 

 

 

SECTION 3.12

CUSIP Numbers

42

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV.      SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

43

 

 

 

SECTION 4.1

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

43

 

 

 

SECTION 4.2

Application of Trust Money

44

 

 

 

ARTICLE V.      REMEDIES

44

 

 

 

SECTION 5.1

Events of Default

44

 

 

 

SECTION 5.2

Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission, Annulment, Audit Rights and Additional Reports

45

 

 

 

SECTION 5.3

Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee

46

 

 

 

SECTION 5.4

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

47

 

 

 

SECTION 5.5

Trustee May Enforce Claim Without Possession of Securities

47

 

 

 

SECTION 5.6

Application of Money Collected

47

 

 

 

SECTION 5.7

Limitation on Suits

48

 

 

 

SECTION 5.8

Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest

48

 

 

 

SECTION 5.9

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

49

 

 

 

SECTION 5.10

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

49

 

 

 

SECTION 5.11

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

49

 

 

 

SECTION 5.12

Control by Holders

49

 

 

 

SECTION 5.13

Waiver of Past Defaults

50

 

 

 

SECTION 5.14

Undertaking for Costs

50

 

 

 

SECTION 5.15

Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws

50

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI.      THE TRUSTEE

51

 

 

 

SECTION 6.1

Corporate Trustee Required

51

 

 

 

SECTION 6.2

Certain Duties and Responsibilities

51

 

 

 

SECTION 6.3

Notice of Defaults

52

 

 

 

SECTION 6.4

Certain Rights of Trustee

52

 

 

 

 

ii



 

SECTION 6.5

May Hold Securities

54

 

 

 

SECTION 6.6

Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity

54

 

 

 

SECTION 6.7

Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor

55

 

 

 

SECTION 6.8

Acceptance of Appointment by Successor

56

 

 

 

SECTION 6.9

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business

57

 

 

 

SECTION 6.10

Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities

57

 

 

 

SECTION 6.11

Appointment of Authenticating Agent

57

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII.      HOLDER’S LISTS AND REPORTS BY COMPANY

59

 

 

 

SECTION 7.1

Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders

59

 

 

 

SECTION 7.2

Preservation of Information, Communications to Holders

59

 

 

 

SECTION 7.3

Reports by Company

59

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII.      CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

60

 

 

 

SECTION 8.1

Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms

60

 

 

 

SECTION 8.2

Successor Company Substituted

62

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX.      SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

62

 

 

 

SECTION 9.1

Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders

62

 

 

 

SECTION 9.2

Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders

63

 

 

 

SECTION 9.3

Execution of Supplemental Indentures

63

 

 

 

SECTION 9.4

Effect of Supplemental Indentures

64

 

 

 

SECTION 9.5

Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures

64

 

 

 

ARTICLE X.      COVENANTS

64

 

 

 

SECTION 10.1

Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest

64

 

 

 

SECTION 10.2

Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust

64

 

 

 

SECTION 10.3

Statement as to Compliance

65

 

 

 

SECTION 10.4

Calculation Agent

66

 

 

 

SECTION 10.5

Additional Amounts

66

 

 

 

SECTION 10.6

Additional Covenants

68

 

 

 

SECTION 10.7

Waiver of Covenants

69

 

 

 

SECTION 10.8

Treatment of Securities

69

 

 

 

 

iii



 

ARTICLE XI.      REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

69

 

 

 

SECTION 11.1

Optional Redemption

69

 

 

 

SECTION 11.2

Special Event Redemption

69

 

 

 

SECTION 11.3

Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee

70

 

 

 

SECTION 11.4

Selection of Securities to be Redeemed

70

 

 

 

SECTION 11.5

Notice of Redemption

70

 

 

 

SECTION 11.6

Deposit of Redemption Price

71

 

 

 

SECTION 11.7

Payment of Securities Called for Redemption

71

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII.      SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES

72

 

 

 

SECTION 12.1

Securities Subordinate to Senior Debt

72

 

 

 

SECTION 12.2

No Payment When Senior Debt in Default; Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc.

72

 

 

 

SECTION 12.3

Payment Permitted If No Default

73

 

 

 

SECTION 12.4

Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt

74

 

 

 

SECTION 12.5

Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights

74

 

 

 

SECTION 12.6

Trustee to Effectuate Subordination

75

 

 

 

SECTION 12.7

No Waiver of Subordination Provisions

75

 

 

 

SECTION 12.8

Notice to Trustee

75

 

 

 

SECTION 12.9

Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent

76

 

 

 

SECTION 12.10

Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt

76

 

 

 

SECTION 12.11

Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of Trustee’s Rights

76

 

 

 

SECTION 12.12

Article Applicable to Paying Agents

76

 

iv



 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule A

 

Determination of LIBOR

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Officer’s Financial Certificate

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit B

 

Form of Rule 144A to Regulation S Security Transfer Certificate

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit C

 

Form of Regulation S to Rule 144A Security Transfer Certificate

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit D

 

Form of Transfer Certificate for non-Global Securities

 

 



 

JUNIOR SUBORDINATED INDENTURE, dated as of August 23, 2006, between FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED, a Bermuda company (the “Company”), and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

 

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of its floating rate, unsecured junior subordinated deferrable interest notes (the “ Securities ”) and to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Securities are to be authenticated, issued and delivered; and

 

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, this Indenture Witnesseth:

 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities, as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.

 

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

 

SECTION 1.1   Definitions .

 

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)           the terms defined in this Article I have the meanings assigned to them in this Article I ;

 

(b)           the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”;

 

(c)           all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP;

 

(d)           unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article” or a “Section” refers to an Article or a Section, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

 

(e)           the words “hereby”, “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

 

(f)            a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa; and

 



 

(g)           the masculine, feminine or neuter genders used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

 

“Act” when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 1.4 .

 

“Additional Amounts” has the meaning specified in Section 10.5 .

 

 “Additional Interest” means the interest, if any, that shall accrue on any amounts payable on the Securities, the payment of which has not been made on the applicable Interest Payment Date and which shall accrue at the rate per annum specified or determined as specified in such Security(ies), in each case to the extent legally enforceable.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

“Applicable Accounting Principles means accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, if then applicable to the Company or its subsidiaries, and/or the applicable insurance department or regulator of the jurisdiction of domicile of such Regulated Insurance Company, and in each case, applied consistently throughout the periods involved.

 

“Applicable Depositary Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Security or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Security, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

 

Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority ” means, when used with respect to any Regulated Insurance Company, (x) the insurance department or similar administrative authority or agency located in each state or jurisdiction (foreign or domestic) in which such Regulated Insurance Company is domiciled or (y) to the extent asserting regulatory jurisdiction over such Regulated Insurance Company, the insurance department, authority or agency in each state or jurisdiction (foreign or domestic) in which such Regulated Insurance Company is licensed, and shall include any Federal or national insurance regulatory department, authority or agency that may be created and that asserts insurance regulatory jurisdiction over such Regulated Insurance Company.

 

“Authenticating Agent” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.11 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate the Securities.

 

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code or any successor statute(s) thereto, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

“Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of that board.

 

2



 

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

 

“Business Day” means any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed or (iii) a day on which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is closed for business.

 

Calculation Agent ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.4 .

 

“Common Stock” means the common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

“Company” means the Person named as the “ Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “ Company” shall mean such successor.

 

“Company Request” and “ Company Order” mean, respectively, the written request or order signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, its Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, its Chief Executive Officer, its President, its General Counsel or one of its Vice Presidents, and by its Chief Financial Officer, its Treasurer, one of its Assistant Treasurers, its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Covenant Significant Subsidiaries ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.6 .

 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of this Indenture is located at 600 Travis, 50 th Floor, Houston, Texas 77002, Attn:  Worldwide Securities Services—Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited.  Initially, all notices and correspondence shall be addressed to Mudassir Mohamed (telephone:  713-216-2826).

 

“Debt” means, with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person, whether currently existing or hereafter incurred and whether or not contingent and without duplication, (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed; (ii) every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (iii) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person; (iv) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade accounts payable or other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business); (v) every capital lease obligation of such Person; (vi) all indebtedness of such Person, whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred, for claims in respect of derivative products, including interest rate, foreign exchange rate and commodity forward contracts, options and swaps and similar arrangements; (vii) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor or otherwise; and (viii) any renewals,

 

3



 

extensions, refundings, amendments or modifications of any obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vii).

 

“Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1 .

 

 “Depositary” means an organization registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act that is designated as Depositary by the Company or any successor thereto.  DTC will be the initial Depositary.

 

“Depositary Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Depositary effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Depositary.

 

 “Dollar” or “$” means the currency of the United States of America that, as at the time of payment, is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1 .

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

“Expiration Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1.4 .

 

“Extension Period” has the meaning specified in Section 3.9 .

 

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, from time to time in effect.

 

“Global Security” means a Security that evidences all or part of the Securities, the ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Depositary.

 

“Government Obligation” means (a) any security that is (i) a direct obligation of the United States of America of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America or the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (b) any depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any Government Obligation that is specified in clause (a) above and held by such bank for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any Government Obligation that is so specified and held, provided , that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary receipt.

 

4



 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Securities Register.

 

“Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented by one or more amendments or indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof.

 

Insurance Business ” means one or more aspects of the business of selling, issuing or underwriting insurance or reinsurance.

 

 “Interest Payment Date” means March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on September 15, 2006, during the term of this Indenture, as such dates may be adjusted pursuant to Section 1.13.

 

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940 or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

Investment Company Event” means the receipt by the Company of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change in law or regulation (including any announced prospective change) or a written change in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Company is or, within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion will be, considered an “investment company” that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act, which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the Original Issue Date.

 

“LIBOR” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

 

“LIBOR Business Day” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

 

“LIBOR Determination Date” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

 

“Maturity,” when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or any installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

 

New York Court ” has the meaning specified in Section 1.12 .

 

“Note Purchase Agreement” means the note purchase agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Company and the Purchaser named therein.

 

“Notice of Default” means a written notice of the kind specified in Section 5.1(c) .

 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the General Counsel or a Vice President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company and delivered to the Trustee.

 

5



 

“Operative Documents” means the Indenture, the Purchase Agreement and the Securities.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for or an employee of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.

 

Optional Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1 .

 

“Original Issue Date” means the date of original issuance of each Security.

 

“Outstanding” means, when used in reference to any Securities, as of the date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

 

(i)  Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

 

(ii)  Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities; provided, that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

 

(iii)  Securities that have been paid or in substitution for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Securities are held by Holders in whose hands such Securities are valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company;

 

provided, that, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding Securities unless the Company holds all of the Outstanding Securities, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor.

 

“Paying Agent” means the Trustee or any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of or any premium or interest on, or other amounts in respect of, any Securities on behalf of the Company.

 

“Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, company, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust,

 

6



 

unincorporated association, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

 

“Place of Payment” means, with respect to the Securities, the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

“Predecessor Security” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security. For the purposes of this definition, any security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.6 in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

 

“Proceeding” has the meaning specified in Section 12.2 .

 

“Purchase Agreement” means the agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Company and the Purchasers named therein.

 

Purchaser Under the Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning given to the “Purchaser” in the Purchase Agreement.

 

 “ QIB ” or “ Qualified Institutional Buyer ”:  A “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

QIB/QP ”:  Any Person that, at the time of its acquisition, purported acquisition or proposed acquisition of Securities, is both a QIB and a QP.

 

QP ” or “ Qualified Purchaser ”:  Any of (i) a “qualified purchaser” within the meaning of Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act or (ii) a company beneficially owned exclusively by one or more “qualified purchasers” and/or “knowledgeable employees” with respect to the Company within the meaning of Rule 3c-5 under the Investment Company Act.

 

“Redemption Date” means, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture, subject to adjustment as specified in Section 1.13 .

 

“Redemption Price” means, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, in whole or in part, the Special Redemption Price or the Optional Redemption Price, as applicable, at which such Security or portion thereof is to be redeemed as fixed by or pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Reference Banks ” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

 

Regulation S ”:  Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

“Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date with respect to the Securities (other than a Maturity date) means the date that is fifteen (15) days preceding such Interest Payment Date (whether or not a Business Day).

 

7



 

Regulated Insurance Company ” means any subsidiary of the Company, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, that is authorized or admitted to carry on or transact Insurance Business in any jurisdiction (foreign or domestic) and is regulated by any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority.

 

“Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, the officer in the Worldwide Securities Services department of the Trustee having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

“Rights Plan” means a plan of the Company providing for the issuance by the Company to all holders of its Common Stock of rights entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase, directly or indirectly, shares of its Common Stock which rights (i) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of such Common Stock and (ii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of such Common Stock, in each case until the occurrence of a specified event or events.

 

Rule 144A ”:  Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

“Securities” or “ Security” means any debt securities or debt security, as the case may be, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

“Securities Register” and “ Securities Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 3.5 .

 

“Senior Debt” means the principal of and any premium and interest on (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company, whether or not such claim for post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) all Debt of the Company, whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred, unless it is provided in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding that the obligations under such instrument are not superior in right of payment to the Securities issued under this Indenture; provided, however,  that if the Company is subject to the regulation and supervision of any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority, the Company shall have received the approval of each appropriate Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority prior to issuing any such obligation if then required; and provided, further , that Senior Debt shall not be deemed to include (i) any other debt securities and guarantees in respect of such debt securities issued to any trust (or a trustee of any such trust), partnership or other entity affiliated with the Company that is a financing vehicle of the Company (a “financing entity”) in connection with the issuance by such financing entity of equity securities or other securities that are treated as equity capital for regulatory capital purposes guaranteed by the Company pursuant to an instrument that ranks pari passu with or junior in right of payment to the Securities, or (ii) subordinated debt securities issued by the Company, whether denominated in U.S. dollars or Euro, pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

8



 

“Significant Subsidiary(ies)” is as defined in Section 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.

 

“Special Event” means the occurrence of an Investment Company Event or a Tax Event.

 

“Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.1 .

 

Special Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2 .

 

“Stated Maturity” means September 15, 2036, subject to adjustment as specified in Section 1.13 .

 

Statutory Financial Statements ” means all financial statements of the Company’s subsidiary insurance companies for each relevant period, each prepared in accordance with Applicable Accounting Principles.

 

“Subsidiary” means a Person more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock or other voting interests of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries. For purposes of this definition, “ voting stock ” means stock that ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

 

“Tax Event” means the receipt by the Company of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of (a) any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein or (b) any judicial decision or any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum or field service advice) or regulatory procedure, including any notice or announcement of intent to adopt any such pronouncement or procedure (an “ Administrative Action ”), regardless of whether such judicial decision or Administrative Action is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Company and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, change, judicial decision or Administrative Action is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case, on or after the Original Issue Date, there is more than an insubstantial risk that interest payable by the Company on the Securities is not, or within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Company, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes, or that the Company will be subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties or other governmental charges.

 

“Trustee” means the Person named as the “ Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument, solely in its capacity as such and not in its individual capacity, until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and, thereafter, “ Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder.

 

Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended and as in effect on the date as of this Indenture.

 

9



SECTION 1.2  Compliance Certificate and Opinions .

 

(a)           Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall, if requested by the Trustee,  furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent (including covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent (including covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), if any, have been complied with.

 

(b)           Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than the certificate provided pursuant to Section 10.3 ) shall include:

 

(i)            a statement by each individual signing such certificate or opinion that such individual has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

 

(ii)           a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions of such individual contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(iii)          a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(iv)          a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

SECTION 1.3  Forms of Documents Delivered to Trustee .

 

(a)           In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

(b)           Any certificate of an officer of the Company or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or after reasonable inquiry should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to matters upon which his or her certificate or opinion is based are erroneous.  Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such Person knows, or after reasonable inquiry should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

 

(c)           Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 

10



 

(d)           Whenever, subsequent to the receipt by the Trustee of any Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate, Opinion of Counsel or other document or instrument, a clerical, typographical or other inadvertent or unintentional error or omission shall be discovered therein, a new document or instrument may be substituted therefor in corrected form with the same force and effect as if originally received in the corrected form and, irrespective of the date or dates of the actual execution and/or delivery thereof, such substitute document or instrument shall be deemed to have been executed and/or delivered as of the date or dates required with respect to the document or instrument for which it is substituted.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Securities issued under the authority of such defective document or instrument shall nevertheless be the valid obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of this Indenture equally and ratably with all other Outstanding Securities.

 

SECTION 1.4  Acts of Holders .

 

(a)           Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given to or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent thereof duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments (including any appointment of an agent) is or are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action or actions embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “ Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.4 .

 

(b)           The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a Person acting in other than his or her individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his or her authority.  The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient and in accordance with such reasonable rules as the Trustee may determine.

 

(c)           The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Securities Register.

 

(d)           Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

 

(e)           Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Security may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal

 

11



 

amount of such Security or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.

 

(f)            Except as set forth in paragraph (g) of this Section 1.4 , the Company may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities entitled to give, make or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given, made or taken by Holders of Securities. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Securities on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to take the relevant action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided , that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date (as defined in Section 1.4(h) ) by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities on such record date.  Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Company from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be canceled and of no effect).  Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in Section 1.6 .

 

(g)           The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities entitled to join in the giving or making of (i) any Notice of Default, (ii) any declaration of acceleration or rescission or annulment thereof referred to in Section 5.2 , (iii) any request to institute proceedings referred to in Section 5.7(b ) or (iv) any direction referred to in Section 5.12 . If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Securities on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Trustee from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be canceled and of no effect).  Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Company’s expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Company in writing and to each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in Section 1.6 .

 

(h)           With respect to any record date set pursuant to paragraph (f) or (g) of this Section 1.4 , the party hereto that sets such record date may designate any day as the “ Expiration Date” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided, that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the other party hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in Section 1.6 , on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.4 , the party hereto that set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the ninetieth (90 th ) day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date

 

12



 

as provided in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later than the one hundred eightieth (180 th ) day after the applicable record date.

 

SECTION 1.5  Notices, Etc . to Trustee and Company .

 

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, Act of Holders, or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with:

 

(a)           the Trustee by any Holder, or the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with and received by the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or

 

(b)           the Company by the Trustee or any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at Crawford House, 23 Church Street, Hamilton, Bermuda, HM 11 or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

 

SECTION 1.6  Notice to Holders; Waiver .

 

Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event to the address of such Holder as it appears in the Securities Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. If, by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or for any other reason, it shall be impossible or impracticable to mail notice of any event to Holders when said notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

 

SECTION 1.7  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents .

 

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 1.8  Successors and Assigns .

 

This Indenture shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor to the Company and the Trustee, including any successor by operation of law.  Except in connection with a transaction involving the Company that is permitted under Article VIII and pursuant to which the assignee agrees in writing to perform the Company’s obligations hereunder, the Company shall not assign its obligations hereunder.

 

13



 

SECTION 1.9  Separability Clause .

 

If any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and there shall be deemed substituted for the provision at issue a valid, legal and enforceable provision as similar as possible to the provision at issue.

 

SECTION 1.10  Benefits of Indenture .

 

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, the holders of Senior Debt and the Holders of the Securities, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 1.11  Governing Law .

 

This Indenture and the rights and obligations of each of the Holders, the Company and the Trustee shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflict of laws provisions (other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law).

 

SECTION 1.12  Submission to Jurisdiction .

 

ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY OR AGAINST ANY PARTY HERETO OR WITH RESPECT TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS INDENTURE MAY BE BROUGHT IN OR REMOVED TO THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, IN AND FOR THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, OR OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK (IN EACH CASE SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN) (COLLECTIVELY, “ NEW YORK COURT ”). BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS INDENTURE, EACH PARTY ACCEPTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS (AND COURTS OF APPEALS THEREFROM) FOR LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE.

 

SECTION 1.13  Non-Business Days .

 

If any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Securities) payment of interest, premium, if any, or principal or other amounts in respect of such Security shall not be made on such date, but shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day (and additional interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after any such Interest Payment Date, other than Maturity date, as the case may be, through but excluding such next succeeding Business Day) except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date or at the Stated Maturity.

 

14



SECTION 1.14  Agent for Service of Process .

 

The Company will designate and appoint CT Corporation System in New York City as its process agent (the “ Process Agent ”) upon which process may be served in any action arising out of or relating to this Indenture which may be instituted in any New York Court by the Trustee or the Holders, in accordance with legal procedures prescribed for such courts within fifteen (15) days of execution of the Indenture by the parties hereto, and will expressly consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such action, and waive any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto.  Such appointment may only be revoked upon the Company’s appointment of a new Process Agent in New York City and such Process Agent’s acceptance in writing of such appointment upon the same terms specified herein prior to the revocation of the previous Process Agent.  Service of process upon the Process Agent and written notice of such service of process to it shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Company.  Nothing herein shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability of the Trustee or the Holders to serve any such legal process, summons, notices and documents in any other manner permitted by applicable law or to obtain jurisdiction over the Company or to bring actions, suits or proceedings against the Company in such other jurisdictions, and in such manner, as may be permitted by applicable law.

 

SECTION 1.15  Currency Indemnity .

 

If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court in any jurisdiction with respect to any payment due hereunder, it becomes necessary to convert into the currency of such jurisdiction (the “ Judgment Currency ”) any amount due hereunder in any currency other than the Judgment Currency (the “ Currency Due ”), then conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which judgment is given.  For this purpose, “rate of exchange” means the rate at which the Trustee is able, on the relevant date, to purchase the Currency Due with the Judgment Currency in accordance with its normal practices.  In the event that there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given and the date of payment of the amount due, the Company will, on the day of payment, pay such additional amount, if any, or be entitled to receive reimbursement of such amount, if any, as may be necessary to ensure that the amount paid on such date is the amount in the Judgment Currency which when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment is the amount then due hereunder in the Currency Due.  If the amount of the Currency Due which the Trustee would be able to purchase at such rate of exchange is less than the amount of the Currency Due originally due to it, the Company shall indemnify and save the Trustee and the Holders harmless from and against loss or damage arising as a result of such deficiency.  This indemnity shall constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained herein, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under any judgment or order.

 

SECTION 1.16  No Recourse Against Others.

 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator, Affiliate or stockholder of the Company shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the Indenture or for a claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of Securities by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Securities.

 

15



 

ARTICLE II.

 

SECURITY FORMS

 

SECTION 2.1  Form of Security .

 

(a)           Securities offered and sold to Persons that are both (x) Qualified Purchasers and (y) QIBs pursuant to a private placement exemption from the Securities Act shall be issued initially in the form of Rule 144A Global Security, which shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee or the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as hereinafter provided.

 

(b)           Securities offered and sold to Persons that are both non-U.S. Persons and non-U.S. Residents in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued in the form of Regulation S Global Securities, which shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of such Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided herein.  The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee or the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as hereinafter provided.

 

(c)           The Securities, including the Certificates of Authentication, shall be in substantially the forms required by this Article II , with such appropriate insertions and variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon, as may be consistent herewith, determined by authorized officers of the Company as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

Floating Rate Deferrable Interest Subordinated Note due 2036

 

[REG S CUSIP NUMBER: G3529T AA 3
ISIN NUMBER.: USG3529TAA37]

 

[144A CUSIP NUMBER: 33848G AA 9
ISIN NUMBER.: US33848GAA94]

 

No. [S/R]                     

 

$                     

 

Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited, a Bermuda company (hereinafter called the “ Company,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [                       ] or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                                                  ] Dollars ($[                       ]) [ if the Security is a

 

16



 

Global Security, then insert— or such other principal amount represented hereby as may be set forth in the records of the Securities Registrar hereinafter referred to in accordance with the Indenture] on September 15, 2036 (subject to Section 1.13 of the Indenture), unless redeemed prior to such date in accordance herewith and with the Indenture.  The Company further promises to pay interest on said principal sum from August 23, 2006, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing September 15, 2006, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (and additional interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after any such Interest Payment Date, other than a Maturity date, through but excluding such next succeeding Business Day), except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case, with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly on an Interest Payment Date, equal to LIBOR plus 3.54%, together with Additional Amounts, if any, as provided in Section 10.5 of the Indenture, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for or made available for payment; provided , further , that any overdue principal, premium, if any, or Additional Amounts and any overdue installment of interest shall bear Additional Interest at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly on an Interest Payment Date, equal to LIBOR plus 3.54%; (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), compounded quarterly, from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or made available for payment, and such interest shall be payable on demand.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall interest accrue hereon at a rate that is higher than the maximum rate permitted by New York law, as the same may be modified by United States law of general application.

 

The amount of interest payable for any interest period shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (other than a Maturity date) shall, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest installment.  Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities not less than ten (10) days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in the Indenture.

 

So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of this Security, to defer the payment of interest on this Security for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such period, an “ Extension Period” ), during which Extension Period(s), no interest shall be due and payable.  No Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date, and no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security.  No interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and

 

17



 

payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly on an Interest Payment Date, equal to LIBOR plus 3.54%; compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or made available for payment.  At the end of any such Extension Period, the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on this Security, together with such Additional Interest.  Prior to the termination of any such Extension Period, the Company may further defer the payment of interest; provided , that (i) all such previous and further extensions comprising such Extension Period do not exceed twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security.  Upon the termination of any such Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional Interest then due on any Interest Payment Date, the Company may elect to begin a new Extension Period; provided , that (i) such Extension Period does not exceed twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date, (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security and (iv) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.  The Company shall give the Holder of this Security and the Trustee written notice of its election to begin any such Extension Period at least five (5) Business Days prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date on which interest on this Security would be payable but for such deferral.

 

During any such Extension Period, the Company shall not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing, (ii) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to this Security (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with (1) any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (2) a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan and/or (3) the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any Rights Plan, the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any Rights Plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, or (iii) enter into any contracts with shareholders holding more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company other than on an arm’s-length-basis and in the ordinary course of business.

 

18



 

Payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Security shall be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  Payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest due at the Maturity of this Security shall be made at the Place of Payment upon surrender of such Securities to the Paying Agent, and other payments of interest shall be made by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Paying Agent at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Security Register.

 

The indebtedness evidenced by this Security is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt, and this Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each Holder of this Security, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each Holder hereof, by his or her acceptance hereof, waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Debt, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

 

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (the “ Securities” ) issued under the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of August 23, 2006 (the “ Indenture” ), between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Trustee (in such capacity, the “ Trustee ,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee, the holders of Senior Debt and the Holders of the Securities, and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

 

All terms used in this Security that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

The Company may, on any Interest Payment Date, at its option and in accordance with the Indenture, on or after September 15, 2011 and subject to the terms and conditions of Article XI of the Indenture, redeem this Security in whole at any time or in part from time to time at a Redemption Price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount hereof, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, through but excluding the date fixed as the Redemption Date; provided , that the Company shall have received the prior approval of any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority then required.

 

19



 

In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Special Event, the Company may, at its option and in accordance with the Indenture, redeem this Security, in whole but not in part, subject to the terms and conditions of Article XI of the Indenture at a Redemption Price equal to one hundred seven and one half percent (107.5%) of the principal amount hereof, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, through but excluding the date fixed as the Redemption Date; provided , that the Company shall have received the prior approval of any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority then required.

 

In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.  If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the Outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of a portion of the principal amount of any Security.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as herein and therein provided, the Company and the Trustee at any time to enter into a supplemental indenture or indentures for the purpose of modifying in any manner the rights and obligations of the Company and of the Holders of the Securities, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium, if any, and interest, including any Additional Interest (to the extent legally enforceable), on this Security at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Securities Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Securities Registrar and duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities, of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

 

The Securities are issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $100,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations herein and therein set forth, Securities are

 

20



 

exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

 

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

The Company and, by its acceptance of this Security or a beneficial interest herein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a direct or indirect beneficial interest in, this Security intend and agree to treat this Security as indebtedness of the Company, for United States federal, state and local tax purposes.

 

This Security shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of laws provisions (other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law).

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed on this      day of                     , 20   .

 

 

Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

SECTION 2.2  Restricted Legend .

 

(a)           Rule 144A Security :  Any Security issued, sold or otherwise transferred hereunder pursuant to a private placement exemption or Rule 144A shall bear a legend in substantially the following form and transfers thereof, or any beneficial interests therein, may not be made except in compliance with the restrictions specified in such legend:

 

[ IF THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY INSERT: THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) OR A NOMINEE OF DTC.  THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY DTC TO A NOMINEE OF DTC OR BY A NOMINEE OF DTC TO DTC OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

21



 

UNLESS THIS SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. ]

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND SUCH SECURITIES, AND ANY INTEREST THEREIN, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  EACH PURCHASER OF ANY SECURITIES IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THE SECURITIES MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (I) TO THE COMPANY, (II) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING SUCH SECURITIES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (V) TO A PERSON THAT IS NEITHER A U.S. PERSON (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S) NOR A U.S. RESIDENT (WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT”)) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S, ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE PERSONS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, EACH OF WHICH IS NEITHER A U.S. PERSON (AS DEFINED IN REGULATIONS S) NOR A U.S. RESIDENT (WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT) OR (VI) PURSUANT TO AN

 

22



 

EXEMPTION FROM THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND, IN THE CASE OF (III) OR (VI), SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY TO REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL AND OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF ANY SECURITIES FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

 

THE SECURITIES WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000 AND INTEGRAL MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF.  TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF SUCH SECURITIES FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF PRINCIPAL OF OR INTEREST ON SUCH SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN SUCH SECURITIES.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ( “ERISA” ), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE” ) (EACH A “PLAN” ), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1, OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN, ARE NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE AND HOLDING.  ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR OTHER PLAN TO WHICH TITLE 1 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF ANY

 

23



 

SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH FULL EXEMPTIVE RELIEF IS NOT AVAILABLE UNDER AN APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.”

 

(b)           Regulation S Security :  Any Security issued, sold or otherwise transferred hereunder pursuant to Regulation S shall bear a legend in substantially the following form and transfers thereof, or any beneficial interests therein, may not be made except in compliance with the restrictions specified in such legend:

 

[ IF THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY INSERT: THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) OR A NOMINEE OF DTC.  THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY DTC TO A NOMINEE OF DTC OR BY A NOMINEE OF DTC TO DTC OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

UNLESS THIS SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. ]

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND SUCH SECURITIES, AND ANY INTEREST THEREIN, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  EACH PURCHASER OF ANY SECURITIES IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THE SECURITIES MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

24


 

 

 

THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (I) TO THE COMPANY, (II) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING SUCH SECURITIES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (V) TO A PERSON THAT IS NEITHER A U.S. PERSON (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S) NOR A U.S. RESIDENT (WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT”)) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S, ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE PERSONS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, EACH OF WHICH IS NEITHER A U.S. PERSON (AS DEFINED IN REGULATIONS S) NOR A U.S. RESIDENT (WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT) OR (VI) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND, IN THE CASE OF (III) OR (VI), SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY TO REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL AND OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF ANY SECURITIES FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

 

AN INTEREST IN THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE HELD BY A PERSON THAT IS A U.S. PERSON (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S) OR A U.S. RESIDENT (WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT) AT ANY TIME.

 

THE SECURITIES WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000 AND INTEGRAL MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY

 

25



 

LAW, ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF SUCH SECURITIES FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF PRINCIPAL OF OR INTEREST ON SUCH SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN SUCH SECURITIES.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ( “ERISA” ), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE” ) (EACH A “PLAN” ), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1, OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN, ARE NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE AND HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR OTHER PLAN TO WHICH TITLE 1 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH FULL EXEMPTIVE RELIEF IS NOT AVAILABLE UNDER AN APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.”

 

(c)                                   The above legends shall not be removed from any Security unless there is delivered to the Company satisfactory evidence, which may include an Opinion of Counsel, as may be reasonably required to ensure that any future transfers thereof may be made without restriction under or violation of the provisions of the Securities Act and other applicable law. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall deliver, upon receipt of a Company Order directing it to do so, a Security that does not bear the legend.

 

26



 

SECTION 2.3  Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication .

 

The Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

 

This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Authorized signatory

 

 

SECTION 2.4  Temporary Securities .

 

(a)                                   Pending the preparation of definitive Securities, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities that are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

 

(b)                                  If temporary Securities are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities, the temporary Securities shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities upon surrender of the temporary Securities at the office or agency of the Company designated for that purpose without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor one or more definitive Securities of any authorized denominations having the same Original Issue Date and Stated Maturity and having the same terms as such temporary Securities. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities.

 

SECTION 2.5  Definitive Securities .

 

The Securities issued on the Original Issue Date shall be in definitive form. The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved, or produced by any combination of these methods, if required by any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, on a steel engraved border or steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

 

27



 

ARTICLE III.

THE SECURITIES

 

SECTION 3.1  Payment of Principal and Interest .

 

(a)                                   The unpaid principal amount of the Securities shall bear interest at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly on an Interest Payment Date, equal to LIBOR plus 3.54% until paid or duly provided for; such interest to accrue from the Original Issue Date or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, and any overdue principal, premium, if any, or Additional Amounts and any overdue installment of interest shall, to the extent legally enforceable, bear Additional Interest at the rate equal to a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly on an Interest Payment Date, equal to LIBOR plus 3.54%; compounded quarterly from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or funds for the payment thereof are made available for payment.

 

(b)                                  Interest and Additional Interest on any Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, except that interest and any Additional Interest payable on the Stated Maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) of the principal of a Security or on a Redemption Date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. The initial payment of interest on any Security that is issued between a Regular Record Date and the related Interest Payment Date shall be payable as provided in such Security.

 

(c)                                   Any interest (including Additional Interest) on any Security that is due and payable, but is not timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Securities (other than a Maturity date) (herein called “ Defaulted Interest” ) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in paragraph (i) or (ii) below:

 

(i)                                      The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest (a “ Special Record Date” ), which shall be fixed in the following manner. At least thirty (30) days prior to the date of the proposed payment, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be not more than fifteen (15) days and not less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than ten (10) days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to each Holder of a Security at the address of such Holder as it appears in the Securities Register not less than ten (10) days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose

 

28



 

names the Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such Special Record Date; or

 

(ii)                                   The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange (or by the Trustee if the Securities are not listed), if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

 

(d)                                  Payments of interest on the Securities shall include interest accrued to but excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates or Maturity dates. Interest payments for the Securities shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period.

 

(e)                                   Payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest) on the Securities shall be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments of principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest) due at the Maturity of such Securities shall be made at the Place of Payment upon surrender of such Securities to the Paying Agent and other payments of interest (including Additional Interest) shall be made by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Paying Agent at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Security Register.

 

(f)                                     Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.1 , each Security delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Security.

 

SECTION 3.2  Denominations .

 

The Securities shall be in registered form without coupons and shall be issuable in minimum denominations of $100,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

SECTION 3.3  Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating .

 

(a)                                   At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture,  the Company may deliver Securities in an aggregate principal amount (including all then Outstanding Securities) not in excess of One Hundred Twenty Million Dollars ($120,000,000) executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities. In authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon:

 

29



 

(i)                                      a copy of any Board Resolution relating thereto; and

 

(ii)                                   an Opinion of Counsel stating that: (1) such Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute, and the Indenture constitutes, valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, each enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; (2) the Securities have been duly authorized and executed by the Company and have been delivered to the Trustee for authentication in accordance with this Indenture; (3) the Securities are not required to be registered under the Securities Act; and (4) the Indenture is not required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(b)                                  The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its Vice Chairman of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its Chief Financial Officer, its President, its General Counsel or one of its Vice Presidents. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile. Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

 

(c)                                   No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized signatories, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 3.8 , for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

 

(d)                                  Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

SECTION 3.4  Global Securities .

 

(a)                                   Upon the election of a Holder after the Original Issue Date other than an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, which election need not be in writing, the Securities owned by such Holder shall be issued in the form of one or more Global Securities registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. Each Global Security issued under this Indenture shall be registered in the name of the Depositary designated by the Company for such Global Security or a nominee thereof and delivered to such Depositary or a nominee thereof or custodian therefor, and each such Global Security shall constitute a single Security for all purposes of this Indenture.

 

30



 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no Global Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for definitive, physical Securities, and no transfer of a Global Security in whole or in part may be registered, in the name of any Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof unless (i) such Depositary advises the Trustee and the Company in writing that such Depositary is no longer willing or able to properly discharge its responsibilities as Depositary with respect to such Global Security, and no qualified successor is appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days of receipt by the Company of such notice, (ii) such Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and no successor is appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days after obtaining knowledge of such event, (iii) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order stating that the Company elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Depositary or (iv) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Upon the occurrence of any event specified in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, the Trustee shall notify the Depositary and instruct the Depositary to notify all owners of beneficial interests in such Global Security of the occurrence of such event and of the availability of Securities to such owners of beneficial interests requesting the same. The Trustee may conclusively rely, and be protected in relying, upon the written identification of the owners of beneficial interests furnished by the Depositary, and shall not be liable for any delay resulting from a delay by the Depositary. Upon the issuance of such Securities and the registration in the Securities Register of such Securities in the names of the Holders of the beneficial interests therein, the Trustee shall recognize such owners of beneficial interests as Holders.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, so long as a Global Security remains Outstanding and is held by or on behalf of the Depositary, transfers of a Global Security or any interest therein, in whole or in part, shall only be made in accordance with this Article III .

 

(i)                                      Transfers, Exchanges and Cancellations Generally . If (A) any Global Security is to be exchanged or transferred for other Securities or canceled in part, or (B) another Security is to be exchanged in whole or in part for a beneficial interest in any Global Security, then (i) such Global Security, in the case of clause (A), or such other Security, in the case of clause (B), shall be so surrendered for exchange, transfer or cancellation as provided in this Article III , (ii) the principal amount of the Global Security shall be reduced or increased by an amount equal to (x) the portion thereof to be so exchanged or canceled, or (y) the principal amount of such other Security to be so exchanged for a beneficial interest therein, as the case may be, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the records of the Securities Registrar, whereupon the Trustee, in accordance with the Applicable Depositary Procedures, shall instruct the Depositary or its authorized representative to make a corresponding adjustment to its records, and (iii) such transaction shall be subject to the additional provisions set forth herein. Upon any such surrender or reduction in principal amount of a Global Security by the Depositary, accompanied by registration instructions, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver any Securities issuable in exchange for such Global Security (or any portion thereof) in accordance with the instructions of the Depositary. The Trustee shall not be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying on, such instructions.

 

31



 

(ii)                                   Rule 144A Global Security to Regulation S Global Security . If an owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Security deposited with the Depositary wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Security for an interest in the corresponding Regulation S Global Security, or to transfer its interest in such Rule 144A Global Security to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in the corresponding Regulation S Global Security, such owner, provided such owner or, in the case of a transfer to another Person, such Person is not a U.S. Person or a U.S. Resident, may, subject to the immediately succeeding sentence and the rules and procedures of the Depositary, exchange or transfer or cause the exchange or transfer of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Security. Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Securities Registrar, of (A) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures from an Agent Member directing the Trustee to cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Security in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Security to be exchanged or transferred, but not less than the minimum denomination applicable to Securities held through Regulation S Global Securities, (B) a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary and, in the case of a transfer or exchange pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S, the account to be credited with such increase and (C) a certificate in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto, given by the owner of such beneficial interest (in the case of an exchange) or the transferee of such beneficial interest (in the case of a transfer) stating that the exchange or transfer of such interest has been made in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Securities, including in accordance with Regulation S, the Trustee, as Securities Registrar, shall instruct the Depositary to reduce the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Security and to increase the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Security by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Security to be exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Security equal to the reduction in the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Security.

 

(iii)                                Regulation S Global Security to Rule 144A Global Security . If an owner of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Security deposited with the Depositary wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Regulation S Global Security for an interest in a corresponding Rule 144A Global Security or to transfer its interest in such Regulation S Global Security to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in the corresponding Rule 144A Global Security, such owner may, subject to the immediately succeeding sentence and the rules and procedures of the applicable Depositary, as the case may be, cause the exchange or transfer of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Security. To the extent that the Trustee, as Securities Registrar, has received (A) instructions from the applicable Depositary, as the case may be, directing the Trustee, as Securities Registrar, to cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Security equal to the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Security to be exchanged or transferred but not less than the minimum denomination applicable to Securities held through Rule 144A Global Securities, such instructions to contain information regarding the participant account with the Depositary to be credited with such increase, and (B) a certificate in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, given by the owner of such beneficial interest (in the case of

 

32



 

an exchange) or the transferee of such beneficial interest (in the case of a transfer) stating that the Person acquiring such interest in the Rule 144A Global Security is a QIB/QP and is obtaining such beneficial interest in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the U.S. or any other relevant jurisdiction, or that, in the case of an exchange, the owner is a QIB/QP, then the Trustee, as Securities Registrar, will instruct the Depositary to reduce the Regulation S Global Security by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Security to be transferred or exchanged, and the Trustee, as Securities Registrar, shall instruct the Depositary, concurrently with such reduction, to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Security equal to the reduction in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Security.

 

(iv)                               Other Exchanges .

 

(A)                               Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Security wishes at any time to transfer an interest in such Global Security to a Person other than a QIB/QP or a Person that is not a U.S. Person or U.S. Resident pursuant to Regulation S, such transfer shall be effected, subject to the Applicable Depositary Procedures, in accordance with the provisions of this Article III and the transferee shall receive a definitive, physical Securities certificate in connection with such transfer upon delivery of a certificate in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto to the Trustee. A Holder of a definitive, physical Security certificate that is a QIB/QP or that is not a U.S. Person or U.S. Resident pursuant to Regulation S may, upon request, and in accordance with the provisions of this Article III , exchange such definitive, physical Security certificate for a beneficial interest in a Global Security.

 

(B)                                 In the event that a Global Security is exchanged for Securities in definitive, physical registered form without interest coupons, such Securities may be exchanged for one another only in accordance with such procedures and restrictions as are substantially consistent with the provisions above (including certification requirements intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A or another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, or are to non-U.S. Persons and non-U.S. Residents, or otherwise comply with Regulation S, as the case may be) and as may be from time to time adopted by the Company and the Trustee.

 

(C)                                 Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in Section 2.2 and Section 3.4(c)(iv) , transfers of interests in a Global Security may be made (x) by book-entry transfer of beneficial interests within the relevant Depositary or (y)(i) in the case of transfers of interests in a Rule 144A Global Security or in a Regulation S Global Security, in accordance with this Article III ; provided , that, in the case of any such transfer of interests pursuant to clause (x) or (y) above, such transfer is made in accordance with subclause (D) below.

 

33



 

(D)                                Restrictions on Transfers.

 

(1)                                   Transfers of interests in a Regulation S Global Security to a U.S. Person or a U.S. Resident that is a QIB/QP shall be made by delivery of an interest in the corresponding Rule 144A Global Security and shall be limited to transfers made pursuant to this Article III. Beneficial interests in a Rule 144A Global Security may only be held through the applicable Depositary.

 

(2)                                   Any transfer of an interest in a Security to a U.S. Person or a U.S. Resident that is not a QIB/QP and/or a institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act shall be null and void ab init io and shall not be given effect for any purpose hereunder, and the Trustee shall hold any funds conveyed by the intended transferee of such interest in such Security in trust for the transferor and shall promptly reconvey such funds to such Person in accordance with the written instructions thereof delivered to the Trustee at its address listed herein;

 

(3)                                   Any transfer of an interest in a Global Security to a U.S. Person or a U.S. Resident that is not a QIB/QP, but who is an institutional “accredited investor”, may and shall be made by delivery of an interest in definitive, physical Securities and shall be limited to transfers made pursuant to this Article III .

 

(4)                                   Transfers of interests in a Rule 144A Global Security to a Person that is not a U.S. Person or U.S. Resident shall be made by delivery of an interest in the corresponding Regulation S Global Security and shall be limited to transfers made pursuant to this Article III. Beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Security may only be held through the applicable Depositary.

 

(d)                                  Every Security authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, a Global Security or any portion thereof shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Security, unless such Security is registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof.

 

(e)                                   Execution of Global Securities Generally . The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 3.4(e) , authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Securities evidencing the Securities that shall be (i) registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Security or Global Securities or the nominee of such Depositary and (ii) delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary; provided, that no initial Holder may be an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) unless such initial Holder is also a (i) QIB/QP or (ii) a Person that is not a U.S. Person or U.S. Resident pursuant to Regulation S.

 

(f)                                     Rights of Agent Members in Global Securities Generally . Members of, or participants in, the Depositary  (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any interest in a Global Security held on their behalf by the Depositary or under the Global Security, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever (except to the extent otherwise provided herein). Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by

 

34



 

the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Security.

 

(g)                                  The rights of owners of beneficial interests in a Global Security shall be exercised only through the Depositary and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such owners and the Depositary and/or its Depositary Participants.

 

(h)                                  No owner of any beneficial interest in any Global Security held on its behalf by a Depositary shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to such Global Security, and such Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the owner of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. None of the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Security or maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by a Depositary or impair, as between a Depositary and such owners of beneficial interests, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of the Depositary (or its nominee) as Holder of any Security.

 

(i)                                      Each owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Security will be deemed to have represented and agreed with the Company as follows (except that in a transfer of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Security to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Rule 144A Global Security, the transferee will be required to make the required representations in a transfer certificate in the form set forth as Exhibit B ):

 

(i)                                      The owner is purchasing the Security for its own account or one or more accounts with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion, in each case in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, and both it and each such account (if any) and (A) is a QIB/QP, (B) is not a dealer of the type described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of Rule 144A unless it owns and invests on a discretionary basis not less than $25,000,000 in securities of issuers that are not Affiliated to it, (C) is not a participant-directed employee plan, such as a 401(k) plan, or any other type of plan referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(D) or (a)(1)(i)(E) of Rule 144A, or a trust fund referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(F) of Rule 144A that holds the assets of such a plan, unless investment decisions with respect to the plan are made solely by the fiduciary, trustee or sponsor of such plan, (D) was not formed for the purpose of investing in the Company (except where each beneficial owner of the holder is a QP) and (E) shall provide written notice to any transferee that any transferee taking delivery of the Security in the form of an interest in a Rule 144A Global Security must satisfy the foregoing qualifications.

 

(ii)                                   The owner agrees on its own behalf and on behalf of any account for which it is holding the Security to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Security (or a beneficial interest therein) only (A) in the required minimum denomination, and (B)(1) in the U.S., only in the form of an interest in a Rule 144A Global Security to a QP that the owner reasonably believes is a QIB, purchasing for its own account or one or more

 

35



 

accounts, each of which is a QP that the owner reasonably believes is a QIB, in accordance with Rule l44A, and none of which are (i) a dealer of the type described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of Rule 144A unless it owns and invests on a discretionary basis not less than $25,000,000 in securities of issuers that are not Affiliated to it, (ii) a participant-directed employee plan, such as a 401(k) plan, or any other type of plan referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(D) or (a)(1)(i)(E) of Rule 144A, or a trust fund referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(F) of Rule 144A that holds the assets of such a plan, unless investment decisions with respect to the plan are made solely by the fiduciary, trustee or sponsor of such plan or (iii) formed for the purpose of investing in the Company (except where each beneficial owner is a QP) or (2) outside the U.S. in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Security to a Person that is neither a U.S. Person nor a U.S. Resident in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. The owner understands and agrees that neither a U.S. Person nor a U.S. Resident may hold an interest in a Security in the form of a Regulation S Global Security at any time. The owner agrees to provide notice of such transfer restrictions to any subsequent transferee.

 

(iii)                                The owner understands that the Company is entitled to require any Holder of Securities who is a U.S. Person or a U.S. Resident who is determined not to have been a QIB/QP at the time of acquisition of the Security (or interest therein) to (A) if such Person is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, receive definitive, physical Securities or (B) sell such interest to a Person that is a QIB/QP or to a Person that is neither a U.S. Person nor a U.S. Resident in a transaction meeting the requirements of Regulation S.

 

(iv)                               The owner understands that the Securities have not been approved or disapproved by the SEC or any other governmental authority or agency of any jurisdiction. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

(v)                                  The owner agrees that no Security (or any interest therein) may be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred in a denomination of less than $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(vi)                               The owner (A) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that the owner is capable of evaluating the merits and risks (including for tax, legal, regulatory, accounting and other financial purposes) of its prospective investment in the Securities, (B) is financially able to bear such risk, (C) in making such investment is not relying on the advice or recommendations of the Company, the Trustee or any of their respective Affiliates (or any representative of any of the foregoing), (D) has determined that an investment in the Securities is suitable and appropriate for it, and (E) has had access to such financial and other information concerning the Company and the Securities as it has deemed necessary to make its own independent decision to purchase such Securities, including the opportunity, at a reasonable time prior to its purchase of such Securities, to ask questions and receive answers concerning the Company and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities.

 

(vii)                            The owner understands that there is no market for the Securities and that no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of any trading market for the Securities and that it is unlikely that a trading market for the Securities will develop.

 

36



 

Accordingly, the owner must be prepared to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time or until their maturity.

 

(viii)                         The owner agrees that no sale, pledge or other transfer of a Security (or any interest therein) may be made if such transfer would have the effect of requiring the Company to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

 

(ix)                                 The owner will be deemed to represent, warrant and covenant, for the duration that it holds an interest in such Security, that either (A) it is not acquiring such Securities with the assets of a Person who is or will be an employee benefit, individual retirement account or other Plan or arrangement (each, a “Plan” ) subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ( “ERISA” ), OR Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code” ) or (B) its acquisition, holding and disposition of such Securities, throughout the period that it holds such Securities, will not result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (or any substantially similar applicable law), because the acquisition, holding and disposition of such Securities by the holder is and will be eligible for relief under a prohibited transaction exemption, all of the conditions of which are and will be satisfied upon its acquisition of, and throughout the term that it holds, such Securities. Each owner of such Securities will be deemed to represent, warrant and covenant that it will not sell, pledge or otherwise transfer such Securities in violation of the foregoing. In addition, if the owner is, or is acting on behalf of, a Plan, the fiduciaries of such Plan represent, warrant and covenant that they have been informed of and understand the Company’s investment objectives, policies and strategies and that the decision to invest such Plan’s assets in such Securities was made with appropriate consideration of relevant investment factors with regard to such Plan and is consistent with the duties and responsibilities imposed upon fiduciaries with regard to their investment decisions under ERISA.

 

(x)                                    The owner agrees that (A) any sale, pledge or other transfer of a Security (or any interest therein) made in violation of the transfer restrictions contained in this Indenture, or made based upon any false or inaccurate representation made by the holder or a transferee to the Company, will be void and of no force or effect and (B) none of the Company, the Trustee or the Securities Registrar has any obligation to recognize any sale, pledge or other transfer of a Security (or any interest therein) made in violation of any such transfer restriction or made based upon any such false or inaccurate representation.

 

(xi)                                 The owner is not a member of the public in the Cayman Islands.

 

(xii)                              The Rule 144A Global Securities will bear the applicable legends set forth in herein.

 

(xiii)                           The owner has the power and authority to enter into each agreement required to be executed and delivered by or on behalf of the owner in connection with its purchase of Securities and to perform its obligations thereunder and consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, and the Person signing any such

 

37



 

documents on behalf of the owner has been duly authorized to execute and deliver such documents and each other document required to be executed and delivered by the owner in connection with its purchase of Securities. Such execution, delivery and compliance by the owner does not conflict with, or constitute a default under, any instruments governing the holder, any applicable law, regulation or order, or any material agreement to which the owner is a party or by which the owner is bound.

 

(xiv)                          If the owner’s permanent address is located in the U.S., the owner was offered the Securities in the state of such owner’s permanent address and intends that the securities law of that state govern the owner’s subscription for the Securities.

 

(xv)                             The owner understands that the Company may require certification acceptable to it (i) to permit the Company to make payments to it without, or at a reduced rate of, withholding or (ii) to enable the Company to qualify for a reduced rate of withholding in any jurisdiction from or through which the Company receives payments on its assets. The owner agrees to provide any such certification that is requested by the Company.

 

(xvi)                          The owner acknowledges that the Company, the Trustee and others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and agreements and agrees that, if any of the acknowledgments, representations or warranties made or deemed to have been made by it in connection with its purchase of the Securities are no longer accurate, the owner will promptly notify the Company and the Trustee.

 

(j)                                      Each owner of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Security shall be deemed to have represented and agreed with the Company as set forth in clauses (ii) through (xvi) of clause (g) above (except that in a transfer of an interest in a Rule 144A Global Security to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Security, the transferee will be required to make the required representations in a transfer certificate in the form set forth as Exhibit C ). Each owner of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Security will also be deemed or required (as applicable) to represent, warrant and agree as follows:

 

(i)                                      The owner is neither a U.S. Person nor a U.S. Resident purchasing for its own account or one or more accounts, each of which is neither a U.S. Person nor a U.S. Resident, and as to each of which the owner exercises sole investment discretion, in an offshore transaction pursuant to Regulation S and is aware that the sale of the Securities to it is being made in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Regulation S.

 

(ii)                                   The Regulation S Global Securities will bear the applicable legends set forth in herein.

 

(iii)                                The owner understands and agrees that before a Security in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Security may be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of a Rule 144A Global Security, the transferee shall be required to provide the Trustee with a transfer certificate in the

 

38



 

form attached hereto as Exhibit C to the effect that the transferee is a QIB/QP which is acquiring the interest in the Security in the form of a Rule 144A Global Security in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the U.S. or any other relevant jurisdiction.

 

(k)                                   Notwithstanding anything contained in this Indenture to the contrary, and to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, neither the Trustee nor the Securities Registrar (nor any other Transfer Agent) shall be responsible or liable for compliance with applicable federal or state securities law (including the Securities Act, Rule 144A or Regulation S promulgated thereunder), the Investment Company Act, ERISA or the Code (or any applicable regulations thereunder); provided , however , that if a specified transfer certificate or Opinion of Counsel is required by the express terms of this Article III to be delivered to the Trustee or Securities Registrar prior to registration of transfer of a Security, the Trustee and/or Securities Registrar, as applicable, shall be under a duty to receive such certificate or Opinion of Counsel and to examine the same to determine whether it conforms on its face to the requirements hereof (and the Trustee or Securities Registrar, as the case may be, shall promptly notify the party delivering the same if it determines that such certificate or Opinion of Counsel does not so conform).

 

SECTION 3.5  Registration, Transfer and Exchange Generally .

 

(a)                                   The Trustee shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office a register (the “ Securities Register” ) in which the registrar and transfer agent with respect to the Securities (the “ Securities Registrar” ), subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers and exchanges of Securities. The Trustee shall at all times also be the Securities Registrar. The provisions of Article VI shall apply to the Trustee in its role as Securities Registrar.

 

(b)                                  Subject to compliance with Section 2.2(b) , upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security at the offices or agencies of the Company designated for that purpose the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of any authorized denominations of like tenor and aggregate principal amount.

 

(c)                                   At the option of the Holder, Securities may be exchanged for other Securities of any authorized denominations, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at the offices or agencies of the Company designated for such purpose. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

(d)                                  All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

(e)                                   Every Security presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Securities Registrar, duly

 

39



 

executed by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and, in the case of Securities other than Global Securities, must be accompanied by a certificate substantially in the forth set forth as Exhibit D hereto.

 

(f)                                     No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Securities.

 

(g)                                  Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be required pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.5 (g) : (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security during a period beginning at the opening of business fifteen (15) days before the day of selection for redemption of Securities pursuant to Article XI and ending at the close of business on the day of mailing of the notice of redemption or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except, in the case of any such Security to be redeemed in part, any portion thereof not to be redeemed.

 

(h)                                  The Company shall designate an office or offices or agency or agencies where Securities may be surrendered for registration or transfer or exchange. The Company initially designates the Corporate Trust Office as its office and agency for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee and to the Holders of any change in the location of any such office or agency.

 

SECTION 3.6  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities .

 

(a)                                   If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee together with such security or indemnity as may be required by the Company or the Trustee to save the Company and the Trustee harmless, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of like tenor and aggregate principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

(b)                                  If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of the Company and the Trustee harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of like tenor and aggregate principal amount as such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

(c)                                   If any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

 

(d)                                  Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section 3.6 , the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

 

40



 

(e)                                   Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section 3.6 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities duly issued hereunder.

 

(f)                                     The provisions of this Section 3.6 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

 

SECTION 3.7  Persons Deemed Owners .

 

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall treat the Person in whose name any Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and any interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

SECTION 3.8  Cancellation .

 

All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee, and any such Securities and Securities surrendered directly to the Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly canceled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities canceled as provided in this Section 3.8 , except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All canceled Securities shall be retained or disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary practices and the Trustee shall deliver to the Company a certificate of such disposition.

 

SECTION 3.9  Deferrals of Interest Payment Dates .

 

(a)                                   So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of the Securities, to defer the payment of interest on the Securities for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such period, an “ Extension Period”) , during which Extension Period(s), the Company shall have the right to make no payments or partial payments of interest on any Interest Payment Date. No Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities. No interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at the rate equal to a variable rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 3.54%, compounded quarterly , from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or until funds for the payment thereof have been made available for payment. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Company shall pay all

 

41



 

interest then accrued and unpaid on the Securities together with such Additional Interest. Prior to the termination of any such Extension Period, the Company may extend such Extension Period and further defer the payment of interest; provided , that (i) all such previous and further extensions comprising such Extension Period do not exceed twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities. Upon the termination of any such Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional Interest then due on any Interest Payment Date, the Company may elect to begin a new Extension Period; provided , that (i) such Extension Period does not exceed twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date, (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities and (iv) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The Company shall notify (i) the Holders of the Securities at the address provided upon request to the Securities Registrar, (ii) the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, (iii) Cohen Bros. Financial Management LLC at Cira Centre, 2929 Arch Street, Suite 1703, Philadelphia, PA 19104, (215) 861-7868, Attention:  Matthew T. Mueller, (iv) FTN Financial, 845 Crossover Lane, Suite 150, Memphis, TN 38117, (901) 435-8026, Attention:  Douglas Duncan, (v) Keefe Bruyette Woods, 787 Seventh Avenue, 4 th Floor, New York, NY 10019, (212) 887-7775, Attention:  John Dalena, and (vi) TWE, Ltd., c/o Wilmington Trust Company, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19890, 302-636-6432, Attention:  W. Thomas Morris II, CCTS, in writing and by telephone (except in the case of notice to the Holders) of its election to begin any such Extension Period at least five (5) Business Days prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date on which interest on the Securities would be payable but for such deferral.

 

(b)                                  In connection with any such Extension Period, the Company shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 10.6 .

 

SECTION 3.10  [ Reserved ]

 

SECTION 3.11  Agreed Tax Treatment .

 

Each Security issued hereunder shall provide that the Company and, by its acceptance or acquisition of a Security or a beneficial interest therein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a direct or indirect beneficial interest in, such Security, intend and agree to treat such Security as indebtedness of the Company for United States Federal, state and local tax purposes. The provisions of this Indenture shall be interpreted to further this intention and agreement of the parties.

 

SECTION 3.12  CUSIP Numbers .

 

The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption and other similar or related materials as a convenience to Holders; provided , that any such notice or other materials may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption or other materials and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

 

42



 

ARTICLE IV.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

SECTION 4.1  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .

 

This Indenture shall, upon Company Request, cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities herein expressly provided for and as otherwise provided in this Section 4.1 ) and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

 

(a)                                   either

 

(i)                                      all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (A) Securities that have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.6 and (B) Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust as provided in Section 10.2 ) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(ii)                                   all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

 

(A)                               have become due and payable, or

 

(B)                                 will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year of the date of deposit, or

 

(C)                                 are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

 

and the Company, in the case of subclause (ii)(A), (B) or (C) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose (x) an amount in the currency or currencies in which the Securities are payable, (y) Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than the due date of any payment, money in an amount or (z) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities that have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

 

(b)                                  the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

 

43



 

(c)                                   the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 6.6 , the obligations of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under Section 6.11 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (a)(ii) of this Section 4.1 , the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.2 and Section 10.2(e) shall survive.

 

SECTION 4.2  Application of Trust Money .

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 10.2(e ), all money or Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment in accordance with Section 3.1 , either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) for the payment of which such money or obligations have been deposited with or received by the Trustee. Moneys held by the Trustee under this Section 4.2 shall not be subject to the claims of holders of Senior Debt under Article XII .

 

ARTICLE V.

REMEDIES

 

SECTION 5.1  Events of Default .

 

“Event of Default” means, wherever used herein with respect to the Securities, any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

(a)                                   default in the payment of any interest upon any Security, including any Additional Interest in respect thereof, when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of thirty (30) days (subject to the deferral of any due date in the case of an Extension Period); or

 

(b)                                  default in the payment of the principal of or any premium on any Security at its Maturity; or

 

(c)                                   default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company in this Indenture and continuance of such default or breach for a period of thirty (30) days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder;

 

44



 

(d)                                  the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of a decree or order adjudging the Company a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days;

 

(e)                                   the institution by the Company of proceedings to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by the Company to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by the Company of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or the consent by it to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due and its willingness to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the taking of corporate action by the Company in furtherance of any such action; or

 

(f)                                     any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by the Company (i) herein or in the Securities shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made or (ii) in the Purchase Agreement or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading so as to reasonably be expected to have, singly or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, business or business prospects, of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not occurring in the ordinary course of business.

 

SECTION 5.2  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission, Annulment, Audit Rights and Additional Reports .

 

(a)                                   If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities may declare the principal amount of all the Securities to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and, upon any such declaration, the principal amount of and the accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) on all the Securities shall become immediately due and payable; provided, that the payment of principal and interest and all other amounts due with respect to such Securities remain subordinated to the extent provided hereinafter.

 

(b)                                  At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article V , the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, by written notice to the Trustee may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

 

45



 

(i)                                      the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

 

(A)                               all overdue installments of interest on all Securities,

 

(B)                                 any accrued Additional Interest on all Securities,

 

(C)                                 the principal of and any premium on any Securities that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest (including any Additional Interest) thereon at the rate borne by the Securities, and

 

(D)                                all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel; and

 

(ii)                                   all Events of Default with respect to Securities, other than the non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13 .

 

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

(c)                                   In the event that either (a) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (b) the Company has elected to defer payments of interest on the Securities by extending the interest payment period (as provided for in Section 3.9 hereof), the Company shall provide to the Trustee and the Holders GAAP and statutory financial statements and interim quarterly financial statements, if available, including accompanying management discussion and analysis, for the Company and, if and as available, for its subsidiaries or affiliates. In addition, for the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates which may be in liquidation, under regulatory supervision or in runoff, the Company shall provide to the Purchaser Under the Purchase Agreement any reports and presentations to rating agencies, any run-off plan shared with Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authorities, internal or external actuarial reports and management projections.

 

SECTION 5.3  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee .

 

(a)                                   The Company covenants that if:

 

(i)                                      default is made in the payment of any installment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of thirty (30) days, or

 

(ii)                                   default is made in the payment of the principal of and any premium on any Security at the Maturity thereof,

 

the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) and, in addition thereto, all amounts owing the Trustee under Section 6.6 .

 

46



 

(b)                                  If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities, wherever situated.

 

(c)                                   If an Event of Default with respect to Securities occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

 

SECTION 5.4  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

 

In case of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or similar judicial proceeding relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), its property or its creditors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, at the Company’s expense, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions authorized hereunder in order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee allowed in any such proceeding. In particular, the Trustee shall be authorized to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to first pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and external counsel, and any other amounts owing the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and other Persons under Section 6.6 .

 

SECTION 5.5  Trustee May Enforce Claim Without Possession of Securities .

 

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, subject to Article XII and after provision for the payment of all the amounts owing the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and other Persons under Section 6.6 , be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

 

SECTION 5.6  Application of Money Collected .

 

Any money or property collected or to be applied by the Trustee with respect to the Securities pursuant to this Article V shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money or property on account of principal or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest), upon presentation of the

 

47



 

Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

 

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and other Persons under Section 6.6 ;

 

SECOND: To the payment of all Senior Debt of the Company if and to the extent required by Article XII ;

 

THIRD:  Subject to Article XII , to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Securities for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest), respectively; and

 

FOURTH: The balance, if any, to the Person or Persons entitled thereto.

 

SECTION 5.7  Limitation on Suits .

 

Subject to Section 5.8 , no Holder of any Securities shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture or for the appointment of a custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

 

(a)                                   such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities;

 

(b)                                  the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

 

(c)                                   such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

 

(d)                                  the Trustee after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding for sixty (60) days; and

 

(e)                                   no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such sixty (60)-day period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities;

 

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing itself of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Securities, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.

 

48



 

SECTION 5.8  Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and any premium on such Security at its Maturity and payment of interest (including any Additional Interest (to the extent legally enforceable)) on such Security when due and payable and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder. The rights of any Holder hereunder or under any other Operative Document may be exercised by such Holder or any collateral manager thereof.

 

SECTION 5.9  Restoration of Rights and Remedies .

 

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or such Holder, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and such Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and such Holder shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

SECTION 5.10  Rights and Remedies Cumulative .

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.6(f) , no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

SECTION 5.11  Delay or Omission Not Waiver .

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or any Holder of any Securities to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or the Holders, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 5.12  Control by Holders .

 

The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided , that:

 

(a)                                   such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,

 

(b)                                  the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction, and

 

49



 

(c)                                   subject to the provisions of Section 6.2 , the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow such direction if a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee shall, in good faith, reasonably determine that the proceeding so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not joining in any such direction or would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

SECTION 5.13  Waiver of Past Defaults .

 

(a)                                   The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities may waive any past Event of Default hereunder and its consequences except an Event of Default:

 

(i)                                      in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Outstanding Security (unless such Event of Default has been cured and the Company has paid to or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all installments of interest (including any Additional Interest) due and past due and all principal of and any premium on all Securities due otherwise than by acceleration), or

 

(ii)                                   in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that under Article IX cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each Holder of any Outstanding Security.

 

(b)                                  Any such waiver shall be deemed to be on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities.

 

(c)                                   Upon any such waiver, such Event of Default shall cease to exist and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

SECTION 5.14  Undertaking for Costs .

 

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his or her acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section 5.14 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than ten percent (10%) in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or any premium on the Security after the Stated Maturity or any interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security after it is due and payable.

 

SECTION 5.15  Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws .

 

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any usury, stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which

 

50



 

may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

ARTICLE VI.

THE TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 6.1  Corporate Trustee Required .

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities. The Trustee shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof, authorized to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authority and having an office within the United States. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of such supervising or examining authority, then, for the purposes of this Section 6.1 , the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.1 , it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article VI .

 

SECTION 6.2  Certain Duties and Responsibilities .

 

(a)                                   Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(i)                                      the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(ii)                                   in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; provided, that in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they substantially conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

(b)                                  If an Event of Default known to the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall, prior to the receipt of directions, if any, from the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the

 

51



 

performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 6.2 . To the extent that, at law or in equity, the Trustee has duties and liabilities relating to the Holders, the Trustee shall not be liable to any Holder for the Trustee’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Indenture. The provisions of this Indenture, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Trustee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Company and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Trustee.

 

(d)                                  No provisions of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability with respect to matters that are within the authority of the Trustee under this Indenture for its own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)                                      the Trustee shall not be liable for any error or judgment made in good faith by an authorized officer of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

 

(ii)                                   the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee under this Indenture; and

 

(iii)                                the Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company and money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(e)                                   [ Reserved ]

 

SECTION 6.3  Notice of Defaults .

 

Within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of any default actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall give the Holders notice of such default unless such default shall have been cured or waived;  provided, that except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities, the Trustee shall be fully protected in withholding the notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of holders of Securities; and provided, further, that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 5.1(c) , no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section 6.3 , the term “default” means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

 

SECTION 6.4  Certain Rights of Trustee .

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 6.2 :

 

52



 

(a)                                   the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith and in accordance with the terms hereof upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

(b)                                  if (i) in performing its duties under this Indenture the Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action, (ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee finds ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions contained herein or (iii) the Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this Indenture, then, except as to any matter as to which the Holders are entitled to decide under the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee shall deliver a notice to the Company requesting the Company’s written instruction as to the course of action to be taken and the Trustee shall take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Trustee shall be instructed in writing to take, or to refrain from taking, by the Company; provided , that if the Trustee does not receive such instructions from the Company within ten (10) Business Days after it has delivered such notice or such reasonably shorter period of time set forth in such notice the Trustee may, but shall be under no duty to, take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Trustee shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Holders, in which event the Trustee shall have no liability except for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct;

 

(c)                                   any request or direction of the Company shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

 

(d)                                  the Trustee may consult with counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Trustee, the Company or any of its Affiliates, and may include any of its employees) and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

 

(e)                                   the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction, including reasonable advances as may be requested by the Trustee;

 

(f)                                     the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, indenture, note or other paper or document, but the Trustee in its discretion may make such inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

 

(g)                                  the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and

 

53



 

the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder;

 

(h)                                  whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action with respect to enforcing any remedy or right hereunder, the Trustee (i) may request instructions from the Holders (which instructions may only be given by the Holders of the same aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Securities as would be entitled to direct the Trustee under this Indenture in respect of such remedy, right or action), (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such action until such instructions are received and (iii) shall be protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

 

(i)                                      except as otherwise expressly provided by this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(j)                                      without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with any bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceeding referred to in clauses (d) or (e) of the definition of Event of Default, such expenses (including legal fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy laws or law relating to creditors rights generally;

 

(k)                                   whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate addressing such matter, which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Company;

 

(l)                                      the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Event of Default unless either (i) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge or (ii) the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a Holder; and

 

(m)                                in the event that the Trustee is also acting as Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent or Securities Registrar hereunder, the rights and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall also be afforded such Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent, or Securities Registrar.

 

SECTION 6.5  May Hold Securities .

 

The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Securities Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Securities Registrar or such other agent.

 

SECTION 6.6  Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity .

 

(a)                                   The Company agrees:

 

54


(i)                                      to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in such amounts as the Company and the Trustee shall agree from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

 

(ii)                                   to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all documented reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and external counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct; and

 

(iii)                                to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to indemnify the Trustee and its Affiliates, and their officers, directors, shareholders, agents, representatives and employees for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, damage, liability, tax (other than income, franchise or other taxes imposed on amounts paid pursuant to (i) or (ii) hereof), penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust or the performance of the Trustee’s duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

 

(b)                                  To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 6.6 , the Company hereby grants and pledges to the Trustee and the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, other than money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Securities. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

(c)                                   The obligations of the Company under this Section 6.6 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

(d)                                  In no event shall the Trustee be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, including, but not limited to, lost profits, even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(e)                                   In no event shall the Trustee be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder because of circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, embargo, government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations, governmental action or the like which delay, restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Indenture.

 

SECTION 6.7  Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor .

 

(a)                                   No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 6.8 .

 

55



 

(b)                                  The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 6.8 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series. If the acceptance of appointment is substantially contemporaneous with the resignation, then the notice called for by the first sentence of this subsection may be combined with the instrument called for by Section 6.8 .

 

(c)                                   Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee may be removed at any time by the Company by a Board Resolution. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee may be removed by Act of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

 

(d)                                  If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any reason, at a time when no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee, and such successor Trustee and the retiring Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 6.8 . If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any reason, at a time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holders, by Act of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee, and such successor Trustee and the retiring Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 6.8 . If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment within sixty (60) days after the giving of a notice of resignation by the Trustee or the removal of the Trustee in the manner required by Section 6.8 , any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of such Holder and all others similarly situated, and any resigning Trustee may, at the expense of the Company, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(e)                                   The Company shall give notice to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 1.6 of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

 

SECTION 6.8  Acceptance of Appointment by Successor .

 

(a)                                   In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, each successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign,

 

56



 

transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

 

(b)                                  Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section 6.8 .

 

(c)                                   No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article VI .

 

SECTION 6.9  Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business .

 

Any Person into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided, that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VI . In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation or as otherwise provided above in this Section 6.9 to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated, and in case any Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor Trustee or in the name of such successor Trustee, and in all cases the certificate of authentication shall have the full force which it is provided anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

 

SECTION 6.10  Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities .

 

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Securities or the proceeds thereof.

 

SECTION 6.11  Appointment of Authenticating Agent .

 

(a)                                   The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to the Securities, which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities issued upon original issue and upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 3.6 , and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, or of any State or Territory thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such

 

57



 

laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.11 the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.11 , such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section 6.11 .

 

(b)                                  Any Person into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent shall be the successor Authenticating Agent hereunder, provided such Person shall be otherwise eligible under this Section 6.11 , without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

 

(c)                                   An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.11 , the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent eligible under the provisions of this Section 6.11 , which shall be acceptable to the Company, and shall give notice of such appointment to all Holders. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent.

 

(d)                                  The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section 6.11 in such amounts as the Company and the Authenticating Agent shall agree from time to time.

 

(e)                                   If an appointment of an Authenticating Agent is made pursuant to this Section 6.11 , the Securities may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

 

This is one of the Securities referred to in the within mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated:

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Authenticating Agent

 

 

58



 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Authorized signatory

 

 

ARTICLE VII.

HOLDER’S LISTS AND REPORTS BY COMPANY

 

SECTION 7.1  Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders .

 

The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

 

(a)                                   semiannually, on or before June 30 and December 31 of each year, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the delivery thereof, and

 

(b)                                  at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the time such list is furnished,

 

in each case to the extent such information is in the possession or control of the Company and has not otherwise been received by the Trustee in its capacity as Securities Registrar.

 

SECTION 7.2  Preservation of Information, Communications to Holders .

 

(a)                                   The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.1 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Securities Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

 

(b)                                  The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided in the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(c)                                   Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of information as to the names and addresses of the Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

 

SECTION 7.3  Reports by Company .

 

(a)                                   So long as the Company is neither subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act nor exempt from such reporting requirements pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Exchange Act, the Company shall furnish to the Holders and to prospective purchasers of Securities, upon their request, the information required to be furnished pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. The Company shall furnish to the Trustee Statutory

 

59



 

Financial Statements promptly following their filing with the Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority . The delivery requirement set forth in the preceding sentence may be satisfied by compliance with Section 7.3(b) hereof.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall furnish to each of (i) the Trustee, (ii) the Holders and to subsequent holders of Securities, (iii) Cohen Bros. Financial Management LLC (at Cira Centre, 2929 Arch Street, Suite 1703, Philadelphia, PA 19104, Attn:  Matthew Mueller, or such other address as designated by Cohen Bros. Financial Management LLC), (iv) FTN Financial (at 845 Crossover Lane, Suite 150, Memphis, TN 38117, (901) 435-8026, Attention:  Douglas Duncan, or such other address as designated by FTN Financial), (v) Keefe Bruyette Woods (at 787 Seventh Avenue, 4 th Floor, New York, NY 10019, (212) 887-7775, Attention:  John Dalena, or such other address as designated by Keefe Bruyette Woods), and (vi) TWE, Ltd. (at Wilmington Trust Company, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19890, 302-636-6432, Attention:  W. Thomas Morris II, CCTS, or such other address as designated by TWE, Ltd.) and (vii) any beneficial owner of the Securities reasonably identified to the Company (which identification may be made either by such beneficial owner or by Cohen Bros. Financial Management LLC), a duly completed and executed certificate substantially and substantively in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , including the financial statements referenced in such Exhibit, which certificate and financial statements shall be so furnished by the Company not later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company and not later than one hundred twenty five (125) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company.

 

(c)                                   If the Company intends to file its annual and quarterly information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) in electronic form pursuant to Regulation S-T of the Commission using the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval (“ EDGAR ”) system, the Company shall notify the Trustee in the manner prescribed herein of each such annual and quarterly filing. The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to access the EDGAR system for purposes of retrieving the financial information so filed. Compliance with the foregoing shall constitute delivery by the Company of its financial statements to the Trustee in compliance with the provisions of Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, if applicable. The Trustee shall have no duty to search for or obtain any electronic or other filings that the Company makes with the Commission, regardless of whether such filings are periodic, supplemental or otherwise. Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.3(c) shall be solely for purposes of compliance with this Section 7.3(c) and, if applicable, with Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information and documents shall not constitute notice to it of the content thereof or any matter determinable from the content thereof, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder, as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely upon Officers’ Certificates.

 

60



 

ARTICLE VIII.

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

 

SECTION 8.1  Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

 

The Company shall not, while any of the Securities remain outstanding, consolidate or amalgamate with or merge into any other Person or sell, convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its properties and assets as an entirety to any Person unless:

 

(a)                                   if the Company shall consolidate or amalgamate with or merge into another Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, the entity formed by such consolidation or amalgamation into which the Company is merged or the Person that acquires by conveyance or transfer, or that leases, the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall be an entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or Territory thereof, the District of Columbia, Bermuda, the Cayman Islands or any other country, which is a member state of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development unless it has: (1) agreed to make all payments due in respect of the Securities without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges under the laws or regulations of the jurisdiction of organization or residence (for tax purposes) of such entity or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein unless required by applicable law, in which case such entity shall have agreed to pay such additional amounts as shall be required so that the net amounts received and retained by the Holders of such Securities after payment of all taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges, will be equal to the amounts that such Holders would have received and retained had no such taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges been imposed; (2) irrevocably and unconditionally consented and submitted to the jurisdiction of any United States federal court or New York state court, in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in respect of any action, suit or proceeding against it arising out of or in connection with this Indenture or the Securities and irrevocably and unconditionally waived, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to the laying of venue in any such court or that any such action, suit or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum; (3) irrevocably appointed an agent in The City of New York for service or process in any action, suit or proceeding referred to in clause (2) above; and (4) has provided an Opinion of Counsel that the Holders’ rights to enforce the Company’s obligations in the successor’s jurisdiction of organization are substantially the same as provided to creditors in Bermuda and there are no currency restrictions in such jurisdiction, and the successor shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on all the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

 

(b)                                  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and

 

(c)                                   the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, any such supplemental indenture comply with this Article VIII and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with; and the Trustee may rely upon such Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that such transaction complies with this Section 8.1 .

 

61



 

SECTION 8.2  Successor Company Substituted .

 

(a)                                   Upon any consolidation, amalgamation or merger by the Company with or into any other Person, or any sale, conveyance, transfer or lease by the Company of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person in accordance with Section 8.1 and the execution and delivery to the Trustee of the supplemental indenture described in Section 8.1(a) , the successor entity formed by such consolidation or amalgamation or into which the Company is merged or to which such sale, conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; and in the event of any such sale, conveyance, transfer or lease, following the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under the Indenture and the Securities.

 

(b)                                  Such successor Person may cause to be executed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company, any or all of the Securities issuable hereunder that theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such successor Person instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver any Securities that previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Securities that such successor Person thereafter shall cause to be executed and delivered to the Trustee on its behalf. All the Securities so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

(c)                                   In case of any such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease, such changes in phraseology and form may be made in the Securities thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate to reflect such occurrence.

 

ARTICLE IX.

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

SECTION 9.1  Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders .

 

Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

 

(a)                                   to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities; or

 

(b)                                  to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make or amend any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, which shall not be inconsistent with the other provisions of this Indenture, provided , that such action pursuant to this clause (b) shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders; or

 

62



 

(c)                                   to add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Company or to add to the Events of Default, provided , that such action pursuant to this clause (c) shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders; or

 

(d)                                  to modify, eliminate or add to any provisions of the Indenture or the Securities to such extent as shall be necessary to ensure that the Securities are treated as indebtedness of the Company for United States Federal income tax purposes, provided , that such action pursuant to this clause (d) shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders; or

 

(e)                                   provide for any replacement Trustee in accordance with Article VI .

 

SECTION 9.2  Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders .

 

(a)                                   With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities under this Indenture; provided, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security,

 

(i)                                      change the Stated Maturity of the principal or any premium of any Security or change the date of payment of any installment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest (or manner of calculation of the rate of interest) thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof or change the place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Security or interest thereon is payable, or restrict or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date, or

 

(ii)                                   reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with any provision of this Indenture or of defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture, or

 

(iii)                                modify any of the provisions of this Section 9.2 , Section 5.13 or Section 10.7 , except to increase any percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, the consent of whose Holders is required for any reason, or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Security.

 

(b)                                  It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

 

SECTION 9.3  Execution of Supplemental Indentures .

 

In executing or accepting the additional trusts created by any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article IX or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture,

 

63



 

the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such action have been complied with. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, indemnities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Copies of the final form of each supplemental indenture shall be delivered by the Trustee at the expense of the Company to each Holder promptly after the execution thereof.

 

SECTION 9.4  Effect of Supplemental Indentures .

 

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article IX , this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

 

SECTION 9.5  Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures .

 

Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article IX may, and shall if required by the Company, bear a notation in form approved by the Company as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities.

 

ARTICLE X.

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 10.1  Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest .

 

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities in accordance with the terms of the Securities and this Indenture. As of the date of this Indenture, the Company represents that it has no present intention to exercise its right under Section 3.9 to defer payments of interest on the Securities.

 

SECTION 10.2  Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust .

 

(a)                                   If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to the Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal and any premium or interest (including Additional Interest) so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its failure so to act.

 

(b)                                  Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents, it will, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date of the principal of or any premium or interest

 

64



 

(including any Additional Interest) on any Securities, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held as provided in the Trust Indenture Act and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its failure so to act.

 

(c)                                   The Company will cause each Paying Agent for the Securities other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.2 , that such Paying Agent will (i) comply with the provisions of this Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act applicable to it as a Paying Agent and (ii) during the continuance of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities) in the making of any payment in respect of the Securities, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Securities.

 

(d)                                  The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

 

(e)                                   Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company in trust for the payment of the principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal and any premium or interest has become due and payable shall (unless otherwise required by mandatory provision of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property law) be paid on Company Request to the Company, or (if then held by the Company) shall (unless otherwise required by mandatory provision of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property law) be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

 

SECTION 10.3  Statement as to Compliance .

 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officers’ Certificate covering the preceding fiscal year, stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement

 

65



 

of notice provided hereunder), and if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge.

 

SECTION 10.4  Calculation Agent .

 

(a)                                   The Company hereby agrees that for so long as any of the Securities remain Outstanding, there will at all times be an agent appointed to calculate LIBOR in respect of each Interest Payment Date in accordance with the terms of Schedule A (the “ Calculation Agent ”). The Company has initially appointed the Trustee as Calculation Agent for purposes of determining LIBOR for each Interest Payment Date. The Calculation Agent may be removed by the Company at any time. So long as the Trustee holds any of the Securities, the Calculation Agent shall be the Trustee, except as described in the immediately preceding sentence. If the Calculation Agent is unable or unwilling to act as such or is removed by the Company, the Company will promptly appoint as a replacement Calculation Agent the London office of a leading bank which is engaged in transactions in Eurodollar deposits in the international Eurodollar market and which does not control or is not controlled by or under common control with the Company or its Affiliates. The Calculation Agent may not resign its duties without a successor having been duly appointed.

 

(b)                                  The Calculation Agent shall be required to agree that, as soon as possible after 11:00 a.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date (as defined in Schedule A ), but in no event later than 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day immediately following each LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will calculate the interest rate and payment amount (which payment amount shall be rounded to the nearest cent, with half a cent being rounded upwards) for the related Interest Payment Date, and will communicate such rate and amount to the Company, the Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Depositary. The Calculation Agent will also specify to the Company the quotations upon which the foregoing rates and amounts are based and, in any event, the Calculation Agent shall notify the Company before 5:00 p.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date that either:  (i) it has determined or is in the process of determining the foregoing rates and amounts or (ii) it has not determined and is not in the process of determining the foregoing rates and amounts, together with its reasons therefor. The Calculation Agent’s determination of the foregoing rates and amounts for any Interest Payment Date will (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding upon all parties. For the sole purpose of calculating the interest rate for the Securities, “Business Day” shall be defined as any day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

 

SECTION 10.5   Additional Amounts .

 

All payments of principal of and premium, if any, interest (including any Additional Interest) and any other amounts on, or in respect of, the Securities of any series shall be made without withholding or deduction at source for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, fees, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied by or on behalf of Bermuda or any other jurisdiction in which the Company is organized (each, a “ taxing jurisdiction ”) or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, unless such taxes, fees, duties, assessments or governmental charges are required to be withheld or deducted by (i) the laws (or any regulations or ruling promulgated thereunder) of a taxing jurisdiction or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein or (ii) an official position

 

66



 

regarding the application, administration, interpretation or enforcement of any such laws, regulations or rulings (including, without limitation, a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a taxing authority in a taxing jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof).

 

If a withholding or deduction at source is required, the Company shall, subject to certain limitations and exceptions set forth below, pay to the Holder of any such Security such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that every net payment of principal, premium, if any, interest (including any Additional Interest) or any other amount made to such Holder, after such withholding or deduction, shall not be less than the amount provided for in such Security and this Indenture to be then due and payable; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to make payment of such Additional Amounts for or on account of:

 

(a)                                   any tax, fee, duty, assessment or governmental charge of whatever nature which would not have been imposed but for the fact that such Holder: (A) was a resident, domiciliary or national of, or engaged in business or maintained a permanent establishment or was physically present in, the relevant taxing jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof or otherwise had some connection with the relevant taxing jurisdiction other than by reason of the mere ownership of, or receipt of payment under, such Security; (B) presented such Security, where presentation is required, for payment in the relevant taxing jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof, unless such Security could not have been presented for payment elsewhere; or (C) presented such Security, where presentation is required, more than thirty (30) days after the date on which the payment in respect of such Security first became due and payable or provided for, whichever is later, except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to such Additional Amounts if it had presented such Security for payment on any day within such period of thirty (30) days;

 

(b)                                  any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

 

(c)                                   any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld by reason of the failure by the Holder or the beneficial owner of such Security to comply with any reasonable request by the Company addressed to the Holder within ninety (90) days of such request (A) to provide information concerning the nationality, residence or identity of the Holder or such beneficial owner or (B) to make any declaration or other similar claim or satisfy any information or reporting requirement, which, in the case of (A) or (B), is required or imposed by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the relevant taxing jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof as a precondition to exemption from all or part of such tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

 

(d)                                  any withholding or deduction required to be made pursuant to any EU Directive on the taxation of savings implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meetings of 26-27 November 2000, 3 June 2003 or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to confirm to, such EU Directive; or

 

(e)                                   any combination of items (a), (b), (c) and (d);

 

Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of the principal of or any premium, interest (including Additional Interest) or any other amounts on, or in respect of, any Security of any series or the net proceeds received on the sale or exchange of any Security of

 

67



 

any series, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided by the terms of such series established hereby or pursuant hereto to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to such terms, and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provision hereof shall not be construed as excluding the payment of Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

 

SECTION 10.6  Additional Covenants .

 

(a)                                   The Company covenants and agrees with each Holder of Securities that if (1) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (2) the Company shall have given notice of its election to begin an Extension Period with respect to the Securities or such Extension Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, or (3) any insurance company, which is a Covenant Significant Subsidiary (as defined hereinafter) of the Company, is rated by A.M. Best Company, Inc. and (x) is downgraded by A.M. Best Company, Inc. to a rating below A- and fails to renew more than 51% of its net premiums written in one or more transactions during any twelve (12) month period; (y) is downgraded by A.M. Best Company, Inc. to a rating below A- and sells more than 51% of its rights to renew net premiums written of its Covenant Significant Subsidiaries in one or more transactions over the course of a twelve (12) month period; or (z) (A) is downgraded by A.M. Best Company, Inc. to a rating below B++ or (B) withdraws its rating by A.M. Best Company, Inc., then, the Company shall not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any shares of the Company’s capital stock or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing, (ii) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Securities (other than (A) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase or similar plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Event of Default, Extension Period or the application of the circumstances specified in clause (3) above, (B) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (C) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (D) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any Rights Plan, the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any Rights Plan or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (E) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith), or (iii) enter into any contracts with shareholders holding more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company other than on an arm’s-length-basis and in the ordinary course of business ((i), (ii) and (iii) above, collectively, the “ Block ”); provided, however , that the Block shall only apply to subsections 3(x) and (y) above for so long as any such insurance subsidiary which is a

 

68



 

Covenant Significant Subsidiaries is rated below A- by A.M. Best Company, Inc.; provided, further , that the Block shall only apply to subsection 3(z) above for so long as any such insurance subsidiary which is a Covenant Significant Subsidiary is rated below B++ by A.M. Best Company, Inc. For purposes of this Section 10.6 only, a “ Covenant Significant Subsidiary ” shall have the meaning as defined in Section 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X (“ Reg S-X ”) of the Securities Act, except that wherever Reg S-X states “10 percent,” such “10 percent” shall be replaced by “20 percent.”

 

SECTION 10.7  Waiver of Covenants .

 

The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition contained in Section 10.6 if, before or after the time for such compliance, the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities shall, by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 10.8  Treatment of Securities .

 

The Company will treat the Securities as indebtedness, and the amounts, other than payments of principal, payable in respect of the principal amount of such Securities as interest, for all U.S. federal income tax purposes. All payments in respect of the Securities will be made free and clear of U.S. withholding and back-up withholding tax to any beneficial owner thereof that has provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or W-8BEN (or any substitute or successor form) establishing its U.S. or non-U.S. status for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or any other applicable form establishing a complete exemption from U.S. withholding and back-up withholding tax.

 

ARTICLE XI.

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

 

SECTION 11.1  Optional Redemption .

 

The Company may, at its option, on any Interest Payment Date, on or after September 15, 2011, redeem the Securities in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a Redemption Price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount thereof (or of the redeemed portion thereof, as applicable), together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest (to the extent legally enforceable), through but excluding the date fixed as the Redemption Date (the “Optional Redemption Price”); provided , that the Company shall have received the prior approval of any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authorities with respect to such redemption if then required.

 

SECTION 11.2  Special Event Redemption .

 

Prior to September 15, 2011, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Special Event, the Company may, at its option, redeem the Securities, in whole but not in part, at

 

69



 

a Redemption Price equal to one hundred seven and one half percent (107.5%) of the principal amount thereof, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest (to the extent legally enforceable), through but excluding the date fixed as the Redemption Date (the “Special Redemption Price”), provided , that the Company shall have received the prior approval of any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority with respect to such redemption if then required.

 

SECTION 11.3  Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee .

 

The election of the Company to redeem any Securities, in whole or in part, shall be evidenced by or pursuant to a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company, the Company shall, not less than forty-five (45) days and not more than seventy-five (75) days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee in writing of such date and of the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed and provide the additional information required to be included in the notice or notices contemplated by Section 11.5 . In the case of any redemption of Securities, in whole or in part, (a) prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in this Indenture or the Securities or (b) pursuant to an election of the Company which is subject to a condition specified in this Indenture or the Securities, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel evidencing compliance with such restriction or condition.

 

SECTION 11.4  Selection of Securities to be Redeemed .

 

(a)                                   If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected and redeemed on a pro rata basis not more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the Outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption, provided , that the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of any Security shall be in an authorized denomination (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) for such Security.

 

(b)                                  The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security that has been or is to be redeemed.

 

(c)                                   The provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 11.4 shall not apply with respect to any redemption affecting only a single Security, whether such Security is to be redeemed in whole or in part. In the case of any such redemption in part, the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of the Security shall be in an authorized denomination (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) for such Security.

 

SECTION 11.5  Notice of Redemption .

 

(a)                                   Notice of redemption shall be given not later than the thirtieth (30 th ) day, and not earlier than the sixtieth (60 th ) day, prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part.

 

70



 

(b)                                  With respect to Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part, each notice of redemption shall state:

 

(i)                                      the Redemption Date;

 

(ii)                                   the Redemption Price or, if the Redemption Price cannot be calculated prior to the time the notice is required to be sent, the estimate of the Redemption Price, as calculated by the Company, together with a statement that it is an estimate and that the actual Redemption Price will be calculated on the fifth Business Day prior to the Redemption Date (and if an estimate is provided, a further notice shall be sent of the actual Redemption Price on the date that such Redemption Price is calculated);

 

(iii)                                if less than all Outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed;

 

(iv)                               that on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security or portion thereof, and that any interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Security or such portion, as the case may be, shall cease to accrue on and after said date; and

 

(v)                                  the place or places where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price.

 

(c)                                   Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company and shall be irrevocable. The notice if mailed in the manner provided above shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, a failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Security.

 

SECTION 11.6  Deposit of Redemption Price .

 

Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Redemption Date specified in the notice of redemption given as provided in Section 11.5 , the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more Paying Agents (or if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, the Company will segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.2 ) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and any accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) on, all the Securities (or portions thereof) that are to be redeemed on that date.

 

SECTION 11.7  Payment of Securities Called for Redemption .

 

(a)                                   If any notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 11.5 , the Securities or portion of Securities with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the date and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable Redemption Price, together with accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) to the Redemption Date. On presentation and surrender of such Securities at a Place of Payment specified in such notice, the Securities or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and

 

71



 

redeemed by the Company at the applicable Redemption Price, together with accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

 

(b)                                  Upon presentation of any Security redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Security or Securities, of authorized denominations, in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Security so presented and having the same Original Issue Date, Stated Maturity and terms.

 

(c)                                   If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal of and any premium on such Security shall, until paid, bear interest from and including the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security.

 

ARTICLE XII.

SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES

 

SECTION 12.1  Securities Subordinate to Senior Debt .

 

The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of a Security, by its acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth in this Article XII , the payment of the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on each and all of the Securities are hereby expressly made subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt.

 

SECTION 12.2  No Payment When Senior Debt in Default; Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc .

 

(a)                                   In the event and during the continuation of any default by the Company in the payment of any principal of or any premium or interest on any Senior Debt (following any grace period, if applicable) when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for redemption or by declaration of acceleration or otherwise, then, upon written notice of such default to the Company by the holders of such Senior Debt or any trustee therefor, unless and until such default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, no direct or indirect payment (in cash, property, securities, by set-off or otherwise) shall be made or agreed to be made on account of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any of the Securities, or in respect of any redemption, repayment, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of any of the Securities.

 

(b)                                  In the event of a bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceeding described in clause (d) or (e) of the definition of Event of Default (each such event, if any, herein sometimes referred to as a “ Proceeding” ), all Senior Debt (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any such proceedings) shall first be paid in full before any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be made to any Holder of any of the Securities on account thereof. Any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than securities of the Company or any other entity provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is subordinate, at least to the extent provided in these subordination provisions with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by the Securities, to the payment of all Senior Debt at the time outstanding and to any securities issued

 

72



 

in respect thereof under any such plan of reorganization or readjustment), which would otherwise (but for these subordination provisions) be payable or deliverable in respect of the Securities shall be paid or delivered directly to the holders of Senior Debt in accordance with the priorities then existing among such holders until all Senior Debt  (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any Proceeding) shall have been paid in full.

 

(c)                                   In the event of any Proceeding, after payment in full of all sums owing with respect to Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities, together with the holders of any obligations of the Company ranking on a parity with the Securities, shall be entitled to be paid from the remaining assets of the Company the amounts at the time due and owing on account of unpaid principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities and such other obligations before any payment or other distribution, whether in cash, property or otherwise, shall be made on account of any capital stock or any obligations of the Company ranking junior to the Securities and such other obligations. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of any character or any security, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than securities of the Company or any other entity provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is subordinate, at least to the extent provided in these subordination provisions with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by the Securities, to the payment of all Senior Debt at the time outstanding and to any securities issued in respect thereof under any such plan of reorganization or readjustment) shall be received by the Trustee or any Holder in contravention of any of the terms hereof and before all Senior Debt shall have been paid in full, such payment or distribution or security shall be received in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered and transferred to, the holders of the Senior Debt at the time outstanding in accordance with the priorities then existing among such holders for application to the payment of all Senior Debt remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay all such Senior Debt (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any Proceeding) in full. In the event of the failure of the Trustee or any Holder to endorse or assign any such payment, distribution or security, each holder of Senior Debt is hereby irrevocably authorized to endorse or assign the same.

 

(d)                                  The Trustee and the Holders, at the expense of the Company, shall take such reasonable action  (including the delivery of this Indenture to an agent for any holders of Senior Debt or consent to the filing of a financing statement with respect hereto) as may, in the opinion of counsel designated by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Debt at the time outstanding, be necessary or appropriate to assure the effectiveness of the subordination effected by these provisions.

 

(e)                                   The provisions of this Section 12.2 shall not impair any rights, interests, remedies or powers of any secured creditor of the Company in respect of any security interest the creation of which is not prohibited by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

(f)                                     The securing of any obligations of the Company, otherwise ranking on a parity with the Securities or ranking junior to the Securities, shall not be deemed to prevent such obligations from constituting, respectively, obligations ranking on a parity with the Securities or ranking junior to the Securities.

 

73



 

SECTION 12.3  Payment Permitted If No Default .

 

Nothing contained in this Article XII or elsewhere in this Indenture or in any of the Securities shall prevent (a) the Company, at any time, except during the pendency of the conditions described in paragraph (a) of Section 12.2 or of any Proceeding referred to in Section 12.2 , from making payments at any time of principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities or (b) the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it hereunder to the payment of or on account of the principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities or the retention of such payment by the Holders, if, at the time of such application by the Trustee, it did not have knowledge (in accordance with Section 12.8 ) that such payment would have been prohibited by the provisions of this Article XII , except as provided in Section 12.8 .

 

SECTION 12.4  Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt .

 

Subject to the payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on all Senior Debt, or the provision for such payment in cash or cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities shall be subrogated to the extent of the payments or distributions made to the holders of such Senior Debt pursuant to the provisions of this Article XII (equally and ratably with the holders of all indebtedness of the Company that by its express terms is subordinated to Senior Debt of the Company to substantially the same extent as the Securities are subordinated to the Senior Debt and is entitled to like rights of subrogation by reason of any payments or distributions made to holders of such Senior Debt) to the rights of the holders of such Senior Debt to receive payments and distributions of cash, property and securities applicable to the Senior Debt until the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities shall be paid in full. For purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Debt of any cash, property or securities to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article XII , and no payments made pursuant to the provisions of this Article XII to the holders of Senior Debt by Holders of the Securities or the Trustee, shall, as among the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders of the Securities, be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of the Senior Debt.

 

SECTION 12.5  Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights .

 

The provisions of this Article XII are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities on the one hand and the holders of Senior Debt on the other hand. Nothing contained in this Article XII or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Securities is intended to or shall (a) impair, as between the Company and the Holders of the Securities, the obligations of the Company, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders of the Securities the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, (b) affect the relative rights against the Company of the Holders of the Securities and creditors of the Company other than their rights in relation to the holders of Senior Debt or (c) prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Security from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, including filing and voting claims in any Proceeding, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article XII of the holders of Senior Debt to receive cash, property and securities otherwise payable or deliverable to the Trustee or such Holder.

 

74



 

SECTION 12.6  Trustee to Effectuate Subordination .

 

Each Holder of a Security by his or her acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination provided in this Article XII and appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

 

SECTION 12.7  No Waiver of Subordination Provisions .

 

(a)                                   No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Debt to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with.

 

(b)                                  Without in any way limiting the generality of paragraph (a) of this Section 12.7 , the holders of Senior Debt may, at any time and from to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities, without incurring responsibility to such Holders of the Securities and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article XII or the obligations hereunder of such Holders of the Securities to the holders of Senior Debt, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Debt, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Debt or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Debt is outstanding, (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Debt, (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment of Senior Debt and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company and any other Person.

 

SECTION 12.8  Notice to Trustee .

 

(a)                                   The Company shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XII or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a holder of Senior Debt or from any trustee, agent or representative therefor; provided, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section 12.8 at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any monies may become payable for any purpose (including, the payment of the principal of and any premium on or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such monies and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it within two Business Days prior to such date.

 

75



 

(b)                                  The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or herself to be a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee, agent, representative or attorney-in-fact therefor) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee, agent, representative or attorney-in-fact therefor). In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XII , the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XII , and if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

 

SECTION 12.9  Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent .

 

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article XII , the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such Proceeding is pending, or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XII .

 

SECTION 12.10  Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt .

 

The Trustee, in its capacity as trustee under this Indenture, shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall in good faith mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders of Securities or to the Company or to any other Person cash, property or securities to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XII or otherwise.

 

SECTION 12.11  Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of Trustee’s Rights .

 

The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XII with respect to any Senior Debt that may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt, and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

 

SECTION 12.12  Article Applicable to Paying Agents .

 

If at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term “ Trustee” as used in this Article XII shall in such case (unless the context otherwise requires) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article XII in addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided, that Sections

 

76



 

12.8 and 12.11 shall not apply to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company if the Company or such Affiliate acts as Paying Agent.

 

* * * *

 

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

* * * *

 

77



 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS
LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James O'Shaughnessy

 

 

Name:

James O'Shaughnessy

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Maria D. Calzado

 

 

Name:

Maria D. Calzado

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

S-1



 

DETERMINATION OF LIBOR

 

With respect to the Securities, the London interbank offered rate (“ LIBOR ”) shall be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the following provisions (in each case rounded to the nearest .000001%):

 

(1)                                   On the second LIBOR Business Day (as defined below) prior to an Interest Payment Date (except with respect to the first interest payment period, such date shall be two (2) Business Days prior to Closing Date (each such day, a “ LIBOR Determination Date ”), LIBOR for any given Security shall for the following interest payment period equal the rate, as obtained by the Calculation Agent from Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News, for three-month Eurodollar deposits that appears on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 2000 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions), or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date.

 

(2)                                   If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations of the Reference Banks (as defined below) to leading banks in the London interbank market for three-month Eurodollar deposits in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to requests for quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the LIBOR Determination Date made by the Calculation Agent to the Reference Banks. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, at least two of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall equal such arithmetic mean of such quotations. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations that leading banks in the City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent are quoting on the relevant LIBOR Determination Date for three-month Eurodollar deposits in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to the principal London offices of leading banks in the London interbank market; provided that, if the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR shall be LIBOR as determined on the previous LIBOR Determination Date.

 

(3)                                   As used herein: “ Reference Banks ” means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent; and “ LIBOR Business Day ” means a day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London.

 



 

Form of Officer’s Financial Certificate

 

The undersigned, the [Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer/Assistant Treasurer/ Secretary/ Assistant Secretary, Chairman/ViceChairman/Chief Executive Officer/President/Vice President] hereby certifies, pursuant to Section 7.3(b) and Section 10.3 of the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of August 23, 2006 (the “Indenture”), among Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited (the “Company”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as trustee, that, as of [date], [20   ], the Company, if applicable, and its Subsidiary Insurance Companies (as defined below) had the following ratios and balances:

 

[For the Company, if applicable, and each Subsidiary Insurance Company (as defined below) provide:]

 

[INSURANCE COMPANY]
As of [Quarterly/Annual Financial Date], 20   

 

 

NAIC Risk Based Capital Ratio (authorized control level)

 

 

%

Total Policyholders’ Surplus

 

$

 

Consolidated Debt to Total Policyholders’ Surplus

 

 

%

Total Assets

 

$

 

NAIC Class 1 & 2 Rated Investments to Total Fixed Income Investments

 

 

%

NAIC Class 1 & 2 Rated Investments to Total Investments

 

 

%

Return on Policyholders’ Surplus

 

 

%

Net Premiums Written

 

$

 

[For Property & Casualty Companies, also provide:]

 

 

 

Expense Ratio

 

 

%

Loss and LAE Ratio

 

 

%

Combined Ratio

 

 

%

Net Premiums Written (annualized) to Policyholders’ Surplus

 

 

%]

 

                                          A table describing the quarterly report calculation procedures is provided on page 3 hereof

 

The following is a complete list as of [Quarterly/Annual Financial Data] of the Company’s companies which conduct insurance or reinsurance business (the “Subsidiary Insurance Companies”):

 

[List of subsidiary insurance companies]

 

[FOR FISCAL YEAR END:  Attached hereto are the audited consolidated financial statements (including the balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows, and notes thereto, together with the report of the independent accountants thereon) of the Company and its

 



 

consolidated subsidiaries for the three years ended [date], 20    and the Statutory Financial Statements (as defined in the Indenture) for the one year ended [date] 200  .

 

Pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Indenture, each of the undersigned hereby certifies that, to the knowledge of the undersigned, the Company is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions or conditions contained in the Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under the Indenture), for the calendar year ending on                         , 20    [, except as follows:  specify each such default and the nature and status thereof. ]

 

[FOR FISCAL QUARTER END:  Attached hereto are the unaudited consolidated and consolidating for Significant Subsidiaries and other subsidiaries (if readily available), financial statements (including the balance sheet and income statement) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and the Statutory Financial Statements (as defined in the Indenture), if any, for the fiscal quarter ended [date], 20  , to the extent applicable.]

 

The financial statements fairly present in all material respects, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, and the results of operations and changes in financial condition as of the date, and for the [quarter] [annual] period ended [date], 20  , and such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period involved (except as otherwise noted therein).

 

The Statutory Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects in accordance with Applicable Accounting Principles, as defined in the Indenture, the financial position of the subject insurance company and have been prepared in accordance with Applicable Accounting Principles.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Officer’s Financial Certificate as of this                day of                             , 20   .

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited

 

Crawford House

 

23 Church Street, 3 rd Floor

 

Hamilton HM11 Bermuda

 



 

Financial Definitions

 

INSURANCE COMPANY

 

Report Item

 

Description of Calculation

 

 

 

NAIC Risk Based Capital Ratio-P&C

 

Total Adjusted Capital/Authorized Control Level Risk-Based Capital

 

 

 

NAICRisk Based Capital Ratio-Life

 

(Total Adjusted Capital-Asset Valuation Reserve)/Authorized Control Level Risk-Based Capital

 

 

 

Total Capital and Surplus-Life

 

Common Capital Stock + Preferred Capital Stock + Aggregate Write-Ins for other than special surplus funds + Surplus Notes + Gross Paid-In and Contributed Surplus + Aggregate Write-Ins for Special Surplus Funds + Unassigned Funds (Surplus) – Treasury Stock

 

 

 

Total Capital and Surplus-P&C

 

Aggregate Write-Ins for Special Surplus Funds + Common Capital Stock + Preferred Capital Stock + Aggregate Write Ins for other than special surplus funds + Surplus Notes + Gross Paid-In and Contributed Surplus + Unassigned Funds (Surplus) – Treasury Stock

 

 

 

Total Class 1 & 2 Rated Investments to Total Fixed Income Investments

 

(Total Class 1 + Total Class 2 Rated Investments)/Total Fixed Income Investments

 

 

 

Total Class 1 & 2 Rated Investments to Total Investments

 

(Total Class 1 + Total Class 2 Rated Investments)/Total Investments

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

Total Assets

 

 

 

Return on Policyholders’ Surplus

 

Net Income/Policyholders’ Surplus

 

 

 

Expense Ratio

 

Other Underwriting Expenses Incurred/Net premiums Earned

 

 

 

Loss and LAE Ratio

 

(Losses Incurred + Loss Expenses Incurred)/Net Premiums Earned

 

 

 

Combined Ratio

 

Expense Ratio + Loss and LAE Ratio

 

 

 

Net Premiums Written (annualized) to Policyholders’ Surplus

 

Net Premiums Written/Policyholders’ Surplus

 



 

Exhibit B

 

FORM OF REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY TRANSFEREE CERTIFICATE

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association,

as Trustee

600 Travis Street, 50 th Floor

Houston, TX 77002

Attention: Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited

 

Re:                                Floating Rate Deferrable Interest Subordinated Notes due 2036 (the “Securities”)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of August 23, 2006 (the “ Indenture ”), among Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited, a company organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Company ”), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them pursuant to the Indenture.

 

This letter relates to U.S. $                              aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Company’s Floating Rate Deferrable Interest Subordinated Notes due 2036 which are held in the form of an interest in a Rule 144A Global Security with the Depository (144A CUSIP NUMBER:33848GAA9, ISIN NUMBER.: US33848GAA94) in the name of                                      [name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”) to effect the transfer of the Securities in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Security in the name of                                    [name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).

 

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Securities, the Transferee does hereby certify that such Securities are being transferred (i) in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture relating to the Securities and (ii) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

 

In addition, the Transferee hereby represents, warrants and covenants for the benefit of the Company and the Trustee that:

 

1.                                        the offer of the Securities was not made to a Person in the United States;

 

2.                                        at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States and the transfer constitutes an offshore transaction (within the meaning of Regulation S);

 

3.                                        no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a) or 904(a) of Regulation S, as applicable;

 

4.                                        the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

 

5.                                        Neither the Transferee nor any account for which it is acting is a U.S. Person nor a U.S. Resident (within the meaning of the Investment Company Act);

 

6.                                        if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or (3) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, the Transferee confirms that

 

B-1



 

such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or (3) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be; and

 

7.                                        for the duration that it holds any interest in such Security, either (i) it is not acquiring such Security with the assets of a Plan or another employee benefit plan subject to applicable law that is substantially similar to Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or (ii) the acquisition, holding or disposition of such Security by the Transferee, throughout the period that it holds such Security, will not result in a nonexempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (or, in the case of another employee benefit plan, any substantially similar applicable law), because the purchase, holding and disposition of such Security is and will be eligible for relief under a prohibited transaction exemption, all of the conditions of which are and will be satisfied upon its acquisition of, and throughout the term that it holds, such Security. The Transferee represents, warrants and covenants that it will not sell, pledge or otherwise transfer such Security in violation of the foregoing.

 

In addition, the Transferee hereby represents, warrants and agrees with the Company as to the provisions set forth in Article III of the Indenture.

 

The Transferee understands that the Company, the Trustee and their respective counsel will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and the Transferee hereby consents to such reliance. Further, the Transferee irrevocably authorizes the Company, the Trustee and their respective counsel to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

 

 

[Name of Transferee]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Dated:

                  

,

          

 

 

 

 

Taxpayer Identification Number:

Address for Notices:

 

Wire Instructions for Payments:

 

 

 

 

Bank:

 

 

Address:                                               

 

 

Bank ABA #:

 

 

Account No.:

Tel:

 

 

 

 

FAO:

Fax:

 

 

 

 

Attn.:

Attn:

 

 

 

Registered Name (if Nominee):

 

 

B-2



 

Exhibit C

 

FORM OF RULE 144A GLOBAL SECURITY TRANSFEREE CERTIFICATE

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association,

as Trustee

600 Travis Street, 50 th Floor

Houston, TX 77002

Attention: Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited

 

Re:                                Floating Rate Deferrable Interest Subordinated Notes due 2036 (the “Securities”)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of August 23, 2006 (the “ Indenture ”), among Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited, a company organized under the laws of Bermuda, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them pursuant to the Indenture.

 

This letter relates to U.S. $                            aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Company’s Floating Rate Deferrable Interest Subordinated Notes due 2036 which are held in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Security deposited with the Depository (REG S CUSIP NUMBER: G3529T AA 3 ISIN NUMBER.: USG3529TAA37) in the name of                                        [name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”) and a request by the Transferor to effect the transfer of the Securities in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Security in the name of                                        [name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).

 

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Securities, the Transferee does hereby certify that such Securities are being transferred in accordance with (i) the applicable transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture relating to the Securities and (ii) Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and any other relevant jurisdiction, and that the Transferee is purchasing the Securities for its own account or one or more accounts with respect to which the Transferee exercises sole investment discretion, and the Transferee and any such account (A) are both Qualified Institutional Buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A and Qualified Purchasers as defined in the Indenture, (B) is not a dealer of the type described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of Rule 144A unless it owns and invests on a discretionary basis not less than $25,000,000 in securities of issuers that are not affiliated to it, (C) is not a participant-directed employee plan, such as a 401(k) plan, or any other type of plan referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(D) or (a)(1)(i)(E) of Rule 144A, or a trust fund referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(F) of Rule 144A that holds the assets of such a plan, unless investment decisions with respect to the plan are made solely by the fiduciary, trustee or sponsor of such plan, and (D) was not formed for the purpose of investing in the Company (unless each of its beneficial owners is a Qualified Purchaser).

 

The Transferee hereby represents, warrants and agrees with the Issuer as to the provisions set forth in Article III of the Indenture.

 

Further, the Transferee hereby certifies, represents and warrants that, for the duration that it holds any interest in such Securities, either (i) it is not acquiring such Securities with the assets of a Plan or another employee benefit plan subject to applicable law that is substantially similar to Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or (ii) the acquisition, holding and disposition of such Securities by the Transferee, throughout the period that it holds such Securities, will not result in a nonexempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (or, in the case of another employee benefit plan, any substantially similar applicable law), because the purchase, holding and disposition of such Securities is and will be eligible for relief under a prohibited transaction exemption,

 

C-1



 

all of the conditions of which are and will be satisfied upon its acquisition of, and throughout the term that it holds, such Securities. The Transferee represents, warrants and covenants that it will not sell, pledge or otherwise transfer such Securities in violation of the foregoing.

 

The Transferee understands that the Company, the Trustee and their respective counsels will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and the Transferee hereby consents to such reliance. Further, the Transferee irrevocably authorizes the Company, the Trustee and their respective counsel to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

 

 

[Name of Transferee]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Dated:

                  

,

          

 

 

 

 

Taxpayer Identification Number:

Address for Notices:

 

Wire Instructions for Payments:

 

 

 

Bank:

 

 

Address:                                               

 

 

Bank ABA #:

 

 

Account No.:

Tel:

 

 

 

 

FAO:

Fax:

 

 

 

 

Attn.:

Attn:

 

 

 

Registered Name (if Nominee):

 

 

The Transferor agrees to the foregoing and certifies that it reasonably believes that such Transferee and its accounts, if any, are both Qualified Institutional Buyers within the meaning of such Rule 144A and Qualified Purchasers as defined in the Indenture.

 

 

 

[Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

C-2



 

Exhibit D

 

FORM OF NON-GLOBAL SECURITY TRANSFEREE CERTIFICATE

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association,

as Trustee

600 Travis Street, 50 th Floor

Houston, TX 77002

Attention: Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited

 

Re:                                Floating Rate Deferrable Interest Subordinated Notes due 2036 (the “Securities”)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of August 23, 2006 (the “ Indenture ”), among Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited, a company organized under the laws of Bermuda, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them pursuant to the Indenture.

 

This letter relates to U.S. $                           aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Company’s Floating Rate Deferrable Interest Subordinated Notes due 2036 in the name of                                  [name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”) and a request by the Transferor to effect the transfer of the Securities in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in Security in the name of                                   [name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).

 

In connection with such request and our purchase of the Securities, the Transferee does hereby certify that:

 

1.                We understand that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the Indenture and in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing the Securities that, if we decide to offer, sell or otherwise transfer any such Securities, (i) such offer, sale or transfer will be made only (a) to the Company, (b) pursuant to Rule 144A to a person we reasonably believe is a Qualified Institutional Buyer that purchases such Securities for its own account or for the account of a Qualified Institutional Buyer to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (c) to a person that is neither a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S) nor a U.S. Resident (within the meaning of the Investment Company Act) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S, acting for its own account or for the account of one or more Persons with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion, each of which is neither a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S) nor a U.S. Resident (within the meaning of the Investment Company Act) (a “ Regulation S Purchaser ”), or (d) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act to an “accredited investor” within the meaning of subparagraph (a)(1),(2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act (an “ Institutional Accredited Investor ) that is acquiring such Securities for its own account, or for the account of such an Institutional Accredited Investor, for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act, subject to the requirements of the Indenture and to the right of the Company prior to any such offer, sale or transfer pursuant to clause (d) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to the Company. We understand that the Certificates for any security that we receive will bear a legend substantially to the effect of the foregoing and agree to notify each transferee of the resale restrictions referred to therein.

 

D-1



 

2.                We acknowledge the matters specified in paragraph 1 above, represent that we satisfy the conditions specified for transferees in paragraph 1 above and certify that we are an Institutional Accredited Investor. In addition, we represent that we have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks or our investment in the Securities, and we and any account for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risks of our or its investment for an indefinite period of time.

 

3.                We are acquiring the Securities purchased by us for our own account (or for one or more accounts as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion and have authority to make, and do make, the statements contained in this Certificate) and not with a view to any distribution of the Securities, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of our property will, at all times, be and remain within our control.

 

4.                In the even that we purchase any Securities, we will acquire such Securities having an aggregate principal amount not less than $100,000, for our own account and for each separate account for which we are acting.

 

5.                We acknowledge that we are not a fiduciary of (i) an employee benefit, individual retirement account or other plan or arrangement subject to Title I of ERISA or section 4975 of the Code; of (ii) an entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets” by reason of any Plan’s investment in the entity, and are not purchasing any of the Securities on behalf of or with “plan assets” by reason of any Plan’s investment in the entity.

 

6.                We acknowledge that the Company and others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing acknowledgments, representations, warranties and agreements and agree that if any of the acknowledgments, representations, warranties and agreements deemed to have been made by our purchase of any of the Securities are no longer accurate, we shall promptly notify the Company. If we are acquiring any Securities as a fiduciary or agent for one or more investor accounts, we represent that we have sole discretion with respect to each such investor account and that we have full power to make the foregoing acknowledgments, representations, warranties and agreements on behalf of each such investor account.

 

 

 

[Name of Transferee]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

,

 

 

 

 

 

D-2



 

Upon transfer, the Securities (having a principal amount of $[                             ]) shall be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxpayer ID Number:

 

 

 

D-3




Exhibit 10.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) of Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited, a Bermuda exempted company (the “ Company ”) is made and entered into as of November 15, 2006, by and among the Company and the investors listed on Exhibit A hereto (the “ Shareholders ”).

 

SUMMARY

 

The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1,  Registration No. 333-138182 (the “ Registration Statement ”), with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) to register an underwritten initial public offering of its common shares.

 

The Company and the Shareholders are parties to a Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of December 20, 2005, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of February 1, 2006 (the “ Shareholders’ Agreement ”), and the Company and the Shareholders propose to amend and restate and replace the Shareholders’ Agreement in its entirety with this Agreement, effective simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering contemplated by the Registration Statement (the “ Effective Time ”).

 

The Company and the Shareholders therefore agree, effective as of the Effective Time, that the Shareholders’ Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

In this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Act means the Companies Act, 1981 of Bermuda, as amended.

 

Affiliate means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person.  For the purpose of this definition, the term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Board means the board of directors of the Company from time to time duly appointed or elected in accordance with the Bye-Laws.

 

Bye-Laws means the bye-laws of the Company, as amended from time to time.

 



 

Code means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Confidential Information , as to each Shareholder, means all information as to the practice, business dealings or affairs of the Company, its Affiliates or their respective customers and clients which may come to the knowledge of such Shareholder by reason of his status as a Shareholder or as a director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates; provided, however, that Confidential Information shall not include information which the Shareholder possessed prior to entering into this Agreement or that is or becomes publicly available other than by a breach by such Shareholder of this Agreement.

 

Effective Time has the meaning set forth in the Summary of this Agreement.

 

Equity Securities means any shares of the share capital of the Company, any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of the share capital of the Company, and any options, warrants, and other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire from the Company shares of such share capital, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of such share capital.

 

 “ Flagstone means Flagstone Reinsurance Limited, a Bermuda exempted company and a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

Memorandum of Association means the Memorandum of Association of the Company, as amended from time to time.

 

Person means any individual or entity.

 

Register ” and “ Registration ” mean registration under the Securities Act of an offering of securities.

 

Registrable Securities ” shall mean all shares of Equity Securities held by a Shareholder party to this Agreement unless (i) they have been effectively registered under Section 5 of the Securities Act and disposed of pursuant to such an effective registration statement, or (ii) all of such shares may be freely sold and transferred during a three-month period pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (excluding Rule 144(k)) or any successor rule.

 

Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Article IV (“Registration”) of this Agreement, including, without limitation, all federal and state registration, qualification and filing fees and expenses, printing, messenger and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants for the Company, Blue Sky fees and expenses (which fees and expenses shall be deemed to include all fees and expenses of the Company arising out of filings required by, and all other costs and expenses incident to compliance with, state securities laws, rules and regulations), application and filing fees and expenses in connection with securities exchanges and the expense of any special audits or comfort letters incident to or required by any such registration.

 

Registration Statement has the meaning set forth in the Summary of this Agreement.

 

2



 

Representatives means the Representatives of the Underwriters named in Schedule A to the Underwriting Agreement executed in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s common shares.

 

Securities Act has the meaning set forth in the Summary of this Agreement.

 

Shareholders’ Agreement has the meaning set forth in the Summary of this Agreement.

 

Shares or Common Shares means common shares of the Company, par value $0.01 per share.

 

Subsidiary means any entity of which a majority of the Voting Power in electing the board of directors or equivalent body are, at the time as of which any determination is being made, owned by the Company, either directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries.

 

 “ transfer means, with respect to the Shares, to sell, assign, give, pledge, charge, encumber, create a trust over, or otherwise dispose of, either voluntarily or involuntarily and with or without consideration, the Shares or any voting rights or other interest therein.

 

Underwriting Agreement means the agreement among the Company and the Representatives relating to the initial public offering of the Company’s Shares.

 

Voting Shares of any entity means the shares of share capital of the entity or other equity interests of the entity entitled to vote for the election of directors of such entity or comparable governing body of such entity.

 

Voting Power of any Person means the total number of votes which may be cast by the Shareholders of the total number of outstanding Voting Shares of such Person.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MATTERS RELATING TO THE SHAREHOLDERS

 

2.1          Unanimous Shareholder Approval .   In addition to any vote of the Shareholders required by the Act or the Bye-Laws, none of the actions listed below shall be taken by the Company without approval by the Board and the holders of all of the Shares then in issue:

 

(a)           amending the voting rights of the Shares; or

 

(b)           amending the dividend rights of the Shares.

 

3



 

ARTICLE III

 

MARKET STAND-OFF

 

3.1          Lock-Up Agreement

 

Each Shareholder agrees to (i) execute and deliver the lock-up letter agreement (the “ Lock-Up Agreement ”) in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement and (ii) unless otherwise consented to in writing by the Company and the other Shareholders, abide by the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement for the period specified therein (the “ Lock-Up Period ”).

 

ARTICLE IV

 

REGISTRATION

 

4.1          Demand Registrations .

 

(a)           Requests for Registration .  On or after the day following the last day of the Lock-Up Period, the holders of Registrable Securities representing at least ten million Common Shares of the Company, which number of Common Shares is subject to adjustment in the sole discretion of Board in the event of a share split, consolidation or similar event, may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of such Registrable Securities (the “ Initial Demand Registration ”).  Following the Initial Demand Registration, the holders of Registrable Securities representing at least five million Common Shares of the Company, which number of Common Shares is subject to adjustment in the sole discretion of Board in the event of a share split, consolidation or similar event, may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of such Registrable Securities (each a “ Subsequent Demand Registration ”; together with the Initial Demand Registration, the “ Demand Registrations ”).  Each request for a Demand Registration shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered.  Within ten days after receipt of any such request, the Company shall give written notice of such requested registration to all holders of Registrable Securities and, subject to paragraph (c) below, will include in such registration, in addition to the Registrable Securities that are requested to be registered pursuant hereto, all other Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 15 days after the receipt of the Company’s notice.

 

(b)           Long Form Registrations .  The holders of Registrable Securities shall be entitled to request no more than five Demand Registrations pursuant to this Section, up to three of which may be requested within the period beginning the day after the last day of the Lock-Up Period and ending twenty four months thereafter.  All Demand Registrations shall be underwritten registrations.

 

(c)           Marketing Limitation in Demand Registrations .  The Company will not include in any Demand Registration any securities which are not Registrable Securities without

 

4



 

the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration.  In the event the managing underwriter(s) of a Demand Registration advise the Shareholders seeking registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section in writing that market factors (including, without limitation, the aggregate number of shares of Common Shares requested to be Registered, the general condition of the market, and the status of the persons proposing to sell securities pursuant to the Registration) require a limitation of the number of Shares to be offered to the public, the managing underwriter(s) may reduce the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration to the number that in the opinion of such managing underwriter(s) (expressed in writing) can be sold without adverse effect.  Any such reduction in the number of Registrable Securities to be included in a registration shall be effected with respect to the Shareholders pro rata in proportion to the total number of Registrable Securities owned by each Shareholder at the time of such registration.

 

(d)           Restrictions on Demand Registrations .  The Company may postpone, for up to three months (from the date of the request), the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration if there exists at such time material nonpublic information relating to the Company that the Company’s Board believes (in good faith) should not be publicly disclosed, or if an underwritten public offering is contemplated in which Registrable Securities would be included; provided, however, that in such event, the holders of Registrable Securities initially requesting such Demand Registration will be entitled to withdraw such request and, if such request is withdrawn, such Demand Registration shall be treated as if it had never been made in the first instance, and the Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such registration.  The Company may delay a Demand Registration hereunder only once in any 12-month period.

 

(e)           Selection of Underwriters .  The holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities initially requested to be included in a Demand Registration will have the right to select the investment bankers and managing underwriter(s) to administer the offering under such Demand Registration, subject to the Company’s approval, which will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

4.2          Piggyback Registration .

 

(a)           Notice .  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, in the event the Company chooses at any time no less than three months following the Effective Time to Register any of its Common Shares on a form that is suitable for a Registration involving Registrable Securities, the Company will: (i) promptly give each Shareholder written notice (the “ Company Notice ”) thereof, and (ii) include in such Registration (and any related qualification under Blue Sky laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request delivered to the Company by any Shareholder within 15 days after delivery of the Company Notice.

 

(b)           Underwriting in Piggyback Registration .  If the Company Notice relates to an underwritten public offering, the Company shall so advise the Shareholders in the Company Notice.  In such event the right of any Shareholder to Registration shall be conditioned upon the inclusion of such Shareholder’s Registrable Securities in such underwritten public

 

5



 

offering to the extent provided in this Section.  All Shareholders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and any other Shareholders participating in such offering) enter into an underwriting agreement for such offering.  The Company shall select the underwriter(s).

 

(c)           Marketing Limitation in Piggyback Registration .  In the event the managing underwriter(s) of a Piggyback Registration advise the Shareholders seeking registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section in writing that market factors (including, without limitation, the aggregate number of shares of Common Shares requested to be Registered, the general condition of the market, and the status of the persons proposing to sell securities pursuant to the Registration) require a limitation of the number of shares to be offered to the public, the managing underwriter(s) may reduce the number of Registrable Securities to be Registered by the Shareholders to the number that in the opinion of such managing underwriter(s) (expressed in writing) can be sold without adverse effect; provided, however , that the managing underwriter(s) shall in no event reduce the number of Registrable Securities to be registered by the Shareholders to less than 25% of the aggregate number of Shares to be offered in such offering.  Any such reduction in the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such Registration shall be effected with respect to the Shareholders pro rata in proportion to the total number of Common Shares owned by each Shareholder at the time of such registration.

 

(d)           Withdrawal in Piggyback Registration .  If any Shareholder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, he may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter delivered at least 7 business days prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement as disclosed to such Shareholder by the Company.

 

4.3          Blue Sky .  In the event of any Registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Article, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify the securities covered by the Registration Statement under the Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably appropriate for the distribution of such securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions..

 

4.4          Indemnities .  In the event of any Registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Article:

 

(a)           Indemnity by the Company .  The Company will indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law (including the Act), any Shareholder and any underwriter for such Shareholder, and each person, if any, who controls the Shareholder or such underwriter, from and against any and all losses, damages, claims, liabilities, joint or several, costs and expenses (including any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the Company’s consent) to which the Shareholder or any such underwriter or controlling person may become subject under applicable law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, damages, claims, liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof), costs or expenses arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the registration statement or included in the prospectus, as amended or supplemented, or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make

 

6



 

the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading, and the Company will reimburse the Shareholder, such underwriter and each such controlling person of the Shareholder or the underwriter, promptly upon demand, for any reasonable legal or any other expenses incurred by them in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as a third-party witness in connection with such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable to any such Shareholder, underwriter or controlling person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, damage, liability, cost or expense arises out of or is based solely upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in conformity with information furnished in writing by such Shareholder, such underwriter or such controlling persons in writing specifically for inclusion therein; provided, further, that this indemnity shall not be deemed to relieve any underwriter of any of its due diligence obligations; provided, further, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the selling Shareholder, the underwriter or any controlling person of the selling Shareholder or the underwriter, and regardless of any sale in connection with such offering by the selling Shareholder.  Such indemnity shall survive the transfer of securities by a selling Shareholder.

 

(b)           Indemnity by the Selling Shareholders .  Each Shareholder participating in a registration hereunder will, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, any underwriter for the Company, and each person, if any, who controls the Company or such underwriter, from and against any and all losses, damages, claims, liabilities, costs or expenses (including any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the selling Shareholder’s consent) to which the Company or any such controlling person and/or any such underwriter may become subject under applicable law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, damages, claims, liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof), costs or expenses arise out of or are based solely on (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the registration statement or included in the prospectus, as amended or supplemented, or (ii) the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, and each such Shareholder will reimburse the Company, any underwriter and each such controlling person of the Company or any underwriter, promptly upon demand, for any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by them in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as a third-party witness in connection with such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding; provided, however, that the indemnity in this subsection (b) is limited in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was so made in strict conformity with written information furnished by such Shareholder specifically for inclusion therein.  The foregoing indemnity agreement is subject to the condition that, insofar as it relates to any such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) made in the preliminary prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the amended prospectus at the time the registration statement becomes effective or in the final prospectus, such indemnity agreement shall not inure to the benefit of the Company or any underwriter, or any of their

 

7



 

controlling persons, if a copy of the final prospectus was not furnished to the person or entity asserting the loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the time such furnishing is required by the Securities Act; provided, further, that this indemnity shall not be deemed to relieve any underwriter of any of its due diligence obligations; provided, further, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Shareholders, as the case may be, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In no event shall the liability of a Shareholder exceed the gross proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) from the offering received by such Shareholder.

 

(c)           Indemnity Procedures .  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action involving the subject matter of the foregoing indemnity provisions, such indemnified party will, if a claim thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party, promptly notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the omission to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than hereunder.  In case such action is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided however, that if the defendants in any action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and there is a conflict of interests which would prevent counsel for the indemnifying party from also representing the indemnified party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select one separate counsel to participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties.  After notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expense subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof, unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed counsel in accordance with the provisions of the preceding sentence, (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after the notice of the commencement of the action and within 15 days after written notice of the indemnified party’s intention to employ separate counsel pursuant to the previous sentence, or (iii) the indemnifying party has authorized the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party.  No indemnifying party will consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.  The indemnifying party shall give the indemnified party at least 20 days (or such shorter period as shall reasonably be required under the circumstances) notice of any proposed settlement, together with true and correct copies of any proposed settlement.

 

(d)           Insufficiency of Indemnities .  If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company

 

8



 

on the one hand and the Shareholders on the other from the offering.  If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Shareholders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Shareholders on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting Registration Expenses) received by the Company bears to the total net proceeds from the offering received by the Shareholders.  The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the Shareholders on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The Company and the Shareholders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Shareholders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section.  The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, (i) no Shareholder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the gross proceeds of the offering to such Shareholder, net of underwriting discounts or commissions and (ii) no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Shareholders’ obligations in this Section to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

 

4.5          Obligations of the Company .  Whenever required under this Agreement to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities pursuant to this Article, the Company shall as promptly as practicable:

 

(a)           Registration Statement .  Prepare and file with the SEC, and if appropriate, with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda, a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Shareholders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to ninety days or, if sooner, until the distribution contemplated in such registration statement has been completed.

 

(b)           Amendments .  Prepare and file with the SEC, and if appropriate, with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda, such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of

 

9



 

all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement.

 

(c)           Prospectus .  Furnish to the Shareholders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

 

(d)           Underwriting Agreement .  In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering.  Each Shareholder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an underwriting agreement.  If permitted by the managing underwriter(s), the Shareholders may, at their option, require that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of the underwriters under such underwriting agreement be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Shareholders.  If permitted by the managing underwriter(s), the Shareholders shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreement with the Company or the underwriters other than the representations, warranties or agreements regarding the Shareholders, the Shareholders’ right title and interest in the Registrable Securities and the Shareholders’ intended method of distribution or any other representations or warranties required by law.

 

(e)           Prospectus Notice .  Promptly notify each Shareholder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act and/or the Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing and the Company agrees to prepare and furnish to the Shareholders a post-effective amendment to the registration statement or supplement to the prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities, the prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances underlying such statements.

 

(f)            Listing .  Cause all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement to be listed on each securities exchange or approved for quotation on the New York Stock Exchange (“ NYSE ”) or such other automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or quoted.

 

(g)           Transfer Agent and Registrar .  Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

 

(h)           Legal Opinions and Accountants’ Letters .  Furnish, at the request of any Shareholder requesting registration of Registrable Securities, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration

 

10



 

pursuant to this Agreement, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Shareholders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a letter dated such date and a bring-down letter dated the closing date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Shareholders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

 

(i)            Stop Orders .  Notify a Shareholder the shares of which are registered in the offering when the Registration Statement covering such Shareholder’s Registrable Securities becomes effective, upon the issuance of any stop order by the SEC, or of the receipt of any notification of the suspension of qualification under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Company hereby agreeing to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any stop order or suspension of qualification.

 

(j)            Earnings Statement Pursuant to Section 11(a) .  Otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules of the SEC, and make available to the Shareholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering a period of at least 12 months, but not more than 18 months, beginning with the first full calendar month after the effective date of such registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

 

4.6          Public Information .  At any time and from time to time after the earlier of the close of business on such date as (a) a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act becomes effective, (b) the Company registers a class of securities under Section 12 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any federal statute or code which is a successor thereto (the “ Exchange Act ”), or (c) the Company issues an offering circular meeting the requirements of Regulation A under the Securities Act, the Company shall undertake to make publicly available and available to the Shareholders pursuant to Rule 144, such information as is necessary to enable the Shareholders to make sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144.  The Company shall comply with the current public information requirements of Rule 144 and shall furnish thereafter to any Shareholder upon request, a written statement executed by the Company as to the steps it has taken to so comply.

 

4.7          Information Furnished by Shareholders .  It shall be a condition precedent of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement that each Shareholder of Registrable Securities included in any Registration furnish to the Company such information regarding such Shareholder and the distribution proposed by such Shareholder or Shareholders as the Company may reasonably request or as may be required by the Securities Act.

 

4.8          Registration Expenses Subject to compliance with the Act, the Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with Registrations effected pursuant to this Article.

 

11



 

ARTICLE V

 

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

Each Shareholder represents and warrants to each other Shareholder and the Company as follows:

 

5.1          Information .   Each Shareholder will make information concerning such Shareholder and such Shareholder’s Affiliates which the Company may reasonably request to comply with the requirements of NYSE and/or governmental authorities available to the Company, NYSE and/or appropriate governmental authorities and will make all necessary filings and acquire all necessary consents required by the Company, NYSE and/or appropriate governmental authorities.

 

5.2          Protection of the Company’s Employees Each Shareholder undertakes with each other Shareholder and with the Company that he will not:

 

(a)           At any time incite any employee of the Company or Flagstone to terminate a contract of employment with the Company or Flagstone or seek to interfere, or interfere, with the relationship between the Company or Flagstone and any of its employees, or

 

(b)           Employ any employee of the Company or Flagstone during the term of such employment or for a period of six months thereafter, or at any time when he is a participant in the PSU Plan of the Company.

 

5.3          Protection of the Company’s Confidential Information .   Each Shareholder undertakes with each other Shareholder and with the Company that he will not at any time:

 

(a)           reveal Confidential Information to any third party who is not a Shareholder or an employee of the Company; provided, however , that each Shareholder may reveal such information to its legal and financial advisers, and its beneficial owners who are subject to confidentiality arrangements with it, or as may be required by law or by any regulatory authority, or

 

(b)           remove from the Company any Confidential Information or interfere in any way with the ability of the Company to use any such Confidential Information.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1          Share Certificate Legends .   Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall

 

12



 

cause all share certificates representing Common Shares to bear an appropriate legend referring to the fact that the Shares were sold without registration under the Securities Act and are subject to this Agreement; provided, however, that such legend shall be omitted from any share certificate representing Common Shares that have been duly transferred without registration in accordance with Rule 144.

 

6.2          PFIC and RPII .   The Company shall use its best efforts to (a) avoid being deemed a “passive foreign investment company” under the Code and (b) avoid any situation in which the Shareholders would be required to include “related person insurance income” of the Company under the Code.

 

6.3          Financial Statements    Prior to the Effective Time, Company will provide to each Shareholder (i) an unaudited quarterly financial report no later than 45 days from the end of the first three fiscal quarters of each year and (ii) an audited annual financial report no later than 120 days from the end of the Company’s fiscal year, in each case prepared in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

 

6.4          Entire Agreement; Amendments .   This Agreement and the schedules to this Agreement and the documents referred to in this Agreement and to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions of the parties, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements between the parties in connection with the subject matter of this Agreement, except as specifically set forth herein or therein.  This Agreement may be amended from time to time upon the written consent of the Company, which may be authorized by the approval of nine Directors; provided, however , that any amendment to this Agreement that materially affects any Shareholder in a manner that is disparate from other Shareholders shall require such Shareholder’s approval;  provided, further, that any amendment to Section 2.1 shall require the approval of all Shares then in issue.

 

6.5          Expenses .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, each of the parties hereto shall pay the fees and expenses of their respective counsel, investment bankers, financial advisors, accountants and other experts and the other expenses incident to the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

6.6          Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

6.7          Jurisdiction .

 

(a)           Dispute Resolution .   Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, in the event of any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or related to this Agreement or a breach hereof, whether based in contract, tort, or statute, including its

 

13



 

interpretation, scope, formation, performance or termination (“ Dispute ”), the parties shall settle such Dispute in accordance with the following:

 

(i)            Discussions .  The parties shall first use their best efforts to settle the Dispute by consulting and negotiating with each other in good faith to reach a just and equitable solution satisfactory to all parties;

 

(ii)           Litigation .  If the Dispute is not resolved through friendly discussions within 60 days of the date of the Dispute, the Dispute shall be finally resolved by litigation in New York County in Federal District Court or, absent Federal jurisdiction, in New York State Supreme Court, and the parties hereby consent to the personal jurisdiction of any such court.

 

(b)           Consent to Service .  In connection with any litigation involving any Dispute, the parties agree to accept service of process by mail to the Notice addresses set forth in this Agreement.

 

6.8          Assignment .   This Agreement and each Shareholder’s rights and obligations hereunder may be assigned only to one or more persons who become the record holders of Shares transferred by such Shareholder; provided, however, that in any or all of such cases such assigning party nonetheless shall remain responsible for the performance of all of its obligations hereunder.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

6.9          Notices .  All communications, notices and disclosures required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally or by messenger or by overnight delivery service, or when received via telecopy or other electronic transmission, in all cases addressed to the Person for whom it is intended at his address set forth below or to such other address as a Party shall have designated by notice in writing to the other Party in the manner provided by this Section.

 

 

If to the Company:

Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited

 

23 Church Street

 

Hamilton HM11

 

Bermuda

 

Attention: Todd White

 

Facsimile: (441) 296-9879

 

 

 

 

with a copy to:

Carter Ledyard & Milburn LLP

 

2 Wall Street

 

New York, New York 10005

 

Attention: Robert A. McTamaney, Esq.

 

Facsimile: (212) 732-3232

 

14



 

If to a Shareholder, to the address of such Shareholder as it shall appear on the records of the Company.

 

6.10        Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

6.11        Severability .  Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction..

 

6.12        No Third Parties; No Reliance .  Except as specifically set forth or referred to herein, nothing herein expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their permitted successors or assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.  No third party is entitled to rely on any of the representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement, and the parties assume no liability to any third party because of any reliance on the representations, warranties and agreements of the parties contained in this Agreement.

 

6.13        Exhibits and Schedules; Construction of Certain Provisions .  The exhibits and schedules referred to in this Agreement shall be construed with and as an integral part of this Agreement to the same extent as if they had been set forth in their entirety herein.

 

6.14        Headings .  The Article and Section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. They do not define, limit, extend or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provision of this Agreement.

 

6.15        Counterparts; Execution by Facsimile .   This Agreement and any consents required hereunder may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by any Shareholder on separate counterparts, each of which as so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement as to any Shareholder hereto to produce or account for more than one such counterpart executed and delivered by such Shareholder.  The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the Shareholders and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties transmitted by facsimile shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

6.16        Binding Provisions.   Except as herein otherwise provided to the contrary, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

6.17        Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement will remain in full

 

15



 

force and effect. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

 

6.18        Conflict .  In the event that any provision of this Agreement conflicts with any provision of the Memorandum of Association or the Bye-Laws of the Company, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail, and each Shareholder shall vote all of the Shares that it holds of record, and shall take all actions necessary, to ensure at all times that the Memorandum of Association and the Bye-Laws of the Company do not conflict with any provision of this Agreement.

 

6.19        Term .   If the Effective Time shall not have occurred on or before the first anniversary of this Agreement, this Agreement shall terminate without becoming effective and shall have no effect on the Shareholders’ Agreement.  This Agreement shall terminate at such time as no Registrable Securities remain in issue.

 

****************************

 

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank - Signature Page Follows ]

 

16



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS

 

 

LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

[separate signature page for each Shareholder follows]

 

17



 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

For Corporate, Partnership, Trust,
Employee Benefit Plan or Other
Entity Shareholder:

 

For Individual Shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print Name of Entity)

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

(Print Name:)

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print Name:)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature of Joint Shareholder, if any)

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print Name of Joint Shareholder:)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Exhibit A

 

Shareholders

 



 

Exhibit B

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

 

(attached)

 



 

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
As Representatives of the Several Underwriters,

 

c/o Lehman Brothers Inc.
745 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10019

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, NY 10013

 

[  ], 2006

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

As an inducement to execute the Underwriting Agreement, pursuant to which an offering will be made that is intended to result in the establishment of a public market for the common shares (the “Securities”) of Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited, a Bermuda company, and any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereto, (the “Company”), the undersigned hereby agrees that during the period specified in the following paragraph (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned will not, directly or indirectly (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any shares of Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Securities, or sell, grant options, rights or warrants with respect to any shares of Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Securities, (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of such shares of Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) is to be settled by delivery of Securities or other securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) make any demand for or exercise any right or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any shares of Securities or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Securities or any other securities of the Company or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

 

The Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continue and include the date 180 days after the public offering date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Securities (the “Public Offering Date”) pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; however, if

 

(1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or

 



 

(2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period,

 

then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless the Representatives waive, in writing, such extension.

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that written notice of any extension of the Lock-Up Period pursuant to the previous paragraph will be delivered by the Representatives to the Company (in accordance with Section 12 of the Underwriting Agreement) and that any such notice properly delivered will be deemed to have been given to, and received by, the undersigned.  The undersigned further agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement during the period from the date of this Lock-Up Agreement, up to and including the 34 th day following the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, it will give notice thereof to the Company and will not consummate such transaction or take any such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the Lock-Up Period (as may have been extended pursuant to the previous paragraph) has expired.

 

Any Securities received upon exercise of options granted to the undersigned will also be subject to this Agreement.  Any Securities acquired by the undersigned in the open market will not be subject to this Agreement.  A transfer of Securities to an affiliate, family member or trust may be made, provided the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the terms of this Agreement prior to such transfer, and no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of shares of Securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Agreement.

 



 

This Agreement shall be binding on the undersigned and the successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the undersigned.  This Agreement shall lapse and become null and void if the Public Offering Date shall not have occurred on or before             , 2006.  This agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Name of shareholder]

 

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Investment Management Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into this 6 th day of January, 2006, between Flagstone Reinsurance Limited, a Bermuda exempted company (“Company”) and Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Manager”), with reference to the following facts:

 

WHEREAS, the Company has an investment portfolio consisting of certain securities which, together with all additions, substitutions and changes, is referred to in this Agreement as the “Account;” and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the Manager as its investment counsel and to grant to the Manager the authority to manage the Account and the Manager is agreeable to managing the Account, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

 

1.                                        Retention as Manager

 

The Company hereby retains the Manager to provide investment management services with respect to the Account’s assets described in Exhibit “A ” attached hereto and those other assets which may from time to time be transferred to the Manager’s control upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, and the Manager hereby accepts the retention and agrees to provide such investment management services. So long as the source of the underlying assets remains that of the Company, Exhibit A may be amended by the parties to add one or more accounts under the terms of this Agreement (collectively, the “Accounts”).

 

2.                                        Assets Transferred to the Accounts

 

The Company will determine what assets will be transferred to or from the Accounts from time to time. The Company shall notify the Manager, in writing, of its determinations in this regard.

 

3.                                        Management of Assets

 

The Manager shall manage all assets held in the Accounts. For this purpose, and subject only to the specific limitations made part of this Agreement from time to time, the Manager shall have full investment authority and discretion and may purchase, sell, generally deal in or exchange assets (including securities, shares of open-end investment companies and other property relating to the Accounts) for the Accounts as it shall determine; however, the Manager shall not act as custodian of the assets held in the Accounts.

 

Section I :

 

x                                   Yes, futures and options authority has been granted in accordance with Appendix A , and Appendix A is hereby incorporated into this Agreement (defined terms used therein shall have their respective meanings set forth herein).

 

or

 

o                                     No, futures and options authority has not been granted.

 



 

Section II :

 

o                                     Yes, In-Kind Securities will be transferred into the Account in accordance with Appendix B , and Appendix B is hereby incorporated into this Agreement (defined terms used therein shall have their respective meanings set forth herein).

 

or

 

x                                   No, the Accounts will be funded solely with cash.

 

The Manager further shall have authority to instruct the custodian to:  (i) pay cash for securities and other property delivered the custodian for the Accounts, (ii) deliver securities and other property against payment for such Accounts, and (iii) transfer assets and funds to such brokerage accounts as the Manager may designate for collateral or margin purposes. The Manager shall not have the authority to cause the Company to deliver securities and other property, or pay cash to the Manager other than payment of the management fee provided for in this Agreement.

 

The Company agrees that Manager shall be solely responsible for voting all proxies related to assets in the Accounts. The Manager shall maintain a record of how the Manager voted and such record shall be available to the Company upon its request. It is further understood that Manager need not and is not required to accept any direction concerning the voting of proxies from the Company. The right of Manager to vote proxies shall continue until the earlier of the termination of the Agreement or such time as the Company specifically revokes Manager’s authority to vote proxies and specifically reserves such right to the Company or to another.

 

4.                                        Investment Guidelines

 

The Company shall supply the Manager with such information as the Manager shall reasonably require concerning the Accounts’ tax position, liquidity requirements and other information useful in developing investment objectives. The investment guidelines agreed to by Manager and the Company as of the date of this Agreement are set forth on Exhibit “B” hereto. Manager is authorized on behalf of the Accounts to enter into agreements and execute any documents required to make investments pursuant to the investment guidelines attached as Exhibit B hereto, as such exhibit may be amended from time to time. The Company has reviewed the investment guidelines and restrictions to ensure that they comply with its legal restrictions and internal organizational documents, and agrees to update the guidelines as necessary.

 

The guidelines may be changed by the written agreement of the parties. The Manager shall be entitled to rely upon oral and written clarifications, supplements and modifications to the investment guidelines from the Company. Reasonable interpretations of the Investment Guidelines made in good faith by the Manager shall be binding upon the parties. The Manager shall use its best efforts in managing the Accounts to attain such objectives. The Company understands and agrees that the Manager does not guarantee or represent that any investment objectives will be achieved.

 

5.                                        Title and use of Custodian Bank

 

Title to all investments shall be held in the name of the Company, provided that for convenience in buying, selling and exchanging securities (stocks, bonds, commercial paper, etc.), title to such securities may be held in the name of the Account’s custodian bank, or its nominee, which bank shall be selected by the Company. Neither the Manager nor any parent, subsidiary or

 

2



 

related firm shall take custody or possession of or handle any cash, securities, mortgages or deeds of trust, or other indicia of ownership of the Accounts’ investments, or otherwise act as custodian of such investments. All cash and the indicia of ownership of all other investments shall be held by the Accounts’ custodian bank. The Manager shall not be liable for any act or omission of such custodian bank.

 

The Company shall instruct the Accounts’ custodian bank to (a) periodically advise the Manager as to the amount of cash or cash equivalents available for investment in the Accounts; (b) carry out all investment transactions as may be directed, in writing, by the Manager; and (c) confirm all completed transactions, in writing, to the Manager.

 

The custodian bank shall collect the interest and dividends on the Accounts’ investments in its custody and the Manager shall have no responsibility in this regard.

 

6.                                        Use of Securities Broker

 

Neither the Manager nor any parent, subsidiary or affiliated firm shall act as a securities broker with respect to any purchases or sales of securities which may be made on behalf of the Accounts, provided that, subject to applicable legal and regulatory restrictions, this limitation shall not prevent the Manager from utilizing the services of a securities broker which is a parent or subsidiary provided such broker provides best execution. Unless otherwise directed by the Company in writing, the Manager may utilize the service of whatever independent securities brokerage firm or firms it deems appropriate to the extent that such firms are competitive with respect to price of services and execution.

 

The Manager shall not be liable for any act or omission of any securities brokerage firm or firms designated by the Company or chosen with reasonable care.

 

The Manager shall maintain a log of all transactions placed through all securities brokerage firms, including the name of the firm, a description of each transaction (including the amount and the securities involved), the date of each transaction, and the amount of fees or commissions paid.

 

7.                                        Access to Records and Documents

 

All records and documents relating to the Accounts’ investments directed by the Manager shall be made available for inspection or audit by the Company or by a qualified public accountant acting on its behalf, at the Manager’s business offices at any time during normal business hours upon reasonable prior notice.

 

8.                                        Reports by Manager

 

The Manager shall make such written quarterly and annual reports concerning its investment management activities as may be requested by the Company. The Company will rely on the Custodian or a third party service provider for valuation, tax and accounting services. The Manager provides valuation information for information purposes only.

 

3



 

9.                                        Attendance at Meetings

 

A representative of the Manager shall personally meet with the Company’s representatives to explain the investment management activities, and any reports related thereto, as may reasonably be requested by the Company.

 

10.                                  Aggregation of Orders

 

Provided the investment objectives of the Accounts are adhered to, the Company agrees that the Manager may aggregate sales and purchase orders of securities, commodities and other investments held in the Accounts with similar orders being made simultaneously for other accounts managed by the Manager or with accounts of the affiliates of Manager, if in the Manager’s reasonable judgment such aggregation shall result in an overall economic benefit to the Accounts taking into consideration the advantageous selling or purchase price, brokerage commission and other expenses. The Company acknowledges that the determination of such economic benefit to the Accounts by the Manager represents the Manager’s evaluation that the Accounts are benefited by relatively better purchase or sales prices, lower commission expenses and beneficial timing of transactions or a combination of these and other factors.

 

11.                                  Unrelated Transactions

 

The Manager shall devote such part of its time as is reasonably needed for the services contemplated under this Agreement; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not prevent the Manager from rendering similar services to other persons, trusts, corporations or other entities. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the Manager or any of its officers, affiliates or employees from, as permitted by law, buying, selling or trading in any securities for its own or their own accounts. The Company acknowledges that the Manager and its officers, affiliates and employees, and the Manager’s other clients may as permitted by law at any time have, acquire, increase, decrease, or dispose of positions in investments which are at the same time being acquired for or disposed of from the Accounts. As permitted by law, the Manager shall have no obligation to acquire for the Accounts a position in any investment which the Manager, its officers, affiliates or employees may acquire for its or their own accounts or for the account of another client, if in the sole discretion of the Manager, it is not feasible or desirable to acquire a position in such investment for the Accounts.

 

12.                                  Fees

 

For the services specified in this Agreement, the Company agrees to pay fees as set forth in Exhibit “C” hereto and made a part hereof, for each calendar quarter during the term hereof commencing on January      2006, and continuing thereafter for each such calendar quarter based on a statement for such fees submitted to the Company, and the Company agrees to remit payment promptly.

 

13.                                  Assignment

 

In accordance with Sections 205(a)(2) and 205(a)(3) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, no assignment of this Agreement shall be made by the Manager without the consent of the Company.

 

4



 

The Manager may delegate investment management and other responsibilities to its affiliates, including PIMCO Europe Ltd, PIMCO Japan Ltd, PIMCO Australia Pty Ltd, Dresdnerbank Investment Management Kapitalanlagegesellschaft GmbH, and PIMCO Asia Pte Ltd. Additionally, the Manager will have the ability to delegate back office services to State Street Investment Manager Solutions, LLC. In all such cases, the Manager will be responsible as if the Manager provided the services directly. Information may be shared between such companies as necessary to accomplish the purposes of this agreement. No additional fees shall be imposed for such services except as otherwise agreed.

 

14.                                  Notices

 

Any written notice required by or pertaining to this Agreement shall be personally delivered to the party for whom it is intended, at the address stated below, or shall be sent to such party by prepaid first class mail or facsimile.

 

If to the Company:

 

Flagstone Reinsurance Limited
Crawford House
23 Church Street
Hamilton HM 11
Bermuda
Fax: 441-296- 9879
Attention: Todd White

 

 

 

If to the Manager:

 

Pacific Investment Management Company LLC
840 Newport Center Drive
Newport Beach, CA 92660
Fax: 949-720-1376
Attention: Chief Legal Officer
cc: Scott Millimet

 

15.                                  Term

 

This Agreement shall be effective as of the date hereof, and shall continue on a month-to-month basis thereafter until terminated. Either party may terminate this Agreement at the end of a particular month by giving thirty (30) days’ advance notice to the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may terminate the authority of the Manager to manage the Accounts at any time, such termination to be effective as of the effective date of notice thereof to the Manager, but the Manager shall be entitled to the fees payable hereunder for the time it takes to complete then-open transactions, but in any event no more than thirty (30) days.

 

16.                                  Liability

 

The Manager shall not be liable to the Company for the acts or omissions of any other fiduciary or other person respecting the Accounts or for anything done or omitted by the Manager under the terms of this Agreement if the Manager shall have acted in good faith and shall have exercised the degree of prudence, competence and expertise customarily exhibited by managers of institutional portfolios. Nothing in this Agreement shall in any way constitute a waiver or limitation of any rights which may not be so limited or waived in accordance with applicable law. Without

 

5



 

limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Manager will not be liable for any indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages.

 

The Manager is expressly authorized to rely upon any and all instructions, approvals and notices given on behalf of the Company by any one or more of those persons designated as representatives of the Company whose names, titles and specimen signatures appear in Exhibit “D” attached hereto. The Company may amend such Exhibit D from time to time by written notice to the Manager. The Manager shall continue to rely upon these instructions until notified by the Company to the contrary.

 

The Manager shall not be deemed to have breached this agreement or the investment guidelines in connection with fluctuations arising from market movements and other events outside the control of the Manager.

 

17.                                  Confidential Information

 

The Manager shall maintain the strictest confidence regarding the business affairs of the Accounts. Written reports furnished by the Manager to the Company shall be treated by the Company and the Manager as confidential and for the exclusive use and benefit of the Company except as disclosure may be required by applicable law.

 

18.                                  Representations and Agreements of the Company

 

The Company represents to the Manager that the Company has all necessary power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all transactions contemplated hereby, and such execution, delivery and performance will not violate any applicable law, rule, regulation, governing document ( e.g., Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws), contract or other material agreement binding upon the Company. If Appendix A and/or Appendix B are applicable, the Company makes the acknowledgments, representations and warranties as are set forth therein.

 

19.                                  Delivery of Part II of Form ADV

 

Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Manager is delivering to the Company a copy of Part II of its Form ADV, as revised, on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company acknowledges receipt of such copy.

 

20.                                  Special Termination Rights

 

Notwithstanding anything in Section 15 to the contrary, the Company may terminate this Agreement without penalty within five (5) business days of its execution of this Agreement by giving written notice to such effect to the Manager within such five (5) business day period.

 

21.                                  Miscellaneous

 

The Company agrees that it shall promptly notify the Manager (i) of any changes regarding the information about itself in this Agreement, or (ii) if any of the Company’s representations or warranties in Section 18 hereof are no longer true or completely accurate.

 

6



 

This Agreement may be amended at any time but only by the mutual agreement of the parties, in writing.

 

This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes in their entirety all prior agreements between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be considered to be an original.

 

EXECUTED on the date first above written.

 

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ WENDY W. CUPPS

 

Name:

Wendy W. Cupps

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE LIMITED

 

 

By:

  /s/ MARK BYRNE

 

Name:

Mark Byrne

Title:

Chairman

 

7



 

APPENDIX A

 

CONFIRMATION OF AUTHORITY

 

Flagstone Reinsurance Limited (“Company”) gives Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (the “Manager”) (including its affiliates for purposes of this Confirmation of Authority) authority to negotiate, execute, buy and sell the instruments and conduct the transactions included in the Company’s Investment Guidelines agreed by Company and Manager , (collectively “Transactions”) for the Capital Funds Portfolio (Manager’s Account #2629).

 

The undersigned represents that he or she is authorized to act for the Company in entering into this Confirmation of Authority and in giving authority to Manager to act in connection with the matters discussed herein. The undersigned also represents that the Company is, and the Manager is authorized to (1) enter into agreements effecting the Transactions (including electronic trading agreements, give-up agreements, and related agreements) (2) acknowledge receipt of brokers’ risk disclosure statements, electronic trading disclosure statements, and similar disclosures, (3) direct the deposit of margin incidental to Transactions, including the transfer of money, securities or other property, and (4) deliver or accept delivery of commodities underlying Transactions in accordance with Transactions terms, and (5) otherwise perform on Company’s behalf all of the obligations contemplated under the Transactions.

 

The Manager may enter into Transactions in the same manner and with the same effect as the Company could do. Brokers , dealers or banks are hereby authorized to follow the instructions of the Manager concerning these Transactions, and Company understands that a copy of this Confirmation of Authority may be provided to brokers, dealers or banks with whom Transactions are executed on Company’s behalf and such brokers, dealers or banks may rely conclusively upon this Confirmation of Authority and any instruction, representation or other document furnished to such broker, dealer or bank, or action taken, by Manager in connection with the Transactions, as though the same had been given or made by Company.

 

Company hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees that it has received, read and understood (i) the “Risk Disclosure Statement for Futures and Options,” and (ii) the Electronic Trading and Order Routing Systems Disclosure Statement.

 

The Company acknowledges receipt of Manager’s Disclosure Document dated June 1, 2005, on file with the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission. This authorization covers Transactions in the United States, United Kingdom, Japan, Australia, and other countries the Manager believes appropriate. This authorization will remain in full force and effect until terminated in writing, will inure to the benefit of the Manager, brokers, dealers, or banks and their successors, and will bind the Company, its successors and assigns.

 

Executed this 6 th day of January, 2006.

 

Agreed by Company by Flagstone Reinsurance Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ MARK BYRNE

 

 

Signature:

/s/ TODD WHITE

Name:

Mark Byrne

 

 

Name:

Todd White

 

Director

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

Agreed: Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ WENDY W. CUPPS

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 



 

APPENDIX B

 

Not applicable.

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

ACCOUNT ASSETS

 

Flagstone Reinsurance Limited

 

January 6, 2006

 

Account Name

 

Funding Amount

 

Guidelines

 

Fee Schedule

 

Manager’s
Account #

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policyholders Funds Portfolio

 

$264 million

 

Exhibit B-1

 

Exhibit C-1

 

2628

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Funds Portfolio

 

$211 million

 

Exhibit B-2

 

Exhibit C-2

 

2629

 

 



 

EXHIBIT B-1

 

INVESTMENT GUIDELINES AND GLOSSARY

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE LIMITED
POLICYHOLDERS FUNDS PORTFOLIO
(Manager’s Account #2628)

 

January 6, 2006

 

The Manager will have full discretion within the guidelines to invest in fixed income and related securities. Unless otherwise stated below, the following guidelines will be applied at the time of purchase.

 

Performance Benchmarks

 

 

a.                Passive Indices

 

Lehman U.S. Aggregate Index adjusted monthly for a duration of 2.50 years through a barbell of Lehman U.S. Aggregate and one week Libor

b.               Manager Universe

 

Second quartile minimum

c.                Measurement Period

 

3 - 5 years minimum

 

 

 

Portfolio Duration Range

 

1.75 - 3.25 years

 

 

 

Maximum Legal Maturity per Investment

 

35 years

 

CREDIT QUALITY MINIMUMS

 

The Manager will apply quality ratings using middle of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch. If an issue is not rated by one of these rating agencies, then the Manager will determine a rating.

 

Minimum Average Portfolio Quality :

 

AA- Rating

Minimum Issue Quality :

 

Baa3; max 5% below A-

Minimum Commercial Paper Quality :

 

A2/P2

 

Should an issue be downgraded below these minimums, the Manager will determine the appropriate action (sell or hold) based on the perceived risk and expected return.

 

Portfolio is managed to the above parameters on an ongoing basis, unless specifically referring to a parameter pertaining “at purchase.”

 

Credit quality and concentration issues apply at purchase.

 

TRANSACTION TYPES

 

Purchases and sales may be transacted for regular or deferred/forward settlement. Hedging and spread strategies may include the use of short sales. Reverse repurchase agreements (taxable clients only) and securities lending are permitted.

 

Transactions Types Explicitly Prohibited :

None

 



 

ASSET TYPES AND INVESTMENT VEHICLES

 

The Manager will have discretion to invest in a broad array of public and private asset classes and investment vehicles including but not limited to:

 

                         Money Market Instruments

                         U.S. Treasury and Agency Notes and Bonds

                         Municipal Bonds

                         Corporate Securities

                         Bank Loans

                         Yankee and Euro Bonds

                         Mortgage-Backed Securities (including CMOs and REMICs)

                         Asset-Backed Securities

                         Preferred Stock

                         Convertible Securities

                         Private Placements (Including 144As)

                         Non-Leveraged Structured Notes

                         Interest Rate Swaps

 

Asset Types/Vehicles Explicitly Prohibited :

 

                         Non-U.S. Dollar-denominated Securities

                         Mortgage Derivatives

                         Futures

                         Options, Caps and Floors

                         Credit Default Swaps (Buy Protection and Sell Protection)

 

CONCENTRATION LIMITS

 

The Manager will limit the concentrations within the portfolio to the following:

 

Issue :

 

5

%

Issuer :

 

5

%

Below A- :

 

5

%

Below BBB :

 

0

%

Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated :

 

0

%

Private Placements (excluding securities

 

 

 

eligible for resale under Rule 144a:)

 

10

%

Convertible Securities :

 

5

%

Net Foreign Currency Exposure :

 

0

%

 

Issue and issuer limits exclude sovereign debt of OECD governments and U.S. agencies. Manager generally uses the World Bank’s definition for emerging markets, which is based on a GNP per capita calculation. Subsidiary and parent companies are considered separate corporate issuers. Specific mortgage pools and trusts are considered separate issuers, and each tranche within a CMO is considered a separate issue. The non-U.S. dollar-denominated limit excludes money market securities and money market futures.

 

2



 

EXHIBIT B-2

 

INVESTMENT GUIDELINES AND GLOSSARY

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE LIMITED
CAPITAL FUNDS PORTFOLIO
(Manager’s Account #2629)

 

January 6, 2006

 

The Manager will have full discretion within the guidelines to invest in fixed income and related securities. Unless otherwise stated below, the following guidelines will be applied at the time of purchase.

 

Performance Benchmarks

 

 

 

 

 

a.                   Passive Indices

 

Lehman U.S. Aggregate Index adjusted monthly for a duration of 2.50 years through a barbell of Lehman U.S. Aggregate and one week Libor

b.                  Manager Universe

 

Second quartile minimum

c.                   Measurement Period

 

3 - 5 years minimum

 

 

 

Portfolio Duration Range

 

1.75 - 3.25 years

 

 

 

 

CREDIT QUALITY MINIMUMS

 

The Manager will apply quality ratings using the higher of Moody’s, S&P or Fitch. If an issue is not rated by one of these rating agencies, then the Manager will determine a rating.

 

Minimum Average Portfolio Quality:

AA- Rating

Minimum Issue Quality:

Baa3 Rating; max 5%

Minimum Commercial Paper Quality:

A2/P2

 

Portfolio is managed to the above parameters on an ongoing basis, unless specifically referring to a parameter pertaining “at purchase.”

 

Portfolio is managed to the above parameters on an ongoing basis, unless specifically referring to a parameter pertaining “at purchase.”

 

Credit and Concentration issues apply at purchase.

 

Should an issue be downgraded below these minimums, the Manager will determine the appropriate action (sell or hold) based on the perceived risk and expected return.

 

TRANSACTION TYPES

 

Purchases and sales may be transacted for regular or deferred/forward settlement. Hedging and spread strategies may include the use of short sales. Reverse repurchase agreements (taxable clients only) and securities lending are permitted.

 



 

Transactions Types Explicitly Prohibited:

None

 

ASSET TYPES AND INVESTMENT VEHICLES

 

The Manager will have discretion to invest in a broad array of public and private asset classes and investment vehicles including but not limited to:

 

                         Money Market Instruments

                         U.S. Treasury and Agency Notes and Bonds

                         Municipal Bonds

                         Corporate Securities

                         Event-Linked Bonds

                         Bank Loans

                         Yankee and Euro Bonds

                         Mortgage-Backed Securities (including CMOs and REMICs)

                         Mortgage Derivatives

                         Asset-Backed Securities

                         Preferred Stock

                         Convertible Securities

                         Non-U.S. Dollar-denominated Securities  (Minimum 99% hedged at the portfolio and at the security levels)

                         Private Placements (Including 144As)

                         Non-Leveraged Structured Notes

                         Futures

                         Options, Caps and Floors

                         Interest Rate Swaps

 

Asset Types/Vehicles Explicitly Prohibited :

 

Credit Default Swaps

 

 

(Buy Protection and Sell Protection)

 

CONCENTRATION LIMITS

 

The Manager will limit the concentrations within the portfolio to the following:

 

Issue:

 

5

%

Issuer:

 

5

%

Below A-

 

5

%

Below Baa3

 

0

%

Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated:

 

30

%

Private Placements (excluding securities
eligible for resale under Rule 144a):

 

10

%

Convertible Securities:

 

5

%

Net Foreign Currency Exposure:

 

0

%

 

2



 

Issue and issuer limits exclude sovereign debt of OECD governments and U.S. agencies. Manager generally uses the World Bank’s definition for emerging markets, which is based on a GNP per capita calculation. Subsidiary and parent companies are considered separate corporate issuers. Specific mortgage pools and trusts are considered separate issuers, and each tranche within a CMO is considered a separate issue. The non-U.S. dollar-denominated limit excludes money market securities and money market futures. Foreign currency positions may be held without owning securities denominated in such currencies, and cross hedging is permitted.

 

3



 

GLOSSARY

 

ASSET TYPES AND INVESTMENT VEHICLES

 

1.                Cash Equivalents : Investment grade securities with a duration less than or equal to 1 year.

 

2.                Money Market Instruments :  Securities maturing in one year or less at the time of issuance. These assets include, but are not limited to, the following:  Treasury bills, U.S. government and agency securities, commercial paper (including 4(2) CP programs), time deposits, bankers acceptances, certificates of deposits, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, bank STIF accounts and U.S. Money Market Mutual Funds. The above-mentioned security types may be either U.S. or Eurodollar issues.

 

3.                U.S. Treasury and Agency Notes and Bonds :  Issues of the United States government and its agencies.

 

4.                Municipal Bonds :  Debt obligations of a state or local government

 

5.                Corporate Securities :  Securities issued by domestic or foreign corporations.

 

6.                Private Placements :  Unregistered securities including, but not limited to, 144As, 4(2) Commercial Paper, and Bank Loans. True private placements refer to fixed income investments that are “placed” by a broker but are not formally underwritten. Unlike true privates, 144A securities are underwritten by brokers who may commit capital to trade them and many are issued with registration rights, also known as “to-be-issued” securities.

 

7.                Event-Linked Bonds :  These securities allow insurance companies to sell the risk of insured damage from natural disasters to investors through financial markets. Investors, on the other hand, receive an attractive rate of interest and ultimately the return of principal for assuming the risk that a low probability “trigger” event, such as a hurricane, earthquake or other physical or weather related phenomenon, will not occur.

 

8.                Bank Loans :  Loans sold by banks or other lending syndicates. Bank loans are typically comprised of loans to corporations and tend to be the most senior debt in the corporate debt structure.

 

9.                Yankee/Euro Bonds :  Yankee bonds are U.S. dollar-denominated securities issued by non-U.S. issuers or foreign subsidiaries of U.S. issuers and are predominantly traded in U.S. markets. Eurobonds are traded in the global marketplace. Issuers of Eurobonds may be domiciled in or outside of the U.S. Global bonds are a hybrid of Yankee and Eurodollar bonds. Like Yankee bonds, Global bonds are US dollar denominated and issued by non-US issuers or foreign subsidiaries of U.S. issuers, though they are issued and traded in both the U.S. (Yankee) and Euro markets simultaneously.

 

10.          Mortgage-backed Securities :  Securities whose source of repayment is a mortgage or pool of mortgages, or whose repayments are collateralized by a mortgage or pool of mortgages. Mortgage-backed securities include, but are not limited to, agency and non-agency pass-throughs and collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs and REMICs).

 

11.          Mortgage Derivatives :  Includes Interest Only strips (IOs), Principal Only strips (POs), inverse IOs, inverse floating rate notes, CMO residuals and support bonds.

 



 

12.          Asset-backed Securities (ABS) :  ABS are securities collateralized by assets other than mortgages. The most common types of ABS are collateralized by credit card receivables, home equity loans, manufactured homes and automobile loans and are typically structured as pass throughs or as structures with multiple bond classes, like a CMO. Credit enhancement can take the form of over collateralization, a letter of credit, a third party guaranty, or a senior/subordinated structure.

 

13.          Preferred Stock :  Fixed-rate and variable-rate stock that has preference over common stock concerning dividends and liquidation of the issuer. Included in this category are trust preferred securities, which are hybrid securities considered equity for regulatory purposes but considered debt for tax purposes. These securities have structural characteristics similar to preferred stock except that they are issued through a trust set up by a financial institution and generally have a fixed maturity of up to 30 years. Trust preferred securities are typically backed by the issuing financial institution, and they often rank higher than other preferred securities in a liquidation scenario.

 

14.          Convertible Securities :  All securities convertible into equity.

 

15.          Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Securities :  Securities denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars. These securities must conform to the quality, concentration and other characteristics set forth by the guidelines.

 

16.          Emerging Market Securities :  PIMCO generally uses the World Bank definition, which is based on a GNP per capita ratio, to define emerging market countries. Emerging market debt covers a broad variety of securities including Brady bonds (typically denominated in U.S. dollars) and debt denominated in local currency.

 

17.          Un-levered Structured Notes :  Instruments with coupons based on an index (e.g., prime rate, 3 month T-bill, long bond) or some formulaic calculation based on an index. These instruments will not be based on a formula that magnifies or levers the underlying interest rate.

 

18.          Futures and Forwards :  Futures and forward contracts are agreements to buy or sell a specific amount of a financial instrument for a specific price or yield on a stipulated future or forward date. Unlike forward contracts, futures are traded on exchanges, which are regulated by the CFTC. Manager may use futures and forwards whose underlying instrument is a security or index of an asset type permitted in the guidelines. Manager may also use currency forwards and futures to hedge non-U.S. currency exposure.

 

19.          Options, Caps and Floors :  An Option gives the purchaser the right to buy or the seller the obligation to deliver a specified amount of a financial instrument for a specific price or yield on or before a specific date in the future. Under an interest rate cap, in exchange for a premium, one counter-party agrees to make payments to the other should interest rates exceed a specified “cap.”  Under an interest rate floor, in exchange for a premium, one counter-party agrees to make payments to the other should interest rates fall below a specified “floor.”  Options can be traded on exchanges as in the case of options on futures, or over-the-counter (OTC), through customized arrangements with a broker counter-party.

 

20.          Swaps :  Swaps are over-the-counter contracts that allow two counter-parties to exchange liabilities and include, but are not limited to, interest rate swaps, total return swaps and swaptions. An interest rate swap allows two counter-parties to exchange their fixed and variable rate liabilities. A total return swap allows for the exchange of the rate of return on an index, such as the Lehman Brothers

 

2



 

Aggregate Index, for a variable interest rate. A swaption gives the purchaser the right to enter into a specified amount of a swap contract on or before a specified future date. Manager may use these instruments so long as the underlying instrument is a security or index of an asset type permitted in the guidelines.

 

21.          Credit Default Swaps :  Credit default swaps are a mechanism to either purchase or sell default insurance. As a purchaser of a credit default swap, the Manager pays a premium to enter into an arrangement that protects a portfolio holding in the event of a default. As a seller of a credit default swap, the Manager collects a premium for underwriting default insurance. Consequently, credit default swaps may be used to obtain credit default protection or enhance portfolio income.

 

22.          PIMCO Pooled Funds :  As a means of obtaining sector exposure in a diversified, cost effective manner, Manager may use the PIMCO Funds Private Account Portfolio Series of mutual funds, including, but not limited to, the U.S. Government Sector Portfolio, the Mortgage Portfolio, the Investment Grade Corporate Portfolio, the International Portfolio, the High Yield Portfolio, the Emerging Markets Portfolio, and other funds as they are developed. The client must complete appropriate documentation before these funds will be used.

 

TRANSACTION TYPES

 

1.                Settlements :  Purchases and sales may be transacted for regular (standard settlement for cash/spot securities) or deferred/forward settlement.

 

2.                Spread Strategies :  Strategies may be used to gain exposure to expected changes in the yield difference, or spread, between two positions. These positions may represent securities, positions on the yield curve, country interest rates, or any number of other alternatives. Such strategies may be implemented using a variety of instruments including cash securities, short sales, futures, or other derivatives.

 

3.                Short Sales :  Short sales involve having a negative exposure to an asset class, security, or market. PIMCO does not use short sales in the traditional sense. PIMCO generally uses short sales as a part of spread trades, hedging transactions, or income-enhancing strategies.

 

4.                Reverse Repurchase Agreements :  The sale of securities held by the portfolio subject to the agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon date or upon demand and at a price reflecting a market rate of interest.

 

5.                Currency Hedging Activities :  Foreign currency exposure will be based on the absolute value of all positions (long and short) versus the U.S. dollar. For instance, a long 2% position in the Euro combined with a 2% short position in the Yen would constitute a 4% currency exposure. Both long and short foreign currency positions may be held without owning securities denominated in such currencies. Currency hedging requirements will be met either though partially hedged settled bond exposure or through unsettled bond positions coupled with a long currency position in the same currency

 

6.                Securities Lending :  For the purposes of achieving income, PIMCO may lend securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied, including that the loan is fully collateralized.

 

3



 

EXHIBIT C-1

 

FEE SCHEDULE

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE LIMITED
POLICYHOLDERS FUNDS PORTFOLIO
(Manager’s Account #2628)

 

January 6, 2006

 

Following is the schedule of annual fees for advice and counseling services performed by Manager with respect to the domestic Moderate Duration investment portfolio of the client.

 

0.165% on the first $250 million
0.15% thereafter

 

Fees are payable quarterly in arrears and are computed based on the market value of the Company’s investment portfolio as reported on the Manager’s statement computed by averaging the month end market values for each period at the end of the billing period. Market value for the portfolio will be determined by aggregating the market value for each asset in the portfolio using the last sale price on the principal exchange on which the security is listed as reported in the financial press. If such sale price is not readily available, the market price shall be determined in good faith by or at the direction of Manager.

 

Fees shall be prorated on a daily basis when the investment portfolio is under the supervision of Manager for a portion of any quarter except that in the event services are terminated in the first three months, no proration shall be made for the first three months’ fees.

 

The investment portfolio is comprised of all funds and assets, including cash, cash accruals, additions, substitutions and alterations which are in the Account.

 

The Company will pay value added tax, withholding, or similar tax, if any, that may be assessed in connection with payment of the fee, at the same time management fees are payable. If income withholding taxes are payable by the Company in connection with Manager’s fee payments, the Company will pay such additional amount as needed to hold the Manager harmless against the affect of such taxes.

 

Fees shall be payable in U.S. dollars.

 



 

EXHIBIT C-2

 

FEE SCHEDULE

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE LIMITED
CAPITAL FUNDS PORTFOLIO
(Manager’s Account #2629)

 

January 6, 2006

 

Following is the schedule of annual fees for advice and counseling services performed by Manager with respect to the Capital Funds Portfolio.

 

The total fee payable to the Manager by the Company during each one-year period for portfolio management services shall include a base fee (the “Base Fee”) for each calendar quarter and an incentive fee (the “Incentive Fee”) for each Measurement Period (as defined below). Base fees are billed and payable quarterly in arrears and Incentive Fees are billed and payable annually in arrears, each based on the average market value (“AMV”) of the Company’s investment portfolio during the relevant billing period (prorated for any contribution or withdrawals). AMV shall be calculated by taking the average of the market values as of the close of business on the last day of each month during the relevant billing period (prorated for any contribution or withdrawals) as reported on the Manager’s monthly statement.

 

Market value for each asset in the portfolio means the last sale price on the principal exchange on which the security is listed as reported in the financial press. If such market value is not readily available, the market price shall be determined in good faith by or at the direction of Manager. The investment portfolio is comprised of all funds and assets, including cash, cash accruals, additions, substitutions and alterations which are in the Account.

 

The Base Fee percentage shall be 0.15% annually. The Base Fee shall be calculated quarterly according to the following formula:

 

0.0375% x AMV

 

The Incentive Fee shall be calculated and payable for each Measurement Period (as defined below) during which the Agreement is in effect. A “Measurement Period” shall be a twelve (12) month period commencing on the first day of the first month of the period and ending on the last day of the last month of the period. The first Measurement Period shall commence on the first day of the month following the inception of the Account and each subsequent Measurement Period shall commence on the next anniversary of that date. The Incentive Fee payable with respect to each Measurement Period shall be computed as follows:

 

a)               The benchmark index (“Index”) used to calculate the Incentive Fee shall be the Lehman U.S. Aggregate Index adjusted monthly for a duration of 2.50 years through a barbell of Lehman U.S. Aggregate and one week Libor.

 

b)              If the percentage return on the Account during the Measurement Period is not greater than the percentage return on the Index plus 15 basis points during that same period, the Incentive Fee for that period shall be zero.

 



 

c)               If the percentage return on the Account during the Measurement Period is greater than the percentage return on the Index plus 15 basis points during that same period, the Incentive Fee for that measurement period shall be calculated according to the following formula:

 

0.15 x [RM - (RI + .15%)] x AMV

 

d)              For purposes of the foregoing Fee formula:

 

(i)              RM shall be equal to the percentage return on the Account (before management fees) during the Measurement Period; and

 

(ii)           RI shall be equal to the percentage return on the Index during the Measurement Period.

 

Fees shall be prorated on a daily basis when the investment portfolio is under the supervision of Manager for a portion of any quarter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, should the Account be terminated before the first Measurement Period elapses fully, the period from the first day of inception until the date of termination shall be treated as the first Measurement Period.

 

2



 

EXHIBIT D

 

DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVES

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE LIMITED

 

January 6, 2006

 

 

Name/Title – Group 1

Signature

 

 

Mark Byrne – Chairman

  /s/ MARK BYRNE

 

 

 

David Brown – CEO

  /s/ DAVID BROWN

 

 

 

Name/Title – Group 2

Signature

 

 

Tim Calveley – CFO

  /s/ TIM CALVELEY

 

 

 

Todd White – Secretary

  /s/ TODD WHITE

 

 

 

Patrick Boisvert – Treasurer

  /s/ PATRICK BOISVERT

 

 

 

Jason Deane – Assistant Treasurer

  /s/ JASON DEANE

 

 

 

Authorization protocol:

All transfers require two signatures.

Any transfer over $200,000 requires at least one signature from Group 1.

Any transfer over $5,000,000 requires both signatures from Group 1.

 




Exhibit 10.3

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

PERFORMANCE SHARE UNIT PLAN

 

 

November     , 2006

 



 

Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited
Performance Share Unit Plan

 

1.                                       PURPOSE

 

The purpose of this Plan is to advance the interests of the Company and its shareholders by providing PSUs as incentive compensation to certain key Employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, as well as, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, employees of companies that provide operational support or other services to the Company.

 

2.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

(a)                                   Adverse Change in the Plan ” is defined in paragraph 12.

 

(b)                                  Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c)                                   Change in Control ” is defined in paragraph 9.

 

(d)                                  Common Shares ” shall mean common shares of the Company.

 

(e)                                   Company ” means Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited.

 

(f)                                     Compensation Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

(g)                                  Constructive Termination ” is defined in paragraph 11.

 

(h)                                  Employee ” means any person, including officers, employed by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. Such term shall also include directors of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. Such term shall also include, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, employees of companies that provide operational support or other services to the Company. A person shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, any Subsidiary or any successor. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, Mark Byrne shall not be considered an Employee for purposes of the Plan.

 

(i)                                      Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(j)                                      Hostile Takeover Termination ” is defined in paragraph 13.

 

(k)                                   Maximum Award ” shall mean the maximum number of Common Shares that an Employee would be entitled to receive if all of the performance

 

2



 

goals set forth in a particular PSU were satisfied over the Performance Period(s) set forth in such PSU.

 

(l)                                      Performance Period(s) ” means the period(s) during which an employee must perform pursuant to the grant of a PSU; provided, however, that any such period must end on December 31 of the relevant fiscal year.

 

(m)                                Plan ” means this Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited Performance Share Unit Plan.

 

(n)                                  PSU ” means a Performance Share Unit.

 

(o)                                  Subsidiary ”, as used herein, has the meaning assigned to the term “subsidiary company” in the Companies Act, 1981 of Bermuda.

 

(p)                                  Termination Without Cause ” is defined in paragraph 10.

 

3.                                       ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

(a)                                   Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee. No member of the Compensation Committee shall be an Employee of the Company eligible to receive PSUs under the Plan or shall have been eligible within one year prior to his appointment to receive PSUs under the Plan or to receive awards under any other plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries under which participants are entitled to acquire shares, share options or share appreciation rights of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                  Powers of the Administrator . The Compensation Committee shall have exclusive authority to select the Employees to be granted PSUs, to determine the number of PSUs to be granted and the terms (including the performance goals and Performance Period(s)) of such PSUs and to prescribe the form of the instruments embodying such PSUs. The Compensation Committee shall be authorized to interpret the Plan and the PSUs granted under the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan and to make any other determinations which it believes necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Compensation Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any PSU grant instrument in the manner and to the extent the Compensation Committee deems desirable to carry it into effect. Any decision of the Compensation Committee in the administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall be final and conclusive. The Compensation Committee may act only by a majority of its members in office, except that the members thereof may authorize any one or more of their number or any officer of the Company to execute and deliver documents on behalf of the Compensation Committee. No member of the Company shall be liable for anything

 

3



 

done, or for any failure to act, by him or by any other member of the Compensation Committee in connection with the Plan, except for his own willful misconduct or as expressly provided by statute.

 

(c)                                   Eligibility . PSUs may be granted only to Employees, excluding Employees whose employment contracts specify that they are not entitled to receive PSUs.

 

4.                                       AWARDS

 

(a)                                   Type of Awards Under the Plan . Awards under the Plan shall be limited to PSUs.

 

(b)                                  Maximum Number PSUs and Maximum Number of Common Shares that may be Issued Pursuant to PSUs Under the Plan . The maximum number of PSUs that may be granted under the Plan shall be 2,800,000 PSUs. The maximum number of PSUs that may be granted under the Plan to any one Employee shall be half the maximum number of PSUs that may be granted under the Plan to all Employees. The aggregate Maximum Awards that shall be issuable under the Plan shall not exceed 5,600,000 Common Shares. If a PSU is forfeited or otherwise cancelled, or if an Employee does not achieve the Maximum Award pursuant to a PSU, the Common Shares underlying such PSU shall become available for future grant under PSUs pursuant the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated).

 

5.                                       RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO PSUs

 

An Employee to whom PSUs are granted (and any person succeeding to such employee’s rights pursuant to the Plan) shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any Common Shares issuable pursuant thereto until such Employee’s name is entered into the Register of Members of the Company and until the date of the issuance of a share certificate (whether or not delivered) therefor. Except as provided in paragraph 14, no adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights (whether ordinary or extraordinary, and whether in cash, securities or other property) the record date for which is prior to the date such share certificate is issued.

 

6.                                       PSUs

 

The grant of PSUs to an Employee will entitle him to receive, without payment to the Company, all or a portion of the Maximum Award, as determined by the Compensation Committee, if the terms and conditions specified herein and in the PSU are satisfied. Payment in respect of a PSU shall be made as provided in subparagraph 6(f). Each grant of PSUs shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

4



 

(a)                                   The Compensation Committee shall determine the number of PSUs to be granted to each Employee. PSUs may be issued in different classes or series having different terms and conditions.

 

(b)                                  Subject to subparagraph 6(f), at the end of the Performance Period(s) specified in the grant of a PSU, an Employee shall be entitled to receive the Maximum Award if the performance objectives set forth in the grant of such PSU are attained in full. If  the performance objectives specified in the grant are attained in part but not in full, the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the percentage of the Maximum Award, if any, to which the Employee is entitled under the PSU.

 

(c)                                   PSUs shall be cancelled if the Employee’s continuous employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or with any company that provides operational support or other services to the Company shall terminate for any reason prior to the end of the Performance Period(s), unless such termination results in Related Employment (as defined in paragraph 8), and except as otherwise specified in this subparagraph 6(c) or in subparagraphs 6(d) or 6(e). Notwithstanding the foregoing and without regard to subparagraph 6(b):

 

(i)                                      if an Employee shall, while employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or by any company that provides operational support or other services to the Company or while engaged in Related Employment, die or become disabled (within the meaning of paragraph 7) prior to the end of the Performance Period(s), the PSUs granted to such Employee shall be cancelled at the end of the next ending Performance Period and he, or his legal representative, as the case may be, shall become entitled to receive a cash payment (determined in accordance with subparagraph 6(f)) in respect of the Common Shares he would have received had he been in continuous employment with the Company through the end of such Performance Period and had the performance objectives, if any, that were imposed been achieved; or

 

(ii)                                   if an Employee shall retire under an approved retirement program of the Company or a Subsidiary (or such other plan as may be approved by the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, for this purpose) prior to the end of the Performance Period(s), then:

 

(A)                               if at the time of his retirement the Employee is 65 years old or older, the PSUs shall be cancelled at the end of the next ending Performance Period, and he shall become entitled to receive a cash payment (determined in accordance with subparagraph 6(f)) in respect of the Common Shares he would have received had he been in continuous

 

5



 

employment with the Company through the end of the Performance Period and had the performance objectives, if any, that were imposed been achieved,

 

(B)                                 if at the time of his retirement the Employee is less than 65 years old and his retirement occurs before 24 months have elapsed since the grant of the PSUs, the PSUs shall be cancelled and the Employee shall become entitled to receive a cash payment (determined in accordance with subparagraph 6(f)) in respect one-ninth of the Common Shares he would have received had he been in continuous employment with the Company through the end of the next ending Performance Period and had the performance objectives, if any, that were imposed been achieved, or

 

(C)                                 if at the time of his retirement the Employee is less than 65 years old and his retirement occurs after 24 months or more have elapsed since the grant of the PSUs, the PSUs shall be cancelled and the Employee shall become entitled to receive a cash payment (determined in accordance with subparagraph 6(f)) in respect two-ninths of the Common Shares he would have received had he been in continuous employment with the Company through the end of the next ending Performance Period and had the performance objectives, if any, that were imposed been achieved.

 

(d)                                  If within 24 months after a Change in Control of the Company as defined in paragraph 9 and prior to the end of a Performance Period:

 

(i)                                      there is a Termination Without Cause, as defined in paragraph 10, of the employment of an Employee;

 

(ii)                                   there is a Constructive Termination, as defined in paragraph 11, of the employment of an Employee; or

 

(iii)                                there occurs an Adverse Change in the Plan, as defined in paragraph 12, in respect of an Employee, then:

 

(A)                               the Employee shall become entitled to receive:

 

(1)                                   The Maximum Award multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of full months which have elapsed since the date of the PSU grant to the end of the first month in which occurs one of the events described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of subparagraph 6(d) and the denominator of which is

 

6



 

the total number of months in the Performance Period(s), plus
 
(2)                                   If the number of Common Shares determined pursuant to subclause (1) above is less than the Maximum Award (such difference being referred to herein as the “Deficiency”), the Employee shall receive Common Shares equal to all or a portion of such Deficiency as follows:
 
                                          if the Compensation Committee shall have determined, prior to the Change in Control and based on the most recent performance status reports, that the performance objectives for the particular grant were being met at the date of the determination, the Employee shall receive Common Shares equal to the full Deficiency, and
 
                                          if the determination of the Compensation Committee was that the performance objectives for the particular grant were not being met at the date of such determination, the Compensation Committee shall at the time of such determination have also made a determination as to the percentage of the Deficiency as to which the Employee is entitled to receive Common Shares, but in no event shall such percentage be less than fifty percent (50%).
 

(B)                                 Payment of any amount in respect of PSUs as described above in this subparagraph 6(d) shall be made as promptly as possible after the occurrence of one of the events described in clauses 6(d)(i) through (iii).

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, in the event of a Hostile Takeover Termination, the Employee shall immediately become entitled to the Maximum Award with respect to all PSUs granted to such Employee. Such Maximum Award shall be payable, in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, either by issuance of Common Shares or in cash based on the market price per Common Share as of the close of trading on the date of a Hostile Takeover Termination.

 

(f)                                     Payment of any amount due to an Employee in respect of the PSUs shall be made by the Company as promptly as practicable or shall be deferred to such other time or times as the Compensation Committee shall determine,

 

7



 

and may be made in cash, by issuance of Common Shares, or partly in cash and partly by issuance of Common Shares as determined by the Compensation Committee. The amount of cash, if any, to be paid in lieu of issuance of Common Shares shall be determined based on the market price per Common Share as of the close of trading on the date on which an Employee becomes entitled to payment, whether or not such payment is deferred. Such deferred payments may be made by undertaking to pay cash in the future, together with such additional amounts as may accrue thereon until the date or dates of payment, as determined by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion. In the case of issuance of Common Shares to an Employee, such Employee’s services rendered to the Company shall be deemed to constitute full payment to the Company of the par value of such Common Shares.

 

7.                                       DISABILITY

 

For the purposes of this Plan, an Employee shall be deemed to be disabled if the Compensation Committee shall determine that the physical or mental condition of the Employee is such as would entitle him to payment of monthly disability benefits under any disability plan of the Company or a Subsidiary in which he is a participant.

 

8.                                       RELATED EMPLOYMENT

 

For the purposes of this Plan, Related Employment shall mean the employment of an Employee by an employer which is neither the Company nor a Subsidiary provided: (i) such employment is undertaken by the individual and continued at the request of the Company or a Subsidiary; (ii) immediately prior to undertaking such employment, the individual was an officer or employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, or was engaged in Related Employment as herein defined; and (iii) such employment is recognized by the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, as Related Employment for the purposes of this paragraph 7. The death or disability of an individual during a period of Related Employment as herein defined shall be treated, for purposes of this Plan, as if the death or onset of disability had occurred while the individual was an officer or employee of the Company.

 

9.                                       CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

For purposes of this Plan, a “Change in Control of the Company” shall occur if:

 

(a)                                   Any person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), excluding the initial subscribers to the Company, becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the Company’s then outstanding shares; or

 

8



 

(b)                                  the business of the Company for which the participant’s services are principally performed is disposed of by the Company pursuant to a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the business or business related assets of the Company (including shares of a Subsidiary of the Company).

 

10.                                TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE

 

For purposes of this Plan, “Termination Without Cause” shall mean a termination of the Employee’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary by the Company or the Subsidiary other than for (i) disability as described in paragraph 7 or (ii) Cause. “Cause” shall mean (a) a material breach by the Employee of any contract between the Employee and the Company or a Subsidiary; (b) the willful and continued failure or refusal by the Employee to perform any duties reasonably required by the Company or a Subsidiary, after notification by the Company or the Subsidiary of such failure or refusal, and failing to correct such behaviour within 20 days of such notification; (c) commission by the Employee of a criminal offence or other offence of moral turpitude; (d) perpetration by the Employee of a dishonest act or common law fraud against the Company or a Subsidiary or a client of either; or (e) the Employee willfully engaging in misconduct which is materially injurious to the Company or a Subsidiary, including without limitation, the disclosure of any trade secrets, financial models, or computer software to persons outside the Company or a Subsidiary without the consent of the Company or a Subsidiary. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Employee’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary shall terminate due to a Change in Control of the Company as described in paragraph 9, where the purchaser, as described in such paragraph, formally assumes the Company’s obligations under this Plan or places the Employee in a similar or like plan with no diminution of the value of the grants, such termination shall not be deemed to be a “Termination Without Cause.”

 

11.                                CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION

 

For purposes of this plan, a “Constructive Termination” shall mean a termination of employment with the Company or a Subsidiary at the initiative of the Employee that the Employee declares by prior written notice delivered to the Secretary of the Company to be a Constructive Termination by the Company or a Subsidiary and which follows (a) a material decrease in his salary or (b) a material diminution in the authority, duties or responsibilities of his position with the result that the Employee makes a determination in good faith that he cannot continue to carry out his job in substantially the same manner as it was intended to be carried out immediately before such diminution. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Constructive Termination shall not occur

 

9



 

within the meaning of this paragraph 11 until and unless 30 days have elapsed from the date the Company receives such written notice without the Company curing or causing to be cured the circumstance or circumstances described in this paragraph 11 on the basis of which the declaration of Constructive Termination is given.

 

12.                                ADVERSE CHANGE IN THE PLAN

 

For purposes of this plan, an “Adverse Change in the Plan” shall mean:

 

(a)                                   termination of the Plan pursuant to subparagraph 18(a);

 

(b)                                  amendment of the Plan pursuant to paragraph 17 that materially diminishes the value of PSU grants, either to individual Employees or in the aggregate, unless there is substituted concurrently authority to grant PSUs of comparable value to individual Employees in the Plan or in the aggregate, as the case may be; or,

 

(c)                                   in respect of any holder of a PSU a material diminution in his rights held under such PSU (except as may occur under the terms of the PSU as originally granted) unless there is substituted concurrently a PSU grant with a value at least comparable to the loss in value attributable to such diminution in rights.

 

13.                                HOSTILE TAKEOVER TERMINATION

 

For purposes of this plan, a “Hostile Takeover Termination” shall mean an Adverse Change in the Plan as described in paragraph 12 or any termination (including, but not limited to, a Termination Without Cause as described in paragraph 10 or a Constructive Termination as described in paragraph 11) of an Employee’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company at any time following a Change in Control of the Company, as described in paragraph 9, that was opposed by the two Board members nominated by Haverford (Bermuda) Ltd.

 

14.                                DILUTION AND OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

 

In the event of any change in the issued and outstanding Common Shares of the Company by reason of any share split, share dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, amalgamation, combination or exchange of Common Shares or other similar event, and if the Compensation Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, that such change equitably requires an adjustment in the number or kind of Common Shares that may be issued pursuant to PSUs under the Plan pursuant to paragraph 6 or in any measure of performance, then such adjustment shall be made by the Compensation Committee and shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

 

10



 

15.                                DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY BY EMPLOYEE

 

An Employee may name in writing to the Compensation Committee a beneficiary to receive any payment to which he may be entitled in respect of PSUs under the Plan in the event of his death. An Employee may change his beneficiary from time to time in the same manner. If no designated beneficiary is living on the date on which any amount becomes payable to an Employee’s executors or administrators, the term “beneficiary” as used in the Plan shall include such person or persons.

 

16.                                MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

(a)                                   No employee or other person shall have any claim or right to receive a grant of PSUs under the Plan. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving an employee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

(b)                                  An Employee’s rights and interest under the Plan may not be assigned or transferred in whole or in part either directly or by operation of law or otherwise (except in the event of an Employee’s death), including but not limited to, execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge, bankruptcy or in any other manner and no such right or interest of any Employee in the Plan shall be subject to any obligation or liability or such Employee.

 

(c)                                   No Common Shares shall be issued hereunder unless counsel for the Company shall be satisfied that such issuance will be in compliance with applicable laws and Bermuda law.

 

(d)                                  The Company and its subsidiaries shall have the right to deduct from any payment made under the Plan any taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment. It shall be a condition to the obligation of the Company to issue Common Shares upon payment of a PSU that the Employee pay to the Company, upon its demand, such amount as may be required by the Company for the purpose of satisfying any liability to withhold taxes. If the amount requested is not paid, the Company may refuse to issue Common Shares.

 

(e)                                   The expenses of the Plan shall be borne by the Company. However, if a grant of PSUs is made to an employee of a Subsidiary:

 

(i)                                      if such grant results in payment of cash to the Employee, such Subsidiary shall pay to the Company an amount equal to such cash payment; and

 

(ii)                                   if the grant results in the issuance to the Employee of Common Shares, such Subsidiary shall pay to the Company an amount equal

 

11



 

to fair market value thereof, as determined by the Compensation Committee, on the date such Common Shares are issued.

 

(f)                                     The Plan shall be unfunded. The Company shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of assets to assure any payment under the Plan.

 

(g)                                  By accepting any grant or other benefit under the Plan, each Employee and each person claiming under or through him shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated his acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, any action taken under the Plan by the Company, the Board or the Compensation Committee.

 

17.                                AMENDMENT

 

The Plan may be amended at any time and from time to time by the Board in accordance with the bye-laws of the Company, but no amendment which increases the aggregate number of Common Shares which may be issued pursuant to the Plan or the class of employees eligible to participate shall be effective unless and until the same is approved by the shareholders of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, any action taken by the Compensation Committee pursuant to paragraph 14 does not require shareholder approval. No amendment of the Plan shall adversely affect any right of any Employee with respect to any previous grant without such Employee’s written consent.

 

18.                                TERMINATION

 

This Plan shall terminate upon the earlier of the following dates or events to occur:

 

(a)                                   the adoption of a resolution of the Board terminating the Plan; or

 

(b)                                  ten years from the date the Plan is initially or subsequently approved and adopted by the shareholders of the Company in accordance with paragraph 18 hereof.

 

No termination of the Plan shall alter or impair any of the rights or obligations of any person, without his consent, under any previous grant under the Plan.

 

19.                                SHAREHOLDER ADOPTION

 

The Plan shall be submitted to the shareholders of the Company for their approval or adoption. The Plan shall not be effective and no grant shall be made hereunder unless and until the Plan has been so approved and adopted by the shareholders in the manner required by the laws of Bermuda.

 

12



 

20.                                GOVERNING LAW

 

The Plan shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of Bermuda.

 

13



 

Schedule of Amendments

 

Clause

 

Amendment

 

Approved

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule of Amendments

 

New Schedule of Amendments included

 

Board of Directors meeting held on [ ] April, 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

Definition of “Performance Period(s)”

 

Language added to clarify that any such period must end on December 31.

 

Board meeting held on [ ] November , 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

Clause 2(h)

 

Definition of “Employee” changed to delete David Brown as an excluded party.

 

Board of Directors meeting held on [ ] April, 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

Clause 4(b)

 

Increase maximum number of PSUs to[ ] and increase aggregate Maximum Awards to [ ]Common Shares.

 

Board meeting held on [ ] November  , 2006.

Shareholders’ meeting held on [ ] November, 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

Clause 6(e)

 

Compensation Committee given the option to pay the Maximum Award either in cash or by issuance of Common Shares in the event of a Hostile Takeover Termination. Cash value of Common Shares based on market value rather than net asset value as of the date of a Hostile Takeover Termination.

 

Board of Directors meeting held on [ ] November, 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

Clause 6(f)

 

Cash value of Common Shares based on market value rather than net asset value as of the date employee becomes entitled

 

Board of Directors meeting held on [ ] November, 2006.

 

14



 

 

 

to payment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paragraph 17

 

Language added to clarify that Compensation Committee action taken pursuant to Paragraph 14 does not require shareholder approval.

 

Board of Directors meeting held on [ ] November , 2006.

 

15




Exhibit 10.4

 

Execution
November 2006

 

Amended and Restated Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited
Employee Restricted Share Unit Plan

 

Section  1 – Purpose of the Plan

 

1.01 – Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited (the “Company”) adopted this Amended and Restated Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited Employee Restricted Share Unit Plan (the “Plan”), effective as of November    , 2006 for the benefit of the Directors, officers, and Employees of the Company. The purpose of the Plan is to promote a proprietary interest in the Company and its Subsidiaries among its Directors, officers, and employees; encourage the Directors, officers, and Employees of the Company to further the development of the Company; and to attract and retain the key employees necessary for the Company’s long-term success. This Plan amends and restates in its entirety the Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited Employee Restricted Share Unit Plan adopted on July 1, 2006.

 

Section 2 – Definitions

 

2.01 – General – Whenever the following terms are used in the Plan with the first letter capitalized, they shall have the meanings specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary or as provided under Section 7 of the Plan.

 

2.02 – “Account” of a Participant means his or her individual account, if any, or the account of a Director’s employer, as established in accordance with Section 6.

 

2.03 – “Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated by a Participant, on a form provided by the Plan Administrator, to receive payments under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death.

 

2.04    – “Board” means Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.05 – “Cause” shall mean (a) a material breach by a Participant of any contract between the Participant and the Company or a Subsidiary; (b) the willful and continued failure or refusal by the Participant to perform any duties reasonably required by the Company or a Subsidiary, after notification by the Company or the Subsidiary of such failure or refusal, and failure to correct such behaviour within 20 days of such notification; (c) commission by the Participant of a criminal offence or other offence of moral turpitude; (d) perpetration by the Participant of a dishonest act or common law fraud against the Company or a Subsidiary or a client of either; or (e) the Participant willfully engaging in misconduct which is materially injurious to the Company or a Subsidiary, including without limitation, the disclosure of any trade secrets, financial models, or computer software to persons outside the Company or a Subsidiary without the consent of the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

2.07 – “Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.08 – “Common Stock” means common shares of the Company.

 

2.09 – “Company” means Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited.

 

2.10 – “Director” means a member of the board of directors of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

2.11 – “Disability” means a condition by which the Compensation Committee has determined that the physical or mental condition of the Participant is such as would entitle him to receive payment of monthly benefits under any disability plan of the Company or a Subsidiary in which the individual participates.

 

2.12 – “Employee” means an employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 



 

2.13 – “Grant Certificate” means a certificate evidencing the credit of or grant to a Participant of a Restricted Share Unit under the Plan (sample attached as Appendix 4).

 

2.14 – “Participant” means any Employee, officer, or Director, except for Management Directors, of the Company or its Subsidiaries who (1) are eligible for RSU credits or grants under the Plan and (2) the Compensation Committee decides pursuant to its authority under Section 3.01 of the Plan to grant or credit an RSU award.

 

2.15 – “Plan” means the Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited Employee Restricted Share Unit Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

2.16 – “Plan Administrator” means the Compensation Committee, or the person or persons appointed by the Compensation Committee to serve under Section 4 of the Plan.

 

2.17 – “Restricted Share Unit” (or “RSU”) means a right to receive a payment, in cash or in actual Common Stock of the Company, of the value of Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms of this Plan and the respective Grant Certificate.

 

2.18 – “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary of the Company.

 

Section 3 – Awards Subject to the Plan

 

3.01 – Under the Plan, the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant RSUs to Participants or credit RSUs to Directors’ Accounts. The total stock credits or grants under the Plan shall not exceed (a) that amount required to satisfy the Director requests for fees to be paid in shares, plus (b) 0.2 percent of the total issued and outstanding share capital of the Company per annum or as decided by the Compensation Committee. To the extent that any RSU granted or credited under the Plan expires, terminates, or is cancelled, such unissued stock credits or grants shall again be available for grant or credit under the Plan.

 

3.02 - The RSUs will be normally be settled by delivery of Common Stock, but can in be settled to the Participant on distribution in cash, by issuance of shares of Common Stock, or partly in cash and partly by issuance of shares of Common Stock as determined by the Compensation Committee; provided that Participants who are UK domiciled for tax purposes may only receive distributions by issuance of shares of Common Stock.

 

3.03 - The amount of cash, if any, to be paid in lieu of issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be determined based on the net book value per share of Common Stock (or market value, if the Company’s shares are freely tradable on an exchange) as of the date on which a Participant becomes entitled to payment, whether or not such payment is deferred.

 

Section 4 – Administration

 

4.01 – The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee, and the Compensation Committee shall have the sole authority to interpret the Plan, to establish and revise rules and regulations relating to the Plan (including this Plan document), and to make any other determinations that it believes necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. All of the powers and responsibilities of the Compensation Committee under the Plan may be delegated by the Compensation Committee, in writing, to any Compensation Subcommittee or appropriate

 

2



 

Company personnel thereof. The Board of Directors or the Shareholders of the Company can overrule the Compensation Committee.

 

Section 5 – Participation

 

5.01 – The Management Committee of the Company will recommend, and the Compensation Committee will approve, the Participants in the Plan. Participation in the Plan will be limited to officers, Employees, and Directors (excluding Management Directors) of the Company or its Subsidiaries. Participants in the Plan may also participate in the Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited Performance Share Unit Plan (the “PSU Plan”) sponsored by the Company, however such persons shall not be eligible to receive grants of RSUs and Performance Share Units in the same calendar year. In addition, participation in the Plan shall be limited only to those individuals who are approved by the Compensation Committee and whose participation in the Plan is evidenced by a Grant Certificate executed by the Company.

 

Section 6 – Terms of the Grant or Credit of RSUs

 

6.01 – The Compensation Committee may grant RSUs to a Participant pursuant to the Plan. In addition, a Director of the Company may elect to substitute all or a percentage of his/her compensation for services performed for the Company with RSUs issued under the Plan, such amount to be credited to his/her Account as RSUs. A Director who serves on the Board on behalf of his/her employer may stipulate that amounts be credited to such employer’s Account as RSUs. Grants or credits of RSUs shall be evidenced by a Grant Certificate in such form as the Compensation Committee shall from time to time approve.

 

6.02 — A Director who is a Participant in the Plan shall elect no later than December 31 of the year prior to the year with respect to which the compensation is earned (or for the first year of the plan, no later than the last day of the month prior to the Plan’s effective date), the dollar amount or percentage of compensation for such year to be converted into RSUs and credited to his/her Account pursuant to the written terms of the Plan and the Grant Certificate.

 

6.03 – Upon a grant or credit of an award of RSUs under the Plan, as applicable, a Participant’s Account shall be credited with the amount of such grant or credit.

 

6.04 – Actual shares of Company Common Stock or cash (as determined by the Committee), equal in amount to the number of RSUs that have vested, will be distributed to the Participant upon the earlier of the following: (a) separation from service other than for cause, (b) satisfaction of the applicable vesting period(s), (c) a specific date, or (d) such other time as the Committee may in its sole discretion determine (collectively, the “Distribution Dates”). The Company shall deliver the shares of Common Stock of the Company and/or cash to the Participant as soon as administratively feasible after the identified date of distribution.

 

6.05 – Grants of RSUs under the Plan will normally fully vest on the date that is specified in the applicable Grant Certificate, subject to the following:

 

6.05.1 – Upon a Participant’s death or Disability, he/she shall become fully vested in all RSUs that have been credited or granted under the Plan.

 

6.05.2 – Except as otherwise provided herein, the unvested RSU’s of Participants who are Employees or Officers shall be canceled upon notice of termination from the Employer to the Employee or the notice of resignation of the Employee.

 

3



 

6.05.3 – Notwithstanding 6.06.2, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, vesting of RSUs that are granted under the Plan may continue for Employees who separate from service with the Company after at least five years’ service.

 

6.05.4 – If an Employee is terminated for Cause all of his RSU’s will be automatically canceled.

 

6.05.5 – The RSU’s of a Director shall normally vest on the date noted on the Grant Certificate, unless accelerated under 6.04.1, and regardless of whether that Director continues to serve. The Compensation Committee can cancel the RSU’s of a Director, whether vested or not, if that director engages in action deemed to be materially hostile to the interests of the Company, as judged by the Board of Directors.

 

6.05.6 – The Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting of any RSUs credited or granted under the Plan at any time.

 

6.06 – RSUs and the rights and privileges conferred therewith shall not be sold, transferred, encumbered, hypothecated, or otherwise anticipated by the Participant, except as provided for under the terms of the Plan. This Award is not liable for or subject to, in whole or in part, the debts, contracts, liabilities, or torts of the Participant, nor shall it be subject to garnishment, attachment, execution, levy, or other legal or equitable process.

 

Section 7 – Special Provisions

 

7.01 – The Plan has special provisions which apply variously to citizens, residents, domiciliaries, of certain countries, or employees of Company subsidiaries located in certain countries. These provisions form part of this plan and are attached as Appendix 3.

 

7.02 – The Company may extend or amend Appendix 3 from time to time in order to accommodate the development of the Company in new countries, to maintain the most tax-favorable status available in various countries under the applicable laws and further modifications/amendments carried out from time to time. Such technical amendments require the approval of the Management Compensation Committee of the Company, and the Chairman of the Compensation Committee.

 

Section 8 – Taxation

 

8.01 – Participants shall be responsible for all individual tax consequences of the RSU grants under the Plan. Where feasible, the Plan will be interpreted and administered to provide favorable tax treatment to the Participant, subject to the compliance with the applicable laws of their respective jurisdiction.

 

Section 9 – Designation of Beneficiary

 

9.01 – A Participant, by filing the prescribed form (the “Beneficiary Designation Form”, sample attached as Appendix 1) with the Plan Administrator, may designate one or more Beneficiaries and successor Beneficiaries who shall be given the rights to the RSUs in accordance with the terms of the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death. A Participant may change the designation of a Beneficiary at any time by completing a new Beneficiary Designation

 

4



 

Form that shall revoke and supersede all earlier forms. In the event a Participant does not file a Beneficiary Designation Form designating one or more Beneficiaries, or no designated Beneficiary survives the Participant, the RSUs shall be given to the individual to whom such right passes by will or the laws of descent and distribution and/or succession.

 

Section 10 – Expenses of the Plan

 

10.01 – Costs of administration of the Plan will be paid by the Company.

 

Section 11 – Claims Procedure

 

11.01 – In general, any claim for benefits under the Plan shall be filed by the Participant or beneficiary (“claimant”) on the form prescribed for such purpose with the Plan Administrator. If a claim for benefits under the Plan is wholly or partially denied, notice of the decision shall be furnished to the claimant by the Plan Administrator within a reasonable period of time after receipt of the claim by the Plan Administrator. A Participant who is denied a claim for benefits may appeal to the Compensation Committee for a review of the Plan Administrator’s decision. The decision of the Compensation Committee shall be furnished to the Participant within a reasonable period of receipt of the request for review and the decision of the Compensation Committee shall be final and binding to the Participant.

 

Section 12 – Termination or Amendment of the Plan

 

12.01 – The Plan may be amended in whole or in part from time to time, or may be terminated, by the Board in accordance with the bye-laws of the Company, provided that in event of such amendment or termination, the rights of the Participants related to an RSU that have been granted under the Plan shall be preserved and maintained and no amendment may confer additional benefits upon Participants without prior approval by the Board. Notice of any amendment or termination of the Plan shall be given in writing to the Participant.

 

Section 13 –Term of the Plan

 

13.01 – The Plan shall become effective on the date it is adopted by the Company and shall continue in effect as amended from time to time until terminated pursuant to Section 12.

 

Section 14 – Rights as a Stockholder

 

14.01 – No Participant shall have any rights (including voting or dividend rights) as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Common Stock covered by, or related to, any RSU granted or credited pursuant to the Plan until the date of the delivery of a stock certificate with respect to such Common Stock.

 

Section 15  – Anti-Dilution and Other Adjustments

 

15.01 – In the event of any change in the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company by reason of any share split, share dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, amalgamation, combination or exchange of shares of Common Stock or other similar event, and if the Compensation Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, that such change equitably requires an adjustment in the number or kind of shares of Common Stock of the Company that may be issued pursuant to RSUs under the Plan pursuant to paragraph 6, then such adjustment shall be made by the Compensation Committee and shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

 

5



 

Section 16 – Miscellaneous

 

16.01 – If any provision of this Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provisions had not been included.

 

16.02 – Except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and/or succession, a Participant’s rights and interest under the Plan may not be assigned or transferred in whole or in part either directly or by operation of law or otherwise (except in the event of Participant’s  death), including but not limited to, execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge, bankruptcy or in any other manner and no such right or interest of any Participant in the Plan shall be subject to any obligation or liability or such Participant; provided that Directors shall be permitted to assign their rights under the Plan to their employer or an affiliate of their employer, as approved by the Compensation Committee.

 

16.03 – Except to the extent specifically set forth in the Grant Certificate, the Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be governed in all aspects by the terms of the Plan, including the provisions that authorize the Plan Administrator to administer and interpret the Plan and that provide that the Plan Administrator’s decisions, determinations, and interpretations with respect to the Plan are final and conclusive on all persons affected hereby. Additionally, This Plan shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by the laws of the Bermuda.

 

16.04 – Nothing in this Plan, nor any action taken pursuant to this Plan, shall be deemed to give any Participant any right to remain in the employ of the Company or affect the right of the Company to terminate a Participant’s employment at any time, with or without Cause.

 

*              *              *              *              *

 

As evidence of its adoption of the Plan, Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited has caused this instrument to be signed by its officer of representative duly authorized on this     day of November, 2006.

 

 

Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

6



 

APPENDIX 1

 

Beneficiary Designation Form

 

To:  The Plan Administrator of the Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited Employee Restricted Share Unit Plan

 

From:

 

 

 

 

*              *              *              *              *

 

 

Pursuant to Section 9 of the Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited Employee Restricted Share Unit Plan (the “Plan”), I hereby designate the following person(s) as beneficiar(ies) who on my death shall be entitled to receive amounts under the Plan and respective Grant Certificate:

 

 

Primary Beneficiary Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Secondary Beneficiary Name:

 

 

 

 

In making the above designation, I reserve the right to revoke this beneficiary designation or change the beneficiar(ies) designated at any time or times and without the consent of any beneficiary.

 

This beneficiary designation cancels and supersedes any beneficiary designation previously made with respect to this Plan and respective Grant Certificate.

 

 

 

Signed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Participant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

 

7



 

APPENDIX 2

 

Director Participant Election and Account Designation Form

 

To:  The Plan Administrator of the Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited Employee Restricted Share Unit Plan

 

From:

 

 

 

*              *              *              *              *

 

Amount of Compensation Deferred

 

I hereby elect to have the following amounts of compensation for services performed for the Company for the 20    year converted into RSUs.

 

              %  or $           

 

Distribution Date(s)

 

                                Separation from service

 

                                A date certain (please specify date:                           )

 

Employer Account Designation (for Directors providing services on behalf of their Employer)

 

Pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited Employee Restricted Share Unit Plan (the “Plan”), I hereby designate the following as my employer on whose behalf I provide services to the Board of Directors, and to whose account RSUs shall be credited:

 

 

Employer Account Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director Participant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

 

8



 

APPENDIX 3

 

 Special Provisions for citizens or residents of certain countries

 

United States Provisions

 

Coverage: These provisions apply to Participants to whom Section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended from time to time)(“the Code”) applies.

 

Provisions:

 

1. Each grant and credit of RSUs shall comply with the minimum requirements of Code Section 409A,

 

2. any action that may be taken (and, to the extent possible, any action actually taken) by the Company or the Participant shall not be taken (or shall be void and without effect), if such action violates the requirements of Section 409A.

 

3. The definitions contained within this Plan and the respective Grant Certificate shall be interpreted and construed to comply with the minimum requirements of Section 409A.

 

Canada Provisions

 

Coverage: These provisions apply to Participants who are tax resident in Canada.

 

Provisions: Distributions to Participants to whom this section applies shall be made only upon the respective Participant’s separation from service or retirement from the Company or its Subsidiary, and shall me made within one year of such separation or retirement..

 

India Provisions

 

Coverage: These provisions apply to Participants who are employees of West End Capital Management BPO Services (India) Pvt. Ltd., or any other Subsidiary of the Company incorporated and existing under the laws of India (“Indian Subsidiary) (collectively, “Indian Participants”)

 

Provisions: the following provisions shall apply with respect to any RSUs granted prior to a public offering of the capital stock of the Company/Indian Subsidiary, and only to the extent required by applicable law:

 

(a)           The aggregate number of RSUs which may be granted to Indian Participants under this Plan shall not exceed 300,000 or as decided by the Compensation Committee, and subject to the provisions of Section 3.01 hereof. RSU credits or grants subject to increase in accordance with the terms of the plan pursuant to the approval received from the Board of Directors/Shareholders of the Company

 

(b)          The RSUs will be actually paid to the Indian Participants in accordance with the Section 3.02 and 3.03 of the Plan.

 

(c)           The approval of the Board of the Company to the Plan was accorded on 16 June 2006. The assent of the Board of the Company, approving the adoption of the Plan including this Appendix, for the Indian Subsidiary was accorded on 16 June 2006. The assent of the board of directors of the Indian Subsidiary approving the adoption of the Plan including this Appendix, for the Indian Subsidiary was accorded on [          ].

 

9



 

(d)          Participation in the Plan and the grant of Awards shall be awarded to such Indian Participant providing bona fide services to or for, one or more Indian Subsidiary as may be selected by the Board or such Compensation Committee as designated by the Board, in consultation with the board of directors of the Indian Subsidiary, from time to time. The Board may also grant RSUs to individuals in connection with hiring, retention or otherwise, prior to the date the individual first performs services for an Indian Subsidiary, provided that such RSUs shall not become vested or exercisable prior to the date the individual first commences performance of such services. Provided, however, that an Employee who is a Promoter or belongs to the Promoter Group or a director who either by himself or through his relative or through any body corporate, directly or indirectly holds more than 10% of the outstanding shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan

 

(e)           For purposes of the above paragraph (d)

 

a.                “Promoter” means –

 

i.      the person or persons who are in over-all control of the Indian Subsidiary;

 

ii.                the person or persons who are instrumental in the formation of the Indian Subsidiary or programme pursuant to which shares of the Indian Subsidiary may be offered to the public;

 

iii.             the person or persons who are named in the offer document (inviting subscription from the public to the shares of the Indian Subsidiary) as promoter(s), in the event the Indian Subsidiary decided to offer shares to the public.

 

Provided that a director or officer of the Indian Subsidiary, if he is acting as such only in his professional capacity, will not be deemed to be a Promoter, and that where a Promoter of the Indian Subsidiary is a body corporate, the promoter of that body corporate shall also be deemed to be a Promoter of the Indian Subsidiary.

 

b.               “Promoter Group” means:

 

i.                   an immediate relative of the Promoter (i.e. spouse of that person, or any parent, brother, sister or child of the person or of the spouse); and,

 

ii.                persons whose shareholding is aggregated for the purpose of disclosing in the offer document (inviting subscription from the public to the shares of the Indian Subsidiary) “shareholding of the promoter group”

 

c.                “Relative” means immediate relative namely spouse, parent, brother, sister or child of the person or the spouse.

 

(f)             All defined terms that are not otherwise defined under this Appendix shall have the meaning attributed to them under the provisions of the Plan.

 

(g)          Except to the extent as set forth in this Appendix and where not contrary to the meaning or intention herein, the provisions of the Plan shall apply to the Indian Participants granted the RSU.

 

UK Provisions

 

Distributions to Participants who are UK [resident domiciled for tax purposes]  shall be made only in shares, notwithstanding the provisions Section 3.02, above.

 

10



 

APPENDIX 4

 

Sample RSU Grant Certificate

 

This CERTIFICATE, effective as of the                        day of                   , 20    (the “Award Date”), certifies that Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited (the “Company”) has awarded to                                       (the “Participant”) Restricted Share Units (“RSUs”) in the amounts and on the terms set forth below, subject to and in accordance with the Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited Restricted Share Unit Plan, dated [ ] (“the RSU Plan”).

 

The Company awards to the Participant on the Award Date an amount of RSUs as follows:

 

RSU Holder

«Column1»

 

 

Restricted Share Units

«Column2»

 

 

RSU Series

[ ]

 

 

Grant Date

[ ]

 

 

Vesting Date

[Normal Vesting: Grants of these RSUs under the Plan will fully vest on the date that is two years after the Grant Date immediately above, except as may be modified by section by the terms of the RSU Plan, and in particular section [6.05].

      -or-

[The Participant is a Director and is fully and immediately vested in RSUs that are credited to his/her Account under the Plan.]

 

 

Upon occurrence of a Distribution Date, the shares of Company Common Stock or cash (as determined solely by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company) shall be payable to the Participant and shall be delivered to the Participant as soon as administratively feasible.

 

This RSU grant is subject to the terms and conditions described in the RSU Plan, as such plan may be properly amended from time to time. The terms of the RSU Plan are incorporated herein, and capitalized words, if not defined herein, shall be given the same meaning as under the terms of the Plan, unless the context requires a different meaning.

 

This RSU grant is not transferable, and will lapse upon the occasion of an assignment, charge, disposal or other dealing with the rights conveyed by it in any other circumstances.

 

 

 

 

 

Signed

Mark Byrne, Chairman

 

11




Exhibit 10.5

 

PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

PLEDGE AGREEMENT, dated as of 28 August 2006, (this “ Agreement ”) made among FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE LIMITED , a company organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Pledgor and Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc (the “ Pledgee ”).

 

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS.

 

(1)                     The Pledgor and the Pledgee have entered into one or more Master Agreements (as defined in Annex A) pursuant to which the Pledgee may, from time to time in its sole discretion, issue for the account of the Pledgor letters of credit or similar or equivalent instruments (each a “Credit” and, collectively, the “Credits”).

 

(2)                     The Pledgor has agreed to collateralize its obligations to the Pledgee that result from time to time under each Master Agreement and in respect of the Credits issued thereunder, whether now existing or from time to time hereafter incurred or arising, as such obligations are more fully defined in Section 3 of this Agreement as the Secured Obligations.

 

(3)                     The Pledgor and the Pledgee desire to execute and deliver this Agreement for the purpose of securing the Secured Obligations and subjecting the property hereinafter described to the Lien of this Agreement as security for the performance of the Secured Obligations.

 

(4)                     The Pledgor has opened account number FLGM (together with any successor account opened and maintained for this purpose, the “Account”) with STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY at its office at ONE LINCOLN CENTER, 1 LINCOLN STREET, BOSTON, MA 02111-2900 U.S.A. (“Bank”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and in order to induce the Pledgee to enter into transactions with and to provide services to the Pledgor and its subsidiaries pursuant to separate agreements or arrangements between such persons and the Pledgee, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Defined Terms . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A.

 

Section 2. Grant of Security . Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Pledgor hereby assigns, pledges and grants to the Pledgee a first priority security interest in and a Lien on all of the Pledgor’s right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in all of the following (collectively, the “ Collateral ”):

 

(i)                      the Account;

 

(ii)                     the Securities and any Instruments or other Financial Assets credited to the Account or otherwise acquired by the Pledgee in any manner and under its control as Collateral (the “ Pledged Securities ”) including, without limitation Securities of the type and in the aggregate amounts specified in Schedule 1 hereto and any Securities Account and Security Entitlement in respect of the Account, the Pledged Securities or any of them;

 

(iii)                    all additional Investment Property (including without limitation) Securities, Security Entitlements, Financial Assets, or other property and all

 



 

funds, cash or cash equivalents (together with any applicable Account or Securities Account) from time to time (A) received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange or substitution for any other Collateral (all such funds, cash or cash equivalents to be Financial Assets for the purposes of this Agreement) or (B) otherwise acquired by the Pledgee in any manner and delivered to the Pledgee or under the control of the Pledgee as Collateral; and

 

(iv)                    All proceeds (including, without limitation, cash proceeds) of any or all of the foregoing, including without limitation, proceeds that constitute property of the types described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above.

 

Section 3. Security of Obligations .     This Agreement secures the payment of all obligations of the Pledgor now or hereafter existing under each Master Agreement (including all contingent obligations with respect to credit(s) issued by the Pledgee for the Pledgor’s account) and this Agreement, whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses or otherwise and the payment of any and all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Pledgee in enforcing any rights under this Agreement (all such obligations being the “ Secured Obligations ”). This Agreement is intended to convey to the Pledgee control of all Security Entitlements in, and the right to direct dispositions of all cash deposits from, the Account for the purposes of sections 9-106(c) and 9-104(b) of the NYUCC.

 

Section 4. Delivery of Security Collateral .

 

(A)                                    On or prior to the date hereof, the Pledgor shall transfer or credit, or cause to be transferred or credited, all of the Pledged Securities to the Pledgee or to an Account or a Securities Account under arrangements acceptable to the Pledgee in its sole discretion. Pledgor shall deliver all other Collateral to the Pledgee or to a Securities Intermediary subject to the control of the Pledgee under arrangements acceptable to the Pledgee in its sole discretion. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (as hereafter defined), the Pledgee shall have the right, at any time it reasonably determines is necessary or desirable to enable the Pledgee to better perfect or protect the security interests granted hereunder, upon notice to the Pledgor, to transfer to or to register in the name of the Pledgee or any of its nominees any or all of the Collateral.

 

(B)                                      At any time and upon thirty (30) days notice, the Pledgee may require the Pledgor to transfer the Collateral from the Account to an account at Citibank, N.A. (London, England branch) and to execute a replacement deposit agreement (in substantially the customary form used by the Pledgee, a copy of which deposit agreement has been provided to Pledgor) in substitution for this Agreement.

 

Section 5. Use of Proceeds . Proceeds that are received in respect of any Collateral shall be held as cash held as Collateral as provided in Section 2 of this Agreement.

 

Section 6. Representations and Warranties . The Pledgor represents and warrants as follows:

 

(a)                The Pledgor is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its incorporation and has all requisite corporate power and authority (including, without limitation, all governmental licenses, permits and other approvals except where such failure would not have a material adverse effect on the Pledgor’s business), to own or lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

 

(b)               The execution, delivery and performance by the Pledgor of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, are

 



 

within the Pledgor’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action.

 

(c)                The execution, delivery and performance by the Pledgor of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, do not and will not (i) violate any provision of law, rule or regulation applicable to the Pledgor; (ii) conflict with the charter or by-laws or substantively similar constitutive documents of the Pledgor; or (iii) conflict with or result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than the lien in favour of the Pledgee created hereby) upon any of the property or assets of the Pledgor or any of its subsidiaries, under any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument or agreement to which the Pledgor or any of its subsidiaries may be or become a party or by which it may be or become bound or to which the property or assets of the Pledgor of any of its subsidiaries may be or become subject.

 

(d)               No consent of any other Person and no authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body or other third party is required either (i) for the grant by the Pledgor of the assignment and security interest granted hereby, for the pledge by the Pledgor of the Collateral pursuant hereto or for the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by the Pledgor, (ii) for the perfection or maintenance of the pledge, assignment and security interest created hereby (including the first priority nature of such pledge, assignment or security interest) or (iii) for the exercise by the Pledgee of its rights provided for in this Agreement or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement, except as may be required in connection with the disposition of any portion of the Collateral by-laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally or as may be applicable to the Pledgee.

 

(e)                This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Pledgor. This Agreement constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Pledgor enforceable against the Pledgor in accordance with its terms, subject as to enforceability to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

(f)                The Pledgor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Collateral and the Pledgor has and shall at all times have rights in, and good and valid title to, the Collateral, free and clear of all Liens and “adverse claims” (as such term is defined in Section 8-102(a)(1) of the NYUCC), save as may have been disclosed by the Pledgor to the Pledgee in writing prior to the date of this Agreement. Liens in favour of Citibank, N.A, securing the Pledgor’s reimbursement obligations to Citibank, N.A. in connection with the issuance of letters of credit shall be deemed to have been disclosed in writing to the Pledgee.

 

(g)               To the best of the Pledgor’s knowledge, no default has occurred under or with respect to any Collateral as of the date hereof.

 

(h)               (i) This agreement and the pledge and assignment of the Collateral pursuant hereto create a valid security in the Collateral, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations, (ii) this Agreement and the related Account Control Agreement, dated 28 August 2006, by and among the Pledgor, the Pledgee and Bank are sufficient to perfect such security interest, and (iii) assuming the Pledgee has no notice of any Liens or “adverse claims” (as such terms is defined in Section 8- 102(a)(1) of the NYUCC) with respect to the Collateral, the Pledgee will take the Collateral free and clear of any Liens and adverse claims.

 

(i)                 The Pledgor is subject to civil and commercial law with respect to its obligations hereunder, and the execution, delivery and performance by the

 



 

Pledgor of its obligations under this Agreement constitute private and commercial acts rather than public or governmental acts. Neither the Pledgor or any of its properties has any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization.

 

(j)                                                           (A) This Agreement is in proper legal form under all applicable laws of the United States of America and the Pledgor’s jurisdiction of organization for the enforcement thereof against the Pledgor in accordance with its terms. To ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility into evidence of this Agreement it is not necessary that this Agreement or any other document be filed or recorded with any governmental authority of the Pledgor’s jurisdiction of organization or that any stamp or similar tax be paid on or in respect of this Agreement or any other document delivered pursuant hereto.

 

(B) It is not necessary (X) in order for the Pledgee to enforce any rights or remedies under this Agreement or (Y) solely by reason of the execution delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Pledgee, that the Pledgee be licensed or qualified with any governmental authority of the Pledgor’s jurisdiction of organization or of the United States of America or be entitled to carry on business in the Pledgor’s jurisdiction of organization or the United States of America.

 

(k)                The Pledgor shall cause Securities of the type specified in Schedule 1 to be pledged as Collateral so that at all times the fair market value of such Securities shall equal or exceed an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the then outstanding Credits plus the applicable margin for the category of Collateral that has been provided and as is specified in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Required Account Value”); and without limiting the foregoing, if at any time the Pledgor is not in compliance with the requirements of this subsection (k), the Pledgor shall forthwith cause additional Securities of the type specified in Schedule 1 to be held as Collateral pursuant to Section 2 to the extent required to cause the Pledgor to be in compliance with this subsection (k).

 

Section 7. Further Assurances .

 

(a)                The Pledgor agrees that from time to time, at the expense of the Pledgor, the Pledgor will promptly make, execute, endorse, acknowledge, file and/or deliver to the Pledgee all further Instruments and documents (including, for the avoidance of doubt, confirmatory assignments, conveyances, transfer endorsements, powers of attorney, certificates, reports and other assurances or instruments) and take all further action, that may be necessary or desirable, or that the Pledgee may reasonably request, in order to continue, perfect and protect any pledge, assignment or security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the Pledgee to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral and/or other property or rights covered by the security interest hereby granted. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Pledgor will execute and file such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and such other Instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Pledgee may request, in order to perfect, preserve and protect the pledge, assignment and security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby including any actions which may be required or advisable as a result of any amendment or supplement to applicable laws including the NYUCC.

 



 

Section 8. Distributions .

 

(a)                Other than upon and during the continuance of an Event of Default (as hereinafter defined), the Pledgor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all distributions paid in respect of the Pledged Securities; provided, however, that any and all:

 

(i) distributions paid or payable other than in cash in respect of, and Instruments, Financial Assets and other property received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, or in exchange for, any Collateral; and

 

(ii) cash paid, payable or otherwise distributed in respect of principal of, or in redemption of, or in exchange for, any Collateral,

 

shall be forthwith delivered to the Pledgee to hold as Collateral subject to the Pledgor’s right to withdraw all Collateral in excess of the Required Account Value as Provided in Section 3 of the Account Control Agreement and shall, if received by the Pledgor, be received in trust for the benefit of the Pledgee, be segregated from the other property or funds of the Pledgor and be forthwith delivered to the Pledgee as Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement) to the extent the Collateral is less than the Required Account Value.

 

(b)               For the purposes of this section 8 and Sections 4 and 14 hereof, the terms “Events of Default” shall mean a failure of the Pledgor to perform in any in any material respect any of its obligations under each Master Agreement or this Agreement, which failure shall continue unremedied for five (5) Business Days after written notice thereof shall have been given by the Pledgee to the Pledgor.

 

(c)                The Pledgee shall execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to the Pledgor all such proxies and other instruments as the Pledgor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling the Pledgor to receive the interest payments that it is authorized to receive and retain pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

 

Section 9. Transfer and Other Liens . The Pledgor shall not (i) sell, assign or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Collateral, or (ii) create or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of the Collateral, including any right to give any Entitlement Order with respect to the Collateral, except for the pledge, assignment and security interest created by this Agreement.

 

Section 10. Pledgee Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . The Pledgor hereby irrevocably appoints the Pledgee as the Pledgor’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority upon failure to perform any of the obligations under each Master Agreement or this Agreement in the place and stead of the Pledgor and in the name of the Pledgor or otherwise, from time to time to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Pledgee may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 11. Pledgee May Perform . If the Pledgor fails to perform any agreement contained herein, after receipt of a written request from the Pledgee to do so, the Pledgee may (but shall have no obligation to) itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement, and the reasonable expenses of the Pledgee incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Pledgor under Section 15(b) hereof.

 

Section 12. The Pledgee’s Duties . The powers conferred on the Pledgee hereunder are solely to protect its interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers. Except for the safe custody of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder. Pledgee shall have no duty as to any Collateral, as to ascertaining or taking action with

 



 

respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Collateral, whether or not the Pledgee has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral. The Pledgee shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Pledgee accords its own property.

 

Section 13. Security Interest Absolute . The obligations of the Pledgor under this Agreement are independent of the Secured Obligations and any agreement with respect to the Secured Obligations, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against the Pledgor to enforce this Agreement, irrespective of whether any action is brought against the Pledgor or whether the Pledgor is joined in any such action or actions. All rights of the Pledgee and the pledge, assignment and security interest hereunder, and all obligations of the Pledgor hereunder, shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of:

 

(a)               any lack of validity or enforceability of each Master Agreement or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

 

(b)              any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from this Agreement or each Master Agreement, including, without limitation, any increase in the Secured Obligations;

 

(c)               any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any other collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any guaranty for all or any of the Secured Obligations;

 

(d)              any manner of application of the Collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any Collateral for all or any of the Secured Obligations or any other assets of the Pledgor or any of its subsidiaries;

 

(e)               any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of the Pledgor or any of its subsidiaries; or

 

(f)               any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defence available to, or a discharge of, the Pledgor or a third party grantor of a security interest.

 

Section 14. Remedies . If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing:

 

(a)               The Pledgee may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party upon default under the NYUCC and also may without notice except as specified below, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of the Pledgee’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon such other terms as the Pledgee may deem commercially reasonable. The Pledgor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten days’ notice to the Pledgor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Pledgee shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Pledgee may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.

 



 

(b)              All cash proceeds received by the Pledgee in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral may, in the discretion of the Pledgee, be held by the Pledgee as collateral for, and/or then or at any time thereafter applied (after payment of any amounts payable to the Pledgee pursuant to Section 15) in whole or in part by the Pledgee against all or any part of the Secured Obligations in such order as the Pledgee shall elect. Any surplus of such cash or cash proceeds held by the Pledgee and remaining after payment in full of all the Secured Obligations shall be paid over to the Pledgor or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus.

 

(c)               The Pledgee may, without notice to the Pledgor, except as required by law and at any time or from time to time, charge, set-off and otherwise apply all or any part of the Secured Obligations against the Collateral or any part thereof.

 

Section 15. Indemnity and Expenses .

 

(a)               The Pledgor agrees to indemnify the Pledgee and its affiliates and its (and its affiliates’) officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys and advisors from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and liabilities growing out of or resulting from this Agreement (including, without limitation, enforcement of this Agreement), except claims, damages, losses or liabilities resulting from the Pledgee’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(b)              The Pledgor will upon demand pay to the Pledgee the amount of any and all reasonable expenses, including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel and of any experts and agents that the Pledgee may incur in connection with (i) the custody, preservation, use or operation of, or the sale of, collection from or other realization upon, any of the Collateral, (ii) the exercise or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of any of the rights of the Pledgee hereunder or (iii) the failure by the Pledgor to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof. In addition, the Pledgor will upon demand pay to the Pledgee the amount of any and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses it may incur in connection with the administration of this Agreement.

 

Section 16. Amendments; Waivers; Etc . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any departure by the Pledgor herefor, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Pledgor and the Pledgee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given (such agreement to amend or waiver, and consent to any departure shall not be unreasonably withheld). No failure on the part of the Pledgee to exercise, and no delay in exercising any right hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

 

Section 17. Addresses for Notices . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including telecopier, telegraphic, telex or cable communication) and, mailed, telegraphed, telecopied, telexed, cabled or delivered if to the Pledgor (attn: Chief Financial Officer) at Crawford House, 23 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda, Telephone (441)-296-8272 Facsimile (441) 296-9879 or, as to either party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section 17. All such notices and communications shall, when mailed, telecopied, telegraphed or telexed, be effective five Business Days after deposit in the mail, or when telecopied, delivered to the telegraph company or confirmed by telex answerback, respectively, except that notices and communications to the Pledgee shall not be effective until received by the Pledgee. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or of any Exhibit hereto to be

 



 

executed and delivered hereunder shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

 

Section 18. Continuing Security Interest; Assignments . This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations, (b) be binding upon the Pledgor and the Pledgee and their respective successors and permitted assigns and (c) inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Pledgee and its respective successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c), the Pledgee may assign or otherwise transfer to any other Person all or any portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to the Pledgee herein or otherwise.

 

Section 19. Release and Termination . Upon the later of the payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations or any termination as provided in each Master Agreement, the pledge, assignment and security interest granted hereby shall terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Pledgor. Upon any such termination, the Pledgee will, at the Pledgor’s expense execute and deliver to the Pledgor such documents as the Pledgor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

 

Section 20. Governing Law; Terms . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of New York, except to the extent that the validity or perfection of the security interest hereunder in respect of any particular collateral is mandatorily governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than the state of New York, in which case the laws of such other jurisdiction shall govern such matters.

 

Section 21. Jurisdiction, Venue .

 

(a)                The Pledgor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or Federal court (to the extent such court has subject matter jurisdiction) sitting in New York City and any appellate court from any thereof in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment, and the Pledgor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or in such Federal court. The Pledgor hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. The Pledgor hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any New York State or federal court. The Pledgor hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defence of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court. The Pledgor irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies of such process to such Pledgor at its address specified in Section 17. The Pledgor agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by applicable law.

 

(b)               Nothing in this Section 21 shall affect the right of the Pledgee to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by applicable law or affect any right which the Pledgee would otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding against the Pledgor or its property in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

(c)                To the extent that the Pledgor has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether

 



 

through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, the Pledgor, to the extent permitted by law hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Agreement and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, agrees that the waives set forth in this subsection (c) shall have the fullest scope permitted under the United States Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976, as amended, and are intended to be irrevocable for purposes of such Act.

 

SECTION 22.         WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PLEDGOR AND THE PLEDGEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THE ACTIONS OF THE PLEDGEE IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.

 

Section 23. Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

Section 24. Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is or shall become illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall remain legal, valid and enforceable in such jurisdiction and such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision shall be legal, valid and enforceable in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 25. Termination of Prior Agreement . The parties agree that any prior pledge agreement with respect to the Collateral is terminated as of the effective date of this Agreement.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

   /s/ David A. Brown

 

 

/s/ James O'Shaughnessy

 

Name:

David A. Brown

 

 

James O’Shaughnessy

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

CFO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CITIBANK IRELAND FINANCIAL SERVICES PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Peadar Mac Canna

 

 

 

Name:

Peadar Mac Canna

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

AGREEMENT AS REGARDS THE COMPOSITION OF COLLATERAL TO BE PROVIDED REMAINS TO BE FINALISED, SUBJECT HOWEVER TO THE FOLLOWING (1) THAT THE FINANCIAL ASSETS PROVIDED ARE INCLUDED IN ONE OR MORE OF THE CATEGORIES BELOW WITH RELEVANT MARGINS APPLIED AND (2) THAT CATEGORY C FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS SHALL AT NO TIME COMPRISE MORE THAN 10% IN VALUE OF THE OVERALL REQUIRED ACCOUNT VALUE.

 

Securities or Other Assets Acceptable as Financial Assets:

 

A.

 

Securities issued by Corporations, each rated AA or AA equivalent or better (and not more than 10% by value of the Charged Portfolio shall be represented by Securities issued by any one issuer and each bond within the Charged Portfolio shall mature not more than 10 years after the date on which it comes within the Charged Portfolio).

 

Margin Applied for Determining Required Account Value: 15%

 

B.

 

Securities issued by the US government or its agencies (whose debt obligations are fully and explicitly guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by the full faith and credit of the US government) or the central government of an OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development) country, in each case rated AA or AA equivalent or better.

 

Margin Applied for Determining Required Account Value: 10%

 

C.

 

Securities issued by Corporations, each rated A or A equivalent or better (and not more than 10% by value of the Charged Portfolio shall be represented by Securities issued by any one issuer and each bond within the Charged Portfolio shall mature not more than 10 years after the date on which it comes within the Charged Portfolio);

 

Margin Applied for Determining Required Account Value: 17.5%

 

 

The initial Required Account Value is:   USD$200,000,000 (Two Hundred Million United States Dollars)

 



 

ANNEX A

 

CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS

 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them below:

 

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which the banks are generally open for business in London.

 

Collateral has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2 hereof.

 

Entitlement Holder means a Person that (i) is an “ entitlement holder as defined in Section 8-102(a)(7) of the NYUCC (except in respect of a Book-entry Security); and (ii) in respect of any book-entry Security, is an “entitlement holder” as defined in 31 C.F.R. 357.2 (or, as applicable to such book-entry Security, the corresponding Federal Book-Entry Regulations governing such book-entry Security) which, to the extent required or permitted by the Federal Book-Entry Regulations, is also an “entitlement holder” as defined in Section 8-102(a)(7) of the NYUCC.

 

Entitlement Order” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the NYUCC and shall include, without limitation, any notice or related instructions from the Pledgee directing the transfer or redemption of the Collateral or any part thereof.

 

Federal Book-Entry Regulations” means the federal regulations contained in Subpart B (“ Treasury/Reserve Automated Debt Entry System (TRADES) governing book-entry securities consisting of United States Treasury securities, U.S. Treasury bonds, notes and bills) and Subpart D ( Additional Provisions”) of 31 C.F.R. Part 357, 31 C.F.R. 357.10 through 357.14 and 357.41 through 357.44 (including related defined terms in 31 C.F.R. 357.2), as amended by regulations published at 61 Fed. Reg. 43626 (August 23, 1996) and as amended by an subsequent regulations.

 

“Master Agreement” means each agreement (as from time to time amended, varied supplemented, novated or assigned) between the Pledgor (or by any person for or on behalf of the Pledgor) and the Pledgee, pursuant to which the Pledgee has established, maintained, amended, renewed or substituted or arranged for the establishment, maintenance, amendment, renewal or substitution of a Credit

 

Lien means any mortgage, pledge, attachment, lien, charge, claim, encumbrance, lease or security interest, easement, right of first or last refusal, right of first offer or other option or contingent purchase right.

 

NYUCC means the Uniform Commercial Code from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

 

Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, foundation, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any political subdivision thereof or any agency or instrumentality of any thereof.

 

Secured Obligations has the meaning specified therefor in Section 3 hereof.

 

Secured Intermediary” means a Person that (i) is a “ securities intermediary as defined in Section 8-102(a)(14) of the NYUCC and (ii) in respect of any U.S. Government Obligations, is also a “ securities intermediary as defined in 31 C.F.R. 357.2.

 

Security Control” means “ control” as defined in Section 9-115(1)(e) of the NYUCC.

 

Security Entitlement” means (i) security entitlement” as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the NYUCC (except in respect of a U.S. Government Obligation); and (ii) in respect

 



 

of any U.S. Government Obligation, a “ security entitlement as defined in 31 C.F.R. 357.2 which, to the extent required or permitted by the Federal Book-Entry Regulations, is also a “ security entitlement as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the NYUCC.

 

STRIPS shall have the meaning thereof set forth in Section 357.2 of the Federal Book-Entry Regulations.

 

U.S. Government Obligations means all of the United States Treasury securities (including STRIPS) maintained in the commercial book-entry system entitled Treasury/Reserve Automated Debt Entry System (“ TRADES ”) pursuant to the Federal Book-Entry Regulations or pursuant to a successor system.

 

(b) NYUCC Terms. Terms defined or referenced in the NYUCC and not otherwise defined or referenced herein are used herein as therein defined or referenced. In particular, the following terms are used herein as defined or referenced in the respective NYUCC sections indicated below: “ Account ”: Section 9-106; “ Entitlement Order ”: Section 8-102(a)(8); “ Financial Asset : Section 8-102(a)(9); “ Instrument ”: Section 9-105(l)(i); “ Investment Property : Section 9-115(1)(f); “ Person ”: Section 1-201(30); “ Securities Account ”: Section 8-501 (a); “ Security ”: Section 8-102(a)(15).

 




Exhibit 10.6

 

ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT

 

Date:                      28 August 2006

 

Parties

 

Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc, as “Secured Party”

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE LIMITED , a company organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda as “Pledgor”

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST, as “Bank”

 

Account Number:                FLGM

 

(this “Agreement”)

 

Background

 

Pledgor has granted Secured Party a security interest in the financial assets in the securities account identified above (the “ Account ”), maintained by Bank for Pledgor, (including any security entitlement) and in the Account. The parties are entering into this Agreement to provide for the control of the Account as a means to perfect the security interest of Secured Party. Bank has no responsibility to Secured Party in respect to the validity or perfection of such security interest otherwise than to act in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Agreement

 

1.             The Account

Bank represents and warrants to Secured Party that Bank maintains the Account. Bank represents and warrants that except for the claim and interest of Pledgor, Secured Party, or the claim of Bank as provided in Section 4 of this Agreement, Bank does not know of any claim to or interest in the Account or any financial assets credited thereto. Bank, Pledgor and Secured Party agree that the Account is a “ Securities Account as that term is defined In Section 8-501(a) of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York (the “NYUCC”). Bank, Pledgor and Secured Party agree that each item of property (whether investment property, financial asset, security, instrument) credited to the Account shall be treated as a “ Financial Asset within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) of the NYUCC. For the avoidance of doubt, cash shall not be included within the definition of “ Financial Asset for the purposes of the Section 1.

 

2.             Control by Secured Party

Bank will comply with all notifications it receives directing it to transfer or redeem any Financial Assets credited to the Account (each an Entitlement Order as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the NYUCC) originated by Secured Party and shall otherwise treat Secured Party as entitled to exercise the rights in respect of any Financial Asset credited to the Account without further consent by Pledgor. This provision is intended to grant Secured Party control of all Security Entitlements in the Account for the purposes of section 9-106(c) of the NYUCC.

 

3.             Pledgor’s Rights in Account

Subject to this Section 3, until Bank receives an Entitlement Order from the Secured Party, Bank may accept and comply with any “Entitlement Order” from Pledgor with regard to the Account or any Financial Asset as follows:

 

3.01                                                 Until Bank receives an Entitlement Order from Secured Party, Bank shall distribute to Pledgor all cash distributions received in regard to Financial Assets in the Account. Cash distributions do not include any principal received upon

 



 

sale, redemption or maturity of a Financial Asset, and any such cash will be held for the benefit of Secured Party.

 

3.02                                                 Bank shall provide Secured Party with electronic access to view holdings and activity in the Account.

 

3.03                                                 Pledgor shall not direct Bank to release any of the Financial Assets in the Account or to close the Account and Bank agrees that it will not release any of the Financial Assets in the Account or close the Account without Secured Party’s consent. For this purpose the term “release” shall be broadly construed to include release for any purpose, including (without limitation) release for settlement of a sale, release for the purposes of substituting new Financial Assets, release “free” without consideration and any other manner of leaving the Account. Secured Party will consent to the release of the Financial Assets provided that with respect to such Financial Assets, the following procedure is adhered to:

 

(a)                      Pledgor will determine (the “Determination”) that the Financial Assets remaining in the Account will be equal to or exceed the aggregate value determined by Secured Party from time to time (the “Required Account Value”) and to determine this shall diligently and in good faith:

 

(i)                        determine that the remaining Financial Assets are eligible as collateral as specified in Exhibit A hereto; and

 

(ii)                     use the mark-to-market value provided by pricing services used by Bank in connection with the valuation of Financial Assets under similar account control arrangements or for Bank’s trust accounts; provided that in determining if the remaining Financial Assets are sufficient Pledgor shall use the mark-to-market values of the Financial Assets reported by such services not more than the Bank Business Day (as defined below) prior to the withdrawal or distribution of any Financial Asset. Any Financial Asset that cannot be valued as provided herein and any Financial Asset subject to Bank’s lien specified in Section 4 shall have no value in determining if the Financial Assets to remain in the Account are sufficient for the purposes of meeting the Required Account Value.

 

(b)                     If following the Determination, Pledgor has come to the reasonable conclusion that by requesting a Financial Asset to be released, the Financial Assets remaining in the Account will be equal to or in excess of the Required Account Value (a “Positive Determination”), Pledgor will fax:

 

(i)                        the instruction relating to the Financial Assets that it wishes to be released (the “Instruction”); and

 

(ii)                     the value of the Financial Assets that are currently in the Account (in the form of a portfolio valuation statement compiled by Bank and in a form acceptable to Secured Party) and the value of the Financial Asset (and if applicable any Financial Asset which will be substituted for such Financial Asset) that it wishes to be released (all as calculated in accordance with the methodology in Subsection 3.03(a)),

 

to Secured Party for the attention of its Collateral Monitoring Unit on +44 207 500 2345 (or such other number as Secured Party may notify Pledgor of from time to time) so that it is received by Secured Party (unless Secured Party agrees otherwise) at least three Business Days (excluding the day upon which it is received and the day upon which such instruction is intended to take effect) before the day upon which such instruction is intended to take effect;

 



 

(c)                      Secured Party will then consider the Positive Determination and if it agrees with it, will approve the Instruction (by the affixing of the signatures of two of the persons who appear in Exhibit B hereto (each being an “Authorised Signatory”) as amended and advised in writing to Pledgor by Secured Party from time to time) and will return it by fax to Pledgor on +1 (441) 296-9879 (or such other number as Pledgor may notify Secured Party of from time to time) within 48 hours of receipt. Once signed in this manner by Secured Party, the Instruction becomes an “Endorsed Instruction”.

 

(d)                     Pledgor will then fax the Endorsed Instruction to Bank for processing on +1 (617) 537 5090 (or such other number as Bank may notify Pledgor of from time to time).

 

(e)                      Secured Party and Bank shall have no responsibility for any loss or liability of any nature (direct or indirect) suffered by the Pledgor as a result of any failure to transmit funds or to sell, purchase, or otherwise dispose of commodities or securities (or any delay in transmitting funds or selling, purchasing, or otherwise disposing of commodities or securities) or because the approval given by Secured Party in this Section 3 is either delivered late or not forthcoming.

 

(f)                        In this Section a “Business Day” shall be construed as a reference to a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.

 

(g)                     Should there be any difficulties with fax transmissions between any of the Parties, the relevant Parties will attempt to effect delivery using another method as agreed between them.

 

3.04                                                 Pledgor and Bank shall be entitled to rely:

 

(a)                      (subject to Subsection 3.04(b)) upon an Endorsed Instruction which it believes in good faith to have been signed by any two of the Authorised Signatories; and

 

(b)                     until notified by Secured Party to the contrary, upon the continued authority of any Authorised Signatory to endorse an Instruction.

 

3.05                                                 If Secured Party gives Bank an Entitlement Order notifying Bank that Secured Party will exercise exclusive control over the Account, Bank will cease complying with Entitlement Orders or other directions concerning the Account originated by Pledgor.

 

4.                                        Priority of Secured Party’s Security Interest

Bank subordinates in favor of Secured Party any interest, lien or right of setoff it may have, now or in the future, against the Account or Financial Assets credited to the Account; provided, however, Bank will retain its prior lien on a Financial Asset credited to the Account where Bank has paid for such Financial Asset but has not received payment therefor from Pledgor and for payment of its customary fees and expenses pursuant to the agreement under which the Account is maintained (the “Custody Agreement”), including any overdraft fees.

 

Bank will not agree with any third party that Bank will accept or comply with Entitlement Orders originated by the third party in regard to the Account or any Financial Asset credited to the Account.

 

5.                                        Statements, Confirmations and Notices of Adverse Claims

 



 

5.01                    (a)     Notwithstanding Subsection 5.02, Bank will by 9am GMT on every day that banks are generally open for business in the country where the Financial Assets are deposited (a “Bank Business Day”) deliver to Secured Party by Swift (or such other method as Secured Party may reasonably specify) via MT535 to CITIIE2XTRD (or such other address as Secured Party may notify Bank of from time to time) a statement in a form reasonably acceptable to Secured Party of the Financial Assets credited to the Account (including but not limited to detailing the Financial Assets both individually and in aggregate) as at close of business on the prior Bank Business Day (the “Daily Statement”).

 

(b)    Bank will also within five Bank Business Days of the date of this Agreement:

 

(i)                         inform Secured Party of a further method by which it will deliver the Daily Statement as a contingency in the case of failure relating to the method by which Bank will usually deliver the Daily Statement, such contingent method to be agreed by Secured Party; and

 

(ii)                      provide Secured Party with a list of persons and their accompanying contact details (which Bank will update from time to time and provide to Secured Party promptly after such update) with whom Secured Party may liaise in respect of the Daily Statement.

 

5.02                                                 Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 5.01, Bank will send copies of all statements and confirmations for the Account simultaneously to Pledgor and Secured Party. Upon initial deposit of Financial Assets into the Account and not less than monthly, Bank shall provide Secured Party with a report of the valuation of the Financial Assets in the Account determined as required in Section 3 of this Agreement. Bank will use reasonable efforts promptly to notify Secured Party and Pledgor if any other person claims a property interest in the Account or any Financial Asset credited to the Account. Pledgor shall cause Secured Party to be provided with current information concerning the Account via an on-line service of the Bank by designating Secured Party as an Authorized User thereunder.

 

6.                                                             Bank’s Responsibility

Bank shall have no responsibility or liability with respect to changes in any securities in the Account or changes in their value relative to other currencies or securities, or for any deduction for taxes, levies, or otherwise from deposits made with any depository, or for any blockage, confiscation or expropriation, limitation of transferability, or any other action by any government, de facto or de jure, which affects or could affect the same, or for any other occurrence beyond its control.

 

Except for permitting a withdrawal or delivery in violation of Section 3, Bank will not be liable to Secured Party for complying with Entitlement Orders from Pledgor that are received by Bank before Bank receives and has a reasonable opportunity to act on an Entitlement Order from Secured Party.

 

Bank will not be liable to Pledgor for complying with an Entitlement Order originated by Secured Party even if Pledgor notifies Bank that Secured Party is not legally entitled to issue the Entitlement Order or notice of exclusive control, unless:

 

(a)                      Bank takes the action after it is served with an injunction, restraining order or other legal process enjoining it from doing so, issued by a court of competent jurisdiction, and had a reasonable opportunity to act on the injunction, restraining order or other legal process; or

 

(b)                     Bank acts in bad faith with Secured Party in violating Pledgor’s rights.

 

This Agreement does not create any obligation of Bank except for those expressly set forth in this Agreement. In particular, Bank need not investigate whether Secured Party is entitled

 



 

under Secured Party’s agreement with Pledgor to give an Entitlement Order. Bank may rely on notices and communications it believes given by the appropriate party.

 

Bank will maintain the Account and Financial Assets in the same manner as it maintains accounts and assets for its custodial customers generally. During the term of this Agreement, Bank will remain a securities intermediary within the meaning of such term in Section 8-102(a)(14) of the NYUCC and 31 C.F.R. 357.2.

 

From and after the time Secured Party sends an Entitlement Order to Bank, Secured Party shall be entitled to direct the Bank with respect to the Account and the Financial Assets held therein without consent of the Pledgor.

 

7.                                                             Indemnity

Pledgor will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Bank, its partners, officers, directors, employees and agents against claims, liabilities and expenses arising out of this Agreement (including reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements), except to the extent such claims, liabilities, and expenses arise from the Bank’s negligence, bad faith or wilful misconduct.

 

8.                                                             Termination; Survival

Secured Party may terminate this Agreement by 30 days’ written notice to Bank and Pledgor. Bank or Pledgor may terminate this Agreement on 30 days’ written notice to all of the other parties. Upon receipt of a notice of termination from Pledgor, Bank shall cease accepting any Entitlement Order from Pledgor, as specified in Section 3, and any previous Entitlement Order delivered by Pledgor but not yet satisfied shall be deemed to be of no further force and effect.

 

If Secured Party notifies Bank that its security interest in the Account or all of the Financial Assets therein has terminated, this Agreement will immediately terminate.

 

Section 6, “Bank’s Responsibility and 7, “ Indemni ty,” will survive termination of this Agreement.

 

9.                                                             Governing law

This Agreement and the Account (including all interests, duties and obligations with respect thereto) will be governed by the laws of the State of New York. Bank may not change the law governing the Account without Secured Party’s express written agreement.

 

10.                                                       Entire agreement

This Agreement is the entire agreement and supersedes any prior agreements and contemporaneous oral agreements, of the parties concerning its subject matter.

 

11.                                                       Amendments

No amendment of, or waiver of a right under, this Agreement will be binding unless it is in writing and signed by the party to be charged.

 

12.                                                       Severability

To the extent a provision of this Agreement is unenforceable, this Agreement will be construed as if the unenforceable provision were omitted.

 

13.                                                       Successors and assigns

A successor to or assignee of Secured Party’s rights and obligations under the Pledge Agreement dated 28 August 2006 between Secured Party and Pledgor will succeed to Secured Party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

14.                                                       Notices

A notice or other communication to a party under this Agreement will be in writing, (including facsimile) (except that Entitlement Orders shall be given in accordance with procedures as Bank may reasonably specify), will be sent to the party’s address set forth below or to such other address as the party may notify the other parties and will be effective on receipt.

 



 

15.                                                       Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

16.                                                       Representations

Each party hereto hereby represents and warrants that the individual executing this Agreement on its behalf has the requisite power and authority to do so and to bind it to the terms of this Agreement.

 

SIGNATURES

 

 

BY:

/s/ Peadar Mac Canna

 

 

 

For and on behalf of
Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc
Insurance Letter of Credit Department
2nd Floor
1 North Wall Quay
Dublin 1
Republic of Ireland

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/a/ David Brown

 

BY:

/s/ James O'Shaughnessy

 

 

 

For and on behalf of
Flagstone Reinsurance Limited
Crawford House
23 Church Street
Hamilton HM 11
Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Wayne Persythe

 

 

 

For and on behalf of
State Street Bank and Trust
One Lincoln Center
1 Lincoln Street
Boston, MA 02111-2900
Swift Address: SBOSUS3N

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

AGREEMENT AS REGARDS THE COMPOSITION OF COLLATERAL TO BE PROVIDED REMAINS TO BE FINALISED, SUBJECT HOWEVER TO THE FOLLOWING (1) THAT THE FINANCIAL ASSETS PROVIDED ARE INCLUDED IN ONE OR MORE OF THE CATEGORIES BELOW WITH RELEVANT MARGINS APPLIED AND (2) THAT CATEGORY C FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS SHALL AT NO TIME COMPRISE MORE THAN 10% IN VALUE OF THE OVERALL REQUIRED ACCOUNT VALUE.

 

Financial Assets Eligible For Valuation as Collateral

 

A.

 

Securities issued by Corporations, each rated AA or AA equivalent or better (and not more than 10% by value of the Charged Portfolio shall be represented by Securities issued by any one issuer and each bond within the Charged Portfolio shall mature not more than 10 years after the date on which it comes within the Charged Portfolio).

 

Margin Applied for Determining Required Account Value: 15%

 

B.

 

Securities issued by the US government or its agencies (whose debt obligations are fully and explicitly guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by the full faith and credit of the US government) or the central government of an OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development) country, in each case rated AA or AA equivalent or better.

 

Margin Applied for Determining Required Account Value: 10%

 

C.

 

Securities issued by Corporations, each rated A or A equivalent or better (and not more than 10% by value of the Charged Portfolio shall be represented by Securities issued by any one issuer and each bond within the Charged Portfolio shall mature not more than 10 years after the date on which it comes within the Charged Portfolio);

 

Margin Applied for Determining Required Account Value: 17.5%

 

The initial Required Account Value is: USD$200,000,000 (Two Hundred Million United States Dollars)

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

AUTHORISED SIGNATORIES OF SECURED PARTY FOR THE PURPOSES OF
ENDORSING AN INSTRUCTION

 

 

FULL NAME

 

TITLE

 

TELEPHONE NO

 

SIGNATURE

Andrew Lindsay

 

Department Manager

 

00 353 (0) 1 622 0210

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephane Jauny

 

Insurance Letter of Credit/Collateral Monitor section Manager

 

00 353 (0) 1 622 0239

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paul Greene

 

Collateral Monitor Manager

 

00 353 (0) 1 622 2000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Katerina Moschona

 

Insurance Letter of Credit Manager

 

00 353 (0) 1 622 2000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peadar Maccanna

 

Insurance Letter of Credit Product Manager

 

00 353 (0) 1 622 4567

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.7

 

Form 3/CIFS

 

To:

Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc

 

Insurance Letter of Credit Department

 

2 nd Floor

 

1 North Wall Quay

 

Dublin 1

 

Republic of Ireland

 

Dear Sirs,

 

Insurance Letters of Credit – Master Agreement
Insurance/ReInsurance Companies or Brokers

 

The purpose of this letter is to record our agreement (the “Agreement”) to the following method of establishing letters of credit or similar or equivalent instruments acceptable to you (each a “Credit” and collectively the “Credits”) on our behalf in favour of beneficiaries located in the United States of America or elsewhere (the “Beneficiary” or “Beneficiaries” as the context may require). In connection with this Agreement, we have also separately agreed with you the contractual or security arrangements that will apply in respect of our obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement.

 

1.                           It is agreed between us in relation to each Credit that:-

 

(a)                     you will, upon receipt of an application form for the establishment of a Credit in such form as you may be willing to accept for this purpose and which may, without limitation, be received by you via any electronic system(s) or transmission arrangement(s) acceptable to you (referred to in this Agreement in relation to any Credit as an “application form”) completed by us or on our behalf in accordance with the terms of our banking mandate(s) or other authorities lodged with you or arrangement(s) made with you from time to time and indicating therein the name of the Beneficiary and the amount and term of the Credit required, establish on our behalf an irrevocable clean sight Credit (or such other form of Credit as may be required by the application form relating thereto) available, in whole or in part, by the Beneficiary’s sight draft on Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc or otherwise as may be required by the terms of the Credit; provided, however, that:

 

(i)                         the opening of any Credit hereunder shall, in every instance, be at your option and nothing herein shall be construed as obliging you to open any Credit;

 

(ii)                      prior to the establishment of any Credit or in order to maintain a Credit we undertake as follows:

 

(a)                     forthwith at your request to deposit at a bank approved by you or with Citibank, N.A. at their branch at Citigroup Centre, Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB or, if notified by you, at such other branch as you may designate or at another bank approved by you, in an account or accounts in our name either cash or securities or a combination of cash and securities of such amount and combination as you may require (a “Deposit”); and

 

(b)                    should a Deposit have been requested, to execute the Bank’s standard form charge documentation in relation to any accounts opened pursuant to (ii) (a) above; and

 

(iii)                   without prejudice to the generality of (i) above, the opening of any Credit hereunder shall be dependent upon you being satisfied, in your commercially reasonable discretion, that a Deposit has been carried out and that the documentation required to be executed under (ii)(b) above has been validly executed;

 

(b)                    we undertake to reimburse you, on demand, the amount of any and all drawings under each Credit;

 



 

(c)                     we undertake to indemnify you, on demand, for and against all actions, proceedings, losses, damages, charges, costs, expenses, claims and demands which you may incur, pay or sustain by reason of or arising in any way whatsoever (apart from your own gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in connection with each Credit and/or this Agreement;

 

(d)                    we undertake to pay to you, on demand, such fees and/or commissions of such amount(s) and/or at such rate(s) as shall have been or as may be agreed between us in writing as payable in connection with each Credit;

 

(e)                     we hereby irrevocably authorise you to make any payments and comply with any demands which may be claimed from or made upon you in connection with each Credit without any reference to or further authority from us and we hereby agree that it shall not be incumbent upon you to enquire or to take notice whether or not any such payments or demands claimed from or made upon you in connection with each Credit are properly made or to enquire or to take notice whether or not any dispute exists between ourselves and the Beneficiary thereof and we further agree that any payment which you shall make in accordance with the terms and conditions of each Credit shall be binding upon us and shall be accepted by us as conclusive evidence that you were liable to make such payment or comply with such demand; and

 

(f)                       we represent and warrant to you and undertake that:-

 

(i)                         we have and will at all times have the necessary power to enable us to enter into and perform the obligations expressed to be assumed by us under this Agreement;

 

(ii)                      this Agreement constitutes our legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation effective in accordance with its terms; and

 

(iii)                   all necessary authorisations to enable or entitle us to enter into this Agreement have been obtained and are in full force and effect and will remain in such force and effect at all times during the subsistence of this Agreement;

 

(g)                    we represent and warrant to you that:-

 

(i)                         we are not unable to pay our debts as they fall due;

 

(ii)                      we have not been deemed or declared to be unable to pay our debts under applicable law;

 

(iii)                   we have not suspended making payments on any of our debts;

 

(iv)                  we have not by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties commenced negotiations with any of our creditors with a view to rescheduling any of our indebtedness;

 

(v)                     the value of our assets is not less than our liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities);

 

(vi)                  no moratorium has been declared in respect of any of our indebtedness; and

 

(vii)               no analogous or similar event or concept to those set out in Clauses 1(g)(i) to 1(g)(vi) above has occurred or is the case under the laws of any jurisdiction.

 

2.                           Where an application form has been completed by or on behalf of any other applicant(s) with whom you have entered into an agreement similar or equivalent in effect to this Agreement, and a separate application form has been completed by us or on our behalf which corresponds, in your opinion with such other application form (or any other combination of circumstances exist which, in your opinion, are reasonably equivalent to the foregoing) then you shall be at liberty to open a single Credit on behalf of ourselves and such other applicant(s) jointly and in that event the following provisions shall apply:-

 

(a)                     our obligations pursuant to Clause 1(b) above shall be in respect of our due proportion of each drawing under any such Credit;

 



 

(b)                    in establishing our due proportion of each drawing under any such Credit you are hereby irrevocably authorised to make apportionments between ourselves and such other applicant(s) (i) on a pro rata basis by reference to the amounts set forth in the application forms originally completed by us and them in respect of such Credit (and after taking into account any subsequent increases or decreases in such Credit effected by you for our or their respective accounts) or, if you should so choose (ii) in reliance on the instructions and advice of and information provided by the relevant Insurance Broker (construed in accordance with paragraph 3 below); and

 

(c)                     for the purposes of paragraph 1(c) above, you may make any required apportionments in such manner as you, in your sole discretion, consider to be fair and reasonable.

 

3.                           You may refer any query or problem arising in connection with this Agreement or any transaction hereby contemplated to the relevant Insurance Broker or respond to any question relating to the status of any Credit made by the relevant Insurance Broker (and, in such response, if you consider that it is material to make reference to the subject matter of any other agreement(s) now or hereafter entered into between us in connection with this Agreement, you may disclose such information relating thereto as you in your sole discretion consider to be appropriate). For the purposes of this Agreement, references to the relevant Insurance Broker shall be construed so as to mean the insurance broker or other intermediary (a) through whom you originally received the application form relating to the Credit in question (or the person(s) who purport to have succeeded to the business thereof) or (b) which, in your opinion, acts in connection with such Credit.

 

4.

 

(a)                     Any Credit established hereunder may, if requested by us on the application form relating thereto and subject to your consent, bear a clause to the effect that it will automatically be extended for successive periods of one year (or such other period as may be stated in the relevant application form) unless the Beneficiary has received from the bank or institution issuing the Credit (the “Issuing Bank”) by registered mail (or other appropriate receipted delivery) notification of intention not to renew such Credit at least 30 days (or such other period as may be stated in the relevant application form) (the “Notice Period”) prior to the end of the original term or, as the case may be, of a period of extension. The Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to us to send the Beneficiary such notification (and without such notification to the Beneficiary the Credit will be automatically extended as provided above) unless you shall have received by registered mail or other means acceptable to you notification from us (or from any one or more of the other parties (if any) for whose account(s) such Credit may also have been established as contemplated by paragraph 2 above) of our or its election not to renew such Credit at least 30 days prior to the commencement of the Notice Period relating to the original term or, as the case may be, a period of extension; provided however that you will, as soon as is reasonably possible, give us advice of the receipt by you of any such notice from any other such parties. We understand that receipt by you of any such notice may result in the whole of such Credit being cancelled (and not just the portion attributable to us in the case of a joint credit as referred to in paragraph 2 above) and, save as is provided above, you reserve the right, at your sole option and discretion, to give or procure the giving at any time to the Beneficiary of notification of intention not to renew any Credit and that if you exercise such said right you will give us notice in writing thereof as soon as is reasonably possible.

 

(b)                    If, in either of the circumstances referred to in sub-paragraph (a) above, the Issuing Bank has given notification not to renew such Credit, then you may (but shall not be obliged to) without further authority from us (or from any of the other persons as aforesaid) arrange for the Beneficiary to accept (1) a substitute Credit (the “Substitute Credit”) from the Issuing Bank on terms identical to such Credit except that (i) the amount of the Substitute Credit will be equal to the then undrawn face value of such Credit less the portion thereof (determined by you) to be attributable to the person(s) (the “excluded Person(s)”) who gave a notice of non-renewal to you or, as the case may be, for whom you do not wish to arrange the issuance of the Substitute Credit and (ii) the original term of the Substitute Credit will, subject to renewal as mentioned in sub-paragraph (a) above, be up to one year in duration (or such longer duration as may be required by any regulatory or other authority having jurisdiction as to the acceptability of the Substitute Credit) OR (2) such other arrangement, compromise, release or waiver as, in your sole opinion, will result in the same effect being achieved

 



 

as in (1) above. You will, as soon as reasonably possible, advise us (unless we are the or one of the Excluded Person(s)) of the matter(s) effected by you pursuant to the foregoing provisions.

 

5.                           You may, at your sole option, arrange for the issuance of any Credit as being subject to either (i) the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision) ICC Publication No. 500 or (ii) the International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590 - the International Standby Practices 1998, (or any subsequent version of either); provided however that you may agree such modifications thereof as may be required by any regulatory or other authority having jurisdiction as to the acceptability of the Credit in question.

 

6.                           Unless otherwise agreed between us in writing, the previous agreement(s) (if any) entered into between us governing Credits (other than those at any time governed by a “Master Agreement - London Market Letter of Credit Scheme” or substantially equivalent agreement) established by Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc on our behalf in favour of Beneficiaries shall, on acceptance by you of this letter duly executed by us, cease to apply to all such Credits established by Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc prior to the date of our signature of this Agreement and all such Credits shall, from the date of such acceptance be governed by this Agreement.

 

7.                           For the avoidance of doubt any letter or letters of credit or similar or equivalent instrument or instruments (the “Existing Credit(s)”) which has or have been established or opened pursuant to the terms of any previous agreement(s) entered into between us and Citibank, N.A. governing the Existing Credits (including any security arrangements that apply in respect of any obligation under or pursuant to such previous agreement(s)) (the “Existing Agreement(s)”) shall continue in force until cancelled. The Existing Agreement(s) shall continue to apply to the Existing Credit(s) until all the Existing Credit(s) have been cancelled. If requested to do so by you, we undertake to take all reasonable steps to procure that any cancelled Existing Credit(s) are destroyed or returned to you.

 

8.                           If, at our request, a Credit expressly chooses a state or country law other than New York, U.S.A. or English law, or is silent with respect to the International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500 – Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (the “UCP”), the International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590 – International Standby Practices 1998 (the “ISP”) or a governing law, Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc shall not be liable for any payment, cost, expense or loss resulting from any action or inaction taken by Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc if such action or inaction is justified under UCP, ISP, New York law or English law or the law governing the Credit.

 

9.                           We understand that Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc may carry out any of its obligations under this Agreement through any offices or branches of Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc wheresoever situated and may wish to exercise any of its rights under this Agreement through offices or branches of Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc wheresoever situated.

 

10.                     We further understand that Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc also reserves the right to issue any Credit through any third party correspondent of its choice and/or to have any Credit confirmed by Citibank, N.A. and, in such circumstances, Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc will be required to guarantee reimbursement to such correspondent (and/or to Citibank, N.A., as the case may be) of any payments which such correspondent (and/or Citibank, N.A., as the case may be) may make under the Credit in question and such guarantee (howsoever described) shall also be treated mutatis mutandis as a Credit for the purpose of this Agreement.

 

11.                     The provisions of the foregoing paragraphs shall be equally applicable to any increase, extension, renewal, partial renewal, modification or amendment of or substitute instrument for any Credit to which they apply. If for any reason any amount paid under any Credit is repaid, in whole or in part, by the Beneficiary thereof, you may, in your sole discretion, treat (or procure the treatment of) such repayment as a reinstatement of an amount (equal to such repayment) under such Credit. The value date applied by you to any such reinstatement shall not be earlier than the date of such repayment and you shall not be liable for any loss of any nature which we may suffer or incur and which may arise from any inadvertent or erroneous drawing.

 



 

12.                     Any notice or demand to be served on us by you hereunder may be served;

 

(a)                     on any of our officers personally;

 

(b)                    by letter addressed to us or to any of our officers and left at our registered office or at any one of our principal places of business;

 

(c)                     by posting the same by letter addressed in any such manner as aforesaid to such registered office or any such principal place of business; or

 

(d)                    by telex or facsimile addressed in any such manner as aforesaid to any then published telex or facsimile number of ourselves.

 

Unless otherwise stated, any notice or demand to be served on you by us hereunder must be served on you either at your address slated at the beginning of this Agreement (or such other address as you may notify us of from time to time) or by facsimile to such number as you may notify us of from time to time.

 

Any notice or demand:-

 

(e)                     sent by post to any address in the Republic of Ireland or the United Kingdom shall be deemed to have been served on us at 10am. (London time) on the first Business Day after the date of posting (in the case of an address in the Republic of Ireland) and on the second Business Day after posting (in the case of an address in the United Kingdom) or, in the case of an address outside the Republic of Ireland or the United Kingdom (or a notice or demand to you), shall be deemed to have been served on the relevant party at 10am. (London time) on the seventh Business Day after and exclusive of the date of posting; or

 

(f)                       sent by telex or facsimile shall be deemed to have been served on the relevant party when dispatched.

 

In proving such service by post it shall be sufficient to show that the letter containing the notice or demand was properly addressed and posted and such proof of service shall be effective notwithstanding that the letter was in fact not delivered or was returned undelivered.

 

In this Clause “Business Day” shall be construed as a reference to a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks are generally open in London.

 

13.                     You shall have a full and unfettered right to (a) assign the whole or any part of the rights under or the benefit of this Agreement to a Permitted Transferee or, subject to our consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, to any other party or (b) (subject to Clause 14 below) novate your rights and obligations under this Agreement. The words “you” and “your” wherever used herein shall be deemed to include your assignees and novatees and other successors, whether immediate or derivative, who shall be entitled to enforce and proceed upon this Agreement in the same manner as if named herein. You shall be entitled to impart any information concerning us to any such assignee, novatee or other successor or any participant or proposed assignee, novatee, successor or participant.

 

14.

 

14.1              The person who is for the time being liable to perform your obligations under this Agreement (a “Transferring Bank”) shall be entitled to novate at any time, upon service of a notice in the form attached as Schedule One to this Agreement (a “Novation Notice”) on us, any or all of its rights and obligations under, and the benefit of, this Agreement to any Permitted Transferee. With effect from the date on which a Novation Notice is executed by the Transferring Bank and the Permitted Transferee and served on us (the “Novation Date”), the provisions of Clause 14.2 shall have effect (but not otherwise).

 

For the purposes of this Clause 14 a “Permitted Transferee” shall mean any holding company, subsidiary or affiliate of Citigroup Inc.

 

14.2              With effect from (and subject to the occurrence of) the Novation Date:

 

(a)                      the Permitted Transferee shall be bound by the terms of this Agreement (as novated) in every way as if the Permitted Transferee were and had been a party hereto in place

 



 

of the Transferring Bank and the Permitted Transferee shall undertake and perform and discharge all your obligations and liabilities under this Agreement (as novated) whether the same fell or fall to be performed or arose or arise on, before or after the Novation Date;

 

(b)                     we shall release and discharge the Transferring Bank from further performance of its obligations arising in favour or us on and after the Novation Date under this Agreement and all claims and demands whatsoever in respect thereof against the Transferring Bank and we shall accept the liability of the Permitted Transferee in respect of such obligations in place of the liability of the Transferring Bank;

 

(c)                      the Transferring Bank shall release and discharge us from further performance of our obligations arising in favour of the Transferring Bank on and after the Novation Date under this Agreement and all claims and demands whatsoever in respect thereof by the Transferring Bank;

 

(d)                     we shall be bound by the terms of this Agreement (as novated) in every way, and we shall undertake and perform and discharge in favour of the Permitted Transferee each of our obligations whether the same fell or fall to be performed or arose or arise on, before or after the Novation Date and expressed to be owed to you.

 

14.3              Without prejudice to the automatic novation of the Transferring Bank’s rights and obligations pursuant to Clause 14.2 we undertake to sign and return promptly each acknowledgement of the Novation Notice from time to time delivered to us promptly following receipt of the same from the Transferring Bank.

 

15.

 

15.1              In respect of Credits issued pursuant to this Agreement, we hereby irrevocably authorise you to debit and credit, on our behalf, our account or accounts which are held in our name with Citibank, N.A.

 

15.2              We hereby agree that Citibank N.A. shall be entitled to rely on and action any credit or debit made by you in accordance with Clause 15.1.

 

16.                     This Agreement shall be governed by English law and for your benefit we hereby irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of any dispute which may arise from or in connection with this Agreement. The terms of this Agreement may not be waived, modified or amended unless such waiver, modification or amendment is in writing and signed by you nor may we assign any of our rights here under without your prior written consent.

 

17.

 

17.1              Subject to this Clause and to Clause 15.2 a person who is not a party to this Agreement has no rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties Act”) to enforce any terms of this Agreement.

 

17.2              Citibank, N.A. may enforce the terms of Clause 15.2 subject to and in accordance with this Clause and Clause 16 and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

17.3              The parties to this Agreement do not require the consent of Citibank, N.A. to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

 

17.4              If Citibank, N.A. brings proceedings to enforce the terms of Clause 15.2 we shall only have available to us by way of defence, set-off or counterclaim a matter that would have been available by way of defence, set-off or counterclaim if Citibank, N.A. had been party to this Agreement.

 



 

17.5              Citibank, N.A. may not take proceedings to enforce Clause 15.2 unless and until it gives notice in writing to us in any manner as is permitted by Clause 12, agreeing irrevocably to the provisions of Clause 16.

 

 

Yours faithfully,

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Flagstone Reinsurance Limited

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David Brown and James O'Shaughnessy

 

 

(Signatures(s))

 

 

Dated

28 August 2006

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted for and on behalf
of CITIBANK IRELAND
FINANCIAL SERVICES PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peadar Mac Canna

 

 

 

 

Peadar Mac Canna

 

 

 

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

28/8/06

 

 



 

SCHEDULE ONE

 

Form of Novation Notice for Clause 14

 

To:                                                    [             ]

Date:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Insurance Letters of Credit – Master Agreement (Form 3/CIFS) dated [          ] and made between Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc and [                  ] (the “Agreement”)

 

We refer to Clause 14 of the Agreement. We hereby notify you that we wish to exercise our option to novate under Clause 14 thereof so that with effect from today’s date the rights, liabilities and obligations of [ name of Transferring Bank ] shall be novated to [ name of Permitted Transferee ] in the manner set out in Clause 14 thereof.

 

The relevant address for the purposes of Clause 4(a) and Clause 12 is as follows:

 

[ insert new address ]

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

 

for and on behalf of

[TRANSFERRING BANK]

 

 

 

 

for and on behalf of

[PERMITTED TRANSFEREE]

 

[NAME OF COUNTERPARTY]:

 

(1)                      acknowledges receipt of the Novation Notice; and

 

(2)                      agrees that with effect from the date of the Novation Notice the rights, liabilities and obligations of [           ] are novated to [               ] in the manner set out in Clause 14 of the Agreement.

 

 

 

for and on behalf of

[NAME OF COUNTERPARTY]

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

[GRAPHIC] FLAGSTONE RE

 

21 st December, 2005

 

Meetinghouse LLC
242 California Street
San Francisco
California 94111
United States of America

 

Attention: Tom Dickson

 

Dear Sirs

 

Re: Consultancy Arrangement

 

This letter will confirm our agreement to engage Meetinghouse LLC to provide actuarial consultancy services to Flagstone Reinsurance Limited (“Flagstone”).

 

The terms of the consultancy are as follows:-

 

Consultancy Period:

 

21 st December – 31 st March, 2005.

 

 

 

Services:

 

Meetinghouse LLC will provide Annie Petrides (the “Consultant”) to provide 150 hours of actuarial services to Flagstone and its affiliates, subject to approval by Bermuda Immigration for any services to be provided in Bermuda.

 

 

 

Fee:

 

$500 per hour for time spent working. Travel time will not be chargeable. Flagstone agrees to pay for a minimum of 150 hours, provided this agreement is not terminated by Meetinghouse and the work remains satisfactory.

 

 

 

Expenses:

 

Flagstone will pay reasonable documented travel expenses incurred by the Consultant, including but not limited to, air fare, hotel ground transportation in Bermuda.

 

 

 

Termination:

 

This agreement will terminate automatically at the end of the Consultancy Period or alternatively by either party giving 7 days notice in writing to the other.

 

 

 

Governing Law:

 

The parties agree that this agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with Bermuda law and the parties submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Bermuda courts.

 

 

 

 

 

Any dispute arising under this agreement shall be resolved by the parties through arbitration in accordance with the Bermuda international Conciliation and Arbitration Act, 1993.

 

Please indicate your acceptance by signing and returning a copy of this letter to the undersigned.

 

Sincerely,

 

Acknowledged and agreed

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Todd White

 

 

/s/ Tom Dickson

 

Todd White

 

Tom Dickson

General Counsel

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

Meetinghouse LLC

 

 

Flagstone Reinsurance Limited
23 Church Street, 3rd Floor Hamilton, HM 11, Bermuda
Mailing: Suite 223, 12 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda
Tel: +1 (441) 278-4300 Dir: +1 (441) 278-4327
Fax: +1 (441) 296-9879
E-mail: info@flagstonere.bm

 




Exhibit 10.14

 

Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited
23 Church Street Suite
Hamilton Bermuda HM11

 

Tuesday 20 th December, 2005

 

Dear Sir,

 

I am pleased to enclose Longtail Aviation’s Standard Terms and Conditions, for your review and acceptance prior to your next flight booking. These Terms and Conditions form the contract between you and Longtail Aviation.

 

I am pleased to confirm that you are a member of our Preferred Clients group. The benefits of this membership include:

 

1)                         Lower hourly aircraft rates and overnight charges for aircraft and crew

 

2)                         Lower minimum daily utilization of aircraft

 

3)                         Credit line (you have been granted a limit of $300,000) which allows you to pay for flights promptly after completion, rather than in advance.

 

4)                         Quarterly billing for most incidental charges on an as-incurred basis (with a reduced 15% administrative fee)

 

5)                         Preference in booking versus the general public (although obviously we cannot displace confirmed bookings.)

 

6)                         Assistance with booking and negotiating other charter services when our airplanes are not available for your trip.

 

7)                         Reduced trip cancellation fees. Specifically, and notwithstanding the Terms and Conditions, your cancellation fees will be as follows:

 

a)                         If notice is received more than 7 days before the scheduled departure time $1,000;

 

b)                        If notice is received less than 7 days but more than 48 hours before the scheduled departure time 15% of the Charter Price:

 

Longtail Aviation Ltd.
Suite 113, MPA Hangar, Southside, St. David’s DD02, Bermuda
Mailing Address: Suite 224, 12 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda
Tel: (441) 293-5971 Fax: (441) 293-5972 INTERNET
: www.longtailaviation.bm

 



 

Longtail Aviation

 

c)                         If notice is received less than 48 hours before the scheduled departure time 25% of the Charter Price or our actual costs if greater:

 

The result of the above privileges should be a considerable savings for you, as well as improved administrative ease since you will have one bill per trip and four quarterly bills for miscellaneous items. We will ensure you remain in the Preferred Clients group so long as you fly 50 hours per year with Longtail.

 

Two points I would like to specifically call to your attention:

 

1)                          Estimated vs. Guaranteed price: Our normal practice is to provide an estimated price, which we call the Charter Quote, before the trip is booked. Unless the quotation sheet is marked and signed by us as a “Guaranteed Price”, the actual amount you ultimately pay (the Charter Price) will be based on actual flight times and miscellaneous charges, as computed from the Standard Charges sheet provided as an attachment to this letter.

 

Thus the ultimate price you pay may turn out to be more or less than the Charter Quote, depending on wind speeds, air traffic delays, etc.

 

If you prefer to work from a Guaranteed Price, please let us know and we will prepare and send you a Charter Price instead of a Charter Quote, which means you will know your exact cost before you travel. This will cost on average 5-10% more than operating via an estimated price.

 

Credit Terms: You have been approved for a credit limit of $300,000. We would appreciate it if you would pay for flights within ten days of being billed.

 

We look forward to welcoming you on Longtail’s fleet in the near future. Please indicate your acceptance of the Standard Terms and Conditions by signing and dating a copy of this letter, and returning it with your signed Charter Quote.

 

 

Yours Sincerely,

 

/s/ Roger Brydon

 

Roger Brydon

Head of Ground Operations

 

2



 

I have received and agree to the Longtail Aviation Standard Terms and Conditions

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

/s/ David Brown

 

 

 

Client

 

 

The following persons are authorized to quote, confirm and amend instructions related to charters on our behalf:

 

 

Mark Bryne

 

/s/ Mark Bryne

 

Name

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

David Brown

 

/s/ David Brown

 

Name

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Antoinette Simmons

 

/s/ Antoinette Simmons

 

Name

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Stacy Brant

 

/s/ Stacy Brant

 

Name

 

Signature

 

 

3




Exhibit 10.15

 

Dated as of the 24 th day of July, 2006

 

 

BETWEEN:

 

IAL Leasing Ltd.

 

and

 

 

Flagstone Westwind Holdings Limited

 

 


 

AIRCRAFT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 


 

 

Conyers Dill & Pearman
Barristers & Attorneys
Hamilton, Bermuda

 



 

AIRCRAFT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

DATA SHEET

 

Manufacturer:

Israeli Aircraft Industries

 

 

Make and Model:

Westwind II

 

 

Serial No.:

337

 

 

Registration Mark:

VP-BLT

 

 

Make and Model of Engines: Honeywell - TFE731-3-1G

 

Engine Serial No(s).:

No 1 – S/N 77419
No 2 – S/N 77422

 

 

APU Serial Number:

N/A

 

 

 

 

Seller:

 

IAL Leasing Ltd. a company incorporated under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda

 

 

 

Buyer:

 

Flagstone Westwind Holdings Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda.

 

2



 

THIS AIRCRAFT PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of the 24 th day of July, 2006

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1)                                   IAL Leasing Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda with its registered office located at Crawford House, 23 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda (the “Seller”); and

 

(2)                                   Flagstone Westwind Holdings Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda with its registered office located at Crawford House, 23 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda (the “Buyer”),

 

WHEREAS The Buyer desires to purchase from the Seller and the Seller desires to sell to the Buyer the Aircraft in accordance with the terms and conditions contained here,

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained,

 

IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1.                                       INTERPRETATION

 

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires,

 

1.1.                               references to clauses are references to clauses hereof; references to sub-clauses are, unless otherwise stated, references to sub-clauses of the clause in which the reference appears;

 

1.2.                               references to the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and references to the masculine shall include the feminine and/or neuter and vice versa; and

 

1.3.                               references to persons shall include companies, partnerships, associations and bodies of persons, whether incorporated or unincorporated.

 

2.                                       SUBJECT MATTER OF SALE

 

Subject to the provisions of and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Seller agrees to sell and to deliver to Buyer and Buyer agrees to buy and take delivery from Seller all of Seller’s right, title and interest in the following aircraft:

 

Manufacturer:

 

Israeli Aircraft Industries

Make and Model:

 

Westwind II

Serial No.:

 

337

Registration Mark:

 

VP-BLT

Make and Model of Engines

 

Honeywell – TFE731-3-1G

 

3



 

Engine Serial No(s).:

 

No 1 – S/N 77419

 

 

No 2 – S/N 77422

 

 

 

APU Serial Number:

 

N/A

 

including, without limitation, (a) all accessories, appliances, appurtenances, avionics, components, furnishings, instruments, parts, loose equipment, or other equipment or property installed on, attached to or temporarily removed from said aircraft and engines including, without limitation, as set forth in the “Specification” attached hereto as EXHIBIT A, (b) the maintenance records, manuals, logbooks, checklists, documents, data and records necessary to the operation of the Aircraft set forth in EXHIBIT B (the “Aircraft Documents”) (all of the foregoing items are referred to herein, collectively, as the “Aircraft”)

 

3.                                       PURCHASE PRICE

 

All prices, amounts and payments referred to herein shall be in United States Dollars. The total purchase price for the Aircraft shall be one million eight hundred twenty five thousand dollars payable at the Closing pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4.                                       CLOSING

 

4.1.                               The consummation of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall consist of and include the completion by the parties of each and every delivery, condition or requirement under Section 5 of this Agreement.

 

4.2.                               The Closing shall occur once the aircraft has entered international air space between longitude 70W at any time between 29 th and 31 st July, 2006 (the “Delivery Location” and such date being the “Closing Date”). The closing will be confirmed -by a satellite telephone call between the parties when the aircraft is in flight in the region indicated.

 

4.3.                               If the Closing cannot occur subject to 4.2 the Parties will a) cooperate to ensure the earliest closing reasonably possible without incurring taxes upon either party, and b) act reasonably to ensure that both parties have an economic outcome identical to that which would have occurred had the closing occurred subject to 4.2.

 

4.4.                               All of the Seller’s right, title and interest in the Aircraft shall be deemed to pass to Buyer once the Aircraft enters the Delivery Location on the Delivery Date.

 

4.5.                               Upon conclusion of the Closing, Seller shall deliver to Buyer a receipt of Funds in the form as the parties may agree.

 

5.                                       DELIVERIES

 

5.1.1.                      On or before the Closing Date, Buyer shall: (i) deliver to the an executed Aircraft

 

4



 

Delivery Receipt in the form and substance of EXHIBIT C attached hereto (hereinafter, the “Aircraft Delivery Receipt”); and (ii) deliver to Seller or its designee a duplicate of Aircraft Delivery Receipt at the Delivery Location;

 

5.2.                               On the Closing Date, Seller shall deliver the Aircraft to Buyer or its designee at the Delivery Location in accordance with Section 4.2: (i) in an airworthy condition with a valid Certificate of Airworthiness issued by the Bermuda Department of Civil Aviation; (ii) with good and marketable title, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances (as warranted under Section 6.1.1 and EXHIBIT D); (iii) with all Aircraft Documents, including true, complete continuous and up-to-date log books, maintenance manuals and flight manuals; and (iv) with the maintenance current according to the factory-recommended program, including mandatory portions of all airworthiness directives and mandatory service bulletins that have been issued with respect to the Aircraft with due dates on or prior to the Closing Date and all outstanding deferred maintenance items accomplished.

 

5.3.                               Upon Closing at the Delivery Location, subject to clause 29, all delivery conditions set forth in Section 5.2 shall be extinguished and of no further force or effect.

 

5.4.                               Except as provided in Section 3 of this Agreement, Seller shall bear full risk of loss with respect to the Aircraft (“Risk of Loss”), until Buyer accepts possession of the Aircraft pursuant to Section 6.2 of this Agreement, whereupon and thereafter the Risk of Loss shall be upon Buyer. In the event of loss of the Aircraft prior to the Closing, Buyer shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement.

 

6.                                       REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND LIMITATIONS

 

6.1.                               Seller hereby represents and warrants as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as follows:

 

6.1.1.                      Seller is the owner of the Aircraft and is authorized to convey title to the Aircraft, and that execution and delivery of the Bill of Sale shall convey to Buyer good and marketable title to the Aircraft, free and clear of any and all liens, claims charges and encumbrances, including without limitation, any mortgage, pledge, assignment, hypothecation, security interest, lease, title retention, preferential right or trust arrangement, pooling, exchange, overhaul or repair arrangement, or any other arrangement or agreement the effect of which is the creation of a security interest in the Aircraft.

 

6.1.2.                      Seller has paid all taxes, duties, penalties, charges, or invoices or statements with respect to the Aircraft incurred on and before the Closing Date or, to the extent that it has not, agrees to pay any and all of the foregoing when due.

 

6.1.3.                      Seller is a company organized and validly existing under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda, possessing perpetual existence, having the capacity to sue and be sued in its own name, has full power, legal right and authority in all respects to carry on its

 

5



 

business as currently conducted, and to execute, deliver and perform and observe the provisions of this Agreement.

 

6.1.4.                      The execution, delivery and performance by Seller of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action of such legal entity on behalf of Seller and do not conflict with or result in any breach of any of the terms or constitute a default under any document, instrument, or agreement to which Seller is a party.

 

6.1.5.                      This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of Seller enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms.

 

6.1.6.                      The entry into and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby do not and will not conflict with: (i) any law or regulation of any official or judicial order applicable to Seller; (ii) the constitutional documents of Seller; or (iii) any agreement or document to which Seller is a party or which is binding upon Seller or its assets; nor result in the creation or imposition of any lien on it or its assets pursuant to the provisions of any such agreement or document.

 

6.1.7.                      All authorizations, approvals, consents, licenses, exemptions, filings, registrations, notarizations and other matters official or otherwise applicable to Seller which are required or advisable in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of this Agreement, delivery of the Aircraft hereunder or any of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be obtained or effected by Seller prior to the date upon which they are required or it is advisable that they be obtained or effected and are in full force and effect and there has been no breach of any condition or restriction in or in connection with any of the same.

 

6.1.8.                      No litigation or other proceeding before any court, administrative agency or government body is pending or to the best of Seller’s knowledge threatened against Seller, or affecting or relating to the Aircraft, the outcome of which could affect the validity of this Agreement or materially and adversely affect the rights, benefits or interest of Seller conveyed hereunder.

 

6.1.9.                      It has not taken any action nor have any other steps been taken or, to the best of Seller’s knowledge, threatened against it for the winding-up or dissolution of it or for the appointment of a liquidator, administrator, receiver, administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer of it or all or any of its revenues or assets nor has it sought any relief under any applicable insolvency or bankruptcy law.

 

6.2.                               Buyer hereby represents and warrants as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as follows:

 

6.2.1.                      Buyer is a company organized and validly existing under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda, possessing perpetual existence as a legal entity, having the capacity to sue and be sued in its own name, has full power, legal right and authority in all respects

 

6



 

to carry on its business as currently conducted, and to execute, deliver and perform and observe the provisions of this Agreement.

 

6.2.2.                      The execution, delivery, and performance by Buyer of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action of such legal entity on behalf of Buyer and do not conflict with or result in any breach of any of the terms or constitute a default under any document, instrument, or agreement to which Buyer is a party.

 

6.2.3.                      This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligations of Buyer enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms.

 

6.2.4.                      The entry into and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not conflict with (i) any law or regulation or any official or judicial order applicable to Buyer, (ii) the constitutional documents of Buyer or (iii) any agreement or document to which Buyer is a party or which is binding upon Buyer or any of its assets; nor result in the creation or imposition of any lien on it or its assets pursuant to the provisions of any such agreement or document.

 

6.2.5.                      All authorizations, approvals, consents, licenses, exemptions, filings, registrations, notarizations and other matters, official or otherwise applicable to Buyer which are required or advisable in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of this Agreement, delivery of the Aircraft hereunder or any of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be obtained or effected by Buyer prior to the date upon which they are required or it is advisable that they be obtained or effected and are in full force and effect and there has been no breach of any condition or restriction in or in connection with any of the same.

 

6.2.6.                      No litigation or other proceeding before any court, administrative agency or government body is pending or, to the best of Buyer’s knowledge threatened against Buyer, the outcome of which could materially and adversely affect the validity of this Agreement.

 

6.2.7.                      It has not taken any action nor have any other steps been taken or, to the best of Buyer’s knowledge, threatened against it for the winding-up or dissolution of it or for the appointment of a liquidator, administrator, receiver, administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer of it or all or any of its revenues or assets nor has it sought any relief under any applicable insolvency or bankruptcy law.

 

7.                                       DISCLAIMER AND INDEMNITY

 

7.1.                               THE AIRCRAFT IS BEING SOLD HEREUNDER ON A COMPLETELY “AS IS” AND “WHERE IS” BASIS. SELLER’S EXPRESS WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT AND IN THE BILL OR SALE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER BY SELLER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED OR ARISING BY OPERATION

 

7



 

OF LAW OR IN EQUITY, AND SELLER HAS NOT MADE, AND BUYER HEREBY WAIVES, RELEASES, DISCLAIMS, AND RENOUNCES ALL EXPECTATION OF OR RELIANCE UPON, ANY SUCH REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER, WITH RESPECT TO THE AIRCRAFT OR ANY PART THEREOF, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, AS TO THE AIRWORTHINESS, VALUE, CONDITION, DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR USE FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE AIRCRAFT, ANY OTHER REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR USE FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY ARISING FROM A COURSE OF PERFORMANCE OR DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE). BUYER HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS, CLAIMS, AND REMEDIES OF BUYER AGAINST SELLER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, IN EQUITY OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM ANY SUCH REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OR FOR ANY LIABILITY, CLAIM, OR REMEDY FOR LOSS OF OR DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT, FOR LOSS OF USE, REVENUE, OR PROFIT WITH RESPECT TO THE AIRCRAFT, OR FOR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER; PROVIDED THAT NOTHING HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED A WAIVER OR APPLY TO EXCLUDE ANY CLAIM BY BUYER FOR DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY CAUSED BY SELLER’S NEGLIGENCE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH WAIVER OR EXCLUSION IS PROHIBITED BY STATUTE.

 

7.2.                               ANY PRIOR REPRESENTATIONS OR STATEMENTS, WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN (INCLUDING AS SET FORTH IN THE PURCHASE OFFER EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY REFERENCED IN THIS AGREEMENT), MADE BY SELLER (OR ANY AGENT OR AFFILIATE THEREOF) AS TO THE CONDITION (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE DAMAGE HISTORY OR CORROSION HISTORY OF THE AIRCRAFT) OR FITNESS OF THE AIRCRAFT, OR ITS CAPABILITY OR CAPACITY, ARE SUPERSEDED HEREBY AND ANY SUCH REPRESENTATIONS OR STATEMENTS NOT SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING THE BILL OF SALE) ARE HEREBY WITHDRAWN BY SELLER (ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY OF ITS AGENTS OR AFFILIATES WHICH MAY HAVE MADE ANY SUCH REPRESENTATION OR STATEMENT), SHALL NOT BE APPLICABLE TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND ARE OF NO FURTHER FORCE AND EFFECT, AND BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT BUYER HAS NOT RELIED ON AND IS NOT RELYING ON ANY SUCH REPRESENTATION OR STATEMENT.

 

7.3.                               Buyer shall indemnify, reimburse and hold Seller and its respective officers, contractors, employees and agents (each, a “Seller Indemnitee”, and collectively, the “Seller Indemnitees”) harmless, from and against any and all Liabilities (as hereinafter defined) with respect to the Aircraft. For the purposes hereof “Liabilities” mean costs, expenses, fees (including legal fees, navigation fees and landing charges), payments, demands, liabilities, claims, actions, proceedings, penalties, fines, damages and judgments which may arise in any

 

8



 

manner after Closing; out of or in relation to injury to or death of any third party or loss or damage to any property of any third party which may result from or arise in any manner out of or be attributable to (a) the condition, ownership, purchase, leasing, possession, delivery, disposition, use or operation of the Aircraft either in the air or on the ground; or (b) any defect in the Aircraft arising from any maintenance, service, repair, overhaul or testing of the Aircraft; provided, that Buyer’s obligations under this Section to the Seller Indemnitees shall not extend to any Liabilities caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of any of the Seller Indemnitees.

 

7.4.                               If, following Closing, Buyer sells or leases the Aircraft and obtains from the transferee an exculpatory or indemnity clause protecting Buyer, similar in scope to the obligations of Buyer set forth in Sections 7 and 9 hereof, Buyer will use its best efforts to include the same protection for Seller, unless the transferee is an affiliate of Buyer, in which case Buyer shall obtain an undertaking from the transferee to perform such obligations.

 

7.5.                               Seller agrees to forever indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Buyer and its successors and assigns from any and all liabilities, damages, losses, expenses, demands, claims, suits or judgments by any third party or parties which arise out of any breach by the Seller of the warranty as to title to the Aircraft as set out in the Bill of Sale.

 

8.                                       THIRD PARTY WARANTEES

 

8.1.                               To the extent that any warranties from manufacturers, service providers, or suppliers are still in effect with respect to the Aircraft (other than warranties which by their terms are unassignable), such warranties and all rights thereunder shall be irrevocably assigned to Buyer at the moment of Closing and all documents evidencing same will be included among the Aircraft Documents. Seller shall evidence such assignment by executing and delivering to Buyer on the Closing Date an executed “Assignment of Warranties,” in such form as the parties may agree.

 

8.2.                               If any such warranties shall not be assignable or if consent to assignment shall be refused, subject to receipt by Seller of an indemnity from Buyer in such form as is satisfactory to Seller as to costs and liabilities to be incurred by it and security for the same, Seller will take such action as Buyer may reasonably request to enforce any such warranties.

 

9.                                       SALE AND OTHER TAXES

 

9.1.                               Neither the Purchase Price nor any other payments to be made by Buyer under this Agreement includes the amount of any sales, use, retail, or other taxes that may be imposed by governmental authorities as a result of the sale to or purchase and/or use of the Aircraft by Buyer. Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.3 and 9.4, below, Buyer shall be responsible for, shall indemnify and hold harmless Seller against, and shall pay promptly when due any and all taxes of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any and all sales, use, and retail taxes), duties, or fees assessed or levied by any federal, national, state, county, local, or other governmental authority which may be imposed on Buyer, Seller or

 

9



 

both as a result of the sale and delivery of the Aircraft to Buyer as contemplated hereby, or the registration, ownership or use of the Aircraft by Buyer following the Closings except, solely for any taxes attributed to Seller’s income or capital gains or taxes. In the event Seller may be required by law to collect from Buyer any taxes or fees for which Buyer is responsible, Buyer shall (subject to the provisions of Sections 9.3 and 9.4 below) either provide Seller a certificate evidencing an exemption from such taxes or fees, if applicable, or shall remit such taxes or fees to Seller.

 

9.2.                               Seller shall be responsible for, indemnify and hold Buyer harmless against, and has or will pay when due, any and all personal property taxes, excise taxes, fuel taxes, sales/use or similar taxes and any duties, fees or claims assessed or levied against the Aircraft (including, without limitation, any item specified in Section 9.1) prior to Closing.

 

9.3.                               If a claim is made by any governmental authority against Seller with respect to any tax of which Buyer is obligated to indemnify Seller under this Section 9, Seller shall promptly notify Buyer of such claim and shall, subject to Section 9.4, below, use reasonable commercial efforts to cooperate with Buyer in the contest of the claim, if permitted by applicable law; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice or use such efforts will not prejudice or otherwise affect any of the rights of Seller hereunder unless such failure materially and adversely affects Buyer in exercising its contest rights hereunder.

 

9.4.                               If reasonably requested by Buyer in writing, (a) Seller shall (at the expense and direction of Buyer) contest in the name of Seller or Buyer (as applicable) the validity, applicability or amount of such taxes so indemnified by (i), if permitted by applicable law without adverse consequences to Seller, resisting payment thereof (ii) paying under protest, if protest is necessary or proper, and (iii) if payment be made, using reasonable commercial efforts to obtain a refund thereof in appropriate administrative and judicial proceedings or (b) if permitted under applicable law, allow Buyer in Seller’s name (at the sole expense of Buyer) to file a claim or prosecute an action to recover such payment or protest the validity, applicability or amount of such taxes so indemnified, subject to receipt by Seller of an indemnity from Buyer (in such form as is satisfactory to Seller) as to costs, claims or liabilities that Seller may suffer or incur as a result of Buyer’s actions in Seller’s name. If Seller becomes eligible for a refund of any taxes paid by Buyer, and if desired by Buyer and permissible under applicable law, Seller shall assign such right to Buyer, otherwise, should Seller obtain a refund of all or any part of the taxes paid by Buyer, Seller shall pay Buyer the amount of such refund, plus, any interest thereon (net of any taxes imposed on such interest) obtained by Seller from the tax authority if fairly attributable to such taxes. If such tax contest shall cause Seller undue hardship or burden (as determined in Seller’s sole reasonable discretion), Seller and Buyer shall consult in good faith concerning any tax contest to be undertaken hereunder.

 

10.                                NOTICES

 

Any notice required to be given hereunder shall be in writing in the English language and shall be served by sending the same by prepaid recorded post, facsimile or by delivering the

 

10



 

same by hand to the address of the Party or Parties in question as set out below (or such other address as such Party or Parties shall notify the other Parties of in accordance with this Clause). Any notice sent by post as provided in this clause shall be deemed to have been served five Business Days after despatch and any notice sent by facsimile as provided in this Clause shall be deemed to have been served at the time of despatch and in proving the service of the same it will be sufficient to prove in the case of a letter that such letter was properly stamped, addressed and placed in the post; and in the case of a facsimile that such facsimile was duly despatched to a current facsimile number of the addressee.

 

 

Seller

IAL Leasing Ltd.
MPA Hangar Suite 113
St David’s

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

+1(441) 293-5971

 

Fax:

+1(441) 293-5972

 

 

 

 

Attention:

Anthony Philip, Secretary

 

11



 

Purchaser

Flagstone Westwind Holdings Limited

 

Crawford House

 

23 Church Street

 

Hamilton HM 11

 

Telephone:

+1(441) 237-4300

 

Fax:

+1(441) 296-9879

 

 

 

 

Attention:

Todd White, General Counsel

 

11.                                FORCE MAJEURE

 

Seller or Buyer shall not be liable for any failure of or delay in delivery of the Aircraft for the period that such failure or delay is due to acts of God or the public enemy; civil war, insurrection or riots, fires, explosions or serious accidents; governmental priorities or allocations; strikes or labor disputes; inability to obtain necessary materials, accessories equipment or parts from the manufacturers thereof; or any other cause beyond Seller’s or Buyer’s, as applicable, reasonable control. Seller or Buyer agree to notify the other party promptly of the occurrence of any such cause and carry out this Agreement as promptly as practicable after such cause is terminated.

 

12.                                TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE

 

Unless stated expressly to the contrary herein, time shall be of the essence for all events contemplated hereunder.

 

13.                                CHOICE OF LAW

 

This Agreement is governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of the Islands of Bermuda.

 

14.                                JURISDICTION

 

For the benefit of Seller, the parties agree that the Bermuda courts have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute in connection with this Agreement and the Bill of Sale (in the from attached at EXHIBIT D to this Agreement) and the parties submit to such jurisdiction. The Bermuda courts are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle any such dispute.

 

15.                                REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT

 

15.1.                         Failure by Buyer to render the sums to Seller as required herein, upon the performance by Seller of its obligations under this Agreement, shall constitute a breach of this Agreement, the remedy for such breach being the retention by Seller of the Deposit, plus reimbursement by Buyer of Seller’s reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred in performance of this

 

12



 

Agreement incurred after the execution of this Agreement and up to the time of breach, and the parties hereto expressly agree that such amount is, after prior negotiation between the parties, a reasonable and fair pre-estimate of the damages that would be incurred by Seller in the event of such a breach, and retention of such amount shall be the sole and exclusive remedy for a breach under this Agreement. The obligations described in this subparagraph are the full extent of Buyer’s obligations upon such breach, whether such obligations are express or implied or arising by operation of law, in equity or otherwise.

 

15.2.                         Failure by Seller to deliver the Aircraft in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, unless due to loss of or major damage to the Aircraft, upon the performance by Buyer of its obligations under this Agreement, shall constitute a breach by Seller hereof and the parties hereto expressly agree that in the event of such breach, Seller shall release the Deposit to Buyer and promptly reimburse Buyer for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in performance of this Agreement incurred after the execution of this Agreement and up to the time of breach. The obligations described in this subparagraph are the full extent of Seller’s obligations upon such breach, whether such obligations are express or implied or arising by operation of law, in equity or otherwise.

 

16.                                TRANSACTION COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

Each party to this Agreement shall bear its own transaction costs and expenses.

 

17.                                ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

Buyer and Seller warrant that the terms and conditions of this Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties.

 

18.                                AMENDMENT

 

The provisions of this Agreement may not be waived, altered, modified, amended, supplemented or terminated in any manner whatsoever except by written instrument signed by an authorized signatory of each party hereto.

 

19.                                ASSIGNMENT

 

Except as set forth in this Agreement, neither party may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party. Except as expressly provided hereunder, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and will be binding upon each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

20.                                HEADINGS

 

The division of this Agreement into sections, and the insertion of headings, are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

13



 

21.                                COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be fully executed in any number of separate counterparts by each of the parties hereto, all such counterparts together constituting but one and the same instrument.

 

22.                                NON-WAIVER

 

Any failure at any time of either party to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such provision or prejudice the right of such party to enforce such provision at any subsequent time.

 

23.                                SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision of this Agreement is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such prohibition or unenforceability shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof or affect the validity or enforceability of such provisions in any other jurisdiction.

 

24.                                LEGAL FEES

 

In any action or proceeding brought by any party against the other arising under or in connection with this Agreement or any other documents related thereto, the prevailing party shall, in addition to other allowable costs, be entitled to an award of reasonable legal fees.

 

25.                                INDEMNITY

 

Each party hereto agrees to pay their respective broker’s and finder’s fees and shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless against any claim for broker’s and finder’s fees based on the alleged or the actual retention of a broker or finder by the indemnifying party.

 

26.                                FURTHER DOCUMENTATION AND NECESSARY ACTION

 

Buyer and Seller agree from time to time to do and perform such other and further acts and to execute and deliver any and all such other instruments as may be required by law or reasonably requested by the other party, and at the cost of that other party, to establish, maintain, and protect the rights, title and remedies of the parties (including the notification of the interest of Buyer in the Aircraft) and to carry out and effect the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

 

27.                                SURVIVAL

 

Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, but subject to the disclaimer provisions of Sections 7.1 and 7.2 the representations, warranties, indemnities and covenants of Buyer and Seller provided for in this Agreement shall survive consummation of the transaction contemplated by this agreement at Closing and the expiration or other termination

 

14



 

of this Agreement.

 

28.                                CONFIDENTIALITY

 

Each party shall use their best efforts to (a) keep, and (b) cause its respective officers, contractors, employees and agents to keep, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby strictly confidential, provided that it may disclose this Agreement and the transactions hereby contemplated if required to do so for the purpose of legal proceedings, administrative or regulatory requirements or as otherwise required by law, to effect any registrations, filings or recordations required by or pursuant to this Agreement; for the purpose of disclosure to its auditors, insurer(s) or to its legal or other professional advisers; or for performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

 

[EXECUTION PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

15



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be bound hereby, have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

)

 

 

IAL Leasing Ltd.

)

/s/ Mark Byrne

 

in the presence of

)

Name: Mark Byrne

 

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 Witness:

/s/ Todd White

 

 

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

)

 

Flagstone Westwind Holdings Limited

)

 

 

in the presence of

)

Name: David Brown

 

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

16



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be bound hereby, have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

)

 

 

IAL Leasing Ltd.

)

 

 

in the presence of

)

Name: Mark Byrne

 

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 Witness:

 

 

 

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

)

 

Flagstone Westwind Holdings Limited

)

/s/ David Brown

 

in the presence of

)

Name: David Brown

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 Witness:

/s/ Todd White

 

 

16



 

EXHIBIT A

 

SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

Total Airframe Hours:

9175

 

Landings:

5865

 

Engines:

 

 

 

Left Engine

TTSN:  

 8735

Cycles: 5530 MSP

Right Engine

 

 8760

 

5580 MSP

 

Avionics

 

COM

Dual Collins (8.33/25 Khz)

ELT

Artex 110-406 NAV

Cabin Display Converter

IDC

F/D / DUAL

Collins FDS-80 IFCS FGC-80F

A/P

Collins APS-80 IFCS

RADAR

Collins RNS-300 Color

COM / DUAL

Collins VHF-22D

NAV / DUAL

Collins VIR-30A

DME / DUAL

Collins DME-40

ADF / DUAL

Collins ADF-60A

XPNDR / DUAL

Collins TDR-90

HF / DUAL

Collins 671U

RAD ALT

Collins ALT-50A

FPA

Collins

Audio Control Panel

Dual Collins 346 B-3

Paperless Cockpit

Dual Approach View Chart Display units (EFBs)

MFD

AVIDYNE 850 Flight Max MFD

FMS

DUAL GNS-XLS

AFIS

Global VHF

Satellite Phone

Air Cell Iridium

TCAS II

Collins TCAS-4000

EGPWS

Honeywell Mark VII

RVSM, MNPS, RNP-5 Certified, FM Immunity, 8.33Khz

 

Additional Equipment:

 

FAA Certified (337) Quick-change Air Ambulance Kit

 

Maintenance Status:

 

C Check Due at TTAF 9770, 1400 Hour MPI Completed 7810; Next Due 9210, Engines on MSP

 

17



 

Interior:                        Refurbished by Atlantic Aviation – 2000. 6 Executive seats.

 

Exterior:                      White over dark blue, blue stripes, repainted by Atlantic Aviation - 2000

 

Additional Information:

 

Aircraft is currently operated on a Bermuda AOC under JAR-OPS 1, and is RVSM and MNPS compliant with Class “A” TAWS. Aircraft is Bermuda registered, but is required by Bermuda Authority to be in compliance with U.S. Type Certificate Data Sheet. Aircraft will be delivered with an Export C of A if required by the buyer. The aircraft has two incidents of damage, the nose gear linkage broke and required an overhaul of the nose gear and when Burlington Northern Railroad owned the plane, they had a tip tank strike during a crosswind landing, which required a tip tank replacement and wing inspection and repair.

 

18



 

EXHIBIT B

 

AIRCRAFT DOCUMENTS

 

19



 

EXHIBIT C

 

AIRCRAFT DELIVERY RECEIPT

 

 

This acknowledges full and satisfactory delivery and acceptance of the following aircraft and/or equipment pursuant to the terms and conditions of that Aircraft Purchase Agreement dated as of 24 th July, 2006 (the “Purchase Agreement”):

 

Manufacturer:

Israeli Aircraft Industries

 

 

Make and Model:

Westwind II

 

 

Serial No.:

337

 

 

Registration Mark:

VP-BLT

 

 

Make and Model of Engines:

Honeywell – TFE731-3-1G

 

 

Engine Serial No(s).:

No 1 – S/N 77419
No 2 – S/N 77422

 

 

APU Serial Number:

N/A

 

as further described and defined in the Purchase Agreement (the “Aircraft”).

 

The Aircraft was received by us on the date and at the location set forth below and was determined by the undersigned corporation to be in the condition required for Closing as defined in and pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, except as noted below.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Buyer has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly appointed Director this                        day of July, 2006

 

 

 

 

FLAGSTONE WESTWIND HOLDINGS LIMITED.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name: David Brown

 

 

Its: Director

 

20



 

EXHIBIT D

 

BILL OF SALE

 

BE IT KNOWN :

 

THAT, subject to Section 4 of the Purchase Agreement (as defined below), for and in consideration of the sum of $10.00 and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, IAL Leasing Ltd. (“Seller”), does, on the date hereof grant, convey, transfer, bargain, sell, deliver and set over to FLAGSTONE WESTWIND HOLDINGS LIMITED (“Buyer”), its successors and assigns, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the Westwind II aircraft bearing registration mark VP-BLT and manufacturer’s serial number 337 together with (i) Honeywell - TFE731-3-1G engines bearing manufacturer’s serial numbers 77419 and 77422, respectively (together the “Aircraft”), and (ii) all Aircraft Documents (as defined in the Aircraft Sale and Purchase Agreement dated as of 24 th July, 2006 between Seller and Buyer (the “Purchase Agreement”).

 

THAT Seller hereby warrants to Buyer, its successors and assigns, that it is the owner of good and marketable title to, and there is hereby conveyed to Buyer on the date hereof good and marketable title to the Aircraft, free and clear of all mortgages, liens, security interests, claims, charges and encumbrances and rights of any other person of any nature whatsoever, other than liens arising as a result of or attributable to Buyer, and Seller shall defend such title against all persons whomsoever.

 

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT THE AIRCRAFT AND ANY OF THE AIRCRAFT DOCUMENTS APPLICABLE TO THE AIRCRAFT (AND FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT, PART, DATA OR INFORMATION SOLD HEREUNDER) ARE SOLD ON AN “AS IS” BASIS, WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT RECOURSE TO SELLER. THE WARRANTIES EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF TITLE OR OTHERWISE AS SET FORTH IN THE BILL OF SALE AND THE OBLIGATIONS AND LIABILITIES OF SELLER THERE UNDER ARE EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF, AND SELLER WILL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE, AND BUYER HEREBY WAIVES, ANY AND ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, DUTIES, AND GUARANTEES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, CONCERNING THE AIRCRAFT OR THE AIRWORTHINESS THEREOF, OR THE VALUE, CONDITION, DESIGN, OPERATION, DURABILITY OR COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFICATION OF SUCH AIRCRAFT, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND BUYER HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES IT MAY HAVE AGAINST SELLER RELATING TO ANY OF THE FOREGOING AND ARISING BY LAW OR OTHERWISE.

 

This Bill of Sale is governed by the laws of Bermuda

 

21



 

AIRCRAFT DELIVERY RECEIPT

 

 

This acknowledges full and satisfactory delivery and acceptance of the following aircraft and/or equipment pursuant to the terms and conditions of that Aircraft Purchase Agreement dated as of 24 th July, 2006 (the “Purchase Agreement”):

 

Manufacturer:

Israeli Aircraft Industries

 

 

Make and Model:

Westwind II

 

 

Serial No.:

337

 

 

Registration Mark:

VP-BLT

 

 

Make and Model of Engines:

Honeywell – TFE731-3-1G

 

 

Engine Serial No(s).:

No 1 – S/N 77419
No 2 – S/N 77422

 

 

APU Serial Number:

N/A

 

as further described and defined in the Purchase Agreement (the “Aircraft”).

 

The Aircraft was received by us on the date and at the location set forth below and was determined by the undersigned corporation to be in the condition required for Closing as defined in and pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, except as noted below.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Buyer has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly appointed Director this 31 st day of July, 2006.

 

 

 

 

FLAGSTONE WESTWIND HOLDINGS LIMITED.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Brown

 

 

 

Name: David Brown

 

 

Its: Director

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly appointed Director this 27 th day of July, 2006

 

 

 

 

IAL LEASING LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Byrne

 

 

 

Name: Mark Byrne

 

 

Its: Director

 




Exhibit 10.16

 

QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE TREATY

 

(Hereinafter referred to as “the Agreement”)

 

 

Between

 

Mont Fort Re Limited in respect of if segregated account, designated as ILW Cell

 

(Hereinafter referred to as “the Company”)

 

 

And

 

Flagstone Reinsurance Limited

 

(Hereinafter referred to as “the Reinsurer”)

 

DEFINITIONS

 

“Loss” shall mean actual payments on claims and all charges and loss reserves related to claims filed as well as claims expected to be filed (IBNR), including any extra-contractual or punitive damages.

 

“Loss Adjustment Expense” shall mean all expenses, excluding the salaries and expenses of the company’s employees, incurred by the company associated with handling of claims on company policies.

 

ARTICLE I

 

BUSINESS REINSURED

 

The Company shall cede to the Reinsurer and the Reinsurer shall accept from the Company an 8.33% quota share participation of the net retained insurance liability of the Company with respect to business designated as ILW Cell.

 

The Reinsurer’s limit of liability to the Company under this Agreement for any and all losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred on all policies of insurance and reinsurance is subject to a maximum total limit not to exceed (a) $5 million, plus (b) the Reinsurer’s proportionate share of net retained premium.

 

ARTICLE II

 

ORIGINAL CONDITIONS

 

All reinsurances embraced by this Agreement shall be subject to the same terms and conditions which govern the respective policies, endorsements, binders and certificates of the Company, and the Reinsurer shall be entitled to 8.33% of the net retained premiums plus interest earned by the Company, such premiums to be paid as received by the company.

 



 

ARTICLE III

 

ATTACHMENT, COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION

 

Liability hereunder shall be automatic and shall commence obligatorily and simultaneously with that of the Company. The premium on account of such liability shall be credited to the Reinsurer from the original date of the Reinsurer’s liability.

 

This Agreement shall be effective as of 12:01 AM Eastern Standard time June 5, 2006, and shall remain continuously in force unless terminated by either party hereto giving the other at least 30 days’ prior written notice of their intent to terminate.

 

In the event this Agreement is terminated, the liability of the Reinsurer shall cease at the time and date of termination. The Reinsurer shall be liable only for losses occurring during the period this Agreement is in force. The date and time on which each loss of the Company occurs shall be the date and time on which the liability of the Reinsurer attaches.

 

In the event this Agreement is terminated while an accident or occurrence covered hereby is in progress, it is understood and agreed that subject to the other conditions of this Agreement, the Reinsurer shall be liable for its proportion of only such losses resulting from the accident or occurrence arising before such termination.

 

In the event this Agreement is terminated, the Agreement shall be commuted based on the net present value of the remaining estimated liabilities of the Company as so determined by a qualified actuary and reported to the Company and the Reinsurer (the “Actuary’s Valuation) as soon as practicable after and no later than 60 days following such termination and notified to the parties in writing.

 

In the event that either party shall disagree with the Actuary’s Valuation, such party shall give written notice of all disagreements (a “Notice of Disagreement”) to the other party within 30 days after having received such Actuary’s Valuation and shall specify so far as reasonably practicable each item of disagreement and the basis for such disagreement and shall specify the total adjustment as proposed by the party in disagreement. If either party delivers a Notice of Disagreement to the other party, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve all disagreements as promptly as practicable. If the parties are unable to resolve all disagreements within 30 days following delivery of the Notice of Disagreement, then all unresolved disagreements will be submitted within 30 days to an independent auditor mutually acceptable to the parties (“Settlement Auditor”). The parties shall fully co-operate with the Settlement Auditor and shall provide such Settlement Auditor with access to all books, information and documents reasonably requested by the Settlement Auditor to make such determination. The Settlement Auditor shall, within 30 days after its engagement, deliver to the parties a conclusive written resolution of the disagreements submitted to it and shall be final and binding on the parties.

 

2



 

ARTICLE IV

 

ACCOUNTS REPORTS

 

The Company shall furnish to the Reinsurer quarterly statement of accounts of business ceded hereunder as soon as possible after the close of the quarter, but in no event later than 30 days after the close of each quarter, showing net written premiums, net earned premiums, commissions based on earned premiums and paid losses and loss expenses.

 

The Company shall also furnish quarterly to the Reinsurer on an accident year basis, a detailed statistical report that provides quarterly and year-to-date information as follows:

 

1.                          Written premiums, commissions, premiums in force and unearned premium reserve;

 

2.                          paid losses and paid loss expenses less credit far salvages, subrogation recoveries and loss adjustment expenses refunds; and

 

3.                          loss reserve outstanding.

 

ARTICLE V

 

LOSS AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES

 

This Agreement is subject to the same risks, conditions, privileges, valuations, assignments waivers and modes of settlement as are or may hereafter assumed, granted or adopted by the Company.

 

All loss settlement made or loss adjustment expense incurred by the Company, provided they are within the terms of this Agreement shall be unconditionally binding upon the Reinsurer and the amounts falling to the share of the reinsurer shall payable within 60 days’ after the Company has furnished its quarterly statement of account.

 

Reinsurer shall benefit proportionately in all salvage and recoveries.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

INDEMNIFICATION AND ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

 

The Company shall be the sole judge as to what constitutes a claim or loss covered under the Company’s original policy or policies and as to the Company’s liability thereunder, and the Reinsurer shall be bound by the judgment of the Company as to the liability and obligation of the Company under its policy or policies.

 

Any inadvertent delays, omissions or errors shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability which would attach it to hereunder if such delays, omissions or errors had not been made, provided such delays, omissions or errors are rectified immediately upon discovery.

 

3



 

ARTICLE VII

 

ARBITRATION

 

As a condition precedent to any right of action hereunder, if any dispute shall arise between the Company and the Reinsurer with reference to this Agreement, whether such dispute arises before or after termination of this Agreement, such dispute, upon the written request of either party, shall be submitted to three arbitrators, one to be chosen by each party, and the third by the two so chosen. If either party refuses or neglects to appoint an arbitrator within thirty days after the receipt of written notice from the other party requesting it to do so, the requesting party may appoint two arbitrators. If the two arbitrators fail to agree in the selection of a third arbitrator within thirty days minimum of their appointment, each of them shall name two, of whom the other shall decline one and the decision shall be made by drawing lots. All Arbitrators shall be executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies not affiliated in any capacity with either party to this Agreement.

 

The arbitrators shall interpret this Agreement as an honorable engagement and not as merely a legal obligation. They are relieved of all judicial formalities and may abstain from following the strict rules of law and they shall make their award with a view to effecting the general purpose of this Agreement in a reasonable manner rather than in accordance with a literal interpretation of the language. Each party shall submit its case to its arbitrator within thirty days of the appointment of the third arbitrator.

 

The decision in writing of any two arbitrators when filed with the parties hereto shall be final and binding on both parties. Judgment may be entered upon the final decision of the arbitration in any court having jurisdiction. Each party shall bear the expense of its own arbitrator and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the expense of third arbitrator and of the arbitration.

 

Said arbitration shall take place in Bermuda, unless some other place is mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Reinsurer.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

INSOLVENCY

 

In the event of the insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance shall be payable directly to the Company, or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor (except where this Agreement specifically provides another payee of such reinsurance in the event of the insolvency of the Company or where the Reinsurer with the consent of the direct insured or insureds has assumed such policy obligations of the Company as direct obligations of the Reinsurer to the payees under such policies and in substitution for the obligations of the Company to such payees) on the basis of the claim or claims allowed by such liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim.

 

It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice to the Reinsurer of the pendency of a claim against

 

4



 

the Company indicating the policy reinsured which claim would involve a possible liability on the part of the Reinsurer within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership, and that during the pendency of such claim, the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at their own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated any defense or defenses that they may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable subject to the approval of the court against the Company as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

 

When two or more Reinsurers are involved in the same claim and a majority in interest elects to interpose defense to such claim, the expenses shall be apportioned in accordance with the terms of the reinsurance Agreement as though such expense had been incurred by the Company.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

ACCESS TO RECORDS

 

The Reinsurer or their representative shall have free access to the books and records of the Company at all reasonable times for the purpose of obtaining information concerning this Agreement or the subject matter thereof.

 

ARTICLE X

 

GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Bermuda law.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

CURRENCY

 

Premium and losses hereunder shall be payable in United States currency.

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in duplicate on this 28 day of August 2006.

 

 

MONT FORT RE LTD

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Brent Slade

 

 

 

 

 

and, on this 28 day of August 2006.

 

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David Brown

 

 

 

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in duplicate on this 28 day of August 2006.

 

 

MONT FORT RE LTD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mark Bryne

 

 

 

 

 

and, on this 28 day of August 2006.

 

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David Brown

 

 

 

 



 

ADDENDUM No: 1
QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE TREATY
(Hereinafter referred to as “the Agreement”)

 

 

Between

 

Mont Fort Re Limited in respect of if segregated account, designated as ILW Cell
(Hereinafter referred to as “the Company”)

 

 

And

 

Flagstone Reinsurance Limited
(Hereinafter referred to as “the Reinsurer”)

 

The intent of the Company and the Reinsurer in entering this Agreement is to replicate, for all economic purposes, the Subscription Agreement between Mont Fort Re Limited and Flagstone Reinsurance Limited. The Reinsurer’s rights and liabilities to the Company under this Agreement, (including the right to profit commission, settlement and any adjustment) under no circumstances, will be diminished or increased vis-à-vis the Reinsurer’s rights and liabilities under the Subscription Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in duplicate on this 30 day of August 2006.

 

 

MONT FORT RE LTD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

 

 

 

 

and, on this 30 day of August 2006.

 

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David Brown

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.17

 

EYE PATCH HOLDINGS LIMITED
(“The Lessor”)

 

GIBBONS MANAGEMENT SERVICES LIMITED
(“The Agent”)

 

 

-and-

 

 

WEST END CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (BERMUDA) LIMITED
(“The Lessee”)

 

 

 

LEASE

 

Relating to Second/Third Floor, Crawford House
Church Street, Hamilton, Bermuda

 



 

THIS LEASE is dated the 1st day of October 2005 and is made in duplicate

 

BETWEEN:

 

1.                                        EYE PATCH HOLDINGS LIMITED a company incorporated in and under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda (the “Lessor”)

 

GIBBONS MANAGEMENT SERVICES LIMITED a company incorporated in and under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda (the “Agent”)

 

AND

 

2.                                        WEST END CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (BERMUDA) LIMITED , a company incorporated in Bermuda and having its registered offices at 41 Cedar Avenue, Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda (the “Lessee”)

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

(1)                                   “the Building” shall mean that office building of which the Demised Premises forms part and which has been erected by the Lessor on land situate at Church Street, in the City of Hamilton in the Islands of Bermuda and known as “Crawford House”.

 

(2)                                   “Decorate” means to paint or otherwise treat as the case may be all surfaces usually or requiring to be so treated having first prepared such surfaces as may be necessary and to wash down all washable surfaces and to resort paint and make good the brickwork and stonework where necessary. ALL decoration shall be carried out with good quality materials and where painting is involved, two coats shall be applied.

 

(3)                                   “the Demised Premises” shall mean all those office premises situated on the second floor of the Building comprising an area of 3517 square feet and on the third floor of the Building comprising 3917 TOGETHER WITH the Lessors fixtures and fittings therein contained.

 

(4)                                   “the Lessor” and the “Lessee” shall include the successors and assigns and person or persons for the time being deriving title from or under the Lessor and the Lessee respectively.

 

(5)                                   “the Agent” shall mean all of the powers rights and remedies of the the Lessor in this Agreement may be exercised by the Agent and any act or thing done by the Agent in pursuance of this Licence Agreement shall deemed to be the act of the Lessor and shall be Binding upon the Lessor.

 

(6)                                   “Maintenance Expenses” shall mean the amount expended by the Lessor during each Maintenance Period in respect of the costs expenses and outgoings incurred in respect of the matters mentioned in the Third Schedule hereto.

 

(7)                                   “Maintenance Period” shall mean the financial year of the Lessor which is the period of 12 calendar months commencing on the 1 st day of January and ending 31 st December of each year during the Term.

 

(8)                                   “Rent” shall mean the rent and service charge provided for in clause 3 and any increase thereof. (Rent review every THREE years)

 

(9)                                   “Term” shall mean the period of TEN years commencing on the 1 st day of October 2005 and ending on the 30 th September 2015.

 



 

2.                                       DEMISE

 

In consideration of the Rent hereinafter reserved and the covenants and conditions on the part of the Lessee hereinafter contained the Lessor hereby demises to the Lessee ALL THAT the Demised Premises TOGETHER WITH the easements rights and privileges mentioned in the First Schedule hereto but subject to the exceptions and reservations mentioned in the Second Schedule hereto TO HOLD the Demised Premises unto the Lessee for the Term YIELDING AND PAYING to the Lessor the Rent.

 

3.                                       RENT AND SERVICE CHARGE

 

(i)                                      The Lessee shall pay to the Lessor a yearly rent for the Demised Premises of BD$297,359:88 (being equivalent to $40:00 per square foot for the Demised Premises) until the 30th day of September 2008 and such rent shall be payable by equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each calendar month. The Lessee shall be entitled to commence possession of the Demised Premises from the date of execution of this Lease the first monthly payment being in respect of the period from the 1 st day of October 2005 to the 31 st day of October 2005 to be paid on the execution hereof.

 

(ii)                                   The Lessee shall pay to the Lessor by way of additional rent Maintenance Expenses for each Maintenance Period and so in proportion for any part thereof at the times and in the manner hereinafter provided.

 

(iii)                                The Lessee’s proportion of the Maintenance Expenses shall be calculated as the percentage of the square footage the Demised Premises bears towards the total square footage of the other parts of the Building which are determined by the Lessor exclusively.

 

(iv)                               (a)                                   The Lessee shall pay for the first year of the Term the sum of $5,868:58 per calendar month on account of the Maintenance Expenses. ($2,930:83 for the second floor and $2,937:75 for the third floor) The sum payable by the Lessee on account of the Maintenance Expenses shall be reviewed by the Lessor and the Lessee on an annual basis and within one month from the commencement of each Maintenance Period.

 

(b)                                  Within three months of the end of each Maintenance Period the Lessor shall cause proper accounts to be prepared showing the actual Maintenance Expenses for the period and shall provide the Lessee with a copy thereof. If the sums paid by the Lessee to the Lessor in accordance with paragraph 3(iv)(a) hereof exceed the Lessee’s proportion of the Maintenance Expenses shown in the accounts then such excess shall be forthwith repaid to the Lessee. If the sums paid by the Lessee to the Lessor in accordance with paragraph 3(iv)(a) are less than the Lessee’s proportion of the Maintenance Expenses shown in the accounts then such differences shall forthwith be paid by the Lessee to the Lessor.

 

(v)                                  IT IS HEREBY AGREED AND DECLARED

 

(a)                                   The Maintenance Expenses may in the discretion of the Lessor be increased to take into account any Interim Increase in the Maintenance Expenses payable by the Lessor during any Maintenance Period.

 

(b)                                  The Lessor shall if required by the Lessee cause the accounts to be audited and the costs of such audit shall be included and be a part of the Maintenance Expenses.

 



 

4.                                       RESTRICTIONS ON LESSEE

 

The Lessee so that this covenant shall be for the benefit and protection of the Building and the other tenants thereof and every part thereof hereby covenants with the Lessor and also as a separate covenant with every other Lessee for the time being of every other part of the Building that the Lessee and all persons deriving title through or under the Lessee will at all times hereafter observe the restrictions set forth in the Fourth Schedule thereof.

 

5.                                       LESSEES COVENANTS

 

The Lessee hereby covenants with the Lessor as follows:

 

(i)                                      RENT

 

To pay the Rent and the Maintenance Expenses and any other charges hereby reserved and agreed throughout the Term and in the manner hereinbefore appointed for payment thereof without any deduction whatsoever.

 

(ii)                                   FIT OUT

 

On vacating the Demised Premises the Lessee shall remove such of its fittings as the Landlord may reasonably require.

 

(iii)                                OUTGOINGS

 

To pay for and indemnify the Lessor against all telecommunication charges and electricity consumed and any other outgoings whatsoever payable in respect of the Demised Premises.

 

(iv)                               TAXES

 

To pay for and indemnify the Lessor against all taxes and charges which are now or during the Term charged or imposed in respect of the Demised Premises including the Corporation of Hamilton Tax and taxed payable under the Land Valuation and Tax Act 1967 or any Act for the time being amending or replacing the same.

 

(v)                                  MAINTAIN

 

To keep the Demised Premises and the Landlord’s fixtures and fittings therein in first class repair and condition making good any damage caused to the Demised Premises by any act or omission of the Lessee, its servants, agents and invitees and during the Term to replace from time to time any of the Lessor’s fixtures and fittings which may be or become beyond repair.

 

(vi)                               NOT TO ALTER

 

Not to cut, maim, alter or injure or permit to be cut, maimed, altered or injured any of the walls, timbers, floors or any other part of the Demised Premises nor without the previous consent in writing of the Lessor to make any alterations, additions, or improvements of any kind in or to the Demised Premises or any part thereof provided that if the Lessor does consent in writing to any alterations, additions or improvements, the Lessee will make good to the satisfaction of the Lessor any damage occasioned thereby and will remove and make good at its own expense any alterations, additions or improvements not so authorised by the Lessor.

 



 

(vii)                            DECORATE

 

To Decorate those parts of the Demised Premises as are painted at the commencement of the Term once in every three years and in the last year of the Term whenever and howsoever determined and to maintain all wall-coverings and other fabrics installed by the Lessee in first class repair and condition.

 

(viii)                         INSPECTION

 

To permit the Lessor with or without workmen or others at all reasonable times of the day (or at any time in an emergency) upon giving previous notice in writing to enter upon and provide access to the Demised Premises to view the state of repair and condition thereof and upon the Lessor serving upon the Lessee a notice specifying any defects or wants of reparation then and there found and requiring the Lessee forthwith to execute the same to the reasonable satisfaction of the Lessor. If the Lessee shall not within the period of one month after such notice or sooner if required in case of emergency proceed to repair and make good the same according to such notice and the covenants in that behalf hereinbefore contained then to permit the Lessor to enter upon the Demised Premises and execute such repairs the costs thereof to be a debit due from the Lessee to the Lessor and forthwith to be recoverable by action.

 

(ix)                                 (a)                                   Not to do or permit or suffer to be done or omitted anything on any part of the Demised Premises which may render void or voidable any insurance policy maintained by the Lessor under clause 6(ii) hereof or which may increase the rate of premium payable in respect thereof and in any event to indemnify all other Lessees for loss suffered as a result of the Lessees own negligence the Lessees use of the Demised Premises.

 

(b)                                  Not at any time during the Term to use or occupy or permit to be used or occupied the Demised Premises otherwise than as offices and in particular not to use or permit the user of the Demised Premises or any part thereof for residential purposes and not to do or permit or suffer to be done on the Demised Premises any act or thing which may be or become a nuisance, disturbance, annoyance or inconvenience to the Lessor or the owners Lessees or occupiers of any adjoining or neighbouring premises or which may deteriorate or tend to deteriorate the value of any adjoining or neighbouring premises.

 

(c)                                   Not to use or permit to be sued the Demised Premises or any part thereof for any noxious, offensive, noisy or dangerous trade or business or use or permit to be used the same for any vexatious, illegal or immoral purpose or permit any drug or drugs to be taken into the Demised Premises or any part thereof nor use or permit to be used the Demised Premises as a betting shop, club, place of public entertainment or amusement arcade nor for any purpose at any time prohibited by any Government Municipal or other competent authority nor permit or suffer to be held upon the Demised Premises or any part thereof any sale by auction.

 

(d)                                  Not to exhibit or permit to be exhibited goods or chattels for sale or display or any other purpose on the corridors, staircases and landings of the Building not to place goods, packages or rubbish on the corridors, staircases and landings of the Building or on any of the pavements adjoining or adjacent to the Building nor allow the same to be obstructed in any way whatsoever or used for packing or unpacking goods and not to write or permit writing thereon,

 



 

save only that rubbish for collection may be placed on a portion of the pavement adjoining the Building as agreed by the Lessor.

 

(e)                                   Not to keep or permit to be kept on the Demised Premises any petroleum products or material of a dangerous or explosive nature or the keeping of which may contravene any Statute or Local Regulation or Bye-Law or constitute a nuisance to the occupiers of neighbouring premises and not without the authority of the Lessor to use or permit to be used on the Demised Premises any machines (other than normal office machines).

 

(f)                                     Not to place any excessive weight or strain on the floors of the Demised Premises and to repair or pay the cost of repairing any damage which may be caused by a breach of this covenant or any other damage cause by the Lessee or the servants or agents of the Lessee to any adjoining or neighbouring premises (including the remainder of the Building).

 

(x)                                    ADVERTISEMENTS

 

Not to affix or set upon the Demised Premises or any part thereof, any placards, announcements, advertisements, signs, signboards, fascia advertisements or sky signs of any description PROVIDED ALWAYS that the Lessee shall have the right to exhibit the trading name and the type of business of the Lessee in a form approved by the Lessor on or at the entrance to the Demised Premises and on the notice boards in the Building to be arranged by the Lessor.

 

(xi)                                 ASSIGNMENT

 

(a)                                   In the event of the Lessee wishing to assign or underlet or part with possession of the Demised Premises then the Lessee shall first offer in writing to the Lessor to make an absolute surrender of the unexpired balance of the Term PROVIDED THAT if the Lessor does not within 14 days accept in writing the surrender then the following shall apply.

 

(b)                                  Not to assign, mortgage, charge or underlet or part with the possession of the Demised Premises or any part thereof without the consent in writing of the Lessor which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld in the case of a responsible assignee but as a condition of such consent the Lessor will require to be made a party to such assignment to signify its consent and such assignment shall contain a covenant by the intended assignee to perform the covenants on the part of the Lessee contained in this Lease as if these covenants were therein repeated with the substitution of the name of then intended assignee for the name of Lessee and containing also a provision that the proviso for re-entry contained in this Lease shall take effect as if the covenant contained in such assignment were covenant on the part of the Lessee contained in this Lease and thereupon in respect of an assignment only the obligations of the Lessee or other assigning party under this Lease or any such assignment as aforesaid shall cease but without prejudice to any right of action against the Lessee or other assigning party for any antecedent thereof.

 

(c)                                   Within one calendar month after the execution of any assignment, mortgage, charge or devolution of the Demised Premises to deliver to the Lessor a duplicate copy of such assignment or other document under which such devolution arises for the Lessor’s retention.

 



 

(xii)                              ENTRY FOR DEVELOPMENT

 

To permit the Lessor after reasonable prior written notice to enter the Demised Premises in connection with the development of any adjoining or neighbouring premises subject to the Lessor exercising such right in a reasonable manner and taking all reasonable steps to minimise disruption of the Lessee’s business and making good any damaged caused to the Demised Premises thereby and in particular the Lessee shall not object (whether on Planning or other grounds) to the Lessor carrying out any development or other works on neighbouring or adjoining premises.

 

(xiii)                           ENTRY FOR REPAIR

 

To permit the Lessor after reasonable prior written notice at reasonable times (or at any time in an emergency) to enter upon the Demised Premises in connection with the maintenance repair examination or alteration of any neighbouring premises or anything serving the same and running through the Demised Promises or to com ply with any requirements of any competent authority the Lessor acting in a reasonable manner and making good any damage cause to the Demised Premises.

 

(xiv)                          RE-LETTING ON EXPIRY

 

The Lessee will permit the Lessor or its agents during the period of calendar months immediately preceding the expiration or sooner determination of the Term to affix notice boards of reasonable dimensions to conspicuous parts of the Demised Premises announcing that the Demised Premises are to be let or sold and at all reasonable times by appointment to show all intending Lessees or purchasers over the Demised Premises.

 

(xv)                             COMPLIANCE WITH STATUTES

 

(a)                                   To comply at all times and in all respects during the Term with all Act, Regulations, Bye-Laws and Orders whether made by Government, Municipal or other competent body or authority and comply with the conditions imposed thereby insofar as the same relate to or affect the Demised Premises and to do all such works as may be directed to be done in respect of the Demised Premises whether by the owner or the occupier thereof and at all times to indemnify and keep indemnified the Lessor against any breach non-performance or non-observance of any Act, Regulation, Bye-Law or Order and repay to the Lessor any costs, charge or expenses incurred by the Lessor in respect of such Acts, Regulations, Bye-Laws or Orders.

 

(b)                                  As often as is necessary to obtain at the Lessee’s expense (subject to the Lessors written consent first being obtained) all licenses, permissions and consents in respect of the use of the Demised Premises and to notify the Lessor of any refusals in respect thereof and pay, satisfy and keep the Lessor fully indemnified against all actions proceedings, damages, penalties, costs, charges, claims and demands whatsoever which may become payable in respect of the carrying out or maintenance by the Lessee of any operation on or use of the Demised Premises.

 



 

(xvi)                          EASEMENT AND ENCROACHMENTS

 

Not to obstruct any window or light belonging to the Demised Premises and to give immediate notice to the Lessor if the Lessee becomes aware of any easement affecting the Demised Premises which shall be made or a attempted and at the Lessors request and cost to adopt such means as may be reasonably required to prevent the same.

 

(xvii)                       INDEMNIFICATION

 

To be responsible for and to indemnify the Lessor against the cost of all damage occasioned to the Demised Premises or any other part of the Building or any adjacent or neighbouring premises and against all actions, costs, claims, demands and liability whatsoever in respect of injury or damage to personal property due to or arising from the act, neglect or default of the Lessee or any servants, agents, licensees or invitees of the Lessee.

 

(xviii)                    DISPOSAL OF REFUSE

 

To deposit all refuse from the Demised Premises in the refuse area as directed by the Lessor and not to deposit or dispose of such refuse in any other manner.

 

(xix)                            FALSE ALARM

 

To pay for or if necessary, reimburse the Lessor for all costs and charges incurred as a result of any false alarm occurring in the security of the Building caused by the Lessee or any servant or agent of the Lessee.

 

(xx)                               CONFORM TO MANAGEMENT REGULATIONS

 

To conform to the reasonable regulations from time to time laid down by the Lessor for the management of the Building for the comfort of the occupiers generally and also to conform to the regulations from time to time laid down by the Lessor as the method of bringing of fixing telephone or electric light or power or otherwise and other pipes, wires or conduits into the Demised Premises and to carry out the work in connection therewith to the satisfaction of the Lessor and to make good to the reasonable satisfaction of the Lessor any damage which may be caused by such work to the fabric of the Building.

 

(xxi)                            KEY HOLDERS

 

To provide to the Landlord the names, addresses and telephone numbers of all persons holding keys to the Demised Premises.

 

(xxii)                         YIELD UP TO LESSOR

 

(i)                                      At the expiration or sooner, determination of the Term quietly to yield up to the Lessor the Demised Premises with all fixtures and fittings which now or any time during the Term shall be thereon added in good and substantial repair and condition and decorated as aforesaid,

 

(ii)                                   If the Demised Premises are not delivered up at the determination of the Lease properly cleaned, decorated and repaired and available for immediate re-letting, then the Lessee will pay to the Lessor a sum equal to 1/365 th of the annual rent payable at the determination of the Lease on a per diem basis until such time as the Lessors Surveyor certifies that the Lessee’s covenants hereunder have been complied with.

 



 

6.                                       LESSORS COVENANTS

 

The Lessor hereby covenants with the Lessee as follows:

 

(i)                                      QUIET ENJOYMENT

 

That the Lessee paying the Rent and other payments reserved hereunder and performing and observing the covenants and conditions on its part hereinbefore contained shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Demised Premises during the Term without any lawful interruption by the Lessor or any person rightfully claiming under or in trust for it.

 

(ii)                                   INSURANCE

 

To keep the Building insured under fully comprehensive cover to the full reinstatement value thereof and including public liability and such other risks as the Lessor may deem necessary in some insurance office of good repute and to make all payments necessary for that purpose when the same shall become due and payable.

 

(iii)                                REINSTATEMENT

 

In the event that the Building shall be damaged or destroyed by an insured risk the Lessor shall use all insurance monies received under any insurance policy to reinstate and make good the Building and the Demised Premises as soon as is practicable after such damage or destruction.

 

(iv)                               SUSPENSION OF RENT

 

In the event of the Demised Premises or any part thereof at any time during the Term being damaged or destroyed by an insured risk or any of them so as to be unfit for occupation and use and if the Lessors policy or policies of insurance shall not have been rendered void or voidable or payment of the policy monies refused in whole or in part by reason of any act or default of the Lessee then the Rent hereby reserved of a fair proportion thereof according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained shall be suspended until the Demised Premises shall again be rendered fit for occupation and use and any dispute concerning this clause shall be determined by arbitration in accordance with the provisions of clause 9 hereof

 

(v)                                  MUTUAL COVENANTS

 

To require every person to whom it shall hereafter grant a Lease of any part of the Building to covenant to observe the restrictions set forth in the Fourth Schedule hereto.

 

(vi)                               MAINTENANCE OBLIGATIONS

 

That subject to the payment of the Rent and other payments hereinbefore reserved at the dates and in manner hereinbefore provided and to the observance and performance of the covenants and stipulations herein contained and on the part of the Lessee to be observed and performed the Lessor will carry on, perform or arrange for the carry out and performance of the several matters and things set forth in the Third Schedule hereto and will defray the costs and expenses thereof PROVIDED ALWAYS and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing it is hereby expressly agreed that the Lessor may appoint at its own expense and remunerate a Managing Agent who by the terms of his contract shall be responsible to the Lessor for carrying out and performing the several matters and things

 



 

set forth in the Third Schedule hereto and for arranging for the defraying of the costs and expenses thereof.

 

(vii)                            SIMILAR LEASES

 

That all or any part of the Building leased or to be leased by the Lessor shall contain substantially the same covenants and stipulations and conditions as are herein set forth except as to the dates of such Leases and the commencement date thereof.

 

7.                                       MUTUAL AGREEMENTS

 

It is hereby mutually agreed and declared as follows:

 

(i)                                      If and whenever the Rents or any other payments herein before reserved or any part thereof shall be in arrears and unpaid for 14 days next after the same shall have become due whether any formal or legal demand therefore shall have been made or not or if and whenever there shall be any breach non-observance or non-performance by the Lessee of any of the covenants on its part herein contained or if the Lessee or any assignee of the Lessee being an incorporated company shall enter into a liquidation whether voluntary or compulsory (except by way of reconstruction or amalgamation) then and in any such case it shall be lawful for the Lessor to enter into and upon all or any part of the Demised Premises in the name of the whole and thereupon this present demise shall absolutely determine and become void but without prejudice nevertheless to any right of action or remedy of the Lessor in respect of any antecedent breach by the Lessee of any of the covenants on its part herein contained.

 

(ii)                                   Without prejudice to any other right, remedy or power herein contained, if any Rents or other sums payable by the Lessee to the Lessor hereunder shall be due but unpaid for 14 days the Lessee shall pay to the Lessor interest on such outstanding amounts at the maximum rate of interest (which may vary from time to time) permitted by the Interest and Credit Charges (Regulations) Act 1975 or any Act for the time being amending, repealing or replacing the same calculated from the due date to the actual date of payment such interest to be paid by the Lessee to the Lessor by way of additional Rent.

 

(iii)                                The Lessor shall not be liable to the Lessee or any person claiming through the Lessee for any damage which may be caused by any defect of any plant or machinery or services in the Demised Premises or any neighbouring premises and the Lessor will not be liable for any injury caused on the Demised Premises to the Lessee, its servants, customers or visitors including tradesmen and the Lessee shall indemnify the Lessor against all claims, actions and proceedings in respect of such injury or claim.

 

(iv)                               The Lessor shall have the right to sell and transfer the Building and transfer and assign in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise, its rights and obligations hereunder whenever the Lessor in its sole judgement deems it appropriate without any liability to the Lessee and the Lessee shall attorn to any party to which the Lessor transfer the Building.

 

(v)                                  If the Lessee is desirous of taking a new Lease of the Demised Premises and gives written notice to the Lessor not less than four months and not more than six months before the expiration of the Term and if there is not at the time of service of such notice any existing breach or non-observance of any of the Lessee’s covenants the Lessor shall at the expense of the Lessee grant to it a new Lease for a further Term of TEN years at an increased rental commensurate with the Bermuda Government’s declared Cost of Living Index but not less than the rent being paid during the last

 



 

12 months of the previous Term and in default of agreement to be determined by arbitration as hereinafter provided and subject in all other respects to the same terms and conditions as are contained in the Lease.

 

8.                                       NOTICES

 

Any notice under the Lease shall be in writing. Any notice to the Lessee shall be sufficiently served if sent to the Lessee at the Demised Premises by registered post and any notice to the Lessor shall be sufficiently served if delivered at or sent by registered post to P.O. Box HM 1194. Hamilton, HM EX, Bermuda. Any notice sent by post shall be deemed to be given three days after the date on which it was posted to the address to which it is sent.

 

9.                                       ARBITRATION

 

If any dispute or question whatsoever touching or concerning this Lease shall arise between the parties hereto the matter in difference shall be submitted to one arbitrator to be appointed by agreement between the parties or in the absence of such agreement by three arbitrators one to be appointed by each of the parties hereto and the third to be appointed by the other two arbitrators such appointment to be made within thirty days of notification of the decision being taken to refer to arbitration and such submission shall be considered a reference to arbitration within the meaning the Arbitration Act 1986 or any Act for the time being in force amending or replacing the said Act.

 

10.                                PARAGRAPH HEADINGS

 

Paragraph headings do not form part of this Lease and shall not be taken into account in the construction of interpretation thereof.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties to these presents hereunto caused their Common Seals to be affixed the day and year first before written.

 



 

THE FIRST SCHEDULE
(Lessee’s Easements Rights and Privileges)

 

(i)                                      The full and free right of passage and running water and soil in and through the sewers, drains and channels upon through or under any adjoining premises and the free and uninterrupted use of all electric telephone, cables and wires and other rights necessary for the enjoyment of the Demised Premises.

 

(ii)                                   The use in common with the Lessor and all others so authorised by the Lessor to the entrance, lobbies, hallways, stairways, passenger elevators, vehicular ramps, loading and unloading areas for the purposes only of ingress and egress to and from the Demised Premises.

 

(iii)                                The right to erect and thereafter maintain and repair throughout the Term no more than two communication satellite dishes upon the roof of the Building to be constructed in a workmanlike manner and to have access to the roof for the purposes of such erection maintenance and repair together with the right to run cables and wires connecting the Demised Premises with the satellite dishes in and through, over and under other parts of the Building. In exercising such right, the Lessee shall not cause any unnecessary disturbance or inconvenience to the Lessor or any other tenants of the Building and will at its own expense make good any damage that may be cause.

 

(iv)                               The benefit of the restrictions contained in the Leases of other parts of the Building granted or to be granted.

 

(v)                                  The right to sub-jacent and lateral support and to shelter and protection from the other parts of the Building.

 

SECOND SCHEDULE
(Exceptions and Reservations)

 

There is excepted and reserved out of this Lease unto the Lessor and the other Lessees of the Building:

 

(i)                                      All air conditioning units and duct and pipe-work connected therewith and the full and free passage and right of running water and soil, electric, telephone and other pipes, conduits, wire and cables through, upon or under the Demised Premises and the right to enter upon the same in order to make connections with, inspect, maintain, remove or replace such air conditioning units and other services.

 

(ii)                                   The right to alter any adjacent land or premises in any manner whatsoever and to let the same for any purpose or otherwise deal therewith notwithstanding the light or air to the Demised Premises is in any such case thereby diminished or prejudicially affected.

 

(iii)                                The right for the Lessor and its surveyor or agents with or without workmen and others at all reasonable times on notice (except in case of emergency) to enter the Demised Permises for the purpose of carrying out the obligations of the Lessor hereunder which said rights of entry will conform to the requirements set out in’ clause 5(viii) of the Lease.

 

(iv)                               The easements, rights and privileges equivalent to those set forth in the First Schedule hereof.

 



 

THIRD SCHEDULE
(Lessors Maintenance Obligations)

 

The management maintenance and repair of the Building and all the facilities thereof and the provision of all services in connection therewith including (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing):

 

(i)                                      Maintaining in good and substantial repair and condition the main structure and roof of the Building.

 

(ii)                                   The repairing, renewing, painting, glazing, maintaining, repainting and when necessary the rebuilding of the following parts of the Building namely the main structure (including foundations and footings) the external walls and external wood and ironwork, the joists, the roofs, canopies, the interior parts of the Building (excluding the interior of all premises demised) the air conditioning plant and equipment, the communal toilets used in common by the Lessee and others, the drains, the hot and cold water cisterns and pipes, the waste pipes, the main electricity cables, the heating apparatus, the ventilating apparatus and shafts and the fire prevention apparatus and security systems serving the Demised Premises in common with other parts of the Building.

 

(iii)                                The cleansing and lighting of the forecourts, staircases, passages, landings, communal toilets and other parts of the Building used in common by the Lessee with the Lessor and all other Lessees.

 

(iv)                               The insuring of the Building against the risks set out in clause 6(ii) hereof (including loss of rent and architects and surveyors fees).

 

(v)                                  The cost of supplying water in respect of the Building.

 

(vi)                               The provision of water heaters.

 

(vii)                            Any expenses deemed necessary or incurred in connection with the removal of refuse.

 

(viii)                         The cost of supplying electricity for all the machinery, equipment and apparatus employed in servicing the Building.

 

(ix)                                 Paying all existing and future rates, taxes and assessments payable by Law in respect of the Building (other than any tax or other charge payable on the Demised Premises by the Lessee under the provisions of clause 5(iv) hereof).

 

(x)                                    The cost of employing staff for the performance of the duties and services before mentioned and for the security of the Building and all other incidental expenditures in relation to such employment including (but not by way of limitation) the payment of the statutory and such other insurance, health, welfare, pension and other payments, contributions, and premiums that the Lessor may in his discretion deem desirable or necessary the provision of uniforms, working clothes, tools, appliances, cleaning and other material, bins, receptacles and other equipment for proper performance of their duties and all costs and expenses incurred in providing suitable accommodation within the Building.

 

(xi)                                 The cost of any audit fees incurred pursuant to clause 3(v)(c).

 



 

FOURTH SCHEDULE
(Restrictions on Lessee)

 

(i)                                      Not to throw or permit to be thrown anything whether of a liquid or solid nature from any part of the Demised Premises.

 

(ii)                                   Not to keep any animals on the Demised Premises.

 

(iii)                                Not to hang articles of any description from the exterior of any part of the Demised Premises or any other part of the Building except within the Demised Premises.

 

(iv)                               Not to keep any plants on the exterior windowsills or place thereon any ornaments or other things which might impair, alter or mar the uniformity or appearance of the Building.

 

(v)                                  Not to encumber or interfere with the access to or egress from or place or leave rubbish upon any parts of the Building used in common with other tenants thereof (other than such part thereof as is specifically reserved for such purpose).

 

(vi)                               Not to affix a radio, television, aerial t.v. or satellite dish to the exterior of the Demised Premises or to any other part of the Building without the written permission of the Lessor.

 

(vii)                            Not to make or allow any person to make any undue noise in or about the Demised Premises or any part of the Building.

 

(viii)                         Not to use water closets and other water apparatus for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed.

 

(ix)                                 Not to permit any water or liquid to soak through the floors of the Demised Premises and in the even of such happening, to immediately rectify and make good all damage and injury to the premises so affected unless water from a defective main structure or roof of the Building.

 

(x)                                    To use all water on the Demised Premises sparingly and not have water running unnecessarily for any length of time.

 

(xi)                                 To observe all such other rules and regulations from time to time (either in addition to or by way of substitution for these rules and regulations or any of them) as the Lessor may deem needful for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Building or for securing the comfort or convenience of the tenants of the Building generally.

 

FIFTH SCHEDULE
(Lessors Fixtures and Fittings)

 

(i)                                      All carpet and underlay installed in the Demised Premises.

 

(ii)                                   All partitions, doors, coverings, supports, bulkheads, uprights and supports fastenings and all other fitting integral to the partitioning works.

 

(iii)                                All kitchen cabinets and bathroom tiles, cabinets, vanity units, work surfaces, stall sets and plumbing fixtures.

 

(iv)                               All ceiling tile grid, air conditioning ducts, cupboard and defuser lighting throughout, light defusers and all wiring switches and electrical outlets.

 



 

The Common Seal of
EYE PATCH HOLDINGS LIMITED
was hereunto affixed

)
)
)

 

[SEAL]

in the presence of

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

 

 

 

 

The Common Seal of
GIBBONS MANAGEMENT SERVICES
LIMITED

)
)
)

 

[SEAL]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

 

 

 

 

The Common Seal of

)

 

 

WEST END CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
(BERMUDA) LIMITED

)
)

 

/s/ David Brown

 

was hereunto affixed

)

 

 

in the presence of

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT, In accordance with section 14 of the Stamp Duties Act 1976, full and proper duty has been paid on the original instrument.

[SEAL]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

ACTING

 

Tax Commissioner

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.18

 

Execution Copy

 

OPERATIONAL SUPPORT AGREEMENT

 

OPERATIONAL SUPPORT AGREEMENT, dated as of December 20, 2005 (the “ Agreement” ), among West End Capital Management (Bermuda) Limited, an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and licensed to provide insurance management services pursuant to the licence annexed hereto, and Flagstone Reinsurance Limited (“Flagstone”), a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and registered as a Bermuda Class 4 insurer under the Insurance Act 1978.

 

WHEREAS, it is intended by the parties that West End Bermuda and Flagstone shall enter into this Agreement pursuant to which West End Bermuda will provide Flagstone certain insurance management and related support services in respect of Flagstone’s business on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.              Provision of Services . (a)  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the standards of performance set forth in Section 2, West End Bermuda shall provide to Flagstone,  the services listed and described in Schedule 1 hereto (the “ Services ”) for a period of 24 months commencing at the date hereof.

 

(b)            In addition to the Services, West End Bermuda shall provide Flagstone transitional assistance for the term of this Agreement, consisting of consulting services of personnel currently providing support for Flagstone’s administration, financial matters, tax matters and corporate secretarial matters, in relation to transitioning the Services to Flagstone and the use of reasonable efforts by West End Bermuda to assist in the transfer of responsibility for each Service to Flagstone. Such West End employees shall be available to provide such transitional assistance at the rates listed on Schedule 2 of this Agreement. Flagstone shall also reimburse West End Bermuda for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of transitional assistance, which shall include all expenses related to the use of corporate aircraft, provided that , if more than one person from West End Bermuda is required at the same destination on the same occasion for the purposes of the provision of transitional assistance and they utilize corporate aircraft, then all such persons shall utilize the same corporate aircraft.

 

2.              Standard of Performance; Personnel . West End Bermuda agrees (i) to provide or cause to be provided to Flagstone the Services in a reasonable manner; (ii) that the Services shall be provided by personnel who are experienced, qualified and trained in the business of insurance management and who shall provide such services in a professional and timely manner. West End Bermuda may provide the Services through the use of appropriate licensed (where applicable) sub-contactors (whether affliated or not) or consultants; provided , that West End Bermuda shall remain fully responsible for any such Services so provided.

 

1



 

3.              Payment for Services and Transitional Assistance . (a)  Flagstone shall pay West End Bermuda for (i) the provision of the Services and the transitional assistance (at the rates specified in Schedule 2), (ii) for the provision of premises (based on actual square footage utilized) and direct overheads as specified in Schedule 3, provided that , no premises located in Bermuda may be provided to Flagstone by West End Bermuda without a licence issued to West End Bermuda by the Bermuda Minister of Finance pursuant to Section 129A of the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda (the “Act’) and (iii)  any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in providing the Services or the transitional assistance, monthly, in arrears, within 15 days of receipt of an invoice to be sent after the relevant month, except for amounts disputed in good faith; provided, that in no event shall the total of all such payments to or for the account of West End Bermuda and its affiliates exceed $2.5 million in any calendar year. Each invoice shall set forth in reasonable detail the Services or transitional assistance rendered during the month to which such invoice relates, the personnel who provided those Services or transitional assistance, the category to which they belong for purposes of Schedule 2 (if necessary), the time spent on providing the Services or transitional assistance, the amount of any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in providing the Services or the transitional assistance and the aggregate amounts payable by Flagstone in connection with such Services and transitional assistance for the relevant month. If Flagstone has any objection to the amount of any invoice, it may require West End Bermuda to substantiate such invoice amount with appropriate records. In the event Flagstone continues to object to the amount of the invoice following its receipt of substantiation thereof, West End Bermuda shall cooperate fully by (i) providing all appropriate records of it and its officers, employees, agents and consultants reasonably available during regular business hours (to the extent that this will not result in a material interruption to West End Bermuda) without charge to Flagstone and (ii) using reasonable efforts to cause any other relevant person or entity to provide all appropriate records and make its officers, employees, agents and consultants reasonably available during business hours, in each case as may be required in connection with such audit. The parties shall endeavor in good faith to resolve any disagreement with respect to charges hereunder within 15 days of the date of the relevant notice. In the event the parties fail to resolve such disagreement within that period, such disagreement shall be resolved in accordance with Section 5 hereof.

 

(b)            West End Bermuda shall maintain, in all material respects, true and complete documentation supporting all amounts to be paid to West End Bermuda by Flagstone under the terms of this Agreement until at least three years after the termination of this Agreement.

 

4.              Term . (a)  The term of this Agreement shall be for a period of 24 months commencing at the date hereof ; provided that , this Agreement may be terminated:

 

(i)             by Flagstone or West End Bermuda, at any time, not less than 30 days after delivery of notice to the other party, in the event that the other party shall have defaulted on or breached any material term of this Agreement and shall not have cured such breach within five Business Days after receiving notice specifying the nature of such default or breach; or

 

(ii)            by Flagstone or West End Bermuda if the other party hereto should commence any case, proceeding or action (a) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an

 

2



 

order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it as a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts or (b) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets; or, there shall be commenced against that party any such case, proceeding or other action which results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of thirty days.

 

(b)            During the term of this Agreement, Flagstone shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to assume responsibility for each Service within 24 months from the date hereof.

 

(c)            The parties agree that Flagstone may terminate this Agreement with respect to any Service upon 30 calendar days prior written notice to West End Bermuda. Any requested termination of a Service pursuant to this Section 4(c) shall become effective at the end of such 30 day period, and Flagstone shall with effect from the effective date of such termination no longer be obligated to pay for such Service.

 

(d)            Upon termination of this Agreement and settlement in full of amounts owing to West End Bermuda in respect of this Agreement, West End Bermuda shall deliver to Flagstone, at Flagstone’s expense, all books, records, data and reports (whether print or electronic) used or prepared exclusively in relation to the provision of the Services, to the extent that West End Bermuda is legally entitled to do so.

 

(e)            Sections 5, 13 and 18 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

5.              Dispute Resolution . In the event any dispute arises under this Agreement, the parties hereto agree to negotiate in good faith to resolve such dispute prior to seeking relief in a court of law. Either Flagstone, on the one hand or West End Bermuda, on the other, may at any time deliver a notice to any other party that it wishes to refer a dispute to a senior executive of Flagstone and the Compliance Officer of West End Bermuda. Following receipt of such notice Flagstone, on the one hand and West End Bermuda on the other, shall designate one of its senior executives to negotiate in good faith to resolve such dispute within 10 days (or such longer period of time as such officers may agree to in writing). If at the end of such 10 day (or longer if properly extended) period the designated officers have not fully resolved the dispute to their mutual satisfaction, then:

 

(a) with respect to any dispute relating to charges under Section 3 of this Agreement, the parties shall within a 10 day (or longer if properly extended) period submit such dispute to arbitration by a single arbitrator. The arbitrator shall be an independent accounting firm of international reputation, mutually acceptable to Flagstone and West End Bermuda (or, if the parties are unable to agree upon such an accounting firm, such an accounting firm selected by the parties’ independent accounting firms). In the event, no agreement can be reached as to the identity of the arbitrator, either party may invoke the assistance of the court to appoint an arbitrator pursuant to the provisions of the Arbitration Act 1986. Any arbitrator appointed, whether by the parties or by the court, shall, within 30 days of the submission of the dispute to them, determine and report to Flagstone and West End Bermuda their determination which shall

 

3



 

be final and binding on the parties hereto, the cost of such determination to be borne by the parties in the proportions determined by the arbitrator;

 

(b) all other disputes shall be resolved through the courts of Bermuda.

 

6.              Specific Performance; Liability . (a) It is specifically understood and agreed that any breach of this Agreement by Flagstone or West End Bermuda will result in irreparable injury to the aggrieved party, that the remedy at law alone will be an inadequate remedy for such breach and that Flagstone or West End Bermuda shall be entitled to specific performance of this Agreement, in addition to any other remedy at law or equity.

 

(b)            Flagstone acknowledges that the Services and transitional assistance are being provided by West End Bermuda pursuant to this Agreement pending an assumption of responsibility for the provision of the Services by Flagstone. Accordingly, all warranties and representations relating to the Services and transitional assistance, whether implied, statutory or otherwise, are hereby excluded to the maximum extent permitted by law, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 2 hereof); provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall exclude either party’s liability for fraud or dishonesty or liability for death or personal injury arising out of its gross negligence.

 

(c)            West End Bermuda shall have no liability for any loss to Flagstone or its officers, directors, employees, agents, successors or assigns that arises in relation to the provision of the Services and transitional assistance except with respect to losses resulting from fraud, dishonesty, willful default, bad faith or gross negligence or to the extent the exclusion of such liability is contrary to any applicable laws.

 

7.              Cooperation; Access . (a)  The parties hereto agree to fully cooperate in good faith with one another in connection with the Services provided under this Agreement.

 

(b)            Flagstone shall permit West End Bermuda and its employees and agents reasonable access during regular business hours (or otherwise upon agreement) to such data and personnel designated by Flagstone as involved in receiving or overseeing the Services and other information as reasonably requested by West End Bermuda to facilitate West End Bermuda’s performance of this Agreement. West End Bermuda shall permit Flagstone and its employees and agents reasonable access during regular business hours (or otherwise upon agreement) to individuals responsible for the Services and provide Flagstone with such data and other information as Flagstone may reasonably request for the purposes of allowing Flagstone to monitor the performance of the Services and to assist Flagstone in transitioning the Service functions to Flagstone’s own systems upon the termination of this Agreement, in each case to the extent that such permission or provision does not result in material interruption to West End Bermuda.

 

(c)            Flagstone and West End Bermuda shall cooperate with and assist one another in obtaining any third party consents or amendments necessary for the performance of the Services hereunder, including, without limitation, any required consent or amendment under any software license; provided , however , that West End Bermuda shall not be required to cooperate with and assist Flagstone in obtaining any consent to amendment where West End Bermuda reasonably

 

4



 

concludes (after consultation with Flagstone) that such consent or amendment will result in it incurring out-of-pocket expenses which Flagstone, in its sole discretion, does not approve. Flagstone and West End Bermuda will notify one another promptly after becoming aware that any such consents or amendments are required. Subject to Flagstone’s prior approval, the out-of-pocket costs and expenses of obtaining any such consents or amendments shall be borne by Flagstone. In the event that the parties are unable to obtain any required consent or amendment, they shall negotiate in good faith reasonable modifications of the Services and applicable fees such that such consents or amendments are not required.

 

8.              Force Majeure . West End Bermuda shall not be liable to Flagstone for delay in performing or failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement if the delay or failure results from events or circumstances outside its reasonable control including, without limitation, fire, flood, explosion, acts of war or hostilities or terrorist activity, riots, government action or inaction, request by any governmental, regulatory or administrative agency, accident or breakage of any machinery or apparatus, strikes or labor disputes or any inability to obtain fuel, power, gas, equipment or transportation, and such delay or failure shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.

 

9.              Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by an internationally recognized overnight courier service or by facsimile (with confirmation of sending) to the respective parties hereto at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 9):

 

if to Flagstone, to:

 

Crawford House

12 Church Street, suite 224

Hamilton, HM Bermuda

Telephone: +1 (441) 278-4319

Fax:  +1 (441) 295-4927

Attention: Todd White

 

If to West End Bermuda to:

 

West End Capital Management (Bermuda) Limited

Crawford House

12 Church Street, suite 224

Hamilton, HM Bermuda

Telephone: +1 (441) 278-4302

Fax:  +1 (441) 295-4927

Attention: Anthony M. Philip

 

10.            Amendment . This Agreement may not be amended or modified except (a) by an instrument in writing signed by, or on behalf of, West End Bermuda and Flagstone or (b) by a waiver in accordance with Section 11.

 

5



 

11.            Waiver . West End Bermuda, on the one hand, and Flagstone, on the other, may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other party to this Agreement or (b) waive compliance with any of the agreements of the other party or conditions to such party’s obligations contained herein. Any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party to be bound thereby. Any waiver of any term or condition shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or a subsequent waiver of the same term or condition, or a waiver of any other term or condition of this Agreement. The failure of any party hereto to assert any of its rights hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of any of such rights. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

 

12.            Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned without the express written consent of West End Bermuda and Flagstone (which consent may be granted or withheld the sole discretion of West End Bermuda or Flagstone), it being understood and agreed that any direct or indirect change of control of West End Bermuda shall be deemed to be an assignment of this Agreement.

 

13.            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

14.            Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including all Schedules hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, representations and understandings, except to the extent repeated in this Agreement, of any nature, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Flagstone and West End Bermuda each acknowledge that in entering into this Agreement it is not relying on any representation or understanding that is not set out in this Agreement and neither Flagstone nor West End Bermuda shall have any right of action (except in the case of fraud or dishonesty) against the other party to this Agreement arising out of or in connection with any prior representation or understanding to the extent that it is not repeated in this Agreement.

 

15.            Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Bermuda law and shall be treated, in all respects, as an Bermuda contract without regard to conflicts of laws and principles. The Parties submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Bermuda.

 

16.            Headings . The heading references herein are for convenience purposes only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

17.            No Partnership . Nothing in this Agreement and no action taken by the parties pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute, or be deemed to constitute, the parties a partnership, unincorporated association, or other co-operative entity.

 

18.            Non-solicitation . Flagstone shall not, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of one year following the termination or expiry of this Agreement directly or indirectly solicit, endeavor to entice away, employ or offer to employ any person employed by West End Bermuda

 

6



 

who is involved with the provision of Services or transitional assistance under this Agreement at any time, whether or not such person would commit any breach of his contract of service in leaving such employment.

 

19.            Change of Control . West End Bermuda shall use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that the provision of the Services and transitional assistance contemplated by this Agreement shall continue in the event West End Bermuda is subject to a change in ownership or a change of control.

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this OPERATIONAL SUPPORT Agreement as of the date first written above by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Todd White

 

 

Name: Todd White

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 

WEST END CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
(BERMUDA) LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anthony Philip

 

 

Name: Anthony Philip

 

Title: Secretary

 

8



 

Annex A

 

 

(Insurance Managers Licence — omitted)

 

9



 

Schedule 1

 

The Services shall include each of the services specified below and such other services as Flagstone and West End Bermuda shall agree in writing, subject to West End Bermuda having the required licenses/regulatory approvals necessary to provide such other services:

 

1)      Operational Services :  The Services shall include all activities, services and procedures which activities, services and procedures shall be performed for up to the entire 24 month term of this Agreement unless this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms or, with respect to specific Services, terminated in accordance with 4(c) :

 

a)      Company secretarial services

b)     Accounting & tax services

c)      Risk modeling services

d)     Information technology & communication services

e)      Provision of premises and utilities; provided that no premises located in Bermuda may be provided to Flagstone by West End Bermuda without a licence issued to West End Bermuda by the Bermuda Minister of Finance pursuant to Section 129A of the Act

f)      Administrative Services

g)     Disaster Recovery Procedures

 

2)      Training Services :  West End Bermuda shall provide adequate personnel for instructing Flagstone’s personnel to take over the provision of the Services contemplated herein during the term of this agreement. The instruction shall occur at times and locations mutually agreeable to Flagstone and West End Bermuda, and to the extent Flagstone reasonably requests additional instruction beyond that contemplated by this Section 2, West End Bermuda shall be compensated for such services consistent with the rates set forth on Schedule 2 of this Agreement.

 

3)      Future Services . To the extent Flagstone and West End Bermuda determine that additional services are required for Flagstone to transition on to the systems necessary to operate without assistance from West End Bermuda the parties hereto agree to negotiate in good faith the provision of such services and the fees related thereto.

 

10



 

Schedule 2

 

The amount to be invoiced under Section 3 in respect of the personnel providing the Services and transitional assistance in accordance with Section 1 shall be according to the following table. The amount to be invoiced in respect of each of the personnel providing the Services for any one day shall be the lower of the aggregate of the applicable hourly rate, or the applicable daily rate.

 

Category of Staff

 

US$ per Hour

 

US$ per 8-hour day

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Phd Quantative Analyst- Bermuda

 

400

 

2500

 

Other Computer Programmer- Bermuda

 

200

 

1250

 

Phd Quantative Analyst- Elsewhere

 

400

 

2500

 

Other Computer Programmer- Elsewhere

 

200

 

1250

 

Network Infrastructure Engineer

 

175

 

1000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chartered Accountant - Elsewhere

 

100

 

600

 

Corporate Secretarial - Bermuda

 

90

 

600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specific Personnel

 

 

 

 

 

Todd White

 

250

 

1500

 

Anthony Philip

 

250

 

1500

 

Tim Calveley

 

225

 

1500

 

Brenton Slade

 

225

 

1500

 

Patrick Boisvert

 

175

 

1000

 

 

11



 

Schedule 3

 

The amount to be invoiced under Section 3 in respect of the provision of premises shall be the following:.

 

 

Fully Loaded Space Cost

 

US$ per square foot

 

 

 

 

 

Halifax

 

20

 

Hydrabad

 

19

 

 

 

This charge shall apply to the space used by the cubicle, desk, or office as the case may be, of all Flagstone personnel working in offices outside of Bermuda rented or owned by West End Bermuda or affiliates. It shall further apply to a proportionate share of common space (hallways, conference rooms, kitchen, etc).

 

12




Exhibit 10.19

 

Execution Copy

 

[LETTERHEAD OF FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED]

 

February 23, 2006

 

Lightyear Fund II (Cayman), L.P.
375 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10152

 

Dear Sir/Madam:

 

Reference is made to the purchase on February 1, 2006 by Lightyear Fund II (Cayman), L.P. (the “VCOC Investor”) from Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited (the “Company”) of 4,985,000 common shares, par value $.01 per share, of stock of the Company pursuant to the Second Subscription Agreement dated as of December 30, 2005 between the Company and Lightyear Fund II, L.P. (“Lightyear”) and the Assignment Agreement dated February 1, 2006 among the Company, the VCOC Investor, Lightyear and Lightyear Co-Invest Partnership II (Cayman), L.P. (the “Initial Stock”), and the contemplated direct or indirect purchase pursuant to the Fourth Subscription Agreement dated as of February 23, 2006 between the Company and the VCOC Investor by the VCOC Investor from the Company of an additional 997,000 common shares, par value $.01 per share, of stock of the Company (together with the Initial Stock, the “Stock”). This letter agreement amends, restates and supersedes the letter agreement delivered on February 1, 2006 by the Company to the VCOC Investor pertaining to the same matters discussed herein.

 

The Company hereby agrees that for so long as the VCOC Investor, directly or through one or more conduit subsidiaries, continues to hold any Stock (or, solely for purposes of paragraph (c) below, at least 2,492,500 shares of Stock) or other securities of the Company into which such shares of Stock may be converted or for which such shares of Stock may be exchanged, the Company, without limitation or prejudice of any of the rights provided to shareholders of the Company generally, shall:

 

(a)            Provide the VCOC Investor or its designated representative with:

 

(i)             the right to visit and inspect during business hours any of the offices and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries and inspect books and records of the Company and its subsidiaries, at such times as are mutually agreed upon between the VCOC Investor and the Company;

 



 

(ii)            as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the end of such period, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the period then ended prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, and subject to the absence of footnotes and to year-end adjustments;

 

(iii)           as soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the end of such year, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the year then ended prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, together with an auditor’s report thereon of a firm of established reputation; and

 

(iv)           to the extent the Company or any of its subsidiaries is required by law or pursuant to the terms of any outstanding indebtedness of the Company or such subsidiary to prepare such reports, any annual reports, quarterly reports and other periodic reports, actually prepared by the Company or such subsidiary as soon as available.

 

(b)            Make appropriate officers and directors of the Company, and its subsidiaries, available periodically and at such times as reasonably requested by the VCOC Investor for consultation with the VCOC Investor or its designated representative with respect to matters relating to the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries, including, without limitation, significant changes in management personnel and compensation of employees, introduction of new products or new lines of business, important acquisitions or dispositions of plants and equipment, significant research and development programs, the purchasing or selling of important trademarks, licenses or concessions or the proposed commencement or compromise of significant litigation;

 

(c)            At any time the VCOC Investor does not have a written contractual agreement with the Company which entitles the VCOC Investor to unilaterally appoint at least one member to the Board of Directors of the Company, provide the VCOC Investor with the right to designate one non-voting board observer who will be entitled to attend all meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors, participate in all deliberations of the Board and receive copies of all materials provided to the Board, provided that such observer shall have no voting rights with respect to actions taken or elected not to be taken by the Board;

 

2



 

(d)            At any time the VCOC Investor does not have a written contractual agreement with the Company which entitles the VCOC Investor to unilaterally appoint at least one member to the Board of Directors of the Company or to designate one non-voting board observer as provided in paragraph (c) above, to the extent consistent with applicable law (and with respect to events which require public disclosure, only following the Company’s public disclosure thereof through applicable securities law filings or otherwise), inform the VCOC Investor or its designated representative in advance with respect to any significant corporate actions, including, without limitation, extraordinary dividends, mergers, acquisitions or dispositions of assets, issuances of significant amounts of debt or equity and material amendments to the certificate of incorporation or by laws of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to provide the VCOC Investor or its designated representative with the right to consult with the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to such actions; and

 

(e)            Provide the VCOC Investor or its designated representative with such other rights of consultation which the VCOC Investor’s counsel may determine to be reasonably necessary under applicable legal authorities promulgated after the date hereof to qualify its investment in the Company as a “venture capital investment” for purposes of the United States Department of Labor Regulation published at 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101(d)(3)(i) (the “Plan Asset Regulation”).

 

The Company agrees to consider, in good faith, the recommendations of the VCOC Investor or its designated representative in connection with the matters on which it is consulted as described above, recognizing that the ultimate discretion with respect to all such matters shall be retained by the Company.

 

The VCOC Investor agrees, and will require each designated representative of the VCOC Investor to agree, to hold in confidence and not use or disclose to any third party (other than its legal counsel and accountants) any confidential information provided to or learned by such party in connection with the VCOC Investor’s rights under this letter agreement except as may otherwise be required by law or legal, judicial or regulatory process, provided that the VCOC Investor takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

 

The rights set forth in this letter agreement are not transferable by the VCOC Investor to any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in the event the VCOC Investor transfers all or any portion of its investment in the Company to an affiliated entity or to a Qualified Fund (or to a direct or indirect wholly-owned conduit subsidiary of any such affiliated entity or Qualified Fund) that is intended to qualify as a venture capital operating company under the Plan Asset Regulation, such affiliated entity or Qualified Fund shall be afforded the same rights with respect to the Company afforded to the VCOC Investor hereunder, and in such event the Company agrees to execute a

 

3



 

management rights agreement in the form of this agreement with such affiliated entity or Qualified Fund, as applicable, and the name of the assignee shall be substituted for the VCOC Investor in each place it appears. For purposes of this paragraph, “affiliated entity” shall mean any entity that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the VCOC Investor, and a “Qualified Fund” is an investment fund managed by an affiliated entity.

 

This letter agreement and the rights and the duties of the parties hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York and may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE
HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Todd White

 

 

 

  Name: Todd White

 

 

  Title:   Secretary

 

Agreed and acknowledged as of the
date first above written:

 

 

 

 

 

LIGHTYEAR FUND II (CAYMAN), L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:  LIGHTYEAR FUND II (Cayman) GP, L.P.,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:  LIGHTYEAR FUND II (Cayman) GP, Ltd.,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

 

Title:   Vice President

 

 

4




Exhibit 10.20

 

Island Heritage - EXECUTION COPY

15 March 2006

 

 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT , dated as of March 15, 2006 (this “ Agreement ”), is between Flagstone Reinsurance Bermuda Limited, a Bermuda reinsurance company (the “ Buyer ”) and Haverford (Bermuda) Limited, a Bermuda investment management company (the “ Shareholder ”).

 

SUMMARY OF TRANSACTION

 

The Shareholder owns 63,783 common shares (the “Shares”) of Island Heritage Insurance Company, a Cayman Island insurance company (the “Company”). The Buyer wishes to acquire the Shares from the Shareholder on the terms set forth in this Agreement. In consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties, and agreements hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, and in order to set forth the terms and conditions of the Buyer’s acquisition of the Shares, the parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

PURCHASE OF SHARES

 

1.01         Purchase of Shares . The Buyer agrees to purchase the Shares from the Shareholder on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

1.02         Time and Place of Closing . The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) will take place as of the close of business on 31 March 2006 (or, if the conditions to the closing contained in this Agreement have not been satisfied or waived by such date, then three business days after the satisfaction or waiver of the last such condition) (the “ Closing Date ”), at the offices of Carter Ledyard & Milburn LLP, or at such other place or time as the parties may agree.

 

1.03         Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet. No more than five business days and no less than one full business day before the Closing Date, the Shareholder will deliver to the Buyer an unaudited estimated balance sheet of the Company, estimated as of the time of the Closing (the “ Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet ”), prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.

 

1.04         Consideration . Upon the terms and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions contained in this Agreement, in consideration for the Shares, the Buyer will pay to the Shareholder at the Closing, by wire transfer or certified or cashier’s check, an amount in cash (the “ Purchase Price ”) equal to 1.45 times the book value as shown on the Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet, multiplied by the Shareholder’s Ratio. The “ Shareholder’s Ratio ” shall mean the percentage obtained by dividing the number of Shares by the total number of common shares of the Company outstanding as of the Closing Date. The foregoing Purchase Price is subject to adjustments as set forth in Section 1.05, below.

 

1



 

1.05         Adjustment of Purchase Price .

 

(a)            As soon as an audit of the Closing Date financial statements is complete, and in no event later than 90 days from the Closing Date, the Shareholder will deliver to the Buyer audited balance sheet and related financial statements of the Company as of the time of the Closing, prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (and on a basis consistent with that of the Estimated Closing Date Financial Statements) and certified by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of the Company (the “ Closing Date Financial Statements ”). Within 5 business days of the delivery of the Closing Date Financial Statements, to the extent that the book value as shown in the Closing Date Financial Statements is different from the book value as shown on the Estimated Closing Date Financial Statements, the Buyer or the Shareholder, as the case may be, shall make an appropriate payment to the other as an adjustment to the Purchase Price.

 

(b)            As soon as an audit of the Company’s financial statements as of March 31, 2007 is complete, and in no event later than June 30, 2007, the Shareholder will deliver to the Buyer audited balance sheet and related financial statements of the Company as of March 31, 2007, prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (and on a basis consistent with that of the Estimated Closing Date Financial Statements and the Closing Date Financial Statements) and certified by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of the Company (the “ March 2007 Financial Statements ”). Within 5 business days of the delivery of the March 2007 Financial Statements, to the extent that the amount of incurred insurance losses of the Company as of the Closing Date, as shown on the March 2007 Financial Statements, is different from the amount of the incurred insurance losses of the Company as of the Closing Date, as shown on the Closing Date Financial Statements, and to the extent that such difference is attributable to losses incurred by the Company prior to the Closing Date and solely as a result of its insurance policy underwriting liabilities, the Buyer or the Shareholder, as the case may be, shall make an appropriate payment to the other as an adjustment to the Purchase Price; provided that (x) no adjustment to the Purchase Price pursuant to this paragraph (b) shall be required if the payment otherwise required by this paragraph (b) would be less than or equal to $300,000.

 

(c)            Payments pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) above shall be made in accordance with the terms applicable thereto and without interest.

 

2



 

ARTICLE II

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
OF THE SHAREHOLDER

 

As an inducement to the Buyer to enter into this Agreement, the Shareholder represents and warrants to the Buyer as follows:

 

2.01         Organization; Qualification . The Shareholder is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Bermuda.

 

2.02         Capitalization . The total authorized share capital of the Company consists of 500,000 common shares of which a total of 320,000 shares are issued and outstanding. Other than this Agreement, there is no subscription, option, warrant, call, right, agreement or commitment relating to the issuance, sale, delivery or transfer (including any right of conversion or exchange under any outstanding security or other instruments) by the Company, or by the Shareholder, of the Shares or other share capital of the Company, other than (a) outstanding executive options for common shares of the Company not in excess of 20,500 shares in the aggregate and (b) the Company’s performance share unit agreement. There are no outstanding contractual obligations of the Company to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any outstanding share capital of the Company. Other than the voting agreement under the terms of the shareholder agreement between the Company and its shareholders dated 21 June 2005, There are no voting trusts or other agreements, arrangements or understandings applicable to the exercise of voting or any other rights with respect to the Shares.

 

2.03         Title to Shares . The Shareholder owns, and at the Closing will own, the all of the Shares, free and clear of all pledges, security interests, liens, charges, encumbrances, equities, claims, options or limitations affecting its ability to vote the Shares.

 

2.04         Authority Relative to this Agreement . The Shareholder has full legal power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Shareholder and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Shareholder, enforceable against the Shareholder in accordance with its terms.

 

2.05         Consents and Approvals; No Violation . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Sharholder nor the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement will (i) violate any material agreement or other instrument of the Company, (ii) require the Shareholder to obtain the consent or approval of any governmental authority nor (iii) result in a material adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities (financial or otherwise), results of operations, prospects or affairs of the Company (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).

 

2.06         Financial Statements . The Shareholder has previously furnished to the Buyer a true and correct copy of (a) the balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2005, and (b) the related income statements and cash flow statements of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 (collectively the “ Financial Statements ”). The Shareholder has no knowledge of any material error or omission in the Financial Statements.

 

3



 

2.07         Undisclosed Liabilities . To the best of the Shareholder’s knowledge after reasonable due inquiry, there are no basis for any claim against the Company for any material liability or obligation not fully reflected or reserved against in the Financial Statements.

 

2.08         Full Disclosure . No representation or warranty of the Shareholder and no information, Schedule or certificate furnished or to be furnished by or on behalf of the Shareholder to the Buyer, its affiliates or its agents pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statement contained herein or therein not misleading. To the best of the Shareholder’s knowledge, the Shareholder has informed the Buyer of all facts that could reasonably be anticipated to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

2.09         Representations and Warranties True at the Closing Date . The representations and warranties of the Shareholder herein and in any Schedule attached hereto shall be true and complete at the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at and as of such time.

 

ARTICLE III

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
OF THE BUYER

 

As an inducement to the Shareholder to enter into this Agreement, the Buyer represents and warrants to the Shareholder as follows:

 

3.01         Organization . The Buyer is an exempt company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Bermuda.

 

3.02         Authority Relative to this Agreement . The Buyer has full legal power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Buyer and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Buyer, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

3.03         Consents and Approvals; No Violation . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Buyer nor the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement will (i) violate any material agreement or other instrument of the Buyer, or (ii) require the Buyer to obtain the consent or approval of any governmental authority, other than the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COVENANTS PENDING CLOSING

 

4.01         Consents . The parties hereto will use their best efforts to obtain consents, if any, of all persons and governmental authorities necessary to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

4



 

4.02         Public Announcements . Except as may be required by law, each party agrees to make no public announcements concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without the consent of the other parties.

 

ARTICLE V

 

CLOSING CONDITIONS

 

5.01         Mutual Conditions . The respective obligations of the Buyer and the Shareholder to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

 

(a)            No Limitations . None of the Shareholder, the Company or the Buyer shall be subject to any order, decree or injunction of a court of competent jurisdiction or governmental agency and no statute, rule or regulation shall be enacted or issued which (i) prevents or delays any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) would impose any limitation on the ability of the Buyer effectively to exercise full rights of ownership of the Shares.

 

(b)            CIMA Notices . All notifications to the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been made.

 

5.02         Conditions to the Obligations of the Shareholder . The obligations of the Shareholder to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be further subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be waived by the Shareholder:

 

(a)            The Buyer shall have performed and complied with the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement required to be performed and complied with by it at or prior to the Closing Date and the representations and warranties of the Buyer set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made at and as of the Closing Date; and

 

(b)            At the Closing, the Buyer shall have delivered the Purchase Price to the Shareholder as contemplated by Section 1.04.

 

5.03         Conditions to the Obligations of The Buyer . The obligations of the Buyer to effect the transactions contemplated hereby shall be further subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be waived by the Buyer:

 

(a)            The Shareholder shall have performed and complied with the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement required to be performed and complied with by it at or prior to the Closing Date, and the representations and warranties of the Shareholder set forth in this Agreement (without regard to any updated information provided pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof) shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made at and as of the Closing Date;

 

5



 

(b)            There shall not have been, since the date of the Financial Statements, any Material Adverse Change;

 

(c)            At or prior to Closing, the licenses, permits and other governmental approvals and authorizations and the consents of third parties required to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been obtained and delivered to the Buyer; and

 

(d)            The Buyer shall have completed its due diligence review of the business and operations of the Company and shall not have found that any of the representations and warranties of the Shareholder set forth in this Agreement are incomplete or incorrect in any material respect (except for representations and warranties which by their terms are qualified as to materiality, which shall be complete and correct as written).

 

ARTICLE VI

 

POST-CLOSING COVENANTS

 

6.01         Commissions and Fees . The Shareholder, on one hand,  and the Buyer, on the other hand, each represent and warrant to the other that no broker, finder, financial adviser or other person is entitled to any brokerage fees, commissions or finder’s fees in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby by reason of any action taken by the party making such representation. The Shareholder, on the one hand, and the Buyer, on the other hand, will pay to the other or otherwise discharge, and will indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against, any and all claims or liabilities for all brokerage fees, commissions and finder’s fees (other than as described above) incurred by reason of any action taken by such party.

 

6.02         Sales and Transfer Taxes . All sales and transfer taxes (including all share transfer taxes, if any) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will be borne by the Shareholder, and the Shareholder will, at its own expense, file all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to all such sales and transfer taxes, and, if required by applicable law, the Buyer will join in the execution of any such Tax Returns or other documentation.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

GOVERNING LAW

 

7.01         Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of laws.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, the Buyer and the Shareholder each has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative, each as of the date first above written.

 

6



 

 

HAVERFORD (BERMUDA) LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Byrne

 

 

 

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE BERMUDA LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Brown

 

 



Exhibit 10.21

 

West End - EXECUTION COPY

14 March 2006

 

SECURITY PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT , dated as of March 14, 2006 (this “ Agreement ”), is between Flagstone Reinsurance Bermuda Limited, a Bermuda reinsurance company (the “ Buyer ”) and the persons listed on Exhibit A hereto (collectively, the “ Securityholders ”).

 

SUMMARY OF TRANSACTION

 

The Securityholders own all of the outstanding common shares (the “ Shares ”) of West End Capital Management (Bermuda) Limited, a Bermuda exempt company (the “ Company ”), and all of the vested rights to acquire capital shares of the Company (collectively with the Shares, the “ Securities ”). The Buyer wishes to acquire the Securities from the Securityholders on the terms set forth in this Agreement. In consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties, and agreements hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, and in order to set forth the terms and conditions of the Buyer’s acquisition of the Securities, the parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

PURCHASE OF SECURITIES

 

1.01 Purchase of Securities . The Buyer agrees to purchase the Securities from the Securityholders on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

1.02 Time and Place of Closing . The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) will take place as of the close of business on 31 March 2006 (or, if the conditions to the closing contained in this Agreement have not been satisfied or waived by such date, then three business days after the satisfaction or waiver of the last such condition) (the “ Closing Date ”), at the offices of Carter Ledyard & Milburn LLP, or at such other place or time as the parties may agree.

 

1.03 Securityholders’ Representative . The Securityholders hereby appoint Mark Byrne and/or David Brown as the Securityholders’ Representative with the authority to act on behalf of each of the Securityholders as set out in this Agreement.

 

1.04 Buyer’s Representative . The Buyer hereby appoints E. Daniel James as the Buyer’s Representative with authority to act on behalf of the Buyer as set out in this Agreement.

 

1.05 Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet. No more than five business days and no less than one full business day before the Closing Date, the Securityholders’ Representative will deliver to the Buyer an unaudited estimated balance sheet of the Company, estimated as of the time of the Closing (the “ Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet ”), prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.

 

1



 

1.06 Consideration . Upon the terms and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions contained in this Agreement, in consideration for the Securities, the Buyer will pay to the Securityholders’ Representative at the Closing, by wire transfer or certified or cashier’s check, an amount in cash (the “ Purchase Price ”) equal to (i) $2,000,000 plus (i) the Securityholders equity as shown on the Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet, excluding the following items:  Investments in Haverford Preferred shares, and the associated unsecured financing; and any liability to affiliates of the Company.

 

1.07 Payment of Purchase Price . The Purchase Price shall be paid in two installments:

 

(a)            On the Closing Date, the Buyer shall pay 95% of the Purchase Price, based on the Securityholders’ equity as shown on the Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet.

 

(b)            As soon as an audit of the Closing Date financial statements is complete, and in no event later than 90 days from the Closing Date, the Securityholders will deliver to the Buyer an audited balance sheet of the Company as of the time of the Closing, prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (and on a basis consistent with that of the Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet) and certified by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of the Company (the “ Closing Date Balance Sheet ”). With 5 days of the delivery of the Closing Date Balance Sheet, Buyer will pay the remaining balance of the Purchase Price, as based on the Securityholders’ equity as shown on the Closing Date Balance Sheet. If the Purchase Price, as based on the Securityholders’ equity as shown on the Closing Date Balance Sheet, is less than 95% of the Purchase Price as based on the Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet and paid by the Buyer on the Closing Date in accordance with paragraph (a) above, the Sellers shall promptly refund the amount of such excess to the Buyer. Payments pursuant to this paragraph (b) shall be made in accordance with the terms hereof and without interest.

 

ARTICLE II

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
OF THE SECURITYHOLDERS

 

As an inducement to the Buyer to enter into this Agreement, the Securityholders jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Buyer as follows:

 

2.01 Organization; Qualification . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Bermuda. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted. The Company is qualified or licensed to do business in all jurisdictions in which its business so requires.

 

2.02 Capitalization . The Securityholders own all of the outstanding capital shares, and all of the vested rights to acquire capital shares, of the Company. No unvested rights to acquire capital shares of the Company shall vest after the Closing.

 

2.03 Title to Security . The Securityholders own, and at the Closing will own, all of the Securities, free and clear of all pledges, security interests, liens, charges, encumbrances, equities, claims, options or limitations affecting its ability to vote the Shares.

 

2



 

2.04 Authority Relative to this Agreement . Each Securityholder each has full legal power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by each Securityholder and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of each of them, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms.

 

2.05 No Violation . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Securityholders nor the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement will (i) violate any material agreement or other instrument of the Company, (ii) require the Company to obtain the consent or approval of any governmental authority nor (iii) result in a material adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities (financial or otherwise), results of operations, prospects or affairs of the Company (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).

 

2.06 Financial Statements . The Securityholders’ Representative has previously furnished to the Buyer a true and correct copy of (a) the balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2005, and (b) the related income statements and cash flow statements of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, in each case prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (collectively the “ Financial Statements ”). The Securityholders have no knowledge of any material error or omission in the Financial Statements.

 

2.07 Undisclosed Liabilities . There are no claims against the Company for any liability or obligation not fully reflected or reserved against in the Financial Statements.

 

2.08 Absence of Certain Changes and Events . Between the date of the Financial Statements and the date hereof there has been no occurrence; threatened occurrence, development or change relating to the business, operations, financial condition or affairs of the Company which has resulted or is likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

2.09 Title and Condition of Assets . The Company has good and marketable title to all of the properties and assets reflected in the Financial Statements.

 

2.10 Intellectual Property . The use by the Company of its computer programs and other items of intellectual property does not infringe upon or misappropriate the valid intellectual property rights of any third party.

 

2.11 Real Property Leases . The Company does not own any real property. The Company occupies its offices under leases which are valid and binding, and are in full force and effect in accordance with and subject to their terms; there are no existing defaults by the Company thereunder; no event has occurred which (whether with or without notice, lapse of time, or both) would constitute a default thereunder by the Company. A 99% owned subsidiary of the Company has contracted to buy from a government corporation, and has paid for, a parcel of land in Hyderabad, India.

 

2.12 Taxes . The Company has timely filed or caused to be timely filed or will timely file or cause to be timely filed with the appropriate taxing authorities all tax returns that are required to be filed by, or with respect to, the assets of the Company on or before the Closing Date. The tax returns have accurately reflected and will accurately reflect all liability for taxes of the Company for the periods covered thereby.

 

2.13 Full Disclosure . No representation or warranty of the Securityholder and no information, Schedule or certificate furnished or to be furnished by or on behalf of the Securityholder to the Buyer, its affiliates or its agents pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact

 

3



 

or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statement contained herein or therein not misleading. To the best Knowledge of each Securityholder, the Securityholders have informed the Buyer of all facts that could reasonably be anticipated to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

2.14 Representations and Warranties True at the Closing Date . The representations and warranties of the Securityholder herein and in any Schedule attached hereto shall be true and complete at the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at and as of such time.

 

ARTICLE III

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
OF THE BUYER

 

As an inducement to the Securityholder to enter into this Agreement, the Buyer represents and warrants as follows:

 

3.01 Organization . The Buyer is an exempt company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Bermuda.

 

3.02 No Violation . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Buyer nor the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement will (i) violate any material agreement or other instrument of the Buyer, or (ii) require the Buyer to obtain the consent or approval of any governmental authority.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COVENANTS PENDING CLOSING

 

4.01 Consents . The parties hereto will use their best efforts to obtain consents, if any, of all persons and governmental authorities necessary to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

4.02 Public Announcements . Except as may be required by law, each party agrees to make no public announcements concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without the consent of the other parties.

 

ARTICLE V

 

CLOSING CONDITIONS

 

5.01 Mutual Conditions . The respective obligations of the Buyer and the Securityholders to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

 

(a)            No Limitations . None of the Securityholders, the Company or the Buyer shall be subject to any order, decree or injunction of a court of competent jurisdiction or governmental agency and no statute, rule or regulation shall be enacted or issued which (i) prevents or delays any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) would impose any limitation on the ability of the Buyer effectively to exercise full rights of ownership of the Securities.

 

4



 

(b)            BMA Notices . All notifications to the Bermuda Monetary Authority necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been made.

 

5.02 Conditions to the Obligations of the Securityholders . The obligations of the Securityholders to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be further subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be waived by the Securityholders:

 

(a)            The Buyer shall have performed and complied with the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement required to be performed and complied with by it at or prior to the Closing Date and the representations and warranties of the Buyer set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made at and as of the Closing Date, and the Securityholders shall have received a certificate to that effect signed on behalf of the Buyer by an authorized officer of the Buyer;

 

(b)            At the Closing, the Buyer shall have delivered the Purchase Price to the Securityholders as contemplated by Section 1.07(a).

 

5.03 Conditions to the Obligations of The Buyer . The obligations of the Buyer to effect the transactions contemplated hereby shall be further subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be waived by the Buyer:

 

(a)            The Securityholders shall have performed and complied with the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement required to be performed and complied with by it at or prior to the Closing Date, and the representations and warranties of the Securityholders set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made at and as of the Closing Date;

 

(b)            There shall not have been, since the date of the Financial Statements, any Material Adverse Change;

 

(c)            At or prior to Closing, the licenses, permits and other governmental approvals and authorizations and the consents of third parties required to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been obtained and delivered to the Buyer; and

 

(d)            The Buyer shall have completed its due diligence review of the business and operations of the Company and shall not have found that any of the representations and warranties of the Securityholders set forth in this Agreement are incomplete or incorrect in any material respect (except for representations and warranties which by their terms are qualified as to materiality, which shall be complete and correct as written).

 

ARTICLE VI

 

POST-CLOSING COVENANTS

 

6.01 Commissions and Fees . The Securityholders, on one hand,  and the Buyer, on the other hand, each represent and warrant to the other that no broker, finder, financial adviser or other person is entitled to any brokerage fees, commissions or finder’s fees in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby by reason of any action taken by the party making such representation.

 

5



 

6.02 Sales and Transfer Taxes . All sales and transfer taxes (including all stock transfer taxes, if any) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will be borne by the Securityholders, and the Securityholders will, at their own expense, file all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to all such sales and transfer taxes, and, if required by applicable law, the Buyer will join in the execution of any such Tax Returns or other documentation.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

GOVERNING LAW

 

7.01 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of Bermuda, without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of laws.

 

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, the Buyer and the Securityholders have caused this Agreement to be executed.

 

 

 

Buyer:

 

 

 

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE BERMUDA LIMITED

 

 

 

/s/ E. Daniel James

 

 

E. Daniel James

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Byrne

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securityholders:

 

7



 

Exhibit A

 

Securityholders

 

 

Mark Byrne

/s/ Mark Byrne

 

 

 

 

 

David Brown

/s/ David Brown

 

 

 

 

 

Tim Calveley

/s/ Tim Calveley

 

 

 

 

 

Simon Biggs

/s/ Simon Biggs

 

 

 

 

 

John Goodridge

/s/ John Goodridge

 

 

8




Exhibit 10.22

 

 

 

6 th March, 2006

 

Mr. David Brown, Director

Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited

23 Church Street, 3 rd Floor

Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda

 

Dear David

 

Re: Mont Fort Re Ltd.

 

This letter will confirm our agreement to the transfer of our share holdings in Mont Fort Re Ltd. on the terms set out below.

 

Shares

 

370,000 Common Shares of par value US$1 each.

 

 

 

Consideration:

 

U$50,000

 

 

 

Governing Law:

 

This letter agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda.

 

 

 

Representations & Warranties

 

We hereby represent and warrant that we are transferring the referred to above free and clear of any liens or encumbrances.

 

Please confirm your acceptance of the foregoing by returning a signed copy of this letter to us at the address below.

 

 

Haverford (Bermuda) Ltd.

Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signed:

/s/ Mark Byrne

 

Signed:

/s/ David Brown

 

Mark Byrne

David Brown

Director

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Haverford (Bermuda) Ltd.

 

Crawford House, 23 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda Mailing Address:
Suite 224, 12 Church Street Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda

 

Tel: +1 441-296-8272            Fax:  +1 441-296-4927           E-Mail: info@haverford.bm

 




Exhibit 10.23

 

 

AIRCRAFT MANAGEMENT AND

JOINT USE AGREEMENT

 

1.              PARTIES :

 

Whereas ,

 

Longtail Aviation Ltd. (referred to herein as “Longtail”), is in the business of providing aircraft management services to aircraft owners;

 

Flagstone Westwind Holdings Limited a Bermuda exempted company limited by shares, existing under the laws of Bermuda (referred to herein as “OWNER”), is the owner or lessee of a certain Israel Aircraft Industries Westwind 1124A aircraft, serial number 337, Bermuda registration number VP-BLT (referred to herein as “the Aircraft”);

 

The rules applicable to operations conducted by Longtail pursuant to this Agreement include JAR-OPS 1, AN(OT)O, Bermuda Airworthiness Requirements, and other regulations applicable to Bermuda–registered aircraft operated in Public Transport and Private operations (hereinafter referred to as “Applicable Regulations”); and

 

This Aircraft Management and Joint Use Agreement (referred to herein as “this Agreement”) is entered into as of the 1 st day of August, 2006, by and between OWNER and Longtail.

 

2.              USE OF AIRCRAFT IN AIR CARRIAGE

 

2.1.          Under and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, OWNER hereby grants to Longtail the non-exclusive right to use and operate the Aircraft in Private and Public Transport operations during the term of this Agreement, and OWNER hereby grants to Longtail the rights to use and exercise operational control over the Aircraft during the term of this Agreement and under the terms set forth herein.

 

2.2.          OWNER shall deliver the Aircraft at OWNER’s expense, in good repair, condition and working order to Longtail at the Bermuda International Airport, or at such other place as may be mutually agreed upon. The aircraft shall have a current Bermuda Certificate of Airworthiness, and shall have documentation which demonstrates that the Aircraft is in all respects airworthy and mechanically suitable for immediate operation and use under the Applicable Regulations.

 

Longtail Aviation Ltd.

Suite 113, MPA Hangar, Southside, St. David’s  DD02, Bermuda Mailing Address: P O Box DD310,

St. David’s DDBX, Bermuda

Tel: +1 441-293-5971   Fax: +1 441-293-5972   Web Site: www.longtailaviation.bm

BDA/AOC/0104

 



 

3.              TERM :

 

3.1.          The Term of this Agreement shall commence on the date first above-written, and shall be for an initial period of twenty four (24) calendar months. Thereafter, the Term shall be renewed automatically for successive periods of 12 months unless terminated under the provisions of this Agreement. Beginning with first renewal, either party shall have the right to cancel this Agreement without cause upon written notice to the other, ninety (90) days prior to the renewal date.

 

3.2.          In the event of the sale of the Aircraft by OWNER, OWNER shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon ninety days written notice to Longtail. OWNER shall honor all charter commitments booked by Longtail for the aircraft during either such notice period, or shall reimburse Longtail for all of its costs and expenses in providing alternative equivalent or better transportation to enable Longtail to meet such commitments.

 

4.              MANAGEMENT FEES AND AIRCRAFT EXPENSES :

 

4.1.          OWNER shall pay Longtail a management fee of Six Thousand ($6,000) Dollars per month during the term of this Agreement.

 

4.2.          OWNER shall bear all maintenance expenses incurred in connection with the operation of the Aircraft. Maintenance expenses borne by OWNER shall include, without limitation, all required inspections, inspections to determine or verify the Aircraft’s conformity to the requirements of the Applicable Regulations, parts replacement due to normal wear and tear, MSP and the costs associated with documenting and tracking the Aircraft’s initial maintenance status and continuing airworthiness (Continuous Airworthiness Maintenance Program (“CAMP”) or an equivalent thereto) under the Applicable Regulations.

 

4.3.          OWNER shall bear all fuel expenses incurred in the operation of the Aircraft. Longtail shall make a reasonable attempt to locate fuel for the Aircraft at the most competitive price per gallon subject to other operational constraints and in the same way it manages other aircraft. The benefit of any fuel discount or rebate program will be passed on to OWNER 100%.

 

4.4.          OWNER shall provide and maintain as needed an advance of $250,000 on account for expenses, on the inception date of this contract, and shall maintain an advance of this amount quarterly throughout the contracts life, so as to allow Longtail to make payments on OWNERS behalf of the expenses described in this Agreement.

 

4.5.          Within Fifteen (15) days after the end of each month during the Term of this Agreement, Longtail shall deliver to OWNER an accounting of Aircraft hours

 

2



 

flown and charter revenue. Payments due OWNER hereunder shall become due and payable thirty days after the end of the month in which the obligation for payment accrues, to the extent they exceed the quarterly advance described in 4.4.

 

4.6.          Longtail shall prepare financial statements of OWNER, to the reasonable satisfaction of the parent company of OWNER, and shall cooperate and assist with the parent company’s audit and internal audit processes.

 

4.7.          The cost of providing up to 3 flight crew in connection with the operation of the Aircraft shall be billed to and paid by OWNER. Flight crewmembers shall at all times be under the exclusive control of Longtail. In the event that a crewmember the cost of whom is assigned to OWNER is used by Longtail in an aircraft other than the Aircraft, Longtail shall pay OWNER for such use at the rate of $300 per day or portion thereof.

 

4.8.          OWNER shall bear all hangar expenses incurred in the operation of the Aircraft, except to the extent that such expenses can be re-billed to charter customers. Longtail shall make a reasonable attempt to locate hangar rent for the Aircraft at the best competitive price whenever such hangar space is needed or requested by OWNER. Longtail will provide hangar space for the Aircraft in Bermuda for $6,000 per month or as otherwise notified to OWNER from time to time in advance.

 

4.9.          Owner shall bear all costs of landing fees, catering, aircraft supplies, airport fees, navigation fees and handling charges incurred in connection with the operation of the Aircraft for Owner.

 

4.10.        OWNER shall bear the cost of providing and keeping current a complete set of navigation manuals for the Aircraft, including coverage for the United States, Canada, Latin America and South America, and the cost of providing and keeping current navigation databases for all navigation equipment installed in the Aircraft.

 

4.11.        OWNER shall bear the cost of providing, inspecting and re-certifying all necessary and appropriate emergency equipment for the Aircraft, including all such equipment installed in the Aircraft by the manufacturer, all such equipment required by Applicable Regulations for extended over-water operations under JAR OPS 1, and all such equipment requested by OWNER or deemed necessary and appropriate by Longtail, including life jackets, life raft, pyrotechnic signaling devices, portable emergency oxygen, passenger oxygen masks, EROS crew oxygen masks, at least two (2) flight crew smoke/fire hoods, one (1) Halon 1211 and one (1) Halon 1301 fire extinguishers, one JAR OPS compliant First Aid Kit, one JAR OPS compliant Emergency Medical Kit, and one (1) portable de-fibrillator. OWNER shall also bear the cost of training and re-training

 

3



 

crewmembers in the use of all such equipment.

 

4.12.        OWNER shall pay the cost of training at SimuFlite or FlightSafety for up to three (3) crewmembers. All other required flight training (e.g., Line Checks, supervised Line Flying) may be accomplished in the Aircraft, and OWNER agrees to make the Aircraft available at no charge for this purpose as necessary. Required checkrides performed by Longtail Line Training Captains will be billed at the rate of $500.00 per checkride. Longtail will make reasonable efforts to accomplish day and night landing currency requirements in the simulator, but may use the aircraft for this purpose when strictly necessary.

 

4.13.        Longtail shall be responsible for and shall pay when due any and all fines or penalties which may be imposed in connection with the operation of the aircraft, except to the extent that such fines or penalties are imposed in connection with operations conducted by OWNER or as a result of actions of its officers, directors, members or shareholders.

 

4.14.        Interest shall accrue at the rate of 6 (6%) percent per annum on all sums owed by either party to the other, beginning on the date that such amount becomes due and payable hereunder.

 

5.             CHARTER USE OF THE AIRCRAFT

 

5.1.          On a per trip basis Longtail shall pay OWNER $2,000 per charter hour flown.

 

6.              OWNER’S RIGHT TO USE THE AIRCRAFT:

 

6.1.          OWNER may schedule the Aircraft for use in the same manner as charter customers, using Longtail’s normal scheduling procedures. Such flights may be conducted on behalf of Owner by Longtail as Public Transport flights, and in this event Longtail will maintain operational control of the aircraft during such flights.

 

6.2.          Subject to the terms of this Agreement and subject to Aircraft availability and prior booking, OWNER retains the right to schedule and operate the Aircraft for its own purposes during the term of this Agreement, and to assume operational control of the aircraft during such flights. OWNER shall be solely responsible, during any such flights, to verify and ensure the continuing airworthiness of the Aircraft and the compliance with all Applicable Regulations in connection with any such flights. During any such operations, OWNER shall be responsible to liase with Longtail’s Technical Director with respect to any airworthiness issues and/or the correction thereof which may arise during the flight. At the conclusion of any such operations, OWNER shall be responsible to report any uncorrected airworthiness defects to Longtail’s Technical Director.

 

4



 

6.3.          OWNER may require Longtail to cancel a charter to conduct a flight for OWNER, on at least 12 hours notice. In this case, OWNER will pay to Longtail the cost of conducting the flights in an alternative aircraft, including any lost profit margin to Longtail.

 

6.4.          In the event either party fails to return the Aircraft to the other party, unless such failure is caused by emergency maintenance or weather delays, according to a prearranged schedule of use, the other party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the injured party from all costs, expenses and/or legal liability associated with the failure to return the Aircraft as scheduled.

 

7.              INSURANCE:

 

7.1.          OWNER shall provide and maintain aircraft insurance in amounts which meet Longtail’s requirements and to the extent customary in the operation of similar aircraft for similar purposes. All such insurance shall be maintained at the sole cost and expense of OWNER and shall list OWNER and Longtail, as their interests may appear, as named insureds. Longtail shall be furnished with a copy of the policy and all endorsements thereon.

 

7.2.          The Aircraft hull shall be covered in the amount of not less than One Million Five Hundred ($1,500,000.00) Dollars. Liability insurance shall be in an amount not less than One Hundred Fifty Million ($150,000,000) Dollars.

 

7.3.          All such policies of insurance shall provide that they will not be canceled except upon 30 days prior written notice to OWNER and Longtail. OWNER may provide such insurance through Longtail’s fleet policy, or may provide such coverage through its own sources or agents, at OWNER’s sole option, but in any event all costs of such coverage shall be borne solely by OWNER.

 

8.              WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS:

 

8.1.          Longtail hereby represents and warrants to OWNER that it will operate the Aircraft under a current and valid Bermuda Air Operator Certificate and in accordance with the Applicable Regulations, as those Regulations are applicable to the operation being conducted. Longtail wil maintain the Air Operator’s Certificate at its own expense.

 

8.2.          Longtail will not permit the Aircraft to be used except for lawful purposes. Longtail shall not permit the Aircraft to be loaded, used, operated, maintained or stored negligently, improperly or in violation of any law. Longtail will always use and operate the Aircraft in a manner which will not cause or permit cancellation or

 

5



 

suspension of any FAA or Bermuda Certificate, registration or any insurance policy required to be in effect under this Agreement.

 

8.3.          Longtail will not permit the Aircraft to be operated by other than currently qualified, rated and certified pilots and crew. Such pilots will have at least the minimum total pilot hours required by carriers of insurance on the Aircraft and will meet all requirements of insurers and Applicable Regulations.

 

8.4.          Longtail represents and warrants that it is a corporation limited by shares duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Bermuda, and that it has full power to execute and deliver this Agreement and is appropriately authorized under its terms. OWNER represents and warrants that it is a corporation limited by shares duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Bermuda, and that it has full power to execute and deliver this Agreement and is appropriately authorized under its terms.

 

9.              RECORD OF FLIGHT TIMES, INSPECTIONS AND REVENUE DOCUMENTS:

 

Longtail will maintain copies of all appropriate records of the Aircraft, including, but not limited to, flight time and number of landing cycles, and shall make such records available for inspection by OWNER upon notice during Longtail’s normal business hours. Should OWNER require an independent audit of these records, such audit will be performed at OWNER’s expense.

 

10.            MAINTENANCE OF AIRCRAFT:

 

10.1.        All inspections, repairs, modifications, airworthiness directives, service bulletins and overhaul work necessary (under the Applicable Regulations or Longtail’s approved manuals and procedures) to maintain the Aircraft in an airworthy condition suitable for operations under the Applicable Regulations shall be performed in accordance with the Applicable Regulations at the direction and under the supervision and control of a qualified individual designated by Longtail as Technical Director.

 

10.2.        The Technical Director will make reasonable efforts to maintain the Aircraft in the most cost-effective manner. OWNER shall have the right at any time to observe the performance of such maintenance and to inspect and audit any and all records of such maintenance and/or, at OWNER’s sole cost and expense, to hire independent maintenance professionals to perform such observation, review, inspection and/or audit. OWNER understands and acknowledges that some maintenance on the Aircraft will be performed under contract by entities and/or facilities other than Longtail.

 

6



 

10.3.         OWNER agrees to pay such facilities directly and in a timely manner for all maintenance performed on the Aircraft by such facilities according to the terms required by such facilities. Longtail has the right but not the obligation to make any such payments on behalf of OWNER, in which case OWNER shall promptly reimburse Longtail for same. OWNER understands and agrees that any and all maintenance performed by OWNER will be done by appropriately licensed and trained technicians, and will be performed and properly documented in accordance with all Applicable Regulations and in accordance with Longtail’s approved manuals and procedures.

 

10.4.        OWNER will deliver all maintenance and repair records pertaining to the Aircraft, including a complete and current set of maintenance manuals for the Aircraft, to Longtail when the Aircraft is delivered to Longtail, and will bear the cost of keeping all such manuals and records current; Longtail will, in turn, deliver all such records and manuals, together with those generated during the term of this Agreement, to OWNER upon the termination of this Agreement.

 

10.5.        Any and all replacement parts, additions or improvements to the Aircraft shall become the exclusive property of the OWNER.

 

10.6.        Maintenance services during normal business hours will be provided by Longtail at the then-current shop rate, currently $90 per hour, and outside of normal business hours at 150% of that rate. When travel is required, Longtail will charge $300 per travel day per staff member, plus airfare.

 

11.            LIENS; TAXES:

 

Longtail shall keep the Aircraft free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, except for any security interests which may be granted to OWNER’s lenders. Longtail shall not be responsible for any sales and/or use taxes which may become due and payable in connection with the purchase of the Aircraft or in connection with payments made to OWNER pursuant to this Agreement.

 

12.            ACCIDENTS :

 

Longtail shall attempt to notify OWNER within Twelve (12) hours of any accident or other occurrences which cause damage to the Aircraft or which is required to be reported to the Bermuda Department of Civil Aviation or any carrier of insurance on the Aircraft.

 

13.            SURRENDER:

 

Upon expiration or earlier termination of the Agreement, Longtail shall return the Aircraft in good repair, condition and working order, normal wear and tear excepted.

 

7



 

14.            ASSIGNMENT:

 

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the heirs, legatees, personal representatives of, survivors, successors and assigns of the parties hereto, provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable without the consent of the parties hereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

15.            DEFAULT:

 

If either party to this Agreement fails to pay any amount herein provided within Fifteen (15) days after the same is due and payable, or if either party fails to perform any other of its obligations under this Agreement within Fifteen (15) days after the other party shall have demanded in writing performance thereof, the aggrieved party shall have the right but not the obligation:

 

15.1.        To immediately terminate this Agreement;

 

15.2.        To declare immediately due and payable all rents and other sums owed due and payable under this Agreement;

 

15.3.        In the case of default by Longtail, to take possession of the Aircraft or disable it, without further demand or notice, without any court order, and without incurring any liability to Longtail for any damages whatsoever occasioned by such an action, in the event of such repossession, and of effectuating a return of the Aircraft to the airport at which the Aircraft is customarily hangared; and

 

15.4.        In the case of default by OWNER, to place a mechanic’s lien or other lien on the Aircraft to the extent allowed by applicable law;  and

 

15.5.        To pursue any other remedy now or hereafter existing at law or equity.

 

In the event either party takes any action pursuant to this Paragraph 15, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses, and interest at the rate of one and a half percent per month on all amounts not paid when due.

 

16.            ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS:

 

At the request of either party to this Agreement, the other party shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, any documents or take any action reasonably necessary or appropriate to the implementation of the intent of this Agreement, or any assignment thereof.

 

8



 

17.           MISCELLANEOUS:

 

17.1.        Time is of the essence of this Agreement, and all terms, conditions and covenants contained herein. The Aircraft is and at all times hereunder shall remain the property of OWNER, and Longtail shall have no right, title, or interest therein except as expressly granted hereunder.

 

17.2.        This Agreement may not be amended orally, but only by written instruments executed and delivered by OWNER and Longtail; provided that a fax, telex, telegram or cable duly acknowledged by a return communication of like or similar kind by the recipient shall be deemed to be a written instrument or notice for purpose of this subparagraph.

 

17.3.        Paragraph headings are for convenience only and shall have no bearing on the interpretation of any term or provision of the Agreement.

 

17.4.        In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision in this lease and this lease shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

18.            OTHER DUTIES:

 

Longtail agrees to arrange for the performance of the following additional services, and to bill OWNER for same at cost: Longtail shall keep aircraft clean inside and out. All damage to aircraft and all maintenance discrepancies shall be repaired or corrected as quickly as possible, it being in the interest of both Longtail and OWNER to have aircraft available for use.

 

19.            GOVERNING LAW:

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda. Should litigation between the parties arise in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reimbursement for reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses.

 

9



 

20.           NOTICES:

 

20.1.        Any notices, requests and demands in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing, and shall be served either by personal delivery, registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by fax, telex, telegram or cable. Notices shall be delivered to:

 

Longtail:

LONGTAIL AVIATION LTD.

 

Suite 113, MPA Hangar

 

St. Georges Parish

 

Bermuda DD02

 

 

 

Attention:

Roger Brydon

 

 

Head of Ground Operations

 

 

 

 

OWNER:

FLAGSTONE WESTWIND HOLDINGS
LIMITED

 

Crawford House

 

23 Church Street

 

Hamilton HM 11

 

Bermuda

 

 

 

Attention:

Todd White

 

 

General Counsel

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the month, day and year first above-written.

 

OWNER:

FLAGSTONE WESTWIND HOLDINGS

LIMITED

 

/s/ James O’Shaughnessy

 

 

By: James O’Shaughnessy

 

Its Director

 

 

Longtail:

LONGTAIL AVIATION LTD.

 

/s/ Anthony Philip

 

 

By: Anthony Philip

 

Its Secretary

 

10




Exhibit 10.24

 

Willis

ISLAND HERITAGE INSURANCE COMPANY
LIMITED, GRAND CAYMAN, CAYMAN ISLANDS

 

 

PLACEMENT SLIP/WORDING

 

 

2006 RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY CATASTROPHE
EXCESS OF LOSS REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

 

 

Reference No.: DLXJ526

 



 

Willis

 

Agreement Number

:

DLXJ526

 

 

 

Reinsured

:

ISLAND HERITAGE INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED

 

 

 

Type of Agreement

:

Residential Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement.

 

 

 

Period

:

12 months Commencing 1 April 2006.

 

 

 

This Agreement

:

Particular Conditions

consists of three parts

 

General Conditions

 

 

Signing Exhibit(s)

 



 

Willis

2006 RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY CATASTROPHE
EXCESS OF LOSS REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

 

PLACEMENT SLIP/WORDING

 

Reference No.: DLXJ526

 

 

 

PARTICULAR CONDITIONS

 

 

ISLAND HERITAGE INSURANCE COMPANY
LIMITED, GRAND CAYMAN, CAYMAN ISLANDS

 



 

Willis Re Inc., 1401 Brickell Avenue, Suite 1110, Miami FL 33131, U.S.A, Willis Re Inc., 4 th Floor, Wall Street Plaza, New York, New York 10005, U.S.A and Willis Limited, Ten Trinity Square, London EC3P 3AX.

 

Reference

:

DLXJ526

Reinsured

:

Island Heritage Insurance Company Limited

Type

:

Residential Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement

 

PARTICULAR CONDITIONS

 

REINSURED AND
LOCATION:

 

ISLAND HERITAGE INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED, GRAND CAYMAN, CAYMAN ISLANDS, including any and/or all companies that are or may hereafter become affiliated therewith.

 

 

 

PERIOD:

 

Losses occurring during the period 12 months from 12:01 a.m. 1 April 2006 to 12:01 a.m. 31 March 2007 both days inclusive, local standard time at the place where the loss occurs.

 

 

 

 

 

“Local Standard Time” shall mean the time as described in the original policy.

 

 

 

TYPE:

 

Residential Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement.

 

 

 

ACCOUNT BASIS:

 

Losses Occurring.

 

 

 

TYPE:

 

Residential Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement.

 

 

 

CLASS OF
BUSINESS:

 

All business written and classified by the Reinsured as Residential Property Business, including but not limited to Fire and Allied Perils, Natural Perils, Material Damage and/or Business Interruption, Builders’ Risk Business and Automobile Physical Damage.

 

 

 

EXCLUSIONS:

 

All exclusions are listed in full in the General Conditions.

 

 

 

TERRITORIAL
SCOPE:

 

Caribbean Islands and their interests abroad, including but not limited to:

 

 

 

 

 

Anguilla, Antigua, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bonaire, British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, Curacao, Dominica, Dominican Republic, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Haiti, Jamaica, Martinique, Monsterrat, Nevis/St. Kitts, Puerto Rico, Saba, St. Barthelemy, St. Eustatius, St. Lucia, St. Martin/Maarten, St. Vincent, The Grenadines, Trinidad and Tobago, Turks and Caicos and U. S. Virgin Islands.

 

1



 

LIMIT:

 

First Layer:

USD   

15,000,000

 

 

Second Layer:

USD   

30,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ultimate Net Loss, each and every Loss Occurrence.

 

 

 

RETENTION:

 

First Layer:

USD   

15,000,000

 

 

Second Layer:

USD   

30,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ultimate Net Loss, each and every Loss Occurrence.

 

 

 

REINSTATEMENT PROVISIONS:

 

One full reinstatement, applicable to each layer, calculated at pro rata of 100% of the Reinsurers’ premium for the period of this Agreement, being pro rata only as to the fraction of the Reinsurers’ limit of liability hereunder (i.e. the fraction of the limit) so reinstated.

 

 

 

Limit in All:

 

First Layer:

USD   

30,000,000

 

 

Second Layer:

USD   

60,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

PREMIUM:

 

Adjustable Rates are applied to the Average Net Retained Property Aggregate in respect of direct written business as reported in the Residential aggregate statements as at April 1, 2006, July 1, 2006, October 1, 2006, January 1, 2007 and April 1, 2007.

 

 

 

Adjustable Rates:

 

First Layer:

0.1382%

 

 

Second Layer:

0.1382%

 

 

 

 

Minimum and

 

 

Deposit Premiums:

 

First Layer:

USD   

1,620,000

 

 

Second Layer:

USD   

1,620,000

 

 

 

 

 

Discounts:

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following considerations shall apply to all layers:

 

 

1)                          The aforementioned rates will be discounted by the following factors and applied to business written which contains the higher deductibles as shown:

 

 

 

 

Windstorm deductible

 

2%

 

Discount

 

0%

 

 

 

 

 

3%

 

 

 

10%

 

 

 

 

 

4%

 

 

 

20%

 

 

 

 

 

5%

 

 

 

30%

 

 

 

 

 

10%

 

 

 

40%

 

2



 

PREMIUM:
(continued)

 

2)  Furthermore, the above rates will be discounted by 50% and applied to business written which contains an exclusion for windstorm.

 

 

 

PAYMENT TERMS:

 

Premiums are payable in four equal quarterly instalments at April 1, 2006, July 1, 2006, October 1, 2006 and January 1, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments to be made as soon as practical after expiry.

 

 

 

BROKERAGE:

 

10.00% (Nil on Reinstatement).

 

 

 

OTHER
DEDUCTIONS FROM PREMIUM:

 

Nil.

 

 

 

TAXES PAYABLE BY
REINSURED AND ADMINISTERED BY REINSURERS:

 

Nil.

 

 

 

TAXES PAYABLE
BY REINSURER(S):

 

Nil.

 

 

 

CHOICE OF
LAW AND JURISDICTION:

 



(AGREEMENT & ARBITRATION TRIBUNALS)
Law and Jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands.

 

 

 

SEAT OF ARBITRATION:

 

Grand Cayman, the Cayman Islands.

 

 

 

APPOINTOR:

 

The Secretary General of the Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce or if he is unavailable or it is inappropriate for him to act for any reason, such person as may be nominated by the Committee of that body. If for any reason such persons decline or are unable to act then the appointor shall be the judge of the appropriate Courts having jurisdiction at the place of Arbitration.

 

3



 

EXPRESS WARRANTIES:

 


None.

 

 

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT:

 


There is a condition precedent to any right of action in Law as specified in the attached General Conditions under Arbitration.

 

 

 

 

 

Failure to comply with this condition precedent may result in the party commencing litigation having the legal proceedings dismissed or stayed and instead being instructed to arbitration by a court of law.

 

 

 

CONDITIONS:

 

All clauses are as stated in full in the attached General Conditions.

 

 

 

SPECIAL ACCEPTANCE:

 

To be agreed by (“Slip Leader”) only as detailed in the General Conditions.

 

 

 

WORDING:

 

Full contractual wording is incorporated.

 

 

 

SEVERAL
LIABILITY:

 


The subscribing reinsurers’ obligations under contracts of reinsurance to which they subscribe are several and not joint and are limited solely to the extent of their individual subscriptions. The subscribing reinsurers are not responsible for the subscription of any co-subscribing reinsurer who for any reason does not satisfy all or part of its obligations.

08/94, LSW1001 (Reinsurance).

 

4


 

Willis

2006 RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY CATASTROPHE
EXCESS OF LOSS REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

 

PLACEMENT SLIP/WORDING

 

Reference No.: DLXJ526

 

 

GENERAL CONDITIONS

 

 

 

ISLAND HERITAGE INSURANCE COMPANY
LIMITED, GRAND CAYMAN, CAYMAN ISLANDS

 



 

Willis Re Inc., 1401 Brickell Avenue, Suite 1110, Miami FL 33131, U.S.A, Willis Re Inc., 4 th Floor, Wall Street Plaza, New York, New York 10005, U.S.A and Willis Limited, Ten Trinity Square, London EC3P 3AX.

 

Reference

:

DLXJ526

Reinsured

:

Island Heritage Insurance Company Limited

Type

:

Residential Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement

 

GENERAL CONDITIONS

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Parties

 

1

Class of Business Covered

 

2

Limit and Retention

 

3

Reinstatement

 

4

Period

 

5

Special Termination

 

6

Territory

 

7

Exclusions

 

8

Special Acceptance

 

9

Premium

 

10

Definitions

 

11

Two Risk Agreement

 

12

Self Insured Obligations

 

13

Extra Contractual Obligations

 

14

Net Retained Lines

 

15

Original Conditions

 

16

No Third Party Rights

 

17

Notice of Loss and Loss Settlements

 

18

Loss Collection

 

19

Currency

 

20

Currency Revaluation

 

21

Access to Records

 

22

Confidentiality

 

23

Delays, Errors and Omissions

 

24

Offset

 

25

Insolvency

 

26

Arbitration

 

27

Choice of Law and Jurisdiction

 

28

Service of Suit

 

29

Intermediary

 

30

Mode of Execution

 

31

Amendments and Alterations

 

 

Reinsured Signing Block

 

 

1



 

GENERAL CONDITIONS

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Attachments

 

1.

Nuclear Energy Risks Exclusion Clause (Reinsurance) (1994) (Worldwide Excluding U.S.A. and Canada) NMA 1975a

 

 

2.

Nuclear Incident Exclusion Clause - Physical Damage - Reinsurance - U.S.A. NMA 1119.

 

 

3.

Nuclear Incident Exclusion Clause - Physical Damage and Liability (Boiler and Machinery Policies) - Reinsurance - U.S.A. NMA 1116.

 

 

Exhibits

 

Subscribing Reinsurer’s Signing Exhibit(s)

 

2



 

RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY CATASTROPHE EXCESS OF LOSS
REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

between

 

ISLAND HERITAGE INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED
Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

 

including any and/or all companies that are or may hereafter become
affiliated therewith

 

(the “Reinsured”)

 

and

 

THE SUBSCRIBING REINSURERS IDENTIFIED
IN THE SUBSCRIBING REINSURER’S SIGNING PAGE(S)

 

(the “Reinsurers”)

 

ARTICLE 1

CLASS OF BUSINESS COVERED

 

This Agreement shall indemnify the Reinsured, as set forth in the Limit and Retention Article, in respect of the liability which may accrue to the Reinsured under all policies, bonds, binders, certificates, contracts of insurance or reinsurance, co-insurance or co-indemnity, or other evidences of liability (hereinafter referred to as “Policy(ies)” and/or “bond(s)”), whether oral or written, issued by or contracted for by the Reinsured in respect of all business as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Class of Business”, subject to the exclusions stated in the Exclusions Article.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

LIMIT AND RETENTION

 

The Reinsurers shall be liable in respect of each Loss Occurrence, for 100% of the Ultimate Net Loss over and above an initial Ultimate Net Loss as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Retention” each and every Loss Occurrence, subject to a limit of liability to the Reinsurers as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Limit” each and every Loss Occurrence.

 

General Conditions Page

 

1



 

ARTICLE 3

 

REINSTATEMENT

Loss payments under this Agreement shall reduce the limit of coverage afforded by the amounts paid, but the limit of coverage shall be reinstated from the time of the occurrence of the loss to the expiry of this Agreement, and for each amount so reinstated, the Reinsured agrees to pay, an additional premium (if any) as specified in the Particular Conditions. Nevertheless, the Reinsurers’ liability hereunder shall not exceed the amount as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Limit” in respect of each and every Loss Occurrence, and nor the amount as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Reinstatement Provisions, Limit in All” in respect of all Loss Occurrences during the period of this Agreement.

 

If at the time of a loss settlement hereon the reinsurance premium, as calculated in accordance with the Premium Article is unknown, the above calculation of reinstatement premium shall be based upon the minimum and deposit premium, subject to adjustment when the reinsurance premium is finally established.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

PERIOD

 

This Agreement applies only to losses occurring during the period as specified in the attached Particular Conditions under, “Period”.

 

If this Agreement expires or terminates while a loss occurrence covered hereunder is in progress, it is agreed that, subject to the other conditions of this Agreement, the Reinsurer shall indemnify the Reinsured as if the entire loss occurrence had occurred during the period of this Agreement.

 

If any law or regulation of the federal, state or local government of any jurisdiction in which the Reinsured is doing business shall render illegal the arrangements made in this Agreement, the Agreement can be terminated immediately, insofar as it applies to such jurisdiction, by the Reinsured giving notice to the Reinsurers to such effect.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

SPECIAL TERMINATION

 

a)                          It is a condition upon all Reinsurers who participate in this Agreement that each individual Reinsurer shall at all times during the period of this Agreement maintain an Insurer Financial Strength (IFS) rating from Standard & Poor’s Rating Group of 1221 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10020, USA (“S&P”) equal to or greater than the rating that was applied by S&P to that individual Reinsurer at the commencement of this Agreement.

 

2



 

In the event of an explicit downgrading of any individual Reinsurer by S&P to an IFS rating inferior to that which was supplied by S&P at the commencement of this Agreement, then at the sole option of the Reinsured, the Reinsured may elect to cancel the participation of that individual Reinsurer. The effective date of such cancellation shall not be earlier than the date upon which the relevant downgrading by S&P was announced in New York, USA and the Reinsured shall submit a notice of cancellation within 30 days after the date upon which the relevant downgrading by S&P was announced.

 

Any individual Reinsurer who does not have an IFS rating from S&P but who maintains during the period of this Agreement a rating from A.M. Best Company of A.M. Best Road, Oldwick, New Jersey 08858-0700 USA (“Bests”) shall also be considered as falling within the terms of this Article. Any explicit downgrading of such an individual Reinsurer by Bests to a rating inferior to that which was applied by Bests to that individual Reinsurer at the commencement of this Agreement shall give the Reinsured the same right of cancellation as set out above.

 

In the event that a rating should be given to an individual Reinsurer by both S&P and Bests which differ to that extent that one of the ratings is inferior to the other than the rating of S&P shall prevail.

 

For the avoidance of doubt the status of Credit Watch as defined by S&P or a rating modifier of ‘u (Under Review) applied to a rated company as defined by Bests shall not, of itself, be construed as a downgrading for the purposes of this Article.

 

With regard to any Lloyd’s Underwriters participating hereunder the rating applicable to each individual Lloyd’s Underwriter shall be the S&P IFS rating applicable to the Lloyd’s Corporation as a whole at the commencement of this Agreement.

 

If, for a reinsurer with no rating by S&P or Bests, in the judgement of the Reinsured the security of such Reinsurer has materially deteriorated since inception of this Agreement, the Reinsured shall have the same right of cancellation as set out above.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Reinsurers rated A- or above at the commencement of this Agreement, Section a) of this Article will only operate when the deterioration in rating is to a level below A-.

 

The Reinsured may also elect to cancel the participation of any individual Reinsurer that ceases underwriting. The effective date of such cancellation shall be determined at the sole discretion of the Reinsured provided that the date so determined shall not be earlier than the date upon which the relevant Reinsurer ceased underwriting.

 

b)                         Furthermore, either party shall have the right to cancel this Agreement immediately by giving the other party notice:

 

i)                            if the performance of the whole or any part of this Agreement is prohibited or rendered impossible due jure to de facto in particular and without prejudice to the generality of

 

3



 

the preceding words in consequence of any law or regulation which is or shall be in force in any country or territory or if any law or regulation shall prevent directly or indirectly the remittance of any or all or any part of the balance or payments due to or from either party;

 

ii)                      if the country or territory in which the other party resides or has its head office or is incorporated shall be involved in armed hostilities with any other country whether war be declared or not, or is partly or wholly occupied by another power;

 

iii)                      if the other party shall have failed and refuses after due notice in writing to comply with any of the General Conditions.

 

After the date of cancellation, under either paragraph a) or b) above, the liability of the Reinsurers hereunder shall cease outright other than in respect of losses which have occurred or commenced prior thereto.

 

All notices of cancellation served in accordance with any of the provisions of paragraph a) and b) above shall be by telegram or facsimile or any other means of instantaneous communication that provides a permanent record of such communication, and shall be deemed to be served upon despatch or where communications between the parties are interrupted upon attempted despatch.

 

All notices of cancellation served in accordance with any of the provisions of paragraph a) and b) above shall be addressed to the party concerned at its Head Office or at any other address previously designated by that party.

 

In the event of this Agreement being terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Article, and subject to no loss to this Agreement, the minimum and deposit premium and the final adjusted premium charged hereon will be calculated in accordance with the following formula-

 

Period on Risk

 

% of Annual Premium

 

 

 

 

 

1 April 2006 to 31 May 2006

 

20/5ths for each month

 

1 June 2006 to 31 December 2006

 

80/7ths for each month

 

1 January 2007 to 31 March 2007

 

20/5ths for each month

 

 

For any period within a month, the number of days will be calculated pro rata of that month.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

TERRITORY

 

This Agreement shall apply to losses occurring within the territorial limits as specified in the Particular Conditions under, Territorial Scope” .

 

4



 

ARTICLE 7

 

EXCLUSIONS

 

This Agreement does not apply to and specifically excludes the following:

 

1.                                        Business classified by the Reinsured as Credit, Financial Guarantee and Insolvency insurance.

 

2.                                        Business classified by the Reinsured as Liability, Ocean Marine and Aviation business, except where incidental to and forming part of Policies covered hereunder.

 

3.                                        Business classified by the Reinsured as Fidelity, Life or Surety.

 

4.                                        Business classified by the Reinsured as Accident and Sickness and Salary Continuance except when written as part of a package Policy.

 

5.                                        Nuclear Energy, as per the Nuclear Energy Exclusion Clauses NMA 1975(a), “NMA 1119 and NMA 1166 as more fully detailed in the attachments hereto.

 

6.                                        With regard to all territories except the U.S. Virgin Islands , this Agreement does not cover loss, destruction or damage directly or indirectly caused by seepage and/or pollution and/or contamination except destruction of or damage to the property insured caused by pollution or contamination which itself results from damage to insured property from an insured peril.

 

With regard to the U.S. Virgin Islands only , this Agreement excludes loss and/or damage and/or costs and/or expenses arising from seepage and/or pollution and/or contamination, other than contamination from smoke. Nevertheless, this exclusion does not preclude payment of the cost of removing debris of property damaged by a loss otherwise covered hereunder, subject always to a limit of 25% of the Reinsured’s property loss under the applicable original Policy.

 

7.                                        Losses in respect of overhead transmission and distribution lines and their supporting structures other than those on or within 1,000 feet of the Insured premises.

 

It is agreed that public utilities extension and/or suppliers extension and/or contingent business interruption coverages are not subject to this exclusion, provided that these are not part of a transmitters’ or distributors’ Policy.

 

8.                                        Loss or damage directly or indirectly occasioned by, happening through or in consequence of war, invasion, acts of foreign enemies, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), civil war, rebellion, revolution, insurrection, military or usurped power, or confiscation or nationalization or requisition or destruction of or damage to property by or under the order of any government or public or local authority.

 

5



 

9.                                        Cyber Risk, as per the Information Technology Hazards Clarification Clause:

 

Information Technology Hazards Exclusion Clause

 

Losses arising, directly or indirectly, out of:

 

(i)                       loss of, alteration of, or damage to

 

or

 

(ii)                    a reduction in the functionality, availability or operation of

 

a computer system, hardware, programme, software, data, information repository, microchip, integrated circuit or similar device in computer equipment or non-computer equipment, whether the property of the policyholder of the Reinsured or not, are excluded hereon unless arising out of one or more of the perils as defined in the Reinsured’s original Policy Wording. These perils include but are not limited to:

 

fire, lightning, explosion, aircraft or vehicle impact, falling objects, windstorm, tornado, cyclone, hurricane, earthquake, volcano, tsunami, flood, subsidence, landslip, theft, riots/strikes, malicious damage escape of water falling trees.

 

(Based on NMA2928 - 10/12/01).

 

10.                                  Terrorism Risks in accordance with the terms of Terrorism Exclusion NMA2930c below:

 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary within this reinsurance agreement or any endorsement thereto, it is agreed that this reinsurance agreement excludes loss, damage, cost, or expense directly or indirectly caused by, contributed to by, resulting from, or arising out of or in connection with any act of terrorism, as defined herein, regardless of any other cause or event contributing concurrently or in any other sequence to the loss.

 

An act of terrorism includes any act, or preparation in respect of action, or threat of action designed to influence the government de jure or de facto of any nation or any political division thereof, or in pursuit of political, religious, ideological, or similar purposes to intimidate the public or a section of the public of any nation by any person or group(s) of persons whether acting alone or on behalf of or in connection with any organisation(s) or government(s) de jure or de facto, and which:

 

(i)                                      involves violence against one or more persons; or

(ii)                                   involves damage to property; or

(iii)                                endangers life other than that of the person committing the action; or

(iv)                               creates a risk to health or safety of the public or a section of the public; or

(v)                                  is designed to interfere with or to disrupt an electronic system.

 

6



 

 

This reinsurance agreement also excludes loss, damage, cost, or expense directly or indirectly caused by, contributed to by, resulting from, or arising out of or in connection with any action in controlling, preventing, suppressing, retaliating against, or responding to any act of terrorism.

 

Notwithstanding the above and subject otherwise to the terms, conditions, and limitations of this reinsurance agreement, in respect only of personal lines this reinsurance agreement will pay actual loss or damage (but not related cost or expense) caused by any act of terrorism provided such act is not directly or indirectly caused by, contributed to by, resulting from, or arising out of or in connection with biological, chemical, radioactive, or nuclear pollution or contamination or explosion.

 

NMA2930c
22/11/02

 

For the purposes of this exclusion, condominiums and residential rental properties shall be considered as personal lines business.

 

Applicable to the U.S. Virgin Islands only:

 

It is further agreed that this exclusion does not apply to losses suffered by the Reinsured which form part of a U.S. Virgin Island market loss caused by Terrorism up to a total of USD 27,500,000 as defined by TRIEA and any applicable I.S.O. endorsements for the U.S. Virgin Islands. However, any act of terrorism caused directly or indirectly by, contributed to by, resulting from, or arising out of or in connection with biological, chemical, radioactive, or nuclear pollution or contamination or explosion is hereby excluded. Furthermore any and all recoveries from TRIEA shall inure to the benefit of this treaty.

 

However, in respect of certified losses beyond the extent of TRIEA and any applicable I.S.O. endorsements for the U.S. Virgin Islands, this Reinsurance Agreement will not pay any losses, including those affecting the Reinsured’s retention, or any non-certified losses, whether or not these losses are directly or indirectly caused by, contributed to by, resulting from, or arising out of or in connection with biological, chemical, radioactive, or nuclear pollution or contamination or explosion.

 

During the term of this Reinsurance Agreement and unless any other agreement between the parties (the Reinsured and the Reinsurers) has been reached, if TRIEA is not extended beyond the expiry date in place at the commencement of this Reinsurance Agreement or if the form and shape of TRIEA is revised to whatever extent by the United States authorities during this Reinsurance Agreement, it is understood that the definition in force at the commencement date of this Reinsurance Agreement shall nevertheless be deemed in full force and effect for the purpose of this Reinsurance Agreement. As soon as the exact structure of TRIEA beyond its current expiry date is transparent to the parties involved in this Reinsurance Agreement, the parties will analyze the new situation and negotiate any amendment or revision of this exclusion.

 

7



 

11.                     Risks in accordance with the Radioactive Exclusion Clause: unless specifically agreed for an insured loss involving nuclear material under determined circumstances, this Agreement does not cover loss, damage, cost or expense of whatsoever nature directly or indirectly caused by, resulting from or in connection with any of the following regardless of any other cause or event contributing concurrently or in any other sequence to the loss:

 

                            Ionising radiations from or contamination by radioactivity from any nuclear fuel or from any nuclear waste or from the combustion of nuclear fuel.

 

                            The radioactive, toxic, explosive or other hazardous or contaminating properties of any nuclear installation, reactor or other nuclear assembly or nuclear component thereof.

 

                            Any weapon or device of war employing atomic or nuclear fission and/or fusion or other like reaction or radioactive force or matter.

 

12.                     Pools, pooling arrangements and captive accounts.

 

13.                     First loss policies with no average clause.

 

14.                     Bloodstock and livestock.

 

15.                     Contingent Business Interruption amended to include Customers and Suppliers extensions when cover is named 1st tier Customer/Supplier and with a sub-limit of 20% of the Business Interruption Sum Insured.

 

16.                     Obligatory reinsurance treaties and insurances and facultative reinsurances on an excess of loss basis or having excess of loss character, layered coverages and primaries.

 

17.                     Guarantees of performance or production.

 

18.                     Growing and standing crops and timber.

 

19.                     Mould and/or Fungus with the terms of Absolute Fungus, Mildew and Mould Exclusion below:

 

This Agreement excludes absolutely any loss, damage, claim, cost, expense, sum or other obligation of any kind or description directly or indirectly caused by, contributing to, or resulting from mould, fungus, mildew or spores. This exclusion will apply, regardless as to whether or not

 

i.                             the mould, fungus, mildew or spores is/are caused by, contributed to, or results from an insured peril,

 

ii.                          the Reinsured’s original policy(ies) provide coverage,

 

iii.                       the Reinsured’s original obligations are contractual, extra contractual, or otherwise

 

8



 

iv.                      the Reinsurance presentation is for settlement(s), judgement(s) or any other form of resolution

 

20.                     Any direct or indirect losses caused by infectious or contagious diseases (for existing extensions, coverage will be given up to next renewal date)

 

ARTICLE 8

 

SPECIAL ACCEPTANCE

 

To be agreed by (“Slip Leader”) only. Any special acceptance agreed to by the Slip Leader shall be binding on all Subscribing Reinsurers hereon. The Slip Leader shall be deemed to have accepted a risk, if it has not responded within 7 days after receiving the underwriting information on such risk. Any renewal of a special acceptance agreed to for a predecessor Agreement to this Agreement, shall automatically be covered hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

PREMIUM

 

A minimum and deposit premium as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Premium” shall be paid to the Reinsurers as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Payment Terms” .

 

As soon as practicable after the expiry of this Agreement, the Reinsured shall furnish to the Reinsurer a statement of their Aggregates (as defined in the Particular Conditions) based on aggregate statements at the dates also as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Premium” and the reinsurance premium shall be adjusted at a rate as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Premium, Adjustable Rates” applied to the Reinsured’s final Aggregates subject to an annual minimum and deposit premium as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Premium, Minimum and Deposit Premium” .

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be subject to various discounts, (which if any) are stipulated in the Particular Conditions.

 

Taxes (if any) in respect of this Agreement shall be payable by the Reinsured and/or Reinsurers as specified in the attached Particular Conditions.

 

Other Deductions from Premium (if any) shall be as specified in the attached Particular Conditions.

 

9



 

ARTICLE 10

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Ultimate Net Loss

 

The term Ultimate Net Loss shall mean the actual loss(es) paid or payable by the Reinsured and 100% of extra contractual obligations as defined herein, under its policies, such loss(es) to include legal costs and expenses of litigation, if any, and all other loss expenses of the Reinsured (including a pro rata share of salaries and expenses of the Reinsured’s field employees while adjusting such claims or losses and expenses of the Reinsured’s officials incurred in connection with claims or losses but no salaries of the Reinsured’s officials or any normal office expenses shall be included). Salvages and recoveries including recoveries under all other reinsurances, whether collected or not, are to be first deducted from such loss to arrive at the amount of liability, if any, attaching hereunder. Nothing, however, in this Article shall be construed to mean that losses under this Agreement are not recoverable until the Reinsured’s Ultimate Net Loss has been ascertained.

 

It is understood and agreed that, where the Reinsured has in effect other Excess of Loss Contract(s), underlying recoveries thereunder shall inure to its sole benefit and shall not be taken into account when calculating the Ultimate Net Loss hereunder.

 

All salvages, recoveries and payments recovered or received subsequent to a loss settlement under this Agreement shall be applied as if recovered or received prior to the said settlement; and all necessary adjustments shall be made by the parties hereto.

 

Loss Occurrence

 

The words Loss Occurrence shall mean all individual losses arising out of and directly occasioned by one catastrophe.

 

However, the duration and extent of any Loss Occurrence so defined shall be limited to:

 

a)                          96 consecutive hours as regards a cyclone, hurricane, typhoon, windstorm, rainstorm, hailstorm, tornado and/or sea surge;

 

b)                         72 consecutive hours as regards earthquake, seaquake, tidal wave and/or volcanic eruption;

 

c)                          72 consecutive hours and within the limits of any one territory as regards riots, civil commotions and malicious damage;

 

d)                         72 consecutive hours as regards any Loss Occurrence which includes individual loss or losses from any of the perils mentioned in (b) and (c) above;

 

e)                          168 consecutive hours for any Loss Occurrence of whatsoever nature which does not include individual loss or losses from any of the perils mentioned in (a), (b) and (c) above;

 

10



 

and no individual loss from whatever insured peril, which occurs outside these periods of areas, shall be included in that Loss Occurrence.

 

The Reinsured may choose the date and time when any such period of consecutive hours commences and if any catastrophe is of greater duration than the above periods, the Reinsured may divide that catastrophe into two or more Loss Occurrences, provided no two periods overlap and provided no period commences earlier than the date and time of the happening of the first recorded individual loss to the Reinsured in that catastrophe.

 

Policy

 

Policy means any bind, policy or contract of insurance issued, accepted or held covered provisionally or otherwise, by or on behalf of the Reinsured.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

TWO RISK AGREEMENT

 

It is agreed that the Reinsurer shall not be liable under this Agreement unless two or more risks are involved in the same Loss Occurrence.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

SELF-INSURED OBLIGATIONS

 

As respects all business the subject matter hereof, where the coverage has been agreed upon between the Reinsured and the Reinsurers, this Agreement shall cover all obligations of the Reinsured assumed by it as a self insurer (or self insured obligations in excess of any valid and collectible insurance available to the Reinsured) to the same extent as if all types of insurance covered by this Agreement were afforded under the broadest form of agreements issued by the Reinsured.

 

Any exposure of the Reinsured in respect of the classes of business included in this Agreement for which the Reinsured has issued a Policy naming itself and/or an affiliated and/or subsidiary company as the insured or reinsured party, whether alone or jointly with some other party, shall be deemed to be an insurance or reinsurance coming within the scope of this Agreement.

 

11



 

ARTICLE 13

 

EXTRA CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

This Agreement shall protect the Reinsured, within the limits hereof, where the Ultimate Net Loss includes any Extra Contractual Obligations. “Extra Contractual Obligations” are defined as those liabilities not covered under any other provisions of this Agreement and which arise from the handling of any claim on business covered hereunder, such liabilities arising because of, but not limited to, the following: failure by the Reinsured to settle within the Policy limit, or by reason of alleged or actual negligence, fraud or bad faith in rejecting an offer of settlement or in the preparation of the defense or in the trial of any action against its insured or reinsured or in the preparation or prosecution of an appeal consequent upon such action.

 

The date on which any extra contractual obligation is incurred by the Reinsured shall be deemed, in all circumstances, to be the date of the original disaster and/or casualty.

 

However, this Article shall not apply where the loss has been incurred due to fraud of a member of the Board of Directors or a corporate officer of the Reinsured acting individually or collectively or in collusion with any individual or corporation or any other organization or party involved in the presentation, defense or settlement or any claim covered hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 14

 

NET RETAINED LINES

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Ultimate Net Loss Definition, this Agreement applies only to that portion of any insurance or reinsurance, which the Reinsured retains net for its own account and in calculating the amount of any loss hereunder and also, in computing the amount(s) in excess of which this Agreement attaches, only loss(es) in respect of that portion of any insurance or reinsurance which the Reinsured retains net for its own account shall be included.

 

The amount of the Reinsurers’ liability hereunder in respect of any loss(es) shall not be increased by reason of the inability of the Reinsured to collect from any insurer or reinsurers (whether specific or general), any amounts which may have become due from them, regardless whether such inability arises from the insolvency of such other Reinsurers or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE 15

 

ORIGINAL CONDITIONS

 

All reinsurance under this Agreement shall be subject to the same rates, terms, conditions, waivers and interpretations, and to the same modifications and alterations as the respective Policies of the Reinsured. However, in no event shall this be construed in any way to provide coverage outside the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

12



 

ARTICLE 16

 

NO THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

Except as may be expressly provided for herein, nothing herein shall in any manner create any obligations or establish any rights against the Reinsurers in favour of any third party or any persons not parties to this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 17

 

NOTICE OF LOSS AND LOSS SETTLEMENTS

 

In the event of a loss occurrence which either results in or appears to be of a serious enough nature as probably to result in a claim against and loss involving this Agreement, then the Reinsured shall give written notice as soon as reasonably possible and practical to the Reinsurers through the Intermediary and the Reinsured shall keep the Reinsurers advised of all subsequent developments in connection therewith.

 

The Reinsurers agree to abide by the loss settlements of the Reinsured, such settlements to be: considered as, construed as, or evidence of satisfactory proof of loss. Amounts falling to the share of the Reinsurers shall be immediately payable to the Reinsured by the Reinsurers upon reasonable evidence of the amount paid or to be paid by the Reinsured being presented to the Reinsurers by the Reinsured. All papers in the possession of the Reinsured in connection with the adjustment of said loss shall at all times within a reasonable period be open to the inspection of properly authorized representatives of the Reinsurers.

 

ARTICLE 18

 

LOSS COLLECTION

 

Notwithstanding the claims payments stipulations contained in the Ultimate Net Loss Definition of this Agreement, the Reinsured may, having sustained a Loss Occurrence covered hereunder, recover from the Reinsurers on the basis of anticipated settlements to its original policyholders which exceed the Retention hereunder. Such recoveries under this Agreement shall be effected on fifteen days’ notice from the Reinsured. Such recoveries shall be held in an escrow account with interest accruing to the benefit of the Reinsurers. Funds shall be withdrawn by the Reinsured as claims become payable to original policyholders. Proof of loss will be provided to the Reinsurers in a timely manner.

 

13


ARTICLE 19

 

CURRENCY

 

Where the word “dollars” and/or the code “USD” appear in this Agreement, they shall mean United States Dollars.

 

In the event that the Reinsured is involved in a loss requiring payment in United States or Non-U.S, currencies to be converted to United States currency, then the Reinsured’s Retention and the amount recoverable hereunder shall be apportioned to the two (2) currencies in the same proportion as the amount of Ultimate Net Loss bears in each currency to the total amount of Ultimate Net Loss paid by the Reinsured.

 

ARTICLE 20

 

CURRENCY REVALUATION

 

It is agreed that underwriting to contractual limits will be done in terms of United States (U.S.) dollars for U.S. business and U.S. dollar equivalent for all other business on the basis of exchange rates in effect at the time if inception of new or renewal business or at the time an addition to an existing risk takes place. For other than U.S. business, in the event there is a reduction in parity value of the U.S. dollar from that existing at the time the risk was written which results in the contractual limits being exceeded, the Reinsured shall be held covered for such excess until next renewal of the risk at which time underwriting will then conform to the contractual U.S. dollar limits in effect at the time, subject in all cases to the provisions regarding Retention and Limits.

 

ARTICLE 21

 

ACCESS TO RECORDS

 

1.                                        The Reinsured shall allow the Reinsurers or representatives duly authorised by them to inspect, at a mutually agreed time and place, any records and documents which relate to business covered under this Agreement. For such purposes, the Reinsured shall not be subjected to unreasonable expense and disruption.

 

2.                                        The Reinsurers or representatives authorised by them may arrange for copies to be made, at the Reinsurers’ expense, of any of the records or documents containing such information that they may require.

 

3.                                        It is agreed that the Reinsurers’ right of inspection shall continue as long as either party remains under any liability arising out of this Agreement.

 

14



 

4.                                        The right of inspection being provided shall not be construed to allow Reinsurers the right to delay or withhold payment for any losses which fall due under this Agreement in accordance with terms and conditions as stated herein.

 

ARTICLE 22

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

The Reinsurers hereby acknowledge that the documents, information and data provided to it by the Reinsured, whether directly or through an authorized agent, in connection with the placement and execution of this Agreement (“Confidential Information”) are proprietary and confidential to the Reinsured. Confidential Information shall not include documents, information or data that the Reinsurers can show:

 

1.                           are publicly known or have become publicly known through no unauthorized act of the Reinsurers;

 

2.                           have been rightfully received from a third person without obligation of confidentiality; or

 

3.                           were known by the Reinsurers prior to the placement of this Agreement without an obligation of confidentiality.

 

Absent the written consent of the Reinsured, the Reinsurers shall not disclose any Confidential Information to any third parties, including any affiliated companies, except:

 

1.                           when required by retrocessionaires subject to the business ceded to this Agreement;

 

2.                           when required by regulators performing an audit of the Reinsurers’ records and/or financial condition; or

 

3.                           when required by external auditors performing an audit of the Reinsurers’ records in the normal course of business.

 

Further, the Reinsurers agree not to use any Confidential Information for any purpose not related to the performance of its obligations or enforcement of its rights under this Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the above, in the event that the Reinsurers are required by court order, other legal process or any regulatory authority to release or disclose any or all of the Confidential Information, the Reinsurers agree to provide the Reinsured with written notice of same at least 10 days prior to such release or disclosure and to use its best efforts to assist the Reinsured in maintaining the confidentiality provided for in this Article.

 

15



 

The provisions of this Article shall extend to the officers, directors, shareholders and employees of the Reinsurers and their affiliates, and shall be binding upon their successors and assigns.

 

ARTICLE 23

 

DELAYS, ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

 

In complying with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, any inadvertent delay, error or omission shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability which would attach to it hereunder if such delay, error or omission had not been made, provided such error or omission is rectified immediately upon discovery.

 

ARTICLE 24

 

OFFSET

 

Each party hereto shall have, and may exercise at any time and from time to time, the right to offset any and all agreed balances due from one party to the other arising under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 25

 

INSOLVENCY

 

In the event of the insolvency of the Reinsured, this Agreement shall be payable directly to the Reinsured, or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Reinsured without diminution because of the insolvency of the Reinsured or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Reinsured has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Reinsured shall give written notice to the Reinsurer of the pendency of a claim against the Reinsured indicating the Policy or bond reinsured, which claim would involve a possible liability on the part of the Reinsurer within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership, and that during the pendency of such claim, the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at their own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated any defense(s) that they may deem available to the Reinsured or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Reinsured as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Reinsured solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

 

16



 

Where two or more Reinsurers are involved in the same claim and a majority in interest elect to interpose defense to such claim, the expense shall be apportioned in accordance with the terms of the reinsurance Contract as though such expense had been incurred by the Reinsured.

 

As to all reinsurance made, ceded, renewed or otherwise becoming effective under this Agreement, the reinsurance shall be payable as set forth above by the Reinsurer to the Reinsured or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor, except (1) where the Agreement specifically provides another payee in the event of the insolvency of the Reinsured; and (2) where the Reinsurer, with the consent of the direct insured(s), have assumed such Policy obligations of the Reinsured as direct obligations of the Reinsurer to the payees under such policies and in substitution for the obligations of the Reinsured to such payees. Then, and in that event only, the Reinsured is entirely released from its obligation and the Reinsurers pay any loss directly to payees under such Policy.

 

ARTICLE 26

 

ARBITRATION

 

As a condition precedent to any right of action hereunder, if any dispute shall arise between the parties to this Agreement with reference to the interpretation of this Agreement or their rights with respect to any transaction involved, whether such dispute arises before or after termination of this Agreement, such dispute, upon the written request of either party, shall be submitted to three arbitrators, one to be chosen by each party, and the third by the two so chosen. If either party refuses or neglects to appoint an arbitrator within thirty days after the receipt of written notification from the other party requesting it do so do, the requesting party may appoint two arbitrators. If the two arbitrators fail to agree in the selection of a third arbitrator within thirty days of their appointment, each of them shall name two, of whom the other shall decline one and the final decision shall be made by the “Appointor” specified in the Particular Conditions. All arbitrators shall be active or retired executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or Underwriters at Lloyd’s, London not under the control of either party to this Agreement.

 

The arbitrators shall interpret this Agreement as an honorable engagement and not as merely a legal obligation. They are relieved of all judicial formalities and may abstain from following the strict rules of law. They shall make their award with a view to affecting the general purpose of this Agreement in a reasonable manner rather than in accordance with a literal interpretation of the language. Each party shall submit its case to its arbitrator within thirty days of the appointment of the third arbitrator.

 

The decision in writing of any two arbitrators, when filed with the parties hereto, shall be final and binding on both parties. Judgment may be entered upon the final decision of the arbitrators in any court having jurisdiction. Each party shall bear the expense of its own arbitrator and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the expense of the third arbitrator and of the arbitration. Said arbitration shall take place in the city specified in the Particular Condition under “Seat of Arbitration” , unless some other place is mutually agreed to in writing by the parties to this Agreement.

 

17



 

ARTICLE 27

 

CHOICE OF LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

The Choice of Law and Jurisdiction governing this Agreement (including Arbitration Tribunals) shall be as specified in the attached Particular Conditions, subject to the terms of the SERVICE OF SUIT CLAUSE in respect of Reinsurers rights in respect of jurisdiction only.

 

ARTICLE 28

 

SERVICE OF SUIT

 

(This Article applies only to those Reinsurers not domiciled in the Cayman Islands)

 

It is agreed that, in the event of the failure of the Reinsurer to pay any amount claimed to be due under this Agreement, the Reinsurer, at the request of the Reinsured, will submit to the jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction within the location specified in the Choice of Law and Jurisdiction section of the Particular Conditions and will comply with all requirements necessary to give such court jurisdiction; and all matters arising hereunder shall be determined in accordance with the law and practice of such court. Nothing in this Article constitutes or should be understood to constitute a waiver of the Reinsurers’ rights to commence an action in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location specified in the Choice of Law and Jurisdiction section of the Particular Conditions, or to seek a transfer of a case to another court as permitted by the law of that country.

 

Service of process in such suit may be made upon Maples & Calder, P.O. Box 309GT, Ugland House, South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands (hereinafter, “agent for service of process”) and in any suit instituted against any Reinsurers upon this Agreement, the Reinsurers will abide by the final decision of such court or of any appellate court in the event of an appeal.

 

The above named are authorized and directed to accept service of process on behalf of the Reinsurer in any such suit and/or upon the request of the Reinsured to give a written undertaking to the Reinsured that the agent for service of process will enter a general appearance on behalf of the Reinsurer in the event such a suit shall be instituted.

 

Further, pursuant to any statute of country in the location specified in the Choice of Law and Jurisdiction section of the Particular Conditions, which make provision therefore, the Reinsurer hereby designates Maples & Calder, as their true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served any lawful process in any action, suit or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the Reinsured or any beneficiary hereunder arising out of this Agreement.

 

18



 

ARTICLE 29

 

INTERMEDIARY

 

Willis Re Inc. 1403 Brickell Avenue, 11th Floor - Suite 1110, Miami FL 33131, U.S.A., and Willis Limited, Ten Trinity Square, London EC3P 3AX are recognized as the intermediaries negotiating this Agreement through whom all premiums, losses and communications shall be transmitted between the parties. Payments by the Reinsured to the intermediary shall be deemed to constitute payment to the Reinsurers. Payments by the Reinsurers to the intermediary shall be deemed to constitute payment to the Reinsured only to the extent that such payments are actually received by the Reinsured.

 

In connection with the foregoing, all Administration functions shall be serviced by Willis Limited, Ten Trinity Square, London EC3P 3AX.

 

ARTICLE 30

 

MODE OF EXECUTION

 

This Agreement may be executed by:

 

(a)                      An original written ink signature of paper documents.

 

(b)                     An exchange of facsimile copies showing the original written ink signature of paper documents.

 

(c)                      Electronic signature technology employing computer software and a digital signature or digitizer pen pad to capture a person’s handwritten signature in such a manner that the signature is unique to the person signing, is under the sole control of the person signing, is capable of verification to authenticate the signature and is linked to the document signed in such a manner that if the data is changed, such signature is invalidated.

 

The use of any one or a combination of these methods of execution shall constitute a legally binding and valid signing of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when duly executed, shall be deemed an original.

 

ARTICLE 31

 

AMENDMENTS AND ALTERATIONS

 

It is hereby agreed that any amendments and/or alterations to this Agreement that are mutually agreed upon, by addendum, shall be automatically binding on the parties hereto and shall be considered to form an integral part of this Agreement.

 

19



 

 

 

Signed for and on behalf of

 

 

 

ISLAND HERITAGE INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED

 

 

 

in Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

 

 

 

this

day of

, 200  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

20



 

Attachment No. 1

 

NUCLEAR ENERGY RISKS EXCLUSION CLAUSE (REINSURANCE) (1994) (WORLDWIDE EXCLUDING U.S.A. & CANADA)

 

This agreement shall exclude Nuclear Energy Risks whether such risks are written directly and/or by way of reinsurance and/or via Pools and/or Associations.

 

For all purposes of this agreement Nuclear Energy Risks shall mean all first party and/or third party insurances or reinsurances (other than Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability) in respect of:

 

(I)                        All Property on the site of a nuclear power station.
Nuclear Reactors, reactor buildings and plant and equipment therein on any site other than a nuclear power station.

 

(II)                    All Property, on any site (including but not limited to the sites referred to in (I) above) used or having been used for:

 

(a)                     The generation of nuclear energy; or

 

(b)                    The Production, Use or Storage of Nuclear Material.

 

(III)                Any other Property eligible for insurance by the relevant local Nuclear Insurance Pool and/or Association but only to the extent of the requirements of that local Pool and/or Association.

 

(IV)                The supply of goods and services to any of the sites, described in (I) to (III) above, unless such insurances or reinsurances shall exclude the perils of irradiation and contamination by Nuclear Material.

 

Except as undernoted, Nuclear Energy Risks shall not include:

 

(i)                         Any insurance or reinsurance in respect of the construction or erection or installation or replacement or repair or maintenance or decommissioning of Property as described in (I) to (III) above (including contractors’ plant and equipment);

 

(ii)                      Any Machinery Breakdown or other Engineering insurance or reinsurance not coming within the scope of (i) above;

 

Provided always that such insurance or reinsurance shall exclude the perils of irradiation and contamination by Nuclear Material.

 

21



 

However, the above exemption shall not extend to:

 

(1)                      The provision of any insurance or reinsurance whatsoever in respect of:

 

(a)                     Nuclear Material;

 

(b)                    Any Property in the High Radioactivity Zone or Area of any Nuclear Installation as from the introduction of Nuclear Material or - for reactor installations - as from fuel loading or first criticality where so agreed with the relevant local Nuclear Insurance Pool and/or Association.

 

(2)                     The provision of any insurance or reinsurance for the undernoted perils:

 

                             Fire, lightning, explosion;

 

                             Earthquake;

 

                             Aircraft and other aerial devices or articles dropped therefrom;

 

                             Irradiation and radioactive contamination;

 

                             Any other peril insured by the relevant local Nuclear Insurance Pool and/or Association;

 

in respect of any other Property not specified in (1) above which directly involves the Production, Use or Storage of Nuclear Material as from the introduction of Nuclear Material into such Property.

 

Definitions

 

“Nuclear Material” means:

 

(i)                         Nuclear fuel, other than natural uranium and depleted uranium, capable of producing energy by a self-sustaining chain process of nuclear fission outside a Nuclear Reactor, either alone or in combination with some other material; and

 

(ii)                      Radioactive Products or Waste.

 

“Radioactive Products or Waste” means any radioactive material produced in, or any material made radioactive by exposure to the radiation incidental to the production or utilisation of nuclear fuel, but does not include radio isotopes which have reached the final stage of fabrication so as to be usable for any scientific, medical, agricultural, commercial or industrial purpose.

 

22



 

“Nuclear Installation” means:

 

(i)                         Any Nuclear Reactor;

 

(ii)                      Any factory using nuclear fuel for the production of Nuclear Material, or any factory for the processing of Nuclear Material, including any factory for the reprocessing of irradiated nuclear fuel; and

 

(iii)                   Any facility where Nuclear Material is stored, other than storage incidental to the carriage of such material.

 

“Nuclear Reactor” means any structure containing nuclear fuel in such an arrangement that a self-sustaining chain process of nuclear fission can occur therein without an additional source of neutrons.

 

“Production, Use or Storage of Nuclear Material” means the production, manufacture, enrichment, conditioning, processing, reprocessing, use, storage, handling and disposal of Nuclear Material.

 

“Property” shall mean all land, buildings, structures, plant, equipment, vehicles, contents (including but not limited to liquids and gases) and all materials of whatever description whether Fixed or not.

 

“High Radioactivity Zone or Area” means:

 

(i)                     For nuclear power stations and Nuclear Reactors, the vessel or structure which immediately contains the core (including its supports and shrouding) and all the contents thereof, the fuel elements, the control rods and the irradiated fuel store; and

 

(ii)                 For non-reactor Nuclear Installations, any area where the level of radioactivity requires the provision of a biological shield.

 

 

NMA 1975a

(10/3/94)

 

23



 

Attachment No. 2

 

NUCLEAR INCIDENT EXCLUSION CLAUSE - PHYSICAL DAMAGE - REINSURANCE

 

1.                           This Agreement does not cover any loss or liability accruing to the Reassured, directly or indirectly and whether as Insurer or Reinsurer, from any Pool of Insurers or Reinsurers formed for the purpose of covering Atomic or Nuclear Energy risks.

 

2.                           Without in any way restricting the operation of paragraph (1) of this Clause, this Agreement does not cover any loss or liability accruing to the Reassured, directly or indirectly and whether as Insurer or Reinsurer, from any insurance against Physical Damage (including business interruption or consequential loss arising out of such Physical Damage) to:

 

I.                            Nuclear reactor power plants including all auxiliary property on the site, or

 

II.                        Any other nuclear reactor installation, including laboratories handling radioactive materials in connection with reactor installations, and “critical facilities” as such, or

 

III.                    Installations for fabricating complete fuel elements or for processing substantial quantities of “special nuclear material”, and for reprocessing, salvaging, chemically separating, storing or disposing of “spent” nuclear fuel or waste materials, or

 

IV.                    Installations other than those listed in paragraph (2) III above using substantial quantities of radioactive isotopes or other products of nuclear fission.

 

3.                           Without in any way restricting the operations of paragraphs (1) and (2) hereof, this Agreement does not cover any loss or liability by radioactive contamination accruing to the Reassured, directly or indirectly, and whether as Insurer or Reinsurer, from any insurance on property which is on the same site as a nuclear reactor power plant or other nuclear installation and which normally would be insured therewith except that this paragraph (3) shall not operate

 

(a)                     where Reassured does not have knowledge of such nuclear reactor power plant or nuclear installation, or

 

(b)                    where said insurance contains a provision excluding coverage for damage to property caused by or resulting from radioactive contamination, however caused. However on and after 1st January 1960 this sub-paragraph (b) shall only apply provided the said radioactive contamination exclusion provision has been approved by the Governmental Authority having jurisdiction thereof.

 

4.                           Without in any way restricting the operations of paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) hereof, this Agreement does not cover any loss or liability by radioactive contamination accruing to the Reassured, directly or indirectly, and whether as Insurer or Reinsurer, when such radioactive contamination is a named hazard specifically insured against.

 

24



 

5.                           It is understood and agreed that this Clause shall not extend to risks using radioactive isotopes in any form where the nuclear exposure is not considered by the Reassured to be the primary hazard.

 

6.                           The term “special nuclear material” shall have the meaning given it in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 or by any law amendatory thereof.

 

7.                           Reassured to be sole judge of what constitutes:

 

(a)                                   substantial quantities, and

 

(b)                                  the extent of installation, plant or site.

 

Note -                                                  Without in any way restricting the operation of paragraph (1) hereof, it is understood and agreed that:

 

(a)                                   all policies issued by the Reassured on or before 31st December 1957 shall be free from the application of the other provisions of this Clause until expiry date or 31st December 1960 whichever first occurs whereupon all the provisions of this Clause shall apply.

 

(b)                                  with respect to any risk located in Canada policies issued by the Reassured on or before 31st December 1958 shall be free from the application of the other provisions of this Clause until expiry date or 31st December 1960 whichever first occurs whereupon all the provisions of this Clause shall apply.

 

12/12/57

N.M.A.1119

 

25



 

Attachment No. 3

 

NUCLEAR INCIDENT EXCLUSION CLAUSE - PHYSICAL DAMAGE AND LIABILITY (BOILER AND MACHINERY POLICIES) - REINSURANCE

 

(1)                      This Agreement does not cover any loss or liability accruing to the Reassured as a member of, or subscriber to, any association of insurers or reinsurers formed for the purpose of covering nuclear energy risks or as a direct or indirect reinsurer of any such member, subscriber or association.

 

(2)                      Without in any way restricting the operation of paragraph (1) of this Clause it is understood and agreed that for all purposes of this Agreement all original Boiler and Machinery Insurance or Reinsurance contracts of the Reassured shall be deemed to include the following provisions of this paragraph;

 

This Policy does not apply to “loss”, whether it be direct or indirect, proximate or remote

 

(a)                     from an Accident caused directly or indirectly by nuclear reaction, nuclear radiation or radioactive contamination, all whether controlled or uncontrolled; or

 

(b)                    from nuclear reaction, nuclear radiation or radioactive contamination, all whether controlled or uncontrolled, caused directly or indirectly by, contributed to or aggravated by an Accident.

 

(3)                      However, it is agreed that loss arising out of the use of Radioactive isotopes in any form is not hereby excluded from reinsurance protection.

 

(4)                      Without in any way restricting the operation of paragraph (1) hereof, it is understood and agreed that

 

(a)                     all policies issued by the Reassured effective on or before 30th April, 1958, shall be free from the application of the other provisions of this Clause until expiry date or 30th April, 1961, whichever first occurs, whereupon all the provisions of this Clause shall apply,

 

(b)                    with respect to any risk located in Canada policies issued by the Reassured effective on or before 30th June, 1958, shall be free from the application of the other provisions of this Clause until expiry date or 30th June, 1961, whichever first occurs, whereupon all the provisions of this Clause shall apply.

 

23/6/58

N.M.A. 1166

 

26



 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE BROKER AND THE INSURERS / REINSURERS WHICH WILL NOT FORM PART OF THIS AGREEMENT FOR CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTATION PURPOSES

 

SLIP LEADER :

 

 

 

 

 

BROKERAGE:

 

10.00% (Nil on Reinstatement)

 

 

 

BASIS OF
AGREEMENT TO CONTRACT
CHANGES:

 

All Reinsurers to agree.

 

 

 

DOCUMENT
PRODUCTION
:

 

Full contractual wording is incorporated.

 

 

 

 

 

Reinsurers’ acceptance of a share in this Agreement, whether by direct signature of the attached signing page(s) (whether attached hereto or otherwise), or by correspondence, shall constitute their formal signature of this Agreement and no further documentation shall be issued.

 

 

 

 

 

All Reinsurers are requested to complete the “Reinsurer Contact” section in the Signing Page to enable accurate and prompt communication.

 

 

 

SIGNING
PROVISIONS :

 


Disproportionate Lines:

Reinsurers agree to allow Willis Limited, without further authorisation, to sign written lines disproportionately. Signing down estimations given at time of placement are for indication only and are not warranted.

 

 

 

CLAIMS
ADMINISTRATION
:

 

All Reinsurers to receive and agree claims via email, facsimile or letter.

 

1



 

EXPERT(S) FEES

 

 

COLLECTION :

 

It is hereby noted and agreed for the avoidance of any doubt Willis Re Inc. and/or Willis Limited shall have no responsibility whatsoever for the collection of any expert fees and expenses.

 

 

 

 

 

Such expert fees and expenses shall be collected 100% by the party indicated (if any) within the attached documentation only if specified.

 

 

 

CURRENCY :

 

All settlements (premiums and claims) to be converted to or paid in United States Dollars.

 

2


 

Willis

 

2006 RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY CATASTROPHE

EXCESS OF LOSS REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

 

PLACEMENT SLIP/WORDING

 

Reference No.: DLXJ526

 

 

 

INFORMATION

 

 

 

ISLAND HERITAGE INSURANCE COMPANY

LIMITED, GRAND CAYMAN, CAYMAN ISLANDS

 



 

Willis Re Inc., 1401 Brickell Avenue, Suite 1110, Miami FL 33131, U.S.A, Willis Re Inc., 4 th Floor, Wall Street Plaza, New York, New York 10005, U.S.A and Willis Limited, Ten Trinity Square, London EC3P 3AX.

 

Reference

:

DLXJ526.

Reinsured

:

Island Heritage Insurance Company Limited

Type

:

Residential Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement.

 

INFORMATION

 

REINSURED:

ISLAND HERITAGE INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED, Cayman Islands

 

 

TYPE:

Residential Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement

 

 

DATE:

April 2006

 

 

CURRENCY:

US Dollars

 

ESTIMATED AVERAGE AGGREGATES FOR ADJUSTMENT

 

Residential

USD

1,363,675,000

 

 

 

LOSS INFORMATION

 

All Loss Figures are Net retained on the basis of intended 2006 QS retentions

 

2004 Hurricane Ivan

 

Hurricane Ivan, which hit Grand Cayman in 2004, caused widespread damage from wind and sea surge. Since then, various measures have been taken by Island Heritage to reduce the impact of any future windstorm. These include increased original deductibles and avoidance, where possible, of risks that are considered unduly exposed.

 

Residential

USD

64,311,411

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004 Hurricane Jeanne
Residential Bahamas

USD

1,838,518

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004 Hurricane Francis
Residential Bahamas

USD

2,187,176

 

 

Residential Turks

USD

75,082

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005 Hurricane Wilma
Residential Bahamas

USD

1,052,672

 

 

Residential Cayman

USD

548,027

 

NB. Cayman Loss in dispute by IH due to non disclosure of material facts

 

 

 

 

 

Total Residential

USD

1,600,698

 

 

 

 

THIS INFORMATION SECTION LISTS INFORMATION MADE AVAILABLE TO REINSURERS FOR ASSESSMENT OF THE RISK. IT DOES NOT INCLUDE CONTRACTUAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF COVER.

 

1



 

Willis Re Inc., 1401 Brickell Avenue, Suite 1110, Miami FL 33131, U.S.A, Willis Re Inc., 4 th Floor, Wall Street Plaza, New York, New York 10005, U.S.A and Willis Limited, Ten Trinity Square, London EC3P 3AX .

 

Reference

:

DLXJ526

Reinsured

:

Island Heritage Insurance Company Limited

Type

:

Residential Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement

 

FISCAL AND REGULATORY

 

TAXES PAYABLE BY
REINSURER(S):

 

As specified in the Particular Conditions.

 

 

 

US
CLASSIFICATION:

 

Non-regulated.

 

 

 

ALLOCATION OF
PREMIUM TO
CODING:

 

Unless otherwise indicated by Slip Leader no accounting splits required.

 

 

 

FSA CLIENT
CLASSIFICATION:

 

Reinsurance.

 

1


 

Willis

 

2006 RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY CATASTROPHE
EXCESS OF LOSS REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

 

PLACEMENT SLIP/WORDING

 

Reference No.: DLXJ526

 

 

SIGNING EXHIBIT(S)

 

 

ISLAND HERITAGE INSURANCE COMPANY
LIMITED, GRAND CAYMAN, CAYMAN ISLANDS

 



 

Willis Re Inc., 1401 Brickell Avenue, Suite 1110, Miami FL 33131, U.S.A, Willis Re Inc., 4 th Floor, Wall Street Plaza, New York, New York 10005, U.S.A and Willis Limited, Ten Trinity Square, London EC3P 3AX.

 

Reference

:

DLXJ526

Reinsured

:

Island Heritage Insurance Company Limited

Type

:

Residential Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement

 

SIGNING EXHIBIT

 

Period:

Losses occurring during the period 12 months from 12:01 a.m. 1 April 2006 to 12:01 a.m. 31 March 2007 both days inclusive, local standard time at the place where the loss occurs.

 

 

Reinsurer:

 

FLAGSTONE
REINSURANCE LIMITED

 

 

 

Agreement Carrier if different from above:

 

 

 

Written line(s):

First Layer:

25%

 

Ref.:

 

Second Layer:

25%

 

Ref.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Final signed line(s):

First Layer:

%

 

 

Second Layer:

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signed in Bermuda this 3 rd day of June 2006

 

 

/s/ 

 

 

1



 

Willis Re Inc., 1401 Brickell Avenue, Suite 1110, Miami FL 33131, U.S.A, Willis Re Inc., 4 th Floor, Wall Street Plaza, New York, New York 10005, U.S.A and Willis Limited, Ten Trinity Square, London EC3P 3AX.

 

Reference

:

DLXJ526

Reinsured

:

Island Heritage Insurance Company Limited

Type

:

Residential Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement

 

INFORMATION REQUIRED TO IMPROVE CONTRACT SERVICING

 

REINSURERS:

 

 

REINSURERS’ CONTACTS

 

UNDERWRITER:

 

Name(s):

 

 

 

 

 

Office Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Email address(es):

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No.:

 

 

 

CLAIMS:

 

Name(s):

 

 

 

 

 

Office Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Email address(es):

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No.:

 

 

 

ACCOUNTS:

 

Name(s):

 

 

 

 

 

Office Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Email address(es):

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No.:

 




EXHIBIT 10.25

 

Willis

 

ISLAND HERITAGE INSURANCE COMPANY
LIMITED, GRAND CAYMAN, CAYMAN ISLANDS

 

PLACEMENT SLIP/WORDING

 

2006 UMBRELLA PROPERTY CATASTROPHE
EXCESS OF LOSS REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

Reference No.: DLXJ527

 



 

Agreement Number

:

DLXJ527

 

 

 

Reinsured

:

Island Heritage Insurance Company Limited

 

 

 

Type of Agreement

:

Umbrella Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement.

 

 

 

Period

:

12 months Commencing 1 April 2006.

 

 

 

This Agreement consists of three parts

:

Particular Conditions
General Conditions
Signing Exhibit(s)

 



 

2006 UMBRELLA PROPERTY CATASTROPHE
EXCESS OF LOSS REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

 

PLACEMENT SLIP/WORDING

 

Reference No.: DLXJ527

 

 

PARTICULAR CONDITIONS

 

 

ISLAND HERITAGE INSURANCE COMPANY
LIMITED, GRAND CAYMAN, CAYMAN ISLANDS

 



 

Willis Re Inc., 1401 Brickell Avenue, Suite 1110, Miami FL 33131, U.S.A, Willis Re Inc., 4 th Floor, Wall Street Plaza, New York, New York 10005, U.S.A and Willis Limited, Ten Trinity Square, London EC3P 3AX.

 

 

Reference

:

DLXJ527

Reinsured

:

Island Heritage Insurance Company Limited

Type

:

Umbrella Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement.

 

PARTICULAR CONDITIONS

 

 

REINSURED AND LOCATION:

 

ISLAND HERITAGE INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED, GRAND CAYMAN, CAYMAN ISLANDS, including any and/or all companies that are or may hereafter become affiliated therewith.

 

 

 

PERIOD:

 

Losses occurring during the period 12 months from 12:01 a.m. 1 April 2006 to 12:01 a.m. 31 March 2007 both days inclusive, local standard time at the place where the loss occurs.

 

 

 

 

 

“Local Standard Time” shall mean the time as described in the original policy.

 

 

 

TYPE:

 

Umbrella Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement.

 

 

 

ACCOUNT BASIS:

 

Losses Occurring.

 

 

 

CLASS OF BUSINESS:

 

All business written and classified by the Reinsured as Residential Property, Commercial Property Business including but not limited to Fire and Allied Perils, Natural Perils, Material Damage and/or Business Interruption, Builders’ Risk Business and Automobile Physical Damage.

 

 

 

EXCLUSIONS:

 

All exclusions are listed in full in the General Conditions.

 

 

 

TERRITORIAL SCOPE:

 

Caribbean Islands and their interests abroad, including but not limited to:\

 

 

 

 

 

Anguilla, Antigua, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bonaire, British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, Curacao, Dominica, Dominican Republic, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Haiti, Jamaica, Martinique, Monsterrat, Nevis/St. Kitts, Puerto Rico, Saba, St. Barthelemy, St. Eustatius, St. Lucia, St. Martin/Maarten, St. Vincent, The Grenadines, Trinidad and Tobago, Turks and Caicos and U. S. Virgin Islands.

 

 

 

LIMIT:

 

USD 90,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

Ultimate Net Loss, each and every Loss Occurrence.

 

1



 

RETENTION:

 

In excess of the Reinsured’s underlying coverages:

 

Residential Property:        USD 60,000,000
Commercial Property:      USD 30,000,000
Quota Share Contract Event Limits: as per schedule

 

 

 

 

 

Ultimate Net Loss, each and every Loss Occurrence.

 

 

 

REINSTATEMENT PROVISIONS :

 

One full reinstatement, calculated at pro rata of 100% of the Reinsurers’ premium for the period of this Agreement, being pro rata only as to the fraction of the Reinsurers’ limit of liability hereunder (i.e. the fraction of the limit) so reinstated.

 

 

 

Limit in All:

 

USD 180,000,000

 

 

 

PREMIUM :

 

Adjustable Rates are applied to the Average Net Retained Property Aggregates in respect of direct written business as reported in the aggregate statements as at April 1, 2006, July 1, 2006, October 1, 2006, January 1, 2007 and April 1, 2007.

 

 

 

Adjustable Rate:

 

0.1880%

 

 

 

Minimum and Deposit Premiums:

 

USD 3,240,000

 

 

 

Discounts:

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following considerations shall apply to all layers:

 

 

 

 

 

1)

The aforementioned rates will be discounted by the following factors and applied to business written which contains the higher deductibles as shown:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Windstorm deductible

2

%

 

Discount

0

%

 

 

 

 

3

%

 

 

10

%

 

 

 

 

4

%

 

 

20

%

 

 

 

 

5

%

 

 

30

%

 

 

 

 

10

%

 

 

40

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2)

Furthermore, the above rates will be discounted by 50% and applied to business written which contains an exclusion for windstorm.

 

2



 

PAYMENT TERMS:

 

Premiums are payable in four equal quarterly instalments at April 1, 2006, July 1, 2006, October 1, 2006 and January 1, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments to be made as soon as practical after expiry.

 

 

 

BROKERAGE:

 

10.00% (Nil on Reinstatement).

 

 

 

OTHER DEDUCTIONS FROM PREMIUM:

 

Nil.

 

 

 

TAXES PAYABLE BY REINSURED AND ADMINISTERED BY REINSURERS:

 

Nil.

 

 

 

TAXES PAYABLE BY REINSURER(S):

 

Nil.

 

 

 

CHOICE OF LAW AND JURISDICTION:

 

(AGREEMENT & ARBITRATION TRIBUNALS)

 

 

Law and Jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands.

 

 

 

SEAT OF ARBITRATION:

 

Grand Cayman, the Cayman Islands.

 

 

 

APPOINTOR:

 

The Secretary General of the Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce or if he is unavailable or it is inappropriate for him to act for any reason, such person as may be nominated by the Committee of that body. If for any reason such persons decline or are unable to act then the appointor shall be the judge of the appropriate Courts having jurisdiction at the place of Arbitration.

 

 

 

EXPRESS WARRANTIES :

 

None.

 

3



 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT:

 

There is a condition precedent to any right of action in Law as specified in the attached General Conditions under Arbitration.

 

 

 

 

 

Failure to comply with this condition precedent may result in the party commencing litigation having the legal proceedings dismissed or stayed and instead being instructed to arbitration by a court of law.

 

 

 

CONDITIONS:

 

All clauses are as stated in full in the attached General Conditions.

 

 

 

SPECIAL ACCEPTANCE:

 

To be agreed by (“Slip Leader”) only as detailed in the General Conditions.

 

 

 

WORDING:

 

Full contractual wording is incorporated.

 

 

 

SEVERAL LIABILITY:

 

The subscribing reinsurers’ obligations under contracts of reinsurance to which they subscribe are several and not joint and are limited solely to the extent of their individual subscriptions. The subscribing reinsurers are not responsible for the subscription of any co-subscribing reinsurer who for any reason does not satisfy all or part of its obligations.

08/94, LSW1001 (Reinsurance).

 

4


Willis

 

2006 UMBRELLA PROPERTY CATASTROPHE

EXCESS OF LOSS REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

 

PLACEMENT SLIP/WORDING

 

Reference No.: DLXJ527

 

 

GENERAL CONDITIONS

 

 

ISLAND HERITAGE INSURANCE COMPANY

LIMITED, GRAND CAYMAN, CAYMAN ISLANDS

 



 

Willis Re Inc., 1401 Brickell Avenue, Suite 1110, Miami FL 33131, U.S.A, Willis Re Inc., 4 th Floor, Wall Street Plaza, New York, New York 10005, U.S.A and Willis Limited, Ten Trinity Square, London EC3P 3AX.

 

Reference

:

DLXJ527

Reinsured

:

Island Heritage Insurance Company Limited

Type

:

Umbrella Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement.

 

GENERAL CONDITIONS

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Parties

 

 

1

 

Class of Business Covered

 

 

2

 

Limit and Retention

 

 

3

 

Reinstatement

 

 

4

 

Period

 

 

5

 

Special Termination

 

 

6

 

Territory

 

 

7

 

Exclusions

 

 

8

 

Special Acceptance

 

 

9

 

Premium

 

 

10

 

Definitions

 

 

11

 

Two Risk Agreement

 

 

12

 

Self Insured Obligations

 

 

13

 

Extra Contractual Obligations

 

 

14

 

Net Retained Lines

 

 

15

 

Original Conditions

 

 

16

 

No Third Party Rights

 

 

17

 

Notice of Loss and Loss Settlements

 

 

18

 

Loss Collection

 

 

19

 

Currency

 

 

20

 

Currency Revaluation

 

 

21

 

Access to Records

 

 

22

 

Confidentiality

 

 

23

 

Delays, Errors and Omissions

 

 

24

 

Offset

 

 

25

 

Insolvency

 

 

26

 

Arbitration

 

 

27

 

Choice of Law and Jurisdiction

 

 

28

 

Service of Suit

 

 

29

 

Intermediary

 

 

30

 

Mode of Execution

 

 

31

 

Amendments and Alterations

 

 

 

 

Reinsured Signing Block

 

 

 

1



 

Attachments

 

1.                           Nuclear Energy Risks Exclusion Clause (Reinsurance) (1994) (Worldwide Excluding U.S.A. and Canada) NMA 1975a

2.                           Nuclear Incident Exclusion Clause - Physical Damage - Reinsurance - U.S.A. NMA 1119.

3.                           Nuclear Incident Exclusion Clause - Physical Damage and Liability (Boiler and Machinery Policies) - Reinsurance - U.S.A. NMA 1116.

 

Exhibits

 

Subscribing Reinsurer’s Signing Exhibit(s)

 

2



 

UMBRELLA PROPERTY CATASTROPHE EXCESS OF LOSS
REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

between

 

ISLAND HERITAGE INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED
Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

 

including any and/or all companies that are or may hereafter become
affiliated therewith

 

(the “Reinsured”)

 

and

 

THE SUBSCRIBING REINSURERS IDENTIFIED
IN THE SUBSCRIBING REINSURER’S SIGNING PAGE(S)

 

(the “Reinsurers”)

 

ARTICLE 1

 

CLASS OF BUSINESS COVERED

 

This Agreement shall indemnify the Reinsured, as set forth in the Limit and Retention Article, in respect of the liability which may accrue to the Reinsured under all policies, bonds, binders, certificates, contracts of insurance or reinsurance, co-insurance or co-indemnity, or other evidences of liability (hereinafter referred to as “Policy(ies)” and/or “bond(s)”), whether oral or written, issued by or contracted for by the Reinsured in respect of all business as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Class of Business”, subject to the exclusions stated in the Exclusions Article.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

LIMIT AND RETENTION

 

The Reinsurers shall be liable in respect of each Loss Occurrence, for 100% of the Ultimate Net Loss over and above an initial Ultimate Net Loss as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Retention” each and every Loss Occurrence, subject to a limit of liability to the Reinsurers as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Limit” each and every Loss Occurrence.

 

1



 

ARTICLE 3

 

REINSTATEMENT

 

Loss payments under this Agreement shall reduce the limit of coverage afforded by the amounts paid, but the limit of coverage shall be reinstated from the time of the occurrence of the loss to the expiry of this Agreement, and for each amount so reinstated, the Reinsured agrees to pay, an additional premium (if any) as specified in the Particular Conditions. Nevertheless, the Reinsurers’ liability hereunder shall not exceed the amount as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Limit” in respect of each and every Loss Occurrence, and nor the amount as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Reinstatement Provisions, Limit in All” in respect of all Loss Occurrences during the period of this Agreement.

 

If at the time of a loss settlement hereon the reinsurance premium, as calculated in accordance with the Premium Article is unknown, the above calculation of reinstatement premium shall be based upon the minimum and deposit premium, subject to adjustment when the reinsurance premium is finally established.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

PERIOD

 

This Agreement applies only to losses occurring during the period as specified in the attached Particular Conditions under, “Period”.

 

If this Agreement expires or terminates while a loss occurrence covered hereunder is in progress, it is agreed that, subject to the other conditions of this Agreement, the Reinsurer shall indemnify the Reinsured as if the entire loss occurrence had occurred during the period of this Agreement.

 

If any law or regulation of the federal, state or local government of any jurisdiction in which the Reinsured is doing business shall render illegal the arrangements made in this Agreement, the Agreement can be terminated immediately, insofar as it applies to such jurisdiction, by the Reinsured giving notice to the Reinsurers to such effect.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

SPECIAL TERMINATION

 

a)                          It is a condition upon all Reinsurers who participate in this Agreement that each individual Reinsurer shall at all times during the period of this Agreement maintain an Insurer Financial Strength (IFS) rating from Standard & Poor’s Rating Group of 1221 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10020, USA (“S&P”) equal to or greater than the rating that was applied by S&P to that individual Reinsurer at the commencement of this Agreement.

 

2



 

In the event of an explicit downgrading of any individual Reinsurer by S&P to an IFS rating inferior to that which was supplied by S&P at the commencement of this Agreement, then at the sole option of the Reinsured, the Reinsured may elect to cancel the participation of that individual Reinsurer. The effective date of such cancellation shall not be earlier than the date upon which the relevant downgrading by S&P was announced in New York, USA and the Reinsured shall submit a notice of cancellation within 30 days after the date upon which the relevant downgrading by S&P was announced.

 

Any individual Reinsurer who does not have an IFS rating from S&P but who maintains during the period of this Agreement a rating from A.M. Best Company of A.M. Best Road, Oldwick, New Jersey 08858-0700 USA (“Bests”) shall also be considered as falling within the terms of this Article. Any explicit downgrading of such an individual Reinsurer by Bests to a rating inferior to that which was applied by Bests to that individual Reinsurer at the commencement of this Agreement shall give the Reinsured the same right of cancellation as set out above.

 

In the event that a rating should be given to an individual Reinsurer by both S&P and Bests which differ to that extent that one of the ratings is inferior to the other than the rating of S&P shall prevail.

 

For the avoidance of doubt the status of Credit Watch as defined by S&P or a rating modifier of ‘u’ (Under Review) applied to a rated company as defined by Bests shall not, of itself, be construed as a downgrading for the purposes of this Article.

 

With regard to any Lloyd’s Underwriters participating hereunder the rating applicable to each individual Lloyd’s Underwriter shall be the S&P IFS rating applicable to the Lloyd’s Corporation as a whole at the commencement of this Agreement.

 

If, for a reinsurer with no rating by S&P or Bests, in the judgement of the Reinsured the security of such Reinsurer has materially deteriorated since inception of this Agreement, the Reinsured shall have the same right of cancellation as set out above.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Reinsurers rated A- or above at the commencement of this Agreement, Section a) of this Article will only operate when the deterioration in rating is to a level below A-.

 

The Reinsured may also elect to cancel the participation of any individual Reinsurer that ceases underwriting. The effective date of such cancellation shall be determined at the sole discretion of the Reinsured provided that the date so determined shall not be earlier than the date upon which the relevant Reinsurer ceased underwriting.

 

b)                         Furthermore, either party shall have the right to cancel this Agreement immediately by giving the other party notice:

 

i)                            if the performance of the whole or any part of this Agreement is prohibited or rendered impossible due jure to de facto in particular and without prejudice to the generality of

 

3



 

the preceding words in consequence of any law or regulation which is or shall be in force in any country or territory or if any law or regulation shall prevent directly or indirectly the remittance of any or all or any part of the balance or payments due to or from either party;

 

ii)                         if the country or territory in which the other party resides or has its head office or is incorporated shall be involved in armed hostilities with any other country whether war be declared or not, or is partly or wholly occupied by another power;

 

iii)                      if the other party shall have failed and refuses after due notice in writing to comply with any of the General Conditions.

 

After the date of cancellation, under either paragraph a) or b) above, the liability of the Reinsurers hereunder shall cease outright other than in respect of losses which have occurred or commenced prior thereto.

 

All notices of cancellation served in accordance with any of the provisions of paragraph a) and b) above shall be by telegram or facsimile or any other means of instantaneous communication that provides a permanent record of such communication, and shall be deemed to be served upon despatch or where communications between the parties are interrupted upon attempted despatch.

 

All notices of cancellation served in accordance with any of the provisions of paragraph a) and b) above shall be addressed to the party concerned at its Head Office or at any other address previously designated by that party.

 

In the event of this Agreement being terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Article, and subject to no loss to this Agreement, the minimum and deposit premium and the final adjusted premium charged hereon will be calculated in accordance with the following formula-

 

Period on Risk

 

% of Annual Premium

 

 

 

 

 

1 April 2006 to 31 May 2006

 

20/5ths for each month

 

1 June 2006 to 31 December 2006

 

80/7ths for each month

 

1 January 2007 to 31 March 2007

 

20/5ths for each month

 

 

For any period within a month, the number of days will be calculated pro rata of that month.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

TERRITORY

 

This Agreement shall apply to losses occurring within the territorial limits as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Territorial Scope”.

 

4



 

ARTICLE 7

 

EXCLUSIONS

 

This Agreement does not apply to and specifically excludes the following:

 

1.                           Business classified by the Reinsured as Credit, Financial Guarantee and Insolvency insurance.

 

2.                           Business classified by the Reinsured as Liability, Ocean Marine and Aviation business except where incidental to and forming part of Policies covered hereunder.

 

3.                           Business classified by the Reinsured as Fidelity, Life or Surety.

 

4.                           Business classified by the Reinsured as Accident and Sickness and Salary Continuance except when written as part of a package Policy.

 

5.                           Nuclear Energy, as per the Nuclear Energy Exclusion Clauses NMA 1975(a), NMA 1119 and NMA 1166 as more fully detailed in the attachments hereto.

 

6.                           With regard to all territories except the U.S. Virgin Islands , this Agreement does not cover loss, destruction or damage directly or indirectly caused by seepage and/or pollution and/or contamination except destruction of or damage to the property insured caused by pollution or contamination which itself results from damage to insured property from an insured peril.

 

With regard to the U.S. Virgin Islands only , this Agreement excludes loss and/or damage and/or costs and/or expenses arising from seepage and/or pollution and/or contamination, other than contamination from smoke. Nevertheless, this exclusion does not preclude payment of the cost of removing debris of property damaged by a loss otherwise covered hereunder, subject always to a limit of 25% of the Reinsured’s property loss under the applicable original Policy.

 

7.                           Losses in respect of overhead transmission and distribution lines and their supporting structures other than those on or within 1,000 feet of the Insured premises.

 

It is agreed that public utilities extension and/or suppliers extension and/or contingent business interruption coverages are not subject to this exclusion, provided that these are not part of a transmitters’ or distributors’ Policy.

 

8.                           Loss or damage directly or indirectly occasioned by, happening through or in consequence of war, invasion, acts of foreign enemies, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), civil war, rebellion, revolution, insurrection, military or usurped power, or confiscation or nationalization or requisition or destruction of or damage to property by or under the order of any government or public or local authority.

 

5



 

9.                           Cyber Risk, as per the Information Technology Hazards Clarification Clause:

 

Information Technology Hazards Exclusion Clause

 

Losses arising, directly or indirectly, out of:

 

(i)                        loss of, alteration of, or damage to

 

or

 

(ii)                     a reduction in the functionality, availability or operation of

 

a computer system, hardware, programme, software, data, information repository, microchip, integrated circuit or similar device in computer equipment or non-computer equipment, whether the property of the policyholder of the Reinsured or not, are excluded hereon unless arising out of one or more of the perils as defined in the Reinsured’s original Policy Wording. These perils include but are not limited to:

 

fire, lightning, explosion, aircraft or vehicle impact, falling objects, windstorm, tornado, cyclone, hurricane, earthquake, volcano, tsunami, flood, subsidence, landslip, theft, riots/strikes, malicious damage escape of water falling trees.

 

(Based on NMA2928 - 10/12/01).

 

10.                     Terrorism Risks in accordance with the terms of Terrorism Exclusion NMA2930c below:

 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary within this reinsurance agreement or any endorsement thereto, it is agreed that this reinsurance agreement excludes loss, damage, cost, or expense directly or indirectly caused by, contributed to by, resulting from, or arising out of or in connection with any act of terrorism, as defined herein, regardless of any other cause or event contributing concurrently or in any other sequence to the loss.

 

An act of terrorism includes any act, or preparation in respect of action, or threat of action designed to influence the government de jure or de facto of any nation or any political division thereof, or in pursuit of political, religious, ideological, or similar purposes to intimidate the public or a section of the public of any nation by any person or group(s) of persons whether acting alone or on behalf of or in connection with any organisation(s) or government(s) de jure or de facto, and which:

 

(i)                        involves violence against one or more persons; or

(ii)                     involves damage to property; or

(iii)                  endangers life other than that of the person committing the action; or

(iv)                 creates a risk to health or safety of the public or a section of the public; or

(v)                    is designed to interfere with or to disrupt an electronic system.

 

6



 

This reinsurance agreement also excludes loss, damage, cost, or expense directly or indirectly caused by, contributed to by, resulting from, or arising out of or in connection with any action in controlling, preventing, suppressing, retaliating against, or responding to any act of terrorism.

 

Notwithstanding the above and subject otherwise to the terms, conditions, and limitations of this reinsurance agreement, in respect only of personal lines this reinsurance agreement will pay actual loss or damage (but not related cost or expense) caused by any act of terrorism provided such act is not directly or indirectly caused by, contributed to by, resulting from, or arising out of or in connection with biological, chemical, radioactive, or nuclear pollution or contamination or explosion.

 

NMA2930c
22/11/02

 

For the purposes of this exclusion, condominiums and residential rental properties shall be considered as personal lines business.

 

Applicable to the U.S. Virgin Islands only:

 

It is further agreed that this exclusion does not apply to losses suffered by the Reinsured which form part of a U.S. Virgin Island market loss caused by Terrorism up to a total of USD 27,500,000 as defined by TRIEA and any applicable I.S.O. endorsements for the U.S. Virgin Islands. However, any act of terrorism caused directly or indirectly by, contributed to by, resulting from, or arising out of or in connection with biological, chemical, radioactive, or nuclear pollution or contamination or explosion is hereby excluded. Furthermore any and all recoveries from TRIEA shall inure to the benefit of this treaty.

 

However, in respect of certified losses beyond the extent of TRIEA and any applicable I.S.O. endorsements for the U.S. Virgin Islands, this Reinsurance Agreement will not pay any losses, including those affecting the Reinsured’s retention, or any non-certified losses, whether or not these losses are directly or indirectly caused by, contributed to by, resulting from, or arising out of or in connection with biological, chemical, radioactive, or nuclear pollution or contamination or explosion.

 

During the term of this Reinsurance Agreement and unless any other agreement between the parties (the Reinsured and the Reinsurers) has been reached, if TRIEA is not extended beyond the expiry date in place at the commencement of this Reinsurance Agreement or if the form and shape of TRIEA is revised to whatever extent by the United States authorities during this Reinsurance Agreement, it is understood that the definition in force at the commencement date of this Reinsurance Agreement shall nevertheless be deemed in full force and effect for the purpose of this Reinsurance Agreement. As soon as the exact structure of TRIEA beyond its current expiry date is transparent to the parties involved in this Reinsurance Agreement, the parties will analyze the new situation and negotiate any amendment or revision of this exclusion.

 

7



 

11.                     Risks in accordance with the Radioactive Exclusion Clause: unless specifically agreed for an insured loss involving nuclear material under determined circumstances, this Agreement does not cover loss, damage, cost or expense of whatsoever nature directly or indirectly caused by, resulting from or in connection with any of the following regardless of any other cause or event contributing concurrently or in any other sequence to the loss:

 

                            lonising radiations from or contamination by radioactivity from any nuclear fuel or from any nuclear waste or from the combustion of nuclear fuel.

 

                            The radioactive, toxic, explosive or other hazardous or contaminating properties of any nuclear installation, reactor or other nuclear assembly or nuclear component thereof.

 

                            Any weapon or device of war employing atomic or nuclear fission and/or fusion or other like reaction or radioactive force or matter.

 

12.                     Pools, pooling arrangements and captive accounts.

 

13.                     First loss policies with no average clause.

 

14.                     Bloodstock and livestock.

 

15.                     Contingent Business Interruption amended to include Customers and Suppliers extensions when cover is named 1st tier Customer/Supplier and with a sub-limit of 20% of the Business Interruption Sum Insured.

 

16.                     Obligatory reinsurance treaties and insurances and facultative reinsurances on an excess of loss basis or having excess of loss character, layered coverages and primaries.

 

17.                     Guarantees of performance or production.

 

18.                     Growing and standing crops and timber.

 

19.                     Mould and/or Fungus with the terms of Absolute Fungus, Mildew and Mould Exclusion below:

 

This Agreement excludes absolutely any loss, damage, claim, cost, expense, sum or other obligation of any kind or description directly or indirectly caused by, contributing to, or resulting from mould, fungus, mildew or spores. This exclusion will apply, regardless as to whether or not

 

i.                             the mould, fungus, mildew or spores is/are caused by, contributed to, or results from an insured peril,

 

ii.                          the Reinsured’s original policy(ies) provide coverage,

 

iii.                       the Reinsured’s original obligations are contractual, extra contractual, or otherwise

 

8



 

iv.                      the Reinsurance presentation is for settlement(s), judgement(s) or any other form of resolution

 

20.                     Any direct or indirect losses caused by infectious or contagious diseases (for existing extensions, coverage will be given up to next renewal date)

 

ARTICLE 8

 

SPECIAL ACCEPTANCE

 

To be agreed by (“Slip Leader”) only. Any special acceptance agreed to by the Slip Leader shall be binding on all Subscribing Reinsurers hereon. The Slip Leader shall be deemed to have accepted a risk, if it has not responded within 7 days after receiving the underwriting information on such risk. Any renewal of a special acceptance agreed to for a predecessor Agreement to this Agreement, shall automatically be covered hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

PREMIUM

 

A minimum and deposit premium as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Premium” shall be paid to the Reinsurers as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Payment Terms” .

 

As soon as practicable after the expiry of this Agreement, the Reinsured shall furnish to the Reinsurer a statement of their Aggregates (as defined in the Particular Conditions) based on aggregate statements at the dates also as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Premium” and the reinsurance premium shall be adjusted at a rate as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Premium, Adjustable Rates” applied to the Reinsured’s final Aggregates subject to an annual minimum and deposit premium as specified in the Particular Conditions under, “Premium, Minimum and Deposit Premium” .

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be subject to various discounts, (which if any) are stipulated in the Particular Conditions.

 

Taxes (if any) in respect of this Agreement shall be payable by the Reinsured and/or Reinsurers as specified in the attached Particular Conditions.

 

Other Deductions from Premium (if any) shall be as specified in the attached Particular Conditions.

 

9



 

ARTICLE 10

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Ultimate Net Loss

 

The term Ultimate Net Loss shall mean the actual loss(es) paid or payable by the Reinsured and 100% of extra contractual obligations as defined herein, under its policies, such loss(es) to include legal costs and expenses of litigation, if any, and all other loss expenses of the Reinsured (including a pro rata share of salaries and expenses of the Reinsured’s field employees while adjusting such claims or losses and expenses of the Reinsured’s officials incurred in connection with claims or losses but no salaries of the Reinsured’s officials or any normal office expenses shall be included). Salvages and recoveries including recoveries under all other reinsurances, whether collected or not, are to be first deducted from such loss to arrive at the amount of liability, if any, attaching hereunder. Nothing, however, in this Article shall be construed to mean that losses under this Agreement are not recoverable until the Reinsured’s Ultimate Net Loss has been ascertained.

 

In the event of a catastrophe which results in a loss which exceeds the event limit of the Reinsured’s Quota Share Treaties, the excess amount can contribute toward the Ultimate Net Loss and be recoverable hereunder.

 

It is understood and agreed that, where the Reinsured has in effect other Excess of Loss Contract(s), underlying recoveries thereunder shall inure to its sole benefit and shall not be taken into account when calculating the Ultimate Net Loss hereunder.

 

All salvages, recoveries and payments recovered or received subsequent to a loss settlement under this Agreement shall be applied as if recovered or received prior to the said settlement; and all necessary adjustments shall be made by the parties hereto.

 

Loss Occurrence

 

The words Loss Occurrence shall mean all individual losses arising out of and directly occasioned by one catastrophe.

 

However, the duration and extent of any Loss Occurrence so defined shall be limited to:

 

a)                          96 consecutive hours as regards a cyclone, hurricane, typhoon, windstorm, rainstorm, hailstorm, tornado and/or sea surge;

 

b)                         72 consecutive hours as regards earthquake, seaquake, tidal wave and/or volcanic eruption;

 

c)                          72 consecutive hours and within the limits of any one territory as regards riots, civil commotions and malicious damage;

 

d)                         72 consecutive hours as regards any Loss Occurrence which includes individual loss or losses from any of the perils mentioned in (b) and (c) above;

 

10



 

e)                          168 consecutive hours for any Loss Occurrence of whatsoever nature which does not include individual loss or losses from any of the perils mentioned in (a), (b) and (c) above;

 

and no individual loss from whatever insured peril, which occurs outside these periods of areas, shall be included in that Loss Occurrence.

 

The Reinsured may choose the date and time when any such period of consecutive hours commences and if any catastrophe is of greater duration than the above periods, the Reinsured may divide that catastrophe into two or more Loss Occurrences, provided no two periods overlap and provided no period commences earlier than the date and time of the happening of the first recorded individual loss to the Reinsured in that catastrophe.

 

Policy

 

Policy means any bind, policy or contract of insurance issued, accepted or held covered provisionally or otherwise, by or on behalf of the Reinsured.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

TWO RISK AGREEMENT

 

It is agreed that the Reinsurer shall not be liable under this Agreement unless two or more risks are involved in the same Loss Occurrence.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

SELF-INSURED OBLIGATIONS

 

As respects all business the subject matter hereof, where the coverage has been agreed upon between the Reinsured and the Reinsurers, this Agreement shall cover all obligations of the Reinsured assumed by it as a self insurer (or self insured obligations in excess of any valid and collectible insurance available to the Reinsured) to the same extent as if all types of insurance covered by this Agreement were afforded under the broadest form of agreements issued by the Reinsured.

 

Any exposure of the Reinsured in respect of the classes of business included in this Agreement for which the Reinsured has issued a Policy naming itself and/or an affiliated and/or subsidiary company as the insured or reinsured party, whether alone or jointly with some other party, shall be deemed to be an insurance or reinsurance coming within the scope of this Agreement.

 

11



 

ARTICLE 13

 

EXTRA CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

This Agreement shall protect the Reinsured, within the limits hereof, where the Ultimate Net Loss includes any Extra Contractual Obligations. “Extra Contractual Obligations” are defined as those liabilities not covered under any other provisions of this Agreement and which arise from the handling of any claim on business covered hereunder, such liabilities arising because of, but not limited to, the following: failure by the Reinsured to settle within the Policy limit, or by reason of alleged or actual negligence, fraud or bad faith in rejecting an offer of settlement or in the preparation of the defense or in the trial of any action against its insured or reinsured or in the preparation or prosecution of an appeal consequent upon such action.

 

The date on which any extra contractual obligation is incurred by the Reinsured shall be deemed, in all circumstances, to be the date of the original disaster and/or casualty.

 

However, this Article shall not apply where the loss has been incurred due to fraud of a member of the Board of Directors or a corporate officer of the Reinsured acting individually or collectively or in collusion with any individual or corporation or any other organization or party involved in the presentation, defense or settlement or any claim covered hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 14

 

NET RETAINED LINES

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Ultimate Net Loss Definition, this Agreement applies only to that portion of any insurance or reinsurance, which the Reinsured retains net for its own account and in calculating the amount of any loss hereunder and also, in computing the amount(s) in excess of which this Agreement attaches, only loss(es) in respect of that portion of any insurance or reinsurance which the Reinsured retains net for its own account shall be included.

 

The amount of the Reinsurers’ liability hereunder in respect of any loss(es) shall not be increased by reason of the inability of the Reinsured to collect from any insurer or reinsurers (whether specific or general), any amounts which may have become due from them, regardless whether such inability arises from the insolvency of such other Reinsurers or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE 15

 

ORIGINAL CONDITIONS

 

All reinsurance under this Agreement shall be subject to the same rates, terms, conditions, waivers and interpretations, and to the same modifications and alterations as the respective Policies of the Reinsured. However, in no event shall this be construed in any way to provide coverage outside the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

12



 

ARTICLE 16

 

NO THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

Except as may be expressly provided for herein, nothing herein shall in any manner create any obligations or establish any rights against the Reinsurers in favour of any third party or any persons not parties to this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 17

 

NOTICE OF LOSS AND LOSS SETTLEMENTS

 

In the event of a loss occurrence which either results in or appears to be of a serious enough nature as probably to result in a claim against and loss involving this Agreement, then the Reinsured shall give written notice as soon as reasonably possible and practical to the Reinsurers through the Intermediary and the Reinsured shall keep the Reinsurers advised of all subsequent developments in connection therewith.

 

The Reinsurers agree to abide by the loss settlements of the Reinsured, such settlements to be: considered as, construed as, or evidence of satisfactory proof of loss. Amounts falling to the share of the Reinsurers shall be immediately payable to the Reinsured by the Reinsurers upon reasonable evidence of the amount paid or to be paid by the Reinsured being presented to the Reinsurers by the Reinsured. All papers in the possession of the Reinsured in connection with the adjustment of said loss shall at all times within a reasonable period be open to the inspection of properly authorized representatives of the Reinsurers.

 

ARTICLE 18

 

LOSS COLLECTION

 

Notwithstanding the claims payments stipulations contained in the Ultimate Net Loss Definition of this Agreement, the Reinsured may, having sustained a Loss Occurrence covered hereunder, recover from the Reinsurers on the basis of anticipated settlements to its original policyholders which exceed the Retention hereunder. Such recoveries under this Agreement shall be effected on fifteen days’ notice from the Reinsured. Such recoveries shall be held in an escrow account with interest accruing to the benefit of the Reinsurers. Funds shall be withdrawn by the Reinsured as claims become payable to original policyholders. Proof of loss will be provided to the Reinsurers in a timely manner.

 

13



 

ARTICLE 19

 

CURRENCY

 

Where the word “dollars” and/or the code “USD” appear in this Agreement, they shall mean United States Dollars.

 

In the event that the Reinsured is involved in a loss requiring payment in United States or Non-U.S. currencies to be converted to United States currency, then the Reinsured’s Retention and the amount recoverable hereunder shall be apportioned to the two (2) currencies in the same proportion as the amount of Ultimate Net Loss bears in each currency to the total amount of Ultimate Net Loss paid by the Reinsured.

 

ARTICLE 20

 

CURRENCY REVALUATION

 

It is agreed that underwriting to contractual limits will be done in terms of United States (U.S.) dollars for U.S. business and U.S. dollar equivalent for all other business on the basis of exchange rates in effect at the time if inception of new or renewal business or at the time an addition to an existing risk takes place. For other than U.S. business, in the event there is a reduction in parity value of the U.S. dollar from that existing at the time the risk was written which results in the contractual limits being exceeded, the Reinsured shall be held covered for such excess until next renewal of the risk at which time underwriting will then conform to the contractual U.S. dollar limits in effect at the time, subject in all cases to the provisions regarding Retention and Limits.

 

ARTICLE 21

 

ACCESS TO RECORDS

 

1. The Reinsured shall allow the Reinsurers or representatives duly authorised by them to inspect, at a mutually agreed time and place, any records and documents which relate to business covered under this Agreement. For such purposes, the Reinsured shall not be subjected to unreasonable expense and disruption.

 

2. The Reinsurers or representatives authorised by them may arrange for copies to be made, at the Reinsurers’ expense, of any of the records or documents containing such information that they may require.

 

3. It is agreed that the Reinsurers’ right of inspection shall continue as long as either party remains under any liability arising out of this Agreement.

 

14



 

4. The right of inspection being provided shall not be construed to allow Reinsurers the right to delay or withhold payment for any losses which fall due under this Agreement in accordance with terms and conditions as stated herein.

 

ARTICLE 22

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

The Reinsurers hereby acknowledge that the documents, information and data provided to it by the Reinsured, whether directly or through an authorized agent, in connection with the placement and execution of this Agreement (“Confidential Information”) are proprietary and confidential to the Reinsured. Confidential Information shall not include documents, information or data that the Reinsurers can show:

 

1.                           are publicly known or have become publicly known through no unauthorized act of the Reinsurers;

 

2.                           have been rightfully received from a third person without obligation of confidentiality; or

 

3.                           were known by the Reinsurers prior to the placement of this Agreement without an obligation of confidentiality.

 

Absent the written consent of the Reinsured, the Reinsurers shall not disclose any Confidential Information to any third parties, including any affiliated companies, except:

 

1.                           when required by retrocessionaires subject to the business ceded to this Agreement;

 

2.                           when required by regulators performing an audit of the Reinsurers’ records and/or financial condition; or

 

3.                           when required by external auditors performing an audit of the Reinsurers’ records in the normal course of business.

 

Further, the Reinsurers agree not to use any Confidential Information for any purpose not related to the performance of its obligations or enforcement of its rights under this Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the above, in the event that the Reinsurers are required by court order, other legal process or any regulatory authority to release or disclose any or all of the Confidential Information, the Reinsurers agree to provide the Reinsured with written notice of same at least 10 days prior to such release or disclosure and to use its best efforts to assist the Reinsured in maintaining the confidentiality provided for in this Article.

 

The provisions of this Article shall extend to the officers, directors, shareholders and employees of the Reinsurers and their affiliates, and shall be binding upon their successors and assigns.

 

15



 

ARTICLE 23

 

DELAYS, ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

 

In complying with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, any inadvertent delay, error or omission shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability which would attach to it hereunder if such delay, error or omission had not been made, provided such error or omission is rectified immediately upon discovery.

 

ARTICLE 24

 

OFFSET

 

Each party hereto shall have, and may exercise at any time and from time to time, the right to offset any and all agreed balances due from one party to the other arising under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 25

 

INSOLVENCY

 

In the event of the insolvency of the Reinsured, this Agreement shall be payable directly to the Reinsured, or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Reinsured without diminution because of the insolvency of the Reinsured or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Reinsured has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Reinsured shall give written notice to the Reinsurer of the pendency of a claim against the Reinsured indicating the Policy or bond reinsured, which claim would involve a possible liability on the part of the Reinsurer within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership, and that during the pendency of such claim, the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at their own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated any defense(s) that they may deem available to the Reinsured or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Reinsured as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Reinsured solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

 

Where two or more Reinsurers are involved in the same claim and a majority in interest elect to interpose defense to such claim, the expense shall be apportioned in accordance with the terms of the reinsurance Contract as though such expense had been incurred by the Reinsured.

 

As to all reinsurance made, ceded, renewed or otherwise becoming effective under this Agreement, the reinsurance shall be payable as set forth above by the Reinsurer to the Reinsured or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor, except (1) where the Agreement specifically

 

16



 

provides another payee in the event of the insolvency of the Reinsured; and (2) where the Reinsurer, with the consent of the direct insured(s), have assumed such Policy obligations of the Reinsured as direct obligations of the Reinsurer to the payees under such policies and in substitution for the obligations of the Reinsured to such payees. Then, and in that event only, the Reinsured is entirely released from its obligation and the Reinsurers pay any loss directly to payees under such Policy.

 

ARTICLE 26

 

ARBITRATION

 

As a condition precedent to any right of action hereunder , if any dispute shall arise between the parties to this Agreement with reference to the interpretation of this Agreement or their rights with respect to any transaction involved, whether such dispute arises before or after termination of this Agreement, such dispute, upon the written request of either party, shall be submitted to three arbitrators, one to be chosen by each party, and the third by the two so chosen. If either party refuses or neglects to appoint an arbitrator within thirty days after the receipt of written notification from the other party requesting it do so do, the requesting party may appoint two arbitrators. If the two arbitrators fail to agree in the selection of a third arbitrator within thirty days of their appointment, each of them shall name two, of whom the other shall decline one and the final decision shall be made by the “Appointor” specified in the Particular Conditions. All arbitrators shall be active or retired executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or Underwriters at Lloyd’s, London not under the control of either party to this Agreement.

 

The arbitrators shall interpret this Agreement as an honorable engagement and not as merely a legal obligation. They are relieved of all judicial formalities and may abstain from following the strict rules of law. They shall make their award with a view to affecting the general purpose of this Agreement in a reasonable manner rather than in accordance with a literal interpretation of the language. Each party shall submit its case to its arbitrator within thirty days of the appointment of the third arbitrator.

 

The decision in writing of any two arbitrators, when filed with the parties hereto, shall be final and binding on both parties. Judgment may be entered upon the final decision of the arbitrators in any court having jurisdiction. Each party shall bear the expense of its own arbitrator and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the expense of the third arbitrator and of the arbitration. Said arbitration shall take place in the city specified in the Particular Condition under “Seat of Arbitration” , unless some other place is mutually agreed to in writing by the parties to this Agreement.

 

17



 

ARTICLE 27

 

CHOICE OF LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

The Choice of Law and Jurisdiction governing this Agreement (including Arbitration Tribunals) shall be as specified in the attached Particular Conditions, subject to the terms of the SERVICE OF SUIT CLAUSE in respect of Reinsurers rights in respect of jurisdiction only.

 

ARTICLE 28

 

SERVICE OF SUIT

 

(This Article applies only to those Reinsurers not domiciled in the Cayman Islands)

 

It is agreed that, in the event of the failure of the Reinsurer to pay any amount claimed to be due under this Agreement, the Reinsurer, at the request of the Reinsured, will submit to the jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction within the location specified in the Choice of Law and Jurisdiction section of the Particular Conditions and will comply with all requirements necessary to give such court jurisdiction; and all matters arising hereunder shall be determined in accordance with the law and practice of such court. Nothing in this Article constitutes or should be understood to constitute a waiver of the Reinsurers’ rights to commence an action in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location specified in the Choice of Law and Jurisdiction section of the Particular Conditions, or to seek a transfer of a case to another court as permitted by the law of that country.

 

Service of process in such suit may be made upon Maples & Calder, P.O. Box 309GT, Ugland House, South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands (hereinafter, “agent for service of process”) and in any suit instituted against any Reinsurers upon this Agreement, the Reinsurers will abide by the final decision of such court or of any appellate court in the event of an appeal.

 

The above named are authorized and directed to accept service of process on behalf of the Reinsurer in any such suit and/or upon the request of the Reinsured to give a written undertaking to the Reinsured that the agent for service of process will enter a general appearance on behalf of the Reinsurer in the event such a suit shall be instituted.

 

Further, pursuant to any statute of country in the location specified in the Choice of Law and Jurisdiction section of the Particular Conditions, which make provision therefore, the Reinsurer hereby designates Maples & Calder, as their true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served any lawful process in any action, suit or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the Reinsured or any beneficiary hereunder arising out of this Agreement.

 

18



 

ARTICLE 29

 

INTERMEDIARY

 

Willis Re Inc. 1401 Brickell Avenue, 11th Floor - Suite 1110, Miami FL 33131, U.S.A., and Willis Limited, Ten Trinity Square, London EC3P 3AX are recognized as the intermediaries negotiating this Agreement through whom all premiums, losses and communications shall be transmitted between the parties. Payments by the Reinsured to the intermediary shall be deemed to constitute payment to the Reinsurers. Payments by the Reinsurers to the intermediary shall be deemed to constitute payment to the Reinsured only to the extent that such payments are actually received by the Reinsured.

 

In connection with the foregoing, all Administration functions shall be serviced by Willis Limited, Ten Trinity Square, London EC3P 3AX.

 

ARTICLE 30

 

MODE OF EXECUTION

 

This Agreement may be executed by:

 

(a)                      An original written ink signature of paper documents,

 

(b)                     An exchange of facsimile copies showing the original written ink signature of paper documents.

 

(c)                      Electronic signature technology employing computer software and a digital signature or digitizer pen pad to capture a person’s handwritten signature in such a manner that the signature is unique to the person signing, is under the sole control of the person signing, is capable of verification to authenticate the signature and is linked to the document signed in such a manner that if the data is changed, such signature is invalidated.

 

The use of any one or a combination of these methods of execution shall constitute a legally binding and valid signing of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when duly executed, shall be deemed an original.

 

ARTICLE 31

 

AMENDMENTS AND ALTERATIONS

 

It is hereby agreed that any amendments and/or alterations to this Agreement that are mutually agreed upon, by addendum, shall be automatically binding on the parties hereto and shall be considered to form an integral part of this Agreement.

 

19



 

Signed for and on behalf of

 

 

ISLAND HERITAGE INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED

 

 

in Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

 

 

this                               day of           , 200    

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20



 

Attachment No. 1

 

NUCLEAR ENERGY RISKS EXCLUSION CLAUSE (REINSURANCE) (1994) (WORLDWIDE EXCLUDING U.S.A. & CANADA)

 

This agreement shall exclude Nuclear Energy Risks whether such risks are written directly and/or by way of reinsurance and/or via Pools and/or Associations.

 

For all purposes of this agreement Nuclear Energy Risks shall mean all first party and/or third party insurances or reinsurances (other than Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability) in respect of:

 

(I)                        All Property on the site of a nuclear power station.

Nuclear Reactors, reactor buildings and plant and equipment therein on any site other than a nuclear power station.

 

(II)                    All Property, on any site (including but not limited to the sites referred to in (I) above) used or having been used for:

 

(a)                     The generation of nuclear energy; or

 

(b)                    The Production, Use or Storage of Nuclear Material.

 

(III)                Any other Property eligible for insurance by the relevant local Nuclear Insurance Pool and/or Association but only to the extent of the requirements of that local Pool and/or Association.

 

(IV)                The supply of goods and services to any of the sites, described in (I) to (III) above, unless such insurances or reinsurances shall exclude the perils of irradiation and contamination by Nuclear Material.

 

Except as undernoted, Nuclear Energy Risks shall not include:

 

(i)                         Any insurance or reinsurance in respect of the construction or erection or installation or replacement or repair or maintenance or decommissioning of Property as described in (I) to (III) above (including contractors’ plant and equipment);

 

(ii)                      Any Machinery Breakdown or other Engineering insurance or reinsurance not coming within the scope of (i) above;

 

Provided always that such insurance or reinsurance shall exclude the perils of irradiation and contamination by Nuclear Material.

 

21



 

However, the above exemption shall not extend to:

 

(1)                      The provision of any insurance or reinsurance whatsoever in respect of:

 

(a)                     Nuclear Material;

 

(b)                    Any Property in the High Radioactivity Zone or Area of any Nuclear Installation as from the introduction of Nuclear Material or - for reactor installations - as from fuel loading or first criticality where so agreed with the relevant local Nuclear Insurance Pool and/or Association.

 

(2)                     The provision of any insurance or reinsurance for the undernoted perils:

 

                             Fire, lightning, explosion;

 

                             Earthquake;

 

                             Aircraft and other aerial devices or articles dropped therefrom;

 

                             Irradiation and radioactive contamination;

 

                             Any other peril insured by the relevant local Nuclear Insurance Pool and/or Association;

 

in respect of any other Property not specified in (1) above which directly involves the Production, Use or Storage of Nuclear Material as from the introduction of Nuclear Material into such Property.

 

Definitions

 

“Nuclear Material” means:

 

(i)                         Nuclear fuel, other than natural uranium and depleted uranium, capable of producing energy by a self-sustaining chain process of nuclear fission outside a Nuclear Reactor, either alone or in combination with some other material; and

 

(ii)                      Radioactive Products or Waste.

 

“Radioactive Products or Waste” means any radioactive material produced in, or any material made radioactive by exposure to the radiation incidental to the production or utilisation of nuclear fuel, but does not include radioisotopes which have reached the final stage of fabrication so as to be usable for any scientific, medical, agricultural, commercial or industrial purpose.

 

22



 

“Nuclear Installation” means:

 

(i)                         Any Nuclear Reactor;

 

(ii)                      Any factory using nuclear fuel for the production of Nuclear Material, or any factory for the processing of Nuclear Material, including any factory for the reprocessing of irradiated nuclear fuel; and

 

(iii)                   Any facility where Nuclear Material is stored, other than storage incidental to the carriage of such material.

 

“Nuclear Reactor” means any structure containing nuclear fuel in such an arrangement that a self-sustaining chain process of nuclear fission can occur therein without an additional source of neutrons.

 

“Production, Use or Storage of Nuclear Material” means the production, manufacture, enrichment, conditioning, processing, reprocessing, use, storage, handling and disposal of Nuclear Material.

 

“Property” shall mean all land, buildings, structures, plant, equipment, vehicles, contents (including but not limited to liquids and gases) and all materials of whatever description whether fixed or not.

 

“High Radioactivity Zone or Area” means:

 

(i)                         For nuclear power stations and Nuclear Reactors, the vessel or structure which immediately contains the core (including its supports and shrouding) and all the contents thereof, the fuel elements, the control rods and the irradiated fuel store; and

 

(ii)                      For non-reactor Nuclear Installations, any area where the level of radioactivity requires the provision of a biological shield.

 

NMA 1975a

(10/3/94)

 

23



 

Attachment No. 2

 

NUCLEAR INCIDENT EXCLUSION CLAUSE - PHYSICAL DAMAGE - REINSURANCE

 

1.                           This Agreement does not cover any loss or liability accruing to the Reassured, directly or indirectly and whether as Insurer or Reinsurer, from any Pool of Insurers or Reinsurers formed for the purpose of covering Atomic or Nuclear Energy risks.

 

2.                           Without in any way restricting the operation of paragraph (1) of this Clause, this Agreement does not cover any loss or liability accruing to the Reassured, directly or indirectly and whether as Insurer or Reinsurer, from any insurance against Physical Damage (including business interruption or consequential loss arising out of such Physical Damage) to:

 

I.                            Nuclear reactor power plants including all auxiliary property on the site, or

 

II.                        Any other nuclear reactor installation, including laboratories handling radioactive materials in connection with reactor installations, and “critical facilities” as such, or

 

III.                    Installations for fabricating complete fuel elements or for processing substantial quantities of “special nuclear material”, and for reprocessing, salvaging, chemically separating, storing or disposing of “spent” nuclear fuel or waste materials, or

 

IV.                    Installations other than those listed in paragraph (2) III above using substantial quantities of radioactive isotopes or other products of nuclear fission.

 

3.                           Without in any way restricting the operations of paragraphs (1) and (2) hereof, this Agreement does not cover any loss or liability by radioactive contamination accruing to the Reassured, directly or indirectly, and whether as Insurer or Reinsurer, from any insurance on property which is on the same site as a nuclear reactor power plant or other nuclear installation and which normally would be insured therewith except that this paragraph (3) shall not operate

 

(a)                     where Reassured does not have knowledge of such nuclear reactor power plant or nuclear installation, or

 

(b)                    where said insurance contains a provision excluding coverage for damage to property caused by or resulting from radioactive contamination, however caused. However on and after 1st January 1960 this sub-paragraph (b) shall only apply provided the said radioactive contamination exclusion provision has been approved by the Governmental Authority having jurisdiction thereof.

 

4.                           Without in any way restricting the operations of paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) hereof, this Agreement does not cover any loss or liability by radioactive contamination accruing to the Reassured, directly or indirectly, and whether as Insurer or Reinsurer, when such radioactive contamination is a named hazard specifically insured against.

 

24



 

5.                           It is understood and agreed that this Clause shall not extend to risks using radioactive isotopes in any form where the nuclear exposure is not considered by the Reassured to be the primary hazard.

 

6.                           The term “special nuclear material” shall have the meaning given it in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 or by any law amendatory thereof.

 

7.                           Reassured to be sole judge of what constitutes:

 

(a)                     substantial quantities, and

 

(b)                    the extent of installation, plant or site.

 

Note-                                    Without in any way restricting the operation of paragraph (1) hereof, it is understood and agreed that:

 

(a)                     all policies issued by the Reassured on or before 31st December 1957 shall be free from the application of the other provisions of this Clause until expiry date or 31st December 1960 whichever first occurs whereupon all the provisions of this Clause shall apply.

 

(b)                    with respect to any risk located in Canada policies issued by the Reassured on or before 31st December 1958 shall be free from the application of the other provisions of this Clause until expiry date or 31st December 1960 whichever first occurs whereupon all the provisions of this Clause shall apply.

 

12/12/57

N.M.A.1119

 

25



 

Attachment No. 3

 

NUCLEAR INCIDENT EXCLUSION CLAUSE - PHYSICAL DAMAGE AND LIABILITY (BOILER AND MACHINERY POLICIES) - REINSURANCE

 

(1)                      This Agreement does not cover any loss or liability accruing to the Reassured as a member of, or subscriber to, any association of insurers or reinsurers formed for the purpose of covering nuclear energy risks or as a direct or indirect reinsurer of any such member, subscriber or association.

 

(2)                      Without in any way restricting the operation of paragraph (1) of this Clause it is understood and agreed that for all purposes of this Agreement all original Boiler and Machinery Insurance or Reinsurance contracts of the Reassured shall be deemed to include the following provisions of this paragraph;

 

This Policy does not apply to “loss”, whether it be direct or indirect, proximate or remote

 

(a)                     from an Accident caused directly or indirectly by nuclear reaction, nuclear radiation or radioactive contamination, all whether controlled or uncontrolled; or

 

(b)                    from nuclear reaction, nuclear radiation or radioactive contamination, all whether controlled or uncontrolled, caused directly or indirectly by, contributed to or aggravated by an Accident.

 

(3)                      However, it is agreed that loss arising out of the use of Radioactive isotopes in any form is not hereby excluded from reinsurance protection.

 

(4)                      Without in any way restricting the operation of paragraph (1) hereof, it is understood and agreed that

 

(a)                     all policies issued by the Reassured effective on or before 30th April, 1958, shall be free from the application of the other provisions of this Clause until expiry date or 30th April, 1961, whichever first occurs, whereupon all the provisions of this Clause shall apply,

 

(b)                    with respect to any risk located in Canada policies issued by the Reassured effective on or before 30th June, 1958, shall be free from the application of the other provisions of this Clause until expiry date or 30th June, 1961, whichever first occurs, whereupon all the provisions of this Clause shall apply.

 

23/6/58
N.M.A. 1166

 

26



 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE BROKER AND THE INSURERS / REINSURERS WHICH WILL NOT FORM PART OF THIS AGREEMENT FOR CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTATION PURPOSES

 

 

SLIP LEADER :

 

 

 

 

 

BROKERAGE:

 

10.00% (Nil on Reinstatement)

 

 

 

BASIS OF AGREEMENT TO CONTRACT CHANGES :

 

All Reinsurers to agree.

 

 

 

DOCUMENT PRODUCTION :

 

Full contractual wording is incorporated.

 

 

 

 

 

Reinsurers’ acceptance of a share in this Agreement, whether by direct signature of the attached signing page(s) (whether attached hereto or otherwise), or by correspondence, shall constitute their formal signature of this Agreement and no further documentation shall be issued.

 

 

 

 

 

All Reinsurers are requested to complete the “Reinsurer Contact” section in the Signing Page to enable accurate and prompt communication.

 

 

 

SIGNING
PROVISIONS:

 


Disproportionate Lines:

Reinsurers agree to allow Willis Limited, without further authorisation, to sign written lines disproportionately. Signing down estimations given at time of placement are for indication only and are not warranted.

 

 

 

CLAIMS ADMINISTRATION :

 

All Reinsurers to receive and agree claims via email, facsimile or letter.

 

 

 

EXPERT(S) FEES COLLECTION :

 


It is hereby noted and agreed for the avoidance of any doubt Willis Re Inc. and/or Willis Limited shall have no responsibility whatsoever for the collection of any expert fees and expenses.

 

 

 

 

 

Such expert fees and expenses shall be collected 100% by the party indicated (if any) within the attached documentation only if specified.

 

 

 

CURRENCY :

 

All settlements (premiums and claims) to be converted to or paid in United States Dollars.

 

1


Willis

 

2006 UMBRELLA PROPERTY CATASTROPHE
EXCESS OF LOSS REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

 

PLACEMENT SLIP/WORDING

 

Reference No.: DLXJ527

 

 

INFORMATION

 

 

ISLAND HERITAGE INSURANCE COMPANY
LIMITED, GRAND CAYMAN, CAYMAN ISLANDS

 



 

Willis Re Inc., 1401 Brickell Avenue, Suite 1110, Miami FL 33131, U.S.A, Willis Re Inc., 4 th Floor, Wall Street Plaza, New York, New York 10005, U.S.A and Willis Limited, Ten Trinity Square, London EC3P 3AX.

 

Reference

:

DLXJ527

Reinsured

:

Island Heritage Insurance Company Limited

Type

:

Umbrella Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement.

 

INFORMATION

 

REINSURED:

 

ISLAND HERITAGE INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED,
Cayman Islands

 

 

 

TYPE:

 

Umbrella Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement

 

 

 

DATE:

 

April 2006

 

 

 

CURRENCY:

 

US Dollars

 

ESTIMATED AVERAGE AGGREGATES FOR ADJUSTMENT

 

Residential

 

USD

1,363,675,000

 

Commercial

 

USD

551,450,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

USD

1,915,125,000

 

 

LOSS INFORMATION

 

All Loss Figures are Net retained on the basis of intended 2006 QS retentions

 

2004 Hurricane Ivan
Hurricane Ivan, which hit Grand Cayman in 2004, caused widespread damage from wind and sea surge. Since then, various measures have been taken by Island Heritage to reduce the impact of any future windstorm. These include increased original deductibles and avoidance, where possible, of risks that are considered unduly exposed.

 

Residential

USD

64,311,411

 

Commercial

USD

20,374,894

 

Commercial Condo

USD

25,538,120

 

Total Commercial

USD

45,913,014

 

 

 

 

 

Overall Total

USD

110,224,425

 

 

 

 

 

2004 Hurricane Jeanne

 

 

 

Residential Bahamas

USD

1,838,518

 

Commercial Bahamas

USD

60,312

 

 

 

 

 

Total

USD

1,898,830

 

 

1



 

2004 Hurricane Francis

 

 

 

 

Residential Bahamas

USD

2,187,176

 

 

Residential Turks

USD

75,082

 

 

Total Residential

USD

2,262,257

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Bahamas

USD

81,010

 

 

Commercial Turks

USD

75,082

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005 Hurricane Wilma

 

 

 

 

Residential Bahamas

USD

1,052,672

 

 

Residential Cayman

USD

548,027

 

 

NB. Cayman Loss in dispute by IH due to non disclosure of material facts

Total Residential

USD

1,600,698

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Bahamas

USD

5,094

 

 

Commercial Cayman

USD

1,625

 

 

Total Commercial

USD

6,969

 

 

Total

USD

1,607,667

 

 

 

SCHEDULE OF INTENDED QUOTA SHARE LIMITS 2006/7 AS AT 20 MARCH 2006:

 

 

 

CESSION LIMIT

 

EVENT LIMIT

 

MAX CEDED

 

Cayman Islands (Residential)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jamaica (Combined)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

560,000,000

 

30.00

%

25.00

%

Turks & Calcos (Combined)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bahamas (Combined)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

537,000,000

 

15.00

%

25.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cayman Islands (Commercial)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

460,000,000

 

30.00

%

35.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USVI (Residential)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

665,000,000

 

25.00

%

10.00

%

BVI (Combined)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

45,000,000

 

25.00

%

70.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USVI (Commercial)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

250,000,000

 

25.00

%

50.00

%

 

 

 

 

CESSION LIMIT

 

EVENT LIMIT

 

MAX CEDED

 

Barbados (Combined)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

621.000.000

 

20.00

%

75.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zone A – All Islands Combined

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

171.500.000

 

20.00

%

75.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zone B – All Islands Combined

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

161.900.000

 

20.00

%

75.00

%

 

 

THIS INFORMATION SECTION LISTS INFORMATION MADE AVAILABLE TO REINSURERS FOR ASSESSMENT OF THE RISK. IT DOES NOT INCLUDE CONTRACTUAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF COVER.

 

 

2



 

FISCAL AND REGULATORY

 

TAXES PAYABLE BY REINSURER(S):

 

As specified in the Particular Conditions.

 

 

 

US CLASSIFICATION:

 

Non-regulated.

 

 

 

ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM TO CODING:

 

Unless otherwise indicated by Slip Leader no accounting splits required.

 

 

 

FSA CLIENT CLASSIFICATION:

 

Reinsurance.

 

1



 

Willis

 

2006 UMBRELLA PROPERTY CATASTROPHE
EXCESS OF LOSS REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

 

PLACEMENT SLIP/WORDING

 

Reference No.: DLXJ527

 

 

SIGNING EXHIBIT(S)

 

 

ISLAND HERITAGE INSURANCE COMPANY
LIMITED, GRAND CAYMAN, CAYMAN ISLANDS

 



 

SIGNING EXHIBIT

 

Period:

 

Losses occurring during the period 12 months from 12:01 a.m. 1 April 2006 to 12:01 a.m. 31 March 2007 both days inclusive, local standard time at the place where the loss occurs.

 

 

 

Reinsurer:

 

 

 

 

 

FLAGSTONE
REINSURANCE LIMITED

 

 

 

Agreement Carrier if
different from above:

 

 

 

 

 

Written line(s):

 

 15

%

Ref.:

 

 

 

 

 

Final signed line(s):

 

 

%

 

 

Signed in Bermuda this 3 rd day of June 2006

 

/s/

 

Signing Exhibit

 

 

1



 

INFORMATION REQUIRED TO IMPROVE CONTRACT SERVICING

 

REINSURER:

 

REINSURERS’ CONTACTS

 

 

UNDERWRITER:

 

Name(s):

 

 

 

 

 

Office Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Email address(es):

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No.:

 

 

 

CLAIMS:

 

Name(s):

 

 

 

 

 

Office Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Email address(es):

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No.:

 

 

 

ACCOUNTS:

 

Name(s):

 

 

 

 

 

Office Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Email address(es):

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No.:

 




EXHIBIT 10.26

 

TENANCY AGREEMENT FOR BUSINESS PREMISES

Index-linked

 

Owner:

 

MARTIVAL Sàrl

represented by:

 

Agence Immobilière RIBORDY SA — Avenue de la Gare 8 — 1920 Martigny

Manager:

 

 

Place of real property

 

Rue du Collège 1 — 1920 Martigny

Tenant:

 

FLAGSTONE Réassurance Suisse, SA

 

 

validly represented by the single signature of Mr Berndt RAEDER

Let for following use:

 

all business activities of a reinsurance company

Under the sign of:

 

 

  Floor:

 

3 rd floor

comprising:

 

an entry hall and corridors

 

 

 

 

 

four offices — a separate toilet

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Floorspace:

 

approx. 146 square metres

Additional rooms:

 

 

  Former tenant:

 

UBS SA

 

The present tenancy agreement is concluded between the owner and the tenant under the following terms:

 

1.            TERM

 

The present contract shall be concluded for a term of —two— years; it shall begin on 1 October 2006 at noon and end on 30 September 2008 at noon. Unless an undersigned notice of termination is given by official form on the part of the lessor or in writing on the part of the tenant (at least six months in advance), posted by registered letter at the post office no later than on 31 March 2008 at noon, the present tenancy agreement shall be renewed with full rights and under the same conditions for —one— year, and in the same way year by year thereafter.

 

2.            RENT

 

 

 

ANNUAL

 

QUARTERLY

 

MONTHLY

 

Net minimum rent

 

CHF

30,000.00

 

CHF

7,500.00

 

CHF

2,500.00

 

** By instalment for ancillary costs (art. 4)

 

CHF

3,000.00

 

CHF

750.00

 

CHF

250.00

 

** taxes included

 

CHF

             

 

CHF

          

 

CHF

          

 

Total

 

CHF

33,000.00

 

CHF

8,250.00

 

CHF

2,750.00

 

 

The parties agree upon a reserve for increase of CHF , in order to permit the lessor to adapt the rent within the limits of gross revenue to ensure that costs are covered, pursuant to art. 269a letter c of the Swiss Code of Obligations ( hereinafter called CO ).

 



 

The net rent quoted under subclause 2 shall be linked to the Swiss cost-of-living index. The index of reference shall be the one valid on the day the agreement is concluded.

By means of one month’s previous notice by registered letter, the rent may be adjusted proportionately to the development of the Swiss cost-of-living index. The increase in rent shall correspond to the total increase of the index, as has occurred since the last rent was determined.

A change can only be notified once a year by means of the official form.

 

The rent can no longer be indexed if the tenancy is not extended for a term of at least 5 years. An ordinary increase shall remain possible.

The increase can exceed the development of the Swiss cost-of-living index if additional services are provided by the lessor.

 

4.            ANCILLARY COSTS

 

4.1    Cost of heating and warm water supply

The tenant commits himself, together with the other tenants of the real property, to participate in the payment of expenses caused by the cost of heating and warm water supply. This concerns in particular expenses for fuel and energy used, electrical energy used for the burners and pumps, cleaning of the heating system and the chimney, periodical checks of the heating system, including the oil tank and descaling of the warm water system, servicing of the heat metres, maintenance,  insurance premium payment exclusively related to the heating system, and administrative work caused by the operation of the heating system, all these up to the maximum of the customary rates.

Repairs, renewal of the heating system, payment of interest and amortisation for the system shall not be regarded as cost of heating and warm water supply.

4.2              The tenant, together with the other tenants, shall participate in the payment of public charges and taxes such as the fees for sewage disposal (maintenance and use) and refuse collection and any other fees, etc.

In the absence of allocation by the authority, charges and taxes shall be apportioned according to the quotas of the rented premises.

4.3              Other ancillary costs

Other ancillary costs not included in the rental fee comprise the following expenses (please delete the ones which do not apply):

a)          supply of and taxes for water, electricity and gas, cost of operation and periodical servicing of the elevator, washing machine, tumbler and air conditioning, fees for cable television, salaries and social security contributions for the janitor and gardener, cleaning products, cleaning of the joint areas of the real property, maintenance of the garden, fees and taxes for the communal aerial, cost and taxes for general lighting.

b)                                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  

The participation of the tenant in cost of heating and warm water supply as well as any additional expenses must correspond to the effective costs.

Every year, at the end of the heating period, an account of the total expenditures relating to the real property shall be rendered. The tenant shall receive his annual statement of account; the overall account together with the means of evidence shall be held at his disposal. Additional payments or refunds, as the case may be, shall be effected within 30 days after the delivery of the statement of account.

 

5.      PAYMENT OF THE RENT (art. 257c CO)

 

The rent, ancillary costs for heating and utilities are payable each month in advance at the domicile of the lessor or to his postal or bank account.

If the tenant is in arrears with the payment of a monthly instalment for more than ten days and a written reminder remains ineffective, the lessor may demand that the rent as well as ancillary costs for heating and utilities be paid on a quarterly basis in advance beginning from the month following the date of delay defined in the reminder.

 

6.      GUARANTIES — SECURITIES (art. 257e CO)

 

The tenant will provide such financial securities as the lessor may demand. The securities must be provided within thirty days after signing the agreement, but no later than the date when the tenant moves into the premises.

 



 

If the lessor receives a guarantee in cash he must deposit it on a savings account established under the tenant’s name with a bank at the place of the real property within ten days. Likewise, if the tenant himself establishes the guarantee this shall be done in the same way.

It guarantees the execution of the tenant’s obligations pursuant to the present tenancy agreement or the occupancy of the rented object above and beyond the tenancy agreement.

The withdrawal of the total or a part of the amount or assets deposited as security shall require the joint signature of the lessor and the tenant or a judicial decision.

In the absence of a civil action filed within one year after the date when the tenant surrendered the premises which were object of the guarantee, the latter is completely released and the tenant or his representative is authorised to regain possession of the funds.

The guarantee will be released on the agreement of the parties or, in the absence of such agreement, according to the provisions of art. 257e CO.

Amount:                      CHF 8,000.00                                                                                                                                             

Address of the guarantor or depository:  Agence Immobilière RIBORDY SA - 1920 Martigny                                       

Nature of guarantee:              savings account                                                                                                                          

 

The lessor is obliged to deliver the object on the date agreed upon in a condition suitable for the use for which it was rented.

Upon entry of the tenant, the condition of the premises, also including inventory and the state of accessories, is recorded in duplicate and in the presence of both parties and signed by them on location; one copy is immediately handed over to each of them.

This shall form an integral part of the tenancy agreement.

The lessor must inform the tenant of defects known to him.

 

8.      DEFECTS OF THE RENTED OBJECT

 

The tenant shall without delay inform the lessor of defects which he is not obliged to repair himself.

The tenant shall be liable for any damage arising from neglect to inform the lessor.

The tenant shall be obliged to maintain the object in a condition suitable for the use for which it was rented, except for small cleaning work or repairs indispensable for the normal maintenance of the object, which are incumbent upon the lessor.

 

9.      INSPECTION AND VIEWING OF THE OBJECT (art. 257h CO)

 

The tenant must authorise the lessor to inspect the object to the extent as such inspection is necessary for the maintenance, the sale or the future letting of the object.

If the owner must or wants to visit the rented premises he shall, except in cases of urgency, give five days’ previous notice to the tenant and shall take into account the latter’s interests.

This period of notification is reduced to 24 hours in case of premature surrender.

These visits may take place on any day, except for Sundays and holidays.

 

10.    INSURANCE

 

The lessor and the tenant are obliged to conclude an insurance covering third-party liability arising from the present tenancy agreement.

The tenant shall insure at his own expense all his valuable good and personal equipment located in the rented premises or the real property for their value against the risks of fire, explosion and damage by water.

The tenant alone shall bear the consequences of not having met this obligation, at the total exoneration of the lessor.

 

11.       WORK

 

11.1      Arranged for by the tenant (art. 260a CO)

If the tenant wishes to renovate or modify the rented object he shall request the previous written consent of the lessor and include the plans and projects of the modifications.

The lessor must decide within thirty days.

 



 

The lessor may demand the presentation of a guarantee for payment of the planned work.

The modifications, improvements or repairs shall not interfere with the security, protection of health, aesthetic appeal or value of the building.

Moreover, they must correspond to the legal or official administrative provisions.

11.2      Arranged for by the lessor (art. 260 CO)

The lessor has the right of renovation of the object provided that carrying out the work is reasonable for the tenant and the tenancy agreement has not been terminated.

 

12.       SUBTENANCY (art. 262 CO)

 

If the tenant wishes to sublet the entire object or a portion thereof he shall request the lessor’s previous written consent, indicating the conditions of the subtenancy and the information demanded by the lessor according to art. 262 of the Swiss Code of Obligations.

The lessor must decide within thirty days after receipt of the notice.

 

13.       PREMATURE SURRENDER OF THE RENTED OBJECT (art. 264 CO)

 

If the tenant surrenders the object without observing the notice period he must inform the lessor in writing, indicating the date of the surrender of the object, and he must present at least one solvent tenant who is willing to accept the tenancy agreement at the same conditions as effective as at the date of the surrender of the object indicated by the tenant. If the lessor has reasonable objections against the candidate, he must without delay inform the tenant about the reasons for his disapproval.

In such a case, the tenant must respect at least a period of one month as per end of any month for his termination.

Under no circumstances will the lessor be obliged to accept the conclusion of an agreement with the person proposed by the tenant, provided that the latter has been released accordingly.

 

14.       RETURN OF THE OBJECT (art. 267 CO)

 

At the end of the tenancy agreement, the tenant must return the object in a condition resulting from use corresponding to the agreement, local practices being reserved. On the maturity date the tenant shall return the premises and any additional rooms.

The condition of the premises, also including inventory and the state of accessories, is recorded in duplicate and in the presence of both parties and signed by them on location; one copy is immediately handed over to each of them. This record shall be established in the empty premises if possible.

 

15.       RENT — TERMS OF PROCEDURE

 

Pursuant to the law an interest rate of 8% per year is payable on any benefits falling due under the present agreement. This tenancy agreement includes acknowledgement of debt as defined by art. 82 LP (federal law on prosecution and bankruptcy).

In case of several tenants, all of them are jointly and severally liable for any obligations arising from the present tenancy agreement.

The lessor ((illegible)) for the proper operation of the general services of the real property (water, gas, heating, air conditioning, elevator, etc), but does not guarantee its permanent working. In case of interruption, he commits himself to make every effort to achieve proper operation again.

 

16.       TENANT’S DUTIES

 

Apart from the obligations conveyed to him by law, the General Conditions, rules and local practices of the canton of Valais and the provisions of this agreement, the tenant commits himself to

 

a)          renounce his cellar without compensation in case the authorities should demand the construction or the modification of shelters for civil defence;

 

b)         choose wallpapers and paints with neutral colours with the previous consent of the lessor, otherwise he can be required to replace them at his expenses when moving from the object;

 

c)          pay a share of at least CHF 50.00 for any intervention regarding technical equipment (e.g. cooker, washing machine, refrigerator, cooker hood); the total cost of repair shall be to his debit in the event of negligence or carelessness on his part;

 

d)         tolerate work intended for the elimination of defects of the object as well as for repair or prevention of damage.

 

18.       RIGHT OF RETENTION

 



 

The tenant commits himself to keep his premises constantly equipped with furniture owned by him, sufficient to guarantee the rent of the last year and of the current semester.

 

The lessor may avail himself of the right of retention for all benefits derived from the present tenancy agreement.

 

19.       DEVIATION FROM THE PRESENT TENANCY AGREEMENT

 

A deviation tolerated solely on account of complaisance may be revoked by the lessor at any time without specification of the reason by means of 30 days’ previous notice sent by registered letter.

 

The premises or additional rooms made available free of charge and on account of complaisance can be withdrawn by the lessor by means of 30 days’ previous notice.

 

20.       SANCTIONS

 

Disregard of the tenancy agreement, the law, the General Conditions, the rules and local practices of the canton of Valais and other provisions forming integral parts thereof by one of the parties gives the other party the right to cancel the present agreement according to the form required by law after a reminder, compensation for damage being reserved.

 

21.        The Swiss Code of Obligations (CO) and other relevant legal provisions as well as the General Conditions, the rules and local practices of the canton of Valais shall apply to the present tenancy agreement, subject to the above-mentioned conditions as agreed upon.

 

22.       JURISDICTION

 

The parties have chosen the domicile and the court at the place of the landed property as the place of jurisdiction for all disputes arising from the application or interpretation of the present agreement.

 

23.       SPECIAL PROVISIONS

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               

 

Thus done and signed in duplicate at                Zug and Martigny        on       29 September 2006                                       

 

The tenant(s)

 

The owner / lessor

 

 

 

FLAGSTONE Reassurance Suisse SA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

by Mr Berndt RAEBER

 

R I B O R D Y

((signature))

 

AGENCE IMMOBILIERE

 

 

 

 

 

AVENUE DE LA GARE 8 - CP 888

 

 

CH 1920 MARTIGNY 1

 

 

Edited and distributed by:

 

L’Association valaisanne des professionels de l’immobilier (API * WIT)

 

 

La Chambre immobilière du Valais et association de propriétaire fonciers (CIV)

 

The reproduction of this form and its passing on to persons which are not member of the API * WIT or the CIV is not permitted.

 


 



Exhibit 10.27

 

LEASE OF OFFICE SPACE

 

INDEX

 

1.01

 

Summary of Terms

1.02

 

Definitions

2.01

 

Grant

2.02

 

Covenants of Landlord & Tenant

3.01

 

Acceptance of Premises

4.01

 

Minimum Rent

4.02

 

Additional Rent

4.03

 

Operating Costs

4.04

 

Definition - Operating Costs

4.05

 

Payment - Operating Costs

4.06

 

Services by the Landlord

4.07

 

Prepaid Deposit

4.08

 

Net Lease

4.09

 

Interest on Arrears

5.01

 

Property Taxes

5.02

 

Business Taxes

5.03

 

Harmonized Sales Tax

5.04

 

Monthly Payment

6.01

 

Use

6.02

 

Rent

6.03

 

Utilities - Tenant’s Costs

6.04

 

Tubes, Ballasts

6.05

 

Repair and Maintenance

6.06

 

Nuisance

6.07

 

Heavy Objects

6.08

 

Assignments

6.09

 

Compliance with Insurance

6.10

 

Compliance with Laws

6.11

 

Signs

6.12

 

Windows

6.13

 

Blinds

6.14

 

Additional Costs

6.15

 

Tenant’s Insurance

6.16

 

Access and Maintenance

6.17

 

Notice of Accident

6.18

 

Mechanics’ Liens

6.19

 

Surrender

6.20

 

Tenant’s Work

6.21

 

Heat, Vent and/or Air-Conditioning Premises

6.22

 

Other Charges

7.01

 

Quiet Enjoyment

7.02

 

Landlord’s Insurance

7.03

 

Heating and Air-Conditioning

7.04

 

Electricity and Water

7.05

 

Maintenance

7.06

 

Janitorial Service

7.07

 

Elevator Service

7.08

 

Access To Tenant

7.09

 

Security

7.10

 

Landlord’s Work

7.11

 

Repairs

7.12

 

Right to Alter

7.13

 

Lettering

8.01

 

Limitation of Landlord’s Liability

8.02

 

Tenant’s Liability to Landlord

8.03

 

Insurable Interest / Indemnity

8.04

 

Waiver of Subrogation

8.05

 

Form of Policy

9.01

 

Damage and Abatement

9.02

 

Destruction and Surrender

9.03

 

Limitation of Tenant’s Ability to Recover

10.01

 

Remedies of the Landlord on Default by Tenant and Provisions for Entry

10.02

 

Non-Waiver of Default

11.01

 

Sale, Conveyance and Assignment

11.02

 

Effect of Sales, Conveyance or Assignment

11.03

 

Subordination

11.04

 

Attornment

11.05

 

Execution of Instruments

12.01

 

Month-to-Month Tenancy

12.02

 

Tenancy at Sufferance

12.03

 

General

13.01

 

Expropriation

13.02

 

Relocation

13.03

 

Regulations Form Part of Agreement

13.04

 

Further Regulations

13.05

 

Entire Agreement

13.06

 

Interpretation

13.07

 

Loading and Delivering

13.08

 

Temporary Obstruction

13.09

 

Right to Alter / Demolish

13.10

 

Merger

13.11

 

Applicable Law

13.12

 

Binding Effect

13.13

 

Commissions

13.14

 

Force Majeure

13.15

 

Registration

13.16

 

Limitation of Landlord’s Liability

13.17

 

Limitation on Length of Term

13.18

 

Environment

13.19

 

Recycling

13.20

 

No Exclusive

13.21

 

Shorter Statute of Limitations

13.22

 

No Presumption Against Drafter

13.23

 

Indemnifier**

14.01

 

Notice

 

 

Schedule “A”

Plan of Demised Premises

Schedule “B”

Plan of Building

Schedule “C”

Landlord’s Work and Tenant’s Work

Schedule “D”

Tenant’s Proportionate Share for Taxes

Schedule “E”

Tenant’s Proportionate Share for Operating Costs

Schedule “F”

Rules and Regulations

 


 

** Deleted in its entirety

 



 

LEASE OF OFFICE SPACE

 

PROPERTY:   COGSWELL TOWER

 

THIS LEASE DATED 26th day of July, 2005

 

BETWEEN:

 

CROMBIE DEVELOPMENTS LIMITED

a body corporate, the (“Landlord”)

 

AND

 

WEST END CAPITAL SERVICES (HALIFAX) LIMITED

a body corporate, the (“Tenant”)

 

WITNESSETH THAT in consideration of the rents, covenants and other agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as hereinafter set out.

 

SUMMARY OF 1.01                In this Lease:

TERMS

 

(a)        Area of Premises:     2,320 square feet more or less located in Suite #700A as it is presently known as of the date of this Lease.

 

(b)       Term:     Three (3) year(s) commencing on the 1st day of July, 2005 and terminating on the 30th day of June, 2008.

 

(c)        Minimum Rent Commencement:     1st day of July, 2005

 

Additional Rent Commencement:     1st day of July, 2005

 

(d)       Minimum Rent:     Ten dollars and fifty cents ($10.50) per square foot per annum, plus HST.

 

(e)        Deposit:     Nil ($0.00)

 

(f)        Use:     The Demised Premises shall be used solely for the use and occupation of a business office and for no other purpose.

 



 

(g)       Trade Name:      WEST END CAPITAL SERVICES

 

(h)       Schedules Attached:      A, B, C, D, E and F

 

(i)         Additional Clauses:      Nil

 

2



 

ARTICLE 1.02              DEFINITIONS

 

1.02                          Definitions in this Lease:

 

(a)        “Article” means an article of this Lease.

 

(b)       “Building” means the structure {including parking structures, if any), improvements, facilities and amenities in which the Premises are located constructed on the Lands as it exists on the Lands from time to time.

 

(c)        “Centre” means the Lands and Buildings as they may be respectively constituted by the Landlord from time to time all as more particularly set out in Schedule “B”;

 

(d)       “Common Areas” means, on a floor occupied by more than one tenant, those areas which do not constitute Occupiable Space on such multiple occupancy floor, but which would have been included in Occupiable Space if such floor was being fully occupied by one tenant.

 

(e)        “Demised Premises” or “Premises” means that part of the Centre which the Tenant has agreed to rent from the Landlord and being that portion of the Building outlined in red on the plan annexed hereto as Schedule “A” and described more fully in Article 1.01(a). The rentable area and usable area of the Premises have been calculated in accordance with the methods of measuring rentable area and usable area as described in the Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings, as promulgated by the Building Owners and Managers Association (BOMA) International, and which may be changed or modified from time to time.

 

(f)        “Fiscal Period” or “Fiscal Year” shall mean such fiscal period as the Landlord shall adopt for the purposes of accounts for the Centre.

 

(g)       “Lands” mean the Lands of the Building described and/or outlined in blue on Schedule “B” annexed hereto and the driveways, sidewalks, public areas, landscaped areas, parking lots and/or parking structures as required to achieve the parking ratios established by the Centre and shall also include such additional lands as the Landlord shall from time to time own, lease or otherwise control and declare by notice to the Tenant to have become constituted a part of the Lands and shall exclude such Lands as the Landlord shall declare by notice to the Tenant to have been excluded, and to have ceased to constitute a part of the Lands.

 

(h)       “Lease” means this Lease and all Schedules hereby attached to this Lease, and every properly executed instrument which by its terms amends, modifies or supplements this Lease, but shall exclude any offers to lease, letters of intent or letters of agreement previously executed prior to this Lease.

 

(i)         The first “Lease Year” means the period beginning on the date specified in Clause 1.01(b) and terminating on the first anniversary of the last day of the month in which the Term begins, unless the Commencement of the Term is the first day of a month, in which event the first “Lease Year” terminates on the expiration of the period of twelve (12) months

 

3



 

thereafter. Each subsequent “Lease Year” commences on the first day following the expiration of the preceding Lease Year and terminates on the earlier of the expiration of twelve (12) months thereafter or on the termination of this Lease.

 

(j)         “Leasehold Improvements” means all fixtures, improvements, installations, alterations and additions from time to time made, constructed, erected or installed in or to the Leased Premises, with the exception of trade fixtures; but notwithstanding such exception, Leasehold Improvements shall include, without limitation:

 

(i)             storefronts and doors, all partitions, however affixed, light fixtures, slatwall, and all carpeting and floor coverings affixed in any way to the Demised Premises (with the exception of carpeting laid over vinyl tile or finished floor and affixed so as to be readily removable without damage to such tile or floor); and

 

(ii)            all or any portion of any:

 

a.      HVAC facilities,

 

b.      sewage, sprinkler, mechanical and electrical equipment, machinery, installations and facilities, and

 

c.      equipment, machinery, installations and facilities for or in connection with the supply of Utilities or communications,

 

wherever located, exclusively serving the Leased Premises.

 

(k)        “Occupiable Space” means:

 

(i)             with respect to a full floor occupied by one tenant, all area within the exterior walls calculated by measuring from and to the line of the outside surface of glass in exterior walls, with no deductions for columns or projections, but excluding service areas on such floor;

 

(ii)            with respect to that part of a floor (being less than a full floor) occupied by any tenant, all area measured from the line of the outside surface of glass and exterior walls to the outside surface of corridor walls and the centre line of other demising walls, with no deductions for columns or projections.

 

(l)         “Operating Costs” means amounts payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under Article 4.03 of this Lease.

 

(m)       “Property Tax” means amounts payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under Article 5.01 of this Lease.

 

(n)       “Rentable Space” means:

 

(i)             with respect to a full floor occupied by one tenant, Occupiable Space;

 

(ii)            with respect to that part of a floor (being less than a full floor) occupied by any tenant, Occupiable Space plus a proportion of all Common Areas on that floor

 

4



 

and such proportion of Common Areas shall be a fraction of such Common Areas, the numerator of which shall be the Occupiable Space of the Demised Premises, and the denominator of which shall be the total Occupiable Space (whether actually tenanted or not) on such floor; provided that if the Landlord changes the size of Common Areas or any pan thereof pursuant to Clause 7.12 from that which previously existed then a reasonable change of the proportion of Common Areas for purposes of this definition, will be calculated and made.

 

(o)       “Schedules” means all Schedules listed in Article 1.01(h) which shall form a part of this Lease.

 

(p)       “Service Areas” means all elevator shafts, stairwells (excluding those within the Premises of a tenant which are restricted to the exclusive use of such tenant) and those areas on floors within the Building to the extent that they contain or comprise mechanical areas, facilities and apparatus designed and used for the purpose of servicing the Centre, or portions of the Centre beyond the floor on which they are actually located, and the enclosing walls of all of the foregoing.

 

(q)       “Term” means the period of time set out in Article 1.01(b).

 

ARTICLE 2.00              GRANT OF LEASE

 

2.01                          Grant      The Landlord, as Owner of the Land described in Schedule “B” with Buildings attached thereon, hereby demises and leases the Demised Premises as described in Schedule “A” and the Tenant hereby leases and accepts the Demised Premises from the Landlord, to have and to hold during the Term outlined in Article 1.01(b) and subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

2.02                          Covenants of Landlord and Tenant      The Landlord covenants to observe and perform all of the terms and conditions to be observed and performed by the Landlord under this Lease. The Tenant covenants to pay the Rent when due under this Lease, and to observe and perform all of the terms and conditions to be observed and performed by the Tenant under this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 3.00              TERM AND POSSESSION

 

3.01                          Acceptance of Premises      The Tenant acknowledges having received the Premises in good order and repair with all the Landlord’s Work completed and its acceptance of the Premises (with fifteen (15) days to notify for deficiencies after possession) shall be deemed to be a waiver of any right to claim or to state that the Premises were not in good order and repair subject only to latent defects.

 

The Tenant has fully investigated the condition of the Premises or waived its right to do so and is fully familiar with the physical condition of the Premises and every part thereof and Tenant accepts the same “as is.”

 

5



 

ARTICLE 4.00              RENT AND OPERATING COSTS

 

4.01                          Minimum Rent      Yielding and paying, therefore, yearly and every year during the said Term unto the Landlord without any deduction, set-off or abatement (except as herein expressly provided) in lawful money of Canada during the Term of this Lease the fixed Minimum rent (herein sometimes called “Minimum Rent”) in the annual amounts as described in Article 1.01(c); said Minimum Rent to be paid in advance in equal monthly installments commencing on the date set forth in Article 1.01(c) and on the first day of each calendar month thereafter during the Term, provided that if the Minimum Rent Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, then the rent payable on the Minimum Rent Commencement Date shall be calculated at a rate per day of one-three hundred and sixty-fifth (1/365th) of the Minimum and Additional Rent then applicable pursuant to this sub-paragraph.

 

The Landlord may have prepared by an architect, land surveyor or engineer a certified measurement of the Premises to establish the actual square footage of the Premises. If a certified measurement is completed for the Premises, the Landlord may provide to the Tenant a copy of the aforesaid certificate of the architect or engineer and the square footage indicated thereon shall be the square footage of the Premises. Should such square footage indicated thereon be different from the square footage indicated in Article 1.01(a) of this Lease, then rent indicated in Article 4.01 and all other charges in this Lease shall be adjusted on a per square footage basis to reflect this difference, and the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord without deduction all such adjusted rent and other charges.

 

4.02                          Additional Rent      Additional Rent and all such other amounts payable herein (such as, but not limited to, Operating Costs, taxes, utilities, interest) shall become due and payable hereunder by the Tenant to the Landlord and is to be paid at the office of the Landlord, 115 King Street, Stellarton, Nova Scotia, B0K 1S0, or at such other place as the Landlord may designate in writing from time to time without any prior demand therefor. All amounts payable hereunder to the Landlord shall be deemed to be rent.

 

If the Landlord so requires, Rent will be paid to the Landlord at the Tenant’s expense by an automated debiting system under which payments are deducted from the Tenant’s bank account and credited to the Landlord’s bank account without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Landlord.

 

4.03                          Operating Costs      The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord as Additional Rent and in the manner hereinafter specified for each Fiscal Period adopted by the Landlord in connection with its operation of the Centre, a proportionate share of the Landlord’s gross costs of maintaining, operating and repairing the Common Areas and Service Areas, all as determined in Schedule “E” (hereinafter referred to as “Operating Costs”).

 

4.04                          Definition - Operating Costs      The Landlord’s gross costs of maintaining, operating and repairing the Common Areas and Service Areas shall include all direct and indirect costs and shall for the purpose of this Clause include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all amounts paid or payable by the Landlord for (1) accounting; (2) public liability and property damage insurance and insurance against other casualties against which the Landlord may reasonably insure (other than that insurance which is specifically

 

6



 

dealt with in Article 7.02); (3) cleaning (including snow and ice removal) in the Common Areas and Service Areas; (4) operation of all lighting systems, loudspeakers, public address or music broadcasting systems in the Common Areas; (5) policing; (6) supervising Common Areas with attendant; (7) repairs and maintenance in and operation of Common Areas and Service Areas (including the maintenance and upkeep of landscaped areas); (8) the salary and expenses of the management and supervisory staff of the Centre; (9) depreciation and amortization of all fixtures and equipment serving Common Areas and which by their nature require periodic replacement or substantial replacement, excluding buildings or structures and permanent parts thereof; (10) the cost of heating, ventilating and/or air-conditioning the Common Areas; (11) all taxes, including business taxes, applicable to Common Areas and Service Areas and not included in Article 5.01 of this Lease; (12) operation and maintenance of any escalators and elevators servicing the Building; (13) other amounts paid or allocated by the Landlord or auditors on behalf of the Landlord for the operation, maintenance and repair of the Common Areas and Service Areas but excluding costs of a capital nature; (14) One ($1.00) Dollar per square foot per annum of the Demised Premises as depreciation and amortization of the parking facilities (where applicable) (15) an administrative fee equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the total annual costs referred to in items (1) to (14) inclusive. Costs shall be allocated in each Fiscal Period in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and insurance premiums for any policy having a term other than a Fiscal Year may be allocated to the Fiscal Year in which the premium therefor is paid. If any dispute arises as to whether an item is a Common Area or Service Area cost or as to its allocation thereof the decision of the Landlord’s auditors in settlement of the dispute shall be final and binding.

 

If applicable to the Centre, the Landlord’s gross costs of operating, maintaining, repairing and/or replacing the said heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning systems as provided herein shall include all direct and indirect costs of operating, maintaining, repairing and/or replacing the said systems and providing heating, ventilating and/or air-conditioning including, but not restricted to, the cost of (1) accounting; (2) wages and expenses paid to persons hired to operate, maintain and/or supervise the said systems; (3) fuel, steam and all other properties used to generate heat; (4) supplies to said systems; (5) necessary inspections of said systems; (6) necessary licenses for the said systems; (7) providing insurance which the Landlord considers reasonably necessary with respect to said systems; (8) repairs and maintenance; (9) capital expenditures made by the Landlord in an effort to promote energy conservation; (10) depreciation and interest on the capital cost of the said systems in an aggregate amount not greater than the amount required to amortize this cost together with interest at the rate of prime plus 2% per annum as calculated by the main branch of the Bank of Nova Scotia, Halifax, Nova Scotia over a period of twenty (20) years; and (11) an administrative fee equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the total annual costs referred to in items (1) to (10) inclusive. If any dispute arises as to whether an item is a cost of operating, maintaining, repairing and/or replacing the heating, ventilating and/or air-conditioning systems or the allocation thereof the decision of the Landlord’s independent auditors in settlement of the dispute shall be final and binding.

 

The Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord for a portion of all premiums paid by the Landlord in relation to any insurance. The cost of insurance shall include an amount sufficient to reimburse the Landlord for the premium cost and deductible, if any. The amount of the Tenant’s portion shall be such as the Landlord, in consultation with the agent for its insurer(s), may reasonably determine and the Tenant covenants to pay to the Landlord monthly as Additional Rent or in a manner hereinafter specified, for each Fiscal

 

7



 

Period adopted by the Landlord in connection with its operation of the Centre, the Landlord’s gross cost of insuring the Centre.

 

Operating Costs shall include, if applicable, all costs and expenses relating to monitoring and maintaining suitable indoor air quality in the Building and regularly inspecting, monitoring, maintaining, and repairing the Building’s HVAC system; hiring outside consultants to investigate and identify the sources of any suspected indoor air quality problems that may be identified; remedying any such problems; modifying, renovating, or encapsulating any portion of the Building, Building systems, or Building components reasonably required to continuously and efficiently maintain acceptable indoor air quality in the Building, and complying with any and all local, provincial, and federal laws, rules, regulations, or real estate industry standards relating to indoor air quality.

 

4.05                          Payment - Operating Costs

 

(a)        Prior to the Additional Rent Commencement Date and each Fiscal Period or as soon thereafter as possible, the Landlord shall calculate and deliver notice of the Tenant’s share of the estimated Operating Costs for the appropriate Fiscal Year, and without further notice the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord in monthly instalments, the estimated Operating Costs simultaneously with the Tenant’s payments of Minimum Rent during such Fiscal Year, including Property Taxes.

 

(b)       Within a reasonable period of time following the end of each Fiscal Period, the Landlord shall furnish the Tenant with a statement (the “Statement”) setting out in reasonable detail the amount of Operating Costs (except Property Taxes) for such Fiscal Period certified to be correct by a financial officer of the company. If such amount is greater or less than the payments on account thereof made by the Tenant, appropriate adjustments will be made between the parties hereto within thirty (30) days after the delivery of such statement.

 

4.06                          Services by the Landlord      Subject to Article 4.00 hereof and excluding services by the Landlord and charged to the Tenant as Operating Costs (Schedule “E”), one hundred and fifteen percent (115%) of the cost to the Landlord of all additional services, provided by the Landlord or its agent to the Tenant (including performance by the Landlord on behalf of the Tenant of any of the Tenant’s obligations set out in this Lease which the Tenant fails to perform) shall be payable forthwith by the Tenant upon demand by the Landlord. Such services shall include any services performed at the Tenant’s request including, without limitation, maintenance, repair, special janitorial or cleaning services, construction of additional Leasehold Improvements, replacement of non-standard bulbs, tubes and ballasts and any heating, ventilation, air-conditioning, electrical or elevator service provided during hours other than business hours. Such services shall also include any services provided at the Landlord’s reasonable discretion including, operating elevators for the sole benefit of the Tenant and supervising the movement of furniture, equipment, freight and supplies for the Tenant.

 

4.07                          Prepaid Deposit       Deleted in its entirety.

 

8



 

4.08                          Net Lease      It is the intention of the Landlord and Tenant that this Lease shall be net to the Landlord and that the Tenant shall pay for its own account, to the complete exoneration of the Landlord, all costs and expenses affecting the Premises and the business carried on therein.

 

4.09                          Interest on Arrears      If the Tenant fails to pay to the Landlord when the same is due and payable any Minimum Rent, Additional Rent or any other charge under this Lease such amount or amounts shall bear interest at a rate of two percent (2%) per month compounded monthly from the date upon which same was due until actual payment thereof.

 

ARTICLE 5.00              TAXES

 

5.01                          Property Taxes

 

(a)        The term “tax” or “taxes” means all taxes, rates, duties and levies whatsoever whether Municipal, Provincial, Parliamentary or otherwise, attributable to the Centre including the Lands on which it is situated and levied in respect of the Centre, including any capital tax or tax imposed on the capital invested in or allocated to the Centre, federal large corporation tax (or any tax similar to or in replacement thereof) payable by the Landlord or the Tenant to any duly constituted governmental authority whether Federal, Provincial, Municipal or otherwise, and includes any taxes, rates, assessments or charges which may in the future be levied in addition to or in substitution for Municipal, other real property or business occupancy taxes currently levied, or tax on rent and also includes any and all costs or expenses incurred, paid or payable by the Landlord, in contesting or appealing any assessments for such tax or taxes, but does not include the income and personal taxes of the Landlord.

 

(b)       The Landlord shall pay all taxes assessed against the Centre.

 

(c)        The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord as Additional Rent, and in the manner hereinafter specified for each taxation year during the Term of this Lease at the Landlord’s option, either a proportionate share of the taxes payable by assessment or as determined in accordance with Schedule “D”.

 

5.02                          Business Tax      The Tenant covenants to pay as and when they fall due all taxes and rates charged, assessed or levied by any governmental authority against either the Landlord or the Tenant in respect of any business or other activity carried on, upon or in connection with the Premises including any taxes and rates which may in the future be levied against either the Landlord or the Tenant in addition to or in substitution for business occupancy taxes currently levied, and taxes personal to the Tenant and on or in respect of its business, income or property and taxes which may be levied by any governmental authority against either the Landlord or the Tenant in respect to the Tenant’s fixtures and equipment or any rent or Additional Rent paid to the Landlord, and to indemnify and reimburse the Landlord at the Landlord’s option, either upon demand or as Additional Rent for any of such taxes which may be assessed to and payable by or paid by the Landlord.

 

9



 

5.03                          Harmonized Sales Tax      In addition to the rent payable hereunder, the Tenant will pay to the Landlord (acting as agent for the taxing authority if applicable) or directly to the taxing authority (if required by the applicable legislation) in the manner specified by the Landlord, the full amount of all goods and services taxes, sales taxes, value-added taxes, multi-stage taxes, business transfer taxes and any other taxes imposed in respect of rent and other charges payable by the Tenant under this Lease or in respect of the rental of space by the Tenant under this Lease (collectively and individually, “HST”). HST is payable by the Tenant whether characterized as a goods and services tax, sales tax, value-added tax, multi-stage tax, business transfer tax, or otherwise. HST so payable by Tenant will: (i) be calculated by the Landlord in accordance with the applicable legislation; (ii) be paid by the Tenant at the same time as the amounts to which the HST applies are payable to the Landlord under the terms of this Lease (or upon demand at such other time or times as the Landlord from time to time determines); and (iii) notwithstanding anything else in this Lease, be considered not to be rent, but the Landlord shall have all of the same remedies for and rights of recovery with respect to such amounts as it has for non-payment of rent under this Lease or at law.

 

5.04                          Monthly Payment      Prior to the commencement of each Fiscal Year or taxation year or as soon thereafter as possible, the Landlord will furnish to the Tenant a reasonable estimate of the taxes of the Centre for the current taxation period and the amount thereof payable by the Tenant. The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the amount so estimated, in advance, in equal monthly instalments on the first day of each month throughout the current taxation year. Within sixty (60) days after the end of the taxation period, or as soon thereafter as possible, the Landlord shall furnish to the Tenant a statement of the Landlord’s actual taxes and the amount thereof payable by the Tenant and showing in reasonable detail the information relevant and necessary to the exact calculation and determination thereof. If such amount is greater or less than the payments on account thereof made by the Tenant, appropriate adjustments will be made between the parties hereto within thirty (30) days after the delivery of such statement.

 

ARTICLE 6.00              TENANT COVENANTS

 

6.01                          Use      The Premises shall be used and occupied for the use as determined in Article 1.01(f) or for such other purpose as the Landlord may specifically authorize in writing. The Tenant shall operate under the firm name as set out in Article 1.01(g).

 

If any other business is operated on the Premises, the Tenant shall cease such operation upon receipt of notice from the Landlord. The Landlord, after this written notice to the Tenant, may at its option terminate this Lease if the other business being operated has not ceased.

 

Nothing, in the Landlord’s determination, shall be done or omitted or permitted by the Tenant upon the Premises which shall be or result in a nuisance.

 

6.02                          Rent      The Tenant covenants to pay all Minimum Rent and Additional Rent and all other charges as referred to in Articles 4.01 and 4.02, promptly, when due.

 

10



 

6.03                          Utilities - Tenant’s Costs

 

(a)            All electricity, water and other utilities of any nature supplied to the Premises shall be paid for by the Tenant and, if supplied by the Landlord, shall be supplied at then current rates; and the amounts payable therefore shall be deemed to be Additional Rent. If arrangements are not made by the Landlord for the supply of any such services by a public utility or other supplier, the Tenant will contract directly with such utility or supplier for the supply thereof.

 

(b)            In no event shall the Landlord be liable for damages arising from the interruption or failure of such supply; and in the event that a public utility or supplier providing any such service ceases to do so, the Landlord will use its best efforts to arrange an alternative supply and may at its option supply any of such services itself but shall be under no obligation to do so and shall not be liable in damages by reason of the cessation of such supply. Electricity required by the Tenant other than normal lighting and the operation of small business office equipment shall be paid for by the Tenant as Additional Rent.

 

6.04                          Tubes, Ballasts      The Landlord shall have the exclusive right to attend to any replacement of electric light bulbs, tubes and ballasts in the Premises throughout the Term and any renewal thereof. The cost of such replacement and installation shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice by the Tenant from the Landlord on account thereof as Additional Rent.

 

The Landlord may adopt a system of relamping and reballasting periodically on a group basis in accordance with good practice. If the Landlord adopts such a system, the Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent to the Landlord a monthly charge per bulb, tube and ballast on the account of the cost of such replacement in the Premises. If the cost of such replacement shall increase or decrease during the Term or any renewal thereof, the Landlord shall adjust the Additional Rent payable for such replacement hereunder on an equitable basis and the Tenant agrees to pay such Additional Rent as adjusted, on demand. The decision of the Landlord, with respect to any such adjustment, shall be final and binding upon the parties hereto.

 

6.05                          Repair and Maintenance      The Tenant will at all times keep the Premises in a clean and sanitary condition and in accordance with the laws, directions, rules and regulations of the governmental agencies having jurisdiction, and will keep and maintain the Premises and all interior fixtures and equipment therein including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning (if applicable) and electrical equipment and including all glass, windows, doors and door-closing devices and all permitted signs, in good order and condition and in good repair and painted or otherwise presentable. The Landlord or its agents shall have the right to enter upon the Premises at all reasonable times to view the state of repair, condition and use thereof and to request in writing to the Tenant that the Tenant make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions as the Landlord acting reasonably may deem advisable. Should the Tenant not comply or commence to comply with the Landlord’s written request within thirty (30) days of the aforesaid request then the Landlord may make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions as it may deem advisable. The cost, plus 20% of such cost for overhead and supervision, will be billed to the Tenant as Additional Rent and payable immediately upon receipt of an invoice therefor; and the Landlord shall be allowed to take

 

11



 

all materials into and upon the Premises that may be required therefor without the same constituting an eviction of the Tenant in whole or in part. The rent hereunder shall in no way abate while such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions are being made by reason of loss or interruption of the business of the Tenant because of the prosecution of such work, provided that the same are made as expeditiously as is reasonably possible.

 

The use by the Tenant of electrical and other services shall at no time exceed the capacity of the wiring, mains, pipes or conduits on the Premises or the fixtures or equipment within the Premises so as to constitute a hazard. If the Tenant wishes to install any electrical or other equipment which may overload the electrical or other service facilities, the Tenant shall at its own expense make whatever changes are necessary to comply with the reasonable and lawful requirements of the insurance underwriters and governmental authorities having jurisdiction, but no changes shall be made by the Tenant until the Tenant first submits to the Landlord plans and specifications for the proposed work and obtains the Landlord’s written approval to perform same.

 

6.06                          Nuisance      The Tenant covenants not to suffer or permit any waste upon the Demised Premises and not to cause or permit any nuisance in, at or on the Demised Premises or any other part of the Building or Centre.

 

The Premises shall not be used for any dangerous, noxious, or offensive trade or business or for any purpose, trade, or business that will adversely affect the indoor air quality for the Premises or Building (including any Common Areas and Service Areas);

 

The Tenant will at all times use and operate the Premises in such a manner as to minimize the risk of indoor air quality problems, “sick-building syndrome,” and/or any diagnosable illness that can be identified and attributed directly to contaminants in the Building;

 

The Tenant will take all steps necessary to prevent: inadequate ventilation, emission of chemical contaminants from indoor and/or outdoor sources, emissions of biological contaminants;

 

The Tenant will assure adequate ventilation and operation of any HVAC systems and/or office equipment under its control;

 

The Tenant will not allow any unsafe levels of chemical or biological contaminants (including volatile organic compounds) in the Premises, and will take all steps necessary to prevent the release of such contaminants from adhesives (for example, upholstery, wallpaper, carpet, machinery, supplies, and cleaning agents);

 

The Tenant will not bring, generate, treat, store, or dispose of any chemicals, materials, or other potential pollution sources without Landlord’s prior consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the levels of these chemicals, materials, or other potential pollution sources shall not exceed legal limits.

 

6.07                          Heavy Objects      The Tenant covenants not to overload any of the floors of the Demised Premises nor place upon the Demised Premises any safe, heavy business machine or other heavy object without first obtaining the consent in writing of the Landlord.

 

12



 

6.08                          Assignments      The rights of the Tenant under this Lease shall not be transferred, assigned or sold and the Tenant shall not sublet the whole or any part of the Premises nor grant any concession or license within or with respect to the Premises to any party without the prior written consent of the Landlord, which consent may be unreasonably withheld. All requests to the Landlord for consent to any transfer, assignment, sublet or grant shall be made to the Landlord in writing and such information in writing as the Landlord might reasonably require respecting a proposed transferee, assignee, sublessee or grantee including, without limitation, the name, address, number of years business experience or in lieu of business experience evidence of competent personnel, financial position, and banking and personal references of such proposed transferee, assignee, sublessee or grantee and in the event that the proposed transferee, assignee, sublessee or grantee is a corporation, similar information respecting the corporation and all of its principal shareholders, officers and directors. As a condition precedent to any assignment of this Lease or subleasing of the whole or any part of the Premises, the Tenant shall first offer to assign or sublease, as the case may be, to Landlord on the same terms and conditions and for the same rental as provided in this Lease. The Landlord will not be liable for any damages resulting from the withholding of a consent to transfer assignment, sublet or sale.

 

In no event shall the proposed sub-tenant or assignee be an existing occupant of any space in the Building or the Centre or an Affiliate of any such occupant. For purposes of this Article, an “Affiliate” means a corporation or other business entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such occupant. In no event shall the Tenant sublet all or a portion of the Premises to a person or entity with whom the Landlord or its agent is negotiating or has negotiated within the past six (6) months regarding a lease, purchase, or license of space in the Centre.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, the following shall be deemed to be an assignment or sublease for the purposes of the Lease and shall require the prior written consent of the Landlord and the prior compliance with all of the provisions of this Article:

 

(a)        if any person other than the Tenant has or exercises the right to occupy, manage or control the Premises or any part thereof, or any of the business carried on therein other than subject to the direct and full supervision and control of the Tenant; and

 

(b)       if effective control of the Tenant is acquired or exercised by a person not having effective control of Tenant at the date of execution of the Lease.

 

The Landlord may grant its consent to assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises, refuse to grant its consent to assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises, or, within thirty (30) days of the receipt of such request in writing to assign this Lease or sublet all or any part of the Premises elect to cancel this Lease. If the Landlord elects to cancel this Lease, the Landlord shall give the Tenant notice of cancellation and sixty (60) days following such notice of cancellation this Lease shall expire and the Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Premises to the Landlord.

 

Whether or not the Landlord consents to any request to a transfer, assignment, sublease or grant the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord all reasonable costs incurred by the Landlord in considering any requests for consent to a transfer, assignment, sublease or grant and in

 

13



 

completing any of the documentation involved in implementing such transfer, assignment, sublease or grant including the agreements between the Landlord and each of the Tenant and the transferee, assignee, sublessee or grantee referred to above and the document of transfer, assignment, sublease or grant and the consent thereto.

 

As an alternative to giving its consent to any sublease or assignment of lease, Landlord shall have the right to require the prospective sub-tenant or assignee to execute a new lease with Landlord under the same terms and conditions as contained in the offer from the bona fide assignee or sub-tenant, the performance of all obligations of such sub-tenant or assignee under the new lease. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord reasonable costs of administration incurred by Landlord to effect such new lease.

 

In the event of any transfer, assignment, sublease or grant, the Tenant shall remain responsible to the Landlord for the fulfillment of all of the Tenant’s obligations pursuant to the terms of this Lease for the balance of the Term regardless of any disclaimers of the Lease by any trustee in bankruptcy or receiver. If this Lease is disclaimed or terminated by any trustee in bankruptcy or any transferee of this Lease, the original Tenant named in this Lease, upon notice from the Landlord given within sixty (60) days of such disclaimer or termination, shall enter into a Lease with the Landlord upon the same terms and conditions as contained herein except for the duration of the Term, which shall expire on the date this Lease would have expired save for such disclaimer or termination. The Landlord’s consent to any transfer, assignment, sublease or grant shall not be effective unless given by the Landlord in writing and no such consent shall be deemed or presumed by any act or omission of the Landlord other than consent in writing; without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Landlord may collect rent and any other amounts from the transferee, assignee, sublessee or grantee and apply the net amount collected to the rent and other amounts payable pursuant to this Lease and the collection or acceptance of such amounts shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the Landlord’s rights under this Article or any acceptance of or consent to any such transfer, assignment, sublease or grant.

 

The Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord will not be held responsible for any financial or non-financial losses caused by withholding the Landlord’s consent to any assignment, transfer, sublease or grant. In the event the Landlord shall grant its consent to assign or sublet or part with possession of any part or all of the Premises and also in the event that the Assignee, Sublessee, or Receiver of the Premises pays any higher Minimum Rent or Additional Rent than is payable under this Lease then in every instance the Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord with such higher Minimum Rent or Additional Rent through the remainder of the Term and any renewals thereto.

 

If the Tenant assigns this Lease without the Landlord’s prior written consent, and regardless of whether or not the Landlord has accepted rent from any party other than the Tenant, the Landlord has the right to terminate this Lease with no liability whatsoever.

 

The Tenant shall not print, publish, post, mail, display, broadcast or otherwise advertise or offer for any reason, the whole or any part of the Leased Premises for the purposes of an occupancy transaction, sub-letting, assigning or the sharing of the Leased Premises in any way, in whole or in part, by a third party and shall not permit any broker or other party to do any of the foregoing, unless the complete text and format of any such notice, advertisement or offer shall have first been approved in writing by the Landlord. Without in any way restricting or limiting the Landlord’s right to refuse any text and format on other

 

14



 

grounds, any text and format proposed by the Tenant shall not contain any reference to the Minimum Rent or any other amount payable under this Lease.

 

6.09                                                                            Compliance with Insurance      The Tenant agrees that it will not keep, use, sell or offer for sale in or upon the Premises any article which may be prohibited by the standard form of fire insurance policy in force from time to time covering the Centre. In the event the Tenant's occupancy of, conduct of, business in, or sale of any merchandise from or on the Premises, whether or not the Landlord has consented to the same, causes any increase in premiums for the insurance carried from time to time by the Landlord with respect to the Centre, the Tenant shall pay any such increase in premiums as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after bills for such additional premiums are rendered by the Landlord. In determined whether increased premiums are a result of the Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises, or the sale of any article therein or therefrom, a schedule issued by the organization setting the insurance rate on the Centre, showing the various components of such rate, shall be conclusive evidence of the several items and charges which make up such rate. The Tenant shall comply promptly with all reasonable requirements of any underwriters association or any insurer now or hereafter in effect, pertaining to or affecting the Premises.

 

6.10                                                                            Compliance with Laws      The premises shall be used and occupied in s safe, careful and proper manner so as not to contravene any present or future government or quasi-governmental laws in force or regulations or orders. If due solely to the Tenant's use of the Premises, improvements are necessary to comply with any of the foregoing or with the requirements of insurance carriers, the Tenant shall pay the entire cost thereof.

 

The Tenant shall, at its sole cost, comply with all current and future federal, provincial, and local environmental and indoor air quality laws, regulations, and industry standards, including, without limitation, any restrictions on smoking in the workplace.

 

6.11                                                                            Signs      The Tenant covenants not to exhibit, inscribe, paint or affix any signs, advertisements, notices or any other lettering upon any part of the outside or inside of the Demised Premises or other part of the Building except on the directories and doors of offices and then only of such size, colour and style as Landlord shall determine and approve. In the event of the violation of this Clause by the Tenant, the Landlord may remove such sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering, without any liability, and may collect from the Tenant as Additional Rent the expense incurred in removing the same. Upon termination of this Lease, the Tenant will remove any and all such signs, advertisements, notices and other lettering and shall make good any damages occasioned by the installation or removal thereof.

 

6.12                                                                            Windows      The Tenant covenants to pay the cost of replacement with as good quality and size of any window glass serving the Demised Premises which becomes broken during the continuance of this Lease, excluding exterior windows which will be replaced at the Landlord's cost, unless damage is caused by the Tenant, its employees, agents, invitees or licensees.

 

15



 

6.13                          Blinds      The Tenant shall not install window shades, curtains or Venetian blinds of any colour other than the typical colours from time to time approved by the Landlord, if Landlord provides or requires a standard.

 

6.14                          Additional Costs      The Tenant covenants to pay all additional costs referred to in Clause 4.02 of this Agreement.

 

6.15                          Tenant’s Insurance      The Tenant shall, before entering the Premises and during the entire Term hereof, at its sole cost and expense, take out and keep in full force and effect, in the names of the Tenant, the Landlord and the Landlord’s mortgagee (including trustee for bond holders), the following:

 

(a)        An “Occurrence” liability insurance policy insuring all operations of the Tenant, including but not limited to, bodily injury and property damage liability, contractual liability and contingent liability. Such policy shall be written on a comprehensive basis with limits of not less than $5,000,000.00 per occurrence (or such higher limits as the Landlord or its mortgagees require from time to time) including Tenant’s Legal Liability insurance on an All-Risk replacement cost basis for the Premises with respect to the occupancy by the Tenant of the Premises. Should a “Claims-Made” policy be purchased, such policy shall survive the expiration of this Lease and remain in full force and effect for a further six (6) years.

 

(b)       Fire Insurance and Extended Coverage Endorsement (including coverage for leakage from fire protected devices from all other types of water damage) on a Replacement Cost basis, in respect of the Premises which shall include but not be limited to all exterior windows, doors, demising walls, electrical fixtures, mechanical, plumbing fixtures and sprinkler drops and heads and ceiling/flooring and all trade fixtures, furniture, equipment, inventory and all Leasehold Improvements constructed by or on behalf of the Tenant and such other property in or about the Premises as the Landlord or its mortgagees may from time to time reasonably require.

 

(c)        Where the Tenant intends to or does use, store, distribute, treat, manufacture, transport, generate, process, package, reprocess, recycle, sell, offer for sale, dispose of or import into the Province any Hazardous Substance as defined in Article 13.19 of this agreement, third party liability insurance for environmental liability in amounts and containing terms and conditions in accordance with industry standards shall be carried by the Tenant.

 

(d)       Any other form or forms of insurance as the Landlord or the Landlord’s mortgagees reasonably requires from time to time including but not limited to Business Interruption Insurance in amounts and for perils against which a prudent tenant would protect itself in similar circumstances.

 

6.16                          Access and Maintenance      The Tenant covenants to permit the Landlord and all persons authorized by it at all reasonable times during the Term to enter the Demised Premises to erect, build, use and maintain pipes, ducts and conduits, including communications services in and through the Demised Premises and, further, the Landlord shall have the right to enter the Demised Premises at all reasonable times to examine the same and to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions as the Landlord may deem necessary or desirable or as the Landlord may be required to make by law or in order

 

16



 

to repair and maintain the Building, and the rent reserved shall not abate while any such work is being undertaken by the Landlord. The Landlord will exercise reasonable diligence so as to minimize the disturbing or interruption of the Tenant’s operations. The Landlord or its agents shall have the further right to enter upon the Demised Premises at all reasonable times to show them to prospective purchasers, encumbrancers, or assignees and during the six months prior to the expiration of the Term, the Landlord may show the Demised Premises to prospective tenants and to permit free access to the Demised Premises by janitorial, cleaning personnel, watchmen and security personnel.

 

The Tenant agrees with the Landlord that in the event that the Tenant’s business is of such a nature as to require it to remain open other than the normal business hours of the Building or to necessitate additional security measures or maintenance work or Common Area HVAC operation exceeding that normally required in the operation of the Building, then the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, as Additional Rent, any such additional charges arising out of the additional security measures, maintenance work or Common Area HVAC operation immediately upon receipt of an invoice from the Landlord for such charges.

 

The Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, at all times during the Lease Term to inspect the Premises and conduct such tests and investigations to evaluate the indoor air quality in the Premises and/or the Building. The Landlord’s entry may be made at any time either during or after Tenant’s business hours.

 

6.17                          Notice of Accident      The Tenant covenants to give the Landlord immediate notice of any accidents or defects in the water pipes, plumbing, heating, ventilation and air-conditioning apparatus, electrical wiring or fixtures, and the Tenant will make good any damage caused by the misuse of the Demised Premises by the Tenant, its servants or agents, or any other person who may be permitted by the Tenant to enter the Demised Premises.

 

6.18                          Mechanics’ Liens      The Tenant covenants to pay promptly for labor, materials and construction and to indemnify and save harmless the Landlord against claims arising from Mechanics’ or other liens for any work done or materials provided or services rendered for improvements or alterations made by the Tenant to the Demised Premises.

 

If a Mechanics’ or other lien arises, the Landlord has the right to pay the outstanding amount and charge the Tenant said amount as Additional Rent.

 

6.19                          Surrender      To deliver up to the Landlord at the end of the Term, or earlier termination thereof, the Demised Premises broom clean and in good and tenantable repair, destructions as herein provided for and reasonable wear and tear only excepted and further, at the option of the Landlord, to remove all leasehold improvements, installations, and alterations or to pay the Landlord the amount of any expense incurred by the Landlord in removing all leasehold improvements, installations, and alterations which the Tenant fails to remove as required by the sub-section.

 

6.20                          Tenant’s Work      To perform Tenant’s work to the satisfaction of the Landlord and with prior written approval of the Landlord as specified in Schedule “C”.

 

17



 

6.21                          Heat, Vent and/or Air-Conditioning Premises      If the Premises are served by a separate heating, ventilating and/or air-conditioning system, the Tenant covenants to pay the gross cost of maintaining, operating, repairing and replacing the said separate system or systems located in the Premises.

 

6.22                          Other Charges      The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, as Additional Rent, at the times and in the manner provided in this Lease or, if not so provided as reasonably required by the Landlord, all amounts (other than that payable under Articles 4.01 and 4.02) which are payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 7.00              LANDLORD COVENANTS

 

7.01                          Quiet Enjoyment      Provided all conditions of the Lease are met and all Rent is paid, the Landlord covenants for quiet enjoyment and possession of the Demised Premises during the Term subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

7.02                          Landlord’s Insurance

 

(a)        The Landlord, acting reasonably and as a prudent owner of a similar centre, shall carry such insurance on the Centre for the account and benefit of the Landlord as the Landlord from time to time considers useful, expedient or beneficial.

 

(b)       Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 7.02(a) and notwithstanding any contribution by the Tenant to insurance premiums as provided for in this Lease, such policies are for the benefit of the Landlord only and not for the benefit of the Tenant and do not bar a claim or action against the Tenant by the Landlord or in the name of the Landlord (whether such claim is subrogated or not) in respect of any loss or damage which was insured against or which ought to have been insured against pursuant to this Article 7.00.

 

7.03                          Heating and Air - Conditioning      If applicable to the Building, the Landlord covenants to heat and provide air-conditioning to the Demised Premises during normal business hours, but in the event that the apparatus or any part thereof used in heating or air-conditioning the Demised Premises at any time becomes incapable of heating or air-conditioning them or becomes damaged or destroyed, the Landlord shall have a reasonable time within which to repair the damage or replace or repair the apparatus and the Tenant shall have no claim whatsoever upon the Landlord for damages due to the failure or loss of any such service at any time. In the event the Tenant’s work as outlined in Schedule “C” hereto or any other additions or alterations to the Demised Premises undertaken by the Tenant interfere with or in any way affect the proper operations of the heating and air-conditioning systems serving the Demised Premises, the Tenant shall bear the expense of any alterations to the heating and air-conditioning equipment for the purpose of better serving the Demised Premises.

 

7.04                          Electricity and Water      The Landlord covenants if applicable to the Building, to provide electricity to the Demised Premises and water to the washrooms in the Common Areas of the floor(s) on which the Demised Premises are located, but should the Landlord make default in so doing the Tenant shall have no claim whatsoever upon the Landlord for damages due to the failure or loss of such services at any time unless failure or loss shall

 

18



 

have been due to the wilful act or gross neglect of the Landlord. Electricity shall be for normal lighting to building standard and operation of small office equipment.

 

The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, as Additional Rent, electricity costs for any large office equipment.

 

7.05                          Maintenance      The Landlord covenants to maintain the exterior, roof structure and foundation of the Building in good condition in order that the Tenant will be able to carry out the purpose for which this Lease is granted.

 

7.06                          Janitorial Services      The Landlord covenants, if applicable to the Building, to provide janitorial services, including window washing, as reasonably required to keep the Premises in a clean and wholesome condition, provided that the Tenant shall leave the Premises in a reasonably tidy condition at the end of each business day.

 

7.07                          Elevator Service      If applicable to the Building, the Landlord covenants to furnish, except when repairs are being made, automatic passenger elevator service and permit the Tenant, the employees and customers of the Tenant, and all other persons having business with the Tenant, to have the free use of such elevator service in common with others, but the Tenant and such employees and customers and all other persons using the same shall do so at their sole risk and under no circumstances shall the Landlord be held responsible for any damages or injury to any person while using the same. The use of the elevators for the purpose of delivery must adhere to the guidelines as outlined in Schedule “F” (Rules and Regulations).

 

7.08                          Access to Tenant      The Landlord covenants to give the Tenant, its employees and agents, at all times during the said Term the right of ingress to and egress from the Demised Premises.

 

7.09                          Security      If applicable to the Building, the Landlord covenants to provide reasonable security measures in the Building for the purpose of preventing unauthorized persons from entering the Building after the normal business hours.

 

7.10                          Landlord’s Work      To perform Landlord’s work as specified in Schedule “C”.

 

7.11                          Repairs      The Landlord will, in a first class manner and as would a prudent owner of a similar centre:

 

(i)             operate, maintain, repair, replace, clean, supervise and insure all Common Areas of the Centre for which the Tenant shall pay its proportionate share, and

 

(ii)            make, at its sole cost and expense, all repairs or replacements to the structural portions of the Buildings comprising the Centre and to such structural portions of the Centre comprising and forming part of the Premises.

 

7.12                          Right to Alter      Notwithstanding anything herein contained, the Landlord reserves the right without liability to the Tenant and without it constituting an eviction to alter the Common Areas and the entrances and exits thereto.

 

19



 

7.13                          Lettering      The Landlord may provide and install, at Tenant’s expense, all letters or numbers on or beside doors to the Premises; all such letters and numerals shall be in the Building standard graphics, and no others shall be used or permitted on the Premises. In addition, the Landlord shall maintain a directory board in the lobby of the Building and provide reasonable identification of the Tenant at Tenant’s expense.

 

ARTICLE 8.00              RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE

 

8.01               (a)        Limitation of Landlord’s Liability      The Landlord and its agents shall not be liable or responsible in any way for any loss of or damage or injury to any property belonging to the Tenant or to employees of the Tenant or to any other person while such property or person is on the Demised Premises or in the Building or in or on the Lands and Buildings owned by the Landlord whether or not such property has been entrusted to employees of the Landlord and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Landlord shall not be liable for any damage to any such property or to any persons resulting from any failure of the heating, electrical, plumbing, air-conditioning, sprinkler, or other mechanical systems or resulting from steam, water, rain, or snow which may leak from any part of the Building or from the pipes, appliances, or plumbing works of the same or from dampness, or damage or injury from any other cause whatsoever and in no event will the Landlord be liable for any consequential or indirect damage suffered by the Tenant.

 

(b)       Cancellation of Insurance      If any insurance policy upon the Centre or any part thereof shall be cancelled or shall be threatened by the insurer to be cancelled, or the coverage thereunder reduced in any way by the insurer, by reason of the use and occupation of the Premises or any part thereof by the Tenant or by any assignee or sub-tenant of the Tenant, or by anyone permitted by the Tenant to be on the Premises, and if the Tenant fails to remedy the condition giving rise to cancellation, threatened cancellation or reduction of coverage within forty-eight (48) hours after notice thereof by the Landlord, the Landlord may, at its option, either.

 

(i)             re-enter the Premises forthwith by leaving upon the Premises a notice in writing of its intention so to do and thereupon the provisions of Article 10.01 shall apply, or

 

(ii)            enter upon the Premises and remedy the condition giving rise to such cancellation, threatened cancellation or reduction, and the Tenant shall forthwith pay the costs thereof to the Landlord, which costs may be collected by the Landlord as Additional Rent and the Landlord shall not be liable for any damage or injury caused to any property of the Tenant or of others located on the Premises as a result of any such re-entry or entry, as the case may be.

 

(c)        The Tenant covenants and agrees to bring to the immediate attention of the Landlord notice of any occurrence or other action which might give rise to a claim or possible claim under any insurance policy obtained by the Landlord under this Lease.

 

20



 

8.02                          Tenant’s Liability to Landlord      The Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless the Landlord from and against all liability, claims, damages, or expense due to or arising out of any act or neglect of the Tenant, its employees, agents, invitees or licensees in or about the Demised Premises, Common Areas and Service Areas, or due to or arising out of any breach by the Tenant of any provision of this Lease, and including liability for injury or damage to the personal property of the Tenant’s employees, agents, invitees, or licensees.

 

8.03                          Insurable Interest / Indemnity      Regardless of any contribution by the Tenant to insurance premiums as provided for in this Lease, no insurable interest is conferred upon the Tenant under policies carried by the Landlord, nor do such policies protect, defend or indemnify the Tenant in any way. The Landlord shall in no way be accountable to the Tenant regarding the use of any insurance proceeds arising from any claim, and the Landlord shall not be obliged on account of such contributions to apply such proceeds to the repair or restoration of that which was insured.

 

Where the Tenant may desire to receive indemnity by way of insurance for any property, work or thing whatsoever, the Tenant shall insure same for its own account and shall not look to the Landlord for reimbursement or recovery in the event of loss or damage from any cause, whether or not the Landlord has insured same and recovered therefor.

 

8.04                          Waiver of Subrogation

 

(a)        All policies written on behalf of the Tenant must contain a waiver of subrogation rights which the Tenant’s insurer may have against the Landlord and against those for whom the Landlord is in law responsible, whether any such damage is caused by the act, omission or negligence of the Landlord or by those for whom the Landlord is in law responsible.

 

(b)       All such policies must also contain a severability of interest clause, a cross-liability clause and shall be primary and shall not call into contribution any other insurance available to the Landlord or the Landlord’s mortgagee.

 

8.05                          Form of Policy      All policies shall be taken out with insurers acceptable to the Landlord and on policies in a form satisfactory from time to time to the landlord. The Tenant agrees that certificates of insurance or, if required by the Landlord or its mortgagees, certified copies of each such insurance policy will be delivered to the Landlord within seven days after the placing of the required insurance. All policies shall contain an undertaking by the insurers to notify the Landlord and its mortgagees in writing not less man sixty (60) days prior to any material change in terms, cancellation or other termination thereof. The Tenant agrees that if the Tenant fails to take out or to keep in force any such insurance referred to in Article 6.15, or should any such insurance not be reasonably approved by either the Landlord or its mortgagee and the Tenant does not rectify the situation within forty-eight (48) hours after written notice by the Landlord to the Tenant (stating, if the Landlord or its mortgagees do not approve of such insurance, the reasons therefor), the Landlord shall have the right, without assuming any obligation in connection therewith, to effect such insurance to protect the interests of the Landlord only at the sole cost of the Tenant and all outlays by the Landlord shall be immediately payable by the Tenant to the Landlord as Additional Rent and shall be due on the first day of the

 

21



 

next month following said payment by the Landlord without prejudice to any other rights and remedies of the Landlord under this Lease or in law.

 

ARTICLE 9.00              DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY

 

9.01                          Damage and Abatement      If during the Term the Building or the Demised Premises are destroyed by any cause whatsoever or partially destroyed by any cause so as to render the Demised Premises wholly unfit for operating, or incapable of access, or if the Building or the Demised Premises shall be so badly damaged that, in the opinion of the Landlord, repairs cannot be completed within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the occurrence of such damage, then this Lease, at the option of the Landlord, shall cease and become null and void from the date of such damage or destruction and the Tenant shall thereupon immediately surrender the Demised Premises and all interest therein to the Landlord, and the Tenant shall pay rent within this Term only to the date of such surrender and in any such case, the Landlord may re-enter and repossess the Demised Premises discharged from this Lease and may remove all parties therefrom. If the Building or the Demised Premises shall be repairable as aforesaid within one hundred and twenty (120) days from the happening of said damage, and, in the sole opinion of the Landlord’s architect, the Demised Premises cannot be used for the Tenant’s business until repaired, the rent shall abate until the repairs have been completed. If the destruction is such that, in the sole opinion of the Landlord’s architect, the Demised Premises may be partially used by the Tenant while the repairs are being undertaken, then the rent shall abate in proportion that the part of the Demised Premises rendered unusable bears to the whole of the Demised Premises; EXCEPT THAT if the part rendered unusable exceeds one-half of the area of the Demised Premises there shall be a total abatement of rent until the repairs have been made unless the Tenant with the permission of the Landlord uses the undamaged part in which event the Tenant shall pay proportionate rent for the part so used. The Landlord’s decision that the repairs are completed and the Demised Premises are ready for operating shall be conclusive. There shall be no abatement of rent if the damage shall have been caused by or due to negligence of the Tenant, its employees, agents or invitees or if the cause of the damage originates in the Demised Premises unless such damage shall be caused by or due to the negligence of the Landlord, its employees, agents or invitees.

 

9.02                          Destruction and Surrender      Notwithstanding Article 9.01, in the event of total or partial destruction of the Building, and whether or not the Demised Premises are destroyed to such an extent or the damage or destruction is of such a nature that, in the sole opinion of the Landlord the Building should be totally or partially demolished, whether to be reconstructed in whole or in part or not at all, then the Landlord may at its option not later than sixty (60) days from the date of the damage or destruction give notice to the Tenant that this Lease is terminated effective on the date stated in the notice. If the Tenant is able to effectively use the Demised Premises after the damage or destruction, such effective date shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date of sending the notice by the Landlord. If the Tenant is unable to effectively use the Demised Premises after the damage or destruction, the date given in the notice shall be the date of destruction. Upon such termination, the Tenant shall immediately surrender the Demised Premises and all its interest therein to the Landlord and the rent shall abate and be apportioned to the date of the surrender.

 

22



 

9.03                          Limitation of Tenant’s Ability to Recover      In none of the cases referred to in this Article shall the Tenant have any claim upon the Landlord for any damages sustained by it unless such damage or destruction shall have been the result of any wilful act or gross negligence of the Landlord, its employees or agents.

 

ARTICLE 10.00            DEFAULT

 

10.01                        Remedies of the Landlord on Default by the Tenant and Provisions For Entry

 

(a)        If the rental reserved in this Lease is not paid on the day appointed for its payment or in case of the non-payment of any other sums which the Tenant under any provision of this Lease has agreed to pay, or in case the Premises are vacated or become vacant or remain unoccupied for five days or are not used for the purpose provided in Article 6.01 or in case the Term or any of the goods, fixtures or equipment of the Tenant are taken in execution or in attachment, or a receiver of all or a part of the Tenant’s assets or undertaking be appointed, or if a writ of execution is issued against the goods, fixtures or equipment of the Tenant, or in case the Tenant becomes bankrupt or insolvent or makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, repudiates the Lease, or having become bankrupt or insolvent takes the benefit of any Act that be in force for bankrupt or insolvent debtors, or makes a proposal, or shall not observe, perform and keep all and every one of the covenants, agreements, provisions, stipulations and conditions herein contained to be observed, performed and kept by the Tenant, or if the Tenant shall make a bulk sale of its goods, or if any of its goods, fixtures or equipment are or become subject to a hypothec, mortgage, pledge, charge or other encumbrance while in the Premises or the Tenant causes a Mechanic’s Lien, Builder’s Lien or any other lien of a like nature to be filed against the Lands upon which the Demised Premises are located, the full amount of the then current month’s Minimum Rent, unamortized Leasehold Allowances, Leasehold Loans or real estate commissions paid by the Landlord and all other rentals and the next six months’ Minimum, Additional and all other rentals shall immediately become due and payable, and the Landlord may immediately claim the same together with any arrears then unpaid and any other amounts owing to the Landlord by the Tenant under reserve of and without prejudice to all other rights, remedies and recourses of the Landlord including the right to distrain for such rent and accelerated rent and, at the option of the Landlord, the Term shall immediately become forfeited and determined, and the Landlord may without notice or any form of legal process forthwith re-enter upon and take possession of the Premises and become the owner of and remove the Tenant’s effects therefrom, any statute or law to the contrary notwithstanding.

 

(b)       If the Landlord obtains possession of the Demised Premises as a result of the Tenant’s abandonment of same or by a decree from a court of competent jurisdiction, this shall not be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless Landlord provides Tenant with a written notice.

 

(c)        If at any time an action is brought for recovery of possession of the Premises, for the recovery of rental or any other amount due under the provisions of this Lease, or because

 

23



 

of a breach by act or omission of any other covenant herein contained on the part of the Tenant, and a breach is established, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord all expenses incurred therefor.

 

(d)       The directors, officers and/or employees as the case may be, of the Tenant who have executed this Lease on behalf of the Tenant, acknowledge that if they enter into any agreement on behalf of the Tenant in which the assets of the Tenant at the Leased Premises are pledged, mortgaged, charged and/or assigned as security for the Tenant’s debts then existing or in the future, they shall be deemed to have induced a breach of this Lease and the Landlord shall be entitled to all remedies available to it at law for such action.

 

(e)        If this Lease has been terminated or otherwise forfeited for any item of default by the Tenant, the Tenant irrevocably waives and renounces its right to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for any form of relief from such forfeiture and this Clause shall be a complete defence to any claim made for relief from forfeiture or any like remedy by the Tenant.

 

(f)        The Tenant hereby agrees, that for the purposes of this Lease, and any other Lease between the Tenant and the Landlord, in the event that the Tenant commences any proceeding under or seeks protection under the Companies Creditors Arrangement Act (“CCAA”), the Landlord shall be considered to be a separate class of creditors distinct from any other class of creditors in any compromise, arrangement, classification or scheme proposed under the CCAA.

 

10.02                        Non-Waiver of Default      The waiver or acquiescence of the Landlord of any default by the Tenant under any clause of this Lease or the regulations shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such clause or any subsequent or other default thereunder.

 

ARTICLE 11.00            TRANSFERS BY LANDLORD

 

11.01                        Sale, Conveyance and Assignment      Nothing in this Lease shall restrict the right of the Landlord to sell, convey, assign or otherwise deal with the Building or Centre, subject only to the rights of the Tenant under this Lease.

 

11.02                        Effect of Sale, Conveyance or Assignment      A sale, conveyance or assignment of the Building or Centre shall operate to release Landlord from liability from and after the effective date thereof upon all of the covenants, terms and conditions of this Lease, express or implied, except as such may relate to the period prior to such effective date and the Tenant shall thereafter look solely to the Landlord’s successor in interest in and to this Lease. This Lease shall not be affected by any such sale, conveyance or assignment, and the Tenant shall attorn to the Landlord’s successor in interest thereunder.

 

11.03                        Subordination      This Lease is and shall be subject and subordinate in all respects to any and all mortgages and deeds of trust now or hereafter placed on the Building or Buildings or Land, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof.

 

24



 

11.04                        Attornment      If the interest of the Landlord is transferred to any person (herein called “Purchaser”) by reason of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of any such mortgage or deed of trust, or by delivery of a deed in lieu of such foreclosure or other proceedings, the Tenant shall immediately and automatically attorn to Purchaser.

 

11.05                        Execution of Instruments      The subordination and attornment provisions of this Article 11.00 shall be self-operating and no further instrument shall be required, Nevertheless the Tenant, on request by and without cost to the Landlord or any successor in interest, shall execute and deliver any and all instruments further evidencing such subordination and (where applicable hereunder) attornment and appoint the Landlord as its agent/attorney for the purpose of executing such document and for registering postponements of Lease.

 

ARTICLE 12.00            HOLDING OVER

 

12.01                        Month-to-Month Tenancy      If with the Landlord’s written consent the Tenant remains in possession of the Demised Premises after the expiration or other termination of the Term, the Tenant shall be deemed to be occupying the Demised Premises on a month-to-month tenancy only, at a monthly rental equal to the Rent as determined in accordance with Article 4.00 or such other rental (such as market rent) as stated in such written consent, and such month-to-month tenancy may be terminated by the Landlord or Tenant on the last day of any calendar month by delivery of at least 30 days advance notice of termination to the other.

 

12.02                        Tenancy at Sufferance      If without the Landlord’s written consent the Tenant remains in possession of the Demised Premises after the expiration or other termination of the Term, the Tenant shall be deemed to be occupying the Demised Premises upon a tenancy at sufferance only, at a monthly rental equal to two times the Rent determined in accordance with Article 4.00 or market rent; whichever is higher. Such tenancy at sufferance may be terminated by the Landlord at any time by notice of termination to the Tenant, and by the Tenant on the last day of any calendar month by at least 30 days’ advance notice of termination to the Landlord.

 

12.03                        General      Any month-to-month tenancy or tenancy at sufferance hereunder shall be subject to all other terms and conditions of this Lease except any right of renewal and except any rights of first refusal on adjacent space and nothing contained in this Article 12.00 shall be construed to limit or impair any of the Landlord’s rights of re-entry or eviction or constitute a waiver thereof.

 

ARTICLE 13.00            MISCELLANEOUS

 

13.01                        Expropriation      If at any time during the Term of this Lease, the whole or any part of the Building shall be acquired or condemned by expropriation, this Lease and the Term hereby granted may, at the option of the Landlord, be terminated and the Term and the estate hereby vested in the Tenant and any and all other rights of the Tenant hereunder

 

25



 

shall thereupon immediately cease and expire and the Rent shall abate and be apportioned to the date of termination. The Tenant shall forthwith pay to the Landlord the rent and all other amounts which may be due to the Landlord up to the date of termination and shall immediately surrender the Demised Premises to the Landlord. The Tenant shall have no claim upon the Landlord for the value of the unexpired Term of this Lease. The parties shall each be entitled to separately advance their claims for compensation for the loss of their respective interests in the Demised Premises and the parties shall each be entitled to receive and retain such compensation as may be awarded to each respectively. If an award of compensation made to the Landlord specifically includes an award for the Tenant, the Landlord will account therefor to the Tenant.

 

13.02                        Relocation      The Landlord and the Tenant hereby covenant and agree that the Landlord shall have the option at any time during the Term of this Lease, and upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to the Tenant, to relocate the Tenant to Alternate Premises of similar size and condition as the existing Premises (the “Alternate Premises”). All Leasehold Improvements required to bring Alternate Premises to a similar condition as the existing Premises shall be done at the sole cost and expense of the Landlord. In the event that the Landlord and the Tenant cannot agree on the size, location or condition of Alternate Premises, then the Landlord shall have the right, thirty (30) days prior to the date upon which the relocation was to take place, to advise the Tenant of its intention to terminate this Lease on the date originally intended for the relocation.

 

13.03                        Regulations Form Part of Agreement      The regulations for the operation of the Building, annexed hereto as Schedule “F”, form part of this Lease and are binding upon the parties hereto.

 

13.04                        Further Regulations      The Landlord shall have the right to make such other and further reasonable regulations as in its judgement may from time to time be necessary for the safety, security, care and cleanliness of the Demised Premises or of the Building and for the preservation of good order therein and such regulations shall be binding upon the parties hereto as if incorporated in this Lease.

 

13.05                        Entire Agreement      This Lease and Schedules hereto constitute the entire agreement and no modification except as by written agreement between the Landlord and the Tenant and neither party is bound by any representation, warranty, promise, agreement or inducement not embodied herein.

 

The Landlord has made no express representations or warranties and disclaims any implied representations or warranties relating to the condition of the Building, Premises, or any part thereof, including, without limitation, the building systems (including the HVAC system), the indoor air quality within the Building and the environmental condition of the Building. The Landlord shall not be liable for any latent or patent defects therein.

 

13.06                        Interpretation      Words importing the singular number only shall include the plural, and words importing firms and corporations shall include persons. Unless the context otherwise requires, the word “Landlord” and the word “Tenant” whenever used herein shall be construed to include their respective successors and permitted assigns, and if the Tenant is not a corporation shall include heirs, executors, and administrators.

 

26



 

13.07                        Loading and Delivery      The delivery and shipping of merchandise, supplies, fixtures, and other materials or goods of whatsoever nature to or from the Premises and all loading, unloading and handling thereof shall be done only at such times, in such areas, by such means, and through such elevators, entrances, malls, and corridors as are designated by and co-ordinated with the Landlord. The Landlord accepts no liability and is hereby relieved and released by Tenant in respect of the operation of delivery facilities, or the adequacy thereof, or of the acts or omission of any person or persons engaged in the operation thereof, or in the acceptance, holding, handling, delivery or dispatch, or failure of any acceptance, holding, handling or dispatch, or any error, negligence or delay therein. Landlord may from time to time make and amend regulations for the orderly and efficient operation of the delivery facilities and may require the payment of reasonable and equitable charges for delivery services and demurrage provided by the Landlord. (Refer to Schedule “F”, Item 4.)

 

13.08                        Temporary Obstruction      When necessary by reason of accident or other cause or in order to make any repairs or alterations or improvements in or relating to the Premises or to other portions of the Centre, the Landlord may cause such reasonable and temporary obstruction of Common Areas as may be necessary and may, for such time as is reasonably necessary, interrupt or suspend the supply to the Premises of heating, air-conditioning, electricity, water, elevator service and other services where necessary and until said repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed. There shall be no abatement in rent because of any such obstruction, interruption or suspension provided that such repairs, alterations or improvements are made as expeditiously as is reasonably possible.

 

13.09                        Right to Alter/Demolish      The Landlord reserves the right to add or permit to be added additional Buildings and Lands to the Centre at any future time or times and shall not be liable to the Tenant for any interference or inconvenience so caused, provided any additional construction is carried out as expeditiously as is reasonably possible.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, the Landlord and the Tenant hereby covenant and agree that the Landlord shall have the right to demolish or substantially renovate or redevelop the Building at any time during the term of this Lease. It is further agreed between the parties that if the Landlord intends to proceed with the demolition or substantial renovation or redevelopment of the Building, and if the said demolition and/or renovation and/or redevelopment of the Building shall directly affect the Premises, then the Landlord shall deliver to the Tenant written notice of its intention to perform the same, and said notice shall stipulate a date, not less than ninety (90) days from the date of said notice, upon which date this Lease shall terminate with the same force and effect as if this Lease had expired by its own terms on that day, and upon which date the Tenant shall deliver the Premises to the Landlord, and all of the Tenant’s rights under the Lease shall be cancelled and terminated as of that date.

 

All materials used in connection with the alteration or refurbishment of the Premises, including, without limitation, paint, carpet, wall or window coverings, carpet glues, and other chemicals, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval. Any such approval shall not be deemed a representation or warranty that the materials so approved are in compliance with laws (including indoor air quality laws) or that same do not affect the indoor air quality in the Premises.

 

27



 

Also, the Tenant must ensure the insurance carried by the contractor names the Landlord as additional insured.

 

13.10                        Merger      The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by the Tenant or the cancellation of this Lease by mutual agreement of the Tenant and the Landlord shall not be considered a merger, and shall, at the Landlord’s option, either terminate all or any subleases and subtenancies or operate as an assignment to the Landlord of all or any subleases or subtenancies. The Landlord’s option hereunder shall be exercised by notice to the Tenant and all sublessees or sub-tenants in the Demised Premises or any part thereof known to the Landlord.

 

13.11                        Applicable Law      This Lease shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia. The parties agree that the courts of such province shall have jurisdiction to determine any matters arising hereunder, except to the extent, if any, expressly provided to the contrary herein, and the parties hereby attorn to the jurisdiction of the courts of such province.

 

13.12                        Binding Effect      It is further agreed between the parties hereto that the signing of this Lease by the Tenant does not constitute a binding agreement until such time as this Lease shall have been accepted by the Landlord, through execution by its proper officers.

 

13.13                        Commissions      The Tenant covenants to pay all brokerage fees, real estate fees and commissions if any, and if not paid by the Tenant, the Landlord has the right to pay any fees or commissions and the Landlord will charge the Tenant for the said amount paid.

 

13.14                        Force Majeure      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if the Landlord hereto shall be bona fide delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance of any term, covenant or act required under the said Lease, by reason of strikes, labour troubles, inability to procure materials, or services, failure of power, restrictive governmental laws and regulations, riots, insurrection, sabotage, rebellion, war, act of God, or other reason whether of a like nature or not, not the fault of the party delayed in performing work or doing acts required under the terms of this Lease, then performance of such Term, covenant or act shall be excused for the period of delay and the period for the performance of any such Term, covenant or act shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay.

 

13.15                        Registration      The Tenant shall not register this Lease or the terms of this Lease in any form.

 

13.16                        Limitation of Landlord’s Liability      If at any time during the Term the Landlord is a partnership, joint venture or co-tenancy, the Tenant shall look solely to the assets of such partnership or joint venture or the co-tenants’ interest in the Centre, whichever shall be the case, for the collection or satisfaction of any money or judgement which the Tenant may recover against the Landlord, and the Tenant shall not look for the collection or satisfaction of any such money or judgement to the personal assets of any person who shall at any time be a partner, joint venturer or co-tenant in or under such partnership, joint venture or co-tenancy.

 

28


 

13.17                        Limitation on Length of Term      This Lease is entered into subject to the express condition that it is to be effective to create any interest in land only if the provisions of any statute relating to the severance of land or interest in land by conveyance or otherwise (as it may from time to time be amended) are complied with. The Landlord and the Tenant agree, as a separate and distinct agreement, that if pursuant to any statute consent is requisite to the validity of this Lease, either party may apply for such consent and until unconditional consent has been obtained, the Term of this Lease or any renewal thereof shall not extend beyond the period permitted without consent pursuant to any such statute, with no further right on the part of the Tenant to extend the Term, notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease.

 

13.18                        Environment      Without limiting the generality of the obligations of the Landlord as set out elsewhere in this Lease, the Landlord and Tenant agree that the Tenant is subject to the obligations of the Tenant set out in this Article (the “Environmental Obligations”).

 

In this Article:

 

(a)            “Hazardous Substance” means any product of waste, contaminant, pollutant, dangerous substance, potentially dangerous substance, noxious substance, toxic substance, hazardous waste, flammable, explosive, radioactive material, chlorofluorocarbons (CFC’s), radon gas, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos, PCBs, gasoline, fuel oil, and any other substances or materials, and includes any Container (as hereinafter defined), declared or defined, at any time and from time to time, to be or to potentially be hazardous, toxic, contaminants or pollutants in or pursuant to any applicable federal, provincial, municipal or quasi-governmental law, statute, regulation, order, by-law or requirement in force from time to time (collectively, in this Article, “Legislation”) including, without limitation, environmental, land use, building, occupational, or health and safety Legislation, Legislation in respect to demolition of buildings, excavation of soil, building materials and component fixtures and fittings, and storage and disposal of waste or effluent, and Legislation with respect to the maintenance, conversion and replacement of Containers; and

 

(b)            “Container” means any equipment, plant, pump, tank, container, receptacle, and any manner, method or procedure, which generates, manufactures, refines, treats, transports, stores, contains, uses, handles, disposes of, transfers, produces or processes Hazardous Substances; and

 

(c)            “Remove” means to remove any Hazardous Substance from all or part of the Leased Premises and includes, without limitation, the removal, cleanup, treatment, transportation, storing, containment, handling, disposal, transfer and/or processing thereof, and “Removed” and “Removals” have similar meanings.

 

The Tenant shall not use or permit or suffer the use, directly or indirectly, of all or part of the Leased Premises for any acts or omissions (“Activities”) that are not in compliance with all Legislation and permits granted thereunder. It shall be the responsibility of the Tenant to obtain all permits necessary for the use of the Hazardous Substances on the Leased Premises.

 

29



 

The Tenant shall:

 

(i)             Ensure that all construction work which is the responsibility of the Tenant under this Lease will comply with all Legislation and without limiting the generality thereof will ensure that anyone working with Hazardous Substances is, where necessary, duly qualified, accredited and registered with all bodies having jurisdiction thereover; and

 

(ii)            Ensure that all construction work which is the responsibility of the Tenant under this Lease, will comply with all Legislation; and

 

(iii)           Remove at its sole cost and risk any Hazardous Substances not stored in a Container kept in accordance with all Legislation. If any such Hazardous Substance is not removed forthwith by the Tenant, the Landlord shall be entitled but shall not be obligated, to remove same on the Tenant’s behalf and the Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord for the cost thereof together with administrative costs equal to fifteen (15%) percent of such costs to the Landlord. The Tenant shall also notify the Landlord if the Tenant receives notice of any violation or alleged violation of any Legislation or that any administrative order is made or is proposed to be made against the Tenant or the Landlord or in respect of any part of the Leased Premises or the Centre in which the Leased Premises is located with respect to any Hazardous Substance and otherwise ensure that the entire premises comply with all Legislation with respect to Hazardous Substances.

 

The Landlord and the Tenant hereby acknowledge that the underground storage tanks, if any, and equipment are not fixtures and that the Tenant will during the Term of this Lease comply with all Legislation relating in any way and that the Tenant will upon termination of this Lease remove the same in accordance with all Legislation.

 

In the event of a material violation of Legislation of a significant release of a noxious substance on or from the Leased Premises, or of the discovery of an environmental condition requiring response which violation, release, or environmental condition is in any way attributable to the negligence, wilful misconduct, or illegal action of the Tenant, its agents, employees, or invitees, the Landlord shall have the right to enter the Leased Premises, to supervise and approve any actions taken by the Tenant to address the material violation, release or environmental condition; and in the event the Tenant fails to lawfully address such violation, release, or environmental condition, the Landlord may perform, at the Tenant’s reasonable expense and without unreasonable interference with the Tenant’s business activity, any lawful actions necessary to address the material violation, significant release, or environmental condition.

 

The Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord and its officers, directors, employees and agents and save it harmless from and against any and all claims, demands and losses in connection with loss of life, personal injury, damage to property or any other loss or injury whatsoever (collectively, the “Losses”), arising from or out of any occurrence in, on, or over the Leased Premises (including the occupancy and use by the Tenant of the Leased Premises, or any part thereof, except as hereinafter provided) caused or arising, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by any acts or omissions permitted or suffered by the Tenant or by anyone permitted or suffered to be on the Leased Premises by the Tenant, (and without limiting the

 

30



 

generality thereof any contractors retained, either expressly or impliedly by Tenant or on behalf of the Tenant) including, without limitation, losses related to Hazardous Substances. If the Landlord shall be made a party to any proceeding commenced by or against the Tenant, the Tenant shall protect, indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord and shall pay all costs, expenses and professional fees (on a solicitor and client basis) incurred or paid by the Landlord in connection with such proceeding. The Tenant shall also pay all such costs, expenses and professional fees that may be incurred or paid by the Landlord in interpreting, amending or enforcing the terms, covenants and conditions in this Article, unless a court shall decide otherwise.

 

The provisions set out in this Clause shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease.

 

The Tenant will cooperate with the Landlord and will, at any time, allow Landlord and Landlord’s representatives access to any Tenant’s records with respect to the Premises for environmental inspection purposes. The Tenant will make available its personnel to respond to interview questions posed by Landlord, Landlord’s representatives, or an environmental consultant.

 

13.19                        Recycling      The Tenant covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply with all present and future laws, orders, and regulations of all provincial, federal, municipal, and local governments, departments, commissions, and boards regarding the collection, sorting, separation, and recycling of waste products, garbage, refuse, and trash. Tenant shall sort and separate such waste products, garbage, refuse, and trash into such categories as provided by law. Each separately sorted category of waste products, garbage, refuse, and trash shall be placed in separate receptacles reasonably approved by the Landlord. Such separate receptacles may, at the Landlord’s option, be removed from the Demised Premises in accordance with a collection schedule prescribed by law. Also, at the Landlord’s option the Landlord shall sort and separate all waste products, garbage, refuse and trash and charge the Tenant all costs involved in such recycling.

 

The Landlord reserves the right to refuse to collect or accept from the Tenant any waste products, garbage, refuse, or trash that is not separated and sorted as required by law, and to require the Tenant to arrange for such collection at the Tenant’s sole cost and expense, utilizing a contractor satisfactory to the Landlord. The Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, fines, penalties, or damages that may be imposed on the Landlord or the Tenant by reason of the Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article, and, at the Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall indemnify, defend, and hold the Landlord harmless (including legal fees and expenses) from and against any actions, claims, and suits arising from such noncompliance, utilizing counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Landlord.

 

13.20                        No Exclusive      The Tenant does not have the benefit of an exclusive-use restriction and nothing in the Lease will be implied to give the Tenant the benefit of one, even where other tenants in the Building or the Centre may compete with the Tenant’s business.

 

13.21                        Shorter Statute of Limitations      Any claim, demand, right, or defense by the Tenant that arises out of this Lease or the negotiations that preceded this Lease shall be barred unless the Tenant commences an action thereon, or interposes a defense by reason

 

31



 

thereof, within six months after the date of the inaction, omission, event, or action that gave rise to such claim, demand, right, or defense.

 

The Tenant acknowledges and understands, after having consulted with its legal counsel, that the purpose of the above paragraph is to shorten the period within which the Tenant would otherwise have to raise such claims, demands, rights, or defenses under applicable laws.

 

13.22                        No Presumption against Drafter      The Landlord and the Tenant understand, agree, and acknowledge that this Lease has been freely negotiated by both parties; and that, in any controversy, dispute, or contest over the meaning, interpretation, validity, or enforceability of this Lease or any of its terms or conditions, there shall be no inference, presumption, or conclusion drawn whatsoever against either party by virtue of that party having drafted this Lease or any portion thereof.

 

13.23                        Indemnifier     Deleted in its entirety.

 

ARTICLE 14.00       NOTICE

 

14.01                        Notice

 

(a)            Any written notice or demand to be given by the Tenant to the Landlord pursuant to this Lease shall be served upon the Landlord personally or sent by registered mail or by courier service to the Landlord, Attention: The President, 115 King Street, Stellarton, Nova Scotia, B0K 1S0, or to the address as designated by the Landlord from time to time in writing with a copy to the Comptroller and the Property Administration Office.

 

(b)            Any written notice or demand to be given by the Landlord to the Tenant and/or Indemnifier pursuant to this Lease shall be served upon the Tenant and/or Indemnifier personally or sent by registered mail or by courier service to the Tenant at the Premises or to the Tenant and/or Indemnifier at such other address as the Tenant and/or Indemnifier may designate from time to time in writing.

 

32



 

(c)            Any notice served hereunder by registered mail or by courier service shall, except for delays caused by interruption of postal or courier service through strikes or lockouts, be deemed delivered on the second business day following mailing or delivery to the courier service,

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this indenture by affixing their corporate seals by their authorized officers in that behalf, or by the Tenant’s signature hereto, as at the date first above written.

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED
in the presence of

 

 

 

 

CROMBIE DEVELOPMENTS LIMITED

 

 

(the “Landlord”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Garth MacDonald

 

/s/ Jane MacMillan

 

 

 

 

Witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WEST END CAPITAL SERVICES (HALIFAX) LIMITED

 

 

(the “Tenant”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Rebecca Gasek

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

 

Witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

 

33



 

SCHEDULE “A”

 

 

Cogswell Tower

 

7th Floor

 

 

 

Initial Landlord 

/s/ GM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant 

/s/ RG

 



 

SCHEDULE “B”

 

COGSWELL TOWER

2000 BARRINGTON STREET

HALIFAX, NS    B3J 3K1

 

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

 

ALL that certain lot, piece or parcel of land situate, lying and being in the City of Halifax, bounded by Duke Street, Market Street, Cogswell Street and Barrington Street, as shown bordered in red on plan entitled, “Scotia Square Boundary of Stages 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9”, dated January 26, 1970, and being on file in the office of the City Engineer for the City of Halifax, at City Hall, Halifax as Plan No. TT-10-17910; the said land being more particularly described as follows:

 

BEGINNING at a point on the western official street line of Barrington Street distant northwardly ten feet (10') from the point of intersection of the said western official street line of Barrington Street and the official northern street line of Duke Street.

 

THENCE southwestwardly by an internal angle of one hundred and thirty-four degrees fifty-four minutes fifteen seconds (134E 54'15") to the aforesaid western official street line of Barrington Street, for a distance of fourteen feet and fourteen hundredths of a foot (14.14') to the said official northern street line of Duke Street;

 

THENCE westwardly along the said proposed northern street line of Duke Street for a distance of two hundred twenty-six feet and seventy-four hundredths of a foot (226.74');

 

THENCE westwardly by a deflection angle to the right of seven degrees seven minutes thirty seconds (07E 07'30") for a distance of eighty feet and sixty-three hundredths of a foot (80.63');

 

THENCE westwardly by a deflection angle to the left of seven degrees seven minutes thirty seconds (07E 07'30") for a distance of eighty-one and ninety-four hundredths of a foot (81.94');

 

THENCE southwestwardly by a deflection angle to the left twelve degrees forty-eight minutes fifteen seconds (12E 48'15") for a distance of forty-five feet and twelve hundredths of a foot (45.12');

 

THENCE westwardly by a deflection angle to the right of twelve degrees forty-eight minutes fifteen seconds (12E 48'15") for a distance of twenty-three feet (23');

 

THENCE northwestwardly by an internal angle of one hundred thirty-five degrees thirty-six seconds (135E 00'36") to the said official northern street lined Duke Street for a distance of fourteen feet and fourteen hundredths of a foot (14.14') to the official eastern street line of Market Street;

 

 

/s/ GM

 



 

THENCE northwardly along the said proposed eastern street line of Market Street for a distance of eight hundred seventy-nine feet and twenty-eight hundredths of a foot (879.28') to the official southern street line of Cogswell Street;

 

THENCE eastwardly along the said proposed southern street line of Cogswell Street for a distance of one hundred eighty-nine feet and ninety-six hundredths of a foot (189.96') to the beginning of a curve to the right having a radius of one hundred ninety-eight feet and sixty-eight hundredths of a foot (198.68');

 

THENCE in a generally southeastwardly direction along the said curve to the right have a radius of one hundred ninety-eight feet and sixty-eight hundredths of a foot (198.68') being the official southwestern street line of Cogswell for a distance of one hundred seventy-three feet and ninety-six hundredths of a foot (173.96') to the end of the aforesaid curve to the right having a radius of one hundred ninety-eight feet and sixty-eight hundredths of a foot (198.68');

 

THENCE continuing southwardly along the said official southwestern street line of Cogswell Street for a distance of one hundred two feet and thirty-nine hundredths of a foot (102.39') to the beginning of a second curve to the right having a radius of one hundred forty-two feet and thirty-two hundredths of a foot (142.32');

 

THENCE southeastwardly and southwardly along the said second curve to the right having a radius of one hundred forty-two feet and thirty-two hundredths of a foot (142.32') being the official southwestern street line of Barrington Street for a distance of ninety-six feet and sixteen hundredths of a foot (96.16') to the end of the aforesaid second curve to the right having a radius of one hundred forty-two feet and thirty-two hundredths of a foot (142.32');

 

THENCE southwardly along the official western street line of Barrington Street for a distance of two hundred ninety-nine feet and twenty-one hundredths of a foot (299.21') to the western official street line of Barrington Street;

 

THENCE southwardly along the said western street line of Barrington Street for a distance of fifty-four feet and forty-one hundredths of a foot (54.41');

 

THENCE continuing southeastwardly along the said official southwestern street line of Cogswell Street for a distance of one hundred two feet and thirty-nine hundredths of a foot (102.39') to the beginning of a second curve to the right having a radius of one hundred forty-two feet and thirty-two hundredths of a foot (142.32').

 

 

Initial Landlord 

/s/ GM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant 

/s/ RG

 

2



 

SCHEDULE “C”

 

1.00                         LANDLORD’S WORK

 

1.01                          The Premises shall be turned over to the Tenant on an “as-is, where-is” basis.

 

2.00                         TENANT’S WORK

 

2.01                          Other than as stated above, the Tenant Shall Supply to the Demised Premises:

 

(a)            All internal partitioning, including decorating.

 

(b)            All electrical and telephone outlets, light switching and the necessary wiring from the electrical room. Minimum light switching 1 switch for each 900 square feet.

 

(c)            All special air-conditioning, heating and ventilation requirements over and above the Building standard including all operational costs associated therewith.

 

(d)            All plumbing and mechanical changes, subject to the prior written approval of the Landlord.

 

(e)            All other special requirements, such as telephone conduit and service, additional or relocation of lighting fixtures and wiring made necessary by the Tenant’s plan, all subject to final approval of the Landlord.

 

(f)             Supply and installation of electrical and water meters to computers or other specialized equipment.

 

 

 

Initial Landlord 

/s/ GM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant 

/s/ RG

 



 

SCHEDULE D

 

1.00                         TAXES

 

1.01                          In this Schedule

 

(a)            TAX ” means all taxes, rates, duties and levies payable by the Landlord in respect of the Building and the Lands described in Schedule “B” of the Lease, upon which the Demised Premises are located.

 

(b)            If “ TAX ” as herein defined increases by reason of any installation made in or upon, or any alterations made in or upon the Demised Premises by the Tenant, the Tenant shall pay the amount of such increase as Additional Rent.

 

(c)            The Tenant shall pay the Landlord as Additional Rent the “Tenant’s Proportionate Share of “Tax” which shall be the proportion thereof equal to the product obtained by multiplying “Tax” by a fraction the numerator of which is the floor area of the Demised Premises and the denominator of which is the aggregate of all Rentable Space in the Building of which the Demised Premises form a part.

 

(d)            The Landlord shall determine the appropriate percentage of municipal taxes and fire protection rates payable by the Landlord in respect of the Building and the Lands described in Schedule “B” of the Lease.

 

(e)            The Tenant covenants to pay to the Landlord as Additional Rent at the same times and in the same manner as the Tenant’s Proportionate Share of tax, defined in paragraph 1.01 (c) of this Schedule, the Tenant’s proportionate share of all business occupancy tax from time to time payable by the Landlord in respect of the Common Areas of the Building.

 

1.02                         The Landlord reserves the right to invoice the Tenant for their proportionate share of taxes on the same basis and manner upon which the Landlord is invoiced for such taxes as contained in this Schedule, by the Taxing Authority. The Tenant agrees to pay as Additional Rent such taxes as determined aforesaid within thirty (30) days of the Landlord rendering its account for same to the Tenant.

 

1.03                         The Tenant covenants to pay as and when they fall due all taxes and rates charged in connection with the occupancy of the Demised Premises or assessed or levied in respect of any business or other activity carried on upon the Demised Premises or in respect of the Tenant’s property, fixtures or equipment and to indemnify and reimburse the Landlord upon demand for any of such taxes which may be assessed to and payable by or paid by the Landlord.

 

 

 

Initial Landlord 

/s/ GM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant 

/s/ RG

 



 

SCHEDULE “E”

 

1.00                         OPERATING COSTS

 

(a)            The Tenant agrees to pay to the Landlord, as Additional Rent, a proportionate share determined in the manner prescribed in this Clause of the Operating Costs of the Building, which the Landlord deems to be applicable to the operation of the Building.

 

(b)            “Operating Costs” shall, for the purpose of this Clause, include amounts paid or allocated by the Landlord or by others on behalf of the Landlord for the operation of the Building and for complete maintenance, repair and janitorial services for the Building or components therein and Land or components thereon provided that if the Building is less than one hundred percent (100%) occupied during any part of a calendar year, Operating Costs shall mean the amount obtained by adjusting the actual Operating Costs for such calendar year to a one hundred percent (100%) Building occupancy level, such adjustment to be made by adding to the actual Operating Costs during such calendar year such additional costs as would have been incurred if the Building had been one hundred (100%) percent occupied. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Costs shall include, without duplication; the costs of all repairs required in the maintenance of the Building, electricity not otherwise chargeable to the Tenant, air-conditioning and window cleaning, all fire, casualty, liability and other insurance, the amount paid under service contracts with independent contractors, salaries, wages and other remuneration and the costs of benefits paid to employees of the Landlord engaged in administering, operating and maintaining the Building the fair market rental value, prevailing from time to time, of space occupied by the Landlord’s agents or employees for administrative, supervisory or management purposes relating to the Building and the Land and all other expenses paid or payable by the Landlord in connection with the operation of the Building but excluding taxes and capital expenditures, excepting those amounts expended of a capital nature, which in the Landlord’s opinion will reduce energy consumption or improve efficiency for the purpose of reducing Operating Costs. Any provision for depreciation on or in respect of the Building, interest on debt or capital retirement of debt and any amounts directly chargeable by the Landlord to any tenant or tenants of the Building or the proceeds realized by the Landlord from any insurance claims made by the Landlord in connection with repairs or rebuilding done by the Landlord, will be excluded in computing Operating Costs.

 

(c)            There shall be included in Operating Costs, management and/or administration fees equal to fifteen percent (15%) of Clause 1:00 (b) above.

 

 

 

Initial Landlord  

/s/ GM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant 

/s/ RG

 



 

(d)            The Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be the same proportion of the Operating Costs of the Building which the Landlord deems to be applicable to the operation of the Building as the total floor area of the Demised Premises bears to the total floor area of the Rentable Space in the Building.

 

(e)            Prior to the beginning of each calendar year or as soon thereafter as possible, the Landlord shall furnish the Tenant with a statement showing an estimate of Operating Costs. The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the said estimated cost in equal monthly instalments on the first day of each month throughout the calendar year.

 

(f)             Within a reasonable period of time following the end of each calendar year, the Landlord shall furnish the Tenant with an audited statement of the actual Operating Costs of the Building which the Landlord deems to be applicable to the operation of the Building thereof and the actual amount thereof payable by the Tenant, showing in reasonable detail all information relevant and necessary to the exact calculation and determination thereof. If such amount is greater or less than the payment on account thereof made by the Tenant, adjustments will be made between the parties hereto within thirty (30) days after delivery of such statement.

 

 

 

Initial Landlord 

/s/ GM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant 

/s/ RG

 

2



 

SCHEDULE “F”

 

1.00                         REGULATIONS

 

1.01                          REFUSE:      The Tenant shall keep the Demised Premises free of rubbish and debris at all times and shall provide receptacles for waste and rubbish.

 

1.02                          CLEANLINESS:      The Tenant shall leave the Demised Premises in a reasonably tidy condition at the end of each business day to facilitate the performance by the Landlord of the cleaning services referred to in the Lease.

 

1.03                          FIRE PRECAUTIONS:       The Tenant shall at all times exercise and take reasonable precautions to protect the Demised Premises against damage by fire or other cause.

 

1.04                          OBSTRUCTIONS:      The Tenant shall not encumber or obstruct the hallways, passageways, stairways, elevators, emergency exits or other parts of the Common Areas of the Building or allow the same to be encumbered or obstructed, or used for any purpose other than ingress to and egress from the Demised Premises.

 

1.05                          MERCHANDISE DISPLAY:       The Tenant shall not without prior consent in writing keep or display any merchandise in any area of the Building other that the Demised Premises.

 

1.06                          QUIET USE OF PREMISES:       The Tenant shall not cause or permit any unusual or objectionable noises or odours to emanate from the Demised Premises of the Building. If the Tenant desires telegraphic or telephonic connections, the Landlord will direct the electricians as to where and how the wires are to be introduced, and without such directions no boring or cutting of wires will be permitted. No pipes or electric wires will be permitted which have not been ordered or authorized in writing by the Landlord.

 

1.07                          PROPER CONDUCT:       Any business or other activity carried on by the Tenant which may harm or tend to harm the business or reputation of the Landlord, or reflect or tend to reflect unfavourably on the operation of the Building as a first class office building shall be immediately discontinued by the Tenant at the request of the Landlord.

 

1.08                          WATER FIXTURES:       The toilets, wash basins and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, or other substances shall be thrown therein. All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by the Tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused the same.

 

 

 

Initial Landlord 

/s/ GM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant 

/s/ RG

 



 

1.09                          BICYCLES, ANIMALS:      No bicycles, vehicles or animals or birds of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about Building or Demised Premises.

 

1.10                          USE OF PREMISES:      The Demised Premises shall not be used for lodging, for sleeping or for any illegal purpose and no cooking shall be done therein without the written consent to the Landlord. No part of the Demised Premises shall be used for manufacturing, for the storage of merchandise, or for the sale of merchandise, goods or property of any kind.

 

1.11                          HAZARDOUS MATERIALS:      The Tenant shall not bring or keep upon the Demised Premises any corrosive, inflammable, combustible, explosive, or other hazardous materials.

 

1.12                          LOCKS:      The Tenant shall not place any additional locks or bolts of any kind upon any of the doors of the Demised Premises or change any of the existing locks or mechanisms thereof, as supplied by the Landlord.

 

1.13                          BUILDING SECURITY:      The Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building, at all times except the normal business hours, all persons who do not present a pass to the Building issued by the Landlord at the Tenant’s expense or upon instructions from the Tenant. Each tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom such passes are issued and shall be liable to the Landlord for all those persons. The Landlord may require such persons to register in books kept by the Landlord when entering and leaving. The Landlord shall be under no responsibility for failure to enforce this regulation.

 

1.14                          TRANSPORTING OF GOODS:      The carrying in or out of safes, freight furniture or bulky matter of any description must take place during the hours which the Landlord or its agents may determine from time to time. The Landlord reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all freight which violates any of these regulations or through the Building and the equipment to be used by the Tenant and all damage to the Building occasioned thereby shall be repaired at the expense of the Tenant. Only hand trucks equipped with rubber tires and sideguards and such other safeguards as the Landlord may require shall be used in the delivery of transportation of goods or materials in the Building.

 

1.15                          SOLICITATION:      Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building without the express permission of the Landlord is prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

 

1.16                          WORK REQUESTS:      The requirements of the tenants of the Building will be attended to only upon application at the office of the Landlord. Building service employees shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties, unless under special instruction from the Landlord.

 

 

 

Initial Landlord 

/s/ GM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant 

/s/ RG

 

2



 

1.17                          WINDOW CLEANING:      The Tenant shall permit window cleaners to clean the windows of the Demised Premises during normal business hours.

 

1.18                          SALE OF FOOD ITEMS:      The Tenant shall not install or permit the installation or use of any machine dispensing goods for sale in the Demised Premises of the Building or permit the delivery of any food or beverage to the Demised Premises without the approval of the Landlord or in contravention of any regulations fixed or to be fixed by the Landlord. Only persons authorized by the Landlord shall be permitted to deliver or to use the elevator in the Building for the purpose of delivering food or beverages to the Demised Premises.

 

1.19                          ENCUMBRANCES:      Tenants or other occupants shall not encumber the window sills, or any part of the Building or Demised Premises with goods, packages, flower pots or any other articles.

 

1.20                          OBSTRUCTION OF HVAC UNITS:      The Tenant shall not place furniture, or other objects so as to impede the air circulation of the Heating Ventilation and Air-conditioning System.

 

1.21                          SMOKING:      The Tenant, employees and invitees, shall not be permitted at any time to smoke tobacco products anywhere in the Common Areas of the Building. Common Area includes elevators, elevator lobbies, corridors, washrooms, stairwells, stair landings, interior and exterior building entrances and main building lobby.

 

1.22                          HAZARDOUS WASTE:      The Tenant shall not store, warehouse, transport within the Demised Premises any toxic, hazardous chemicals or substances without the prior knowledge and approval of the Landlord. Such chemicals or substances are to be maintained and stored as per “Hazardous Waste and Disposal Act” and any other such precautions as may be now or in the future required by law; failure to strictly comply with such requirements constitutes an event of default allowing the Landlord the right in the Landlord’s sole discretion, to exercise any remedy available under the Lease, including terminations of this Lease.

 

 

 

Initial Landlord 

/s/ GM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant 

/s/ RG

 

3



 

THIS AMENDING AGREEMENT dated the 16th day of August, 2005

 

BETWEEN:

 

CROMBIE DEVELOPMENTS LIMITED

(Hereinafter called the “Landlord”)

 

OF THE FIRST PART

 

-and-

 

WEST END CAPITAL SERVICES (HALIFAX) LIMITED

(Hereinafter called the “Tenant”)

 

OF THE SECOND PART

 

WHEREAS the Landlord and the Tenant entered into a Lease dated the 26th day of July, 2005 (the “Lease”), for premises located in the Cogswell Tower , on Barrington Street , in the Halifax Regional Municipality , Province of Nova Scotia ;

 

AND WHEREAS the Landlord and the Tenant wish to amend the Lease to reflect the addition to the Demised Premises of 566 square feet, being that area outlined in green on the plan annexed hereto as Schedule “A-1”, thereby increasing the Demised Premises from 2,320 square feet to 2,886 square feet, being that area outlined in red on the plan annexed hereto as Schedule “A-1”, to take effect on the 15th day of August, 2005 .

 

WITNESSETH that in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto respectively covenant and agree each with the other as follows:

 

1.                                              Page 1 , Article 1.01 (a), Area of Premises , of the Lease is amended effective on the 1 5th day of August, 2005 by deleting the present article and substituting therefor the following:

 

AREA OF PREMISES         (a) 2,886 square feet more or less located on the 7 th  floor of the Building.

 

2.                                              Schedule “A” of the Lease is amended effective on the 15th day of August, 2005 by deleting the present Schedule “A” and substituting therefor Schedule “A-1”, annexed hereto.

 

3.                                              Schedule “C” of the Lease is amended effective on the 15th day of August, 2005 by deleting the present Schedule “C” and substituting therefor Schedule “C-1”, annexed hereto.

 

4.                                              All other terms and conditions of the Lease shall, save for Paragraph(s) 1, 2 and 3 hereof, remain the same and unaltered and shall continue in full force and effect.

 



 

5.                                              This Amending Agreement is incorporated in and made an integral part of the Lease and shall therefore be subject to its terms and conditions in the same manner as if the amendments herein were original clauses of the Lease.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto have property executed These Presents the day and year first above written.

 

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

in the presence of

 

 

 

 

CROMBIE DEVELOPMENTS LIMITED

 

 

       (the “Landlord”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Garth MacDonald

 

/s/ Jane MacMillan

 

 

 

 

Witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WEST END CAPITAL SERVICES (HALIFAX) LIMITED

 

 

(the “Tenant”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Rebecca Gasek

 

/s/

 

 

 

 

Witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

 

2



 

SCHEDULE “A-1”

 

 

Cogswell Tower

 

7th Floor

 

 

Initials Landlord 

/s/ GM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant 

/s/ RG

 



 

SCHEDULE “C-1”

 

1.00                          LANDLORD’S WORK

 

1.01                          The Premises shall be turned over to the Tenant on an “as-is, where-is” basis with the following leasehold improvements performed by the Landlord:

 

      supply, install and paint new demising walls to be slab to underside of dropped ceiling and have sound batt insulation in new demising walls;

      light switches to control lights in this suite only; and

      remove partition between existing premises and expansion premsies.

 

2.00                          TENANT’S WORK

 

2.01                          Other than as stated above, the Tenant Shall Supply to the Demised Premises:

 

(a)            All internal partitioning, including decorating.

 

(b)            All electrical and telephone outlets, light switching and the necessary wiring from the electrical room. Minimum light switching 1 switch for each 900 square feet.

 

(c)            All special air-conditioning, heating and ventilation requirements over and above the Building standard including all operational costs associated therewith.

 

(d)            All plumbing and mechanical changes, subject to the prior written approval of the Landlord.

 

(e)            All other special requirements, such as telephone conduit and service, additional or relocation of lighting fixtures and wiring made necessary by the Tenant’s plan, all subject to final approval of the Landlord.

 

(f)             Supply and installation of electrical and water meters to computers or other specialized equipment.

 

 

 

Initials Landlord 

/s/ GM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant 

/s/ RG

 


 

THIS AMENDING AGREEMENT dated the 20th day of March, 2006

 

BETWEEN:

 

CROMBIE DEVELOPMENTS LIMITED

(Hereinafter called the “Landlord”)

 

OF THE FIRST PART

 

-and-

 

WEST END CAPITAL SERVICES (HALIFAX) LIMITED

(Hereinafter called the “Tenant”)

 

OF THE SECOND PART

 

WHEREAS the Landlord and the Tenant entered into a Lease dated the 26th day of July, 2005 and an Amending Agreement dated the 16th day of August, 2005 (collectively known as the “Lease”), for premises located in the Cogswell Tower , on Barrington Street , in the Halifax Regional Municipality , Province of Nova Scotia ;

 

AND WHEREAS the Landlord and the Tenant wish to amend the Lease to reflect the addition to the Demised Premises of 1,557 square feet, being that area outlined in green on the plan annexed hereto as Schedule “A-2” , thereby increasing the Demised Premises from 2,955 square feet to 4,512 square feet, being that area outlined in blue on the plan annexed hereto as Schedule “A-2” , to take effect on the 1st day of April, 2006 .

 

AND WHEREAS the Landlord and the Tenant wish to amend the Lease to reflect the deletion to the Demised Premises of 348 square feet, being that area outlined in orange on the plan annexed hereto as Schedule “A-2” , thereby decreasing the Demised Premises from 4,512 square feet to 4,164 square feet, being that area outlined in red on the plan annexed hereto as Schedule “A-2” , to take effect on the 1st day of April, 2006 .

 

WITNESSETH that in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto respectively covenant and agree each with the other as follows:

 

1.                                              Page 1, Article 1.01 (a), Area of Premises , of the Lease is amended effective on the 1st day of April, 2006 by deleting the present article and substituting therefor the following:

 

AREA OF PREMISES:        (a) 4,164 square feet, more or less, located on the 7th floor of the Building.

 



 

2.                                                                                                                                        The Landlord hereby grants and the Tenant accepts a renewal of the Lease for a period of three (3) year(s) commencing July 1 , 2008 and terminating on June 30, 2011 upon the terms, conditions and rents as hereinafter set forth.

 

3.                                                                                                                                        Page 1, Article 1.01 (d), Minimum Rent, of the Lease is amended effective on the 1st day of April, 2006 by deleting the present article and substituting therefor the following:

 

MINIMUM RENT:        Commencing April 1, 2006 and ending June 30, 2008 –

On 2,955 square feet, ten dollars and fifty cents ($10.50) per square foot per annum, plus HST; and

On 1,209 square feet, eleven dollars and zero cents ($11.00) per square foot per annum, plus HST; and

 

Commencing July 1, 2008 and ending June 30, 2011 –

On the entire 4,164 square feet, eleven dollars and zero cents ($11.00) per square foot per annum, plus HST.

 

4.                                                                                                                                        Page 2, Article 15.01, Fixturing Period, shall be added to the Lease effective on the 1st day of April, 2006 as the following:

 

FIXTURING PERIOD:  On 1,209 square feet only, the Landlord and the Tenant hereby covenant and agree that the Tenant shall have a seven (7) day Fixturing Period commencing on March 24, 2006 and expiring on March 31, 2006 or expiring the day before the date the Tenant commences its business operations to the public from the Demised Premises, whichever is earlier. During this period, the Tenant shall not be responsible for the payment of Minimum and Additional Rents. The Tenant shall however be responsible for the payment of utilities consumed on the Premises during this Fixturing Period and business taxes.

 

During the Fixturing Period, the Tenant shall do all the Tenant’s Work within the confines of the Demised Premises, shall comply with all rules and regulations set by the Landlord for the conduct of such work, and shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Lease, including the provisions relating to the liability of the Tenant for its acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of its servants, agents or employees, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Landlord with respect thereto.

 

5.                                              Schedule “A-1” of the Lease is amended effective on the 1st day of April, 2006 by deleting the present Schedule “A-1” and substituting therefor Schedule “A-2” , annexed hereto.

 

6.                                              Schedule “C-1” , Landlord’s Work, of the Lease is amended effective on the 1st day of April, 2006 by deleting the present Schedule “C-1” and substituting therefor Schedule “C-2” , annexed hereto.

 

2



 

7.                                             All other terms and condition of the Lease shall, save for Paragraph(s) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 hereof, remain the same and unaltered and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

8.                                             This Amending Agreement is incorporated in and made an intergral part of the Lease and shall therefore be subject to its terms and conditions in the same manner as if the amendments herein were original clauses of the Lease.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto have properly executed These Presents the day and year first above written.

 

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED
in the presence of

 

 

 

 

CROMBIE DEVELOPMENTS LIMITED

 

 

(the “Landlord”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

/s/ Karen Rhyno

 

 

 

 

Witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WEST END CAPITAL SERVICES (HALIFAX) LIMITED

 

 

(the “Tenant”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ REBECCA GASEK

 

/s/

 

 

Rebecca Gasek

 

Witness

 

 

Counsel

 

 

 

 

West End Capital Services

 

 

 

 

(Halifax) Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ DEANNA BEELER

 

 

 

 

Financial Controller

 

 

 

 

West End Capital Services

 

 

 

 

(Halifax) Limited

 

 

3



 

SCHEDULE “A-2”

 

 

 

Cogswell Tower

 

7th Floor

 

 

Initial Landlord  

/s/ GM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant 

/s/ RG and DB

 



 

SCHEDULE “C-2”

 

1.00                         LANDLORD’S WORK

 

1.01                         The Premises shall be turned over to the Tenant on an “as-is, where-is” basis with the following leasehold improvements performed by the Landlord:

 

      Build 30 feet of demising wall outlined in blue on Schedule “C-2”, Page 2 annexed hereto; and

      Remove approximately 5 feet of demising wall outlined in yellow on Schedule “C-2”, Page 2 annexed hereto.

 

2.00                         TENANT’S WORK

 

2.01                          Other than as stated above, the Tenant Shall Supply to the Demised Premises:

 

(a)            All internal partitioning, including decorating.

 

(b)            All electrical and telephone outlets, light switching and the necessary wiring from the electrical room. Minimum light switching 1 switch for each 900 square feet.

 

(c)            All special air-conditioning, heating and ventilation requirements over and above the Building standard including all operational costs associated therewith.

 

(d)            All plumbing and mechanical changes, subject to the prior written approval of the Landlord.

 

(e)            All other special requirements, such as telephone conduit and service, additional or relocation of lighting fixtures and wiring made necessary by the Tenant’s plan, all subject to final approval of the Landlord.

 

(f)             Supply and installation of electrical and water meters to computers or other specialized equipment.

 

 

 

Initials Landlord  

/s/ GM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant 

/s/ RG and DB

 

1



 

SCHEDULE “C-2”

 

 

 

Suite 214
2000 Barrington St.
Halifax,
Nova Scotia

 

Title:I

 

 

 

 

 

Drawing No.

 

 

7TH FLOOR COGSWELL TOWER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scale: NTS

 

Drawn by: JC

 

Initials Landlord

/s/ GM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: 16Feb2006

 

File No.

 

Tenant

/s/ RG and DB

 

2



 

THIS AMENDING AGREEMENT dated the 1st day of May, 2006

 

BETWEEN:

 

CROMBIE DEVELOPMENTS LIMITED

(Hereinafter called the “Landlord”)

 

OF THE FIRST PART

 

- and -

 

WEST END CAPITAL SERVICES (HALIFAX) LIMITED

(Hereinafter called the “Tenant”)

 

OF THE SECOND PART

 

WHEREAS the Landlord and the Tenant entered into a Lease dated the 26th day of July, 2005, Amending Agreements dated the 16 th day of August, 2005 and the 20 th day of March 2006 (collectively known as the “Lease”), for premises located in the Cogswell Tower , on Barrington Street , in the Halifax Regional Municipality , Province of Nova Scotia ;

 

AND WHEREAS the Landlord and the Tenant wish to amend the Lease to reflect the addition to the Demised Premises of 1 ,254 square feet, being that area outlined in green on the plan annexed hereto as Schedule “A-3” , thereby increasing the Demised Premises from 4,164 square feet to 5,418 square feet, being that area outlined in red on the plan annexed hereto as Schedule “A-3” , to take effect on the 1 st day of August, 2006 or the date the Tenant commences its business operations from the 1,254 square feet outlined in green on Schedule “A-3”, annexed hereto, whichever is earlier.

 

WITNESSETH that in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto respectively covenant and agree each with the other as follows:

 

1.                                              Page 1, Article 1.01 (a), Area of Premises, of the Lease is amended effective on the 1st day of August, 2006 or the date the Tenant commences its business operations from the 1,254 square feet outlined in green on Schedule “A-3”, whichever is earlier, by deleting the present article and substituting therefore the following:

 

Area of Premises                   5,418 square feet, more or less, located on the 7 th floor of the Building,

 

2.                                              Page 1, Article 1.01 (d), Minimum Rent, of the Lease is amended effective on the 1 st day of August, 2006 or the date the Tenant commences its business operations from the 1,254 square feet outlined in green on Schedule “A-3”, whichever is earlier, by deleting the present article and substituting therefor the following:

 



 

Minimum Rent                       On 2,955 square feet - Commencing August 1, 2006 an ending June 30, 2008 – Ten dollars and fifty cents ($10.50) per square foot per annum, plus HST; and On 1,209 square feet - Commencing August 1, 2006 and ending June 30, 2008 – Eleven dollars and zero cents ($11.00) per square foot per annum, plus HST; and

 

On 1,254 square feet - Commencing August 1, 2006 or the date the Tenant commences its business operations from the 1,254 square feet outlined in green on Schedule “A-3”, whichever is earlier, and ending June 30, 2008 – Eleven dollars and zero cents ($11.00) per square foot per annum, plus HST; and

 

On 5,418 square feet – Commencing July 1, 2008 and ending June 30, 2011 – Eleven dollars and zero cents ($11.00) per square foot per annum, plus HST.

 

3.                                              Page 2, Article 15.01, Fixturing Period, of the Lease is amending effective 1st day of August, 2006 or the date the Tenant commences its business operations from the 1,254 square feet outlined in green on Schedule “A-3”, whichever is earlier, by deleting the present article and substituting therefore the following:

 

FIXTURING PERIOD:    On 1,254 square feet only, the Landlord and the Tenant hereby covenant and agree that the Tenant shall have a Fixturing Period commencing on the date this Agreement is fully executed by both parties and expiring on July 31, 2006 or expiring the day before the date the Tenant commences its business operations to the public from the Demised Premises, whichever is earlier. During this period, the Tenant shall not be responsible for the payment of Minimum and Additional Rents. The Tenant shall however be responsible for the payment of utilities consumed on the Premises during this Fixturing Period and business taxes.

 

During the Fixturing Period, the Tenant shall do all the Tenant’s Work within the confines of the Demised Premises, shall comply with all rules and regulations set by the Landlord for the conduct of such work, and shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Lease, including the provisions relating to the liability of the Tenant for its acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of its servants, agents or employees, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Landlord with respect thereto.

 

4.                                              Schedule “A-2” of the Lease is amended effective on the 1st day of August, 2006 or the date the Tenant commences its business operations from the 1,254 square feet outlined in green on Schedule “A-3”, whichever is earlier, by deleting the present Schedule “A-2” and substituting therefor Schedule “A-3”, annexed hereto.

 

5.                                              Schedule “C-2” of the Lease is amended effective on the 1st day of August, 2006 or the date the Tenant commences its business operations from the 1,254 square feet outlined in green on Schedule “A-3”, whichever is earlier, by deleting the present Schedule “C-2” and substituting therefor Schedule “C-3”, annexed hereto.

 

6.                                              All other terms and conditions of the Lease shall, save for Paragraph(s) 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 hereof, remain the same and unaltered and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

2



 

7.                                              This Amending Agreement is incorporated in and made an integral part of the Lease and shall therefore be subject to its terms and conditions in the same manner as if the amendments herein were original clauses of the Lease.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto have properly executed These Presents the day and year first above written.

 

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

in the presence of

 

 

 

CROMBIE DEVELOPMENTS LIMITED

 

 

       (the “Landlord”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Garth MacDonald

 

/s/ Jane MacMillan

 

 

 

 

Witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WEST END CAPITAL SERVICES (HALIFAX) LIMITED

 

 

(the “Tenant”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

/s/ Deanna Beeler

 

 

 

 

 

Witness

 

 

Rebecca Gasek

DEANNA BEELER

 

 

 

Legal Counsel

Financial Controller

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Halifax) Limited

 

 

3



 

SCHEDULE “A-3”

 

 

Cogswell Tower

 

7th Floor

 

 

Initial Landlord  

/s/ GM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant. 

/s/ RG

 



 

SCHEDULE “C-3”

 

1.00                          LANDLORD’S WORK

 

1.01                          The Premises of 1,254 square feet outlined on Schedule “A-3, annexed hereto, shall be turned over to the Tenant on an “as-is, where-is” basis with the following leasehold improvements performed by the Landlord:

 

      As-is, where-is.

 

2.00                          TENANT’S WORK

 

2.01                          Other than as stated above, the Tenant Shall Supply to the Demised Premises:

 

(a)            All internal partitioning, including decorating.

 

(b)            All electrical and telephone outlets, light switching and the necessary wiring from the electrical room. Minimum light switching 1 switch for each 900 square feet.

 

(c)            All special air-conditioning, heating and ventilation requirements over and above the Building standard including all operational costs associated therewith.

 

(d)            All plumbing and mechanical changes, subject to the prior written approval of the Landlord.

 

(e)            All other special requirements, such as telephone conduit and service, additional or relocation of lighting fixtures and wiring made necessary by the Tenant’s plan, all subject to final approval of the Landlord.

 

(f)             Supply and installation of electrical and water meters to computers or other specialized equipment.

 

 

 

Initials Landlord  

/s/ GM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant 

/s/ RG

 




Exhibit 10.28

 

5 June 2006

 

Facultative/Obligatory

Surplus

Reinsurance Contract

Effective: 5 June 2006

 

between

 

Flagstone Reinsurance Limited

Hamilton, Bermuda

 

and

 

Mont Fort Re Ltd in respect of its segregated account, designated as ILW Cell

Hamilton, Bermuda

 



 

Table of Contents

 

Article

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

Article I - Classes of Business Reinsured

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Article II - Commencement and Termination

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Article III - Territory (BRMA 51A)

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

Article IV - Exclusions

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

Article V - Retention and Limit

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

Article VI - Security

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

Article VII - Definitions

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

Article VIII - Loss in Excess of Policy Limits/Extra Contractual Obligations

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

Article IX - Other Reinsurance

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

Article X - Losses and Loss Adjustment Expense

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

Article XI - Salvage and Subrogation

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

Article XII - Original Conditions (BRMA 37B)

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

Article XIII - Commission

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

Article XIV - Reports and Remittances

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

Article XV - Offset

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

Article XVI - Access to Records

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

Article XVII - Errors and Omissions

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

Article XVIII - Currency (BRMA 12A)

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

Article XIX - Insolvency (BRMA 19C)

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

Article XX - Arbitration

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

Article XXI - Governing Law

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

Article XXII- Service of Suit

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule A

 

A-1

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule B

 

B-1

 

 



 

Facultative/Obligatory

Surplus

Reinsurance Contract (“Contract”)

Effective: 5 June 2006

 

between

 

Flagstone Reinsurance Limited

Hamilton, Bermuda

( hereinafter referred to as the “Company”)

 

and

 

Mont Fort Re Ltd in respect of its segregated account designated as ILW Cell

Hamilton, Bermuda

( hereinafter referred to as the “Reinsurer”)

 

Article I - Classes of Business Reinsured

 

A.                                By this contract the Company may cede to the Reinsurer and the Reinsurer obligates itself to accept reinsurance of the Company’s Industry Loss Warranty Liability, “ILW liability” or surplus liability (as hereinafter defined) under policies, contracts and binders of reinsurance (hereinafter called “policies”) in force at the effective date hereof or issued or renewed on or after that date.

 

B.                                  The liability of the Reinsurer with respect to each cession hereunder shall commence obligatorily and simultaneously with that of the Company, subject to the terms, conditions and limitations hereinafter set forth.

 

Article II - Commencement and Termination

 

A.                                This Contract shall become effective on 5 June 2006, with respect to losses occurring on or after that date, and shall continue in force thereafter until terminated.

 

B.                                  Either party may terminate this Contract at the end of any contract year by giving the other party not less than 365 days’ prior notice by certified mail.

 

C.                                  Unless the Company elects to reassume the ceded unearned premium in force on the effective date of termination, and so notifies the Reinsurer prior to or as promptly as possible after the effective date of termination, reinsurance hereunder on business in force on the effective date of termination shall remain in full force and effect until expiration, cancellation or the next premium anniversary of such business, whichever first occurs, but in no event beyond 18 months following the effective date of termination.

 

D.                                 “Contract year” as used herein shall mean the period from 5 June 2006 to 31 May 2007, both days inclusive, and each respective 12-month period thereafter that this Contract

 

1



 

continues in force. However, if this Contract is terminated, the final contract year shall be from the beginning of the then current contract year through the date of termination if this Contract is terminated on a “cutoff” basis, or the end of the runoff period if this Contract is terminated on a “runoff” basis.

 

Article III - Territory (BRMA 51A)

 

The territorial limits of this Contract shall be worldwide in its geographical scope.

 

Article IV - Exclusions

 

This Contract does not apply to and specifically excludes any cession hereunder which is not within the scope of Schedule A.

 

Article V - Retention and Limit

 

A.                                For each policy subject to this Contract, the Company shall retain and be liable for an amount of its gross liability that meets the requirements set forth in Schedule A attached to and forming part of this Contract. With respect to any one program that meets the requirements set forth in Schedule A, the Company shall then cede, and the Reinsurer agrees to accept, an amount of the Company’s surplus liability, subject to a maximum cession to the Reinsurer.

 

B.                                  Any policy ceded hereunder shall be disclosed by the Company to the Reinsurer within 15 days of the end of the month in which the cession of liability by the Company occurs.

 

C.                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any reinsurance falling outside the scope of Schedule A hereof that is specially accepted from the Company in writing by the Underwriting Committee of the Board of Directors of the Reinsurer shall be covered under this Contract and be subject to the terms hereof, except as such terms shall be modified by the special acceptance.

 

Article VI - Security

 

The Reinsurer shall provide security for its obligations hereunder in accordance with the requirements set forth in Schedule B attached hereto.

 

Article VII - Definitions

 

A.                                “Surplus liability” as used herein is defined as that portion of the Company’s gross liability on any policy which exceeds the amount of its net retention.

 

B.                                  The Company shall be the sole judge of what constitutes “one program.”

 

2



 

C.                                  References to “the Reinsurer” as used herein shall mean the Reinsurer acting by its Board of Directors, any duly appointed committee thereof, its duly authorized officers and employees, its duly authorized representatives or agents, or such other person as it may lawfully appoint.

 

Article VIII - Loss in Excess of Policy Limits/Extra Contractual Obligations

 

A.                                In the event the Company pays or is held liable to pay an amount of loss in excess of its policy limit, but otherwise within the terms of its policy (hereinafter “loss in excess of policy limits”), or any punitive, exemplary, compensatory or consequential damages other than loss in excess of policy limits (hereinafter “extra contractual obligations”) such loss in excess of policy limits and/or extra contractual obligations shall be added to the Company’s loss, if any, under the policy involved, and the sum thereof shall be subject to the provisions of Article V.

 

B.                                  An extra contractual obligation shall be deemed to have occurred on the same date as the loss covered or alleged to be covered under the policy.

 

C.                                  Notwithstanding anything stated herein, this Contract shall not apply to any loss in excess of policy limits or any extra contractual obligation incurred by the Company as a result of any fraudulent and/or criminal act by any officer or director of the Company acting individually or collectively or in collusion with any individual or corporation or any other organization or party involved in the presentation, defense or settlement of any claim covered hereunder.

 

D.                                 If any provision of this Article shall be rendered illegal or unenforceable by the laws, regulations or public policy of any country, such provision shall be considered void in such country, but this shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Contract or the enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

E.                                   It is understood that loss in excess of policy limits and extra contractual obligations paid by the Company under the original contracts subject hereto shall be covered as contractual losses hereunder.

 

Article IX - Other Reinsurance

 

A.                                The Company shall be entitled, but not obligated, to purchase reinsurance protection inuring to the benefit of this Contract.

 

B.                                  The Company shall be permitted to carry whole account excess reinsurance or reinsurance that covers broad classes of risk, recoveries under which shall inure solely to the benefit of the Company and be entirely disregarded in applying all of the provisions of this Contract.

 

Article X - Losses and Loss Adjustment Expense

 

A.                                Whenever losses sustained by the Company appear likely to result in a claim hereunder, the Company shall notify the Reinsurer promptly.

 

3



 

B.                                  Notifications shall comprise the Company’s best estimate of the expected amount of losses, inclusive of loss adjustment expense, case reserves and, if at that time established by the Company, a provision for losses incurred but not reported (“IBNR”).

 

C.                                  All loss settlements made by the Company, whether under strict policy conditions or by way of compromise, shall be binding upon the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer agrees to pay or allow, as the case may be, its proportion of each such settlement in accordance with Article XIV.

 

D.                                 In the event of a claim under a policy subject hereto, the Reinsurer shall be liable for its proportionate share of loss adjustment expense incurred by the Company in connection therewith (including, but not limited to, litigation expenses, interest on judgments, expenses of outside adjusters and declaratory judgment expenses or other legal expenses and costs incurred in connection with coverage questions and legal actions connected thereto), but not including office expenses or salaries of the Company’s regular employees, and shall be credited with its proportionate share of any recoveries of such expense.

 

E.                                   In the event that the Company establishes a provision for loss, including IBNR, the Reinsurer shall be liable for its proportionate share of such provision, and may be required to provide security for any such obligation.

 

Article XI - Salvage and Subrogation

 

The Reinsurer shall be credited with its proportionate share of salvage (i.e., reimbursement obtained or recovery made by the Company, less the actual cost, excluding salaries of officials and employees of the Company and sums paid to attorneys as retainer, of obtaining such reimbursement or making such recovery) on account of claims and settlements involving reinsurance hereunder. The Company hereby agrees to enforce its rights to salvage or subrogation relating to any loss, a part of which loss was sustained by the Reinsurer, and to prosecute all claims arising out of such rights.

 

Article XII - Original Conditions (BRMA 37B)

 

A.                                All reinsurance under this Contract shall be subject to the same rates, terms, conditions, waivers and interpretations and to the same modifications and alterations as the respective policies of the Company. However, in no event shall this be construed in any way to provide coverage outside the terms and conditions set forth in this Contract. The Reinsurer shall be credited with its exact proportion of the original premiums received by the Company.

 

B.                                  Nothing herein shall in any manner create any obligations or establish any rights against the Reinsurer in favor of any third party or any persons not parties to this Contract.

 

Article XIII - Commission

 

The Reinsurer shall pay its proportional share of all original deductions and acquisition expense including taxes on policies ceded by the Company to the Reinsurer hereunder and shall allow the Company a ceding commission of 5% on all written premiums gross of such original

 

4



 

deductions and acquisition expense including taxes. The Company shall allow the Reinsurer return commission on return premiums at the same rate.

 

Article XIV - Reports and Remittances

 

A.                                Within 14 days after the end of each month, the Company shall report to the Reinsurer:

 

1.                              Ceded gross premiums written and collected during the month;

 

2.                              Commissions, deductions and ceding commission thereon;

 

3.                              Ceded losses and loss adjustment expense incurred and paid during the month;

 

4.                              The change in amount of ceded reserves for outstanding losses and loss adjustment expense as of the end of the month;

 

5.                              The change in amount of ceded IBNR as of the end of the month; and

 

6.                              The balance of (1) less (2) less (3).

 

B.                                  The positive balance shown in A (6) above shall be due the Reinsurer and shall be remitted by the Company with its report. The Company may, at its election, withhold from payment an amount equal to A (4) plus A (5), above, provided the Company credits the Reinsurer with interest equal to the one-month LIBOR rate as quoted in The Wall Street Journal on the first business day of the month for which the calculation is made applied to such cumulative amount held by the Company. Any balance shown to be due the Company or otherwise due pursuant to the requirements set forth in Schedule B attached hereto shall be remitted by the Reinsurer as promptly as possible after receipt and verification of the Company’s report.

 

C.                                  Annually, or at such other times as may be reasonably requested, the Company shall furnish the Reinsurer with such information as the Reinsurer may require in order to fulfill its financial and regulatory reporting requirements.

 

Article XV - Offset

 

The Company and the Reinsurer shall have the right to offset any balance or amounts due from one party to the other under the terms of this Contract. The party asserting the right of offset may exercise such right any time whether the balances due are on account of premiums or losses or otherwise.

 

Article XVI - Access to Records

 

The Reinsurer or its designated representatives shall have access at any reasonable time to all records of the Company which pertain in any way to this reinsurance.

 

5



 

Article XVII - Errors and Omissions

 

Inadvertent delays, errors or omissions made in connection with this Contract or any transaction hereunder shall not relieve either party from any liability which would have attached had such delay, error or omission not occurred, provided, however, that such error or omission is rectified as soon as possible after discovery.

 

Article XVIII - Currency (BRMA12A)

 

Whenever the word “Dollars” or the “$” sign appears in this Contract, they shall be construed to mean United States Dollars and all transactions under this Contract shall be denominated in United States Dollars.

 

Article XIX - Insolvency (BRMA 19C)

 

A.                                In the event of the insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance shall be payable directly to the Company, or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Company without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice to the Reinsurer of the pendency of a claim against the Company indicating the policy insured which claim would involve a possible liability on the part of the Reinsurer within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership, and that during the pendency of such claim, the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Company as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

 

B.                                  Where two or more reinsurers are involved in the same claim and a majority in interest elect to interpose defense to such claim, the expense shall be apportioned in accordance with the terms of this Contract as though such expense had been incurred by the insolvent Company.

 

Article XX - Arbitration

 

A.                                As a condition precedent to any right of action hereunder, in the event of any dispute or difference of opinion hereafter arising with respect to this Contract, it is hereby mutually agreed that such dispute or difference of opinion shall be submitted to arbitration. One Arbiter shall be chosen by the Company, the other by the Reinsurer, and an Umpire shall be chosen by the two Arbiters before they enter upon arbitration, all of whom shall be active or retired disinterested executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or Lloyd’s London Underwriters. In the event that either party should fail to choose an Arbiter within

 

6



 

30 days following a written request by the other party to do so, the requesting party may choose two Arbiters who shall in turn choose an Umpire before entering upon arbitration. If the two Arbiters fail to agree upon the selection of an Umpire within 30 days following their appointment, either party may request a justice of a court of general jurisdiction of Hamilton, Bermuda, to appoint the Umpire.

 

B.                                  Each party shall present its case to the Arbiters within 30 days following the date of appointment of the Umpire. The Arbiters shall consider this Contract as an honorable engagement rather than merely as a legal obligation and they are relieved of all judicial formalities and may abstain from following the strict rules of law. The decision of the Arbiters shall be final and binding on both parties; but failing to agree, they shall call in the Umpire and the decision of the majority shall be final and binding upon both parties. Judgment on the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.

 

C.                                  Each party shall bear the expense of its own Arbiter, and shall jointly and equally bear with the other the expense of the Umpire and of the arbitration. In the event that the two Arbiters are chosen by one party, as above provided, the expense of the Arbiters, the Umpire and the arbitration shall be equally divided between the two parties.

 

D.                                 Any arbitration proceedings shall take place in Hamilton, Bermuda; all proceedings pursuant hereto shall be governed by the law of Bermuda.

 

Article XXI - Governing Law

 

This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any obligations of the Reinsurer to the Company under the terms of this Contract, the Company shall, in accordance with the Segregated Accounts Companies Act 2000 (as amended), have recourse only to the assets of ILW Cell, and not the assets of any other segregated account or the general account of Mont Fort Re Ltd.

 

Article XXII - Service of Suit

 

It is agreed that in the event the Reinsurer fails to pay any amount claimed to be due hereunder, the Reinsurer, at the request of the Company, will submit to the jurisdiction of a court of competent jurisdiction within Bermuda. Nothing in this Article constitutes or should be understood to constitute a waiver of the Reinsurer’s rights to commence an action in any court of competent jurisdiction in Bermuda, to remove an action to a Bermuda Court, or to seek a transfer of a case to another court as permitted by the laws of Bermuda.

 

7



 

In Witness Whereof, the parties by their respective duly authorized representatives have executed this Contract as of the dates undermentioned at:

 

 

Hamilton, Bermuda, this 6 day of June in the year 2006.

 

 

 

/s/ Mark Byrne

 

 

 

 

Flagstone Reinsurance Limited

 

 

 

 

By: Mark Byrne, Director

 

 

 

 

Hamilton, Bermuda, this 6th day of June in the year 2006.

 

 

 

/s/ David Brown

 

 

 

 

Mont Fort Re Ltd ILW Cell

 

 

 

 

By: David Brown, Director

 

 

 

8



 

Schedule A

 

Facultative/Obligatory

Surplus

Reinsurance Contract

Effective: 5 June 2006

 

issued to

 

Flagstone Reinsurance Limited

Hamilton, Bermuda

 

Reinsurance Guidelines

1)                                  Policies

 

Policies ceded by the Company to the Reinsurer shall comprise of industry loss warranties (ILW’s) and certain non-ILW excess of loss reinsurance policies classified by the Company as Property Catastrophe, Property Specialty and Other Specialty, subject to the terms, conditions and limitations herein set forth.

 

2)                                  Cession and Limit

 

The Company shall cede policies up to a maximum aggregate limit of exposure in each of one or more risk zones. The risk zones may comprise distinct classes of business, or as respects property catastrophe business, one or more geographical areas of the world that the Company considers to have low or no correlation with respect to losses from the insured perils.

 

The Company and the Reinsurer shall agree the number and nature of the risk zones and the limit of exposure for each risk zone from time to time.

 

3)                                  Modification

 

The parties to this Contract authorize the Reinsurer to modify, change, add or delete any requirements under this Schedule A, paragraphs (2) and (3), in its sole discretion, upon 14 days’ prior written notice to the Company.

 

A-1



 

Schedule B

 

Facultative/Obligatory

Surplus

Reinsurance Contract

Effective: 5 June 2006

 

issued to

 

Flagstone Reinsurance Limited

Hamilton, Bermuda

1)                                  Security

 

The Reinsurer shall provide security for its obligations to the Company under this Contract in the manner set forth in this Schedule B.

 

2)                                  Definitions

 

Limit shall mean the maximum aggregate amount of insurance and reinsurance loss exposures written by the Reinsurer in any Risk Zone.

 

Minimum Net Worth Requirement (MNWR) shall mean a minimum net worth plus any written but unearned premium paid or payable to the Reinsurer under policies ceded hereunder equal to the higher of:

 

a)                                 two times the Limit of the Risk Zone having the highest in-force Limit,; or,

 

b)                                the minimum solvency requirement imposed by the laws and regulations of the Bermuda Monetary Authority in respect of the Reinsurer.

 

Reinsurer’s Proportionate Reserves shall mean the Reinsurer’s proportion of the loss reserves in respect of losses that have been reported to the Company and allocated loss expenses relating thereto, and unearned premium reserves, and any amounts relating to reserves in respect of losses or loss expenses Incurred But Not Reported, as shown in the statement prepared by the Company.

 

Required Security shall mean a clean, irrevocable and unconditional Letter of Credit issued by a bank chosen by the Reinsurer and acceptable to the Company, or such other security as may be reasonably acceptable to the Company.

 

Risk Zone shall mean one or more geographical areas of the world, or distinct classes or lines of business other than property catastrophe, in which the Company underwrites policies.

 

RITC shall mean a reinsurance policy or policies purchased by the Reinsurer whereby the Company, and/or a third party or third parties reasonably acceptable to the Company, commutes or assumes liability for the run-off to extinction of the policies ceded to the Company pursuant to this Contract or by a third party.

 

B-1



 

3)                                  Notice of Loss

 

The Company agrees that when it shall set up on its books reserves for losses covered hereunder, or unearned premium reserves on Policies subject to this Contract, it will forward to the Reinsurer a statement showing the Reinsurer’s Proportionate Reserves.

 

4)                                  Obligation to Provide Required Security

 

The Reinsurer hereby agrees that upon receiving Notice of Loss it will provide the Required Security, in an amount equal to the Reinsurer’s Proportionate Reserves.

 

The Reinsurer and the Company agree that the obligation to provide Required Security shall survive any expiry or non-renewal of this Contract and any run-off of the Reinsurer and the insolvency of any of the Company or the Reinsurer. Upon the occurrence of any of these events, the Reinsurer shall be obligated to maintain the Required Security at an amount equal to the Limit in each Risk Zone in respect of which the Reinsurer may have incurred a Loss (as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Company) until such time as the Company reasonably determines that the remaining risk of adverse development is immaterial, achieved, as necessary, by way of the purchase of RITC; plus,

 

5)                                  Periodic Adjustments to Required Security

 

At quarterly intervals, or at such other times as may be agreed by the parties, the Company shall prepare a specific statement of the Reinsurer’s Proportionate Reserves on policies subject to this Contract for the sole purpose of amending the amount of Required Security. Within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such statement, the amount of the actual security provided shall be adjusted to reflect the revised amount of Required Security, through either an amendment to the respective Letter of Credit or such other adjustment as is necessary and appropriate to the form of security provided.

 

6)                                  Drawdown on Required Security

 

The Reinsurer and the Company agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary which may be contained in this Contract, the Required Security may be drawn upon by the Company or its successors at any time, without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or the Reinsurer, for one or more of the following purposes:

 

a)                                 To reimburse itself for the Reinsurer’s share of unearned premiums on account of cancellations, unless paid in cash by the Reinsurer;

 

b)                                To reimburse itself for Losses, unless paid in cash by the Reinsurer;

 

c)                                 To reimburse itself for the Reinsurer’s share of any other amounts claimed to be due under this Contract, unless paid in cash by the Reinsurer;

 

B-2



 

d)                                To refund to the Reinsurer any sum in excess of the actual amount required to fund the Reinsurer’s obligations under this Schedule B, if so requested by the Reinsurer.

 

The Company shall promptly return to the Reinsurer any amount so drawn on the Required Security which is in excess of the actual amounts required for a) or b) or, in the case of c), the actual amount determined to be due. All settlements of account under this Contract relating to the Required Security between the Company and the Reinsurer shall be made in cash or its equivalent.

 

7)                                  RITC

 

The Reinsurer shall purchase RITC after consultation with the Company (which shall advise in good faith), as follows:

 

a)                                 to the extent necessary to cure any breach by the Reinsurer of this Schedule B;

 

b)                                to the extent necessary to permit Redemptions, as provided for in the Articles of Association and therein defined, of up to 50.0% of the aggregate net worth of the Reinsurer and Holdings after taking into account the requirements of this Schedule B;

 

c)                                 if Redemption Notices, as provided for in the Articles of Association and therein defined, are received by Holdings in respect of Redemptions which, in the aggregate, exceed the aggregate amount of Subscriptions, as provided for In the Articles of Association and therein defined;

 

d)                                to the extent directed by the Company; if at any time the Company exercises the Collateral Preservation Right; or

 

e)                                 to the extent so resolved by the Board of Directors of the Reinsurer, any directors appointed by the Company not exercising their right to vote.

 

The Reinsurer and the Company agree that RITC shall inure either to the benefit of the Reinsurer or to the benefit of Company as directed by the Company. In the event that RITC inures to the benefit of the Company this Contract shall be endorsed accordingly and, subject to the assignment by the Reinsurer to the Company of any and all rights relating thereto, the Reinsurer shall be relieved by the Company of any or all liabilities the subject of RITC.

 

The Reinsurer and the Company agree that, unless the Company otherwise agrees, the S&P rating of any entity from whom RITC is purchased shall be not less than “A” (or AM Best rating not less that “A-”) in the absence of a breach by the Reinsurer of the MNWR or “AA-” (or AM Best rating of “A”) if at the time of purchase the Reinsurer is in breach of the MNWR.

 

8)                                  Preservation of Assets

 

The Reinsurer covenants with the Company that it shall not declare or pay dividends or redeem outstanding shares if immediately after such payment or redemption, the Reinsurer would be in breach of the MNWR.

 

B-3




Exhibit 10.29

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS

 

Transaction

 

Date:

22 September, 2006

 

 

To:

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD

 

 

 

Attention:

Documentation Unit

 

From:

Lehman Brothers Special Financing Inc.

 

 

 

Transaction Management Group

 

 

 

Facsimile:

(+1) 646-885-9551 (United States of America)

 

 

Telephone:

212-526-9570 (Louis P. Bardos)

 

Ref. Numbers:

Risk ID: 1295747L I Effort ID: N1047112/Global Deal ID: 2648398

 


Dear Sir or Madam:

The purpose of this communication (this “Confirmation”) is to confirm the terms and conditions of the transaction (the “Transaction”) entered into between Lehman Brothers Special Financing Inc. (“Party A”) and FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD (“Party B”) on the Trade Date specified below. This Confirmation constitutes a “Confirmation” as referred to in the Agreement specified below.

This Confirmation evidences a complete and binding agreement between Party A and Party B as to the terms of the Transaction to which this Confirmation relates. In addition, you and we agree to use all reasonable efforts promptly to negotiate, execute and deliver an agreement in the form of the ISDA Master Agreement (Multicurrency-Cross Border) (the “ISDA Form”), with such modifications as you and we will in good faith agree. Upon the execution by you and us of such an agreement, this Confirmation shall supplement, form a part of, and be subject to that agreement (the “Agreement”). All provisions contained or incorporated by reference in the Agreement, upon its execution, will govern this Confirmation except as expressly modified below. Until we execute and deliver the Agreement, this Confirmation, together with all other documents confirming transactions entered into between us and referring to the ISDA Form, shall supplement, form a part of, and be subject to an agreement in the form of the ISDA Form as if we had executed an agreement in such form (but without any Schedule) on the Trade Date of this Transaction. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of that agreement, or the Agreement, when executed, and this Confirmation, this Confirmation will prevail for the purpose of this Transaction.

The definitions and provisions contained in the 2000 ISDA Definitions as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (the “Definitions”) are incorporated into this Confirmation. In the event of any inconsistency between the Definitions and the terms of this Confirmation, this Confirmation will govern. For the purpose of the Definitions, references herein to a “Transaction” shall be deemed to be references to a “Swap Transaction”.

Party A and Party B each represents that entering into the Transaction is within its capacity, is duly authorized and does not violate any laws of its jurisdiction of organization or residence or the terms of any agreement to which it is a party. Party A and Party B each represents that (a) it is not relying on the other party in connection with its decision to enter into this Transaction, and neither party is acting as an advisor to or fiduciary of the other party in connection with this Transaction regardless of whether the other party provides it with market information or its views; (b) it understands the risks of the Transaction and any legal, regulatory, tax, accounting and economic consequences resulting therefrom; and (c) it has determined based upon its own judgment and upon any advice received from its own professional advisors as it has deemed necessary to consult that entering into the Transaction is appropriate for such party in light of its financial capabilities and objectives. Party A and Party B each represents that upon due execution and delivery of this Confirmation, it will constitute a legally valid and binding obligation,

LEHMAN BROTHERS SPECIAL FINANCING INC.
LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.
745 SEVENTH AVENUE, NEW YORK NY 10019

 



 

enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable principles of bankruptcy and creditors’ rights generally and to equitable principles of general application.

The terms of the particular Transaction to which this Confirmation relates are as follows:

General Terms:

 

 

 

 

 

Trade Date:

 

01 September, 2006

 

 

 

Effective Date:

 

05 September, 2006

 

 

 

Termination Date:

 

15 September, 2011, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Modified Following Business Day Convention.

 

 

 

Floating Amounts I:

 

 

 

 

 

Floating Amount I Payer:

 

Party A

 

 

 

Floating Amount Payer I Currency Amount:

 

EUR 13,000,000.00

 

 

 

Floating Amount I Payer Payment Dates:

 

The 15th calendar day of each March, June, September, and December, from and including 15 December, 2006 to and including the Termination Date, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Modified Following Business Day Convention.

 

 

 

Floating Rate Option:

 

EUR-EURIBOR-Telerate

 

 

 

Designated Maturity:

 

3 months

 

 

 

Spread:

 

Plus 3.54%

 

 

 

Floating Rate Day Count Fraction:

 

Actual/360

 

 

 

Reset Dates:

 

The first day of each Calculation Period

 

 

 

Floating Amounts II:

 

 

 

 

 

Floating Amount II Payer:

 

Party B

 

 

 

Floating Amount Payer II Currency Amount:

 

USD16,688,100.00

 

 

 

Floating Amount II Payer Payment Dates:

 

The 15th calendar day of each March, June, September, and December, from and including 15 December, 2006 to and including the Termination Date, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Modified Following Business Day Convention.

 

 

 

Floating Rate Option:

 

USD-LIBOR-BBA

 

 

 

Designated Maturity:

 

3 months

 

 

 

Spread:

 

Plus 3.71%

 

 

 

Floating Rate Day Count Fraction:

 

Actual/360

 

 

 

Reset Dates:

 

The first day of each Calculation Period

 

Risk ID: 1295747L / Effort ID: 1047112 / Global Deal ID: 2648398

 

Page 2 of 6



 

 

 

Initial Exchange:

 

Applicable

 

 

 

Initial Exchange Date:

 

The Effective Date

 

 

 

Floating Amount Payer I Initial Exchange Amount:

 

USD16,688,100.00

 

 

 

Floating Amount Payer II Initial Exchange Amount:

 

EUR13,000,000.00

 

 

 

Final Exchange:

 

Applicable

 

 

 

Final Exchange Date:

 

The Termination Date

 

 

 

Floating Amount Payer I Final Exchange Amount:

 

EUR13,000,000.00

 

 

 

Floating Amount Payer II Final Exchange Date:

 

USD16,688,100.00

 

 

 

Business Days:

 

London; New York; TARGET Settlement Day

 

 

 

Miscellaneous:

 

 

 

 

 

Calculalion Agent:

 

Party A

 

 

 

Office:

 

For the purposes of this Transaction, Party A is not a Multibranch Party, and the Office of Party B is its Head Office.

 

 

 

Transfer:

 

Notwithstanding Section 7 of the Agreement, Party A may assign its rights and obligations under this Transaction, in whole and not in part, to any Affiliate of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (“Holdings”) effective upon delivery to Party B of the guarantee by Holdings, in favor of Party B, of the obligations of such Affiliate; provided, however, any provision to the contrary in the Agreement, when executed, shall take precedence over this election.

 

 

 

Governing Law:

 

English law; provided, however, any provision to the contrary in the Agreement, when executed, shall take precedence over this election.

 

 

 

Termination Currency:

 

USD; provided, however, any provision to the contrary in the Agreement, when executed, shall take precedence over this election.

 

Risk ID: 1295747L / Effort ID: 1047112 / Global Deal ID: 2648398

 

Page 3 of 6



 

Collateral:

 

Party A and Party B agree that this provision will apply with respect to this Transaction and all other Transactions entered into between them until such time as they execute an ISDA Credit Support Annex to the Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Paragraphs one through ten of the standard form ISDA Credit Support Annex (English law) (the “CSA”) are incorporated by reference herein subject to the elections and modifications set out below. Terms defined in the CSA have this same meaning herein.

 

 

 

Elections and variables for the purposes of Paragraph 13 of the CSA:

 

“Eligible Collateral” shall include, for Party B, (A) USD cash at a Valuation Percentage of 100% and/or (B) negotiable debt obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury Department having a maturity at issuance of not more than one year (“Treasury Bills”) at a Valuation Percentage of 99% and/or (C) negotiable debt obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury Department having a maturity at issuance of more than one year but not more than ten years (“Treasury Notes”) at a Valuation Percentage of 98% and/or (D) negotiable debt obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury Department having a maturity at issuance of more than ten years (“Treasury Bonds”) at a Valuation Percentage of 97%.

 

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein, the term “Transferee” means only Party A and the term “Transferor” means only Party B.

 

 

 

 

 

“Threshold” means zero (0) with respect to Party B.

 

 

 

 

 

“Minimum Transfer Amount” means with respect to a party USD250,000.00; provided that if an Event of Default, Credit Event Upon Merger or Additional Termination Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to a party, the Minimum Transfer Amount with respect to such party shall be zero.

 

 

 

 

 

“Valuation Agent” means Party A. Notwithstanding Paragraph 3(b), calculations will only be provided upon a demand made by Party B.

 

 

 

 

 

“Valuation Date” means any Local Business Day.

 

 

 

 

 

“Valuation Time” means the close of business in the location where the relevant product is traded provided that the calculations of Value and Exposure will be made as of approximately the same time on the same date.

 

 

 

 

 

“Notification Time” means 3.00 p.m., New York time, on a Local Business Day.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk ID: 1295747L / Effort ID: 1047112 / Global Deal ID: 2648398

 

Page 4 of 6



 

 

 

 

“Value” For the purpose of Paragraph 4(a)(4)(i)(C) and 4(a)(4)(ii) of the CSA, the Value of the outstanding Credit Support Balance or of Eligible Credit Support or Equivalent Credit Support other than cash will be calculated as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

With respect to any Treasury Bills, Treasury Notes, or Treasury Bonds (referred to herein as “Government Obligations”) the sum of (I) (x) the bid price quoted on such date by a mutually acceptable principal market maker for such Government Obligations, or (y) if no such quotation is available from a principal market maker for such date, such bid price as of the day, next preceding such date, on which such quotation was available, in either case multiplied by the applicable Valuation Percentage, plus (II) the accrued interest on such Government Obligations (except to the extent Transferred to a party pursuant to any applicable section of this Agreement or included in the applicable price referred to in (I) of this definition) as of such date.

 

 

 

 

 

“Interest Rate” means the rate per annum equal to the overnight Federal Funds Rate for each day Cash is held by the Secured Party as reported in Federal Reserve Publication H.15-519.

 

(I)                                     Additional Termination Events (provided, however, any provision to the contrary in the Agreement, when executed, shall take precedence over these Additional Termination Events):

(a) Maintenance of Shareholders’ Equity . On any day during the term hereof, Party A in its sole discretion determines that Party B has failed to maintain a minimum Shareholders’ Equity in an amount equal to USD 500,000,000. For the purpose of the foregoing Termination Event, Party B shall be the Affected Party.

For the purposes hereof, “ Stockholders’ Equity ” means with respect to an entity, at any time, the sum at such time of (i) its capital stock (including preferred stock) outstanding, taken at par value, (ii) its capital surplus and (iii) its retained earnings, minus (iv) treasury stock, each to be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

(b) Intervention . Any insurance regulatory authority takes action to intervene into the management or business affairs of Party B, including without limitation, the commencement of a supervisory, rehabilitation or delinquency proceeding or the application to a court to commence the same. For purpose of the foregoing Termination Event, Party B shall be the Affected Party.

 

Risk ID: 1295747L 1 Effort ID: 1047112 / Global Deal ID: 2648398

 

Page 5 of 6



 

(c) Material Adverse Change . Party B has experienced or is experiencing a material adverse change, determined by Party A in Party A’s sole discretion, in its business, assets, operations or financial condition. For the purpose of the foregoing Termination Event, Party B shall be the Affected Party.

(II)                                 Other Provisions: (provided, however, any provision to the contrary in the Agreement, when executed, shall take precedence over these provisions):

(a) Representations: Section 3 of the ISDA Form is hereby amended by adding the following additional subsection:

Eligible Contract Participant . It is an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Futures Modernization Act of 2000; provided, however, any provision to the contrary in the Agreement, when executed, shall take precedence over this election.

(b) Waiver of Trial By Jury . Insofar as is permitted by law, each party irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding in connection with this Transaction, and acknowledges that this waiver is a material inducement to the other party’s entering into this Transaction hereunder; provided, however, any provision to the contrary in the Agreement, when executed, shall take precedence over this election.

Please confirm your agreement with the foregoing by executing this Confirmation and returning such Confirmation, in its entirety, to us at facsimile number (+1) 646-885-9551 (United States of America), Attention: Confirmations Group.

 

Yours sincerely,

Accepted and agreed to:

 

 

Lehman Brothers Special Financing Inc.

FLAGSTONE REINSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD

By:

 

Name: Anatoly Kozlov

 

Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

 

By:

 

Name: Patrick Boisvert

 

Title: CAO

 

 

 

 

Risk ID: 1295747L / Effort ID: 1047112 / Global Deal ID: 2648398

Page 6 of 6




Exhibit 21.1

 

Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited
List of Subsidiaries

 

 

Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction

 

Ownership
Interest Held
By Immediate
Parent

 

Flagstone Reinsurance Limited

 

Bermuda

 

100

%

Island Heritage Holdings Limited (1)

 

Cayman Islands

 

28.5

%

Flagstone Réassurance Suisse SA (2)

 

Switzerland

 

100

%

Flagstone Finance SARL (3)

 

Luxembourg

 

100

%

Flagstone Leasing Services Limited (3)

 

Bermuda

 

100

%

Flagstone Westwind Holdings Limited (3)

 

Bermuda

 

100

%

West End Capital Management (Bermuda) Limited

 

Bermuda

 

100

%

Flagstone Management Services (Halifax) Limited (4)

 

Canada

 

100

%

West End Capital Management BPO Services (India)
Private Limited (4)

 

India

 

100

%

Flagstone (Mauritius) Limited (4)

 

 

 

100

%

Flagstone Representatives Limited (formed as West End Capital Management (UK) Limited) (4)

 

United Kingdom

 

100

%

Rockridge Re Holdings Limited (5)

 

Cayman Islands

 

29.6

%

Mont Fort Re Limited (6)

 

Bermuda

 

100

%


(1)    An entity in which Flagstone Reinsurance Limited acquired a minority interest.

(2)    An indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Flagstone Reinsurance Limited.

(3)    A wholly-owned subsidiary of Flagstone Reinsurance Limited.

(4)    A wholly-owned subsidiary of West End Capital Management (Bermuda) Limited.

(5)    The 29.6% interest in Rockridge Re Holdings Limited is held directly by West End.

(6)    The Company owns all of the outstanding common shares, and none of the outstanding preferred shares, of Mont Fort Re Limited.



QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-138182 of our report dated October 24, 2006 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

Deloitte & Touche

Hamilton, Bermuda
December 8, 2006



CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated October 24, 2006 relating to the consolidated financial statements and related financial statement schedules of Flagstone Reinsurance Holdings Limited and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

Deloitte & Touche

Hamilton, Bermuda
October 24, 2006




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM